As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 28 , 2014
File No. 333-191940
File No. 811-22906
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM N-1A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
Under the SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 | ¨ | |
Pre-Effective Amendment No. 3 | x | |
Post-Effective Amendment No. _ | ¨ |
and/or
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
Under the INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940 | x | |
Amendment No. 3 | ¨ |
(Check appropriate box or boxes)
Virtus Alternative Solutions Trust
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)
Area Code and Telephone Number: (800) 243-1574
101 Munson Street
Greenfield, Massachusetts 01301
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
Jennifer Fromm, Esq.
Senior Counsel
Virtus Investment Partners, Inc.
100 Pearl St.
Hartford, Connecticut 06103
(Name and Address of Agent for Service)
Copies of All Correspondence to:
David C. Mahaffey, Esq.
Sullivan & Worcester LLP
1666 K Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20006
It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box):
¨ immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b)
¨ on [date] pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485
¨ 60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)
¨ on [date] or at such later date as the Commission shall order pursuant to paragraph (a)(2)
¨ 75 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(2)
¨ on [date] pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of Rule 485.
If appropriate, check the following box:
¨ | this post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed post-effective amendment. |
Pursuant to the provisions of Rule 24f-2 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Registrant declares that an indefinite number of its shares of common stock are being registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, by this registration statement.
The Registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to Section 8(a), may determine.
TICKER SYMBOL BY CLASS | |||
FUND | A | C | I |
Virtus Alternative Income Solution Fund | [tbd] | [tbd] | [tbd] |
Virtus Alternative Inflation Solution Fund | [tbd] | [tbd] | [tbd] |
Virtus Alternative Total Solution Fund | [tbd] | [tbd] | [tbd] |
The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities, and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS | SUBJECT TO COMPLETION | MARCH __, 2014 |
TRUST NAME | DATE | |
VIRTUS ALTERNATIVE SOLUTIONS TRUST | [tbd] |
The Securities and Exchange Commission, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, and the state securities commissions have not approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense. This prospectus contains important information that you should know before investing in Virtus Alternative Solutions Funds. Please read it carefully and retain it for future reference. |
Not FDIC Insured No Bank Guarantee May Lose Value |
1 |
Virtus Alternative Solutions Funds |
2 |
Virtus Alternative Income Solution Fund |
Investment Objective
The fund has an investment objective of maximizing current income while considering capital appreciation.
Fees and Expenses
The tables below illustrate all fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the fund. You may qualify for sales charge discounts if you and your family invest, or agree to invest in the future, at least $50,000 in Virtus Funds. More information about these and other discounts is available from your financial advisor and under “Sales Charges” on page [ ___] of the fund’s prospectus and “Alternative Purchase Arrangements” on page [ ___] of the fund’s statement of additional information.
(a) | A contingent deferred sales charge may be imposed on certain redemptions (i) within 18 months on exchanges from a Virtus non-money market fund into a Virtus money market fund and (ii) purchases on which a finder’s fee has been paid. |
(b) | The deferred sales charge is imposed on Class C Shares redeemed during the first year only. |
( c ) | Estimated for current fiscal year, as annualized. |
( d ) | The fund’s investment adviser has contractually agreed to limit the fund’s total operating expenses (excluding dividend and interest expenses , taxes, leverage expenses, extraordinary expenses and acquired fund fees and expenses) so that such expenses do not exceed 2.45% for Class A Shares, 3.20% for Class C Shares and 2.20% for Class I Shares through [________, 2015] Following the contractual period, the adviser may discontinue these expense reimbursement arrangements at any time. Under certain conditions, the adviser may recapture operating expenses reimbursed under these arrangements for a period of three years following the fiscal year in which such reimbursement occurred. |
Example
This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes an investment of $10,000 in the fund for the time periods indicated. It shows your costs if you sold your shares at the end of the period or continued to hold them. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the fund’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:
Share Status | 1 Year | 3 Years | |
Class A | Sold or Held | $823 | $1,509 |
Class C | Sold | $438 | $1,208 |
Held | $338 | $1,208 | |
Class I | Sold or Held | $238 | $917 |
Portfolio Turnover
The fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in annual fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the fund’s performance.
3 |
Investments, Risks and Performance
Principal Investment Strategies
The fund combines several strategies designed to capture current yield from a diversified combination of income producing securities while considering capital appreciation. These strategies are implemented by managers selected and monitored by the fund’s adviser, Virtus Alternative Investment Advisers, Inc. (“VAIA”), with the assistance of Cliffwater Investments LLC (“Cliffwater”), a subadviser to the fund. In selecting managers to act as the other subadvisers to the fund, VAIA and Cliffwater seek to combine the talents of specialized managers in order to provide an alternative income solution for fund shareholders, in the sense that the fund seeks to provide income from a variety of investment styles and/or asset classes expected to have a low correlation to traditional asset classes. Each subadviser so selected pursues a separate strategy. VAIA may allocate the fund’s assets to subadvisers employing all or a subset of the strategies described below at a given time, and may change the allocations from time to time in its sole discretion without prior notice to shareholders. The fund’s investment strategies include, without limitation, Long/Short Credit, Master Limited Partnership, Real Estate and Global Income strategies, each as further described below.
Long/Short Credit strategies tactically invest (both long and short) in debt securities of domestic and foreign issuers of all maturities and credit qualities, including high yield (so-called junk bonds), bank loans, distressed debt, corporate bonds, inflation-linked, and emerging market debt securities.
Master Limited Partnership (MLP) strategies seek to deliver both high yield and stable growth by investing in a portfolio of publicly traded partnerships engaged in the transportation, storage, processing, refining, marketing, exploration, production, and mining of minerals and natural resources.
Real Estate strategies concentrate investments in the real estate industry. The focus of the strategies is equity investments in real estate through Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs) and Real Estate Operating Companies (REOCs). REITs and REOCs are both types of publicly traded securities representing pools of money invested in income producing properties, including hospitals, malls, hotels, warehouses, office buildings, and apartments, though their distribution patterns and resulting tax considerations differ.
Global Income strategies invest in income producing alternative asset classes globally, including MLPs, REITs, Infrastructure, and preferred shares.
In addition to the investments listed above, the fund may invest in other instruments deemed by the subadvisers as falling within their respective investment strategies, such as securitized credit instruments, sovereign debt, convertible securities, and mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities. The fund may also invest in derivative instruments, including swaps and forwards, to pursue its investment objective and to mitigate risk. In seeking its investment objective, the fund will use leverage (e.g., through the use of derivatives), and may actively trade securities. The fund may also engage in short sales of any instrument that the fund is permitted to purchase for investment, with respect to up to 100% of the fund’s net assets. The fund’s use of short sales and investments in derivative instruments will require that the fund set aside liquid assets as necessary to ensure that the fund is able to meet its obligations; as a result, the fund may hold significant amounts of cash, cash equivalents and/or other short-term investments.
In pursuing its investment strategies, the fund may invest without restriction as to issuer capitalization, country, currency, maturity, credit rating or duration. However, from time to time, VAIA may direct one or more subadvisers to limit the fund’s exposure to certain assets or asset classes in an effort to achieve the desired overall exposures for the fund.
The fund is considered non-diversified under federal securities laws, which means that it may concentrate its investments in fewer issuers than permitted for diversified mutual funds.
Principal Risks
The fund may not achieve its objectives, and it is not intended to be a complete investment program. The value of the fund’s investments that supports your share value may decrease. If between the time you purchase shares and the time you sell shares the value of the fund’s investments decreases, you will lose money. Investment values can decrease for a number of reasons. Conditions affecting the overall economy, specific industries or companies in which the fund invests can be worse than expected, and investments may fail to perform as the subadvisers expect. As a result, the value of your shares may decrease. Purchase and redemption activities by fund shareholders may impact the management of the fund and its ability to achieve its investment objective(s). The redemption by one or more large shareholders or groups of shareholders of their holdings in the fund could have an adverse impact on the remaining shareholders in the fund including by accelerating the realization of capital gains and increasing the fund's transaction costs. In addition, you will also be subject to the risks associated with the principal investment strategies of any other funds or collective investment vehicles in which the fund invests. The principal risks of investing in the fund are:
4 |
> | Allocation Risk. The risk that the fund’s exposure to equities and fixed income securities, or to different asset classes, may vary from the intended allocation or may not be optimal for market conditions at a given time. |
> | Call Risk. The risk that issuers will prepay fixed rate obligations when interest rates fall, forcing the fund to reinvest in obligations with lower interest rates than the original obligations. |
> | Credit Risk. The risk that the issuer of a security will fail to pay interest or principal in a timely manner, or that negative perceptions of the issuer’s ability to make such payments will cause the price of the security to decline. |
> | Convertible Securities Risk. The risk that a convertible security held by the fund will be called for redemption at a time and/or price unfavorable to the fund. |
> | Counterparty Risk. The risk that a party upon whom the fund relies to consummate a transaction will default. |
> | Currency Rate Risk. The risk that fluctuations in the exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies may negatively affect the value of the fund’s shares. |
> | Derivatives Risk. The risk that the fund will incur a loss greater than the fund’s investment in, or will experience greater share price volatility as a result of investing in, a derivative contract. |
> | Emerging Market Investing Risk. The risk that prices of emerging markets securities will be more volatile, or will be more greatly affected by negative conditions, than those of their counterparts in more established foreign markets. |
> | Equity Securities Risk. The risk that events negatively affecting issuers, industries or financial markets in which the fund invests will impact the value of the stocks held by the fund and thus, the value of the fund’s shares over short or extended periods. Investments in a particular style or in small or medium-sized companies may enhance that risk. |
> | Foreign Investing Risks. The risk that the prices of foreign securities in the fund’s portfolio will be more volatile than those of domestic securities, or will be negatively affected by currency fluctuations or economic, political or other developments. |
> | High-Yield/High-Risk Fixed Income Securities (Junk Bonds) Risk. The risk that the issuers of high yield-high risk securities in the fund’s portfolio will default, that the prices of such securities will be volatile, and that the securities will not be liquid. |
> | Income Risk. The risk that income received from the fund will vary widely over the short- and long-term. |
> | Inflation-Linked Securities Interest Rate Risk. The risk that inflation-linked securities will react differently from other fixed income securities to changes in interest rates. The values of inflation-linked securities are anticipated to change in response to changes in “real” interest rates, which represent nominal (stated) interest rates reduced by the expected impact of inflation. Generally, the value of an inflation-linked security will fall when real interest rates rise and will rise when real interest rates fall. |
> | Interest Rate Risk. The risk that when interest rates rise, the values of the fund’s debt securities, especially those with longer maturities, will fall. |
> | Leverage Risk. The risk that the value of the fund’s shares will be more volatile or that the fund will incur a loss greater than the fund’s investment in a given security when leverage is used. |
> | Liquidity Risk. The risk that certain securities may be difficult or impossible to sell at the time and price beneficial to the fund. |
> | Loan Participation Risk. The risk that there may not be a readily available market for loan participation interests and, in some cases, the fund may have to dispose of such securities at a substantial discount from face value. Loan participations also involve the credit risk associated with the underlying corporate borrower. |
> | Market Volatility Risk. The risk that the value of the securities in which the fund invests may go up or down in response to the prospects of individual companies and/or general economic conditions. Price changes may be temporary or may last for extended periods. |
> | Master Limited Partnership Risk. The risk that the fund’s investments in MLP units will be negatively impacted by tax law changes, changes in interest rates, regulatory developments or other factors affecting the MLP’s underlying assets, which are typically in the natural resources and energy sectors. |
> | Mortgage-Backed and Asset-Backed Securities Risk. The risk that changes in interest rates will cause both extension and prepayment risks for mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities in which the fund invests, or that an impairment of the value of collateral underlying such securities, will cause the value of the securities to decrease. |
> | Multi-Manager Approach Risk. The risk that, although the investment strategies employed by the subadvisers are intended to be complementary, they may not in fact be complementary and could result in more conflicting transactions, exposure to certain types of securities and/or higher portfolio turnover. |
5 |
> | New Fund Risk. The risk that the fund may not grow to an economically viable size, in which case the fund may cease operations and investors may be required to liquidate or transfer their investments at an inopportune time. |
> | Non-Diversification Risk. The risk that the fund will be more susceptible to factors negatively impacting the securities in its portfolio to the extent that each such security represents a significant portion of the fund’s assets. |
> | Portfolio Turnover Risk. The risk that the fund’s principal investment strategies will result in a consistently high portfolio turnover rate. See the “Portfolio Turnover” section above for more information about the impact that portfolio turnover can have on your investment. |
> | Real Estate Investment Risk. The risk that the value of the fund’s shares will be negatively affected by changes in real estate values or economic conditions, credit risk and interest rate fluctuations, changes in the value of the underlying real estate and defaults by lessees and/or borrowers. Investing in real estate through REITs and REOCs also introduces the risk that the fund’s shares will be negatively affected by factors specific to investing through a pooled vehicle, such as through poor management of the REIT or REOC, concentration risk, or other risks typically associated with investing in small or medium market capitalization companies. |
> | Short Sales Risk. The risk that the fund will experience a loss if the price of a borrowed security increases between the date of a short sale and the date on which the fund acquires the security. |
> | Short-Term Investments Risk. The risk that the fund’s short-term investments will not provide the liquidity or protection intended or will prevent the fund from experiencing positive movements in the fund’s principal investment strategies. |
Performance Information
The fund has not had a full calendar year of operations; therefore, performance information is not shown here.
Management
The fund’s investment adviser is Virtus Alternative Investment Advisers, Inc. (“VAIA”).
The fund’s subadvisers are Cliffwater, Brigade Capital Management, LLC (“Brigade”), ICE Canyon LLC (“ICE Canyon”), Harvest Fund Advisors LLC (“Harvest”), LaSalle Investment Management Securities, LLC (“LaSalle”), Lazard Asset Management LLC (“Lazard”), and MAST Capital Management, LLC (“MAST”).
Portfolio Management
> | Kathleen Barchick, Portfolio Manager at Cliffwater, is a manager of the fund. Ms. Barchick has served as a Portfolio Manager of the fund since inception in [month/year]. |
> | Eric Conklin, Portfolio Manager at Harvest, is a manager of the fund. Mr. Conklin has served as a Portfolio Manager of the fund since inception in [month/year]. |
> | Stanley J. Kraska, Jr., Managing Director at LaSalle, is a manager of the fund. Mr. Kraska has served as a Portfolio Manager of the fund since inception in [month/year]. |
> | Andrew Lacey, Deputy Chairman at Lazard, is a manager of the fund. Mr. Lacey has served as a Portfolio Manager of the fund since inception in [month/year]. |
> | Joe Lu, Partner and Portfolio Manager at MAST, is a manager of the fund. Mr. Lu has served as a Portfolio Manager of the fund since inception in [month/year]. |
> | Donald E. Morgan III, Managing Partner and Portfolio Manager at Brigade, is a manager of the fund. Mr. Morgan has served as a Portfolio Manager of the fund since inception in [month/year]. |
> | Stephen Nesbitt, Portfolio Manager at Cliffwater, is a manager of the fund. Mr. Nesbitt has served as a Portfolio Manager of the fund since inception in [month/year]. |
> | Keith R. Pauley, Managing Director at LaSalle, is a manager of the fund. Mr. Pauley has served as a Portfolio Manager of the fund since inception in [month/year]. |
> | Peter Reed, Partner and Portfolio Manager at MAST, is a manager of the fund. Mr. Reed has served as a Portfolio Manager of the fund since inception in [month/year]. |
> | Benjamin J. Renshaw, Partner and Co-Portfolio Manager at Brigade, is a manager of the fund. Mr. Renshaw has served as a Portfolio Manager of the fund since inception in [month/year]. |
> | Amy Robinson, Portfolio Manager at Cliffwater, is a manager of the fund. Ms. Robinson has served as a Portfolio Manager of the fund since inception in [month/year]. |
> | Patrick Ryan, Managing Director at Lazard, is a manager of the fund. Mr. Ryan has served as a Portfolio Manager of the fund since inception in [month/year]. |
> | Nathan Sandler, Co-Founder and Managing Partner at ICE Canyon, is a manager of the fund. Mr. Sandler has served as a Portfolio Manager of the fund since inception in [month/year]. |
6 |
> | David Steinberg, Chief Investment Officer and Founding Partner at MAST, is a manager of the fund. Mr. Steinberg has served as a Portfolio Manager of the fund since inception in [month/year]. |
> | Daniel Stern, Portfolio Manager at Cliffwater, is a manager of the fund. Mr. Stern has served as a Portfolio Manager of the fund since inception in [month/year]. |
> | Kyle Waldhauer, Senior Vice President at Lazard, is a manager of the fund. Mr. Waldhauer has served as a Portfolio Manager of the fund since inception in [month/year]. |
Purchase and Sale of Fund Shares
Purchase Minimums (except Class I Shares) | |
Minimum Initial Purchase | $2,500 |
Individual Retirement Accounts (IRAs), systematic purchase or systematic exchange accounts | $100 |
Defined contribution plans, asset-based fee programs, profit-sharing plans or employee benefit plans | No minimum |
Minimum Additional Purchase | $100 |
Defined contribution plans, asset-based fee programs, profit-sharing plans or employee benefit plans | No minimum |
For Class I Shares, the minimum initial purchase is $100,000; there is no minimum for additional purchases.
In general, you may buy or sell shares of the fund by mail or telephone on any business day. You also may buy and sell shares through a financial advisor.
Taxes
The fund’s distributions are taxable to you as either ordinary income or capital gains, except when your investment is through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account. Such tax-deferred arrangements may be taxed later upon withdrawal of monies from those arrangements.
Payments to Broker-Dealers and Other Financial Intermediaries
If you purchase the fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the fund and its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of fund shares and related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other intermediary and your financial advisor to recommend the fund over another investment. Ask your financial advisor or visit your financial intermediary’s Web site for more information.
7 |
Virtus Alternative Inflation Solution Fund |
Investment Objective
The fund has an investment objective of total return that exceeds the rate of inflation.
Fees and Expenses
The tables below illustrate all fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the fund. You may qualify for sales charge discounts if you and your family invest, or agree to invest in the future, at least $50,000 in Virtus Funds. More information about these and other discounts is available from your financial advisor and under “Sales Charges” on page [ ___] of the fund’s prospectus and “Alternative Purchase Arrangements” on page [ ___] of the fund’s statement of additional information.
(a) | A contingent deferred sales charge may be imposed on certain redemptions (i) within 18 months on exchanges from a Virtus non-money market fund into a Virtus money market fund and (ii) purchases on which a finder’s fee has been paid. |
(b) | The deferred sales charge is imposed on Class C Shares redeemed during the first year only. |
( c ) | Estimated for current fiscal year, as annualized. |
( d ) | The fund’s investment adviser has contractually agreed to limit the fund’s total operating expenses (excluding dividend and interest expenses , taxes, leverage expenses, extraordinary expenses and acquired fund fees and expenses) so that such expenses do not exceed 2.40% for Class A Shares, 3.15% for Class C Shares and 2.15% for Class I Shares through [________, 2015] Following the contractual period, the adviser may discontinue these expense reimbursement arrangements at any time. Under certain conditions, the adviser may recapture operating expenses reimbursed under these arrangements for a period of three years following the fiscal year in which such reimbursement occurred. |
Example
This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes an investment of $10,000 in the fund for the time periods indicated. It shows your costs if you sold your shares at the end of the period or continued to hold them. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the fund’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:
Share Status | 1 Year | 3 Years | |
Class A | Sold or Held | $827 | $1,561 |
Class C | Sold | $442 | $1,263 |
Held | $342 | $1,263 | |
Class I | Sold or Held | $242 | $973 |
Portfolio Turnover
The fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in annual fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the fund’s performance.
8 |
Investments, Risks and Performance
Principal Investment Strategies
The fund combines several strategies in an effort to mitigate the negative effects of inflation and produce a total return that exceeds, over the course of a full market cycle, the rate of inflation. These strategies are implemented by managers selected and monitored by the fund’s adviser, Virtus Alternative Investment Advisers, Inc. (“VAIA”), with the assistance of Cliffwater Investments LLC (“Cliffwater”), a subadviser to the fund. In selecting managers to act as the other subadvisers to the fund, VAIA and Cliffwater seek to combine the talents of specialized managers in order to provide an alternative solution that seeks to hedge inflation for fund shareholders, in the sense that the fund provides access to a variety of investment styles and/or asset classes expected to have a high correlation to inflation and a low correlation to traditional asset classes. Each subadviser so selected pursues a separate strategy. VAIA may allocate the fund’s assets to subadvisers employing all or a subset of the strategies described below at a given time, and may change the allocations from time to time in its sole discretion without prior notice to shareholders. The fund’s investment strategies include, without limitation, Commodity, Infrastructure, Master Limited Partnership, Real Estate and Long/Short Credit strategies, each as further described below.
Commodity strategies seek to provide exposure to the investment returns of a diversified basket of commodities including, but not limited to oil, corn, cotton, gold, sugar, natural gas, copper, and coffee.
Infrastructure strategies seek to invest in companies designed to help society grow and develop and can include toll roads, airports, pipelines, and electricity plants. Typically these companies benefit from protected revenue streams, and long dated contracts that may include pricing power tied to general levels of inflation. As a result, these companies tend to be less volatile than equities over the long term and generally provide more stable and higher yields.
Master Limited Partnership (MLP) strategies seek to deliver both high yield and stable growth by investing in a portfolio of publicly traded partnerships engaged in the transportation, storage, processing, refining, marketing, exploration, production, and mining of minerals and natural resources.
Real Estate strategies concentrate investments in the real estate industry. The focus of the strategies is equity investments in real estate through Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs) and Real Estate Operating Companies (REOCs). REITs and REOCs are both types of publicly traded securities representing pools of money invested in income producing properties, including hospitals, malls, hotels, warehouses, office buildings, and apartments, though their distribution patterns and resulting tax considerations differ.
Long/Short Credit strategies tactically invest (both long and short) in debt securities of domestic and foreign issuers of all maturities and credit qualities, including high yield (so-called junk bonds), bank loans, distressed debt, corporate bonds, inflation-linked, and emerging market debt securities.
In addition to the investments listed above, the fund may invest in other instruments deemed by the subadvisers as falling within their respective investment strategies, such as commodity interests, commodity-linked notes, convertible securities, equity securities, and securitized credit instruments. The fund may also invest in derivative instruments, including swaps and forwards, to pursue its investment objective and to mitigate risk. In seeking its investment objective, the fund will use leverage (e.g., through the use of derivatives), and may actively trade securities. The fund may also engage in short sales of any instrument that the fund is permitted to purchase for investment, with respect to up to 100% of the fund’s net assets. The fund’s use of short sales and investments in derivative instruments will require that the fund set aside liquid assets as necessary to ensure that the fund is able to meet its obligations; as a result, the fund may hold significant amounts of cash, cash equivalents and/or other short-term investments.
In pursuing its investment strategies, the fund may invest without restriction as to issuer capitalization, country, currency, maturity, credit rating or duration. However, from time to time, VAIA may direct one or more subadvisers to limit the fund’s exposure to certain assets or asset classes in an effort to achieve the desired overall exposures for the fund.
9 |
The fund is considered non-diversified under federal securities laws, which means that it may concentrate its investments in fewer issuers than permitted for diversified mutual funds.
Principal Risks
The fund may not achieve its objective, and it is not intended to be a complete investment program. The value of the fund’s investments that supports your share value may decrease. If between the time you purchase shares and the time you sell shares the value of the fund’s investments decreases, you will lose money. Investment values can decrease for a number of reasons. Conditions affecting the overall economy, specific industries or companies in which the fund invests can be worse than expected, and investments may fail to perform as the subadvisers expect. As a result, the value of your shares may decrease. In addition, you will also be subject to the risks associated with the principal investment strategies of any other funds or collective investment vehicles in which the fund invests. Purchase and redemption activities by fund shareholders may impact the management of the fund and its ability to achieve its investment objective(s). The redemption by one or more large shareholders or groups of shareholders of their holdings in the fund could have an adverse impact on the remaining shareholders in the fund including by accelerating the realization of capital gains and increasing the fund's transaction costs. The principal risks of investing in the fund are:
> | Allocation Risk. The risk that the fund’s exposure to equities and fixed income securities, or to different asset classes, may vary from the intended allocation or may not be optimal for market conditions at a given time. |
> | Commodity and Commodity-Linked Instruments Risks. The risks that investments in commodities or commodity-linked notes will subject the fund’s portfolio to greater volatility than investments in traditional securities, or that commodity-linked instruments will experience returns different from the commodities they attempt to track. |
> | Commodity Pool Risk. The risk that the fund’s investments in certain instruments deemed to be “commodity interests” under the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”) and the rules of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) will cause the fund to be deemed a commodity pool, thereby subjecting the fund to regulation under the CEA and CFTC rules. |
> | Convertible Securities Risk. The risk that a convertible security held by the fund will be called for redemption at a time and/or price unfavorable to the fund. |
> | Counterparty Risk. The risk that a party upon whom the fund relies to consummate a transaction will default. |
> | Call Risk. The risk that issuers will prepay fixed rate obligations when interest rates fall, forcing the fund to reinvest in obligations with lower interest rates than the original obligations. |
> | Credit Risk. The risk that the issuer of a security will fail to pay interest or principal in a timely manner, or that negative perceptions of the issuer’s ability to make such payments will cause the price of the security to decline. |
> | Derivatives Risk. The risk that the fund will incur a loss greater than the fund’s investment in, or will experience greater share price volatility as a result of investing in, a derivative contract. |
> | Emerging Markets Investing Risk. The risk that prices of emerging markets securities will be more volatile, or will be more greatly affected by negative conditions, than those of their counterparts in more established foreign markets. |
> | Equity Securities Risk. The risk that events negatively affecting issuers, industries or financial markets in which the fund invests will impact the value of the stocks held by the fund and thus, the value of the fund’s shares over short or extended periods. Investments in a particular style or in small or medium-sized companies may enhance that risk. |
> | Foreign Investing Risk. The risk that the prices of foreign securities in the fund’s portfolio will be more volatile than those of domestic securities, or will be negatively affected by currency fluctuations or economic, political or other developments. |
> | High-Yield/High-Risk Fixed Income Securities (Junk Bonds) Risk. The risk that the issuers of high yield-high risk securities in the fund’s portfolio will default, that the prices of such securities will be volatile, and that the securities will not be liquid. |
> | Income Risk. The risk that income received from the fund will vary widely over the short- and long-tem. |
> | Inflation-Linked Securities Interest Rate Risk. The risk that inflation-linked securities will react differently from other fixed income securities to changes in interest rates. The values of inflation-linked securities are anticipated to change in response to changes in “real” interest rates, which represent nominal (stated) interest rates reduced by the expected impact of inflation. Generally, the value of an inflation-linked security will fall when real interest rates rise and will rise when real interest rates fall. |
> | Infrastructure-Related Investment Risk. The risk that the value of the fund’s shares will decrease as a result of conditions, such as general or local economic conditions and political developments, changes in regulations, environmental problems, casualty losses, and changes in interest rates, negatively affecting the infrastructure companies in which the fund invests. |
10 |
> | Interest Rate Risk. The risk that when interest rates rise, the values of the fund’s debt securities, especially those with longer maturities, will fall. |
> | Leverage Risk. The risk that the value of the fund’s shares will be more volatile or that the fund will incur a loss greater than the fund’s investment in a given security when leverage is used. |
> | Liquidity Risk. The risk that certain securities may be difficult or impossible to sell at the time and price beneficial to the fund. |
> | Loan Participation Risk. The risk that there may not be a readily available market for loan participation interests and, in some cases, the fund may have to dispose of such securities at a substantial discount from face value. Loan participations also involve the credit risk associated with the underlying corporate borrower. |
> | Market Volatility Risk. The risk that the value of the securities in which the fund invests may go up or down in response to the prospects of individual companies and/or general economic conditions. Price changes may be temporary or may last for extended periods. |
> | Master Limited Partnership Risk. The risk that the fund’s investments in MLP units will be negatively impacted by tax law changes, changes in interest rates, regulatory developments or other factors affecting the MLP’s underlying assets, which are typically in the natural resources and energy sectors. |
> | Multi-Manager Approach Risk. The risk that, although the investment strategies employed by the subadvisers are intended to be complementary, they may not in fact be complementary and could result in more conflicting transactions, exposure to certain types of securities and/or higher portfolio turnover. |
> | Natural Resources Risk. The risk that the fund’s investments in the natural resources industry will be significantly affected by events relating to international political and economic developments, energy conservation, the success of exploration projects, commodity prices, taxes and other governmental regulations. |
> | New Fund Risk. The risk that the fund may not grow to an economically viable size, in which case the fund may cease operations and investors may be required to liquidate or transfer their investments at an inopportune time. |
> | Non-Diversification Risk. The risk that the fund will be more susceptible to factors negatively impacting the securities in its portfolio to the extent that each such security represents a significant portion of the fund’s assets. |
> | Portfolio Turnover Risk. The risk that the fund’s principal investment strategies will result in a consistently high portfolio turnover rate. See the “Portfolio Turnover” section above for more information about the impact that portfolio turnover can have on your investment. |
> | Real Estate Investment Risk. The risk that the value of the fund’s shares will be negatively affected by changes in real estate values or economic conditions, credit risk and interest rate fluctuations, changes in the value of the underlying real estate and defaults by lessees and/or borrowers. Investing in real estate through REITs and REOCs also introduces the risk that the fund’s shares will be negatively affected by factors specific to investing through a pooled vehicle, such as through poor management of the REIT or REOC, concentration risk, or other risks typically associated with investing in small or medium market capitalization companies. |
> | Short Sales Risk. The risk that the fund will experience a loss if the price of a borrowed security increases between the date of a short sale and the date on which the fund acquires the security. |
> | Short-Term Investments Risk. The risk that the fund’s short-term investments will not provide the liquidity or protection intended or will prevent the fund from experiencing positive movements in the fund’s principal investment strategies. |
> | Tax Risk. The risk that the tax treatment of the fund’s investments may be adversely affected by future legislation, Treasury Regulations and/or guidance issued by the Internal Revenue Service that could affect whether income derived from such investments is “qualified income” under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code, or otherwise alter the character, timing and/or amount of the fund’s taxable income or any gains and distributions made by the fund. |
Performance Information
The fund has not had a full calendar year of operations; therefore, performance information is not shown here.
Management
The fund’s investment adviser is Virtus Alternative Investment Advisers, Inc. (“VAIA”).
The fund’s subadvisers are Cliffwater, Armored Wolf, LLC (“Armored Wolf”), Brigade Capital Management, LLC (“Brigade”), Credit Suisse Asset Management, LLC (“Credit Suisse”), Harvest Fund Advisors LLC (“Harvest”), LaSalle Investment Management Securities, LLC (“LaSalle”) and Lazard Asset Management LLC (“Lazard”).
11 |
Portfolio Management
> | Kathleen Barchick, Portfolio Manager at Cliffwater, is a manager of the fund. Ms. Barchick has served as a Portfolio Manager of the fund since inception in [month/year]. |
> | John Brynjolfsson, Chief Investment Officer and Managing Director at Armored Wolf, is a manager of the fund. Mr. Brynjolfsson has served as a Portfolio Manager of the fund since inception in [month/year]. |
> | Christopher Burton, Managing Director at Credit Suisse, is a manager of the fund. Mr. Burton has served as a Portfolio Manager of the fund since inception in [month/year]. |
> | Eric Conklin, Portfolio Manager at Harvest, is a manager of the fund. Mr. Conklin has served as a Portfolio Manager of the fund since inception in [month/year]. |
> | Stanley J. Kraska, Jr., Managing Director at LaSalle, is a manager of the fund. Mr. Kraska has served as a Portfolio Manager of the fund since inception in [month/year]. |
> | Nelson Louie, Managing Director and Global Head of the Commodities Team at Credit Suisse, is a manager of the fund. Mr. Louie has served as a Portfolio Manager of the fund since inception in [month/year]. |
> | Donald E. Morgan III, Managing Partner and Portfolio Manager at Brigade, is a manager of the fund. Mr. Morgan has served as a Portfolio Manager of the fund since inception in [month/year]. |
> | John Mulquiney, Portfolio Manager/Analyst at Lazard, is a manager of the fund. Mr. Mulquiney has served as a Portfolio Manager of the fund since inception in [month/year]. |
> | Stephen Nesbitt, Portfolio Manager at Cliffwater, is a manager of the fund. Mr. Nesbitt has served as a Portfolio Manager of the fund since inception in [month/year]. |
> | Keith R. Pauley, Managing Director at LaSalle, is a manager of the fund. Mr. Pauley has served as a Portfolio Manager of the fund since inception in [month/year]. |
> | Benjamin J. Renshaw, Partner and Co-Portfolio Manager at Brigade, is a manager of the fund. Mr. Renshaw has served as a Portfolio Manager of the fund since inception in [month/year]. |
> | Warryn Robertson, Portfolio Manager/Analyst at Lazard, is a manager of the fund. Mr. Robertson has served as a Portfolio Manager of the fund since inception in [month/year]. |
> | Amy Robinson, Portfolio Manager at Cliffwater, is a manager of the fund. Ms. Robinson has served as a Portfolio Manager of the fund since inception in [month/year]. |
> | Daniel Stern, Portfolio Manager at Cliffwater, is a manager of the fund. Mr. Stern has served as a Portfolio Manager of the fund since inception in [month/year]. |
Purchase and Sale of Fund Shares
Purchase Minimums (except Class I Shares) | |
Minimum Initial Purchase | $2,500 |
Individual Retirement Accounts (IRAs), systematic purchase or systematic exchange accounts | $100 |
Defined contribution plans, asset-based fee programs, profit-sharing plans or employee benefit plans | No minimum |
Minimum Additional Purchase | $100 |
Defined contribution plans, asset-based fee programs, profit-sharing plans or employee benefit plans | No minimum |
For Class I Shares, the minimum initial purchase is $100,000; there is no minimum for additional purchases.
In general, you may buy or sell shares of the fund by mail or telephone on any business day. You also may buy and sell shares through a financial advisor.
Taxes
The fund’s distributions are taxable to you as either ordinary income or capital gains, except when your investment is through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account. Such tax-deferred arrangements may be taxed later upon withdrawal of monies from those arrangements.
Payments to Broker-Dealers and Other Financial Intermediaries
If you purchase the fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the fund and its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of fund shares and related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other intermediary and your financial advisor to recommend the fund over another investment. Ask your financial advisor or visit your financial intermediary’s Web site for more information.
12 |
Virtus Alternative Total Solution Fund |
Investment Objective
The fund has an investment objective of long-term capital appreciation through investments that have a low correlation to traditional asset classes.
Fees and Expenses
The tables below illustrate all fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the fund. You may qualify for sales charge discounts if you and your family invest, or agree to invest in the future, at least $50,000 in Virtus Funds. More information about these and other discounts is available from your financial advisor and under “Sales Charges” on page [ ___] of the fund’s prospectus and “Alternative Purchase Arrangements” on page [ ___] of the fund’s statement of additional information.
(a) | A contingent deferred sales charge may be imposed on certain redemptions (i) within 18 months on exchanges from a Virtus non-money market fund into a Virtus money market fund and (ii) purchases on which a finder’s fee has been paid. |
(b) | The deferred sales charge is imposed on Class C Shares redeemed during the first year only. |
(c) | Includes management fees paid by the Subsidiary. |
( d ) | Estimated for current fiscal year, as annualized. |
( e ) | The fund’s investment adviser has contractually agreed to limit the fund’s total operating expenses (excluding dividend and interest expenses , taxes, leverage expenses, extraordinary expenses and acquired fund fees and expenses) so that such expenses do not exceed 2.60% for Class A Shares, 3.35% for Class C Shares and 2.35% for Class I Shares through [________, 2015] Following the contractual period, the adviser may discontinue these expense reimbursement arrangements at any time. Under certain conditions, the adviser may recapture operating expenses reimbursed under these arrangements for a period of three years following the fiscal year in which such reimbursement occurred. |
Example
This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes an investment of $10,000 in the fund for the time periods indicated. It shows your costs if you sold your shares at the end of the period or continued to hold them. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the fund’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:
Share Status | 1 Year | 3 Years | |
Class A | Sold or Held | $877 | $1,649 |
Class C | Sold | $495 | $1,354 |
Held | $395 | $1,354 | |
Class I | Sold or Held | $296 | $1,067 |
13 |
Portfolio Turnover
The fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in annual fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the fund’s performance.
Investments, Risks and Performance
Principal Investment Strategies
In pursuing its objective, the fund combines several strategies implemented by managers selected and monitored by the fund’s adviser, Virtus Alternative Investment Advisers, Inc. (“VAIA”), with the assistance of Cliffwater Investments LLC (“Cliffwater”), a subadviser to the fund. In selecting managers to act as the other subadvisers to the fund, VAIA and Cliffwater seek to combine the talents of specialized managers in order to provide an alternative solution for fund shareholders, in the sense that the fund provides access to a variety of investment styles and/or asset classes expected to have a low correlation to traditional asset classes. Each subadviser so selected pursues a separate strategy. VAIA may allocate the fund’s assets to subadvisers employing all or a subset of the strategies described below at a given time, and may change the allocations from time to time in its sole discretion without prior notice to shareholders. The fund’s investment strategies include, without limitation, Convertible Arbitrage, Global Macro, Long/Short Equity, Long/Short Credit, Master Limited Partnership, Infrastructure and Real Estate strategies, each as further described below.
Convertible Arbitrage seeks to capitalize on the complexities of the pricing of convertible bonds, which contain both fixed income and equity characteristics. These strategies typically buy a convertible bond while simultaneously shorting the common stock of the same issuer to take advantage of the mispricing of either security.
Global Macro seeks to profit from the movement of the prices of securities across asset classes. Strategies may utilize tactical trend-based models to allocate assets on both the long and short sides to a broad range of markets, including global interest rates, foreign exchange, global stock indices and commodities, often through the use of derivatives.
Long/Short Equity strategies involve long and short global investing. The subadvisers will purchase for the fund securities that they expect to increase in value and sell short securities that they expect to decrease in value. These strategies may make investments across many different industries by gaining both long and short exposure through investments in equities, options, currency forwards, futures, and equity swaps, and/or investments tied to indexes.
Long/Short Credit strategies tactically invest (both long and short) in debt securities of domestic and foreign issuers of all maturities and credit qualities, including high yield (so-called junk bonds), bank loans, distressed debt, corporate bonds, inflation-linked, and emerging market debt securities.
Master Limited Partnership (MLP) strategies seek to deliver both high yield and stable growth by investing in a portfolio of publicly traded partnerships engaged in the transportation, storage, processing, refining, marketing, exploration, production, and mining of minerals and natural resources.
Infrastructure strategies seek to invest in companies designed to help society grow and develop and can include toll roads, airports, pipelines, and electricity plants. Typically these companies benefit from protected revenue streams, and long dated contracts that may include pricing power tied to general levels of inflation. As a result, these companies tend to be less volatile than equities over the long term and generally provide more stable and higher yields.
Real Estate strategies concentrate investments in the real estate industry. The focus of the strategies is equity investments in real estate through Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs) and Real Estate Operating Companies (REOCs). REITs and REOCs are both types of publicly traded securities representing pools of money invested in income producing properties, including hospitals, malls, hotels, warehouses, office buildings, and apartments, though their distribution patterns and resulting tax considerations differ.
In addition to the investments listed above, the fund may invest in other instruments deemed by the subadvisers as falling within their respective investment strategies, such as sovereign debt, securitized credit instruments, commodity interests, and commodity-linked notes. The fund expects to seek to gain exposure to the commodity markets by investing up to 25% of its total assets in a wholly-owned subsidiary of the fund (the “Subsidiary”) organized as a company under the laws of the Cayman Islands. The fund may invest in derivative instruments, including those referenced above, to pursue its investment objective and to mitigate risk. In seeking its investment objective, the fund will use leverage (e.g., through the use of derivatives), and may actively trade securities. The fund may also engage in short sales of any instrument that the fund is permitted to purchase for investment, with respect to up to 100% of the fund’s net assets. The fund’s use of short sales and investments in derivative instruments will require that the fund set aside liquid assets as necessary to ensure that the fund is able to meet its obligations; as a result, the fund may hold significant amounts of cash, cash equivalents and/or other short-term investments.
14 |
In pursuing its investment strategies, the fund may invest without restriction as to issuer capitalization, country, currency, maturity, credit rating or duration. However, from time to time, VAIA may direct one or more subadvisers to limit the fund’s exposure to certain assets or asset classes in an effort to achieve the desired overall exposures for the fund.
The fund is considered non-diversified under federal securities laws, which means that it may concentrate its investments in fewer issuers than permitted for diversified mutual funds.
Principal Risks
The fund may not achieve its objectives, and it is not intended to be a complete investment program. The value of the fund’s investments that supports your share value may decrease. If between the time you purchase shares and the time you sell shares the value of the fund’s investments decreases, you will lose money. Investment values can decrease for a number of reasons. Conditions affecting the overall economy, specific industries or companies in which the fund invests can be worse than expected, and investments may fail to perform as the subadvisers expect. As a result, the value of your shares may decrease. In addition, you will also be subject to the risks associated with the principal investment strategies of any other funds or collective investment vehicles in which the fund invests. Purchase and redemption activities by fund shareholders may impact the management of the fund and its ability to achieve its investment objective(s). The redemption by one or more large shareholders or groups of shareholders of their holdings in the fund could have an adverse impact on the remaining shareholders in the fund including by accelerating the realization of capital gains and increasing the fund's transaction costs. The principal risks of investing in the fund are:
> | Allocation Risk. The risk that the fund’s exposure to equities and fixed income securities, or to different asset classes, may vary from the intended allocation or may not be optimal for market conditions at a given time. |
> | Call Risk. The risk that issuers will prepay fixed rate obligations when interest rates fall, forcing the fund to reinvest in obligations with lower interest rates than the original obligations. |
> | Commodity and Commodity-Linked Instruments Risks. The risks that investments in commodities or commodity-linked notes will subject the fund’s portfolio to greater volatility than investments in traditional securities, or that commodity-linked instruments will experience returns different from the commodities they attempt to track. |
> | Commodity Pool Risk. The risk that the fund’s regulation as a commodity pool under the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”) and the rules of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) will subject the fund to additional costs and/or affect the operations of the fund. |
> | Convertible Securities Risk. The risk that a convertible security held by the fund will be called for redemption at a time and/or price unfavorable to the fund. |
> | Counterparty Risk. The risk that a party upon whom the fund relies to consummate a transaction will default. |
> | Credit Risk. The risk that the issuer of a security will fail to pay interest or principal in a timely manner, or that negative perceptions of the issuer’s ability to make such payments will cause the price of the security to decline. |
> | Currency Rate Risk. The risk that fluctuations in the exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies may negatively affect the value of the fund’s shares. |
> | Derivatives Risk. The risk that the fund will incur a loss greater than the fund’s investment in, or will experience greater share price volatility as a result of investing in, a derivative contract. |
> | Emerging Market Investing Risk. The risk that prices of emerging markets securities will be more volatile, or will be more greatly affected by negative conditions, than those of their counterparts in more established foreign markets. |
> | Equity Securities Risk. The risk that events negatively affecting issuers, industries or financial markets in which the fund invests will impact the value of the stocks held by the fund and thus, the value of the fund’s shares over short or extended periods. Investments in a particular style or in small or medium-sized companies may enhance that risk. |
> | Foreign Currency Transactions Risk. The risk that the fund’s transactions designed to hedge the fund’s exposure to foreign currency risks are not successful or have the effect of limiting gains from favorable market movements. |
> | Foreign Investing Risk. The risk that the prices of foreign securities in the fund’s portfolio will be more volatile than those of domestic securities, or will be negatively affected by currency fluctuations or economic, political or other developments. |
15 |
> | High-Yield/High-Risk Fixed Income Securities (Junk Bonds) Risk. The risk that the issuers of high yield-high risk securities in the fund’s portfolio will default, that the prices of such securities will be volatile, and that the securities will not be liquid. |
> | Income Risk. The risk that income received from the fund will vary widely over the short- and long-tem. |
> | Inflation-Linked Securities Interest Rate Risk. The risk that inflation-linked securities will react differently from other fixed income securities to changes in interest rates. The values of inflation-linked securities are anticipated to change in response to changes in “real” interest rates, which represent nominal (stated) interest rates reduced by the expected impact of inflation. Generally, the value of an inflation-linked security will fall when real interest rates rise and will rise when real interest rates fall. |
> | Infrastructure-Related Investment Risk. The risk that the value of the fund’s shares will decrease as a result of conditions, such as general or local economic conditions and political developments, changes in regulations, environmental problems, casualty losses, and changes in interest rates, negatively affecting the infrastructure companies in which the fund invests. |
> | Interest Rate Risk. The risk that when interest rates rise, the values of the fund’s debt securities, especially those with longer maturities, will fall. |
> | Leverage Risk. The risk that the value of the fund’s shares will be more volatile or that the fund will incur a loss greater than the fund’s investment in a given security when leverage is used. |
> | Liquidity Risk. The risk that certain securities may be difficult or impossible to sell at the time and price beneficial to the fund. |
> | Loan Participation Risk. The risk that there may not be a readily available market for loan participation interests and, in some cases, the fund may have to dispose of such securities at a substantial discount from face value. Loan participations also involve the credit risk associated with the underlying corporate borrower. |
> | Market Volatility Risk. The risk that the value of the securities in which the fund invests may go up or down in response to the prospects of individual companies and/or general economic conditions. Price changes may be temporary or may last for extended periods. |
> | Master Limited Partnership Risk. The risk that the fund’s investments in MLP units will be negatively impacted by tax law changes, changes in interest rates, regulatory developments or other factors affecting the MLP’s underlying assets, which are typically in the natural resources and energy sectors. |
> | Multi-Manager Approach Risk. The risk that, although the investment strategies employed by the subadvisers are intended to be complementary, they may not in fact be complementary and could result in more conflicting transactions, exposure to certain types of securities and/or higher portfolio turnover. |
> | New Fund Risk. The risk that the fund may not grow to an economically viable size, in which case the fund may cease operations and investors may be required to liquidate or transfer their investments at an inopportune time. |
> | Non-Diversification Risk. The risk that the fund will be more susceptible to factors negatively impacting the securities in its portfolio to the extent that each such security represents a significant portion of the fund’s assets. |
> | Portfolio Turnover Risk. The risk that the fund’s principal investment strategies will result in a consistently high portfolio turnover rate. See the “Portfolio Turnover” section above for more information about the impact that portfolio turnover can have on your investment. |
> | Real Estate Investment Risk. The risk that the value of the fund’s shares will be negatively affected by changes in real estate values or economic conditions, credit risk and interest rate fluctuations, changes in the value of the underlying real estate and defaults by lessees and/or borrowers. Investing in real estate through REITs and REOCs also introduces the risk that the fund’s shares will be negatively affected by factors specific to investing through a pooled vehicle, such as through poor management of the REIT or REOC, concentration risk, or other risks typically associated with investing in small or medium market capitalization companies. |
> | Short Sales Risk. The risk that the fund will experience a loss if the price of a borrowed security increases between the date of a short sale and the date on which the fund acquires the security. |
> | Short-Term Investments Risk. The risk that the fund’s short-term investments will not provide the liquidity or protection intended or will prevent the fund from experiencing positive movements in the fund’s principal investment strategies. |
> | Subsidiary Risk. By investing in the Subsidiary, the fund is indirectly exposed to the risks associated with the Subsidiary’s investments, which are generally similar to those that are permitted to be held by the fund. The Subsidiary is not registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”) and is not subject to all of the investor protections of the 1940 Act. Changes in the laws of the United States and/or the Cayman Islands could result in the inability of the fund and/or the Subsidiary to operate as described in this prospectus and the fund’s Statement of Additional Information, and could adversely affect the fund. |
16 |
> | Tax Risk. The risk that the tax treatment of the fund’s investments may be adversely affected by future legislation, Treasury Regulations and/or guidance issued by the Internal Revenue Service that could affect whether income derived from such investments is “qualified income” under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code, or otherwise alter the character, timing and/or amount of the fund’s taxable income or any gains and distributions made by the fund. |
Performance Information
The fund has not had a full calendar year of operations; therefore, performance information is not shown here.
Management
The fund’s investment adviser is Virtus Alternative Investment Advisers, Inc. (“VAIA”).
The fund’s subadvisers are Cliffwater, Armored Wolf, LLC (“Armored Wolf”), Ascend Capital, LLC (“Ascend”), Brigade Capital Management, LLC (“Brigade”), Graham Capital Management, L.P. (“Graham”), Harvest Fund Advisors LLC (“Harvest”), ICE Canyon LLC (“ICE Canyon”), LaSalle Investment Management Securities, LLC (“LaSalle”), Lazard Asset Management LLC (“Lazard”), MAST Capital Management, LLC (“MAST”) and Owl Creek Asset Management, L.P. (“Owl Creek”).
Portfolio Management
> | Jeffrey Altman, Chief Portfolio Manager at Owl Creek, is a manager of the fund. Mr. Altman has served as a Portfolio Manager of the fund since inception in [month/year]. |
> | Kathleen Barchick, Portfolio Manager at Cliffwater, is a manager of the fund. Ms. Barchick has served as a Portfolio Manager of the fund since inception in [month/year]. |
> | John Brynjolfsson, Chief Investment Officer and Managing Director at Armored Wolf, is a manager of the fund. Mr. Brynjolfsson has served as a Portfolio Manager of the fund since inception in [month/year]. |
> | Pablo Calderini, President and Chief Investment Officer at Graham, is a manager of the fund. Mr. Calderini has served as a Portfolio Manager of the fund since inception in [month/year]. |
> | Eric Conklin, Portfolio Manager at Harvest, is a manager of the fund. Mr. Conklin has served as a Portfolio Manager of the fund since inception in [month/year]. |
> | Malcolm Fairbairn, Chief Investment Officer at Ascend, is a manager of the fund. Mr. Fairbairn has served as a Portfolio Manager of the fund since inception in [month/year]. |
> | Stanley J. Kraska, Jr., Managing Director at LaSalle, is a manager of the fund. Mr. Kraska has served as a Portfolio Manager of the fund since inception in [month/year]. |
> | Daniel Krueger, Co-Portfolio Manager at Owl Creek, is a manager of the fund. Mr. Krueger has served as a Portfolio Manager of the fund since inception in [month/year]. |
> | Jeffrey Lee, Co-Portfolio Manager at Owl Creek, is a manager of the fund. Mr. Lee has served as a Portfolio Manager of the fund since inception in [month/year]. |
> | Joe Lu, Partner and Portfolio Manager at MAST, is a manager of the fund. Mr. Lu has served as a Portfolio Manager of the fund since inception in [month/year]. |
> | Donald E. Morgan III, Managing Partner and Portfolio Manager at Brigade, is a manager of the fund. Mr. Morgan has served as a Portfolio Manager of the fund since inception in [month/year]. |
> | Stephen Nesbitt, Portfolio Manager at Cliffwater, is a manager of the fund. Mr. Nesbitt has served as a Portfolio Manager of the fund since inception in [month/year]. |
> | Keith R. Pauley, Managing Director at LaSalle, is a manager of the fund. Mr. Pauley has served as a Portfolio Manager of the fund since inception in [month/year]. |
> | Peter Reed, Partner and Portfolio Manager at MAST, is a manager of the fund. Mr. Reed has served as a Portfolio Manager of the fund since inception in [month/year]. |
> | Benjamin J. Renshaw, Partner and Co-Portfolio Manager at Brigade, is a manager of the fund. Mr. Renshaw has served as a Portfolio Manager of the fund since inception in [month/year]. |
> | Sean Reynolds, Managing Director at Lazard, is a manager of the fund. Mr. Reynolds has served as a Portfolio Manager of the fund since inception in [month/year]. |
> | Amy Robinson, Portfolio Manager at Cliffwater, is a manager of the fund. Ms. Robinson has served as a Portfolio Manager of the fund since inception in [month/year]. |
> | Nathan Sandler, Co-Founder and Managing Partner at ICE Canyon, is a manager of the fund. Mr. Sandler has served as a Portfolio Manager of the fund since inception in [month/year]. |
17 |
> | David Steinberg, Chief Investment Officer and Founding Partner at MAST, is a manager of the fund. Mr. Steinberg has served as a Portfolio Manager of the fund since inception in [month/year]. |
> | Daniel Stern, Portfolio Manager at Cliffwater, is a manager of the fund. Mr. Stern has served as a Portfolio Manager of the fund since inception in [month/year]. |
> | Kenneth G. Tropin, Founder and Chairman at Graham, is a manager of the fund. Mr. Tropin has served as a Portfolio Manager of the fund since inception in [month/year]. |
Purchase and Sale of Fund Shares
Purchase Minimums (except class I Shares) | |
Minimum Initial Purchase | $2,500 |
Individual Retirement Accounts (IRAs), systematic purchase or systematic exchange accounts | $100 |
Defined contribution plans, asset-based fee programs, profit-sharing plans or employee benefit plans | No minimum |
Minimum Additional Purchase | $100 |
Defined contribution plans, asset-based fee programs, profit-sharing plans or employee benefit plans | No minimum |
For Class I Shares, the minimum initial purchase is $100,000; there is no minimum for additional purchases.
In general, you may buy or sell shares of the fund by mail or telephone on any business day. You also may buy and sell shares through a financial advisor.
Taxes
The fund’s distributions are taxable to you as either ordinary income or capital gains, except when your investment is through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account. Such tax-deferred arrangements may be taxed later upon withdrawal of monies from those arrangements.
Payments to Broker-Dealers and Other Financial Intermediaries
If you purchase the fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the fund and its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of fund shares and related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other intermediary and your financial advisor to recommend the fund over another investment. Ask your financial advisor or visit your financial intermediary’s Web site for more information.
18 |
More Information About Fund Expenses |
VAIA has contractually agreed to limit the total operating expenses (excluding dividend and interest expenses , taxes, leverage expenses, extraordinary expenses and acquired fund fees and expenses, if any) of the funds so that such expenses do not exceed, on an annualized basis, the amounts indicated in the following table.
Class A
Shares |
Class C
Shares |
Class I
Shares |
Through
Date |
|
Virtus Alternative Income Solution Fund | 2.45% | 3.20% | 2.20% | [xxxx] |
Virtus Alternative Inflation Solution Fund | 2.40% | 3.15% | 2.15% | [xxxx] |
Virtus Alternative Total Solution Fund | 2.60% | 3.35% | 2.35% | [xxxx] |
Following the contractual period, VAIA may discontinue these arrangements at any time. Under certain conditions, VAIA may recapture operating expenses waived or reimbursed under these expense limitation arrangements for a period of three years following the end of the fiscal period in which such waiver or reimbursement occurred, provided that the recapture does not cause the applicable fund(s) to exceed its expense limit in effect at the time of the recapture (or, if the expense limit has been removed, the previous expense limit).
19 |
More Information About Investment Objectives and Principal Investment Strategies |
The investment objectives and principal strategies of each fund are described in this section. Each of the funds has a non-fundamental investment objective. A non-fundamental investment objective may be changed by the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval. If a fund’s investment objective is changed, the prospectus will be supplemented to reflect the new investment objective. To the extent that there is a material change in a fund’s investment objective, shareholders will be provided with reasonable notice. There is no guarantee that a fund will achieve its objective.
Please see the statement of additional information (“SAI”) for additional information about the securities and investment strategies described in this prospectus and about additional securities and investment strategies that may be used by the funds.
20 |
Virtus Alternative Income Solution Fund |
Non-Fundamental Investment Objectives:
The fund has an investment objective of maximizing current income while considering capital appreciation.
Principal Investment Strategies:
The fund combines several strategies designed to capture current yield from a diversified combination of income producing securities while also considering capital appreciation. These strategies are implemented by managers selected and monitored by the fund’s adviser, Virtus Alternative Investment Advisers, Inc. (“VAIA”), with the assistance of Cliffwater Investments LLC (“Cliffwater”), a subadviser to the fund. In selecting managers to act as the other subadvisers to the fund, VAIA and Cliffwater seek to combine the talents of specialized managers in order to provide an alternative income solution for fund shareholders, in the sense that the fund seeks to provide income from a variety of investment styles and/or asset classes expected to have a low correlation to traditional asset classes. Each subadviser so selected pursues a separate strategy and has discretion to invest its portion of the fund’s assets as it deems appropriate based on its particular philosophy, style, strategies and views, subject to any investment limitations listed in the fund’s prospectus and/or statement of additional information as well as investment guidelines provided to the subadviser by VAIA. While VAIA and Cliffwater do not evaluate the merits of a subadviser’s individual investment decisions, they do monitor investment performance and style consistency. VAIA may allocate the fund’s assets to subadvisers employing all or a subset of the strategies described below at a given time, and may change the allocations from time to time in its sole discretion without prior notice to shareholders. In connection with the day-to-day management of cash flows for the fund, Cliffwater may allocate the fund’s assets among the investment strategies selected by VAIA in a manner that results in a deviation from the target allocations identified by VAIA.
The descriptions of the investment strategies below are subjective, are not complete descriptions of any strategy and may differ from classifications made by other investment advisers and/or funds that implement similar investment strategies. With respect to the fund, the determination of a given investment strategy by VAIA will govern. In the future, VAIA may allocate the fund’s assets to subadvisers employing strategies different from those described herein. As of the date of this prospectus, the fund’s investment strategies include, without limitation, Long/Short Credit, Master Limited Partnership, Real Estate and Global Income strategies, each as further described below.
Long/Short Credit strategies tactically invest (both long and short) in debt securities of domestic and foreign issuers of all maturities and credit qualities, including high yield (so-called junk bonds), bank loans, distressed debt, corporate bonds, inflation-linked, and emerging market debt securities.
Master Limited Partnership (MLP) strategies seek to deliver both high yield and stable growth by investing in a portfolio of publicly traded partnerships engaged in the transportation, storage, processing, refining, marketing, exploration, production, and mining of minerals and natural resources.
Real Estate strategies concentrate investments in the real estate industry. The focus of the strategies is equity investments in real estate through Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs) and Real Estate Operating Companies (REOCs). REITs and REOCs are both types of publicly traded securities representing pools of money invested in income producing properties, including hospitals, malls, hotels, warehouses, office buildings, and apartments, though their distribution patterns and resulting tax considerations differ.
Global Income strategies invest in income producing alternative asset classes globally, including MLPs, REITs, Infrastructure, and preferred shares.
In addition to the investments listed above, the fund may invest in other instruments deemed by the subadvisers as falling within their respective investment strategies, such as securitized credit instruments, sovereign debt, convertible securities, real estate operating companies (REOCs), and mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities. The fund may also invest in derivative instruments, including swaps and forwards, to pursue its investment objective and to mitigate risk. In seeking its investment objective, the fund will use leverage (e.g., through the use of derivatives), and may actively trade securities. The fund may also engage in short sales of any instrument that the fund is permitted to purchase for investment, with respect to up to 100% of the fund’s net assets. The fund’s use of short sales and investments in derivative instruments will require that the fund set aside liquid assets as necessary to ensure that the fund is able to meet its obligations; as a result, the fund may hold significant amounts of cash, cash equivalents and/or other short-term investments.
In pursuing its investment strategies, the fund may invest without restriction as to issuer capitalization, country, currency, maturity, credit rating or duration. However, from time to time, VAIA may direct one or more subadvisers to limit the fund’s exposure to certain assets or asset classes in an effort to achieve the desired overall exposures for the fund. The fund’s investments may be publicly traded or privately issued or negotiated.
21 |
The fund has no stated period for holding investments, and investments may be sold when a subadviser deems appropriate, including (1) if the investment has achieved its expectations, (2) if the reasons for holding a particular investment are no longer valid, (3) if a more attractive investment opportunity is found or (4) for other portfolio management reasons.
The fund is considered non-diversified under federal securities laws, which means that it may concentrate its investments in fewer issuers than permitted for diversified mutual funds.
Temporary Defensive Strategy: If a subadviser does not believe that market conditions are favorable for the fund’s principal investment strategies, the fund may take temporary defensive positions that are inconsistent with its principal strategies by investing in cash or money market instruments, including, but not limited to, U.S. Government obligations maturing within one year from the date of purchase. When this allocation happens, the fund may not achieve its investment objectives.
Please see “More Information About Risks Related to Principal Investment Strategies” for information about the risks of investing in the fund. Please refer to “Additional Investment Techniques” for other investment techniques of the fund.
22 |
Virtus Alternative Inflation Solution Fund |
Non-Fundamental Investment Objective:
The fund has an investment objective of total return that exceeds the rate of inflation.
Principal Investment Strategies:
The fund combines several strategies in an effort to mitigate the negative effects of inflation and produce a total return that exceeds, over the course of a full market cycle, the rate of inflation. These strategies are implemented by managers selected and monitored by the fund’s adviser, Virtus Alternative Investment Advisers, Inc. (“VAIA”), with the assistance of Cliffwater Investments LLC (“Cliffwater”), a subadviser to the fund. In selecting managers to act as the other subadvisers to the fund, VAIA and Cliffwater seek to combine the talents of specialized managers in order to provide an alternative solution that seeks to hedge inflation for fund shareholders, in the sense that the fund provides access to a variety of investment styles and/or asset classes expected to have a high correlation to inflation and a low correlation to traditional asset classes. Each subadviser so selected pursues a separate strategy and has discretion to invest its portion of the fund’s assets as it deems appropriate based on its particular philosophy, style, strategies and views, subject to any investment limitations listed in the fund’s prospectus and/or statement of additional information as well as investment guidelines provided to the subadviser by VAIA. While VAIA and Cliffwater do not evaluate the merits of a subadviser’s individual investment decisions, they do monitor investment performance and style consistency. VAIA may allocate the fund’s assets to subadvisers employing all or a subset of the strategies described below at a given time, and may change the allocations from time to time in its sole discretion without prior notice to shareholders. In connection with the day-to-day management of cash flows for the fund, Cliffwater may allocate the fund’s assets among the investment strategies selected by VAIA in a manner that results in a deviation from the target allocations identified by VAIA.
The descriptions of the investment strategies below are subjective, are not complete descriptions of any strategy and may differ from classifications made by other investment advisers and/or funds that implement similar investment strategies. With respect to the fund, the determination of a given investment strategy by VAIA will govern. In the future, VAIA may allocate the fund’s assets to subadvisers employing strategies different from those described herein. As of the date of this prospectus, the fund’s investment strategies include, without limitation, Commodity, Infrastructure, Master Limited Partnership, Real Estate and Long/Short Credit strategies, each as further described below.
Commodity strategies seek to provide exposure to the investment returns of a diversified basket of commodities including, but not limited to oil, corn, cotton, gold, sugar, natural gas, copper, and coffee.
Infrastructure strategies seek to invest in companies designed to help society grow and develop and can include toll roads, airports, pipelines, and electricity plants. Typically these companies benefit from protected revenue streams, and long dated contracts that may include pricing power tied to general levels of inflation. As a result, these companies tend to be less volatile than equities over the long term and generally provide more stable and higher yields.
Master Limited Partnership (MLP) strategies seek to deliver both high yield and stable growth by investing in a portfolio of publicly traded partnerships engaged in the transportation, storage, processing, refining, marketing, exploration, production, and mining of minerals and natural resources.
Real Estate strategies concentrate investments in the real estate industry. The focus of the strategies is equity investments in real estate through Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs) and Real Estate Operating Companies (REOCs). REITs and REOCs are both types of publicly traded securities representing pools of money invested in income producing properties, including hospitals, malls, hotels, warehouses, office buildings, and apartments, though their distribution patterns and resulting tax considerations differ.
Long/Short Credit strategies tactically invest (both long and short) in debt securities of domestic and foreign issuers of all maturities and credit qualities, including high yield (so-called junk bonds), bank loans, distressed debt, corporate bonds, inflation-linked, and emerging market debt securities.
In addition to the investments listed above, the fund may invest in other instruments deemed by the subadvisers as falling within their respective investment strategies, such as commodity interests, commodity-linked notes, convertible securities, equity securities, and securitized credit instruments. The fund may from time to time seek to gain exposure to the commodity markets by investing up to 25% of its total assets in a wholly-owned subsidiary of the fund (the “Subsidiary”) organized as a company under the laws of the Cayman Islands, although as of the date of this prospectus the fund has not opted to do so. The fund may also invest in derivative instruments, including swaps and forwards, to pursue its investment objective and to mitigate risk. In seeking its investment objective, the fund will use leverage (e.g., through the use of derivatives), and may actively trade securities. The fund may also engage in short sales of any instrument that the fund is permitted to purchase for investment, with respect to up to 100% of the fund’s net assets. The fund’s use of short sales and investments in derivative instruments will require that the fund set aside liquid assets as necessary to ensure that the fund is able to meet its obligations; as a result, the fund may hold significant amounts of cash, cash equivalents and/or other short-term investments.
23 |
In pursuing its investment strategies, the fund may invest without restriction as to issuer capitalization, country, currency, maturity, credit rating or duration. However, from time to time, VAIA may direct one or more subadvisers to limit the fund’s exposure to certain assets or asset classes in an effort to achieve the desired overall exposures for the fund. The fund’s investments may be publicly traded or privately issued or negotiated.
The fund has no stated period for holding investments, and investments may be sold when a subadviser deems appropriate, including (1) if the investment has achieved its expectations, (2) if the reasons for holding a particular investment are no longer valid, (3) if a more attractive investment opportunity is found or (4) for other portfolio management reasons.
The fund is considered non-diversified under federal securities laws, which means that it may concentrate its investments in fewer issuers than permitted for diversified mutual funds.
Temporary Defensive Strategy: If a subadviser does not believe that market conditions are favorable to the fund’s principal investment strategies, the fund may take temporary defensive positions that are inconsistent with its principal strategies by investing in cash or money market instruments, including, but not limited to, U.S. Government obligations maturing within one year from the date of purchase. When this allocation happens, the fund may not achieve its investment objectives.
Please see “More Information About Risks Related to Principal Investment Strategies” for information about the risks of investing in the fund. Please refer to “Additional Investment Techniques” for other investment techniques of the fund.
24 |
Virtus Alternative Total Solution Fund |
Non-Fundamental Investment Objective:
The fund has an investment objective of long-term capital appreciation through investments that have a low correlation to traditional asset classes.
Principal Investment Strategies:
In pursuing its objective, the fund combines several strategies implemented by managers selected and monitored by the fund’s adviser, Virtus Alternative Investment Advisers, Inc. (“VAIA”), with the assistance of Cliffwater Investments LLC (“Cliffwater”), a subadviser to the fund. In selecting managers to act as the other subadvisers to the fund, VAIA and Cliffwater seek to combine the talents of specialized managers in order to provide an alternative solution for fund shareholders, in the sense that the fund provides access to a variety of investment styles and/or asset classes expected to have a low correlation to traditional asset classes. Each subadviser so selected pursues a separate strategy and has discretion to invest its portion of the fund’s assets as it deems appropriate based on its particular philosophy, style, strategies and views, subject to any investment limitations listed in the fund’s prospectus and/or statement of additional information as well as investment guidelines provided to the subadviser by VAIA. While VAIA and Cliffwater do not evaluate the merits of a subadviser’s individual investment decisions, they do monitor investment performance and style consistency. VAIA may allocate the fund’s assets to subadvisers employing all or a subset of the strategies described below at a given time, and may change the allocations from time to time in its sole discretion without prior notice to shareholders. In connection with the day-to-day management of cash flows for the fund, Cliffwater may allocate the fund’s assets among the investment strategies selected by VAIA in a manner that results in a deviation from the target allocations identified by VAIA.
The descriptions of the investment strategies below are subjective, are not complete descriptions of any strategy and may differ from classifications made by other investment advisers and/or funds that implement similar investment strategies. With respect to the fund, the determination of a given investment strategy by VAIA will govern. In the future, VAIA may allocate the fund’s assets to subadvisers employing strategies different from those described herein. As of the date of this prospectus, the fund’s investment strategies include, without limitation, Convertible Arbitrage, Global Macro, Long/Short Equity, Long/Short Credit, Master Limited Partnership, Infrastructure and Real Estate strategies, each as further described below.
Convertible Arbitrage seeks to capitalize on the complexities of the pricing of convertible bonds, which contain both fixed income and equity characteristics. These strategies typically buy a convertible bond while simultaneously shorting the common stock of the same issuer to take advantage of the mispricing of either security.
Global Macro seeks to profit from the movement of the prices of securities across asset classes. Strategies may utilize tactical trend-based models to allocate assets both on the long and short side to a broad range of markets, including global interest rates, foreign exchange, global stock indices and commodities, often through the use of derivatives.
Long/Short Equity strategies involve long and short global investing. The subadvisers will purchase for the fund securities that the subadviser expects to increase in value and sell short securities where the subadviser expects a decrease in value. These strategies may make investments across many different industries by gaining both long and short exposure through investments in equities, options, currency forwards, futures, and equity swaps, and/or investments tied to indexes.
Long/Short Credit strategies tactically invest (both long and short) in debt securities of domestic and foreign issuers of all maturities and credit qualities, including high yield (so-called junk bonds), bank loans, distressed debt, corporate bonds, inflation-linked, and emerging market debt securities.
Master Limited Partnership (MLP) strategies seek to deliver both high yield and stable growth by investing in a portfolio of publicly traded partnerships engaged in the transportation, storage, processing, refining, marketing, exploration, production, and mining of minerals and natural resources.
Infrastructure strategies seek to invest in companies designed to help society grow and develop and can include toll roads, airports, pipelines, and electricity plants. Typically these companies benefit from protected revenue streams, and long dated contracts that may include pricing power tied to general levels of inflation. As a result, these companies tend to be less volatile than equities over the long term and generally provide more stable and higher yields.
Real Estate strategies concentrate investments in the real estate industry. The focus of the strategies is equity investments in real estate through Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs) and Real Estate Operating Companies (REOCs). REITs and REOCs are both types of publicly traded securities representing pools of money invested in income producing properties, including hospitals, malls, hotels, warehouses, office buildings, and apartments, though their distribution patterns and resulting tax considerations differ.
25 |
In addition to the investments listed above, the fund may invest in other instruments deemed by the subadvisers as falling within their respective investment strategies, such as sovereign debt, convertible securities, securitized credit instruments, commodity interests, commodity-linked notes, and real estate operating companies (REOCs). The fund expects to seek to gain exposure to the commodity markets by investing up to 25% of its total assets in a wholly-owned subsidiary of the fund (the “Subsidiary”) organized as a company under the laws of the Cayman Islands. The fund may invest in derivative instruments, including those referenced above, to pursue its investment objective and to mitigate risk. In seeking its investment objective, the fund will use leverage (e.g., through the use of derivatives), and may actively trade securities. The fund may also engage in short sales of any instrument that the fund is permitted to purchase for investment, with respect to up to 100% of the fund’s net assets. The fund’s use of short sales and investments in derivative instruments will require that the fund set aside liquid assets as necessary to ensure that the fund is able to meet its obligations; as a result, the fund may hold significant amounts of cash, cash equivalents and/or other short-term investments.
In pursuing its investment strategies, the fund may invest without restriction as to issuer capitalization, country, currency, maturity, credit rating or duration. However, from time to time, VAIA may direct one or more subadvisers to limit the fund’s exposure to certain assets or asset classes in an effort to achieve the desired overall exposures for the fund. The fund’s investments may be publicly traded or privately issued or negotiated.
The fund has no stated period for holding investments, and investments may be sold when a subadviser deems appropriate, including (1) if the investment has achieved its expectations, (2) if the reasons for holding a particular investment are no longer valid, (3) if a more attractive investment opportunity is found or (4) for other portfolio management reasons.
The fund is considered non-diversified under federal securities laws, which means that it may concentrate its investments in fewer issuers than permitted for diversified mutual funds.
Temporary Defensive Strategy: If a subadviser does not believe that market conditions are favorable to the fund’s principal investment strategies, the fund may take temporary defensive positions that are inconsistent with its principal strategies by investing in cash or money market instruments, including, but not limited to, U.S. Government obligations maturing within one year from the date of purchase. When this allocation happens, the fund may not achieve its investment objectives.
Please see “More Information About Risks Related to Principal Investment Strategies” for information about the risks of investing in the fund. Please refer to “Additional Investment Techniques” for other investment techniques of the fund.
26 |
More Information About Risks Related to Principal Investment Strategies |
Each of the funds may not achieve its objective, and each is not intended to be a complete investment program.
Generally, the value of a fund’s investments that supports your share value may decrease. If between the time you purchase shares and the time you sell shares the value of such fund’s investments decreases, you will lose money.
Investment values can decrease for a number of reasons. Conditions affecting the overall economy, specific industries or companies in which the fund invests can be worse than expected and investments may fail to perform as the adviser or a subadviser expects. As a result, the value of your shares may decrease.
Specific risks of investing in the funds are identified in the below table and described in detail following the table. For certain funds, the indicated risks apply indirectly through the fund’s investments in other funds.
Risks |
Virtus
Alternative Income Solution Fund |
Virtus
Alternative Inflation Solution Fund |
Virtus
Alternative Total Solution Fund |
Allocation | X | X | X |
Commodity and Commodity-Linked Instruments | X | X | |
Commodity Pool | X | X | |
Convertible Securities | X | X | X |
Counterparty | X | X | X |
Debt Securities | X | X | X |
Call | X | X | X |
Credit | X | X | X |
Interest Rate | X | X | X |
Derivatives | X | X | X |
Equity Securities | X | X | X |
Small and Medium Market Capitalization Companies | X | X | X |
Foreign Currency Transactions | X | ||
Foreign Investing | X | X | X |
Currency Rate | X | X | X |
Emerging Market Investing | X | X | X |
High Yield-High Risk Securities (Junk Bonds) | X | X | X |
Income | X | X | X |
Inflation-Linked Securities | X | ||
Infrastructure-Related Investments | X | X | |
Leverage | X | X | X |
Liquidity | X | X | X |
Loan Participations | X | X | X |
Market Volatility | X | X | X |
Master Limited Partnership (“MLP”) | X | X | X |
Mortgage-Backed and Asset-Backed Securities | X | ||
Multi-Manager Approach | X | X | X |
Natural Resources | X | ||
New Fund | X | X | X |
Non-Diversification | X | X | X |
Portfolio Turnover | X | X | X |
Real Estate | X | X | X |
REIT and REOC Securities | X | X | X |
Short Sales | X | X | X |
Short-Term Investments | X | X | X |
Subsidiary | X | ||
Tax | X | X |
In order to determine which risks are relevant to each fund, please refer to the table above.
Allocation Risk
A fund’s investment performance depends, in part, upon how its assets are allocated and reallocated by its adviser. If the fund’s exposure to equities and fixed income securities, or to different asset classes, deviates from the adviser’s intended allocation, or if the fund’s allocation is not optimal for market conditions at a given time, the fund’s performance may suffer.
27 |
Commodity and Commodity-Linked Instruments Risks
Investments by a fund in commodities or commodity-linked instruments may subject the fund’s portfolio to greater volatility than investments in traditional securities. The value of commodity-linked instruments may be affected by overall market movements, changes in interest rates or factors affecting a particular industry or commodity, such as drought, floods, weather, livestock disease, embargoes, tariffs and international economic, political and regulatory developments. Individual commodity prices can fluctuate widely over short time periods. Commodity investments typically do not have dividends or income and are dependent on price movements to generate returns. Commodity price movements can deviate from equity and fixed income price movements. The means by which the fund seeks exposure to commodities, both directly and indirectly through derivatives, may be limited by the fund’s intention to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
Commodity Pool Risk
A fund’s investments in certain instruments deemed to be “commodity interests” under the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”) and the rules of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) may cause the fund to be deemed a commodity pool, thereby subjecting the fund to regulation under the CEA and CFTC rules. In that event, the fund’s Adviser will be registered as a Commodity Pool Operator, certain of the fund’s subadvisers will be registered as Commodity Trading Advisers, and the fund will be operated in accordance with CFTC rules. Because of the applicable registration requirements and rules, investing the fund’s assets in commodity interests could cause the fund to incur additional expenses. Alternatively, if the fund limits its exposure to commodity interests in order to qualify for exemption from being considered a commodity pool, the fund’s use of investment techniques described in this prospectus may be limited or restricted.
Convertible Securities
Convertible securities are bonds, debentures, notes, preferred stock, rights, warrants or other securities that may be converted into or exchanged for a prescribed amount of common stock or other security of the same or a different issuer or into cash within a particular period of time at a specified price or formula. A convertible security generally entitles the holder to receive interest paid or accrued on debt securities or the dividend paid on preferred stock until the convertible security matures or is redeemed, converted or exchanged. If a convertible security is called for redemption, the respective fund may have to redeem the security, convert it into common stock or sell it to a third-party at a price and time that is not beneficial for the fund. The value of convertible securities tends to decline as interest rates rise and, because of the conversion feature, tends to vary with fluctuations in the market value of the underlying securities. Securities convertible into common stocks may have higher yields than common stocks but lower yields than comparable nonconvertible securities.
Counterparty Risk
When a fund engages in investment techniques in which it relies on another party to consummate the transaction, the fund is subject to the risk of default by the other party.
Debt Securities Risks
Debt securities are subject to various risks, the most prominent of which are credit risk and interest rate risk. These risks can affect a security’s price volatility to varying degrees, depending upon the nature of the instrument. Risks associated with investing in debt securities include the following:
· | Call Risk. There is a risk that issuers will prepay fixed rate obligations when interest rates fall. A fund holding callable securities therefore may be forced to reinvest in obligations with lower interest rates than the original obligations and otherwise may not benefit fully from the increase in value that other fixed income securities experience when rates decline. |
· | Credit Risk. There is a risk that the issuer of a security will fail to pay interest or principal in a timely manner, or that negative perceptions of the issuer’s ability to make such payments will cause the price of the security to decline. Debt securities rated below investment-grade are especially susceptible to this risk. |
· | Interest Rate Risk. The values of debt securities usually rise and fall in response to changes in interest rates. Declining interest rates generally increase the value of existing debt instruments, and rising interest rates generally decrease the value of existing debt instruments. Changes in a debt instrument’s value usually will not affect the amount of interest income paid to a fund, but will affect the value of the fund’s shares. Interest rate risk is generally greater for investments with longer maturities. Certain securities pay interest at variable or floating rates. Variable rate securities reset at specified intervals, while floating rate securities reset whenever there is a change in a specified index rate. In most cases, these reset provisions reduce the effect of changes in market interest rates on the value of the security. However, some securities do not track the underlying index directly, but reset based on formulas that can produce an effect similar to leveraging; others may also provide for interest payments that vary inversely with market rates. The market prices of these securities may fluctuate significantly when interest rates change. |
28 |
Some investments give the issuer the option to call or redeem an investment before its maturity date. If an issuer calls or redeems an investment during a time of declining interest rates, a fund might have to reinvest the proceeds in an investment offering a lower yield, and therefore it might not benefit from any increase in value as a result of declining interest rates.
Derivatives Risk
Derivative transactions are contracts whose value is derived from the value of an underlying asset, index or rate, including futures, options, non-deliverable forwards, forward foreign currency exchange contracts and swap agreements. A fund may use derivatives to hedge against factors that affect the value of its investments, such as interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. A fund may also utilize derivatives as part of its overall investment technique to gain or lessen exposure to various securities, markets and currencies.
Derivatives typically involve greater risks than traditional investments. It is generally more difficult to ascertain the risk of, and to properly value, derivative contracts. The prices of derivatives may move in unexpected ways, especially in abnormal market conditions. Derivatives are usually less liquid than traditional securities and are subject to counterparty risk (the risk that the other party to the contract will default or otherwise not be able to perform its contractual obligations). In addition, some derivatives transactions may involve potentially unlimited losses. Derivative contracts entered into for hedging purposes may also subject a fund to losses if the contracts do not correlate with the assets, indexes or rates they were designed to hedge. Gains and losses derived from hedging transactions are, therefore, more dependent upon the subadviser’s ability to correctly predict the movement of the underlying asset prices, indexes or rates. There are special tax rules applicable to certain types of derivatives, which could affect the amount, timing and character of a fund’s income or loss and hence of its distributions to shareholders by causing holding period adjustments, converting short-term capital losses into long-term capital losses, and accelerating a fund’s income or deferring its losses. A fund’s use of derivatives may also increase the amount of taxes payable by shareholders or the resources required by the fund or its adviser to comply with particular regulatory requirements.
Equity Securities Risks
Generally, prices of equity securities are more volatile than those of fixed income securities. The prices of equity securities will rise and fall in response to a number of different factors. In particular, equity securities will respond to events that affect entire financial markets or industries (such as changes in inflation or consumer demand) and to events that affect particular issuers (such as news about the success or failure of a new product). Equity securities also are subject to “stock market risk,” meaning that stock prices in general may decline over short or extended periods of time. When the value of the stocks held by a fund goes down, the value of the fund’s shares will be affected.
· | Small and Medium-Sized Market Capitalization Companies Risk. Small and medium-sized companies often have narrower markets, fewer products or services to offer, and more limited managerial and financial resources than larger, more established companies. As a result, the performance of small and medium-sized companies may be more volatile, and they may face a greater risk of business failure, which could increase the volatility and risk of loss to the fund. |
Foreign Currency Transactions Risk
The fund may engage in foreign currency transactions, including foreign currency forward contracts, options, swaps and other similar strategic transactions in connection with its investments in securities of non-U.S. companies. These transactions are designed to hedge the fund’s exposure to foreign currency risks; however, such investments may not prove successful or may have the effect of limiting gains from favorable market movements.
Foreign Investing Risks
Investing in securities of non-U.S. companies involves special risks and considerations not typically associated with investing in U.S. companies, and the values of non-U.S. securities may be more volatile than those of U.S. securities. The values of non-U.S. securities are subject to economic and political developments in countries and regions where the issuers operate or are domiciled, or where the securities are traded, such as changes in economic or monetary policies, and to changes in currency exchange rates. Values may also be affected by restrictions on receiving the investment proceeds from a non-U.S. country.
In general, less information is publicly available about non-U.S. companies than about U.S. companies. Non-U.S. companies are generally not subject to the same accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards as are U.S. companies. Certain foreign issuers classified as passive foreign investment companies may be subject to additional taxation risk.
· | Currency Rate Risk. Because the foreign securities in which a fund invests generally trade in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, changes in currency exchange rates will affect the fund’s net asset value, the value of dividends and interest earned, and gains and losses realized on the sale of securities. Because the value of each fund’s shares is calculated in U.S. dollars, it is possible for a fund to lose money by investing in a foreign security if the local currency of a foreign market depreciates against the U.S. dollar, even if the local currency value of the fund’s holdings goes up. Generally, a strong U.S. dollar relative to such other currencies will adversely affect the value of the fund’s holdings in foreign securities. |
29 |
· | Emerging Market Investing Risk. The risks of foreign investments are generally greater in countries whose markets are still developing than they are in more developed markets. Emerging market countries typically have economic and political systems that are less fully developed, and can be expected to be less stable than those of more developed countries. For example, the economies or such countries can be subject to rapid and unpredictable rates of inflation or deflation. Since these markets are often small, they may be more likely to suffer sharp and frequent price changes or long-term price depression because of adverse publicity, investor perceptions or the actions of a few large investors. They may also have policies that restrict investment by foreigners, or that prevent foreign investors from withdrawing their money at will. Certain emerging markets may also face other significant internal or external risks, including the risk of war and civil unrest. For all of these reasons, investments in emerging markets may be considered speculative. |
To the extent that a fund invests a significant portion of its assets in a particular emerging market, the fund will be more vulnerable to financial, economic, political and other developments in that country, and conditions that negatively impact that country will have a greater impact on the fund as compared with a fund that does not have its holdings concentrated in a particular country.
Income Risk
The income shareholders receive from a fund is based primarily on the dividends and interest the fund earns from its investments, which can vary widely over the short- and long-term. If prevailing market interest rates drop, distribution rates of the fund’s preferred stock holdings and any bond holdings could drop as well. The fund’s income also would likely be affected adversely when prevailing short-term interest rates increase.
Inflation-Linked Securities Interest Rate Risk
Because the interest and/or principal payments on an inflation-linked security are adjusted periodically for changes in inflation, the income distributed by a fund invested in such securities may be irregular. Although the U.S. Treasury guarantees to pay at least the original face value of any inflation-linked securities the Treasury issues, other issuers may not offer the same guarantee. Also, inflation-linked securities, including those issued by the U.S. Treasury, are not protected against deflation. As a result, in a period of deflation, the inflation-linked securities held by a fund may not pay any income, and the fund may suffer a loss during such periods. While inflation-linked securities are expected to be protected from long-term inflationary trends, short-term increases in inflation may lead to a decline in a fund’s value. If interest rates rise due to reasons other than inflation, a fund’s investment in these securities may not be protected to the extent that the increase is not reflected in the securities’ inflation measures. In addition, positive adjustments to principal generally will result in taxable income to a fund at the time of such adjustments (which generally would be distributed by the fund as part of its taxable dividends), even though the principal amount is not paid until maturity. The current market value of inflation-linked securities is not guaranteed and will fluctuate. There can be no assurance that the inflation index used will accurately measure the real rate of inflation in the prices of goods and services. A fund’s investments in inflation-linked securities may lose value in the event that the actual rate of inflation is different from the rate of the inflation index.
Infrastructure-Related Investments Risk
Infrastructure-related entities are subject to a variety of factors that may adversely affect their business or operations including high interest costs in connection with capital construction programs, costs associated with environmental and other regulations, the effects of economic slowdown and surplus capacity, increased competition from other providers of services, uncertainties concerning the availability of fuel at reasonable prices, the effects of energy conservation policies and other factors. Additionally, infrastructure-related entities may be subject to regulation by various governmental authorities and may also be affected by governmental regulation of rates charged to customers, service interruption due to environmental, operational or other mishaps and the imposition of special tariffs and changes in tax laws, regulatory policies and accounting standards.
Leverage Risk
When a fund makes investments in futures contracts, forward contracts, swaps and other derivative instruments, the futures contracts, forward contracts, swaps and certain other derivatives provide the economic effect of financial leverage by creating additional investment exposure, as well as the potential for greater loss. When a fund uses leverage through activities such as borrowing, entering into short sales, purchasing securities on margin or on a when-issued basis, or purchasing derivative instruments in an effort to increase its returns, the fund has the risk of magnified capital losses that occur when losses affect an asset base, enlarged by borrowings or the creation of liabilities, that exceeds the net assets of the fund. The value of the shares of a fund employing leverage will be more volatile and sensitive to market movements. Leverage may also involve the creation of a liability that requires the fund to pay interest.
30 |
Liquidity Risk
Certain securities in which a fund invests may be difficult to sell at the time and price beneficial to the fund, for example due to low trading volumes or legal restrictions. When there is no willing buyer or a security cannot be readily sold, the fund may have to sell at a lower price or may be unable to sell the security at all. The sale of such securities may also require the fund to incur expenses in addition to those normally associated with the sale of a security.
Loan Participation Risk
A loan participation agreement involves the purchase of a share of a loan made by a bank to a company in return for a corresponding share of the borrower’s principal and interest payments. The principal risk associated with acquiring loan participation interests is the credit risk associated with the underlying corporate borrower. There is also a risk that there may not be a readily available market for loan participation interests and, in some cases, this could result in a fund disposing of such securities at a substantial discount from face value or holding such securities until maturity.
Market Volatility Risk
The value of the securities in which a fund invests may go up or down in response to the prospects of individual companies and/or general economic conditions. Price changes may be temporary or may last for extended periods.
Instability in the financial markets has exposed the funds to greater market and liquidity risk and potential difficulty in valuing portfolio instruments that they hold. In response to financial markets that experienced extreme volatility, and in some cases a lack of liquidity, the U.S. Government has taken a number of unprecedented actions, including acquiring distressed assets from financial institutions and acquiring ownership interests in those institutions. The implications of government ownership and disposition of these assets are unclear. Additional legislation or government regulation may also change the way in which funds themselves are regulated, which could limit or preclude a fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective.
Master Limited Partnership Risk
An investment in MLP units involves some risks that differ from an investment in the common stock of a corporation. Holders of MLP units have limited control on matters affecting the partnership. MLPs holding credit-related investments are subject to interest rate risk and the risk of default on payment obligations by debt issuers. MLPs that concentrate in a particular industry or a particular geographic region are subject to risks associated with such industry or region. The fees that MLPs charge for transportation of oil and gas products through their pipelines are subject to government regulation, which could negatively impact the revenue stream. Investing in MLPs also involves certain risks related to investing in the underlying assets of the MLPs and risks associated with pooled investment vehicles. These include the risk of environmental incidents, terrorist attacks, demand destruction from high commodity prices, proliferation of alternative energy sources, inadequate supply of external capital, and conflicts of interest with the general partner. The benefit derived from the fund’s investment in MLPs is largely dependent on the MLPs being treated as partnerships for federal income tax purposes, so any change to this status would adversely affect the price of MLP units.
Mortgage-Backed and Asset-Backed Securities Risk
Mortgage-backed securities represent interests in pools of residential mortgage loans purchased from individual lenders by a federal agency or originated and issued by private lenders. Asset-backed securities represent interests in pools of underlying assets such as motor vehicle installment sales or installment loan contracts, leases of various types of real and personal property, and receivables from credit card agreements. These two types of securities share many of the same risks.
The impairment of the value of collateral or other assets underlying a mortgage-backed or asset-backed security, such as that resulting from non-payment of loans, may result in a reduction in the value of such security and losses to a fund.
Early payoffs in the loans underlying such securities may result in a fund receiving less income than originally anticipated. The variability in prepayments will tend to limit price gains when interest rates drop and exaggerate price declines when interest rates rise. In the event of high prepayments, a fund may be required to invest proceeds at lower interest rates, causing the fund to earn less than if the prepayments had not occurred. Conversely, rising interest rates may cause prepayments to occur at a slower than expected rate, which may effectively change a security which was considered short- or intermediate-term into a long-term security. Long-term securities tend to fluctuate in value more widely in response to changes in interest rates than shorter-term securities.
Multi-Manager Approach Risk
While the investment strategies employed by a fund’s subadvisers are intended to be complementary, they may not in fact be complementary, and may result in a fund entering into conflicting transactions (e.g., purchasing a security in one strategy at the same time that it sells the same security in another strategy) or holding a significant amount of certain types of securities. Depending on the performance of such securities and the economic environment, this may be beneficial or detrimental to a fund’s performance. The multi-manager approach could increase a fund’s portfolio turnover rate, which could result in higher levels of realized capital gains or losses, higher brokerage commissions and other transaction costs. The success of investment strategies used by a fund may depend on the selection of subadvisers, the allocation of assets to those subadisers, and the subadvisers’ skill in selecting investments and executing the relevant investment strategies.
31 |
Natural Resources Risk
The fund’s investments in instruments issued by or related to natural resource companies, such investments are likely to be significantly affected by events affecting that industry, including international political and economic developments, energy conservation, the success of exploration projects, commodity prices, and taxes and other governmental regulations.
New Fund Risk
Each fund is a new fund which may result in additional risk. There can be no assurance that the fund will grow to an economically viable size, in which case the fund may cease operations. In such an event, investors may be required to liquidate or transfer their investments at an inopportune time. You should consider your own investment goals, time horizon and risk tolerance before investing in the fund.
Non-Diversification Risk
As a non-diversified investment company, the fund is not limited in the proportion of assets that it may invest in the securities of any one issuer. If the fund takes concentrated positions in a small number of issuers, the fund may be more susceptible to the risks associated with those issuers, or to a single economic, political, regulatory or other event affecting those issuers.
Portfolio Turnover Risk
See “Portfolio Turnover” in the Fund Summary section of this prospectus applicable to each fund.
Real Estate Investment Risks
Investing in companies that invest in real estate (“Real Estate Companies”) exposes the fund to the risks of owning real estate directly, as well as to risks that relate specifically to the way in which Real Estate Companies are organized and operated. Real estate is highly sensitive to general and local economic conditions and developments, and characterized by intense competition and periodic overbuilding. Real Estate Companies may lack diversification due to ownership of a limited number of properties and concentration in a particular geographic region or property type.
· | REIT and REOC Securities Risks. Investing in Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs) and REIT-like entities involves certain unique risks in addition to those risks associated with investing in the real estate industry in general. REITs and REIT-like entities are dependent upon management skill, may not be diversified, and are subject to heavy cash flow dependency and self-liquidation. REITs and REIT-like entities also are subject to the possibility of failing to qualify for tax-free pass-through of income. Also, because REITs and REIT-like entities typically are invested in a limited number of projects or in a particular market segment, these entities are more susceptible to adverse developments affecting a single project or market segment than more broadly diversified investments. In the event of a default by a borrower or lessee, a REIT may experience delays in enforcing its rights as a mortgagee or lessor and may incur substantial costs associated with protecting its investments. In addition, investment in REITs could cause the fund to possibly fail to qualify as a regulated investment company. A Real Estate Operating Company (“REOC”) is similar to an equity REIT in that it owns and operates commercial real estate, but unlike a REIT it has the freedom to retain all its funds from operations and, in general, faces fewer restrictions than a REIT. REOCs do not pay any specific level of income as dividends, if at all, and there is no minimum restriction on the number of owners nor limits on ownership concentration. The value of a fund’s REOC securities may be adversely affected by the same factors that adversely affect REITs. In addition, a corporate REOC does not qualify for the federal tax treatment that is accorded a REIT. A fund also may experience a decline in its income from REOC securities due to falling interest rates or decreasing dividend payments. |
Short Sales Risk
The fund may engage in short sales, which are transactions in which the fund sells a security that it does not own (or that it owns but does not intend to deliver) in anticipation that the price of the security will decline. In order to establish a short position in a security, a fund must first borrow the security from a broker or other institution to complete the sale. The fund may not always be able to borrow a security, or to close out a short position at a particular time or at an acceptable price. If the price of the borrowed security increases between the date of the short sale and the date on which the fund acquires the security, the fund may experience a loss. The fund’s loss on a short sale is limited only by the maximum attainable price of the security (which could be limitless) less the price the fund paid for the security at the time it was borrowed.
Short-Term Investments
Short-term investments include money market instruments, repurchase agreements, certificates of deposits and bankers’ acceptances and other short-term instruments that are not U.S. Government securities. These securities generally present less risk than many other investments, but they are generally subject to credit risk and may be subject to other risks as well.
32 |
Subsidiary Risk
By investing in its Subsidiary, Virtus Alternative Total Solution Fund will be indirectly exposed to the risks associated with the Subsidiary’s investments, although the investment program followed by the fund and the Subsidiary are not identical. The commodity-related instruments held by the Subsidiary are generally similar to those that are permitted to be held by the fund and will be subject to the same risks that apply to similar investments if held directly by the fund. There can be no assurance that the investment objective of the Subsidiary will be achieved. The Subsidiary is not registered under the 1940 Act and, although the Subsidiary is subject to the same fundamental, non-fundamental and certain other investment limitations as the fund, the Subsidiary is not subject to all the investor protections of the 1940 Act. Changes in the laws of the United States and/or the Cayman Islands could result in the inability of the fund and/or the Subsidiary to operate as described in this prospectus and the fund’s Statement of Information, and could adversely affect the fund. For example, the Cayman Islands does not currently impose any income, corporate or capital gains tax, estate duty, inheritance tax, gift tax or withholding tax on the Subsidiary. If the Cayman Islands law changes such that the Subsidiary must pay Cayman Islands taxes, shareholders of the fund would likely suffer decreased investment returns.
In the future, Virtus Alternative Inflation Solution Fund may elect to invest through a Cayman subsidiary. If that occurs, the risks described in the above paragraph will also apply to Virtus Alternative Inflation Solution Fund .
Tax Risk
Virtus Alternative Inflation Solution Fund intends to gain exposure indirectly to commodities markets by investing in commodity-linked notes. In order for a fund to qualify as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”), the fund must derive at least 90 percent of its gross income each taxable year from certain qualifying sources of income. The Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) has issued a revenue ruling which holds that income derived from commodity-linked swaps is not qualifying income under Subchapter M of the Code. However, the IRS issued a subsequent revenue ruling that the initial ruling does not preclude a conclusion that income from certain instruments, such as certain structured notes, that create commodity exposure is qualifying income. In addition, the IRS has also issued private letter rulings to other taxpayers in which the IRS specifically concluded that income from certain commodity-linked structured notes is qualifying income. Although those private letter rulings can be relied on only by the taxpayers to whom they were issued, based on the reasoning in such rulings, the fund may seek to gain exposure to the commodity markets primarily through investments in commodity-linked notes. The fund has not requested its own such private letter ruling, as the IRS currently has suspended the issuance of such rulings pending further internal review. There can be no assurance that the IRS will not change its position that income derived from commodity-linked notes is qualifying income. The ability of the fund to qualify for favorable regulated investment company status under the Code could be jeopardized if the fund were unable to treat its income from commodity-linked notes as qualifying income. Furthermore, the tax treatment of commodity-linked notes may otherwise be adversely affected by future legislation, Treasury Regulation and/or guidance issued by the IRS that could affect the character, timing and/or amount of the fund’s taxable income or any gains and distributions made by the fund.
Virtus Alternative Total Solution Fund intends to gain exposure indirectly to commodities markets by investing in a Subsidiary, which may invest in commodity index-linked securities and other commodity-linked securities and derivative instruments. In order for a fund to qualify as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code, the fund must derive at least 90 percent of its gross income each taxable year from certain qualifying sources of income. The IRS has issued a revenue ruling which holds that income derived from commodity-linked swaps is not qualifying income under Subchapter M of the Code. However, the IRS has also issued private letter rulings to other taxpayers in which the IRS specifically concluded that income from certain commodity-linked notes is qualifying income and that income derived from a wholly-owned subsidiary will also constitute qualifying income. Although those private letter rulings can be relied on only by the taxpayers to whom they were issued, based on the reasoning in such rulings, the fund may seek to gain exposure to the commodity markets primarily through investments in commodity-linked notes and through investments in its Subsidiary. The fund has not requested its own such private letter ruling, as the IRS currently has suspended the issuance of such rulings pending further internal review. There can be no assurance that the IRS will not change its position that income derived from commodity-linked notes and wholly-owned subsidiaries is qualifying income. The ability of the fund to qualify for favorable regulated investment company status under the Code could be jeopardized if the fund were unable to treat its income from commodity-linked notes and the Subsidiary as qualifying income. Furthermore, the tax treatment of commodity-linked notes, other commodity-linked derivatives and the fund’s investment in the Subsidiary may otherwise be adversely affected by future legislation, Treasury Regulation and/or guidance issued by the IRS that could affect the character, timing and/or amount of the fund’s taxable income or any gains and distributions made by the fund.
In the future, Virtus Alternative Inflation Solution Fund may elect to invest through a Cayman subsidiary. If that occurs, the risks described in the above paragraph will also apply to Virtus Alternative Inflation Solution Fund .
33 |
Management of the Funds |
The Adviser
Virtus Alternative Investment Advisers, Inc. (“VAIA”) is the investment adviser to the funds and is located at 100 Pearl Street, Hartford, CT 06103. VAIA, an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of Virtus Investment Partners, Inc., a publicly traded multi-manager asset management business, has been inactive for several years and is being reactivated to serve as investment adviser to the Funds; therefore, prior to the launch of the Funds it had no assets under management. VAIA’s affiliate, Virtus Investment Advisers, Inc., acts as the investment adviser for open- and closed-end funds, a collective investment trust, and separately managed accounts, totaling $37.8 billion in assets under management as of September 30, 2013. The activities to be performed by VAIA in its role as the investment adviser to the Funds are the same as or substantially similar to the activities performed by Virtus Investment Advisers, Inc., using the same or substantially similar personnel, operations/infrastructure systems, and third-party vendors.
Subject to the direction of the funds’ Board of Trustees, VAIA is responsible for managing the funds’ investment programs and for the general operations of the funds, including oversight of the funds’ subadvisers, and recommending their hiring, termination and replacement.
As of the date of this prospectus, VAIA has appointed and oversees the activities of each of the subadvisers for the funds as listed below. With the exception of Cliffwater Investments LLC (“Cliffwater”), each subadviser manages its portion of the investments of that fund to conform with its investment policies as described in this prospectus. Cliffwater makes recommendations to VAIA with respect to hiring and terminating the Funds’ other subadvisers. Based on these recommendations, VAIA makes decisions on the hiring and termination of subadvisers, and recommends such decisions to the funds’ Board of Trustees. Cliffwater has the authority to implement decisions within parameters previously approved by VAIA and/or the funds’ Board of Trustees, as appropriate, with respect to a fund’s portfolio construction and allocation of assets among individual subadvisers, manages the funds’ cash allocations and may invest the funds’ assets in securities and other instruments directly pending allocation to another subadviser, to hedge the fund against exposures created by the other subadvisers, to modify the funds’ exposure to particular investments or market-related risks.
There is no fixed or minimum allocation to any subadviser. In the future, VAIA may add or remove subadvisers for each fund.
Fund | Strategy | Strategy Subadviser(s) |
Virtus Alternative Income Solution Fund |
Long/Short Credit |
Brigade Capital Management, LLC (“Brigade”) ICE Canyon LLC (“ICE Canyon”) MAST Capital Management, LLC (“MAST”) |
Master Limited Partnership | Harvest Fund Advisors LLC (“Harvest”) | |
Real Estate | LaSalle Investment Management Securities, LLC (“LaSalle”) | |
Global Income | Lazard Asset Management LLC (“Lazard”) | |
Virtus Alternative Inflation Solution Fund |
Commodity | Credit Suisse Asset Management, LLC (“Credit Suisse”) |
Infrastructure | Lazard | |
Master Limited Partnership | Harvest | |
Real Estate | LaSalle | |
Long/Short Credit |
Armored Wolf, LLC (“Armored Wolf”) Brigade |
|
Virtus Alternative Total Solution Fund | Convertible Arbitrage | Lazard |
Global Macro | Graham Capital Management, L.P. (“Graham”) | |
Long/Short Equity |
Ascend Capital, LLC (“Ascend”) Owl Creek Asset Management, L.P. (“Owl Creek”) |
|
Long/Short Credit |
Armored Wolf Brigade ICE Canyon MAST |
|
Master Limited Partnership | Harvest | |
Infrastructure | Lazard | |
Real Estate | LaSalle |
34 |
Management Fees
Each fund pays VAIA an investment management fee that is accrued daily against the value of the fund’s average daily Managed Assets at the annual rates shown in the table below. “Managed Assets” means the total assets of the fund, including any assets attributable to borrowings, minus the fund’s accrued liabilities other than such borrowings. (As of the date of this prospectus, the funds do not intend to engage in borrowing.)
First $5 billion | $5+ billion | |
Virtus Alternative Income Solution Fund | 1.80% | 1.75% |
Virtus Alternative Inflation Solution Fund | 1.75% | 1.70% |
Virtus Alternative Total Solution Fund | 1.95% | 1.90% |
For Virtus Alternative Total Solution Fund, the assets of the Subsidiary are excluded from the assets on which the above-described management fee is calculated. However, under the terms of a separate investment advisory agreement, the Subsidiary pays VAIA an investment management fee at the same rates.
Out of its investment management fee, VAIA pays each Subadviser a subadvisory fee. For its services to the funds, Cliffwater receives as its subadvisory fee 50% of the net investment management fee remaining after VAIA pays the other Subadvisers and waives and/or pays the funds any amounts applicable under the fee waiver and expense reimbursement arrangements.
The Subadvisers
Cliffwater has offices at 100 Pearl Street, Hartford, CT 06103, 4640 Admiralty Way, 11 th Floor, Marina del Rey, CA 90292, and 545 Madison Avenue, 7 th Floor, New York, NY 10022. Cliffwater is a joint venture of Cliffwater LLC, a leading advisory firm that provides institutional investors with portfolio diversification through alternative investments, and Virtus Partners, Inc., an affiliate of VAIA. Cliffwater was established in order for the partners to jointly develop and launch certain investment products, such as the funds, to be advised and/or distributed by Virtus affiliates and subadvised by Cliffwater. The joint venture was formed in late 2013, and prior to the launch of the funds did not have any assets under management.
Armored Wolf was founded in 2008 and focuses on inflation related securities. The firm is 100% employee owned and as of December 31, 2013, managed approximately $925 million in client assets across multiple strategies. The firm is led by its Chief Investment Officer, John Brynjolfsson, who previously spent nineteen years at PIMCO where he launched and ran their $80 billion Real Return Platform. Offices are located at 18111 Van Karman Avenue, Suite 525, Irvine, CA 92612.
Ascend is an equity long/short hedge fund manager that as of September 30, 2013 managed approximately $2.8 billion in equity long/short strategies. The firm was founded in 1999 by Malcolm Fairbairn, who previously worked at the Citadel Investment Group, Inc. and at Strom Susskind, L.P. Ascend has 36 employees including 23 investment professionals, and has offices at 4 Orinda Way, Suite 200-C, Orinda, CA 94563 and 50 California Street, Suite 430, San Francisco, CA 94111.
Brigade is a global credit specialist firm founded in 2006 by Don Morgan and other senior members of the credit team formerly at MacKay Shields. As of September 30, 2013, Brigade managed $14.7 billion in high yield and credit strategies, including $5.4 billion in its flagship hedge fund, and had 98 employees. The firm is headquartered at 399 Park Avenue, 16 th Floor, New York, NY 10022.
Credit Suisse was formed in 1856. Its 47,400 employees in Private Banking, Wealth Management and Investment Banking provide comprehensive financial products and services to companies, institutional clients, and high net worth clients worldwide, as well as retail clients in Switzerland. As of September 30, 2013, Credit Suisse managed $410 billion in total assets, including $11.1 billion in commodities-based strategies. Credit Suisse has offices at One Madison Avenue, New York, NY 10010.
Graham was founded in 1994 by Kenneth Tropin. The firm is an established macro manager that began as a systematic global macro trend - following investment firm but expanded in 1999 to include discretionary global macro trading strategies. As of September 30, 2013, the firm managed approximately $7.3 billion across systematic and discretionary strategies. It is headquartered in 40 Highland Avenue, Rowayton, CT 06853.
35 |
Harvest is a specialist MLP manager founded in 2005 by David Martinelli and a group of senior investment and operations professionals. As of September 30, 2013, the firm managed approximately $3 billion in MLP-focused mandates. The firm has 14 professionals headquartered at 100 West Lancaster Avenue, 2 nd Floor, Wayne, PA 19087.
ICE Canyon specializes in emerging markets and global credit investment strategies. The firm was founded in 2006 by Nathan Sandler as a joint venture with Canyon Capital Advisors after a long tenure managing emerging markets credit portfolios at TCW. As of December 31, 2013, ICE Canyon managed approximately $4 billion in emerging market and global credit strategies. The firm is headquartered at 2000 Avenue of the Stars, 11 th Floor, Los Angeles, CA 90067, with additional offices in New York and Abu Dhabi.
LaSalle was formed in 1985 as Alex. Brown Realty Advisors, a subsidiary of the investment bank of Alex. Brown & Sons in Baltimore. LaSalle is one of the world’s leading real estate investment managers with over 30 years of experience. As of September 30, 2013, LaSalle managed $10 billion of public equity real estate investments. The firm is headquartered at 100 East Pratt Street, Baltimore, MD 21202, with additional offices in Amsterdam and Hong Kong.
Lazard is a global investment management firm which was formally established on May 1, 1970, as the US investment management division of parent company Lazard Freres & Co. LLC (LF&Co.). As of September 30, 2013, Lazard managed approximately $159 billion in a variety of long-only and alternative investment strategies. Headquartered at 30 Rockefeller Plaza, 55 th Floor, New York, NY 10112, Lazard also has offices located outside of the United States.
MAST is a long / short credit manager that was founded in 2002. As of January 1, 2014, MAST managed approximately $1.3 billion in credit strategies and had 18 employees, including 11 investment professionals. MAST has offices at 200 Clarendon Street, 51 st Floor, Boston, MA 02116.
Owl Creek was founded in February 2002 by Jeffrey Altman to employ an event - driven, value oriented investment strategy. Owl Creek has offices in New York, and Hong Kong and as of September 30, 2013, managed a total of approximately $3.4 billion in multiple hedge funds including its flagship global event-driven fund, an Asia only event-driven fund and a credit fund. As of September 30, 2013, the firm had 46 employees, primarily located at 640 Fifth Avenue, 20 th Floor, New York, NY 10019.
A discussion regarding the basis for the Board of Trustees approving the investment advisory and subadvisory agreements for the funds is expected to be available in the funds’ semiannual report covering the period from inception through October 31, 2014.
The funds and VAIA have applied for an exemptive order from the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) that would permit VAIA, subject to certain conditions and without the approval of shareholders to: (a) select both unaffiliated subadvisers and certain wholly-owned affiliated subadvisers to manage all or a portion of the assets of a fund, and enter into subadvisory agreements with such subadvisers, and (b) materially amend subadvisory agreements with such subadvisers. The initial shareholder of each fund has approved each fund’s operation in this manner and reliance by each fund on this exemptive order once issued by the SEC. There is no assurance the SEC will grant the requested exemptive order.
In the event that the SEC does not grant the requested exemptive order, the funds and VAIA are eligible to use an exemptive order that permits VAIA, subject to certain conditions and without the approval of shareholders to: (a) employ a new unaffiliated subadviser for a fund pursuant to the terms of a new subadvisory agreement, in each case either as a replacement for an existing subadviser or as an additional subadviser; (b) change the terms of any subadvisory agreement; and (c) continue the employment of an existing subadviser on the same subadvisory agreement terms where an agreement has been assigned because of a change in control of the subadviser. In such circumstances, to the extent required by applicable law or regulation, shareholders would receive notice of such action, including the information concerning the new subadviser that normally is provided in a proxy statement.
Portfolio Management
The following individuals are jointly and primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the funds’ portfolios.
Cliffwater
Virtus Alternative Income Solution Fund Virtus Alternative Inflation Solution Fund Virtus Alternative Total Solution Fund |
Kathleen Barchick (since [month year]) |
Stephen Nesbitt (since [month year]) | |
Amy Robinson (since [month year]) | |
Daniel Stern (since [month year]) |
36 |
Kathleen Barchick. Ms.Barchick is Portfolio Manager at Cliffwater (since October 2013). She is also a Senior Managing Director at Cliffwater LLC (since June 2004). Prior to forming Cliffwater LLC, she was a Managing Director and principal of Wilshire Associates. From 1994 to 2004 she was a senior consultant working with high profile and complex public funds, corporate plans and endowments/foundations on their investment strategies and implementation.
Stephen Nesbitt. Mr. Nesbitt is Portfolio Manager at Cliffwater (since October 2013). He is also the Chief Investment Officer and Chief Executive Officer of Cliffwater LLC (since June 2004). Prior to forming Cliffwater LLC , he was a Senior Managing Director and principal of Wilshire Associates from 1980 to 2004. From 1990 he led the Consulting Division and built the asset management business using a “manager of managers” investment approach, including private equity and hedge fund of fund products. Mr. Nesbitt’s published articles have appeared in The Financial Analysts Journal, The Journal of Portfolio Management, The Journal of Applied Corporate Finance, and other periodicals on topics such as performance fees, currency hedging, private equity, asset-liability management, and corporate governance.
Daniel Stern. Mr. Stern is Portfolio Manager at Cliffwater (since October 2013). He is also a Senior Managing Director at Cliffwater LLC (since January 2005). Prior to joining Cliffwater LLC, he was a Director of BlackRock Financial Management from 2000 to 2004 where he was a senior member of the Fund of Funds team that managed the firm’s fund of hedge funds products. Mr. Stern was responsible for hedge fund manager research, focusing on equity oriented strategies, and was part of the investment team that managed the portfolios by establishing strategy allocations and selecting managers.
Amy Robinson. Ms. Robinson is Portfolio Manager at Cliffwater (since [month] 2014). She is also a Managing Director of Euclid Advisors LLC (since September 2011) and a Portfolio Manager of Newfound Investments, LLC (since October 2012), and leads Euclid’s equity trading function. She also served in this role for VIA from 1992 to 2011. In this role, Ms. Robinson is responsible for all trading activities of investment portfolios and mutual funds; she also manages strategic operational initiatives for the firm. Ms. Robinson has 34 years of investment experience and is former president of the Security Traders Association of Connecticut.
Armored Wolf
Virtus
Alternative Inflation Solution Fund
Virtus Alternative Total Solution Fund |
John Brynjolfsson (since [month year]) |
John Brynjolfsson. Mr. Brynjolfsson is Chief Investment Officer and Managing Director at Armored Wolf (since August 2008). Prior to joining Armored Wolf, he was a Managing Director at PIMCO (1989 to 2008), where he launched and ran their $80 billion Real Return platform.
Ascend
Virtus Alternative Total Solution Fund | Malcolm Fairbairn (since [month year]) |
Malcolm Fairbairn. Mr. Fairbairn is Chief Investment Officer at Ascend (since April 1999). Prior to forming Ascend, he was Managing Director of Structured Equities for Citadel Investment Group, Inc. in Chicago, Illinois from 1997 to 1998. Subsequently, he launched and was Portfolio Manager for Orchard Investment Partners, LP, a private investment partnership, for Citadel Investment Group, Inc. in San Francisco. From 1994 to 1997, Mr. Fairbairn worked as Senior Equity Research Analyst for Strome Susskind, L.P. and was a Portfolio Manager for Strome HedgeCap, LP, a private investment partnership in Santa Monica, California. In 1993, he served as a research associate for Capital Research Group, Inc. in Los Angeles.
Brigade
Virtus Alternative Income Solution Fund
Virtus Alternative Inflation Solution Fund
|
Donald E. Morgan III (since [month year])
Benjamin J. Renshaw (since [month year]) |
Donald E. Morgan III. Mr. Morgan is Founder, Managing Partner and Portfolio Manager at Brigade (since March 2006). He is also a member of both the Investment and Risk Committees at Brigade. Prior to forming Brigade, Mr. Morgan was a Senior Managing Director and Co-Head of Fixed Income at MacKay Shields LLC. Mr. Morgan joined his predecessor firm in 1997 and co-managed its high yield funds until 2000 when he became the Lead Portfolio Manager of the High Yield Division. Mr. Morgan began his career in money management as a High Yield Analyst at Fidelity Management and Research Company. He is also a CFA charterholder.
37 |
Benjamin J. Renshaw. Mr. Renshaw is a Partner and Co-Portfolio Manager at Brigade (since January 2007). In addition to being an original partner at Brigade, as well as the Head of Brigade’s Zurich office, Mr. Renshaw is also a member of both the Investment and Risk Committees at Brigade. Prior to joining Brigade, he was a Portfolio Manager in the High Yield Division at MacKay Shields LLC (1999 to 2006). Previously, he was an Investment Associate at Saunders Karp & Megrue, a private equity firm specializing in leveraged buyouts and growth equity investments. Mr. Renshaw also worked as an Investment Banking Analyst in the Financial Entrepreneurs Group at Salomon Smith Barney, where he focused on high yield originations and advised on leveraged transactions and equity issuances.
Credit Suisse
Virtus Alternative Inflation Solution Fund | Christopher Burton (since [month year]) |
Nelson Louie (since [month year]) |
Nelson Louie. Mr. Louie is a Managing Director and the Global Head of the Commodities Team at Credit Suisse (re-joined in August 2010). From May 2009 to August 2010 he was an Executive Director in the Commodity Index Products area at UBS Securities, LLC. From June 2007 to May 2009 he was a Managing Director at AIG Financial Products responsible for North American Marketing of commodities-based solutions. From April 1993 to June 2007 he held positions within Credit Suisse. His responsibilities included portfolio management and overseeing a team that was responsible for enhanced commodity and equity index strategies, option based hedging solutions and option arbitrage products.
Christopher Burton. Mr. Burton is a Managing Director at Credit Suisse (since 2005). Mr. Burton is a portfolio manager and trader specializing in derivatives. He has been a member of the Credit Suisse Commodities Team since 2005. Prior to joining Credit Suisse, Mr. Burton served as an Analyst and Derivatives Strategist with Putnam Investments, where he developed the team’s analytical tools and managed their options-based yield enhancement strategies, as well as exposure management strategies. Mr. Burton is a CFA Charterholder and has achieved Financial Risk Manager ® Certification through the Global Association of Risk Professionals (GARP).
Graham
Virtus Alternative Total Solution Fund | Pablo Calderini (since [month year]) |
Kenneth G. Tropin (since [month year]) |
Pablo Calderini. Mr. Calderini is the President and Chief Investment Officer at Graham (since August 2010) and, among other things, is responsible for the management and oversight of the discretionary and systematic trading businesses at Graham. Prior to joining Graham, he was at Deutsche Bank (1997 to July 2010), most recently as the Global Head of Equity Proprietary Trading.
Kenneth G. Tropin. Mr. Tropin is the Founder and Chairman at Graham (since May 1994). Mr. Tropin has developed the majority of Graham’s core trading programs, and he is responsible for the overall management of the organization, including the investment of its proprietary trading capital.
Harvest
Virtus Alternative Income Solution Fund Virtus Alternative Inflation Solution Fund Virtus Alternative Total Solution Fund |
Eric Conklin (since [month year]) |
Eric Conklin. Mr. Conklin is the Portfolio Manager at Harvest (since July 2006) having joined Harvest shortly after its launch. He serves as a member of the firm’s Investment Committee with responsibility for portfolio composition and security selection for all of Harvest’s funds and clients. Prior to joining Harvest, he was a Vice President at Credit Suisse from 2005 to 2006 in the Energy Equity Research Group responsible for coverage of the MLP sector, where he was responsible for the successful launch of the MLP franchise at Credit Suisse.
ICE Canyon
Virtus Alternative Income Solution Fund Virtus Alternative Total Solution Fund |
Nathan Sandler (since [month year]) |
Nathan Sandler. Mr. Sandler is Co-Founder and Managing Partner at ICE Canyon (since October 2006). Prior to joining ICE Canyon, he was a Managing Director and Senior Portfolio Manager at TCW (1994 to 2006), where he was responsible for the Emerging Markets and International Fixed Income investment business.
38 |
LaSalle
Virtus Alternative Income Solution Fund Virtus Alternative Total Solution Fund Virtus Alternative Inflation Solution Fund |
Stanley Kraska (since [month year])
Keith Pauley (since [month year]) |
Stanley Kraska. Mr. Kraska is a Managing Director at LaSalle (since August 1988). His responsibilities include portfolio management and overall firm management. Mr. Kraska is a member of the Urban Land Institute and NAREIT.
Keith R. Pauley. Mr. Pauley is a Managing Director and Chief Investment Officer at LaSalle (since September 1986). His responsibilities include portfolio management and research coverage, and security analysis of publicly-traded real estate companies. Mr. Pauley is a member of the Baltimore Security Analysts Society. He is an associate member of NAREIT and a past member of its Board of Governors. He is also a CFA charterholder.
Lazard
Virtus Alternative Income Solution Fund | Andrew Lacey (since [month year]) |
Patrick Ryan (since [month year]) | |
Kyle Waldhauer (since [month year]) |
Virtus Alternative Inflation Solution Fund | John Mulquiney (since [month year]) |
Warryn Robertson (since [month year]) |
Virtus Alternative Total Solution Fund | John Mulquiney (since [month year]) |
Sean Reynolds (since [month year]) | |
Warryn Robertson (since [month year]) |
Andrew Lacey. Mr. Lacey is Deputy Chairman at Lazard (since March 2004). He has been with Lazard since 1995, when he joined the investment field.
John Mulquiney. Mr. Mulquiney is a Portfolio Manager/Analyst at Lazard (since January 2008). Prior to joining Lazard in August 2005, he worked at Tyndall Australia and in the Asset and Infrastructure Group at Macquarie Bank, where he undertook transactions and developed valuation models for airports, electricity generators, rail projects and health infrastructure. Most recently Mr. Mulquiney spent four years at Nanyang Ventures, an early expansion venture capital fund.
Sean Reynolds. Mr. Reynolds is a Managing Director at Lazard (since April 2007). Prior to joining Lazard, he was a senior portfolio manager at Sailfish Capital Partners (2006 to 2007).
Warryn Robertson. Mr. Robertson is a Portfolio Manager/Analyst at Lazard (since January 2008). Prior to joining Lazard in April 2001, he was an Associate Director at Capital Partners (1998 to 2001), an independent advisory house, where was an associate director developing business valuations for infrastructure assets and other alternative equity investments.
Patrick Ryan. Mr. Ryan is a Managing Director at Lazard (since January 2013). He has been with Lazard since 1989.
Kyle Waldhauer. Mr. Waldhauer is a Senior Vice President at Lazard (since January 2011). He has been with Lazard since 1998.
MAST
Virtus Alternative Income Solution Fund Virtus Alternative Total Solution Fund |
Joe Lu (since [month year]) |
Peter Reed (since [month year]) | |
David Steinberg (since [month year]) |
David Steinberg. Mr. Steinberg is the Chief Investment Officer and Founding Partner at MAST (since June 2002). Prior to establishing MAST, he was a Director in Barclays Capital’s global high yield trading team. The final year of his tenure with Barclays was spent in London where he played an integral role in the development of Barclays’ trading platform.
Joe Lu. Mr. Lu is a Partner and Portfolio Manager at MAST (since December 2011), focused on the Energy, Utilities and Power sectors at MAST. Prior to joining MAST in 2008, he was an Investment Analyst at Kamunting Street Capital Management, where he researched and invested in public and private securities across the capital structure with particular focus in the Homebuilding, Building Materials, Autos/Auto Suppliers, Gaming, Energy, and Power sectors.
Peter Reed. Mr. Reed is a Partner and Portfolio Manager at MAST (since December 2010), focused on the Cable, Construction, Materials, Media, Satellite, Telecommunications and Wireless sectors. Prior to joining MAST in 2004, he was an investment banking analyst at Brown, Gibbons, Lang & Company where he worked on mergers and acquisitions, in-court and out-of-court financial restructurings, and debt and equity private placements for middle market companies.
39 |
Owl Creek
Virtus Alternative Total Solution Fund | Jeffrey Altman (since [month year]) |
Daniel Krueger (since [month year]) | |
Jeffrey Lee (since [month year]) |
Jeffrey Altman. Mr. Altman is Chief Portfolio Manager and the founder of Owl Creek (since June 2001). Prior to founding Owl Creek, Mr. Altman had been with Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC where, from 1996 to 2001, he served as the primary portfolio manager and head of a group that managed a portfolio of distressed securities. During Mr. Altman's 13 years at both Franklin Mutual and Heine Securities Corporation, the former advisor to the Mutual Series family of funds, he served in various capacities, including junior and senior analyst positions, head trader of the bankruptcy and distressed group, senior vice president and senior portfolio manager. Prior to joining Heine Securities full time, Mr. Altman spent the summers of 1985 and 1987 as an analyst assistant at Heine Securities while enrolled at Tulane University.
Daniel Krueger. Mr. Krueger is a Co-Portfolio Manager at Owl Creek (with Owl Creek since January 2002). Prior to joining Owl Creek, Mr. Krueger was an analyst with the distressed debt group at Angelo, Gordon & Co during the summer of 2001 while at Columbia Business School. Mr. Krueger began his career at Chase Securities Inc., where he worked for five years in both the New York and London offices. Mr. Krueger's most recent position at Chase was as a research analyst on the distressed loan trading desk covering a variety of industries. Prior to that, Mr. Krueger worked at Chase Capital Partners in the Mezzanine Group, making investments in the primary market for subordinated notes with warrants, redeemable preferred stock, and other securities. Before joining Chase Capital Partners, Mr. Krueger worked in the High Yield Finance Group and the Healthcare Group, working on a number of large leveraged finance origination and M&A advisory assignments.
Jeffrey Lee. Mr. Lee is a Co-Portfolio Manager at Owl Creek (with Owl Creek since September 2003). Prior to joining Owl Creek, Mr. Lee spent three years at GSC Partners, a private equity firm focused on control distressed debt, leveraged buyouts, and credit. While at GSC Partners, Mr. Lee evaluated and made investment recommendations for opportunities primarily in distressed debt, with sole industry responsibility for telecom and shared-industry responsibility for automotive suppliers and general industrial. Prior to working at GSC Partners, Mr. Lee founded a rich media content management company, Ikimas, Inc., based in Campbell, CA. Before founding Ikimas, Mr. Lee was a corporate finance analyst at Credit Suisse First Boston's Technology Group, based in Palo Alto, CA, working primarily on initial public offerings.
Please refer to the SAI for additional information about the funds’ portfolio managers, including the structure of and method of computing compensation, other accounts they manage and their ownership of shares of the funds.
40 |
Additional Investment Techniques |
In addition to the Principal Investment Strategies and Risks Related to Principal Investment Strategies, each of the funds listed in the chart below may engage in additional investment techniques that present additional risks to a fund as described below. Those additional investment techniques in which a fund is expected to engage as of the date of this prospectus are indicated in the chart below, although other techniques may be utilized from time to time. The information below the chart describes the additional investment techniques and their risks. Many of the additional investment techniques that a fund may use, as well as other investment techniques that are relied upon to a lesser degree, are more fully described in the SAI.
Risks |
Alternative
Income Solution Fund |
Alternative
Inflation Solution Fund |
Alternative Total
Solution Fund |
Commodity and Commodity-Linked Instruments | X | ||
Depositary Receipts | X | X | X |
Exchange-Traded Funds (“ETFs”) | X | X | X |
Foreign Currency Transactions | X | X | |
Illiquid and Restricted Securities | X | X | X |
Money Market Instruments | X | X | X |
Mortgage-Backed and Asset- Backed Securities | X | X | |
Municipal Securities | X | X | X |
Mutual Fund Investing | X | X | X |
Preferred Stock | X | X | X |
Private Placements | X | X | X |
Tax-Exempt Securities | X | X | X |
U.S. Government Securities | X | X | X |
Variable Rate, Floating Rate and Variable Amount Securities | X | X | X |
Zero Coupon, Step Coupon, Deferred Coupon and PIK Bonds | X | X | X |
In order to determine which investment techniques apply to a fund, please refer to the table above.
Commodity and Commodity-Linked Instruments
Investments by the fund in commodities or commodity-linked instruments may subject the fund’s portfolio to greater volatility than investments in traditional securities. The value of commodity-linked instruments may be affected by overall market movements, changes in interest rates or factors affecting a particular industry or commodity, such as drought, floods, weather, livestock disease, embargoes, tariffs and international economic, political and regulatory developments. Individual commodity prices can fluctuate widely over short time periods. Commodity investments typically do not have dividends or income and are dependent on price movements to generate returns. Commodity price movements can deviate from equity and fixed income price movements. The means by which the fund seeks exposure to commodities, both directly and indirectly through derivatives, may be limited by the fund’s intention to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
Depositary Receipts
Certain funds may invest in American Depositary Receipts (ADRs) sponsored by U.S. banks, European Depositary Receipts (EDRs), Global Depositary Receipts (GDRs), ADRs not sponsored by U.S. banks, other types of depositary receipts (including non-voting depositary receipts) and other similar instruments representing securities of foreign companies. Although certain depositary receipts may reduce or eliminate some of the risks associated with foreign investing, these types of securities generally are subject to many of the same risks as direct investments in securities of foreign issuers.
Exchange-Traded Funds (ETFs)
ETFs invest in a portfolio of securities designed to track a particular market segment or index. The risks associated with investing in ETFs generally reflect the risks of owning shares of the underlying securities the ETF is designed to track, although lack of liquidity in an ETF could result in its value being more volatile than the underlying portfolio of securities. Assets invested in ETFs incur a layering of expenses, including operating costs and advisory fees that fund shareholders indirectly bear; such expenses may exceed the expenses a fund would incur if it invested directly in the underlying portfolio of securities the ETF is designed to track. Shares of ETFs trade on a securities exchange and may trade at, above, or below their net asset value.
41 |
Foreign Currency Transactions
Each fund may engage in foreign currency transactions, including foreign currency forward contracts, options, swaps and other similar strategic transactions in connection with its investments in securities of non-U.S. companies. These transactions are designed to hedge a fund’s exposure to foreign currency risks; however, such investments may not prove successful or may have the effect of limiting gains from favorable market movements.
Illiquid and Restricted Securities
Certain securities in which a fund invests may be difficult to sell at the time and price beneficial to the fund, for example due to low trading volumes or legal restrictions. When there is no willing buyer or a security cannot be readily sold, the fund may have to sell at a lower price or may be unable to sell the security at all. The sale of such securities may also require the fund to incur expenses in addition to those normally associated with the sale of a security.
Money Market Instruments
To meet margin requirements, redemptions or for investment purposes, a fund may hold money market instruments, including full faith and credit obligations of the United States, high quality short-term notes and commercial paper.
Mortgage-Backed and Asset-Backed Securities
Mortgage-backed securities represent interests in pools of residential mortgage loans purchased from individual lenders by a Federal agency or originated and issued by private lenders. Asset-backed securities represent interests in pools of underlying assets such as motor vehicle installment sales or installment loan contracts, leases of various types of real and personal property, and receivables from credit card agreements. These two types of securities share many of the same risks. The impairment of the value of collateral or other assets underlying a mortgage-backed or asset-backed security, such as that resulting from non-payment of loans, may result in a reduction in the value of such security and losses to a fund.
Early payoffs in the loans underlying such securities may result in a fund receiving less income than originally anticipated. The variability in prepayments will tend to limit price gains when interest rates drop and exaggerate price declines when interest rates rise. In the event of high prepayments, a fund may be required to invest proceeds at lower interest rates, causing the fund to earn less than if the prepayments had not occurred. Conversely, rising interest rates may cause prepayments to occur at a slower than expected rate, which may effectively change a security that was considered short- or intermediate-term into a long-term security. Long-term securities tend to fluctuate in value more widely in response to changes in interest rates than shorter-term securities.
Municipal Securities
The amount of public information available about municipal bonds is generally less than that for corporate equities or bonds, and the investment performance of a fund may be more dependent on the analytical abilities of the investment adviser than would be the case for a fund that does not invest in municipal bonds. The secondary market for municipal bonds also tends to be less well-developed and less liquid than many other securities markets, which may adversely affect the fund’s ability to sell its bonds at attractive prices. In addition, municipal obligations can experience downturns in trading activity, and the supply of municipal obligations may exceed the demand in the market. During such periods, the spread can widen between the price at which an obligation can be purchased and the price at which it can be sold. Less liquid obligations can become more difficult to value and be subject to erratic price movements. Economic and other events (whether real or perceived) can reduce the demand for certain investments or for investments generally, which may reduce market prices and cause the value of the fund’s shares to fall. The frequency and magnitude of such changes cannot be predicted. A fund may invest in municipal obligations that do not appear to be related, but in fact depend on the financial rating or support of a single government unit, in which case, events that affect one of the obligations will also affect the others and will impact the fund’s portfolio to a greater degree than if the fund’s investments were not so related. The increased presence of non-traditional participants in the municipal markets may lead to greater volatility in the markets.
Mutual Fund Investing
Through its investments in other mutual funds, a fund is exposed to not only to the risks of the underlying funds’ investments but also to certain additional risks. Assets invested in other mutual funds incur a layering of expenses, including operating costs, advisory fees and administrative fees that you, as a shareholder in the fund, indirectly bear. Such fees and expenses may exceed the fees and expenses the fund would have incurred if it invested in the underlying fund’s assets directly. To the extent that the expense ratio of an underlying fund changes, the weighted average operating expenses borne by the fund may increase or decrease. An underlying fund may change its investment objective or policies without the approval of the fund, and the fund might be forced to withdraw its investment from the underlying fund at a time that is unfavorable to the fund. If a fund invests in closed-end funds, it may incur added expenses such as additional management fees and trading costs and additional risks associated with trading at a discount to NAV and use of leverage.
42 |
Preferred Stock
Preferred stocks may provide a higher dividend rate than the interest yield on debt securities of the same issuer, but are subject to greater risk of fluctuation in market value and greater risk of non-receipt of income. Unlike interest on debt securities, dividends on preferred stocks must be declared by the issuer’s board of directors before becoming payable. Preferred stocks are in many ways like perpetual debt securities, providing a stream of income but without stated maturity date. Because they often lack a fixed maturity or redemption date, preferred stocks are likely to fluctuate substantially in price when interest rates change. Such fluctuations generally are comparable to or exceed those of long-term government or corporate bonds (those with maturities of fifteen to thirty years). Preferred stocks have claims on assets and earnings of the issuer which are subordinate to the claims of all creditors but senior to the claims of common stockholders. A preferred stock rating differs from a bond rating because it applies to an equity issue which is intrinsically different from, and subordinated to, a debt issue. Preferred stock ratings generally represent an assessment of the capacity and willingness of an issuer to pay preferred stock dividends and any applicable sinking fund obligations. Preferred stock also may be subject to optional or mandatory redemption provisions, and may be significantly less liquid than many other securities, such as U.S. Government securities, corporate debt or common stock.
Private Placements
A fund may purchase securities which have been privately issued to qualified institutional investors under special rules adopted by the SEC. Such securities may offer higher yields than comparable publicly traded securities. Privately issued securities ordinarily can be sold by a fund only in secondary market transactions to certain qualified investors pursuant to rules established by the SEC or privately negotiated transactions to a limited number of purchasers. Therefore, sales of such securities by a fund may involve significant delays and expense.
Tax-Exempt Securities
The risk that tax-exempt securities may not provide a higher after-tax return than taxable securities.
U.S. Government Securities
Obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies, authorities and instrumentalities and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States only guarantee principal and interest will be timely paid to holders of the securities. The entities do not guarantee that the value of fund shares will increase, and in fact the market values of such obligations may fluctuate. In addition, not all U.S. Government securities are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States; some are the obligation solely of the entity through which they are issued. There is no guarantee that the U.S. Government would provide financial support to its agencies and instrumentalities if not required to do so by law.
Variable Rate, Floating Rate and Variable Amount Securities
Variable rate, floating rate, or variable amount securities are generally short-term, unsecured, fluctuating, interest bearing notes of private issuers. The absence of an active secondary market with respect to certain such instruments could make it difficult for the fund to dispose of the instrument if the issuer defaulted on its payment obligation or during periods that a fund is not entitled to exercise its demand rights, and the fund could, for these or other reasons, suffer a loss with respect to such instruments.
Zero Coupon, Step Coupon, Deferred Coupon and PIK Bonds
A fund may invest in any combination of zero coupon and step coupon bonds and bonds on which interest is payable in kind (“PIK”). The market prices of these bonds generally are more volatile than the market prices of securities that pay interest on a regular basis. Since the fund will not receive cash payments earned on these securities on a current basis, the fund may be required to make distributions from other sources. This may result in higher portfolio turnover rates and the sale of securities at a time that is less favorable.
The funds may buy other types of securities or employ other portfolio management techniques. Please refer to the SAI for more detailed information about these and other investment techniques of the funds.
43 |
Pricing of Fund Shares |
How is the Share Price Determined?
Each fund calculates a share price for each class of its shares. The share price for each class is based on the net assets of the fund and the number of outstanding shares of that class. In general, each fund calculates a share price for each class by:
· | adding the values of all securities and other assets of the fund; |
· | subtracting liabilities; and |
· | dividing the result by the total number of outstanding shares of that class. |
Assets: Equity securities are valued at the official closing price (typically last sale) on the exchange on which the securities are primarily traded, or, if no closing price is available, at the last bid price. Shares of other investment companies are valued at such companies’ net asset values (“NAVs”). Debt securities (other than short-term investments) are valued on the basis of broker quotations or valuations provided by a pricing service, which in determining value utilizes information with respect to recent sales, market transactions in comparable securities, quotations from dealers, and various relationships between securities. Short-term investments having a remaining maturity of 60 days or less are valued at amortized cost, which approximates market value. Other assets, such as accrued interest, accrued dividends and cash are also included in determining a fund’s NAV. As required, some securities and assets are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by, or under the direction of, the Board of Trustees.
Liabilities: Accrued liabilities for class-specific expenses (if any), distribution fees, service fees and other liabilities are deducted from the assets of each class. Accrued expenses and liabilities that are not class-specific (such as management fees) are allocated to each class in proportion to each class’s net assets except where an alternative allocation can be more appropriately made.
Net Asset Value (NAV): The liabilities allocated to a class are deducted from the proportionate interest of such class in the assets of the applicable fund. The resulting amount for each class is then divided by the number of shares outstanding of that class to produce each class’s NAV per share.
The NAV per share of each class of each fund is determined as of the close of regular trading (normally 4:00 PM eastern time) on days when the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open for trading. A fund will not calculate its NAV per share class on days when the NYSE is closed for trading. If a fund holds securities that are traded on foreign exchanges that trade on weekends or other holidays when the funds do not price their shares, the NAV of the fund’s shares may change on days when shareholders will not be able to purchase or redeem the fund’s shares.
How are securities fair valued?
If market quotations are not readily available or available prices are not reliable, the funds determine a “fair value” for an investment according to policies and procedures approved by the Board of Trustees. The types of assets for which such pricing might be required include: (i) securities whose trading has been suspended; (ii) securities where the trading market is unusually thin or trades have been infrequent; (iii) debt securities that have recently gone into default and for which there is no current market quotation; (iv) a security whose market price is not available from an independent pricing source and for which otherwise reliable quotes are not available; (v) securities of an issuer that has entered into a restructuring; (vi) a security whose price as provided by any pricing source does not, in the opinion of the adviser/subadviser, reflect the security’s market value; (vii) foreign securities subject to trading collars for which no or limited trading takes place; (viii) securities where the market quotations are not readily available as a result of “significant” events; and (ix) securities whose principal exchange or trading market is closed for an entire business day on which a fund needs to determining its NAV. This list is not inclusive of all situations that may require a security to be fair valued, nor is it intended to be conclusive in determining whether a specific event requires fair valuation.
The value of any portfolio security held by a fund for which market quotations are not readily available shall be determined in good faith and in a manner that assesses the security’s “fair value” on the valuation date (i.e., the amount that the fund might reasonably expect to receive for the security upon its current sale), based on a consideration of all available facts and all available information, including, but not limited to, the following: (i) the fundamental analytical data relating to the investment; (ii) the value of other relevant financial instruments, including derivative securities, traded on other markets or among dealers; (iii) an evaluation of the forces which influence the market in which these securities are purchased and sold ( e.g. , the existence of merger proposals or tender offers that might affect the value of the security); (iv) the type of the security; (v) the size of the holding; (vi) the initial cost of the security; (vii) trading volumes on markets, exchanges or among broker- dealers; (viii) price quotes from dealers and/or pricing services; (ix) values of baskets of securities traded on other markets, exchanges, or among dealers; (x) changes in interest rates; (xi) information obtained from the issuer, analysts, other financial institutions and/or the appropriate stock exchange (for exchange traded securities); (xii) an analysis of the company’s financial statements; (xiii) government (domestic or foreign) actions or pronouncements (xiv) recent news about the security or issuer; (xv) whether two or more dealers with whom the adviser/subadviser regularly effects trades are willing to purchase or sell the security at comparable prices; and (xvi) other news events or relevant matters.
44 |
Certain foreign common stocks may be fair valued in cases where closing prices are not readily available or are deemed not reflective of readily available market prices. For example, events (such as movement in the U.S. securities market, or other regional and local developments) may occur between the time that foreign markets close (where the security is principally traded) and the time that the fund calculates its NAV (generally, the close of regular trading on the NYSE) that may impact the value of securities traded in these foreign markets. In such cases, information from an external vendor may be utilized to adjust closing market prices of certain foreign common stocks to reflect their fair value. Because the frequency of significant events is not predictable, fair valuation of certain foreign common stocks may occur on a frequent basis.
The value of a security, as determined using the funds’ fair valuation procedures, may not reflect such security’s market value.
At what price are shares purchased?
All investments received by the funds’ authorized agents in good order prior to the close of regular trading on the NYSE (normally 4:00 PM eastern time) will be executed based on that day’s NAV. Shares credited to your account from the reinvestment of a fund’s distributions will be in full and fractional shares that are purchased at the closing NAV on the next business day on which the fund’s NAV is calculated following the dividend record date.
45 |
Sales Charges |
What are the classes and how do they differ?
Currently, each fund offers three classes of shares. With the exception of Class I Shares, the shares have different sales and distribution charges. (See “Fund Fees and Expenses” in each fund’s “Fund Summary” previously in this prospectus.) For certain classes of shares, the funds have adopted distribution and service plans allowed under Rule 12b-1 of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (Rule 12b-1 Fees), that authorize the funds to pay distribution and service fees for the sale of their shares and for services provided to shareholders. Because these fees are paid out of a fund’s assets on an on-going basis, over time these fees will increase the cost of your investment and may cost you more than paying other types of sales charges.
The Rule 12b-1 Fees for each class of each fund are as follows:
Fund | Class A | Class C | Class I |
Virtus Alternative Income Solution Fund | 0.25% | 1.00% | None |
Virtus Alternative Inflation Solution Fund | 0.25% | 1.00% | None |
Virtus Alternative Total Solution Fund | 0.25% | 1.00% | None |
What arrangement is best for you?
The different classes of shares permit you to choose the method of purchasing shares that is most beneficial to you. In choosing a class of shares, consider the amount of your investment, the length of time you expect to hold the shares, whether you decide to receive distributions in cash or to reinvest them in additional shares, and any other personal circumstances. Depending upon these considerations, the accumulated distribution and service fees and contingent deferred sales charges of one class of shares may be more or less than the initial sales charge and accumulated distribution and service fees of another class of shares bought at the same time. Because distribution and service fees are paid out of a fund’s assets on an ongoing basis, over time these fees will increase the cost of your investment and may cost you more than paying other types of sales charges.
Your financial representative should recommend only those arrangements that are suitable for you based on known information. In certain instances, you may be entitled to a reduction or waiver of sales charges. For instance, you may be entitled to a sales charge discount on Class A Shares if you purchase more than certain breakpoint amounts. You should inform or inquire of your financial representative whether or not you may be entitled to a sales charge discount attributable to your total holdings in a fund or affiliated funds. To determine eligibility for a sales charge discount, you may aggregate all of your accounts (including joint accounts, retirement accounts such as individual retirement accounts (“IRAs”), non-IRAs, etc.) and those of your spouse or domestic partner and minor children. The financial representative may request that you provide an account statement or other holdings information to determine your eligibility for a breakpoint and make certain all involved parties have the necessary data. Additional information about the classes of shares offered, sales charges, breakpoints and discounts follows in this section and also may be found in the SAI in the section entitled “How to Buy Shares.” This information is available free of charge, and in a clear and prominent format, at the Individual Investors section of virtus.com . Please be sure that you fully understand these choices before investing. If you or your financial representative require additional assistance, you may also contact Virtus Fund Services by calling toll-free 800-243-1574.
Class A Shares. If you purchase Class A Shares, you will pay a sales charge at the time of purchase equal to 5.75% of the offering price (6.10% of the amount invested). The sales charge may be reduced or waived under certain conditions. (See “Initial Sales Charge Alternative – Class A Shares” below.) Generally, Class A Shares are not subject to any charges by the funds when redeemed; however, a 1% contingent deferred sales charge (“CDSC”) may be imposed (i) on certain redemptions within 18 months of a finder’s fee being paid or (ii) on exchanges into Class A of a Virtus money market fund from Class A of a Virtus non-money market fund made within 18 months of a finder’s fee being paid on such Virtus non-money market fund shares. The 18-month period begins on the last day of the month preceding the month in which the purchase was made, and shares not subject to a finder’s fee will be deemed to be redeemed first. Class A Shares have lower distribution and service fees (0.25%) and as a result pay higher dividends than Class C Shares.
Class I Shares. Class I Shares are offered primarily to clients of financial intermediaries that (i) charge such clients an ongoing fee for advisory, investment, consulting, or similar services; or (ii) have entered into an agreement with the distributor to offer Class I Shares through a no-load network or platform. Such clients may include pension and profit sharing plans, other employee benefit trusts, endowments, foundations and corporations. Class I Shares are also offered to private and institutional clients of, or referred by, the adviser, the subadvisers, or their affiliates, and to Trustees of the funds and trustees/directors of affiliated open- and closed-end funds, and directors, officers and employees of Virtus and its affiliates. If you are eligible to purchase and do purchase Class I Shares, you will pay no sales charge at any time. There are no distribution and service fees applicable to Class I Shares. For additional information about purchasing Class I Shares, please contact Virtus Fund Services by calling 800-243-1574.
46 |
Initial Sales Charge Alternative—Class A Shares
The public offering price of Class A Shares of Virtus non-money market funds is the NAV plus a sales charge that varies depending on the size of your purchase. (See “Class A Shares – Reduced Initial Sales Charges” in the SAI.) Shares purchased based on the automatic reinvestment of income dividends or capital gain distributions are not subject to any sales charges. The sales charge is divided between your investment dealer and the funds’ underwriter, VP Distributors, LLC (“VP Distributors” or “Distributor”).
Sales Charge you may pay to purchase Class A Shares
Sales Charge as a percentage of | ||
Amount of Transaction at Offering Price |
Offering
Price |
Net
Amount Invested |
Under $50,000 | 5.75% | 6.10% |
$50,000 but under $100,000 | 4.75 | 4.99 |
$100,000 but under $250,000 | 3.75 | 3.90 |
$250,000 but under $500,000 | 2.75 | 2.83 |
$500,000 but under $1,000,000 | 2.00 | 2.04 |
$1,000,000 or more | None | None |
Contingent Deferred Sales Charge you may pay on Class A Shares
Investors buying Class A Shares on which a finder’s fee has been paid may incur a 1.00% CDSC if (i) they redeem their shares within 18 months of purchase or (ii) they exchange their shares into Class A of a Virtus money market fund within 18 months of their purchase of Virtus non-money market fund shares. The 18-month period begins on the last day of the month preceding the month in which the purchase was made, and shares not subject to a finder’s fee will be deemed to be redeemed first.
Class A Sales Charge Reductions and Waivers
Investors may reduce or eliminate sales charges applicable to purchases of Class A Shares through utilization of Combination Purchase Privilege, Letter of Intent, Right of Accumulation, Purchase by Associations or the Account Reinstatement Privilege. These programs are summarized below and are described in greater detail in the SAI.
Combination Purchase Privilege. Your purchase of any class of shares of these funds or any Virtus Mutual Fund (other than any Virtus money market fund), if made at the same time by the same person, will be added together with any existing Virtus Mutual Fund account values to determine whether the combined sum entitles you to an immediate reduction in sales charges. Shares of Virtus money market funds, other than money market fund shares acquired by exchanges from other Virtus funds, are not included for combination purchase privileges. A “person” is defined in this and the following sections as: (a) any individual, his or her spouse or domestic partner, children and minor grandchildren purchasing shares for his, her or their own account (including an IRA account) including his, her or their own sole proprietorship or trust where any of the above is the named beneficiary; (b) a trustee or other fiduciary purchasing for a single trust, estate or single fiduciary account (even though more than one beneficiary may exist); (c) multiple accounts (up to 200) under a qualified employee benefit plan or administered by a third party administrator; or (d) trust companies, bank trust departments, registered investment advisers, and similar entities placing orders or providing administrative services with respect to accounts over which they exercise discretionary investment authority and which are held in a fiduciary, agency, custodial or similar capacity, provided all shares are held of record in the name, or nominee name, of the entity placing the order.
Letter of Intent. If you sign a Letter of Intent, your purchase of any class of shares of these funds or any Virtus Mutual Fund (other than any Virtus money market fund), if made by the same person within a 13-month period, will be added together to determine whether you are entitled to an immediate reduction in sales charges. Sales charges are reduced based on the overall amount you indicate that you will buy under the Letter of Intent. The Letter of Intent is a mutually non-binding commitment. Shares worth 5% of the amount of each purchase will be held in escrow (while remaining registered in your name) to secure payment of the higher sales charges applicable to the shares actually purchased in the event the full intended amount is not purchased.
47 |
Right of Accumulation. The value of your account(s) in any class of shares of these funds or any Virtus Mutual Fund (other than any Virtus money market fund) if made over time by the same person, may be added together at the time of each purchase to determine whether the combined sum entitles you to a prospective reduction in sales charges. Shares of Virtus money market funds, other than money market fund shares acquired by exchanges from other Virtus funds, are not included for purposes of the rights of accumulation. You must provide certain account information to the applicable Virtus Funds or their agents at the time of purchase to exercise this right.
Gifting of Shares. If you make a gift of shares of a Virtus Mutual Fund, upon your request you may combine purchases, if made at the same time, of any class of shares of these funds or any other Virtus Mutual Fund (other than any Virtus money market fund) at the sales charge discount allowed for the combined purchase. The receiver of the gift may also be entitled to a prospective reduction in sales charges in accordance with the funds’ right of accumulation or other provisions. You or the receiver of the gift must provide certain account information to Virtus Mutual Funds or their agents at the time of purchase to exercise this right.
Purchase by Associations. Certain groups or associations may be treated as a “person” and qualify for reduced Class A Share sales charges. The group or association must: (1) have been in existence for at least six months; (2) have a legitimate purpose other than to purchase mutual fund shares at a reduced sales charge; (3) work through an investment dealer; and (4) not be a group whose sole reason for existing is to consist of members who are credit card holders of a particular company, policyholders of an insurance company, customers of a bank or a broker-dealer or clients of an investment adviser.
Account Reinstatement Privilege. Subject to the funds’ policies and procedures regarding market timing, for 180 days after you sell your Class A Shares on which you previously paid a sales charge, you may purchase Class A Shares of any Virtus Mutual Fund at NAV, with no sales charge, by reinvesting all or part of your proceeds, but not more.
Sales at Net Asset Value. In addition to the programs summarized above, the funds may sell their Class A Shares at NAV without an initial sales charge to certain types of accounts or account holders, including, but not limited to: trustees of these funds and/or Virtus Mutual Funds; directors, officers, employees and sales representatives of the adviser, subadvisers and Distributor and corporate affiliates of the adviser, subadvisers and Distributor; private clients of the adviser and subadvisers to any of the Virtus Mutual Funds; registered representatives and employees of dealers with which the Distributor has sales agreements; and certain qualified employee benefit plans, endowment funds or foundations. Please see the SAI for more information about qualifying for purchases of Class A Shares at NAV.
Deferred Sales Charge Alternative—Class C Shares
Class C Shares are purchased without an initial sales charge; however, shares sold within a specified time period are subject to a declining CDSC at the rates listed below. The sales charge will be multiplied by the then-current market value or the initial cost of the shares being redeemed, whichever is less. No sales charge will be imposed on increases in NAV or on shares purchased through the reinvestment of income dividends or capital gain distributions. To minimize the sales charge, shares not subject to any charge will be redeemed first, followed by shares held the longest time. To calculate the number of shares owned and time period held, all Class C Shares are considered purchased on the trade date.
Deferred Sales Charge you may pay to sell Class C Shares | ||||||
Year | 1 | 2+ | ||||
CDSC | 1% | 0% |
Compensation to Dealers
Dealers with whom the Distributor has entered into sales agreements receive a discount or commission on Class A Shares as described below.
48 |
Amount of
Transaction at Offering Price |
Sales Charge as a
Offering Price |
Sales Charge as a
Amount Invested |
Dealer Discount as a
Offering Price |
Under $50,000 | 5.75% | 6.10% | 5.00% |
$50,000 but under $100,000 | 4.75 | 4.99 | 4.25 |
$100,000 but under $250,000 | 3.75 | 3.90 | 3.25 |
$250,000 but under $500,000 | 2.75 | 2.83 | 2.25 |
$500,000 but under $1,000,000 | 2.00 | 2.04 | 1.75 |
$1,000,000 or more | None | None | None |
With respect to Class C Shares, the Distributor intends to pay investment dealers a sales commission of 1% of the sale price of Class C Shares sold by such dealers. Your broker, dealer or financial advisor may also charge you additional commissions or fees for their services in selling shares to you provided they notify the Distributor of their intention to do so.
Dealers and other entities that enter into special arrangements with the Distributor may receive compensation for the sale and promotion of shares of these funds. Such fees are in addition to the sales commissions referenced above and may be based upon the amount of sales of fund shares by a dealer; the provision of assistance in marketing of fund shares; access to sales personnel and information dissemination services; and other criteria as established by the Distributor. Depending on the nature of the services, these fees may be paid either from the funds through distribution fees, service fees or, in some cases, the Distributor may pay certain fees from its own profits and resources.
Dealers and other entities that enter into special arrangements with the Distributor or the funds’ transfer agent, Virtus Fund Services, LLC (“Transfer Agent”), may receive compensation from or on behalf of the funds for providing certain recordkeeping and related services to the funds or their shareholders. These fees may also be referred to as shareholder accounting fees, administrative services fees, sub-transfer agent fees or networking fees. They are not for the sale, promotion or marketing of fund shares.
From its own profits and resources, the Distributor may, from time to time, make payments to qualified wholesalers, registered financial institutions and third party marketers for marketing support services and/or retention of assets. These payments are sometimes referred to as “revenue sharing.” Among others, the Distributor has agreed to make such payments for marketing support services to AXA Advisors, LLC. Additionally, the Distributor may pay broker-dealers a finder’s fee in an amount equal to 1.00% of eligible Class A Share purchases from $1,000,000 to $3,000,000, 0.50% on amounts of $3,000,001 to $10,000,000, and 0.25% on amounts greater than $10,000,000. Purchases of Class A Shares by an account in the name of a qualified employee benefit plan are eligible for a finder’s fee only if such plan has at least 100 eligible employees. A 1.00% CDSC may be imposed on certain redemptions of such Class A investments within 18 months of purchase. For purposes of determining the applicability of the CDSC, the 18-month period begins on the last day of the month preceding the month in which the purchase was made. The Distributor will also pay broker-dealers a service fee of 0.25% beginning in the thirteenth month following purchase of Class A Shares on which a finder’s fee has been paid. VP Distributors reserves the right to discontinue or alter such fee payment plans at any time.
From its own resources or pursuant to the distribution and shareholder servicing plans, and subject to the dealers’ prior approval, the Distributor may provide additional compensation to registered representatives of dealers in the form of travel expenses, meals, and lodging associated with training and educational meetings sponsored by the Distributor. The Distributor may also provide gifts amounting in value to less than $100, and occasional meals or entertainment, to registered representatives of dealers. Any such travel expenses, meals, lodging, gifts or entertainment paid will not be preconditioned upon the registered representatives’ or dealers’ achievement of a sales target. The Distributor may, from time to time, reallow the entire portion of the sales charge on Class A Shares which it normally retains to individual selling dealers. However, such additional reallowance generally will be made only when the selling dealer commits to substantial marketing support such as internal wholesaling through dedicated personnel, internal communications and mass mailings.
The Distributor has also agreed to pay fees to certain distributors for preferred marketing opportunities. These arrangements may be viewed as creating a conflict of interest between these distributors and investors. Investors should make due inquiry of their selling agents to ensure that they are receiving the requisite point of sale disclosures and suitable recommendations free of any influence by reason of these arrangements.
The categories of payments the Distributor and/or the Transfer Agent may make to other parties are not mutually exclusive, and such parties may receive payments under more than one or all categories. These payments could be significant to a party receiving them, creating a conflict of interest for such party in making investment recommendations to investors. Investors should make due inquiry of any party recommending the funds for purchase to ensure that such investors are receiving the requisite point of sale disclosures and suitable recommendations free of any influence by reason of these arrangements.
49 |
A document containing information about sales charges, including breakpoint (volume) discounts, is available free of charge on the Internet at virtus.com . In the Individual Investors section, go to the tab “Investors Knowledge Base” and click on the link for Breakpoint (Volume) Discounts.
Your Account |
Opening an Account
Your financial advisor can assist you with your initial purchase as well as all phases of your investment program. If you are opening an account by yourself, please follow the instructions outlined below.
The funds have established the following preferred methods of payment for fund shares:
· | Checks drawn on an account in the name of the investor and made payable to Virtus Mutual Funds; |
· | Checks drawn on an account in the name of the investor’s company or employer and made payable to Virtus Mutual Funds; or |
· | Wire transfers or Automated Clearing House (ACH) transfers from an account in the name of the investor, or the investor’s company or employer. |
Payment in other forms may be accepted at the discretion of the funds; however, the funds generally do not accept such other forms of payment as cash equivalents (such as traveler’s checks, cashier’s checks, money orders or bank drafts), starter checks, credit card convenience checks, or certain third party checks. Please specify the name(s) of the fund or funds in which you would like to invest on the check or transfer instructions.
To help the government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, federal law requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each person who opens an account. Accordingly, when you open an account, we will ask for your name, address, date of birth and other information that will allow us to identify you. We may check the information you provide against publicly available databases, information obtained from consumer reporting agencies, other financial institutions or other sources. If, after reasonable effort, we cannot verify your identity, we reserve the right to close the account and redeem the shares at the NAV next calculated after the decision is made by us to close the account.
Step 1.
Your first choice will be the initial amount you intend to invest in each fund.
Minimum initial investments applicable to Class A and Class C Shares:
· | $100 for individual retirement accounts (IRAs), accounts that use the systematic exchange privilege, or accounts that use the Systematic Purchase program. (See Investor Services and Other Information for additional detail.) |
· | There is no initial dollar requirement for defined contribution plans, asset-based fee programs, profit-sharing plans, or employee benefit plans. There is also no minimum for reinvesting dividends and capital gains into another account. |
· | $2,500 for all other accounts. |
Minimum additional investments applicable to Class A and Class C Shares:
· | $100 for any account. |
· | There is no minimum additional investment requirement for defined contribution plans, asset-based fee programs, profit-sharing plans, or employee benefit plans. There is also no minimum additional investment requirement for reinvesting dividends and capital gains into an existing account. |
Minimum initial investments applicable to Class I Shares:
· | $100,000 for any account for qualified investors. (Call Virtus Fund Services at 800-243-1574 for additional detail.) |
There is no minimum additional investment requirement applicable to Class I Shares.
The funds reserve the right to refuse any purchase order for any reason.
50 |
Step 2.
Your second choice will be what class of shares to buy. Each share class, except Class I Shares, has different sales and distribution charges. Because all future investments in your account will be made in the share class you choose when you open your account, you should make your decision carefully. Your financial advisor can help you pick the share class that makes the most sense for your situation.
Step 3.
Your next choice will be how you want to receive any dividends and capital gain distributions. Your options are:
· | Receive both dividends and capital gain distributions in additional shares; |
· | Receive dividends in additional shares and capital gain distributions in cash; |
· | Receive dividends in cash and capital gain distributions in additional shares; or |
· | Receive both dividends and capital gain distributions in cash. |
No interest will be paid on uncashed distribution checks.
How to Buy Shares |
To Open An Account
|
|
Through a financial advisor | Contact your advisor. Some advisors may charge a fee and may set different minimum investments or limitations on buying shares. |
Through the mail | Complete a new account application and send it with a check payable to the funds. Mail them to: Virtus Mutual Funds, P.O. Box 9874, Providence, RI 02940-8074. |
Through express delivery | Complete a new account application and send it with a check payable to the funds. Send them to: Virtus Mutual Funds, 4400 Computer Drive, Westborough, MA 01581-1722. |
By Federal Funds wire | Call us at 800-243-1574 (press 1, then 0). |
By Systematic Purchase | Complete the appropriate section on the application and send it with your initial investment payable to the funds. Mail them to: Virtus Mutual Funds, P.O. Box 9874, Providence, RI 02940-8074. |
By telephone exchange | Call us at 800-243-1574 (press 1, then 0). |
The price at which a purchase is effected is based on the applicable NAV next determined after the receipt of a purchase order in good order by the funds’ Transfer Agent. A purchase order is generally in “good order” if an acceptable form of payment accompanies the purchase order and the order includes the appropriate application(s) and/or other form(s) and any supporting legal documentation required by the Transfer Agent, each in legible form.
Each fund reserves the right to refuse any order that may disrupt the efficient management of the funds.
How to Sell Shares |
You have the right to have the funds buy back shares at the NAV next determined after receipt of a redemption request in good order by the fund’s Transfer Agent or an authorized agent. In the case of a Class C Share redemption and certain Class A Share redemptions, you will be subject to the applicable contingent deferred sales charge, if any, for such shares. Subject to certain restrictions, shares may be redeemed by telephone or in writing. In addition, shares may be sold through securities dealers, brokers or agents who may charge customary commissions or fees for their services. The funds do not charge any redemption fees. Payment for shares redeemed generally is made within seven days; however, redemption proceeds will not be disbursed until each check used for purchases of shares has been cleared for payment by your bank, which may take up to 15 days after receipt of the check.
51 |
To Sell Shares
|
|
Through a financial advisor | Contact your advisor. Some advisors may charge a fee and may set different minimums on redemptions of accounts. |
Through the mail | Send a letter of instruction to: Virtus Mutual Funds, P.O. Box 9874, Providence, RI 02940-8074. Be sure to include the registered owner’s name, fund and account number, and number of shares or dollar value you wish to sell. |
Through express delivery | Send a letter of instruction to: Virtus Mutual Funds, 4400 Computer Drive, Westborough, MA 01581-1722. Be sure to include the registered owner’s name, fund and account number, and number of shares or dollar value you wish to sell. |
By telephone |
For
sales up to $50,000, requests can be made by calling
800-243-1574. |
By telephone exchange | Call us at 800-243-1574 (press 1, then 0). |
Things You Should Know When Selling Shares |
You may realize a taxable gain or loss (for federal income tax purposes) if you redeem or exchange shares of the funds. Each fund reserves the right to pay large redemptions “in kind” (i.e., in securities owned by the fund) rather than in cash. Large redemptions are those that exceed $250,000 or 1% of the applicable fund’s net assets, whichever is less, over any 90-day period. Additional documentation will be required for redemptions by organizations, fiduciaries, or retirement plans, or if a redemption is requested by anyone but the shareholder(s) of record. Transfers between broker-dealer “street” accounts are governed by the accepting broker-dealer.
Questions regarding this type of transfer should be directed to your financial advisor. Redemption requests will not be honored until all required documents, in proper form, have been received. To avoid delay in redemption or transfer, shareholders having questions about specific requirements should contact the funds’ Transfer Agent at 800-243-1574.
As stated in the applicable account applications, accounts associated with certain types of retirement plans and individual retirement accounts may incur fees payable to the Transfer Agent in the event of redeeming an account in full. Shareholders with questions about this should contact the funds’ Transfer Agent at 800-243-1574.
Redemptions by Mail
Þ | If you are selling shares held individually, jointly, or as custodian under the Uniform Gifts to Minors Act or Uniform Transfers to Minors Act: |
Send a clear letter of instructions if both of these apply:
· | The proceeds do not exceed $50,000. |
· | The proceeds are payable to the registered owner at the address on record. |
Send a clear letter of instructions with a signature guarantee when any of these apply:
· | You are selling more than $50,000 worth of shares. |
· | The name or address on the account has changed within the last 30 days. |
· | You want the proceeds to go to a different name or address than on the account. |
Þ |
If you are selling shares held in a corporate or fiduciary account, please contact
the funds’ Transfer Agent at
800-243-1574. |
The signature guarantee, if required, must be a STAMP 2000 Medallion guarantee made by an eligible guarantor institution as defined by the funds’ Transfer Agent in accordance with its signature guarantee procedures. Guarantees using previous technology medallions will not be accepted. As of the date of this prospectus, the Transfer Agent’s signature guarantee procedures generally permit guarantees by banks, broker-dealers, credit unions, national securities exchanges, registered securities associations, clearing agencies and savings associations.
52 |
Selling Shares by Telephone
The Transfer Agent will use reasonable procedures to confirm that telephone instructions are genuine. Address and bank account information are verified, redemption instructions are taped, and all redemptions are confirmed in writing.
The individual investor bears the risk from instructions given by an unauthorized third party that the Transfer Agent reasonably believed to be genuine.
The Transfer Agent may modify or terminate the telephone redemption privilege at any time with 60 days’ notice to shareholders, except for instances of disruptive trading or market timing; in such cases, the telephone redemption privilege may be suspended immediately, followed by written notice. (See “Disruptive Trading and Market Timing” in this prospectus.)
During times of drastic economic or market changes, telephone redemptions may be difficult to make or temporarily suspended; however, shareholders would be able to make redemptions through other methods described above.
Account Policies |
Account Reinstatement Privilege
Subject to the funds’ policies and procedures regarding market timing, for 180 days after you sell your Class A Shares on which you previously paid a sales charge, you may purchase Class A Shares of these funds or of any Virtus Mutual Fund at NAV, with no sales charge, by reinvesting all or part of your proceeds, but not more. Send your written request to Virtus Mutual Funds, P.O. Box 9874, Providence, RI 02940-8074. You can call us at 800-243-1574 for more information.
Please remember, a redemption and reinvestment are considered to be a sale and purchase for tax-reporting purposes.
Annual Fee on Small Accounts
To help offset the costs associated with maintaining small accounts, the funds reserve the right to assess an annual $25 small account fee on fund accounts with a balance below $2,500. The small account fee may be waived in certain circumstances, such as for accounts that have elected electronic delivery of statements/regulatory documents and accounts owned by shareholders having multiple accounts with a combined value of over $25,000. The small account fee does not apply to accounts held through a financial intermediary.
The small account fee will be collected through the automatic sale of shares in your account. We will send you written notice before we charge the $25 fee so that you may increase your account balance above the minimum, sign up for electronic delivery, consolidate your accounts or liquidate your account. You may take these actions at any time by contacting your investment professional or the Transfer Agent.
Redemption of Small Accounts
Due to the high cost of maintaining small accounts, if your redemption activity causes your account balance to fall below $200, you may receive a notice requesting you to bring the balance up to $200 within 60 days. If you do not, the shares in the account will be sold at NAV, and a check will be mailed to the address of record. Any applicable sales charges will be deducted.
Distributions of Small Amounts
Distributions in amounts less than $10 will automatically be reinvested in additional shares of the applicable fund.
Uncashed Checks
If any correspondence sent by a fund is returned by the postal or other delivery service as “undeliverable,” your dividends or any other distribution may be automatically reinvested in the fund.
If your distribution check is not cashed within six months, the distribution may be reinvested in the fund at the current NAV. You will not receive any interest on uncashed distribution or redemption checks. This provision may not apply to certain retirement or qualified accounts.
Inactive Accounts
As required by the laws of certain states, if no activity occurs in an account within the time period specified by your state law, the assets in your account may be transferred to the state.
53 |
Exchange Privileges
You should read the prospectus of the Virtus Mutual Fund(s) into which you want to make an exchange before deciding to make an exchange. You can obtain a prospectus from your financial advisor; by calling 800-243-4361; or on the Internet at virtus.com.
· | You may exchange shares of one fund for the same class of shares of another Virtus Mutual Fund (e.g., Class A Shares for Class A Shares). Class C Shares are also exchangeable for Class T Shares of those Virtus Mutual Funds offering them. Exchange privileges may not be available for all Virtus Mutual Funds and may be rejected or suspended. |
· | On exchanges into Class A of a Virtus money market fund from Class A of a Virtus non-money market fund made within 18 months of a finder’s fee being paid on such Virtus non-money market fund shares, a 1.00% CDSC may be assessed on exchange proceeds. |
· | Exchanges may be made by telephone (800-243-1574) or by mail (Virtus Mutual Funds, P.O. Box 9874, Providence, RI 02940-8074). |
· | The amount of the exchange must be equal to or greater than the minimum initial investment required, unless the minimum has been waived (as described in the SAI). |
· | The exchange of shares is treated as a sale and purchase for federal income tax purposes. |
· | In certain circumstances, a fund, the Distributor or the Transfer Agent may enter into an agreement with a financial intermediary to permit exchanges from one class of a fund into another class of the same fund, subject to certain conditions. Such exchanges will only be permitted if, among other things, the financial intermediary agrees to follow procedures established by the fund, the Distributor or the Transfer Agent, which generally will require that the exchanges be carried out (i) within accounts maintained and controlled by the intermediary, (ii) on behalf of all or a particular segment of beneficial owners holding shares of the affected fund within those accounts, and (iii) all at once or within a given time period, or as agreed upon in writing by the fund, the Distributor or the Transfer Agent and the financial intermediary. A shareholder’s ability to make this type of exchange may be limited by operational or other limitations of his or her financial intermediary or the fund. |
Disruptive Trading and Market Timing
These funds are not suitable for market timers, and market timers are discouraged from becoming investors. Your ability to make exchanges among funds is subject to modification if we determine, in our sole opinion, that your exercise of the exchange privilege may disadvantage or potentially harm the rights or interests of other shareholders.
Frequent purchases, redemptions and exchanges, programmed exchanges, exchanges into and then out of a fund in a short period of time, and exchanges of large amounts at one time may be indicative of market timing and otherwise disruptive trading (“Disruptive Trading”) which can have risks and harmful effects for other shareholders. These risks and harmful effects include:
· | dilution of the interests of long-term investors, if market timers or others exchange into a fund at prices that are below the true value or exchange out of a fund at prices that are higher than the true value; |
· | an adverse effect on portfolio management, as determined by the adviser or subadviser in its sole discretion, such as causing the fund to maintain a higher level of cash than would otherwise be the case, or causing the fund to liquidate investments prematurely; and |
· | reducing returns to long-term shareholders through increased brokerage and administrative expenses. |
In order to attempt to protect our shareholders from the potential harmful effects of Disruptive Trading, the funds’ Board of Trustees has adopted market timing policies and procedures designed to discourage Disruptive Trading. The Board of Trustees has adopted these policies and procedures as a preventive measure to protect all shareholders from the potential effects of Disruptive Trading, while also abiding by any rights that shareholders may have to make exchanges and provide reasonable and convenient methods of making exchanges that do not have the potential to harm other shareholders.
54 |
Excessive trading activity is measured by the number of roundtrip transactions in an account. A roundtrip transaction is one where a shareholder buys and then sells, or sells and then buys, shares of any fund within 30 days. Shareholders of the funds are limited to one roundtrip transaction within any rolling 30-day period. Roundtrip transactions are counted at the shareholder level. In considering a shareholder’s trading activity, the funds may consider, among other factors, the shareholder’s trading history both directly and, if known, through financial intermediaries, in the funds, in other funds within the Virtus Fund complex, in non-Virtus funds or in accounts under common control or ownership. We do not include exchanges made pursuant to the dollar cost averaging or other similar programs when applying our market timing policies. Systematic withdrawal and/or contribution programs, mandatory retirement distributions, and transactions initiated by a plan sponsor also will not count towards the roundtrip limits. The funds may permit exchanges that they believe, in the exercise of their judgment, are not disruptive. The size of the fund and the size of the requested transaction may be considered when determining whether or not the transaction would be disruptive.
Shareholders holding shares for at least 30 days following investment will ordinarily be in compliance with the funds’ policies regarding excessive market timing. The funds may, however, take action if activity is deemed disruptive even if shares are held longer than 30 days, such as a request for a transaction of an unusually large size. The size of the fund and the size of the requested transaction may be considered when determining whether or not the transaction would be disruptive.
Under our market timing policies, we may modify your exchange privileges for some or all of the funds by not accepting an exchange request from you or from any person, asset allocation service, and/or market timing service made on your behalf. We may also limit the amount that may be exchanged into or out of any fund at any one time, or may revoke your right to make Internet, telephone or facsimile exchanges. We may reinstate Internet, telephone and facsimile exchange privileges after they are revoked, but we will not reinstate these privileges if we have reason to believe that they might be used thereafter for Disruptive Trading.
The funds currently do not charge exchange or redemption fees, or any other administrative charges on fund exchanges. The funds reserve the right to impose such fees and/or charges in the future.
Orders for the purchase of fund shares are subject to acceptance by the relevant fund. We reserve the right to reject, without prior notice, any exchange request into any fund if the purchase of shares in the corresponding fund is not accepted for any reason.
The funds do not have any arrangements with any person, organization or entity to permit frequent purchases and redemptions of fund shares.
We may, without prior notice, take whatever action we deem appropriate to comply with or take advantage of any state or federal regulatory requirement. The funds reserve the right to reject any purchase or exchange transaction at any time. If we reject a purchase or exchange for any reason, we will notify you of our decision in writing.
The funds cannot guarantee that their policies and procedures regarding market timing will be effective in detecting and deterring all Disruptive Trading.
Retirement Plans
Shares of the funds may be used as investments under the following retirement plans: traditional IRA, rollover IRA, SEP-IRA, SIMPLE IRA, Roth IRA, 401(k) plans, profit-sharing, money purchase plans, and certain 403(b) plans. For more information, call 800-243-4361.
Investor Services and Other Information |
Systematic Purchase is a systematic investment plan that allows you to have a specified amount automatically deducted from your checking or savings account and then deposited into your mutual fund account. (See the “Systematic Purchase” section on the application.)
Systematic Exchange allows you to automatically move money from one Virtus Mutual Fund to another on a monthly, quarterly, semiannual or annual basis. Shares of one Virtus Mutual Fund will be exchanged for shares of the same class of another Virtus Mutual Fund at the interval you select. (See the “Systematic Exchange” section on the application.) Exchange privileges may not be available for all Virtus Mutual Funds and may be rejected or suspended.
Telephone Exchange lets you exchange shares of one Virtus Mutual Fund for the same class of shares in another Virtus Mutual Fund, using our customer service telephone number (800-243-1574). (See the “Telephone Exchange” section on the application.) Exchange privileges may not be available for all Virtus Mutual Funds and may be rejected or suspended.
Systematic Withdrawal allows you to periodically redeem a portion of your account on a predetermined monthly, quarterly, semiannual, or annual basis. Sufficient shares from your account will be redeemed at the closing NAV on the applicable payment date, with proceeds to be mailed to you or sent through ACH to your bank (at your selection). For payments to be mailed, shares will be redeemed on the 15 th of the month so that the payment is made about the 20 th of the month. For ACH payments, you may select the day of the month for the payments to be made; if no date is specified, the payments will occur on the 15 th of the month. The minimum withdrawal is $25, and minimum account balance requirements continue to apply. Shareholders in the program must own Virtus Mutual Fund shares worth at least $5,000.
55 |
Disclosure of Fund Portfolio Holdings. A description of the funds’ policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the funds’ portfolio securities is available in the SAI.
Tax Status of Distributions |
The funds plan to make distributions from net investment income at intervals stated in the table below and to distribute net realized capital gains, if any, at least annually.
Fund | Dividend Paid |
Virtus Alternative Income Solution Fund | Quarterly |
Virtus Alternative Inflation Solution Fund | Semiannually |
Virtus Alternative Total Solution Fund | Semiannually |
Distributions of short-term capital gains (gains on securities held for a year or less) and net investment income are taxable to shareholders as ordinary income. Certain distributions of long-term capital gains and certain dividends are taxable at a lower rate than ordinary income. Long-term capital gains, if any, which are distributed to shareholders and which are designated by the funds as capital gain distributions, are taxable to shareholders as long-term capital gain distributions regardless of the length of time you have owned your shares.
Unless you elect to receive distributions in cash, dividends and capital gain distributions are paid in additional shares. All distributions, whether paid in cash or in additional shares, are subject to federal income tax and may be subject to state, local and other taxes.
The following information is specific to Virtus Alternative Total Solution Fund and Virtus Alternative Inflation Solution Fund . One of the requirements for favorable tax treatment as a regulated investment company under the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”) is that a fund derives at least 90% of its gross income from certain qualifying sources of income. The IRS has issued a revenue ruling which holds that income derived from commodity-linked swaps is not qualifying income under Subchapter M of the Code. As such, the funds’ ability to utilize commodity-linked swaps as part of their investment strategies is limited to a maximum of 10 percent of their gross income. However, the IRS has also issued private letter rulings to other taxpayers in which the IRS specifically concluded that income from certain commodity index-linked structured notes is qualifying income and that income derived from an investment in a wholly-owned subsidiary will also constitute qualifying income, even if the subsidiary itself owns commodity-linked swaps. Although those private letter rulings can be relied on only by the taxpayers to whom they were issued, based on the reasoning in such rulings, the funds intend to seek to gain exposure to the commodity markets primarily through investments in commodity index-linked structured notes and Virtus Alternative Total Solution Fund intends to gain such exposure through investments in its Subsidiary. In the future, Virtus Alternative Inflation Solution Fund may seek to gain such exposure through investments in a Subsidiary as well. The funds have not obtained their own private letter rulings, as the IRS currently has suspended the issuance of such rulings pending further internal review. There can be no assurance that the IRS will not change its position that income derived from commodity-linked notes and wholly-owned subsidiaries is qualifying income. The ability of the funds to qualify for favorable regulated investment company status under the Code could be jeopardized if the funds were unable to treat their income from the commodity-linked notes and the Subsidiaries as qualifying income. Furthermore, the tax treatment of commodity-linked notes, other commodity-linked derivatives and the funds’ investments in the Subsidiaries may otherwise be adversely affected by future legislation, Treasury Regulations and/or guidance issued by the IRS that could affect the character, timing and/or amount of the funds’ taxable income or any gains and distributions made by the funds.
56 |
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
You can find more information about the funds in the following documents:
Annual and Semiannual Reports
Annual and semiannual reports will contain more information about the funds’ investments. Once available, the annual report will discuss the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected the funds’ performance during each fiscal year.
Statement of Additional Information (SAI)
The SAI contains more detailed information about the funds. It is incorporated by reference and is legally part of the prospectus.
To obtain free copies of these documents, you can download copies from the Individual Investors section of our Web site, virtus.com, or you can request copies by calling Virtus Fund Services toll-free at 800-243-1574. You can also call this number to request other information about the f und s or to make shareholder inquiries.
Information about the funds (including the SAI) can be reviewed and copied at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s (SEC) Public Reference Room in Washington, DC. For information about the operation of the Public Reference Room, call 202-551-8090. This information is also available on the SEC’s Internet site at sec.gov. You may also obtain copies upon payment of a duplicating fee by writing the Public Reference Section of the SEC, Washington, DC 20549-6009 or by electronic request at publicinfo@sec.gov.
Virtus Fund Services: 800-243-1574
Daily NAV Information
The daily NAV for each fund may be obtained from the Our Products section of our Web site, virtus.com.
Investment Company Act File No. 811-22906
57 |
The information in this Statement of Additional Information is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This Statement of Additional Information is not an offer to sell these securities, and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
VIRTUS ALTERNATIVE SOLUTIONS TRUST
101 Munson Street
Greenfield, MA 01301
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
[_] , 2014
Virtus Alternative Solutions Trust (The “Trust”) is an open-end management investment company issuing shares in 3 separate series or “Funds”, all of which are publicly offered and described herein:
FUND | TICKER SYMBOL BY CLASS | ||||
A | C | I | |||
Virtus Alternative Income Solution Fund | [_] | [_] | [_] | ||
Virtus Alternative Inflation Solution Fund | [_] | [_] | [_] | ||
Virtus Alternative Total Solution Fund | [_] | [_] | [_] |
This Statement of Additional Information relates to the Class A, Class C and Class I shares of the Funds. This SAI is not a prospectus, and it should be read in conjunction with the Prospectuses for the Funds dated [ ], 2014, as described below and as supplemented and amended from time to time. Each Fund’s Prospectuses are incorporated by reference into this SAI, and the portions of this SAI that relate to each Fund have been incorporated by reference into such Fund’s Prospectuses. The portions of this SAI that do not relate to a Fund do not form a part of such Fund’s SAI, have not been incorporated by reference into such Fund’s Prospectuses and should not be relied upon by investors in such Fund.
The Prospectuses may be obtained by downloading them from virtus.com ; by calling VP Distributors, LLC at 800.243.1574; or by writing to the Distributor at 100 Pearl Street, Hartford, CT 06103.
Capitalized terms used and not defined herein have the same meanings as those used in the Prospectuses.
The audited financial statements for the Funds will appear in each Fund’s annual report for its most recent fiscal year. The Funds have not yet been in operation for a fiscal year, so they have not yet issued an annual report. Financial statements from the annual report, when issued, are incorporated into this document by reference. Shareholders may obtain a copy of an annual report, when issued, without charge, by calling 800.243.1574 or by downloading it from virtus.com .
Transfer Agent: 800.243.1574
Adviser Consulting Group: 800.243.4361
Telephone Orders: 800.367.5877
Web Site: virtus.com
1 |
3 |
FHFA | Federal Housing Finance Agency, an independent Federal agency that regulates FNMA, FDMC and the twelve Federal Home Loan Banks |
FHLMC | Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, also known as “Freddie Mac”, which is a government-sponsored corporation formerly owned by the twelve Federal Home Loan Banks and now owned entirely by private stockholders |
FINRA | Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, a self-regulatory organization with authority over registered broker-dealers operating in the United States, including VP Distributors |
FNMA | Federal National Mortgage Association, also known as “Fannie Mae”, which is a government-sponsored corporation owned entirely by private stockholders and subject to general regulation by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development |
Funds | The series of the Trust discussed in this SAI |
GDRs | Global Depositary Receipts |
GICs | Guaranteed Investment Contracts |
GNMA | Government National Mortgage Association, also known as “Ginnie Mae”, which is a wholly-owned United States Government corporation within the Department of Housing and Urban Development |
Graham | Graham Capital Management, L.P., a subadviser to the Alternative Total Solution Fund |
Harvest | Harvest Fund Advisors LLC, a subadviser to each Fund |
ICE Canyon | ICE Canyon LLC, a subadviser to the Alternative Income Solution Fund and the Alternative Total Solution Fund |
IMF | International Monetary Fund, an international organization seeking to promote international economic cooperation, international trade, employment and exchange rate stability, among other things |
IRA | Individual Retirement Account |
IRS | The United States Internal Revenue Service, which is the arm of the U.S. government that administers and enforces the Code |
LaSalle | LaSalle Investment Management Securities, LLC, a subadviser to each Fund |
Lazard | Lazard Asset Management, LLC, a subadviser to each Fund |
LIBOR | London Interbank Offering Rate, an interest rate at which banks can borrow funds, in marketable size, from other banks in the London interbank market |
MAST | MAST Capital Management, LLC, a subadviser to the Alternative Income Solution Fund and the Alternative Total Solution Fund |
Moody’s | Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. |
NAV | Net Asset Value, which is the per-share price of a Fund |
NYSE | New York Stock Exchange |
OCC | Options Clearing Corporation, the world’s largest equity derivatives clearing corporation |
Owl Creek | Owl Creek Asset Management, L.P., a subadviser to the Alternative Total Solution Fund |
PERLS | Principal Exchange Rate Linked Securities |
4 |
PNX | Phoenix Life Insurance Company, which is the former parent company of Virtus Investment Partners, Inc., and certain of its corporate affiliates |
Prospectuses | The prospectuses for the Funds, as amended from time to time |
PwC | PricewaterhouseCoopers, LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm for the Trust |
Regulations | The Treasury Regulations promulgated under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended |
RIC | Regulated Investment Company, a designation under the Code indicating a U.S.-registered investment company meeting the specifications under the Code allowing the investment company to be exempt from paying U.S. federal income taxes |
S&P | Standard & Poor’s Corporation |
S&P 500 ® Index | The Standard & Poor’s 500 ® Index, which is a free-float market capitalization-weighted index of 500 of the largest U.S. companies, calculated on a total return basis with dividends reinvested |
SAI | This Statement of Additional Information |
SEC | U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission |
SIFMA | Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association (formerly, the Bond Market Association), a financial industry trade group consisting of broker-dealers and asset managers across the United States |
SMBS | Stripped Mortgage-backed Securities |
Transfer Agent | The Trust’s transfer agent, Virtus Fund Services, LLC |
Trust | Virtus Alternative Solutions Trust |
VAIA | Virtus Alternative Investment Advisers, Inc., the Adviser to the Funds |
Virtus | Virtus Investment Partners, Inc., which is the parent company of the Adviser, Cliffwater, the Distributor, the Administrator/Transfer Agent and Virtus Partners, Inc. |
Virtus Fund Services | Virtus Fund Services, LLC, the Administrator/Transfer Agent to the Funds |
Virtus Mutual Funds | The family of funds consisting of the Funds, the series of Virtus Equity Trust, the series of Virtus Insight Trust and the series of Virtus Opportunities Trust |
VP Distributors | VP Distributors, LLC, the Distributor of shares of the Funds |
VVIT | Virtus Variable Insurance Trust, a separate trust consisting of several series advised by Virtus Investment Advisers, Inc., an affiliate of the Adviser, and distributed by VP Distributors |
World Bank | International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, an international financial institution that provides loans to developing countries for capital programs |
GENERAL INFORMATION AND HISTORY
The Trust was incorporated as a Delaware statutory trust on October 21, 2013. The Trust has operated as an open-end management investment company since the date of this SAI.
The Trust’s Prospectuses describe the investment objectives of the Funds and the strategies that each Fund will employ in seeking to achieve its investment objective. The respective investment objectives for each Fund are non-fundamental policies of the Funds and may be changed without shareholder approval upon 60 days notice. The following discussion supplements the disclosure in the Prospectuses.
5 |
Fund | Investment Objective |
Alternative Income Solution Fund | The fund has an investment objective of maximizing current income while considering capital appreciation. |
Alternative Inflation Solution Fund | The fund has an investment objective of total return in excess of inflation. |
Alternative Total Solution Fund | The fund has an investment objective of long-term capital appreciation through investments that have a low correlation to traditional asset classes. |
Capital Stock and Organization of the Trust
The capitalization of the Trust consists solely of an unlimited number of shares of beneficial interest. The Trust currently offers shares in different series called Funds and different classes of those Funds. Holders of shares of a Fund have equal rights with regard to voting, redemptions, dividends, distributions, and liquidations with respect to that Fund. Shareholders of all Funds vote on the election of Trustees. On matters affecting an individual Fund (such as approval of an investment advisory agreement or a change in fundamental investment policies) and also on matters affecting an individual class (such as approval of matters relating to a Plan of Distribution for a particular class of shares), a separate vote of that Fund or class is required. The Trust does not hold regular meetings of shareholders of the Funds. The Board of Trustees will call a meeting of shareholders of a Fund when at least 10% of the outstanding shares of that Fund so request in writing. If the Board of Trustees fails to call a meeting after being so notified, the shareholders may call the meeting. The Board of Trustees will assist the shareholders by identifying other shareholders or mailing communications, as required under Section 16(c) of the 1940 Act.
Shares are fully paid, nonassessable, redeemable and fully transferable when they are issued. Shares do not have cumulative voting rights, preemptive rights or subscription rights. The assets received by the Trust for the issue or sale of shares of each Fund, and any class thereof and all income, earnings, profits and proceeds thereof, are allocated to such Fund, and class, respectively, subject only to the rights of creditors, and constitute the underlying assets of such Fund or class. The underlying assets of each Fund are required to be segregated on the books of account, and are to be charged with the expenses in respect to such Fund and with a share of the general expenses of the Trust. Any general expenses of the Trust not readily identifiable as belonging to a particular Fund or class will be allocated by or under the direction of the Board of Trustees as it determines to be fair and equitable. The Trust is not bound to recognize any transfer of shares of a Fund or class until the transfer is recorded on the Trust’s books pursuant to policies and procedures of the Transfer Agent.
As a Delaware statutory trust, the Trust’s operations are governed by its Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated October 21, 2013. A copy of the Trust’s Certificate of Trust is on file with the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, and a copy of the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust has been filed with the SEC as an exhibit to the Trust’s registration statement. Upon the initial purchase of shares, the shareholder agrees to be bound by the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust, as amended. Generally, Delaware statutory trust shareholders are not personally liable for obligations of the Delaware statutory trust under Delaware law. The Delaware Statutory Trust Act (the “Delaware Act”) provides that a shareholder of a Delaware statutory trust shall be entitled to the same limitation of liability extended to shareholders of private for-profit corporations. The Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust expressly provides that the Trust has been organized under the Delaware Act and that the Declaration of Trust is to be governed by Delaware law. It is nevertheless possible that a Delaware statutory trust, such as the Trust, might become a party to an action in another state whose courts refused to apply Delaware law, in which case the Trust’s shareholders could be subject to personal liability. To guard against this risk, the Agreement and Declaration of Trust (i) contains an express disclaimer of shareholder liability for acts or obligations of the Trust and provides that notice of such disclaimer may be given in each agreement, obligation and instrument entered into or executed by the Trust or its Trustees, (ii) provides for the indemnification out of Trust property of any shareholders held personally liable for any obligations of the Trust or any series of the Trust and (iii) provides that the Trust shall, upon request, assume the defense of any claim made against any shareholder for any act or obligation of the Trust and satisfy any judgment thereon. Thus, the risk of a Trust shareholder incurring financial loss beyond his or her investment because of shareholder liability is limited to circumstances in which all of the following factors are present: (1) a court refused to apply Delaware law; (2) the liability arose under tort law or, if not, no contractual limitation of liability was in effect; and (3) the Trust itself would be unable to meet its obligations. In the light of Delaware law, the nature of the Trust’s business and the nature of its assets, the risk of personal liability to a Fund shareholder is remote.
6 |
The Agreement and Declaration of Trust further provides that the Trust shall indemnify each of its Trustees and officers against liabilities and expenses reasonably incurred by them, in connection with, or arising out of, any action, suit or proceeding, threatened against or otherwise involving such Trustee or officer, directly or indirectly, by reason of being or having been a Trustee or officer of the Trust. The Agreement and Declaration of Trust does not authorize the Trust to indemnify any Trustee or officer against any liability to which he or she would otherwise be subject by reason of or for willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of such person’s duties.
Under the Agreement and Declaration of Trust, the Trust is not required to hold annual meetings to elect Trustees or for other purposes. It is not anticipated that the Trust will hold shareholders’ meetings unless required by law or the Declaration of Trust. The Trust will be required to hold a meeting to elect Trustees to fill any existing vacancies on the Board if, at any time, fewer than a majority of the Trustees have been elected by the shareholders of the Trust. The Board is required to call a meeting for the purpose of considering the removal of persons serving as Trustee if requested in writing to do so by the holders of not less than 10% of the outstanding shares of the Trust.
Shares of the Trust do not entitle their holders to cumulative voting rights, so that the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Trust may elect all of the Trustees, in which case the holders of the remaining shares would not be able to elect any Trustees. As determined by the Trustees, shareholders are entitled to one vote for each dollar of NAV (number of shares held times the NAV of the applicable class of the applicable Fund).
Pursuant to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust, the Trustees may create additional funds by establishing additional series of shares in the Trust. The establishment of additional series would not affect the interests of current shareholders in the existing Funds. Pursuant to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust, the Trustees may establish and issue multiple classes of shares for each Fund.
Each share of each class of a Fund is entitled to such dividends and distributions out of the income earned on the assets belonging to that Fund which are attributable to such class as are declared in the discretion of the Trustees. In the event of the liquidation or dissolution of the Trust, shares of each class of each Fund are entitled to receive their proportionate share of the assets which are attributable to such class of such Fund and which are available for distribution as the Trustees in their sole discretion may determine. Shareholders are not entitled to any preemptive, conversion or subscription rights. All shares, when issued, will be fully paid and non-assessable by the Trust.
Subject to shareholder approval (if then required), the Trustees may authorize each Fund to invest all or part of its investable assets in a single open-end investment company that has substantially the same investment objectives, policies and restrictions as the Fund. As of the date of this SAI, the Trustees do not have any plan to authorize any Fund to so invest its assets.
Diversification of Funds
Each Fund is non-diversified under the 1940 Act. However, each Fund intends to diversify its assets to the extent necessary to qualify for tax treatment as a regulated investment company under the Code. (For information regarding qualification under the Code, see “Dividends, Distributions and Taxes” in this SAI.)
Portfolio Turnover
The portfolio turnover rate of each Fund is calculated by dividing the lesser of purchases or sales of portfolio securities during the fiscal year by the monthly average of the value of the Fund’s securities (excluding all securities, including options, with maturities at the time of acquisition of one year or less). All long-term securities, including long-term U.S. Government securities, are included. A high rate of portfolio turnover generally involves correspondingly greater brokerage commission expenses, which must be borne directly by the Fund. Turnover rates may vary greatly from year to year as well as within a particular year and also may be affected by cash requirements for redemptions of each Fund’s shares by requirements that enable the Trust to receive certain favorable tax treatments. Because the Funds are newly organized, portfolio turnover information is not yet available. However, as of the date of this SAI each Fund is expected to be managed in a manner that is likely to result in a consistently high rate of portfolio turnover. The portfolio turnover rate for each Fund will appear in its summary prospectus and under “Financial Highlights” in the statutory prospectus.
7 |
Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings
The Trustees of the Trust have adopted policies with respect to the disclosure of the Funds’ portfolio holdings. These policies provide that the Funds’ portfolio holdings information generally may not be disclosed to any party prior to the information becoming public. Certain limited exceptions are described below. Additionally, the Funds’ policies prohibit Virtus and the Funds’ service providers from entering into any agreement to disclose Fund portfolio holdings in exchange for any form of compensation or consideration. These policies apply to disclosures to all categories of persons, including individual investors, institutional investors, intermediaries who sell shares of the Funds, third parties providing services to the Funds (accounting agent, print vendors, etc.), rating and ranking organizations (Lipper, Morningstar, etc.) and affiliated persons of the Funds.
The Board of Trustees has delegated to the Trust’s Administrator the authority to make decisions regarding requests for information on portfolio holdings prior to public disclosure. The Administrator generally carries out this duty through its chief compliance officer, in consultation with other officers representing various areas of management.
The Trust’s CCO is responsible for monitoring the use of portfolio holdings information, for the Funds’ compliance with these policies and for providing reports to the Board of Trustees regarding their compliance, including information with respect to any potential conflicts of interest between the interests of Fund shareholders and those of Virtus and its affiliates identified during the reporting period and how such conflicts were resolved.
Public Disclosures
In accordance with rules established by the SEC, each Fund sends semiannual and annual reports to shareholders that contain a full listing of portfolio holdings as of the second and fourth fiscal quarters, respectively, within 60 days of quarter end. The Funds also disclose complete portfolio holdings as of the end of the first and third fiscal quarters on Form N-Q, which is filed with the SEC within 60 days of quarter end. The Funds’ shareholder reports are available on Virtus’ Web site at virtus.com . The Funds also make publicly available on Virtus’ Web site a full listing of portfolio holdings as of the end of each quarter with a 60-day delay. The Funds also provide publicly-available portfolio holdings information directly to ratings agencies, the frequency and timing of which is determined under the terms of the contractual arrangements with such agencies, and may provide to financial intermediaries, upon request, monthly portfolio holdings for periods included in publicly-available quarterly portfolio holdings disclosures.
Other Disclosures
The Administrator may authorize the disclosure of non-public portfolio holdings information under certain limited circumstances. The Funds’ policies provide that non-public disclosures of a Funds’ portfolio holdings may only be made if (i) the Fund has a legitimate business purpose for making such disclosure and (ii) the party receiving the non-public information enters into a confidentiality agreement, which includes a duty not to trade on the non-public information. The Administrator will consider any actual or potential conflicts of interest between Virtus and the Funds’ shareholders and will act in the best interest of the Funds’ shareholders with respect to any such disclosure of portfolio holdings information. If a potential conflict can be resolved in a manner that does not present detrimental effects to the Funds’ shareholders, the Administrator may authorize release of portfolio holdings information. Conversely, if the potential conflict cannot be resolved in a manner that does not present detrimental effects to the Funds’ shareholders, the Administrator will not authorize such release.
Ongoing Arrangements to Disclose Portfolio Holdings
As previously authorized by the Funds’ Board of Trustees and/or the Funds’ Administrator, the Funds periodically disclose non-public portfolio holdings on a confidential basis to various service providers that require such information in order to assist the Funds in their day-to-day operations, as well as public information to certain ratings organizations. In addition to Virtus and its affiliates, the entities receiving non-public portfolio holdings as of the date of this SAI are described in the following table. The table also includes information as to the timing of these entities receiving the portfolio holdings information from the Funds.
8 |
Non-Public Portfolio Holdings Information
Type of Service Provider | Name of Service Provider |
Timing of Release of Portfolio Holdings
Information |
Adviser | VAIA | Daily, with no delay |
Subadviser ( Alternative Inflation Solution Fund and Alternative Total Solution Fund) | Armored Wolf | Daily, with no delay |
Subadviser (Alternative Total Solution Fund) | Ascend | Daily, with no delay |
Subadviser (Alternative Income Solution Fund, Alternative Inflation Solution Fund and Alternative Total Solution Fund) | Brigade | Daily, with no delay |
Subadviser (Alternative Income Solution Fund, Alternative Inflation Solution Fund and Alternative Total Solution Fund) | Cliffwater | Daily, with no delay |
Subadviser ( Alternative Inflation Solution Fund ) | Credit Suisse | Daily, with no delay |
Subadviser (Alternative Total Solution Fund) | Graham | Daily, with no delay |
Subadviser (Alternative Income Solution Fund, Alternative Inflation Solution Fund and Alternative Total Solution Fund) | Harvest | Daily, with no delay |
Subadviser (Alternative Income Solution Fund and Alternative Total Solution Fund) | ICE Canyon | Daily, with no delay |
Subadviser (Alternative Income Solution Fund, Alternative Inflation Solution Fund and Alternative Total Solution Fund) | LaSalle | Daily, with no delay |
Subadviser (Alternative Income Solution Fund, Alternative Inflation Solution Fund and Alternative Total Solution Fund) | Lazard | Daily, with no delay |
Subadviser (Alternative Income Solution Fund and Alternative Total Solution Fund) | MAST | Daily, with no delay |
Subadviser (Alternative Total Solution Fund) | Owl Creek | Daily, with no delay |
Administrator | Virtus Fund Services | Daily, with no delay |
Distributor | VP Distributors | Daily, with no delay |
Custodian | Bank of New York Mellon | Daily, with no delay |
Sub-Financial Agent | BNY Mellon | Daily, with no delay |
Risk Reporting Services Provider | Blackrock Financial Management, Inc. | Daily, with no delay |
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm | PwC | Annual Reporting Period, within 15 business days of end of reporting period Semiannual Reporting Period, within 31 business days of end of reporting period |
Typesetting and Printing Firm for Financial Reports | R.R. Donnelley & Sons Co. | Quarterly, within 15 days of end of reporting period |
Proxy Voting Service | ISS | Daily, with no delay |
Performance Analytics Firm | FactSet Research Systems, Inc | Daily, with no delay |
TV Financial Markets Talk Shows | CNBC | Monthly for holdings over 1% of issuer equity, in aggregate* |
Class Action Provider | Glass Lewis | Daily, with no delay |
Backend Compliance Monitoring System | Financial Tracking | Daily, with no delay |
Middle Office Services for Armored Wolf ( Alternative Inflation Solution Fund and Alternative Total Solution Fund) | BNY Mellon | Daily, with no delay |
Reconciliation Processing for Ascend (Alternative Total Solution Fund) | Indus Valley Partners (India) Pvt Ltd | Daily, with no delay |
3rd Party Administrator for Brigade (Alternative Income Solution Fund, Alternative Inflation Solution Fund and Alternative Total Solution Fund) | SS&C Technologies | Daily, with no delay |
Employee Compliance Software for Brigade (Alternative Income Solution Fund, Alternative Inflation Solution Fund and Alternative Total Solution Fund) | HedgeOp compliance, LLC doing business as Cordium | Weekly |
Reconciliation Processing for Credit Suisse ( Alternative Inflation Solution Fund ) | Citibank N.A. | Daily, with no delay |
9 |
* | A Virtus officer or representative may, from time to time, appear as host or guest of various programming. CNBC requires certain holdings disclosure in order to monitor potential conflicts of interest. |
These service providers are required to keep all non-public information confidential and are prohibited from trading based on the information or otherwise using the information except as necessary in providing services to the Funds. There is no guarantee that the Funds’ policies on use and dissemination of holdings information will protect the Funds from the potential misuse of holdings by individuals or firms in possession of such information.
Other Virtus Mutual Funds
In addition to the Funds of the Trust, the funds commonly referred to as “Virtus Mutual Funds” also include the series of Virtus Equity Trust, Virtus Insight Trust and Virtus Opportunities Trust, although the other Trusts represented in the Virtus Mutual Funds are overseen by a different board of trustees than the Board of Trustees of the Trust. Virtus Mutual Funds are generally offered in multiple classes. The following chart shows the share classes offered by each Virtus Mutual Fund other than the Funds, as of the date of this SAI:
Class/Shares | ||||||||||
Trust | Fund | A | B | C | I | T | ||||
Virtus Equity Trust | Virtus Balanced Fund | X | X | X | ||||||
Virtus Growth & Income Fund | X | X | X | |||||||
Virtus Mid-Cap Core Fund | X | X | X | |||||||
Virtus Mid-Cap Growth Fund | X | X | X | X | ||||||
Virtus Mid-Cap Value Fund | X | X | X | |||||||
Virtus Quality Large-Cap Value Fund | X | X | X | |||||||
Virtus Quality Small-Cap Fund | X | X | X | |||||||
Virtus Small-Cap Core Fund | X | X | X | |||||||
Virtus Small-Cap Sustainable Growth Fund | X | X | X | |||||||
Virtus Strategic Growth Fund | X | X | X | X | ||||||
Virtus Tactical Allocation Fund | X | X | X | |||||||
Virtus Insight Trust | Emerging Markets Opportunities Fund | X | X | X | ||||||
Insight Government Money Market Fund | X | X | ||||||||
Insight Money Market Fund | X | X | ||||||||
Insight Tax-Exempt Money Market Fund | X | X | ||||||||
Low Duration Income Fund | X | X | X | |||||||
Tax-Exempt Bond Fund | X | X | X | |||||||
Virtus Opportunities Trust | Allocator Premium AlphaSector ® Fund | X | X | X | ||||||
AlphaSector ® Rotation Fund | X | X | X | |||||||
Alternatives Diversifier Fund | X | X | X | |||||||
Bond Fund | X | X | X | X |
10 |
Class/Shares | ||||||||||
Trust | Fund | A | B | C | I | T | ||||
CA Tax-Exempt Bond Fund | X | X | ||||||||
Disciplined Equity Style Fund | X | X | X | |||||||
Disciplined Select Bond Fund | X | X | X | |||||||
Disciplined Select Country Fund | X | X | X | |||||||
Dynamic AlphaSector ® Fund | X | X | X | |||||||
Emerging Markets Debt Fund | X | X | X | |||||||
Emerging Markets Equity Income Fund | X | X | X | |||||||
Emerging Markets Equity Small-Cap Fund | X | X | X | |||||||
Foreign Opportunities Fund | X | X | X | |||||||
Global Commodities Stock Fund | X | X | X | |||||||
Global Dividend Fund | X | X | X | |||||||
Global Opportunities Fund | X | X | X | X | ||||||
Global Premium AlphaSector ® Fund | X | X | X | |||||||
Global Real Estate Securities Fund | X | X | X | |||||||
Greater Asia ex Japan Opportunities Fund | X | X | X | |||||||
Greater European Opportunities Fund | X | X | X | |||||||
Herzfeld Fund | X | X | X | |||||||
High Yield Fund | X | X | X | X | ||||||
International Equity Fund | X | X | X | |||||||
International Real Estate Securities Fund | X | X | X | |||||||
International Small-Cap Fund | X | X | X | |||||||
Low Volatility Equity Fund | X | X | X | |||||||
Multi-Sector Intermediate Bond Fund | X | X | X | |||||||
Multi-Sector Short Term Bond Fund | X | X | X | X | X | |||||
Premium AlphaSector ® Fund | X | X | X | |||||||
Real Estate Securities Fund | X | X | X | X | ||||||
Senior Floating Rate Fund | X | X | X | |||||||
Wealth Masters Fund | X | X | X |
MORE INFORMATION ABOUT FUND INVESTMENT STRATEGIES & RELATED RISKS
The following investment strategies and policies supplement each Fund’s investment strategies and policies set forth in the Funds’ prospectuses. Some of the investment strategies and policies described below and in each Fund’s prospectus set forth percentage limitations on a Fund’s investment in, or holdings of, certain types of investments. Unless otherwise required by law or stated in this SAI, compliance with these strategies and policies will be determined immediately after the acquisition of such investments by the Fund. Subsequent changes in values, net assets, or other circumstances will not be considered when determining whether the investment complies with the Fund’s investment strategies and policies.
Investment
Technique |
Description and Risks | Fund-Specific Limitations |
Commodities-Related Investing Risk | Commodity-related companies may underperform the stock market as a whole. The value of securities issued by commodity-related companies may be affected by factors affecting a particular industry or commodity. The operations and financial performance of commodity-related companies may be directly affected by commodity prices, especially those commodity-related companies that own the underlying commodity. The stock prices of such companies may also experience greater price volatility than other types of common stocks. Securities issued by commodity-related companies are sensitive to changes in the supply and demand for, and thus the prices of, commodities. Volatility of commodity prices, which may lead to a reduction in production or supply, may also negatively impact the performance of commodity and natural resources companies that are solely involved in the transportation, processing, storing, distribution or marketing of commodities. Volatility of commodity prices may also make it more difficult for commodity-related companies to raise capital to the extent the market perceives that their performance may be directly or indirectly tied to commodity prices. |
11 |
12 |
Investment
Technique |
Description and Risks | Fund-Specific Limitations |
Yields on debt securities depend on a variety of factors, including the general conditions of the money, bond, and note markets, the size of a particular offering, the maturity date of the obligation, and the rating of the issue. Debt securities with longer maturities tend to produce higher yields and are generally subject to greater price fluctuations in response to changes in market conditions than obligations with shorter maturities. An increase in interest rates generally will reduce the market value of portfolio debt securities, while a decline in interest rates generally will increase the value of the same securities. The achievement of a Fund’s investment objective depends in part on the continuing ability of the issuers of the debt securities in which the Fund invests to meet their obligations for the payment of principal and interest when due. Obligations of issuers of debt securities are subject to the provisions of bankruptcy, insolvency, sovereign immunity, and other laws that affect the rights and remedies of creditors. There is also the possibility that, as a result of litigation or other conditions, the ability of an issuer to pay, when due, the principal of and interest on its debt securities may be materially affected. | ||
Convertible Securities | A convertible security is a bond, debenture, note, or other security that entitles the holder to acquire common stock or other equity securities of the same or a different issuer within a particular period of time at a specific price or formula. It generally entitles the holder to receive interest paid or accrued until the security matures or is redeemed, converted, or exchanged. Convertible securities have several unique investment characteristics such as (1) higher yields than common stocks, but lower yields than comparable nonconvertible securities, (2) a lesser degree of fluctuation in value then the underlying stock since they have fixed income characteristics and (3) the potential for capital appreciation if the market price of the underlying common stock increases. | |
Before conversion, convertible securities have characteristics similar to nonconvertible debt securities. Convertible securities rank senior to common stock in a corporation’s capital structure and, therefore, generally entail less risk than the corporation’s common stock, although the extent to which this is true depends in large measure on the degree to which the convertible security sells above its value as a fixed income security. However, because convertible securities are usually viewed by the issuer as future common stock, they are generally subordinated to other senior securities and therefore are rated one category lower than the issuer’s non-convertible debt obligations or preferred stock. | ||
A convertible security may be subject to redemption or conversion at the option of the issuer at a predetermined price. If a convertible security held by the Fund is called for redemption, the Fund could be required to permit the issuer to redeem the security and convert it to the underlying common stock. The Fund generally would invest in convertible securities for their favorable price characteristics and total return potential, and would normally not exercise an option to convert. The Fund might be more willing to convert such securities to common stock. |
13 |
Investment
Technique |
Description and Risks | Fund-Specific Limitations |
A Fund’s subadviser will select only those convertible securities for which it believes (a) the underlying common stock is a suitable investment for the Fund and (b) a greater potential for total return exists by purchasing the convertible security because of its higher yield and/or favorable market valuation. However, the Fund may invest in convertible debt securities rated less than investment grade. Debt securities rated less than investment grade are commonly referred to as “junk bonds.” (For information about debt securities rated less than investment grade, see “High Yield-High Risk (Junk Bonds) Securities” under “Debt Investing” in this section of the SAI; for additional information about ratings on debt obligations, see Appendix A to this SAI.) | ||
Corporate Debt Securities | Each Fund may invest in debt securities issued by corporations, limited partnerships and other similar entities. A Fund’s investments in debt securities of domestic or foreign corporate issuers include bonds, debentures, notes and other similar corporate debt instruments, including convertible securities that meet the Fund’s minimum ratings criteria or if unrated are, in the Fund’s subadviser’s opinion, comparable in quality to corporate debt securities that meet those criteria. The rate of return or return of principal on some debt obligations may be linked or indexed to the level of exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and a foreign currency or currencies or to the value of commodities, such as gold. | |
Dollar-denominated Foreign Debt Securities (“Yankee Bonds”) | Each Fund may invest in “Yankee bonds”, which are dollar-denominated instruments issued in the U.S. market by foreign branches of U.S. banks and U.S. branches of foreign banks. Since these instruments are dollar-denominated, they are not affected by variations in currency exchange rates. They are influenced primarily by interest rate levels in the United States and by the financial condition of the issuer, or of the issuer’s foreign parent. However, investing in these instruments may present a greater degree of risk than investing in domestic securities, due to less publicly available information, less securities regulation, war or expropriation. Special considerations may include higher brokerage costs and thinner trading markets. Investments in foreign countries could be affected by other factors including extended settlement periods. (See “Foreign Investing” in this section of the SAI for additional information about investing in foreign countries.) | |
Duration | Duration is a time measure of a bond’s interest-rate sensitivity, based on the weighted average of the time periods over which a bond’s cash flows accrue to the bondholder. Time periods are weighted by multiplying by the present value of its cash flow divided by the bond’s price. (A bond’s cash flows consist of coupon payments and repayment of capital.) A bond’s duration will almost always be shorter than its maturity, with the exception of zero-coupon bonds, for which maturity and duration are equal. | |
Exchange-Traded Notes (ETNs) | ETNs are senior, unsecured, unsubordinated debt securities whose returns are linked to the performance of a particular market benchmark or strategy minus applicable fees. ETNs are traded on an exchange during normal trading hours. However, investors can also hold the ETN until maturity. At maturity, the issuer pays to the investor a cash amount equal to the principal amount, subject to the day’s market benchmark or strategy factor. |
14 |
Investment
Technique |
Description and Risks | Fund-Specific Limitations |
ETNs do not make periodic coupon payments or provide principal protection. ETNs are subject to credit risk, and the value of the ETN may drop due to a downgrade in the issuer’s credit rating, despite the underlying market benchmark or strategy remaining unchanged. The value of an ETN may also be influenced by time to maturity, level of supply and demand for the ETN, volatility and lack of liquidity in underlying assets, changes in the applicable interest rates, changes in the issuer’s credit rating, and economic, legal, political, or geographic events that affect the referenced underlying asset. When a Fund invests in ETNs it will bear its proportionate share of any fees and expenses borne by the ETN. The Fund’s decision to sell its ETN holdings may be limited by the availability of a secondary market. In addition, although an ETN may be listed on an exchange, the issuer may not be required to maintain the listing, and there can be no assurance that a secondary market will exist for an ETN. | ||
ETNs are also subject to tax risk. No assurance can be given that the IRS will accept, or a court will uphold, how a Fund characterizes and treats ETNs for tax purposes. Further, the IRS and Congress are considering proposals that would change the timing and character of income and gains from ETNs. | ||
An ETN that is tied to a specific market benchmark or strategy may not be able to replicate and maintain exactly the composition and relative weighting of securities, commodities or other components in the applicable market benchmark or strategy. Some ETNs that use leverage can, at times, be relatively illiquid and, thus, they may be difficult to purchase or sell at a fair price. Leveraged ETNs are subject to the same risks as other instruments that use leverage in any form. | ||
The market value of ETN shares may differ from that of their market benchmark or strategy. This difference in price may be due to the fact that the supply and demand in the market for ETN shares at any point in time is not always identical to the supply and demand in the market for the securities, commodities or other components underlying the market benchmark or strategy that the ETN seeks to track. As a result, there may be times when an ETN share trades at a premium or discount to its market benchmark or strategy. | ||
High-Yield, High-Risk Fixed Income Securities | Investments in securities rated “BB” or below by S&P or Fitch, or “Ba” or below by Moody’s generally provide greater income (leading to the name “high-yield” securities) and opportunity for capital appreciation than investments in higher quality securities, but they also typically entail greater price volatility, liquidity, and principal and income risk. These securities are regarded as predominantly speculative as to the issuer’s continuing ability to meet principal and interest payment obligations. Analysis of the creditworthiness of issuers of lower-quality debt securities may be more complex than for issuers of higher-quality debt securities. |
15 |
Investment
Technique |
Description and Risks | Fund-Specific Limitations |
Interest-bearing securities typically experience appreciation when interest rates decline and depreciation when interest rates rise. The market values of low-rated securities tend to reflect individual corporate developments to a greater extent than do higher-rated securities, which react primarily to fluctuations in the general level of interest rates. Low-rated securities also tend to be more sensitive to economic conditions than higher-rated securities. As a result, they generally involve more credit risks than securities in the higher-rated categories. During an economic downturn or a sustained period of rising interest rates, highly leveraged issuers of low-rated securities may experience financial stress and may not have sufficient revenues to meet their payment obligations. The issuer’s ability to service its debt obligations may also be adversely affected by specific corporate developments, the issuer’s inability to meet specific projected business forecasts or the unavailability of additional financing. The risk of loss due to default by an issuer of low-rated securities is significantly greater than issuers of higher-rated securities because such securities are generally unsecured and are often subordinated to other creditors. Further, if the issuer of a low-rated security defaulted, the applicable Fund might incur additional expenses in seeking recovery. Periods of economic uncertainty and changes would also generally result in increased volatility in the market prices of low-rated securities and thus in the applicable Fund’s NAV. | ||
Low-rated securities typically contain redemption, call or prepayment provisions which permit the issuer of the securities containing such provisions to, at its discretion, redeem the securities. During periods of falling interest rates, issuers of low-rated securities are likely to redeem or prepay the securities and refinance them with debt securities with a lower interest rate. To the extent an issuer is able to refinance the securities or otherwise redeem them, the applicable Fund may have to replace the securities with a lower yielding security which would result in lower returns for the Fund. | ||
A Fund may have difficulty disposing of certain low-rated securities because there may be a thin trading market for such securities. Because not all dealers maintain markets in all low-rated securities, there is no established retail secondary market for many of these securities. The Funds anticipate that such securities could be sold only to a limited number of dealers or institutional investors. To the extent a secondary trading market does exist, it is generally not as liquid as the secondary market for higher-rated securities. The lack of a liquid secondary market may have an adverse impact on the market price of the security, and accordingly, the NAV of a particular Fund and its ability to dispose of particular securities when necessary to meet its liquidity needs, or in response to a specific economic event, or an event such as a deterioration in the creditworthiness of the issuer. The lack of a liquid secondary market for certain securities may also make it more difficult for the Fund to obtain accurate market quotations for purposes of valuing its respective portfolio. Market quotations are generally available on many low-rated issues only from a limited number of dealers and may not necessarily represent firm bids of such dealers or prices for actual sales. During periods of thin trading, the spread between bid and asked prices is likely to increase significantly. In addition, adverse publicity and investor perceptions, whether or not based on fundamental analysis, may decrease the values and liquidity of low-rated securities, especially in a thinly-traded market. If a Fund experiences unexpected net redemptions, it may be forced to liquidate a portion of its portfolio securities without regard to their investment merits. Due to the limited liquidity of low-rated securities, the Fund may be forced to liquidate these securities at a substantial discount. Any such liquidation would reduce the Fund’s asset base over which expenses could be allocated and could result in a reduced rate of return for the Fund. |
16 |
Investment
Technique |
Description and Risks | Fund-Specific Limitations |
Inverse Floating Rate Obligations | Certain variable rate securities pay interest at a rate that varies inversely to prevailing short-term interest rates (sometimes referred to as inverse floaters). For example, upon reset the interest rate payable on a security may go down when the underlying index has risen. During periods when short-term interest rates are relatively low as compared to long-term interest rates, the Fund may attempt to enhance its yield by purchasing inverse floaters. Certain inverse floaters may have an interest rate reset mechanism that multiplies the effects of changes in the underlying index. While this form of leverage may increase the security’s yield, it may also increase the volatility of the security’s market value. | |
Similar to other variable and floating rate obligations, effective use of inverse floaters requires skills different from those needed to select most portfolio securities. If movements in interest rates are incorrectly anticipated, a Fund holding these instruments could lose money and its NAV could decline. | ||
Letters of Credit | Debt obligations, including municipal obligations, certificates of participation, commercial paper and other short-term obligations, may be backed by an irrevocable letter of credit of a bank that assumes the obligation for payment of principal and interest in the event of default by the issuer. Only banks that, in the opinion of the relevant Fund’s subadviser, are of investment quality comparable to other permitted investments of the Fund may be used for Letter of Credit-backed investments. | |
Loan and Debt Participations and Assignments | A loan participation agreement involves the purchase of a share of a loan made by a bank to a company in return for a corresponding share of the borrower’s principal and interest payments. Loan participations of the type in which the Fund may invest include interests in both secured and unsecured corporate loans. When a Fund purchases loan assignments from lenders, it will acquire direct rights against the borrower, but these rights and the Fund’s obligations may differ from, and be more limited than, those held by the assignment lender. The principal credit risk associated with acquiring loan participation and assignment interests is the credit risk associated with the underlying corporate borrower. There is also a risk that there may not be a readily available market for participation loan interests and, in some cases, this could result in the Fund disposing of such securities at a substantial discount from face value or holding such securities until maturity. |
17 |
Investment
Technique |
Description and Risks | Fund-Specific Limitations |
In the event that a corporate borrower failed to pay its scheduled interest or principal payments on participations held by the Fund, the market value of the affected participation would decline, resulting in a loss of value of such investment to the Fund. Accordingly, such participations are speculative and may result in the income level and net assets of the Fund being reduced. Moreover, loan participation agreements generally limit the right of a participant to resell its interest in the loan to a third party and, as a result, loan participations may be deemed by the Fund to be illiquid investments. A Fund will invest only in participations with respect to borrowers whose creditworthiness is, or is determined by the Fund’s subadviser to be, substantially equivalent to that of issuers whose senior unsubordinated debt securities are rated B or higher by Moody’s or S&P. For the purposes of diversification and/or concentration calculations, both the borrower and issuer will be considered an “issuer.” | ||
The Funds may purchase from banks participation interests in all or part of specific holdings of debt obligations. Each participation interest is backed by an irrevocable letter of credit or guarantee of the selling bank that the relevant Fund’s subadviser has determined meets the prescribed quality standards of the Fund. Thus, even if the credit of the issuer of the debt obligation does not meet the quality standards of the Fund, the credit of the selling bank will. | ||
Loan participations and assignments may be illiquid and therefore subject to the Funds’ limitations on investments in illiquid securities. (See “Illiquid and Restricted Securities” in this section of the SAI.) | ||
Municipal Securities and Related Investments | Tax-exempt municipal securities are debt obligations issued by the various states and their subdivisions (e.g., cities, counties, towns, and school districts) to raise funds, generally for various public improvements requiring long-term capital investment. Purposes for which tax-exempt bonds are issued include flood control, airports, bridges and highways, housing, medical facilities, schools, mass transportation and power, water or sewage plants, as well as others. Tax-exempt bonds also are occasionally issued to retire outstanding obligations, to obtain funds for operating expenses or to loan to other public or, in some cases, private sector organizations or to individuals. | |
Yields on municipal securities are dependent on a variety of factors, including the general conditions of the money market and the municipal bond market, the size of a particular offering, the maturity of the obligations and the rating of the issue. Municipal securities with longer maturities tend to produce higher yields and are generally subject to potentially greater capital appreciation and depreciation than obligations with shorter maturities and lower yields. The market prices of municipal securities usually vary, depending upon available yields. An increase in interest rates will generally reduce the value of portfolio investments, and a decline in interest rates will generally increase the value of portfolio investments. The ability of the Fund to achieve its investment objective is also dependent on the continuing ability of the issuers of municipal securities in which the Fund invests to meet their obligations for the payment of interest and principal when due. The ratings of Moody’s and S&P’s represent their opinions as to the quality of municipal securities which they undertake to rate. Ratings are not absolute standards of quality; consequently, municipal securities with the same maturity, coupon, and rating may have different yields. There are variations in municipal securities, both within a particular classification and between classifications, depending on numerous factors. It should also be pointed out that, unlike other types of investments, municipal securities have traditionally not been subject to regulation by, or registration with, the SEC, although there have been proposals which would provide for such regulation in the future. |
18 |
Investment
Technique |
Description and Risks | Fund-Specific Limitations |
The federal bankruptcy statutes relating to the debts of political subdivisions and authorities of states of the United States provide that, in certain circumstances, such subdivisions or authorities may be authorized to initiate bankruptcy proceedings without prior notice to or consent of creditors, which proceedings could result in material and adverse changes in the rights of holders of their obligations. | ||
Lawsuits challenging the validity under state constitutions of present systems of financing public education have been initiated or adjusted in a number of states, and legislation has been introduced to effect changes in public school financing in some states. In other instances there have been lawsuits challenging the issuance of pollution control revenue bonds or the validity of their issuance under state or federal law which could ultimately affect the validity of those municipal securities or the tax-free nature of the interest thereon. | ||
Descriptions of some of the municipal securities and related investment types most commonly acquired by the Funds are provided below. In addition to those shown, other types of municipal investments are, or may become, available for investment by the Funds. For the purpose of each Fund’s investment restrictions set forth in this SAI, the identification of the “issuer” of a municipal security which is not a general obligation bond is made by the applicable Fund’s subadviser on the basis of the characteristics of the obligation, the most significant of which is the source of funds for the payment of principal and interest on such security. | ||
Municipal Bonds | Municipal bonds, which meet longer-term capital needs and generally have maturities of more than one year when issued, have two principal classifications: general obligation bonds and revenue bonds. Another type of municipal bond is referred to as an industrial development bond. | |
General Obligation Bonds | Issuers of general obligation bonds include states, counties, cities, towns, and regional districts. The proceeds of these obligations are used to fund a wide range of public projects, including construction or improvement of schools, highways and roads, and water and sewer systems. The basic security behind general obligation bonds is the issuer’s pledge of its full faith and credit and taxing power for the payment of principal and interest. The taxes that can be levied for the payment of debt service may be limited or unlimited as to the rate or amount of special assessments. |
19 |
Investment
Technique |
Description and Risks | Fund-Specific Limitations |
Industrial Development Bonds | Industrial development bonds, which are considered municipal bonds if the interest paid is exempt from Federal income tax, are issued by or on behalf of public authorities to raise money to finance various privately operated facilities for business and manufacturing, housing, sports arenas and pollution control. These bonds are also used to finance public facilities such as airports, mass transit systems, ports and parking. The payment of the principal and interest on such bonds is dependent solely on the ability of the facility’s user to meet its financial obligations and the pledge, if any, of real and personal property so financed as security for such payment. | |
Revenue Bonds | The principal security for a revenue bond is generally the net revenues derived from a particular facility, group of facilities, or, in some cases, the proceeds of a special excise or other specific revenue source. Revenue bonds are issued to finance a wide variety of capital projects including: electric, gas, water and sewer systems; highways, bridges, and tunnels; port and airport facilities; colleges and universities; and hospitals. Although the principal security behind these bonds may vary, many provide additional security in the form of a debt service reserve fund whose money may be used to make principal and interest payments on the issuer’s obligations. Housing finance authorities have a wide range of security; including partially or fully insured mortgages, rent subsidized and/or collateralized mortgages, and/or the net revenues from housing or other public projects. Some authorities provide further security in the form of a state’s ability (without obligation) to make up deficiencies in the debt service reserve fund. | |
Municipal Leases | The Tax-Exempt Bond Fund may acquire participations in lease obligations or installment purchase contract obligations (hereinafter collectively called “lease obligations”) of municipal authorities or entities. Although lease obligations do not constitute general obligations of the municipality for which the municipality’s taxing power is pledged, a lease obligation may be backed by the municipality’s covenant to budget for, appropriate, and make the payments due under the lease obligation. However, certain lease obligations contain “non-appropriation” clauses which provide that the municipality has no obligation to make lease or installment purchase payments in future years unless money is appropriated for such purpose on a yearly basis. In addition to the “non-appropriation” risk, these securities represent a relatively new type of financing that has not yet developed the depth of marketability associated with more conventional bonds. In the case of a “non-appropriation” lease, the Fund’s ability to recover under the lease in the event of non-appropriation or default will be limited solely to the repossession of the leased property in the event foreclosure might prove difficult. The Fund’s subadviser will evaluate the credit quality of a municipal lease and whether it will be considered liquid. (See “Illiquid and Restricted Investments” in this section of the SAI for information regarding the implications of these investments being considered illiquid.) | |
Municipal Notes | Municipal notes generally are used to provide for short-term working capital needs and generally have maturities of one year or less. Municipal notes include bond anticipation notes, construction loan notes, revenue anticipation notes and tax anticipation notes. |
20 |
21 |
Investment
Technique |
Description and Risks | Fund-Specific Limitations |
Payable in Kind (“PIK”) Bonds | PIK bonds are obligations which provide that the issuer thereof may, at its option, pay interest on such bonds in cash or “in kind”, which means in the form of additional debt securities. Such securities benefit the issuer by mitigating its need for cash to meet debt service, but also require a higher rate of return to attract investors who are willing to defer receipt of such cash. The Funds will accrue income on such investments for tax and accounting purposes, which is distributable to shareholders and which, because no cash is received at the time of accrual, may require the liquidation of other portfolio securities to satisfy the Funds’ distribution obligations. The market prices of PIK bonds generally are more volatile than the market prices of securities that pay interest periodically, and they are likely to respond to changes in interest rates to a greater degree than would otherwise similar bonds on which regular cash payments of interest are being made. | |
Ratings | The rating or quality of a debt security refers to the issuer’s creditworthiness, i.e. , its ability to pay principal and interest when due. Higher ratings indicate better credit quality, as rated by independent rating organizations such as Moody’s, S&P or Fitch, which publish their ratings on a regular basis. Appendix A provides a description of the various ratings provided for bonds (including convertible bonds), municipal bonds, and commercial paper. | |
After a Fund purchases a debt security, the rating of that security may be reduced below the minimum rating acceptable for purchase by the Fund. A subsequent downgrade does not require the sale of the security, but the Fund’s subadviser will consider such an event in determining whether to continue to hold the obligation. To the extent that ratings established by Moody’s or S&P may change as a result of changes in such organizations or their rating systems, a Fund will invest in securities which are deemed by the Fund’s subadviser to be of comparable quality to securities whose current ratings render them eligible for purchase by the Fund. | ||
Credit ratings issued by credit rating agencies evaluate the safety of principal and interest payments of rated securities. They do not, however, evaluate the market-value risk of low-rated securities and therefore may not fully reflect the true risks of an investment. In addition, credit rating agencies may or may not make timely changes in a rating to reflect changes in the economy or in the condition of the issuer that affect the market value of the security. Consequently, credit ratings are used only as a preliminary indicator of investment quality. | ||
Sovereign Debt | Each Fund may invest in “sovereign debt,” which is issued or guaranteed by foreign governments (including countries, provinces and municipalities) or their agencies and instrumentalities. Sovereign debt may trade at a substantial discount from face value. The Funds may hold and trade sovereign debt of foreign countries in appropriate circumstances to participate in debt conversion programs. Emerging-market country sovereign debt involves a high degree of risk, is generally lower-quality debt, and is considered speculative in nature due, in part, to the extreme and volatile nature of debt burdens in such countries and because emerging market governments can be relatively unstable. The issuer or governmental authorities that control sovereign-debt repayment (“sovereign debtors”) may be unable or unwilling to repay principal or interest when due in accordance with the terms of the debt. A sovereign debtor’s willingness or ability to repay principal and interest due in a timely manner may be affected by, among other factors, its cash-flow situation, the extent of its foreign reserves, the availability of sufficient foreign exchange on the date a payment is due, the relative size of the debt service burden to the economy as a whole, the sovereign debtor’s policy towards the IMF, and the political constraints to which the sovereign debtor may be subject. Sovereign debtors may also be dependent on expected disbursements from foreign governments, multilateral agencies and others abroad to reduce principal and interest arrearage on their debt. The commitment of these third parties to make such disbursements may be conditioned on the sovereign debtor’s implementation of economic reforms or economic performance and the timely service of the debtor’s obligations. The sovereign debtor’s failure to meet these conditions may cause these third parties to cancel their commitments to provide funds to the sovereign debtor, which may further impair the debtor’s ability or willingness to timely service its debts. In certain instances, the Funds may invest in sovereign debt that is in default as to payments of principal or interest. In the event that the Funds hold non-performing sovereign debt, the Funds may incur additional expenses in connection with any restructuring of the issuer’s obligations or in otherwise enforcing their rights thereunder. |
22 |
Investment
Technique |
Description and Risks | Fund-Specific Limitations |
Brady Bonds | Each Fund may invest a portion of its assets in certain sovereign debt obligations known as “Brady Bonds.” Brady Bonds are issued under the framework of the Brady Plan, an initiative announced by former U.S. Treasury Secretary Nicholas F. Brady in 1989 as a mechanism for debtor nations to restructure their outstanding external indebtedness. The Brady Plan contemplates, among other things, the debtor nation’s adoption of certain economic reforms and the exchange of commercial bank debt for newly issued bonds. In restructuring its external debt under the Brady Plan framework, a debtor nation negotiates with its existing bank lenders as well as the World Bank or the IMF. The World Bank or IMF supports the restructuring by providing funds pursuant to loan agreements or other arrangements that enable the debtor nation to collateralize the new Brady Bonds or to replenish reserves used to reduce outstanding bank debt. Under these loan agreements or other arrangements with the World Bank or IMF, debtor nations have been required to agree to implement certain domestic monetary and fiscal reforms. The Brady Plan sets forth only general guiding principles for economic reform and debt reduction, emphasizing that solutions must be negotiated on a case-by-case basis between debtor nations and their creditors. | |
Brady Bonds are often viewed as having three or four valuation components: (i) the collateralized repayment of principal at final maturity; (ii) the collateralized interest payments; (iii) the uncollateralized interest payments; and (iv) any uncollateralized repayment of principal at maturity (these uncollateralized amounts constitute the “residual risk”). In light of the residual risk of Brady Bonds and, among other factors, the history of defaults with respect to commercial bank loans by public and private entities of countries issuing Brady Bonds, investments in Brady Bonds can be viewed as speculative. |
23 |
24 |
Investment
Technique |
Description and Risks | Fund-Specific Limitations |
When a Fund purchases a floating or variable rate demand instrument, the Fund’s subadviser will monitor, on an ongoing basis, the ability of the issuer to pay principal and interest on demand. The Fund’s right to obtain payment at par on a demand instrument could be affected by events occurring between the date the Fund elects to demand payment and the date payment is due that may affect the ability of the issuer of the instrument to make payment when due, except when such demand instrument permits same day settlement. To facilitate settlement, these same day demand instruments may be held in book entry form at a bank other than the Funds’ custodian subject to a sub-custodian agreement between the bank and the Funds’ custodian. | ||
The floating and variable rate obligations that the Funds may purchase also include certificates of participation in such obligations purchased from banks. A certificate of participation gives the Fund an undivided interest in the underlying obligations in the proportion that the Fund’s interest bears to the total principal amount of the obligation. Certain certificates of participation may carry a demand feature that would permit the holder to tender them back to the issuer prior to maturity. | ||
The income received on certificates of participation in tax-exempt municipal obligations constitutes interest from tax-exempt obligations. | ||
Each Fund will limit its purchases of floating and variable rate obligations to those of the same quality as it otherwise is allowed to purchase. Similar to fixed rate debt instruments, variable and floating rate instruments are subject to changes in value based on changes in prevailing market interest rates or changes in the issuer’s creditworthiness. | ||
A floating or variable rate instrument may be subject to a Fund’s percentage limitation on illiquid securities if there is no reliable trading market for the instrument or if the Fund may not demand payment of the principal amount within seven days. (See “Illiquid and Restricted Securities” in this section of the SAI.) | ||
Zero and Deferred Coupon Debt Securities | Each Fund may invest in debt obligations that do not make any interest payments for a specified period of time prior to maturity (“deferred coupon” bonds) or until maturity (“zero coupon” bonds). The nonpayment of interest on a current basis may result from the bond’s having no stated interest rate, in which case the bond pays only principal at maturity and is initially issued at a discount from face value. Alternatively, the bond may provide for a stated rate of interest, but provide that such interest is not payable until maturity, in which case the bond may initially be issued at par. The value to the investor of these types of bonds is represented by the economic accretion either of the difference between the purchase price and the nominal principal amount (if no interest is stated to accrue) or of accrued, unpaid interest during the bond’s life or payment deferral period. | |
Because deferred and zero coupon bonds do not make interest payments for a certain period of time, they are generally purchased by a Fund at a deep discount and their value fluctuates more in response to interest rate changes than does the value of debt obligations that make current interest payments. The degree of fluctuation with interest rate changes is greater when the deferred period is longer. Therefore, when a Fund invests in zero or deferred coupon bonds there is a risk that the value of the Fund’s shares may decline more as a result of an increase in interest rates than would be the case if the Fund did not invest in such bonds. |
25 |
26 |
Investment
Technique |
Description and Risks | Fund-Specific Limitations |
Eurodollar Instruments | The Funds may invest in Eurodollar instruments. Eurodollar instruments are U.S. dollar-denominated futures contracts or options thereon which are linked to the LIBOR, although foreign currency-denominated instruments are available from time to time. Eurodollar futures contracts enable purchasers to obtain a fixed rate for the lending of funds and sellers to obtain a fixed rate for borrowings. A Fund might use Eurodollar futures contracts and options thereon to hedge against changes in LIBOR, to which many interest rate swaps and fixed income instruments are linked. | |
Equity-linked Derivatives | Each Fund may invest in equity-linked derivative products designed to replicate the composition and performance of particular indices. Examples of such products include Standard & Poor’s Depositary Receipts (SPDRs), World Equity Benchmark Series (WEBs), NASDAQ 100 tracking shares (QQQs), Dow Jones Industrial Average Instruments (DIAMONDS) and Optimized Portfolios as Listed Securities (OPALS). Investments in equity-linked derivatives involve the same risks associated with a direct investment in the types of securities included in the indices such products are designed to track. There can be no assurance that the trading price of the equity-linked derivatives will equal the underlying value of the basket of securities purchased to replicate a particular index or that such basket will replicate the index. | |
Investments in equity-linked derivatives may constitute investments in other investment companies. (See “Mutual Fund Investing” in this section of the SAI for information regarding the implications of a Fund investing in other investment companies.) | ||
Foreign Currency Forward Contracts, Futures and Options | Each Fund may engage in certain derivative foreign currency exchange and option transactions involving investment risks and transaction costs to which the Fund would not be subject absent the use of these strategies. If a Fund’s subadviser’s predictions of movements in the direction of securities prices or currency exchange rates are inaccurate, the adverse consequences to the Fund may leave the Fund in a worse position than if it had not used such strategies. Risks inherent in the use of option and foreign currency forward and futures contracts include: (1) dependence on the Fund’s subadviser’s ability to correctly predict movements in the direction of securities prices and currency exchange rates; (2) imperfect correlation between the price of options and futures contracts and movements in the prices of the securities or currencies being hedged; (3) the fact that the skills needed to use these strategies are different from those needed to select portfolio securities; (4) the possible absence of a liquid secondary market for any particular instrument at any time; and (5) the possible need to defer closing out certain hedged positions to avoid adverse tax consequences. The Fund’s ability to enter into futures contracts is also limited by the requirements of the Code for qualification as a regulated investment company. (See the “Dividends, Distributions and Taxes” section of this SAI.) |
27 |
Investment
Technique |
Description and Risks | Fund-Specific Limitations |
A Fund may engage in currency exchange transactions to protect against uncertainty in the level of future currency exchange rates. In addition, a Fund may write covered put and call options on foreign currencies for the purpose of increasing its return. | ||
Generally, a Fund may engage in both “transaction hedging” and “position hedging.” When it engages in transaction hedging, a Fund enters into foreign currency transactions with respect to specific receivables or payables, generally arising in connection with the purchase or sale of portfolio securities. A Fund will engage in transaction hedging when it desires to “lock in” the U.S. dollar price of a security it has agreed to purchase or sell, or the U.S. dollar equivalent of a dividend or interest payment in a foreign currency. By transaction hedging, the Fund will attempt to protect itself against a possible loss resulting from an adverse change in the exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and the applicable foreign currency during the period between the date on which the security is purchased or sold, or on which the dividend or interest payment is declared, and the date on which such payments are made or received. | ||
A Fund may enter into contracts to purchase or sell foreign currencies at a future date (“forward contracts”) and purchase and sell foreign currency futures contracts. For transaction hedging purposes, the Fund may also purchase exchange-listed and over-the-counter put and call options on foreign currency futures contracts and on foreign currencies. A put option on a futures contract gives the Fund the right to assume a short position in the futures contract until the expiration of the option. A put option on a currency gives the Fund the right to sell the currency at an exercise price until the expiration of the option. A call option on a futures contract gives the Fund the right to assume a long position in the futures contract until the expiration of the option. A call option on a currency gives the Fund the right to purchase the currency at the exercise price until the expiration of the option. | ||
When engaging in position hedging, a Fund enters into foreign currency exchange transactions to protect against a decline in the values of the foreign currencies in which its portfolio securities are denominated (or an increase in the values of currency for securities which the Fund expects to purchase, when the Fund holds cash or short-term investments). In connection with position hedging, the Fund may purchase put or call options on foreign currency and on foreign currency futures contracts and buy or sell forward contracts and foreign currency futures contracts. (A Fund may also purchase or sell foreign currency on a spot basis, as discussed in “Foreign Currency Transactions” under “Foreign Investing” in this section of the SAI.) |
28 |
Investment
Technique |
Description and Risks | Fund-Specific Limitations |
The precise matching of the amounts of foreign currency exchange transactions and the value of the portfolio securities involved will not generally be possible since the future value of such securities in foreign currencies will change as a consequence of market movements in the value of those securities between the dates the currency exchange transactions are entered into and the dates they mature. It is also impossible to forecast with precision the market value of portfolio securities at the expiration or maturity of a forward or futures contract. Accordingly, it may be necessary for a Fund to purchase additional foreign currency on the spot market (and bear the expense of such purchase) if the market value of the security or securities being hedged is less than the amount of foreign currency the Fund is obligated to deliver and a decision is made to sell the security or securities and make delivery of the foreign currency. Conversely, it may be necessary to sell on the spot market some of the foreign currency received upon the sale of the portfolio security or securities if the market value of such security or securities exceeds the amount of foreign currency the Fund is obligated to deliver. | ||
Transaction and position hedging do not eliminate fluctuations in the underlying prices of the securities which a Fund owns or intends to purchase or sell. They simply establish a rate of exchange which one can achieve at some future point in time. Additionally, although these techniques tend to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currency, they also tend to limit any potential gain which might result from the increase in value of such currency. | ||
A Fund may seek to increase its return or to offset some of the costs of hedging against fluctuations in currency exchange rates by writing covered put options and covered call options on foreign currencies. In that case, the Fund receives a premium from writing a put or call option, which increases the Fund’s current return if the option expires unexercised or is closed out at a net profit. A Fund may terminate an option that it has written prior to its expiration by entering into a closing purchase transaction in which it purchases an option having the same terms as the option written. | ||
A Fund’s currency hedging transactions may call for the delivery of one foreign currency in exchange for another foreign currency and may at times not involve currencies in which its portfolio securities are then denominated. A Fund’s subadviser will engage in such “cross hedging” activities when it believes that such transactions provide significant hedging opportunities for the Fund. Cross hedging transactions by a Fund involve the risk of imperfect correlation between changes in the values of the currencies to which such transactions relate and changes in the value of the currency or other asset or liability which is the subject of the hedge. | ||
Foreign currency forward contracts, futures and options may be traded on foreign exchanges. Such transactions may not be regulated as effectively as similar transactions in the United States; may not involve a clearing mechanism and related guarantees; and are subject to the risk of governmental actions affecting trading in, or the prices of, foreign securities. The value of such positions also could be adversely affected by (i) other complex foreign political, legal and economic factors, (ii) lesser availability than in the United States of data on which to make trading decisions, (iii) delays in the relevant Fund’s ability to act upon economic events occurring in foreign markets during non-business hours in the United States, (iv) the imposition of different exercise and settlement terms and procedures and margin requirements than in the United States, and (v) lesser trading volume. |
29 |
Investment
Technique |
Description and Risks | Fund-Specific Limitations |
The types of derivative foreign currency exchange transactions most commonly employed by the Funds are discussed below, although each Fund is also permitted to engage in other similar transactions to the extent consistent with the Fund’s investment limitations and restrictions. | ||
Foreign Currency Forward Contracts | A foreign currency forward contract involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days (“term”) from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. These contracts are traded directly between currency traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers. | |
A Fund will specifically designate on its accounting records any asset, including equity securities and non-investment-grade debt so long as the asset is liquid, unencumbered and marked to market daily in an amount not less than the value of the Fund’s total assets committed to forward foreign currency exchange contracts entered into for the purchase of a foreign currency. If the value of the securities specifically designated declines, additional cash or securities will be added so that the specifically designated amount is not less than the amount of the Fund’s commitments with respect to such contracts. | ||
Foreign Currency Futures Transactions | Each Fund may use foreign currency futures contracts and options on such futures contracts. Through the purchase or sale of such contracts, a Fund may be able to achieve many of the same objectives attainable through the use of foreign currency forward contracts, but more effectively and possibly at a lower cost. | |
Unlike forward foreign currency exchange contracts, foreign currency futures contracts and options on foreign currency futures contracts are standardized as to amount and delivery period and are traded on boards of trade and commodities exchanges. It is anticipated that such contracts may provide greater liquidity and lower cost than forward foreign currency exchange contracts. | ||
Purchasers and sellers of foreign currency futures contracts are subject to the same risks that apply to the buying and selling of futures generally. In addition, there are risks associated with foreign currency futures contracts similar to those associated with options on foreign currencies. (See “Foreign Currency Options” and “Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts”, each in this sub-section of the SAI.) The Fund must accept or make delivery of the underlying foreign currency, through banking arrangements, in accordance with any U.S. or foreign restrictions or regulations regarding the maintenance of foreign banking arrangements by U.S. residents and may be required to pay any fees, taxes or charges associated with such delivery which are assessed in the issuing country. | ||
To the extent required to comply with SEC Release No. IC-10666, when entering into a futures contract or an option transaction, a Fund will specifically designate on its accounting records any asset, including equity securities and non-investment-grade debt so long as the asset is liquid, unencumbered and marked to market daily equal to the net amount of the Fund’s obligation. |
30 |
Investment
Technique |
Description and Risks | Fund-Specific Limitations |
Futures contracts are designed by boards of trade which are designated “contracts markets” by the CFTC. Futures contracts trade on contracts markets in a manner that is similar to the way a stock trades on a stock exchange and the boards of trade, through their clearing corporations, guarantee performance of the contracts. As of the date of this SAI, the Funds may invest in futures contracts under specified conditions without being regulated as commodity pools. However, under recently amended CFTC rules the Funds’ ability to maintain the exclusions/exemptions from the definition of commodity pool may be limited. (See “Commodity Interests” in this section of the SAI.) | ||
Foreign Currency Options | A foreign currency option provides the option buyer with the right to buy or sell a stated amount of foreign currency at the exercise price at a specified date or during the option period. A call option gives its owner the right, but not the obligation, to buy the currency, while a put option gives its owner the right, but not the obligation, to sell the currency. The option seller (writer) is obligated to fulfill the terms of the option sold if it is exercised. However, either seller or buyer may close its position during the option period for such options any time prior to expiration. | |
A call rises in value if the underlying currency appreciates. Conversely, a put rises in value if the underlying currency depreciates. While purchasing a foreign currency option can protect a Fund against an adverse movement in the value of a foreign currency, it does not limit the gain which might result from a favorable movement in the value of such currency. For example, if the Fund were holding securities denominated in an appreciating foreign currency and had purchased a foreign currency put to hedge against a decline in the value of the currency, it would not have to exercise its put. Similarly, if the Fund had entered into a contract to purchase a security denominated in a foreign currency and had purchased a foreign currency call to hedge against a rise in the value of the currency but instead the currency had depreciated in value between the date of purchase and the settlement date, the Fund would not have to exercise its call but could acquire in the spot market the amount of foreign currency needed for settlement. | ||
The value of a foreign currency option depends upon the value of the underlying currency relative to the U.S. dollar. As a result, the price of the option position may vary with changes in the value of either or both currencies and have no relationship to the investment merits of a foreign security, including foreign securities held in a “hedged” investment portfolio. Because foreign currency transactions occurring in the interbank market involve substantially larger amounts than those that may be involved in the use of foreign currency options, the Funds may be disadvantaged by having to deal in an odd lot market (generally consisting of transactions of less than $1 million) for the underlying foreign currencies at prices that are less favorable than for round lots. |
31 |
Investment
Technique |
Description and Risks | Fund-Specific Limitations |
As in the case of other kinds of options, the use of foreign currency options constitutes only a partial hedge, and a Fund could be required to purchase or sell foreign currencies at disadvantageous exchange rates, thereby incurring losses. The purchase of an option on a foreign currency may not necessarily constitute an effective hedge against fluctuations in exchange rates and, in the event of rate movements adverse to the Fund’s position, the Fund may forfeit the entire amount of the premium plus related transaction costs. | ||
Options on foreign currencies written or purchased by a Fund may be traded on U.S. or foreign exchanges or over the counter. There is no systematic reporting of last sale information for foreign currencies traded over the counter or any regulatory requirement that quotations available through dealers or other market sources be firm or revised on a timely basis. Quotation information available is generally representative of very large transactions in the interbank market and thus may not reflect relatively smaller transactions (i.e., less than $1 million) where rates may be less favorable. The interbank market in foreign currencies is a global, around-the-clock market. To the extent that the U.S. options markets are closed while the markets for the underlying currencies remain open, significant price and rate movements may take place in the underlying markets that are not reflected in the options market. | ||
For additional information about options transactions, see “Options” under “Derivative Investments” in this section of the SAI. | ||
Foreign Currency Warrants | Foreign currency warrants such as currency exchange warrants are warrants that entitle the holder to receive from the issuer an amount of cash (generally, for warrants issued in the United States, in U.S. dollars) that is calculated pursuant to a predetermined formula and based on the exchange rate between a specified foreign currency and the U.S. dollar as of the exercise date of the warrant. Foreign currency warrants generally are exercisable upon their issuance and expire as of a specified date and time. Foreign currency warrants have been issued in connection with U.S. dollar-denominated debt offerings by major corporate issuers in an attempt to reduce the foreign currency exchange risk that, from the point of view of prospective purchasers of the securities, is inherent in the international fixed income marketplace. | |
Foreign currency warrants may be used to reduce the foreign exchange risk assumed by purchasers of a security by, for example, providing for a supplemental payment in the event the U.S. dollar depreciates against the value of a major foreign currency such as the Japanese Yen or Euro. The formula used to determine the amount payable upon exercise of a foreign currency warrant may make the warrant worthless unless the applicable foreign currency exchange rate moves in a particular direction (e.g., unless the U.S. dollar appreciates or depreciates against the particular foreign currency to which the warrant is linked or indexed). |
32 |
33 |
Investment
Technique |
Description and Risks | Fund-Specific Limitations |
Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts | Each Fund may use interest rate, foreign currency or index futures contracts. An interest rate, foreign currency or index futures contract provides for the future sale by one party and purchase by another party of a specified quantity of a financial instrument, foreign currency or the cash value of an index at a specified price and time. A futures contract on an index is an agreement pursuant to which two parties agree to take or make delivery of an amount of cash equal to the difference between the value of the index at the close of the last trading day of the contract and the price at which the index contract was originally written. Although the value of an index might be a function of the value of certain specified securities, no physical delivery of these securities is made. A public market exists in futures contracts covering several indexes as well as a number of financial instruments and foreign currencies, and it is expected that other futures contracts will be developed and traded in the future. Interest rate futures contracts currently are traded in the United States primarily on the floors of the Chicago Board of Trade and the International Monetary Market of the Chicago Mercantile Exchange. Interest rate futures also are traded on foreign exchanges such as the London International Financial Futures Exchange and the Singapore International Monetary Exchange. | Alternative Total Solution Fund will not limit its use of futures contracts and futures options to hedging transactions, and its investments in futures are likely to cause it to be considered a commodity pool. (See “Commodity Interests” in this SAI.) |
A Fund may purchase and write call and put options on futures. Futures options possess many of the same characteristics as options on securities and indexes discussed above. A futures option gives the holder the right, in return for the premium paid, to assume a long position (call) or short position (put) in a futures contract at a specified exercise price at any time during the period of option. Upon exercise of a call option, the holder acquires a long position in the futures contract and the writer is assigned the opposite short position. In the case of a put option, the opposite is true. | ||
Except as otherwise described in this SAI, the Funds will limit their use of futures contracts and futures options to hedging transactions in an attempt to increase total return, in accordance with Federal regulations. The costs of, and possible losses incurred from, futures contracts and options thereon may reduce the Fund’s current income and involve a loss of principal. Any incremental return earned by the Fund resulting from these transactions would be expected to offset anticipated losses or a portion thereof. | ||
The Funds will only enter into futures contracts and futures options which are standardized and traded on a U.S. or foreign exchange, board of trade, or similar entity, or quoted on an automated quotation system. |
34 |
Investment
Technique |
Description and Risks | Fund-Specific Limitations |
When a purchase or sale of a futures contract is made by a Fund, the Fund is required to deposit with its custodian (or broker, if legally permitted) a specified amount of cash or U.S. Government securities (“initial margin”). The margin required for a futures contract is set by the exchange on which the contract is traded and may be modified during the term of the contract. The initial margin is in the nature of a performance bond or good faith deposit on the futures contract which is returned to the Fund upon termination of the contract, assuming all contractual obligations have been satisfied. The Funds expect to earn interest income on their initial margin deposits. A futures contract held by a Fund is valued daily at the official settlement price of the exchange on which it is traded. Each day the Fund pays or receives cash, called “variation margin,” equal to the daily change in value of the futures contract. This process is known as “marking to market.” Variation margin does not represent a borrowing or loan by the Fund but is instead a settlement between the Fund and the broker of the amount one would owe the other if the futures contract expired. In computing daily NAV, the Fund will mark to market its open futures positions. | ||
The Funds are also required to deposit and maintain margin with respect to put and call options on futures contracts written by them. Such margin deposits will vary depending on the nature of the underlying futures contract (and the related initial margin requirements), the current market value of the option, and other futures positions held by the relevant Fund. | ||
To the extent required to comply with SEC Release No. IC-10666, when entering into a futures contract or an option on a futures contract, a Fund will specifically designate on its accounting records any asset, including equity securities and non-investment-grade debt so long as the asset is liquid, unencumbered and marked to market daily equal to the prescribed amount. Generally, for cash-settled futures contracts the prescribed amount is the net amount of the Fund’s obligation, and for non-cash-settled futures contracts the prescribed about is the notional value of the reference obligation. | ||
Futures contracts are designed by boards of trade which are designated “contracts markets” by the CFTC. Futures contracts trade on contracts markets in a manner that is similar to the way a stock trades on a stock exchange and the boards of trade, through their clearing corporations, guarantee performance of the contracts. A Fund’s ability to claim an exclusion or exemption from the definition of a commodity pool may be limited when the Fund invests in futures contracts. (See “Commodity Interests” in this SAI.) | ||
The requirements of the Code for qualification as a regulated investment company also may limit the extent to which a Fund may enter into futures, futures options or forward contracts. (See the “Dividends, Distributions and Taxes” section of this SAI.) |
35 |
Investment
Technique |
Description and Risks | Fund-Specific Limitations |
Although some futures contracts call for making or taking delivery of the underlying securities, generally these obligations are closed out prior to delivery by offsetting purchases or sales of matching futures contracts (same exchange, underlying security or index, and delivery month). If an offsetting purchase price is less than the original sale price, the Fund realizes a capital gain, or if it is more, the Fund realizes a capital loss. Conversely, if an offsetting sales price is more than the original purchase price, the Fund realizes a capital gain, or if it is less, the Fund realizes a capital loss. The transaction costs must also be included in these calculations. | ||
Positions in futures contracts and related options may be closed out only on an exchange which provides a secondary market for such contracts or options. The Fund will enter into an option or futures position only if there appears to be a liquid secondary market. However, there can be no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for any particular option or futures contract at any specific time. Thus, it may not be possible to close out a futures or related option position. In the case of a futures position, in the event of adverse price movements the Fund would continue to be required to make daily margin payments. In this situation, if the Fund has insufficient cash to meet daily margin requirements it may have to sell portfolio securities to meet its margin obligations at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so. In addition, the Fund may be required to take or make delivery of the securities underlying the futures contracts it holds. The inability to close out futures positions also could have an adverse impact on the Fund’s ability to hedge its portfolio effectively. | ||
There are several risks in connection with the use of futures contracts as a hedging device. While hedging can provide protection against an adverse movement in market prices, it can also limit a hedger’s opportunity to benefit fully from a favorable market movement. In addition, investing in futures contracts and options on futures contracts will cause the Fund to incur additional brokerage commissions and may cause an increase in the Fund’s portfolio turnover rate. | ||
The successful use of futures contracts and related options also depends on the ability of the relevant Fund’s subadviser to forecast correctly the direction and extent of market movements, interest rates and other market factors within a given time frame. To the extent market prices remain stable during the period a futures contract or option is held by a Fund or such prices move in a direction opposite to that anticipated, the Fund may realize a loss on the transaction which is not offset by an increase in the value of its portfolio securities. Options and futures may also fail as a hedging technique in cases where the movements of the securities underlying the options and futures do not follow the price movements of the hedged portfolio securities. As a result, the Fund’s total return for the period may be less than if it had not engaged in the hedging transaction. The loss from investing in futures transactions is potentially unlimited. |
36 |
Investment
Technique |
Description and Risks | Fund-Specific Limitations |
Utilization of futures contracts by a Fund involves the risk of imperfect correlation in movements in the price of futures contracts and movements in the price of the securities which are being hedged. If the price of the futures contract moves more or less than the price of the securities being hedged, the Fund will experience a gain or loss which will not be completely offset by movements in the price of the securities. It is possible that, where a Fund has sold futures contracts to hedge its portfolio against a decline in the market, the market may advance and the value of securities held in the Fund’s portfolio may decline. If this occurred, the Fund would lose money on the futures contract and would also experience a decline in value in its portfolio securities. Where futures are purchased to hedge against a possible increase in the prices of securities before the Fund is able to invest its cash (or cash equivalents) in securities (or options) in an orderly fashion, it is possible that the market may decline; if the Fund then determines not to invest in securities (or options) at that time because of concern as to possible further market decline or for other reasons, the Fund will realize a loss on the futures that would not be offset by a reduction in the price of the securities purchased. | ||
The market prices of futures contracts may be affected if participants in the futures market elect to close out their contracts through off-setting transactions rather than to meet margin deposit requirements. In such case, distortions in the normal relationship between the cash and futures markets could result. Price distortions could also result if investors in futures contracts opt to make or take delivery of the underlying securities rather than to engage in closing transactions because such action would reduce the liquidity of the futures market. In addition, from the point of view of speculators, because the deposit requirements in the futures markets are less onerous than margin requirements in the cash market, increased participation by speculators in the futures market could cause temporary price distortions. Due to the possibility of price distortions in the futures market and because of the imperfect correlation between movements in the prices of securities and movements in the prices of futures contracts, a correct forecast of market trends may still not result in a successful hedging transaction. | ||
Compared to the purchase or sale of futures contracts, the purchase of put or call options on futures contracts involves less potential risk for the Fund because the maximum amount at risk is the premium paid for the options plus transaction costs. However, there may be circumstances when the purchase of an option on a futures contract would result in a loss to the Fund while the purchase or sale of the futures contract would not have resulted in a loss, such as when there is no movement in the price of the underlying securities. | ||
For additional information about options transactions, see “Options” under “Derivative Investments” in this section of the SAI. | ||
Mortgage-Related and Other Asset-Backed Securities | Each Fund may purchase mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities, which collectively are securities backed by mortgages, installment contracts, credit card receivables or other financial assets. Asset-backed securities represent interests in “pools” of assets in which payments of both interest and principal on the securities are made periodically, thus in effect “passing through” such payments made by the individual borrowers on the assets that underlie the securities, net of any fees paid to the issuer or guarantor of the securities. The average life of asset-backed securities varies with the maturities of the underlying instruments, and the average life of a mortgage-backed instrument, in particular, is likely to be substantially less than the original maturity of the mortgage pools underlying the securities as a result of mortgage prepayments. For this and other reasons, an asset-backed security’s stated maturity may be shortened, and the security’s total return may be difficult to predict precisely. |
37 |
Investment
Technique |
Description and Risks | Fund-Specific Limitations |
If an asset-backed security is purchased at a premium, a prepayment rate that is faster than expected will reduce yield to maturity, while a prepayment rate that is slower than expected will have the opposite effect of increasing yield to maturity. Conversely, if an asset-backed security is purchased at a discount, faster than expected prepayments will increase yield to maturity, while slower than expected prepayments will decrease yield to maturity. | ||
Prepayments of principal of mortgage-related securities by mortgagors or mortgage foreclosures affect the average life of the mortgage-related securities in the Fund’s portfolio. Mortgage prepayments are affected by the level of interest rates and other factors, including general economic conditions and the underlying location and age of the mortgage. In periods of rising interest rates, the prepayment rate tends to decrease, lengthening the average life of a pool of mortgage-related securities. The longer the remaining maturity of a security the greater the effect of interest rate changes will be. Changes in the ability of an issuer to make payments of interest and principal and in the market’s perception of its creditworthiness also affect the market value of that issuer’s debt securities. | ||
In periods of falling interest rates, the prepayment rate tends to increase, shortening the average life of a pool. Because prepayments of principal generally occur when interest rates are declining, it is likely that the Fund, to the extent that it retains the same percentage of debt securities, may have to reinvest the proceeds of prepayments at lower interest rates than those of its previous investments. If this occurs, that Fund’s yield will correspondingly decline. Thus, mortgage-related securities may have less potential for capital appreciation in periods of falling interest rates than other fixed income securities of comparable duration, although they may have a comparable risk of decline in market value in periods of rising interest rates. To the extent that the Fund purchases mortgage-related securities at a premium, unscheduled prepayments, which are made at par, result in a loss equal to any unamortized premium. | ||
Duration is one of the fundamental tools used by the adviser in managing interest rate risks including prepayment risks. Traditionally, a debt security’s “term to maturity” characterizes a security’s sensitivity to changes in interest rates. “Term to maturity,” however, measures only the time until a debt security provides its final payment, taking no account of prematurity payments. Most debt securities provide interest (“coupon”) payments in addition to a final (“par”) payment at maturity, and some securities have call provisions allowing the issuer to repay the instrument in full before maturity date, each of which affect the security’s response to interest rate changes. “Duration” is considered a more precise measure of interest rate risk than “term to maturity.” Determining duration may involve the adviser’s estimates of future economic parameters, which may vary from actual future values. Fixed income securities with effective durations of three years are more responsive to interest rate fluctuations than those with effective durations of one year. For example, if interest rates rise by 1%, the value of securities having an effective duration of three years will generally decrease by approximately 3%. |
38 |
Investment
Technique |
Description and Risks | Fund-Specific Limitations |
Descriptions of some of the different types of mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities most commonly acquired by the Funds are provided below. In addition to those shown, other types of mortgage-related and asset-backed investments are, or may become, available for investment by the Funds. | ||
Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (“CMOs”) | CMOs are hybrid instruments with characteristics of both mortgage-backed and mortgage pass-through securities. Interest and prepaid principal on a CMO are paid, in most cases, monthly. CMOs may be collateralized by whole mortgage loans but are more typically collateralized by portfolios of mortgage pass-through securities guaranteed by entities such as GNMA, FHLMC, or FNMA, and their income streams. | |
CMOs are typically structured in multiple classes, each bearing a different stated maturity. Actual maturity and average life will depend upon the prepayment experience of the collateral. CMOs provide for a modified form of call protection through a de facto breakdown of the underlying pool of mortgages according to how quickly the loans are repaid. Monthly payment of principal received from the pool of underlying mortgages, including prepayments, is first returned to investors holding the shortest maturity class. Investors holding the longer maturity classes typically receive principal only after the first class has been retired. An investor may be partially guarded against a sooner than desired return of principal because of the sequential payments. | ||
FHLMC CMOs are debt obligations of FHLMC issued in multiple classes having different maturity dates and are secured by the pledge of a pool of conventional mortgage loans purchased by FHLMC. The amount of principal payable on each monthly payment date is determined in accordance with FHLMC’s mandatory sinking fund schedule. Sinking fund payments in the CMOs are allocated to the retirement of the individual classes of bonds in the order of their stated maturities. Payments of principal on the mortgage loans in the collateral pool in excess of the amount of FHLMC’s minimum sinking fund obligation for any payment date are paid to the holders of the CMOs as additional sinking-fund payments. Because of the “pass-through” nature of all principal payments received on the collateral pool in excess of FHLMC’s minimum sinking fund requirement, the rate at which principal of the CMOs is actually repaid is likely to be such that each class of bonds will be retired in advance of its scheduled maturity date. If collection of principal (including prepayments) on the mortgage loans during any semiannual payment period is not sufficient to meet FHLMC’s minimum sinking fund obligation on the next sinking fund payment date, FHLMC agrees to make up the deficiency from its general funds. |
39 |
Investment
Technique |
Description and Risks | Fund-Specific Limitations |
CMO Residuals | CMO residuals are derivative mortgage securities issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. Government or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans. As described above, the cash flow generated by the mortgage assets underlying a series of CMOs is applied first to make required payments of principal and interest on the CMOs and second to pay the related administrative expenses of the issuer. The “residual” in a CMO structure generally represents the interest in any excess cash flow remaining after making the foregoing payments. Each payment of such excess cash flow to a holder of the related CMO residual represents income and/or a return of capital. The amount of residual cash flow resulting from a CMO will depend on, among other things, the characteristics of the mortgage assets, the coupon rate of each class of CMO, prevailing interest rates, the amount of administrative expenses and, in particular, the prepayment experience on the mortgage assets. In addition, if a series of a CMO includes a class that bears interest at an adjustable rate, the yield to maturity on the related CMO residual will also be extremely sensitive to changes in the level of the index upon which interest rate adjustments are based. In certain circumstances a Fund may fail to recoup fully its initial investment in a CMO residual. | |
CMO residuals are generally purchased and sold by institutional investors through several investment banking firms acting as brokers or dealers. The CMO residual market currently may not have the liquidity of other more established securities trading in other markets. CMO residuals may be subject to certain restrictions on transferability, may be deemed illiquid and therefore subject to the Funds’ limitations on investment in illiquid securities. (See “Illiquid and Restricted Securities” in this section of the SAI.) | ||
Mortgage Pass-through Securities | Mortgage pass-through securities are interests in pools of mortgage loans, assembled and issued by various governmental, government-related, and private organizations. Unlike other forms of debt securities, which normally provide for periodic payment of interest in fixed amounts with principal payments at maturity or specified call dates, these securities provide a monthly payment consisting of both interest and principal payments. In effect, these payments are a “pass-through” of the monthly payments made by the individual borrowers on their residential or commercial mortgage loans, net of any fees paid to the issuer or guarantor of such securities. Additional payments are caused by repayments of principal resulting from the sale of the underlying property, refinancing or foreclosure, net of fees or costs. “Modified pass-through” securities (such as securities issued by GNMA) entitle the holder to receive all interest and principal payments owed on the mortgage pool, net of certain fees, at the scheduled payment dates regardless of whether or not the mortgagor actually makes the payment. |
40 |
Investment
Technique |
Description and Risks | Fund-Specific Limitations |
The principal governmental guarantor of mortgage-related securities is GNMA. GNMA is authorized to guarantee, with the full faith and credit of the United States Government, the timely payment of principal and interest on securities issued by institutions approved by GNMA (such as savings and loan institutions, commercial banks and mortgage bankers) and backed by pools of Federal Housing Administration insured or Veterans Administration guaranteed mortgages. Government-related guarantors whose obligations are not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States Government include FNMA and FHLMC. FNMA purchases conventional (i.e., not insured or guaranteed by any government agency) residential mortgages from a list of approved seller/servicers which include state and federally chartered savings and loan associations, mutual savings banks, commercial banks and credit unions and mortgage bankers. FHLMC issues Participation Certificates that represent interests in conventional mortgages from FHLMC’s national portfolio. FNMA and FHLMC guarantee the timely payment of interest and ultimate collection of principal on securities they issue, but the securities they issue are neither issued nor guaranteed by the United States Government. | ||
Commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance companies, mortgage bankers and other secondary market issuers also create pass-through pools of conventional residential mortgage loans. Such issuers may, in addition, be the originators and/or servicers of the underlying mortgage loans as well as the guarantors of the mortgage-related securities. Pools created by such non-governmental issuers generally offer a higher rate of interest than government and government-related pools because there are no direct or indirect government or agency guarantees of payments for such securities. However, timely payment of interest and principal of these pools may be supported by various forms of insurance or guarantees, including individual loan, title, pool and hazard insurance and letters of credit. The insurance and guarantees are issued by governmental entities, private insurers and the mortgage poolers. Such insurance and guarantees and the creditworthiness of the issuers thereof will be considered in determining whether a mortgage-related security meets the Fund’s investment quality standards. There can be no assurance that the private insurers or guarantors can meet their obligations under the insurance policies or guarantee arrangements. A Fund may buy mortgage-related securities without insurance or guarantees if, through an examination of the loan experience and practices of the originator/servicers and poolers, the Fund’s subadviser determines that the securities meet the Fund’s quality standards. Securities issued by certain private organizations may not be readily marketable and may therefore be subject to the Funds’ limitations on investments in illiquid securities. (See “Illiquid and Restricted Securities” in this section of the SAI.) | ||
Mortgage-backed securities that are issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities, are not subject to the Funds’ industry concentration restrictions set forth in the “Investment Restrictions” section of this SAI by virtue of the exclusion from the test available to all U.S. Government securities. The Funds will take the position that privately-issued, mortgage-related securities do not represent interests in any particular “industry” or group of industries. The assets underlying such securities may be represented by a portfolio of first lien residential mortgages (including both whole mortgage loans and mortgage participation interests) or portfolios of mortgage pass-through securities issued or guaranteed by GNMA, FNMA or FHLMC. Mortgage loans underlying a mortgage-related security may in turn be insured or guaranteed by the Federal Housing Administration or the Department of Veterans Affairs. In the case of private issue mortgage-related securities whose underlying assets are neither U.S. Government securities nor U.S. Government-insured mortgages, to the extent that real properties securing such assets may be located in the same geographical region, the security may be subject to a greater risk of default than other comparable securities in the event of adverse economic, political or business developments that may affect such region and, ultimately, the ability of residential homeowners to make payments of principal and interest on the underlying mortgages. |
41 |
Investment
Technique |
Description and Risks | Fund-Specific Limitations |
It is possible that the availability and the marketability (that is, liquidity) of the securities discussed in this section could be adversely affected by the actions of the U.S. Government to tighten the availability of its credit. On September 7, 2008, the FHFA, an agency of the U.S. Government, placed FNMA and FHLMC into conservatorship, a statutory process with the objective of returning the entities to normal business operations. FHFA will act as the conservator to operate FNMA and FHLMC until they are stabilized. The conservatorship is still in effect as of the date of this SAI and has no specified termination date. There can be no assurance as to when or how the conservatorship will be terminated or whether FNMA or FHLMC will continue to exist following the conservatorship or what their respective business structures will be during or following the conservatorship. FHFA, as conservator, has the power to repudiate any contract entered into by FNMA or FHLMC prior to its appointment if it determines that performance of the contract is burdensome and repudiation of the contract promotes the orderly administration of FNMA’s or FHLMC’s affairs. Furthermore, FHFA has the right to transfer or sell any asset or liability of FNMA or FHLMC without any approval, assignment or consent. If FHFA were to transfer any such guarantee obligation to another party, holders of FNMA or FHLMC mortgage-backed securities would have to rely on that party for satisfaction of the guarantee obligation and would be exposed to the credit risk of that party. | ||
Other Asset-Backed Securities | Through trusts and other special purpose entities, various types of securities based on financial assets other than mortgage loans are increasingly available, in both pass-through structures similar to mortgage pass-through securities described above and in other structures more like CMOs. As with mortgage-related securities, these asset-backed securities are often backed by a pool of financial assets representing the obligations of a number of different parties. They often include credit-enhancement features similar to mortgage-related securities. | |
Financial assets on which these securities are based include automobile receivables; credit card receivables; loans to finance boats, recreational vehicles, and mobile homes; computer, copier, railcar, and medical equipment leases; and trade, healthcare, and franchise receivables. In general, the obligations supporting these asset-backed securities are of shorter maturities than mortgage loans and are less likely to experience substantial prepayments. However, obligations such as credit card receivables are generally unsecured and the obligors are often entitled to protection under a number of state and federal consumer credit laws granting, among other things, rights to set off certain amounts owed on the credit cards, thus reducing the balance due. Other obligations that are secured, such as automobile receivables, may present issuers with difficulties in perfecting and executing on the security interests, particularly where the issuer allows the servicers of the receivables to retain possession of the underlying obligations, thus increasing the risk that recoveries on defaulted obligations may not be adequate to support payments on the securities. |
42 |
Investment
Technique |
Description and Risks | Fund-Specific Limitations |
Stripped Mortgage-backed Securities (“SMBS”) | SMBS are derivative multi-class mortgage securities. They may be issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. Government, or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans. SMBS are usually structured with two classes that receive different proportions of the interest and principal distributions on a pool of mortgage assets. A common type of SMBS will have one class receiving some of the interest and most of the principal from the mortgage assets, while the other class will receive most of the interest and the remainder of the principal. In the most extreme case, one class will receive all of the interest (the interest-only or “IO” class), while the other class will receive all of the principal (the principal-only or “PO” class). The yield to maturity on an IO class security is extremely sensitive to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the related underlying mortgage assets, and a rapid rate of principal payments may have a material adverse effect on a Fund’s yield to maturity from these securities. If the underlying mortgage assets experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, the Fund may fail to recoup fully its initial investment in these securities even if the security is in one of the highest rating categories. The market value of the PO class generally is unusually volatile in response to changes in interest rates. | |
Although SMBS are purchased and sold by institutional investors through several investment banking firms acting as brokers or dealers, these securities were only recently developed. As a result, established trading markets have not yet developed and, accordingly, these securities may be deemed illiquid and therefore subject to the Funds’ limitations on investment in illiquid securities. (See “Illiquid and Restricted Securities” in this section of the SAI.) | ||
Each Fund may invest in other mortgage-related securities with features similar to those described above, to the extent consistent with the relevant Fund’s investment objectives and policies. | ||
Options | Each Fund may purchase or sell put and call options on securities, indices and other financial instruments. Options may relate to particular securities, foreign and domestic securities indices, financial instruments, foreign currencies or the yield differential between two securities. Such options may or may not be listed on a domestic or foreign securities exchange and may or may not be issued by the OCC. | |
A call option for a particular security gives the purchaser of the option the right to buy, and a writer the obligation to sell, the underlying security at the stated exercise price before the expiration of the option, regardless of the market price of the security. A premium is paid to the writer by the purchaser in consideration for undertaking the obligation under the option contract. A put option for a particular security gives the purchaser the right to sell and a writer the obligation to buy the security at the stated exercise price before the expiration date of the option, regardless of the market price of the security. |
43 |
Investment
Technique |
Description and Risks | Fund-Specific Limitations |
To the extent required to comply with SEC Releast No. IC-10666, options written by a Fund will be covered and will remain covered as long as the Fund is obligated as a writer. A call option is “covered” if the Fund owns the underlying security or its equivalent covered by the call or has an absolute and immediate right to acquire that security without additional cash consideration (or for additional cash consideration if such cash is segregated) upon conversion or exchange of other securities held in its portfolio. A call option is also covered if the Fund holds on a share-for-share or equal principal amount basis a call on the same security as the call written where the exercise price of the call held is equal to or less than the exercise price of the call written or greater than the exercise price of the call written if appropriate liquid assets representing the difference are segregated by the Fund. A put option is “covered” if the Fund maintains appropriate liquid securities with a value equal to the exercise price, or owns on a share-for-share or equal principal amount basis a put on the same security as the put written where the exercise price of the put held is equal to or greater than the exercise price of the put written. | ||
A Fund’s obligation to sell an instrument subject to a covered call option written by it, or to purchase an instrument subject to a secured put option written by it, may be terminated before the expiration of the option by the Fund’s execution of a closing purchase transaction. This means that a Fund buys on an exchange an option of the same series (i.e., same underlying instrument, exercise price and expiration date) as the option previously written. Such a purchase does not result in the ownership of an option. A closing purchase transaction will ordinarily be effected to realize a profit on an outstanding option, to prevent an underlying instrument from being called, to permit the sale of the underlying instrument or to permit the writing of a new option containing different terms on such underlying instrument. The cost of such a closing purchase plus related transaction costs may be greater than the premium received upon the original option, in which event the Fund will experience a loss. There is no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for any particular option. A Fund that has written an option and is unable to effect a closing purchase transaction will not be able to sell the underlying instrument (in the case of a covered call option) or liquidate the segregated assets (in the case of a secured put option) until the option expires or the optioned instrument is delivered upon exercise. The Fund will be subject to the risk of market decline or appreciation in the instrument during such period. | ||
To the extent required to comply with SEC Release No. IC-10666, when entering into an option transaction, a Fund will specifically designate on its accounting records any asset, including equity securities and non-investment-grade debt so long as the asset is liquid, unencumbered and marked to market daily equal to the market value of the security or index on which the option is written. |
44 |
Investment
Technique |
Description and Risks | Fund-Specific Limitations |
Options purchased are recorded as an asset and written options are recorded as liabilities to the extent of premiums paid or received. The amount of this asset or liability will be subsequently marked-to-market to reflect the current value of the option purchased or written. The current value of the traded option is the last sale price or, in the absence of a sale, the current bid price. If an option purchased by a Fund expires unexercised, the Fund will realize a loss equal to the premium paid. If a Fund enters into a closing sale transaction on an option purchased by it, the Fund will realize a gain if the premium received by the Fund on the closing transaction is more than the premium paid to purchase the option, or a loss if it is less. If an option written by a Fund expires on the stipulated expiration date or if a Fund enters into a closing purchase transaction, it will realize a gain (or loss if the cost of a closing purchase transaction exceeds the net premium received when the option is sold), and the liability related to such option will be eliminated. If an option written by a Fund is exercised, the proceeds of the sale will be increased by the net premium originally received and the Fund will realize a gain or loss. | ||
Options trading is a highly specialized activity that entails greater than ordinary investment risk. Options may be more volatile than the underlying instruments and, therefore, on a percentage basis, an investment in options may be subject to greater fluctuation than an investment in the underlying instruments themselves. | ||
There are several other risks associated with options. For example, there are significant differences among the securities, currency and options markets that could result in an imperfect correlation among these markets, causing a given transaction not to achieve its objectives. In addition, a liquid secondary market for particular options, whether traded over-the-counter or on an exchange, may be absent for reasons that include the following: there may be insufficient trading interest in certain options; restrictions may be imposed by an exchange on opening transactions or closing transactions or both; trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions may be imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options or underlying securities or currencies; unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations on an exchange; the facilities of an exchange or the OCC may not at all times be adequate to handle current trading value; or one or more exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled at some future date to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options), in which event the secondary market on that exchange (or in that class or series of options) would cease to exist, although outstanding options that had been issued by the OCC as a result of trades on that exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms. | ||
The staff of the SEC currently takes the position that options not traded on registered domestic securities exchanges and the assets used to cover the amount of the Fund’s obligation pursuant to such options are illiquid, and are therefore subject to each Fund’s limitation on investments in illiquid securities. However, for options written with “primary dealers” in U.S. Government securities pursuant to an agreement requiring a closing transaction at the formula price, the amount considered to be illiquid may be calculated by reference to a formula price. (See “Illiquid and Restricted Securities” in this section of the SAI.) |
45 |
46 |
Investment
Technique |
Description and Risks | Fund-Specific Limitations |
Swap Agreements | Each Fund may enter into interest rate, index, securities-based and currency exchange rate swap agreements in attempts to obtain a particular desired return at a lower cost to the Fund than if the Fund had invested directly in an instrument that yielded that desired return. Swap agreements are two-party contracts entered into primarily by institutional investors for periods ranging from a few weeks to more than one year. In a standard “swap” transaction, two parties agree to exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return) earned or realized on particular predetermined investments or instruments. The gross returns to be exchanged or “swapped” between the parties are calculated with respect to a “notional amount,” i.e., the return on or increase in value of a particular dollar amount invested at a particular interest rate, in a particular foreign currency, or in a “basket” of securities representing a particular index. The “notional amount” of the swap agreement is only a fictive basis on which to calculate the obligations the parties to a swap agreement have agreed to exchange. A Fund’s obligations (or rights) under a swap agreement will generally be equal only to the amount to be paid or received under the agreement based on the relative values of the positions held by each party to the agreement (the “net amount”). A Fund’s obligations under a swap agreement will be accrued daily (offset against any amounts owing to the Fund) and any accrued but unpaid net amounts owed to a swap counterparty will be covered by specifically designating on the accounting records of the Fund liquid assets to avoid leveraging of the Fund’s portfolio. | |
Because swap agreements are two-party contracts and may have terms of greater than seven days, they may be considered to be illiquid and therefore subject to the Funds’ limitations on investment in illiquid securities. (See “Illiquid and Restricted Securities” in this section of the SAI.) Moreover, the Fund bears the risk of loss of the amount expected to be received under a swap agreement in the event of the default or bankruptcy of a swap agreement counterparty. A Fund’s subadviser will cause the Fund to enter into swap agreements only with counterparties that would be eligible for consideration as repurchase agreement counterparties under the Funds’ repurchase agreement guidelines. (See “Repurchase Agreements” in this section of the SAI.) Certain restrictions imposed on the Funds by the Code may limit the Funds’ ability to use swap agreements. (See the “Dividends, Distributions and Taxes” section of this SAI.) The swaps market is a relatively new market and is largely unregulated. It is possible that developments in the swaps market, including potential government regulation, could adversely affect a Fund’s ability to terminate existing swap agreements or to realize amounts to be received under such agreements. |
47 |
Investment
Technique |
Description and Risks | Fund-Specific Limitations |
Certain swap agreements are exempt from most provisions of the CEA and, therefore, are not regulated as futures or commodity option transactions under the CEA, pursuant to regulations of the CFTC. To qualify for this exemption, a swap agreement must be entered into by eligible participants and must meet certain conditions (each pursuant to the CEA and regulations of the CFTC). However, recent CFTC rule amendments dictate that certain swap agreements be considered commodity interests for purposes of the CEA. (See “Commodity Interests” in this section of the SAI for additional information regarding the implications of investments being considered commodity interests under the CEA.) | ||
Recently, the SEC and the CFTC have developed and finalized rules under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act to create a new, comprehensive regulatory framework for swap transactions. Under the new regulations, certain swap transactions will be required to be executed on a regulated trading platform and cleared through a derivatives clearing organization. Additionally, the new regulations impose other requirements on the parties entering into swap transactions, including requirements relating to posting margin, and reporting and documenting swap transactions. A Fund engaging in swap transactions may incur additional expenses as a result of these new regulatory requirements. The Adviser is continuing to monitor the implementation of the new regulations and to assess their impact on the Funds. | ||
Credit Default Swap Agreements | Each Fund may enter into credit default swap agreements. The “buyer” in a credit default contract is obligated to pay the “seller” a periodic, stream of payments over the term of the contract provided no event of default has occurred. In the event of default, the seller must pay the buyer the “par value” (full notional value) of the reference obligation in exchange for the reference obligation (typically emerging market debt). A Fund may be either the buyer or seller in the transaction. If a Fund is a buyer and no event of default occurs, the Fund loses its investment and recovers nothing; however, if an event of default occurs, the Fund receives full notional value for a reference obligation that may have little or no value. As a seller, a Fund receives a fixed rate of income throughout the term of the contract, which typically is between six months and three years, provided there is no default event; if an event of default occurs, the Fund must pay the buyer the full notional value of the reference obligation. The value of the reference obligation received by the Fund as a seller, coupled with the periodic payments previously received, may be less than the full notional value the Fund pays to the buyer, resulting in a loss of value to the Fund. | |
If a Fund sells credit default swaps, to the extent required by applicable law and regulation the Fund will specifically designate on its accounting records any asset, including equity securities and non-investment-grade debt so long as the asset is liquid, unencumbered and marked to market daily, equal to the notional value of the reference obligation. |
48 |
Investment
Technique |
Description and Risks | Fund-Specific Limitations |
Credit default swaps involve greater risks than if the fund had invested in the reference obligation directly. In addition to general market risks, credit default swaps are subject to illiquidity risk, counterparty risk and credit risks. A Fund will enter into swap agreements only with counterparties deemed creditworthy by the Fund’s subadviser. | ||
Equity Securities | The Funds may invest in equity securities. Equity securities include common stocks, preferred stocks and preference stocks; securities such as bonds, warrants or rights that are convertible into stocks; and depositary receipts for those securities. | |
Common stockholders are the owners of the company issuing the stock and, accordingly, usually have the right to vote on various corporate governance matters such as mergers. They are not creditors of the company, but rather, in the event of liquidation of the company, would be entitled to their pro rata shares of the company’s assets after creditors (including fixed income security holders) and, if applicable, preferred stockholders are paid. Preferred stock is a class of stock having a preference over common stock as to dividends or upon liquidation. A preferred stockholder is a shareholder in the company and not a creditor of the company as is a holder of the company’s fixed income securities. Dividends paid to common and preferred stockholders are distributions of the earnings or other surplus of the company and not interest payments, which are expenses of the company. Equity securities owned by the Fund may be traded in the over-the-counter market or on a securities exchange and may not be traded every day or in the volume typical of securities traded on a major U.S. national securities exchange. As a result, disposition by the Fund of a portfolio security to meet redemptions by shareholders or otherwise may require the Fund to sell the security at less than the reported value of the security, to sell during periods when disposition is not desirable, or to make many small sales over a lengthy period of time. The market value of all securities, including equity securities, is based upon the market’s perception of value and not necessarily the book value of an issuer or other objective measure of a company’s worth. | ||
Stock values may fluctuate in response to the activities of an individual company or in response to general market and/or economic conditions. Historically, common stocks have provided greater long-term returns and have entailed greater short- term risks than other types of securities. Smaller or newer issuers may be more likely to realize more substantial growth or suffer more significant losses. Investments in these companies can be both more volatile and more speculative. Fluctuations in the value of equity securities in which a Fund invests will cause the NAV of the Fund to fluctuate. | ||
Securities of Small and Mid Capitalization Companies | While small and medium-sized issuers in which a Fund invests may offer greater opportunities for capital appreciation than larger market capitalization issuers, investments in such companies may involve greater risks and thus may be considered speculative. For example, smaller companies may have limited product lines, markets or financial resources, or they may be dependent on a limited management group. In addition, many small and mid-capitalization company stocks trade less frequently and in smaller volume, and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements, than stocks of larger companies. The securities of small and mid-capitalization companies may also be more sensitive to market changes than the securities of larger companies. When a Fund invests in small or mid-capitalization companies, these factors may result in above-average fluctuations in the NAV of the Fund’s shares. Therefore, a Fund investing in such securities should be considered as a long-term investment and not as a vehicle for seeking short-term profits. Similarly, an investment in a Fund investing in such securities should not be considered a complete investment program. |
49 |
Investment
Technique |
Description and Risks | Fund-Specific Limitations |
Market capitalizations of companies in which the Funds invest are determined at the time of purchase. | ||
Unseasoned Companies | As a matter of operating policy, each Fund may invest to a limited extent in securities of unseasoned companies and new issues. The Adviser regards a company as unseasoned when, for example, it is relatively new to, or not yet well established in, its primary line of business. Such companies generally are smaller and younger than companies whose shares are traded on the major stock exchanges. Accordingly, their shares are often traded over-the-counter and their share prices may be more volatile than those of larger, exchange-listed companies. Generally, the Fund will not invest more than 5% of its total assets in securities of any one company with a record of fewer than three years’ continuous operation (including that of predecessors). | |
Foreign Investing | The Funds may invest in a broad range of securities of foreign issuers, including equity, debt and convertible securities and foreign government securities. The Funds may purchase the securities of issuers from various countries, including countries commonly referred to as “emerging markets.” The Funds may also invest in domestic securities denominated in foreign currencies. | |
Investing in the securities of foreign companies involves special risks and considerations not typically associated with investing in U.S. companies. These include differences in accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards, generally higher commission rates on foreign portfolio transactions, the possibility of expropriation or confiscatory taxation, adverse changes in investment or exchange control regulations, political instability which could affect U.S. investments in foreign countries, and potential restrictions on the flow of international capital. Additionally, dividends payable on foreign securities may be subject to foreign taxes withheld prior to distribution. Foreign securities often trade with less frequency and volume than domestic securities and therefore may exhibit greater price volatility. Changes in foreign exchange rates will affect the value of those securities which are denominated or quoted in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Many of the foreign securities held by a Fund will not be registered with, nor will the issuers thereof be subject to the reporting requirements of, the SEC. Accordingly, there may be less publicly available information about the securities and about the foreign company or government issuing them than is available about a domestic company or government entity. Moreover, individual foreign economies may differ favorably or unfavorably from the United States economy in such respects as growth of Gross National Product, rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency and balance of payment positions. Finally, the Funds may encounter difficulty in obtaining and enforcing judgments against issuers of foreign securities. |
50 |
Investment
Technique |
Description and Risks | Fund-Specific Limitations |
Securities of U.S. issuers denominated in foreign currencies may be less liquid and their prices more volatile than securities issued by domestic issuers and denominated in U.S. dollars. In addition, investing in securities denominated in foreign currencies often entails costs not associated with investment in U.S. dollar-denominated securities of U.S. issuers, such as the cost of converting foreign currency to U.S. dollars, higher brokerage commissions, custodial expenses and other fees. Non-U.S. dollar denominated securities may be subject to certain withholding and other taxes of the relevant jurisdiction, which may reduce the yield on the securities to the Funds and which may not be recoverable by the Funds or their investors. | ||
The Trust may use an eligible foreign custodian in connection with its purchases of foreign securities and may maintain cash and cash equivalents in the care of a foreign custodian. The amount of cash or cash equivalents maintained in the care of eligible foreign custodians will be limited to an amount reasonably necessary to effect the Trust’s foreign securities transactions. The use of a foreign custodian invokes considerations which are not ordinarily associated with domestic custodians. These considerations include the possibility of expropriations, restricted access to books and records of the foreign custodian, inability to recover assets that are lost while under the control of the foreign custodian, and the impact of political, social or diplomatic developments. | ||
Settlement procedures relating to the Funds’ investments in foreign securities and to the Funds’ foreign currency exchange transactions may be more complex than settlements with respect to investments in debt or equity securities of U.S. issuers, and may involve certain risks not present in the Funds’ domestic investments. For example, settlement of transactions involving foreign securities or foreign currency may occur within a foreign country, and a Fund may be required to accept or make delivery of the underlying securities or currency in conformity with any applicable U.S. or foreign restrictions or regulations, and may be required to pay any fees, taxes or charges associated with such delivery. Such investments may also involve the risk that an entity involved in the settlement may not meet its obligations. Settlement procedures in many foreign countries are less established than those in the United States, and some foreign country settlement periods can be significantly longer than those in the United States. | ||
Depositary Receipts | Each Fund permitted to hold foreign securities may also hold ADRs, ADSs, GDRs and EDRs. ADRs and ADSs typically are issued by an American bank or trust company and evidence ownership of underlying securities issued by a foreign corporation. EDRs, which are sometimes referred to as CDRs, are issued in Europe typically by foreign banks and trust companies and evidence ownership of either foreign or domestic securities. GDRs are similar to EDRs and are designed for use in several international financial markets. Generally, ADRs and ADSs in registered form are designed for use in United States securities markets and EDRs in bearer form are designed for use in European securities markets. For purposes of a Fund’s investment policies, its investments in ADRs, ADSs, GDRs and EDRs will be deemed to be investments in the underlying foreign securities. |
51 |
Investment
Technique |
Description and Risks | Fund-Specific Limitations |
Depositary Receipts may be issued pursuant to sponsored or unsponsored programs. In sponsored programs, an issuer has made arrangements to have its securities traded in the form of Depositary Receipts. In unsponsored programs, the issuer may not be directly involved in the creation of the program. Although regulatory requirements with respect to sponsored and unsponsored programs are generally similar, in some cases it may be easier to obtain financial information from an issuer that has participated in the creation of a sponsored program. Accordingly, there may be less information available regarding issuers of securities underlying unsponsored programs and there may not be a correlation between such information and the market value of the Depositary Receipts. For purposes of the Fund’s investment policies, investments in Depositary Receipts will be deemed to be investments in the underlying securities. Thus, a Depositary Receipt representing ownership of common stock will be treated as common stock. | ||
Depositary receipts are generally subject to the same sort of risks as direct investments in a foreign country, such as currency risk, political and economic risk, and market risk, because their values depend on the performance of a foreign security denominated in its home currency. (The risks of foreign investing are addressed above in this section of the SAI under the heading “Foreign Investing.”) In addition to risks associated with the underlying portfolio of securities, receipt holders also must consider credit standings of the custodians and broker/dealer sponsors. The receipts are not registered with the SEC and qualify as Rule 144A securities which may make them more difficult and costly to sell. (For information about Rule 144A securities, see “Illiquid and Restricted Securities” in this section of the SAI.) | ||
Emerging Market Securities | The Funds may invest in countries or regions with relatively low gross national product per capita compared to the world’s major economies, and in countries or regions with the potential for rapid economic growth (emerging markets). Emerging markets will include any country: (i) having an “emerging stock market” as defined by the International Finance Corporation; (ii) with low-to-middle-income economies according to the World Bank; (iii) listed in World Bank publications as developing; or (iv) determined by the adviser to be an emerging market as defined above. | |
Certain emerging market countries are either comparatively underdeveloped or are in the process of becoming developed and may consequently be economically dependent on a relatively few or closely interdependent industries. A high proportion of the securities of many emerging market issuers may also be held by a limited number of large investors trading significant blocks of securities. While a Fund’s subadviser will strive to be sensitive to publicized reversals of economic conditions, political unrest and adverse changes in trading status, unanticipated political and social developments may affect the values of the Fund’s investments in such countries and the availability of additional investments in such countries. |
52 |
Investment
Technique |
Description and Risks | Fund-Specific Limitations |
The risks of investing in foreign securities may be intensified in the case of investments in emerging markets. Securities of many issuers in emerging markets may be less liquid and more volatile than securities of comparable domestic issuers. Emerging markets also have different clearance and settlement procedures, and in certain markets there have been times when settlements have been unable to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions, making it difficult to conduct such transactions. Delays in settlement could result in temporary periods when a portion of the assets of a Fund is uninvested and no return is earned thereon. The inability of a Fund to make intended security purchases due to settlement problems could cause the Fund to miss attractive investment opportunities. Inability to dispose of portfolio securities due to settlement problems could result either in losses to the Fund due to subsequent declines in value of portfolio securities or, if a Fund has entered into a contract to sell the security, in possible liability to the purchaser. Securities prices in emerging markets can be significantly more volatile than in the more developed nations of the world, reflecting the greater uncertainties of investing in less established markets and economies. In particular, countries with emerging markets may have relatively unstable governments, present the risk of nationalization of businesses, restrictions on foreign ownership, or prohibitions of repatriation of assets, and may have less protection of property rights than more developed countries. | ||
Certain emerging markets may require governmental approval for the repatriation of investment income, capital or the proceeds of sales of securities by foreign investors. In addition, a country could impose temporary restrictions on foreign capital remittances, whether because deterioration occurs in an emerging market’s balance of payments or for other reasons. The Funds could be adversely affected by delays in, or a refusal to grant, any required governmental approval for repatriation of capital, as well as by the application to the Funds of any restrictions on investments. | ||
Investments in certain foreign emerging market debt obligations may be restricted or controlled to varying degrees. These restrictions or controls may at times preclude investment in certain foreign emerging market debt obligations and increase the expenses of the Funds. | ||
Foreign Currency Transactions | When investing in securities denominated in foreign currencies, the Funds will be subject to the additional risk of currency fluctuations. An adverse change in the value of a particular foreign currency as against the U.S. dollar, to the extent that such change is not offset by a gain in other foreign currencies, will result in a decrease in the Fund’s assets. Any such change may also have the effect of decreasing or limiting the income available for distribution. Foreign currencies may be affected by revaluation, adverse political and economic developments, and governmental restrictions. Although the Funds will invest only in securities denominated in foreign currencies that are fully convertible into U.S. dollars without legal restriction at the time of investment, no assurance can be given that currency exchange controls will not be imposed on any particular currency at a later date. |
53 |
Investment
Technique |
Description and Risks | Fund-Specific Limitations |
As a result of its investments in foreign securities, a Fund may receive interest or dividend payments, or the proceeds of the sale or redemption of such securities, in the foreign currencies in which such securities are denominated. In that event, the Fund may convert such currencies into dollars at the then current exchange rate. Under certain circumstances, however, such as where the Fund’s subadviser believes that the applicable rate is unfavorable at the time the currencies are received or the Fund’s subadviser anticipates, for any other reason, that the exchange rate will improve, the Fund may hold such currencies for an indefinite period of time. | ||
In addition, a Fund may be required to receive delivery of the foreign currency underlying forward foreign currency contracts it has entered into. This could occur, for example, if an option written by the Fund is exercised or the Fund is unable to close out a forward contract. A Fund may hold foreign currency in anticipation of purchasing foreign securities. | ||
A Fund may also elect to take delivery of the currencies’ underlying options or forward contracts if, in the judgment of the Fund’s subadviser, it is in the best interest of the Fund to do so. In such instances as well, the Fund may convert the foreign currencies to dollars at the then current exchange rate, or may hold such currencies for an indefinite period of time. | ||
While the holding of currencies will permit a Fund to take advantage of favorable movements in the applicable exchange rate, it also exposes the Fund to risk of loss if such rates move in a direction adverse to the Fund’s position. Such losses could reduce any profits or increase any losses sustained by the Fund from the sale or redemption of securities, and could reduce the dollar value of interest or dividend payments received. In addition, the holding of currencies could adversely affect the Fund’s profit or loss on currency options or forward contracts, as well as its hedging strategies. | ||
When a Fund effects foreign currency exchange transactions on a spot (i.e., cash) basis at the spot rate prevailing in the foreign exchange market, the Fund incurs expenses in converting assets from one currency to another. A Fund may also effect other types of foreign currency exchange transactions, which have their own risks and costs. For information about such transactions, please see “Foreign Currency Forward Contracts, Futures and Options” under “Derivatives” in this section of the SAI. | ||
Foreign Investment Companies | Some of the countries in which the Funds may invest, may not permit, or may place economic restrictions on, direct investment by outside investors. Investments in such countries may be permitted only through foreign government-approved or -authorized investment vehicles, which may include other investment companies. These funds may also invest in other investment companies that invest in foreign securities. Investing through such vehicles may involve frequent or layered fees or expenses and may also be subject to limitation under the 1940 Act. As a shareholder of another investment company, the Fund would bear, along with other shareholders, its pro rata portion of the other investment company’s expenses, including advisory fees. Those expenses would be in addition to the advisory and other expenses that the Fund bears directly in connection with its own operations. For additional information, see “Mutual Fund Investing” in this section of the SAI. |
54 |
Investment
Technique |
Description and Risks | Fund-Specific Limitations |
Privatizations | The governments of some foreign countries have been engaged in programs of selling part or all of their stakes in government owned or controlled enterprises (“privatizations”). Privatizations may offer opportunities for significant capital appreciation. In certain foreign countries, the ability of foreign entities such as the Funds to participate in privatizations may be limited by local law, or the terms on which a Fund may be permitted to participate may be less advantageous than those for local investors. There can be no assurance that foreign governments will continue to sell companies currently owned or controlled by them or that privatization programs will be successful. | |
Funding Agreements | Each Fund may invest in funding agreements, which are insurance contracts between an investor and the issuing insurance company. For the issuer, they represent senior obligations under an insurance product. For the investor, and from a regulatory perspective, these agreements are treated as securities. These agreements, like other insurance products, are backed by claims on the general assets of the issuing entity and rank on the same priority level as other policy holder claims. Funding agreements typically are issued with a one-year final maturity and a variable interest rate, which may adjust weekly, monthly, or quarterly. Some agreements carry a seven-day put feature. A funding agreement without this feature is considered illiquid and will therefore be subject to the Funds’ limitations on investments in illiquid securities. (See “Illiquid and Restricted Securities” in this section of the SAI.) Funding agreements are regulated by the state insurance board of the state where they are executed. | |
Guaranteed Investment Contracts | Each Fund may invest in GICs issued by U.S. and Canadian insurance companies. A GIC requires the investor to make cash contributions to a deposit fund of an insurance company’s general account. The insurance company then makes payments to the investor based on negotiated, floating or fixed interest rates. A GIC is a general obligation of the issuing insurance company and not a separate account. The purchase price paid for a GIC becomes part of the general assets of the insurance company, and the contract is paid from the insurance company’s general assets. Generally, a GIC is not assignable or transferable without the permission of the issuing insurance company, and an active secondary market in GICs does not currently exist. Therefore, these investments may be deemed to be illiquid, in which case they will be subject to the Funds’ limitations on investments in illiquid securities. (See “Illiquid and Restricted Securities” in this section of the SAI.) |
55 |
Investment
Technique |
Description and Risks | Fund-Specific Limitations |
Illiquid and Restricted Securities | Each Fund may invest up to 15% of its net assets in securities that are considered illiquid. Historically, illiquid securities have included securities subject to contractual or legal restrictions on resale because they have not been registered under the 1933 Act (“restricted securities”), securities that are otherwise not readily marketable, such as over-the-counter options, and repurchase agreements not entitling the holder to payment of principal in seven days. Such securities may offer higher yields than comparable publicly traded securities, and they also may incur higher risks. | |
Repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements and time deposits that do not provide for payment to the Fund within seven days after notice or which have a term greater than seven days are deemed illiquid securities for this purpose unless such securities are variable amount master demand notes with maturities of nine months or less or unless the Fund’s subadviser has determined that an adequate trading market exists for such securities or that market quotations are readily available. | ||
The Funds may purchase Rule 144A securities sold to institutional investors without registration under the 1933 Act and commercial paper issued in reliance upon the exemption in Section 4(2) of the 1933 Act, for which an institutional market has developed. Institutional investors depend on an efficient institutional market in which the unregistered security can be readily resold or on the issuer’s ability to honor a demand for repayment of the unregistered security. | ||
Although the securities described in this section generally will be considered illiquid, a security’s contractual or legal restrictions on resale to the general public or to certain institutions may not be indicative of the liquidity of the security and therefore these securities may be determined to be liquid in accordance with guidelines established by the Trust’s Board of Trustees. The Trustees have delegated to each Fund’s subadviser the day-to-day determination of the liquidity of such securities in the respective Fund’s portfolio, although they have retained oversight and ultimate responsibility for such determinations. Although no definite quality criteria are used, the Trustees have directed the subadvisers to consider such factors as (i) the nature of the market for a security (including the institutional private resale markets); (ii) the terms of these securities or other instruments allowing for the disposition to a third party or the issuer thereof (e.g. certain repurchase obligations and demand instruments); (iii) and availability of market quotations; and (iv) other permissible factors. The Trustees monitor implementation of the guidelines on a periodic basis. | ||
If illiquid securities exceed 15% of a Fund’s net assets after the time of purchase, the Fund will take steps to reduce in an orderly fashion its holdings of illiquid securities. Because illiquid securities may not be readily marketable, the relevant Fund’s subadviser may not be able to dispose of them in a timely manner. As a result, the Fund may be forced to hold illiquid securities while their price depreciates. Depreciation in the price of illiquid securities may cause the NAV of the Fund holding them to decline. A security that is determined by a Fund’s subadviser to be liquid may subsequently revert to being illiquid if not enough buyer interest exists. |
56 |
57 |
Investment
Technique |
Description and Risks | Fund-Specific Limitations |
Subject to its investment management agreement with the Subsidiary, VAIA selects subadvisers for the Subsidiary who are also subadvisers to the Fund, allocates Subsidiary assets among subadvisers, oversees the subadvisers and evaluates their performance results. The Subsidiary’s subadvisers select the individual portfolio securities for the assets assigned to them. Neither VAIA nor the subadvisers receive any additional compensation for doing so. VAIA and each subadviser to a Subsidiary comply with the provisions of the 1940 Act relating to investment advisory contracts as an investment adviser to the applicable Fund. | ||
The Subsidiary is not registered under the 1940 Act, and, although the Subsidiary is subject to the same fundamental, non-fundamental and certain other investment restrictions as its Fund, the Subsidiary is not subject to all the investor protections of the 1940 Act. However, the Fund wholly owns and controls its Subsidiary, and the Fund and its Subsidiary are managed by VAIA, making it unlikely that the Subsidiary will take action contrary to the interests of its Fund and the Fund’s shareholders. The Trust’s Board of Trustees has oversight responsibility for the investment activities of the Fund, including the Fund’s investment in its Subsidiary, and the Fund’s role as sole shareholder of its Subsidiary. Changes in the laws of the United States and/or the Cayman Islands could result in the inability of the Fund and/or its Subsidiary to operate as described in the Prospectus and this SAI, and could adversely affect the Fund. For example, the Cayman Islands does not currently impose any income, corporate or capital gains tax, estate duty, inheritance tax, gift tax or withholding tax on the Subsidiary. If Cayman Islands law changes such that the Subsidiary must pay Cayman Islands taxes, Fund shareholders would likely suffer decreased investment returns. | ||
As of the date of this SAI, the Alternative Inflation Solution Fund does not invest in a Subsidiary. However, in the future the Alternative Inflation Solution Fund may elect to do so. If that occurs, the description and risks in the above paragraphs relating to investment in a Subsidiary for the Alternative Total Solution Fund will also apply to the Alternative Inflation Solution Fund , except that the assets of the Alternative Inflation Solutions Fund’s Subsidiary would be managed by that Fund’s portfolio managers at Credit Suisse. | ||
Leverage | Each Fund may employ investment techniques that create leverage, either by using borrowed capital to increase the amount invested, or investing in instruments, including derivatives, where the investment loss can exceed the original amount invested. Certain investments or trading strategies that involve leverage can result in losses that greatly exceed the amount originally invested. | |
The SEC takes the position that transactions that have a leveraging effect on the capital structure of a mutual fund or are economically equivalent to borrowing can be viewed as constituting a form of borrowing by the fund for purposes of the 1940 Act. These transactions can include buying and selling certain derivatives (such as futures contracts); selling (or writing) put and call options; engaging in sale-buybacks; entering into firm-commitment and stand-by commitment agreements; engaging in when-issued, delayed-delivery, or forward-commitment transactions; and other similar trading practices (additional discussion about a number of these transactions can be found throughout this section of the SAI). As a result, when a Fund enters into such transactions the transactions may be subject to the same requirements and restrictions as borrowing. (See “Borrowing” below for additional information.) |
58 |
Investment
Technique |
Description and Risks | Fund-Specific Limitations |
The following are some of the Funds’ permitted investment techniques that are generally viewed as creating leverage for the Funds. | ||
Borrowing | A Fund’s ability to borrow money is limited by its investment policies and limitations, by the 1940 Act, and by applicable exemptions, no-action letters, interpretations, and other pronouncements issued from time to time by the SEC and its staff or any other regulatory authority with jurisdiction. Under the 1940 Act, a Fund is required to maintain continuous asset coverage (that is, total assets including borrowings, less liabilities exclusive of borrowings) of 300% of the amount borrowed, with an exception for borrowings not in excess of 5% of the Fund’s total assets made for temporary or emergency purposes. Any borrowings for temporary purposes in excess of 5% of the Fund’s total assets must maintain continuous asset coverage. If the 300% asset coverage should decline as a result of market fluctuations or for other reasons, a Fund may be required to sell some of its portfolio holdings within three days (excluding Sundays and holidays) to reduce the debt and restore the 300% asset coverage, even though it may be disadvantageous from an investment standpoint to sell securities at that time. | |
Borrowing will tend to exaggerate the effect on net asset value of any increase or decrease in the market value of a Fund’s portfolio. Money borrowed will be subject to interest costs that may or may not be recovered by earnings on the securities purchased. A Fund also may be required to maintain minimum average balances in connection with a borrowing or to pay a commitment or other fee to maintain a line of credit; either of these requirements would increase the cost of borrowing over the stated interest rate. | ||
Mortgage “Dollar-Roll” Transactions | Each Fund may enter into mortgage “dollar-roll” transactions pursuant to which it sells mortgage-backed securities for delivery in the future and simultaneously contracts to repurchase substantially similar securities on a specified future date. During the roll period, the Fund foregoes principal and interest paid on the mortgage-backed securities. The Fund is compensated for the lost interest by the difference between the current sales price and the lower price for the future purchase (often referred to as the “drop”) as well as by the interest earned on, and gains from, the investment of the cash proceeds of the initial sale. The Fund may also be compensated by receipt of a commitment fee. If the income and capital gains from the Fund’s investment of the cash from the initial sale do not exceed the income, capital appreciation and gain or loss that would have been realized on the securities sold as part of the dollar roll, the use of this technique will diminish the investment performance of the Fund compared with what the performance would have been without the use of the dollar roll. |
59 |
Investment
Technique |
Description and Risks | Fund-Specific Limitations |
Dollar-roll transactions involve the risk that the market value of the securities the Fund is required to purchase may decline below the agreed upon repurchase price of those securities. If the broker/dealer to whom the Fund sells securities becomes insolvent, the Fund’s right to purchase or repurchase securities may be restricted. Successful use of dollar rolls may depend upon the Fund’s subadviser’s ability to correctly predict interest rates and prepayments. There is no assurance that dollar rolls can be successfully employed. | ||
Reverse Repurchase Agreements | Reverse repurchase agreements are transactions in which the Fund sells a security and simultaneously commits to repurchase that security from the buyer, such as a bank or broker-dealer, at an agreed upon price on an agreed upon future date. The resale price in a reverse repurchase agreement reflects a market rate of interest that is not related to the coupon rate or maturity of the sold security. For certain demand agreements, there is no agreed upon repurchase date and interest payments are calculated daily, often based upon the prevailing overnight repurchase rate. | |
Generally, a reverse repurchase agreement enables the Fund to recover for the term of the reverse repurchase agreement all or most of the cash invested in the portfolio securities sold and to keep the interest income associated with those portfolio securities. Such transactions are only advantageous if the interest cost to the Fund of the reverse repurchase transaction is less than the cost of obtaining the cash otherwise. In addition, interest costs on the money received in a reverse repurchase agreement may exceed the return received on the investments made by the Fund with those monies. Using reverse repurchase agreements to earn additional income involves the risk that the interest earned on the invested proceeds is less than the expense of the reverse repurchase agreement transaction. | ||
While a reverse repurchase agreement is outstanding, the Fund will maintain cash and appropriate liquid assets in a segregated custodial account to cover its obligation under the agreement. A Fund will enter into reverse repurchase agreements only with parties that the Fund’s subadviser deems creditworthy. | ||
Master Limited Partnerships | An investment in MLP units involves some risks that differ from an investment in the common stock of a corporation. Holders of MLP units have limited control on matters affecting the partnership. Conflicts of interest exist between common unit holders and the general partner, including those arising from incentive distribution payments. MLPs holding credit-related investments are subject to interest rate risk and the risk of default on payment obligations by debt issuers. MLPs that concentrate in a particular industry or a particular geographic region are subject to risks associated with such industry or region. The fees that MLPs charge for transportation of oil and gas products through their pipelines are subject to government regulation, which could negatively impact the revenue stream. Investing in MLPs also involves certain risks related to investing in the underlying assets of the MLPs and risks associated with pooled investment vehicles. These include the risk of environmental incidents, terrorist attacks, demand destruction from high commodity prices, proliferation of alternative energy sources, inadequate supply of external capital, and conflicts of interest with the general partner. There are also certain tax risks associated with investment in MLPs. The benefit derived from a Fund’s investment in MLPs is somewhat dependent on the MLP being treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, so any change to this status would adversely affect the price of MLP units. Historically, a substantial portion of the gross taxable income of MLPs has been offset by tax losses and deductions reducing gross income received by investors, and any change to these tax rules would adversely affect the price of an MLP unit. Certain MLPs may trade less frequently than other securities, and those with limited trading volumes may display volatile or erratic price movements. |
60 |
Investment
Technique |
Description and Risks | Fund-Specific Limitations |
Money Market Instruments | Each Fund may invest in money market instruments, which are high-quality short-term investments. The types of money market instruments most commonly acquired by the Funds are discussed below, although each Fund is also permitted to invest in other types of money market instruments to the extent consistent with the Fund’s investment limitations and restrictions. | |
Bankers' Acceptances | A bankers’ acceptance is a time draft drawn on a commercial bank by a borrower usually in connection with an international commercial transaction (to finance the import, export, transfer or storage of goods). The borrower, as well as the bank, is liable for payment, and the bank unconditionally guarantees to pay the draft at its face amount on the maturity date. Most acceptances have maturities of six months or less and are traded in secondary markets prior to maturity. | |
Certificates of Deposit | Certificates of deposit are generally short-term, interest-bearing negotiable certificates issued by banks or savings and loan associations against funds deposited in the issuing institution. They generally may be withdrawn on demand but may be subject to early withdrawal penalties which could reduce the Fund’s yield. Deposits subject to early withdrawal penalties or that mature in more than seven days are treated as illiquid securities if there is no readily available market for the securities. | |
Commercial Paper | Commercial paper refers to short-term, unsecured promissory notes issued by corporations to finance short-term credit needs. Commercial paper is usually sold on a discount basis and has a maturity at the time of issuance not exceeding nine months. | |
Obligations of Foreign Banks and Foreign Branches of U.S. Banks | The money market instruments in which the Funds may invest include negotiable certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and time deposits of foreign branches of U.S. banks, foreign banks and their non-U.S. branches (Eurodollars), U.S. branches and agencies of foreign banks (Yankee dollars), and wholly-owned banking-related subsidiaries of foreign banks. For the purposes of each Fund’s investment policies with respect to money market instruments, obligations of foreign branches of U.S. banks and of foreign banks are obligations of the issuing bank and may be general obligations of the parent bank. Such obligations, however, may be limited by the terms of a specific obligation and by government regulation. As with investment in non-U.S. securities in general, investments in the obligations of foreign branches of U.S. banks and of foreign banks may subject a Fund to investment risks that are different in some respects from those of investments in obligations of domestic issuers. |
61 |
62 |
Investment
Technique |
Description and Risks | Fund-Specific Limitations |
In connection with the management of its daily cash positions, each Fund may invest in securities issued by investment companies that invest in short-term debt securities (which may include municipal obligations that are exempt from Federal income taxes) and that seek to maintain a $1.00 NAV per share. | ||
In certain countries, investments by the Funds may only be made through investments in other investment companies that, in turn, are authorized to invest in the securities that are issued in such countries. (See “Foreign Investment Companies” under “Foreign Investing” in this section of the SAI.) | ||
Under the 1940 Act, a Fund may not own more than 3% of the outstanding voting stock of an investment company, invest more than 5% of its total assets in any one investment company, or invest more than 10% of its total assets in the securities of investment companies. In some instances, a Fund may invest in an investment company in excess of these limits; for instance, with respect to investments in money market funds or investments made pursuant to an exemptive order granted by the SEC. Many ETFs have obtained exemptive relief from the SEC to permit unaffiliated funds to invest in the ETF’s shares beyond the statutory limitations discussed above, subject to certain conditions. The Funds may rely on these exemptive orders to invest in unaffiliated ETFs. In addition to this, the Trust has obtained exemptive relief permitting the Funds to exceed the limitations with respect to investments in affiliated and unaffiliated funds that are not themselves funds of funds, subject to certain conditions. | ||
The risks associated with investing in other investment companies generally reflect the risks of owning shares of the underlying securities in which those investment companies invest, although lack of liquidity in an investment company could result in its value being more volatile than the underlying portfolio of securities. For purposes of complying with investment policies requiring a Fund to invest a percentage of its assets in a certain type of investments (e.g., stocks of small capitalization companies), the Fund generally will look through an investment company in which it invests, to categorize the investment company in accordance with the types of investments the investment company holds. | ||
Certain investment companies in which the Funds may invest may be considered commodity pools under the CEA and applicable CFTC regulations. If a Fund invests in such an investment company, the Fund will be required to treat some or all of its holding of the investment company’s shares as a commodity interest for the purposes of determining whether the Fund is qualified to claim exclusion or exemption from regulation by the CFTC. (See “Commodity Interests” in this section of the SAI for additional information regarding the implications to the Funds of investing in commodity interests.) |
63 |
Investment
Technique |
Description and Risks | Fund-Specific Limitations |
Investors in each Fund should recognize that when a Fund invests in another investment company, the Fund will bear its pro rata portion of the other investment company’s expenses, including advisory fees, in addition to the expenses the Fund bears directly in connection with its own operations. | ||
Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs) | Each Fund may invest in REITs. REITs pool investors’ funds for investment primarily in income producing commercial real estate or real estate related loans. A REIT is not taxed on income distributed to shareholders if it complies with several requirements relating to its organization, ownership, assets, and income and a requirement that it distribute to its shareholders at least 90% of its taxable income (other than net capital gains) for each taxable year. | |
REITs can generally be classified as follows: | ||
• Equity REITs, which invest the majority of their assets directly in real property and derive their income primarily from rents. Equity REITs can also realize capital gains by selling properties that have appreciated in value. | ||
• Mortgage REITs, which invest the majority of their assets in real estate mortgages and derive their income primarily from interest payments. | ||
• Hybrid REITs, which combine the characteristics of both equity REITs and mortgage REITs. | ||
REITs are like closed-end investment companies in that they are essentially holding companies. An investor should realize that by investing in REITs indirectly through the Fund, he will bear not only his proportionate share of the expenses of the Fund, but also, indirectly, similar expenses of the underlying REITs. (See “Mutual Fund Investing” in this section of the SAI.) | ||
Selecting REITs requires an evaluation of the merits of each type of asset a particular REIT owns, as well as regional and local economics. Due to the proliferation of REITs in recent years and the relative lack of sophistication of certain REIT managers, the quality of REIT assets has varied significantly. The risks associated with REITs are similar to those associated with the direct ownership of real estate. These include declines in the value of real estate, risks related to general and local economic conditions, dependence on management skill, cash flow dependence, possible lack of availability of long-term mortgage funds, over-building, extended vacancies of properties, decreased occupancy rates and increased competition, increases in property taxes and operating expenses, changes in neighborhood values and the appeal of the properties to tenants and changes in interest rates. |
64 |
65 |
66 |
Investment
Technique |
Description and Risks | Fund-Specific Limitations |
A special situation arises when, in the opinion of the Fund’s subadviser, the securities of a particular company will, within a reasonably estimable period of time, be accorded market recognition at an appreciated value solely by reason of a development particularly or uniquely applicable to that company and regardless of general business conditions or movements of the market as a whole. Developments creating special situations might include, among others, the following: liquidations, reorganizations, recapitalizations, mergers, or tender offers; material litigation or resolution thereof; technological breakthroughs; and new management or management policies. Although large and well-known companies may be involved, special situations often involve much greater risk than is inherent in ordinary investment securities. | ||
Temporary Investments | When business or financial conditions warrant, each Fund may assume a temporary defensive position by investing in money-market instruments, including obligations of the U.S. Government and its agencies and instrumentalities, obligations of foreign sovereigns, other debt securities, commercial paper including bank obligations, certificates of deposit (including Eurodollar certificates of deposit) and repurchase agreements. (See “Money Market Instruments” in this section of the SAI for more information about these types of investments.) | |
For temporary defensive purposes, during periods in which a Fund’s subadviser believes adverse changes in economic, financial or political conditions make it advisable, the Fund may reduce its holdings in equity and other securities and may invest up to 100% of its assets in certain short-term (less than twelve months to maturity) and medium-term (not greater than five years to maturity) debt securities and in cash (U.S. dollars, foreign currencies, or multicurrency units). The short-term and medium-term debt securities in which a Fund may invest for temporary defensive purposes will be those that the Fund’s subadviser believes to be of high quality (i.e., subject to relatively low risk of loss of interest or principal). If rated, these securities will be rated in one of the three highest rating categories by rating services such as Moody’s or S&P (i.e., rated at least A). | ||
Warrants or Rights to Purchase Securities | Each Fund may invest in or acquire warrants or rights to purchase equity or fixed income securities at a specified price during a specific period of time. A Fund will make such investments only if the underlying securities are deemed appropriate by the Fund’s subadviser for inclusion in the Fund’s portfolio. Included are warrants and rights whose underlying securities are not traded on principal domestic or foreign exchanges. Warrants and stock rights are almost identical to call options in their nature, use and effect except that they are issued by the issuer of the underlying security, rather than an option writer, and they generally have longer expiration dates than call options. (See “Options” in this section of the SAI for information about call options.) | |
Bonds with warrants attached to purchase equity securities have many characteristics of convertible bonds and their prices may, to some degree, reflect the performance of the underlying stock. However, unlike convertible securities and preferred stocks, warrants do not pay a fixed dividend. Bonds also may be issued with warrants attached to purchase additional fixed income securities at the same coupon rate. A decline in interest rates would permit a Fund holding such warrants to buy additional bonds at the favorable rate or to sell the warrants at a profit. If interest rates rise, the warrants would generally expire with no value. |
67 |
Investment
Technique |
Description and Risks | Fund-Specific Limitations |
A Fund may purchase put warrants and call warrants whose values vary depending on the change in the value of one or more specified securities indices (“index warrants”). Index warrants are generally issued by banks or other financial institutions and give the holder the right, at any time during the term of the warrant, to receive upon exercise of the warrant a cash payment from the issuer based on the value of the underlying index at the time of exercise. In general, if the value of the underlying index rises above the exercise price of the index warrant, the holder of a call warrant will be entitled to receive a cash payment from the issuer upon exercise based on the difference between the value of the index and the exercise price of the warrant; if the value of the underlying index falls, the holder of a put warrant will be entitled to receive a cash payment from the issuer upon exercise based on the difference between the exercise price of the warrant and the value of the index. The holder of a warrant would not be entitled to any payments from the issuer at any time when, in the case of a call warrant, the exercise price is greater than the value of the underlying index or, in the case of a put warrant, the exercise price is less than the value of the underlying index. If a Fund were not to exercise an index warrant prior to its expiration, then the Fund would lose the amount of the purchase price paid by it for the warrant. | ||
A Fund will normally use index warrants in a manner similar to its use of options on securities indices. The risks of the Fund’s use of index warrants are generally similar to those relating to its use of index options. (See “Options” in this section of the SAI for information about index options.) Unlike most index options, however, index warrants are issued in limited amounts and are not obligations of a regulated clearing agency, but are backed only by the credit of the bank or other institution which issues the warrant. Also, index warrants generally have longer terms than index options. Although a Fund will normally invest only in exchange-listed warrants, index warrants are not likely to be as liquid as certain index options backed by a recognized clearing agency. In addition, the terms of index warrants may limit a Fund’s ability to exercise the warrants at such time, or in such quantities, as the Fund would otherwise wish to do. | ||
When-Issued and Delayed Delivery Transactions | Each Fund may purchase securities on a when-issued or forward commitment basis. These transactions are also known as delayed delivery transactions. (The phrase “delayed delivery” is not intended to include purchases where a delay in delivery involves only a brief period required by the selling party solely to locate appropriate certificates and prepare them for submission for clearance and settlement in the customary way.) Delayed delivery transactions involve a commitment by the Fund to purchase or sell securities at a future date (ordinarily up to 90 days later). The price of the underlying securities (usually expressed in terms of yield) and the date when the securities will be delivered and paid for (the settlement date) are fixed at the time the transaction is negotiated. When-issued purchases and forward commitments are negotiated directly with the selling party. |
68 |
Investment
Technique |
Description and Risks | Fund-Specific Limitations |
When-issued purchases and forward commitments enable the Fund to lock in what is believed to be an attractive price or yield on a particular security for a period of time, regardless of future changes in interest rates. For example, in periods of rising interest rates and falling bond prices, the Fund might sell debt securities it owns on a forward commitment basis to limit its exposure to falling prices. In periods of falling interest rates and rising prices, the Fund might sell securities it owns and purchase the same or similar securities on a when-issued or forward commitment basis, thereby obtaining the benefit of currently higher yields. The Fund will not enter into such transactions for the purpose of leverage. | ||
The value of securities purchased on a when-issued or forward commitment basis and any subsequent fluctuations in their value will be reflected in the Fund’s NAV starting on the first business day after the date of the agreement to purchase the securities. The Fund will be subject to the rights and risks of ownership of the securities on the agreement date. However, the Fund will not earn interest on securities it has committed to purchase until they are paid for and received. A seller’s failure to deliver securities to the Fund could prevent the Fund from realizing a price or yield considered to be advantageous and could cause the Fund to incur expenses associated with unwinding the transaction. | ||
When a Fund makes a forward commitment to sell securities it owns, the proceeds to be received upon settlement will be included in the Fund’s assets. Fluctuations in the market value of the underlying securities will not be reflected in the Fund’s NAV as long as the commitment to sell remains in effect. Settlement of when-issued purchases and forward commitment transactions generally takes place up to 90 days after the date of the transaction, but the Fund may agree to a longer settlement period. | ||
The Funds will make commitments to purchase securities on a when-issued basis or to purchase or sell securities on a forward commitment basis only with the intention of completing the transaction and actually purchasing or selling the securities. If deemed advisable as a matter of investment strategy, however, a Fund may dispose of or renegotiate a commitment after it is entered into. A Fund also may sell securities it has committed to purchase before those securities are delivered to the Fund on the settlement date. The Fund may realize a capital gain or loss in connection with these transactions. | ||
When a Fund purchases securities on a when-issued or forward-commitment basis, the Fund will specifically designate on its accounting records securities having a value (determined daily) at least equal to the amount of the Fund’s purchase commitments. These procedures are designed to ensure that each Fund will maintain sufficient assets at all times to cover its obligations under when-issued purchases and forward commitments. |
69 |
Fundamental Investment Limitations
Each Fund is subject to the investment limitations enumerated in this section, which may be changed with respect to a particular Fund only by a vote of the holders of a majority of such Fund’s outstanding shares. As used in this SAI and in the Prospectuses, a “majority of the outstanding shares” of a Fund means the lesser of (a) 67% of the shares of the particular Fund represented at a meeting at which the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of such Fund are present in person or by proxy, or (b) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of such Fund. Each of Alternative Total Solution Fund and Alternative Inflation Solution Fund will look through its respective Subsidiary, if any, to the Subsidiary’s assets for the purposes of complying with the investment limitations noted below.
With respect to all of the Funds, except as noted, each Fund may not:
(1) | [Reserved] |
(2) | Purchase securities if, after giving effect to the purchase, more than 25% of its respective total assets would be invested in the securities of one or more issuers conducting their principal business activities in the same industry (excluding the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities). |
(3) | Borrow money, except (i) in amounts not to exceed one-third of the value of the Fund’s total assets (including the amount borrowed) from banks, and (ii) up to an additional 5% of its total assets from banks or other lenders for temporary purposes. For purposes of this restriction, (a) investment techniques such as margin purchases, short sales, forward commitments, and roll transactions, (b) investments in instruments such as futures contracts, swaps, and options and (c) short-term credits extended in connection with trade clearance and settlement, shall not constitute borrowing. |
(4) | Issue “senior securities” in contravention of the 1940 Act. Activities permitted by exemptive orders or staff interpretations of the SEC shall not be deemed to be prohibited by this restriction. |
(5) | Underwrite the securities issued by other persons, except to the extent that, in connection with the disposition of portfolio securities, the Fund may be deemed to be an underwriter under applicable law. |
(6) | Purchase or sell real estate, except that the Fund may (i) acquire or lease office space for its own use, (ii) invest in securities of issuers that invest in real estate or interests therein, (iii) invest in mortgage-related securities and other securities that are secured by real estate or interests therein, and (iv) hold and sell real estate acquired by the Fund as a result of the ownership of securities. |
(7) | Purchase or sell commodities or commodity contracts, except the Fund may purchase and sell derivatives (including, but not limited to, options, futures contracts and options on futures contracts) whose value is tied to the value of a financial index or a financial instrument or other asset (including, but not limited to, securities indexes, interest rates, securities, currencies and physical commodities). |
(8) | Lend securities or make any other loans if, as a result, more than 33 1/3 % of its total assets would be lent to other parties, except that the Fund may purchase debt securities, may enter into repurchase agreements, may lend portfolio securities and may acquire loans, loan participations and assignments (both funded and unfunded) and other forms of debt instruments. |
Except with respect to investment restriction (3) above, if any percentage restriction described above for the Funds is adhered to at the time of investment, a subsequent increase or decrease in the percentage resulting from a change in the value of a Fund’s assets will not constitute a violation of the restriction. With respect to investment restriction (3), in the event that asset coverage for all borrowings shall at any time fall below 300 per centum, the Fund shall, within three days thereafter (not including Sundays and holidays) or such longer period as the SEC may prescribe by rules and regulations, reduce the amount of its borrowings to an extent that the asset coverage of such borrowings shall be at least 300 per centum.
For purposes of compliance with Section 8 of the 1940 Act, governing investment policies, and Section 18 of the 1940 Act, governing capital structure and leverage, each of the Alternative Inflation Solution Fund and the Alternative Total Solution Fund aggregates its holdings with instruments held by its Subsidiary, if any. Although neither Subsidiary is a registered investment company under the 1940 Act, and therefore neither is required to comply with the requirements of the 1940 Act applicable to registered investment companies, each Subsidiary will comply with the provisions of Section 17 of the 1940 Act relating to affiliated transactions and custody.
70 |
Section 12 of the 1940 Act limits the percentage of shares of other mutual funds that a fund may purchase. The Funds have obtained exemptive relief from the SEC to permit them to invest in affiliated and unaffiliated funds, including ETFs, beyond the statutory limitations, subject to certain conditions. Many ETFs also have obtained exemptive relief from the SEC to permit unaffiliated funds to invest in the ETF’s shares beyond these statutory limitations, subject to certain conditions. Each Fund may rely on the various exemptive orders to invest in shares of other mutual funds, including ETFs as applicable.
Trustees and Officers
The Board of Trustees of the Trust is responsible for the overall supervision of the Trust including establishing the Funds’ policies, general supervision and review of their investment activities and performs the various duties imposed on Trustees by the 1940 Act and Delaware statutory trust law. The officers, who administer the Funds’ daily operations, are appointed by the Board of Trustees and generally are employees of the Adviser or one of its affiliates. The current Trustees and officers of the Trust performing a policy-making function and their affiliations and principal occupations for the past five years are set forth below. The Trust has no employees.
Unless otherwise noted, each Trustee of the Trust also serves as a Trustee of other Virtus Mutual Funds and the address of each individual is 100 Pearl Street, Hartford, CT 06103. There is no stated term of office for Trustees or officers of the Trust.
Independent Trustees*
Name and
Year of Birth |
Length of
Time Served |
Number of
Portfolios in Fund Complex Overseen by Trustee |
Principal Occupation(s)
During Past 5 Years |
Other Directorships
Held by Trustee During Past 5 Years |
Thomas F. Mann YOB: 1950 |
Since 2013 | 5 | Managing Director and Group Head Financial Institutions Group (2003 to 2012), Societe Generale Sales of Capital Market Solutions and Products. | Founder, MannMaxx Management; Trustee (since 2012), Virtus Closed-End Funds (2 portfolios) ; and Trustee (since 2002), The Hatteras Funds |
Philip R. McLoughlin YOB: 1946 |
Since 2013 | 67 | Partner (since 2006), Cross Pond Partners, LLC (strategy consulting firm); Managing Director (2009 to 2010), SeaCap Asset Management Fund I, L.P. and SeaCap Partners, LLC (investment management). | Director (since 1991) and Chairman (since 2010), World Trust Fund; Chairman and Trustee (since 2003), Virtus Variable Insurance Trust (9 portfolios); Trustee and Chairman (since 2011), Virtus Closed-End Funds (2 portfolios); Trustee (since 1989), Virtus Mutual Fund Complex (49 portfolios); Director (since 1996), closed-end funds managed by Duff & Phelps Investment Management Co. (4 portfolios); and Director (1985 to 2009), Argo Group International Holdings Inc. and its predecessor, PXRE Corporation (insurance). |
William R. Moyer YOB: 1944 |
Since 2013 | 5 | Partner (2006 to present), CrossPond Partners, LLC (strategy consulting firm); Partner (2008-2010), Seacap Partners, LLC (investment management); Financial and Operations Principal (2006-present), Newcastle Distributors LLC (broker dealer); and former Chief Financial Officer, Phoenix Investment Partners. | Trustee (since 2012), Virtus Closed-End Funds (2 portfolios). |
71 |
Name and
Year of Birth |
Length of
Time Served |
Number of
Portfolios in Fund Complex Overseen by Trustee |
Principal Occupation(s)
During Past 5 Years |
Other Directorships
Held by Trustee During Past 5 Years |
James M. Oates YOB: 1946 |
Since 2013 | 54 | Managing Director (since 1994), Wydown Group (consulting firm). | Chairman and Trustee (since 2005), John Hancock Fund Complex ( 234 portfolios); Director (since 1996), Stifel Financial; Chairman and Director (since 1999), Connecticut River Bank and Director (since 1998), Connecticut River Bancorp; Chairman (since 2000), Emerson Investment Management, Inc.; Director (since 2002), New Hampshire Trust Company; Non-Executive Chairman (2007 to 2011), Hudson Castle Group, Inc. (formerly IBEX Capital Markets, Inc.) (financial services); Trustee (since 1987), Virtus Mutual Fund Complex; and Trustee (since 2013), Virtus Closed-End Funds (2 portfolios). |
* | Those Trustees listed as “Independent Trustees” are not “interested persons” of the Trust, as that term is defined in the 1940 Act. |
Interested Trustee
Name and
Year of Birth |
Length of
Time Served |
Number of
Portfolios in Fund Complex Overseen by Trustee |
Principal Occupation(s)
During Past 5 Years |
Other Directorships
Held by Trustee During Past 5 Years |
George R. Aylward** Trustee and President YOB: 1964 |
Since 2013 | 65 | Director, President and Chief Executive Officer (since 2008), Virtus Investment Partners, Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries; various senior officer positions with Virtus affiliates (since 2005). | Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer (since 2006), The Zweig Closed-End Funds (2 portfolios); Trustee and President (since 2011), Virtus Closed-End Funds (2 portfolios); Trustee (since 2012), Virtus Variable Insurance Trust (9 portfolios); Trustee (since 2006), Virtus Mutual Funds (49 portfolios); and Director (since 2013), Virtus Global Funds, PLC |
** | Mr. Aylward is an “interested person” as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, by reason of his position as President and Chief Executive Officer of Virtus, the ultimate parent company of the Adviser, and various positions with its affiliates including the Adviser. |
Officers of the Trust Who Are Not Trustees
Name, Address
and Year of Birth |
Position(s) Held with the
Trust and Length of Time Served |
Principal Occupation(s)
During Past 5 Years |
W. Patrick Bradley YOB: 1972 |
Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer since 2013 | Senior Vice President, Fund Services (since 2010), Virtus Investment Partners, Inc. and/or certain of its subsidiaries; various officer positions (since 2006) with Virtus affiliates; Senior Vice President (since 2013), Vice President (2011-2013), Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (since 2006), Virtus Mutual Funds; Senior Vice President (since 2013), Vice President (2011-2013), Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (since 2004), Virtus Variable Insurance Trust; Senior Vice President (since 2013), Vice President (2011-2013), Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (since 2011), Virtus Closed-End Funds (2 portfolios); Senior Vice President (since 2013), Vice President (2012-2013) and Treasurer (Chief Financial Officer) (since 2007), The Zweig Closed-End Funds; Vice President and Assistant Treasurer (since 2011), Duff & Phelps Global Utility Income Fund Inc.; and Director (since 2013), Virtus Global Funds, PLC. |
Nancy J. Engberg YOB: 1956 |
Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer since 2013 | Vice President (since 2008) and Chief Compliance Officer (2008-2011), Virtus Investment Partners, Inc. and/or certain of its subsidiaries; various officer positions (since 2003) with Virtus affiliates; Vice President (since 2008) and Chief Compliance Officer (since 2011), Virtus Mutual Funds; Vice President (since 2010), Chief Compliance Officer (since 2011), Virtus Variable Insurance Trust; Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer (since 2011), Virtus Closed-End Funds; Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer (since 2012), The Zweig Closed-End Funds. |
72 |
Leadership Structure and the Board of Trustees
The Board is currently composed of five trustees, including four Independent Trustees. In addition to four regularly scheduled meetings per year, the Board holds special meetings either in person or via telephone to discuss specific matters that may require consideration prior to the next regular meeting. As discussed below, the Board has established several standing committees to assist the Board in performing its oversight responsibilities, and each such committee has a chairperson. The Board may also designate working groups or ad hoc committees as it deems appropriate.
The Board has appointed Mr. McLoughlin, an Independent Trustee, to serve in the role of Chairman. The Chairman’s primary role is to participate in the preparation of the agenda for meetings of the Board and the identification of information to be presented to the Board with respect to matters to be acted upon by the Board. The Chairman also presides at all meetings of the Board and between meetings generally acts as a liaison with the Trust’s service providers, officers, legal counsel, and the other Trustees. The Chairman may perform such other functions as may be requested by the Board from time to time. Except for any duties specified herein or pursuant to the Trust’s Declaration of Trust or By-laws, or as assigned by the Board, the designation of Chairman does not impose on such Independent Trustee any duties, obligations or liability that is greater than the duties, obligations or liability imposed on such person as a member of the Board, generally.
The Board believes that this leadership structure is appropriate because it allows the Board to exercise informed and independent judgment over matters under its purview, and it allocates areas of responsibility among committees or working groups of Trustees and the full Board in a manner that enhances effective oversight. Mr. McLoughlin previously served as the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the company that is now Virtus; however, he is now an Independent Trustee due to (a) the fact that Virtus is no longer affiliated with The Phoenix Companies, Inc. (which was its parent company when Mr. McLoughlin retired), (b) the passage of time and (c) the manner in which Mr. McLoughlin conducts his trusteeship. As a result of this balance, it is believed that Mr. McLoughlin has the ability to provide independent oversight of the Trust’s operations within the context of his detailed understanding of the perspective of the Adviser and the Trust’s other service providers. The Board therefore considers leadership by Mr. McLoughlin as enhancing the Board’s ability to provide effective independent oversight of the Trust’s operations and meaningful representation of the shareholders’ interests.
The Board also believes that having a super-majority of Independent Trustees is appropriate and in the best interest of the Funds’ shareholders. Nevertheless, the Board also believes that having an interested person serve on the Board brings corporate and financial viewpoints that are, in the Board’s view, crucial elements in its decision-making process. In addition, the Board believes that Mr. Aylward, who is currently the Chairman and President of the Adviser, and the President and Chief Executive Officer of Virtus, and serves in various executive roles with other affiliates of the Adviser who provide services to the Trust, provides the Board with the Adviser’s perspective in managing and sponsoring the Virtus Mutual Funds as well as the perspective of other service providers to the Trust. The leadership structure of the Board may be changed at any time and in the discretion of the Board, including in response to changes in circumstances or the characteristics of the Trust.
The Board of Trustees has established several standing committees to oversee particular aspects of the Funds’ management. The members of each Committee are set forth below:
73 |
The Audit Committee
The Audit Committee is responsible for overseeing the Funds’ accounting and auditing policies and practices. The Audit Committee reviews the Funds’ financial reporting procedures, their system of internal control, the independent audit process, and the Funds’ procedures for monitoring compliance with investment restrictions and applicable laws and regulations and with the Code of Ethics. The Audit Committee is composed entirely of Independent Trustees; its members are William R. Moyer, Chairperson, Thomas F. Mann, Philip R. McLoughlin and James M. Oates.
The Executive Committee
The function of the Executive Committee is to serve as a delegate of the full Board of Trustees, as well as act on behalf of the Board when it is not in session, subject to limitations as set by the Board. Its members are Philip R. McLoughlin, Chairperson, Thomas F. Mann and William R. Moyer. Each of the members is an Independent Trustee.
The Nominating and Governance Committee
The Nominating and Governance Committee is responsible for developing and maintaining governance principles applicable to the Funds, for nominating individuals to serve as Trustees, including as Independent Trustees and annually evaluating the Board and Committees. The Nominating and Governance Committee is composed entirely of Independent Trustees; its members are Thomas F. Mann, Chairperson, Philip R. McLoughlin, William R. Moyer and James M. Oates.
The Nominating and Governance Committee considers candidates for trusteeship and makes recommendations to the Board with respect to such candidates. There are no specific required qualifications for trusteeship. The committee considers all relevant qualifications of candidates for trusteeship, such as industry knowledge and experience, financial expertise, current employment and other board memberships, and whether the candidate would be qualified to be considered an Independent Trustee. The Board believes that having among its members a diversity of viewpoints, skills and experience and a variety of complementary skills enhances the effectiveness of the Board in its oversight role. The committee considers the qualifications of candidates for trusteeship in this context.
The Board has adopted a policy for consideration of Trustee nominees recommended by shareholders. With regards to such policy, an individual shareholder or shareholder group submitting a nomination must hold either individually or in the aggregate for at least two full years as of the date of nomination 4% of the shares of a series of the Trust, among other qualifications and restrictions. Shareholders or shareholder groups submitting nominees must comply with all requirements set forth in the Nominating and Governance Committee Charter and any such submission must be in writing, directed to the Trust’s secretary. Shareholder nominees for Trustee will be given the same consideration as any candidate provided the nominee meets certain minimum requirements.
Information about Each Trustee’s Qualification, Experience, Attributes or Skills
In addition to the information set forth above, the following provides further information about each Trustee’s specific experience, qualifications, attributes or skills. The information in this section should not be understood to mean that any of the Trustees is an “expert” within the meaning of the federal securities laws.
George R. Aylward
In addition to his positions with the Trust, Mr. Aylward is a director and the president and Chief Executive Officer of Virtus, the ultimate parent company of the Adviser. He also holds various executive positions with the Adviser, the Distributor and the Administrator to the Trust and various of their affiliates, and previously held such positions with the former parent company of Virtus. He therefore has experience in all aspects of the development and management of registered investment companies, and the handling of various financial, staffing, regulatory and operational issues. Mr. Aylward is a certified public accountant and holds an MBA, and he also serves as an officer and trustee of other open-end funds managed by the Adviser and its affiliates.
Thomas F. Mann
Mr. Mann has over 30 years of experience in various senior management positions at large global finance institutions and small entrepreneurial environments. He is also a trustee of an unaffiliated group of open-end funds.
Philip R. McLoughlin
Mr. McLoughlin has extensive knowledge regarding asset management and the financial services industry, having served for a number of years in various executive and director positions of the company that is now Virtus and its affiliates, culminating in his role as chairman and chief executive officer. He also served as legal counsel and chief compliance officer to the investment companies associated with those companies at the time, giving him an understanding of the legal and compliance issues applicable to mutual funds. Mr. McLoughlin also has worked with U.S. and foreign companies in the insurance and reinsurance industry. He is also a director of other closed-end funds managed by the Adviser and its affiliates.
74 |
William R. Moyer
Mr. Moyer has substantial experience in the asset management and accounting industries. He currently serves as a partner at an investment management consulting firm. Previously, he served for a number of years as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the company that is now Virtus and its affiliates. Mr. Moyer also is a certified public accountant and has an extensive background in accounting matters relating to investment companies.
James M. Oates
Mr. Oates was instrumental in the founding of a private global finance, portfolio management and administration company, and he has also served in executive and director roles for various types of financial services companies. As a senior officer and director of investment management companies, Mr. Oates has experience in investment management. He also previously served as chief executive officer of two banks, and holds an MBA. Mr. Oates also has experience as a director of other publicly traded companies and has served for a number of years as the Chairman of the Board of a large family of mutual funds unaffiliated with the Trust.
Board Oversight of Risk Management
As a registered investment company, the Trust is subject to a variety of risks, including investment risks, financial risks, compliance risks and regulatory risks. As part of its overall activities, the Board oversees the management of the Trust’s risk management structure by the Trust’s Adviser, Administrator, Distributor, officers and others. The responsibility to manage the Funds’ risk management structure on a day-to-day basis is subsumed within the other responsibilities of these parties.
The Board then considers risk management issues as part of its general oversight responsibilities throughout the year at regular meetings of the Board and its committees, and within the context of any ad hoc communications with the Trust’s service providers and officers. The Trust’s Adviser, subadvisers, Distributor, officers and legal counsel prepare regular reports to the Board that address certain investment, valuation, compliance and other matters, and the Board as a whole or its committees may also receive special written reports or presentations on a variety of risk issues at the request of the Board, a committee, the Chairman or a senior officer.
The Board receives regular written reports describing and analyzing the investment performance of the Funds. In addition, the portfolio managers of the Funds and senior management of the Funds’ subadvisers meet with the Board periodically to discuss portfolio performance and answer the Board’s questions with respect to portfolio strategies and risks. To the extent that a Fund changes a primary investment strategy, the Board generally is consulted in advance with respect to such change.
The Board receives regular written reports from the Trust’s Chief Financial Officer that enable the Board to monitor the number of fair valued securities in the Funds’ portfolios, the reasons for the fair valuation and the methodology used to arrive at the fair value. Such reports also include information concerning illiquid securities within the Funds’ portfolios. The Board and/or the Audit Committee may also review valuation procedures and pricing results with the Funds’ independent auditors in connection with the review of the results of the audit of the Funds’ year-end financial statements.
The Board also receives regular compliance reports prepared by the compliance staff of the Adviser and meets regularly with the Trust’s CCO to discuss compliance issues, including compliance risks. As required under applicable rules, the Independent Trustees meet regularly in executive session with the CCO, and the CCO prepares and presents an annual written compliance report to the Board. The CCO, as well as the compliance staff of the Adviser and Virtus, provide the Board with reports on their examinations of functions and processes within the Adviser and the subadvisers that affect the Funds. The Board also adopts compliance policies and procedures for the Trust and approves such procedures for the Trust’s service providers. The compliance policies and procedures are specifically designed to detect and prevent violations of the federal securities laws.
In its review of the Funds’ advisory, subadvisory and distribution agreements, the Board reviews information provided by the Adviser, the subadvisers and the Distributor relating to their operational capabilities, financial conditions and resources. The Board may also discuss particular risks that are not addressed in its regular reports and processes.
The Board recognizes that it is not possible to identify all of the risks that may affect the Funds or to develop processes and controls to eliminate or mitigate their occurrence or effects. The Board periodically reviews the effectiveness of its oversight of the Funds and the other funds in the Virtus Mutual Funds family, and the processes and controls in place to limit identified risks. The Board may, at any time and in its discretion, change the manner in which it conducts its risk oversight role.
75 |
Trustee Compensation
Trustees who are not employed by the Adviser or its affiliates receive an annual retainer and fees and expenses for attendance at Board and Committee meetings. Officers and employees of the Adviser of the Funds who are interested persons are compensated for their services by the Adviser of the Funds, or an affiliate of the Adviser of the Funds, and receive no compensation from the Funds. The Trust does not have any retirement plan for its Trustees.
There was no compensation paid by the Trust since the Funds’ inception dates. Following is an estimate of the compensation to be paid to the current Trustees during the Trust’s first fiscal year:
Aggregate Compensation from the Trust |
Total Compensation From Trust and Fund Complex
Paid to Trustees |
|
Independent Trustees | ||
Thomas F. Mann | $42,000 | $84,000 |
Philip R. McLoughlin | $60,000 | $619,000 |
William R. Moyer | $45,000 | $90,000 |
James M. Oates | $40,000 | $290,000 |
Interested Trustee | ||
George R. Aylward | None | None |
Sales Loads
The Trust’s Trustees are permitted to invest in Class I shares of each Fund without initial or subsequent minimum investment requirements. Class I shares do not carry a sales load.
Code of Ethics
The Trust, its Adviser, subadvisers and Distributor have each adopted a Code of Ethics pursuant to Rule 17-j1 under the 1940 Act. Personnel subject to the Codes of Ethics may purchase and sell securities for their personal accounts, including securities that may be purchased, sold or held by the Funds, subject to certain restrictions and conditions. Generally, personal securities transactions are subject to preclearance procedures, reporting requirements and holding period rules. The Codes also restrict personal securities transactions in private placements, initial public offerings and securities in which a Fund has a pending order. The Trust has also adopted a Senior Management Code of Ethics as required by Section 406 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Proxy Voting Policies
The Trust has adopted on behalf of the Funds a Policy Regarding Proxy Voting stating the Trust’s intention to exercise stock ownership rights with respect to portfolio securities in a manner that is reasonably anticipated to further the best economic interests of shareholders of the Funds. The Funds have committed to analyze and vote all proxies that are likely to have financial implications, and where appropriate, to participate in corporate governance, shareholder proposals, management communications and legal proceedings. The Funds must also identify potential or actual conflicts of interest in voting proxies and must address any such conflict of interest in accordance with the Policy.
The Policy stipulates that the Funds’ Adviser will vote proxies, or delegate such responsibility to a subadviser. The applicable voting party will vote proxies in accordance with this Policy, or its own policies and procedures, which in no event will conflict with the Trust’s Policy. The Adviser or applicable subadviser may engage a qualified, independent organization to vote proxies on its behalf (a “delegate”). Matters that may affect substantially the rights and privileges of the holders of securities to be voted will be analyzed and voted on a case-by-case basis taking into consideration such relevant factors as enumerated in the Policy. The views of management of a portfolio company will be considered.
The Policy specifies certain factors that will be considered when analyzing and voting proxies on certain issues, including, but not limited to:
• | Corporate Governance Matters—tax and economic benefits of changes in the state of incorporation; dilution or improved accountability associated with anti-takeover provisions such as staggered boards, poison pills and supermajority provisions. |
76 |
• | Stock Option and Other Management Compensation Issues—executive pay and spending on perquisites, particularly in conjunction with sub-par performance and employee layoffs. |
• | Social and Corporate Responsibility Issues—the Adviser or subadviser will generally vote against shareholder social and environmental issue proposals. |
The Funds and their delegates seek to avoid actual or perceived conflicts of interest of Fund shareholders, on the one hand, and those of the Adviser, subadviser, delegate, Distributor, or any affiliated person of the Funds, on the other hand.
Depending on the type and materiality, any conflicts of interest will be handled by (i) relying on the recommendations of an established, independent third party proxy voting vendor; (ii) voting pursuant to the recommendation of the delegate; (iii) abstaining; or (iv) where two or more delegates provide conflicting requests, voting shares in proportion to the assets under management of each delegate. The Policy requires each Adviser/subadviser or delegate to notify the President of the Trust of any actual or potential conflict of interest. No Adviser/subadviser or delegate may waive any conflict of interest or vote any conflicted proxies without the prior written approval of the Board of Trustees or the President of the Trust.
The Policy further imposes certain record keeping and reporting requirements on each Adviser/subadviser or delegate. Information regarding how the Funds voted proxies relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ending June 30 will be available free of charge by calling, toll-free, 800.243.1574, or on the SEC’s Web site at www.sec.gov .
CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES
Because the Funds are new there were no beneficial owners as of the date of this SAI.
INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES
Investment Adviser
The investment adviser to each of the Funds is Virtus Alternative Investment Advisers, Inc. (“VAIA”), located at 100 Pearl Street, Hartford, Connecticut 06103. VAIA, an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of Virtus, has been inactive for several years and is being reactivated to serve as investment adviser to the Funds; therefore, prior to the launch of the Funds it had no assets under management. VAIA’s affiliate, Virtus Investment Advisers, Inc., acts as the investment adviser for open- and closed-end funds, a collective investment trust, and separately managed accounts, totaling $37.8 billion in assets under management as of September 30, 2013. The activities to be performed by VAIA in its role as the investment adviser to the Funds are the same as or substantially similar to the activities performed by Virtus Investment Advisers, Inc., using the same or substantially similar personnel, operations/infrastructure systems, and third-party vendors.
Investment Advisory Agreement and Expense Limitation Agreement
The investment advisory agreement, approved by the Board of Trustees, provides that the Trust will bear all costs and expenses (other than those specifically referred to as being borne by the Adviser) incurred in the operation of the Trust. Such expenses include, but shall not be limited to, all expenses incurred in the operation of the Trust and any public offering of its shares, including, among others, interest, taxes, brokerage fees and commissions, fees of Trustees who are not employees of VAIA or any of its affiliates, expenses of Trustees, and shareholders’ meetings, expenses of printing and mailing proxy soliciting material, expenses of the insurance premiums for fidelity and other coverage, expenses of the repurchase and redemption of shares, expenses of the issue and sale of shares (to the extent not borne by VP Distributors under its agreement with the Trust), association membership dues, charges of custodians, transfer agents, dividend disbursing agents and financial agents, and bookkeeping, auditing and legal expenses. The Trust will also pay the fees and bear the expense of registering and maintaining the registration of the Trust and its shares with the SEC and registering or qualifying its shares under state or other securities laws and the expense of preparing and mailing prospectuses and reports to shareholders. If authorized by the Board of Trustees, the Trust will also pay for extraordinary expenses and expenses of a non-recurring nature which may include, but shall not be limited to, the reasonable cost of any reorganization or acquisition of assets and the cost of legal proceedings to which the Trust is a party.
Each Fund will pay expenses incurred in its own operation and will also pay a portion of the Trust’s general administration expenses allocated on the basis of the asset values of the respective Funds.
For managing, or directing the management of, the investments of each fund, VAIA is entitled to a fee, payable monthly, at the following annual rates:
Investment Advisory Fee | ||
1 st $5 billion | $5+ billion | |
Alternative Income Solution Fund | 1.80% | 1.75% |
Alternative Inflation Solution Fund | 1.75% | 1.70% |
Alternative Total Solution Fund | 1.95% | 1.90% |
77 |
The wholly-owned subsidiary of Alternative Total Solution Fund (the “Subsidiary”), organized as a company under the laws of the Cayman Islands, pay VAIA an investment advisory fee at the annual rate of [ ]% of its net assets. Pursuant to a contractual agreement with Alternative Total Solution Fund, VAIA has agreed to permanently waive all or a portion of the investment advisory fees paid by Alternative Total Solution Fund to VAIA in the amount equal to the amount of the Subsidiary’s investment advisory fees received by VAIA, if any. This waiver may not be terminated by VAIA.
VAIA has contractually agreed to limit the annual operating expenses (excluding acquired fund fees and expenses (if any), interest, taxes and extraordinary expenses) of the following Funds (expressed as a percentage of average daily managed assets), through [ ], 2015: [Note: Date will be at least one year from effective date of prospectus.]
Fund | Class A | Class C | Class I |
Alternative Income Solution Fund | 2.45% | 3.20% | 2.20% |
Alternative Inflation Solution Fund | 2.40% | 3.15% | 2.15% |
Alternative Total Solution Fund | 2.60% | 3.35% | 2.35% |
Following the contractual period, the Adviser may discontinue these expense caps and/or fee waivers at any time. The Adviser may recapture operating expenses reimbursed under this arrangement, for a period of three years following the fiscal year in which such reimbursement occurred.
The Adviser also may, at its discretion, from time to time pay for other Fund expenses from its own assets, or reduce the management fee of a Fund in excess of that required. Any fee reimbursed and/or any Fund expense absorbed by the Adviser pursuant to an agreed upon expense cap shall be reimbursed by the Fund to the Adviser, if so requested by the Adviser, provided the aggregate amount of the Fund’s current operating expense for such fiscal year does not exceed the applicable limitation on Fund expenses.
The investment advisory agreement also provides that the Adviser shall not be liable to the Trust or to any shareholder of the Trust for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Trust or by any shareholder of the Trust in connection with the matters to which the agreement relates, except a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard on the part of such Adviser in the performance of its duties thereunder.
Provided it has been approved by a vote of the majority of the outstanding shares of a Fund of the Trust which is subject to its terms and conditions, the investment advisory agreement continues from year to year with respect to such Fund so long as (1) such continuance is approved at least annually by the Board of Trustees or by a vote of the majority of the outstanding shares of such Fund and (2) the terms and any renewal of the agreement with respect to such Fund have been approved by the vote of a majority of the Trustees who are not parties to the agreement or interested persons, as that term is defined in the 1940 Act, of the Trust or the relevant Adviser, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. On sixty days’ written notice and without penalty the agreement may be terminated as to the Trust or as to a Fund by the Board of Trustees or by the relevant Adviser and may be terminated as to a Fund by a vote of the majority of the outstanding shares of such Fund. The Agreement automatically terminates upon its assignment (within the meaning of the 1940 Act). The agreement provides that upon its termination, or at the request of the relevant Adviser, the Trust will eliminate all reference to Virtus from its name, and will not thereafter transact business in a name using the word Virtus.
Adviser Affiliates
George Aylward, Jennifer Fromm, and Frank Waltman, each serve as an officer of the Trust and as an officer and/or director of the Adviser. The other principal executive officers and directors of the Adviser are: Michael Angerthal, Executive Vice President, Treasurer and a Director; Mark Flynn, Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary; and Yvonne Pytlik, Chief Compliance Officer.
Advisory Fees
There were no advisory fees paid by the Funds prior to the date of this SAI.
Subadvisers and Subadvisory Agreements
VAIA has entered into subadvisory agreements with respect to each Fund. Each subadvisory agreement provides that VAIA will delegate to the respective subadviser the performance of certain of its investment management services under the Investment Advisory Agreement with respect to each of the Funds for which that subadviser provides subadvisory services. Each subadviser furnishes at its own expense the office facilities and personnel necessary to perform such services. VAIA remains responsible for the supervision and oversight of each subadviser’s performance. Each subadvisory agreement is initially scheduled to remain in effect for two years, and will continue in effect from year to year if specifically approved by the Trustees, including a majority of the Independent Trustees. The subadvisory fees are paid by VAIA out of its advisory fees from the Funds. While the subadvisers appointed to manage the Funds’ assets may change over time as discussed in the Funds’ Prospectuses, the following firms are those entities serving as the Funds’ subadvisers as of the date of this SAI.
78 |
Cliffwater Investments LLC (“Cliffwater”) – Alternative Income Solution Fund, Alternative Inflation Solution Fund, Alternative Total Solution Fund
Cliffwater, with offices at 100 Pearl Street, Hartford, CT 06103, 4640 Admiralty Way, 11 th Floor, Marina Del Rey, CA 90292, and 545 Madison Avenue, 7 th Floor, New York, NY 10022, is a joint venture of Cliffwater LLC and Virtus Partners, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Virtus, and was established in order to jointly develop and launch certain investment products, such as the Funds, to be advised and/or distributed by Virtus affiliates and subadvised by the joint venture.
Cliffwater LLC is a leading advisory firm that provides institutional investors with portfolio diversification through alternative investments. The joint venture is designed to leverage Cliffwater LLC's expertise in portfolio construction and its research of more than 4,000 funds. Its research intensive approach to selecting managers is utilized by some of the largest institutions, pension funds and endowments. As of September 30, 2013, Cliffwater LLC had approximately $72 billion of assets under advisement, including approximately $53 billion in alternative strategies. The joint venture was formed in late 2013, and prior to the launch of the Funds did not have any assets under management.
Cliffwater makes recommendations to VAIA with respect to hiring and terminating the Funds’ subadvisers. Based on these recommendations, VAIA makes decisions on the hiring and termination of subadvisers, and recommends such decisions to the Board of Trustees. Cliffwater has the authority to implement decisions with respect to a Fund’s portfolio construction and allocation of assets among individual subadvisers.
Pursuant to the joint venture arrangement, each of Cliffwater LLC and Virtus Partners, Inc. provides resources to Cliffwater. Cliffwater LLC provides research services, including but not limited to: (i) subadviser due diligence; (ii) subadviser monitoring; and (iii) investment portfolio monitoring and analysis with respect to compliance with each subadviser’s defined investment parameters. Virtus Partners, Inc. provides business management and support services, including but not limited to: (i) accounting support; (ii) regulatory compliance support; (iii) legal support; and (iv) advice and assistance with respect to the day-to-day business. Cliffwater uses the research and other support services provided by the joint venture partners in providing its subadvisory services with respect to each Fund.
For its services to the funds, Cliffwater receives as its subadvisory fee 50% of the net investment management fee remaining after VAIA pays the other Subadvisers and waives and/or pays the funds any amounts applicable under the fee waiver and expense reimbursement arrangements.
Armored Wolf, LLC (“Armored Wolf”) – Alternative Inflation Solution Fund and Alternative Total Solution Fund
Armored Wolf was founded in 2008 and focuses on inflation related securities. The firm is 100% employee owned and as of December 31, 2013, managed approximately $925 million in client assets across multiple strategies. The firm is led by its Chief Investment Officer, John Brynjolfsson, who previously spent nineteen years at PIMCO where he launched and ran their $80 billion Real Return Platform. Offices are located at 18111 Van Karman Avenue, Suite 525, Irvine, CA 92612.
Ascend Capital, LLC (“Ascend”) – Alternative Total Solution Fund
Ascend is an equity long/short hedge fund manager that as of September 30, 2013 managed approximately $2.8 billion in equity long/short strategies. The firm was founded in 1999 by Malcolm Fairbairn, who previously worked at the Citadel Investment Group, Inc. and at Strom Susskind, L.P. Ascend has 36 employees including 23 investment professionals, and has offices at 4 Orinda Way, Suite 200-C, Orinda, CA 94563 and 50 California Street, Suite 430, San Francisco, CA 94111.
79 |
Brigade Capital Management, LLC (“Brigade”) - Alternative Income Solution Fund, Alternative Inflation Solution Fund , Alternative Total Solution Fund
Brigade is a global credit specialist firm founded in 2006 by Don Morgan and other senior members of the credit team formerly at MacKay Shields. As of September 30, 2013, Brigade managed $14.7 billion in high yield and credit strategies, including $5.4 billion in its flagship hedge fund, and had 98 employees. The firm is headquartered at 399 Park Avenue, 16 th Floor, New York, NY 10022.
Credit Suisse Asset Management (“Credit Suisse”) – Alternative Inflation Solution Fund
Credit Suisse was formed in 1856. Its 47,400 employees in Private Banking, Wealth Management and Investment Banking provide comprehensive financial products and services to companies, institutional clients, and high net worth clients worldwide, as well as retail clients in Switzerland. As of September 30, 2013, Credit Suisse managed $410 billion in total assets, including $11.1 billion in commodities-based strategies. Credit Suisse has offices at One Madison Avenue, New York, NY 10010.
Graham Capital Management, L.P. (“Graham”) – Alternative Total Solution Fund
Graham was founded in 1994 by Kenneth Tropin. The firm is an established macro manager that began as a systematic global macro trend-following investment firm but expanded in 1999 to include discretionary global macro trading strategies. As of September 30, 2013, the firm managed approximately $7.3 billion across systematic and discretionary strategies. It is headquartered in 40 Highland Avenue, Rowayton, CT 06853.
Harvest Fund Advisors LLC (“Harvest”) - Alternative Income Solution Fund, Alternative Inflation Solution Fund , Alternative Total Solution Fund
Harvest is a specialist MLP manager founded in 2005 by David Martinelli and a group of senior investment and operations professionals. As of September 30, 2013, the firm managed approximately $3 billion in MLP-focused mandates. The firm has 14 professionals headquartered at 100 West Lancaster Avenue, 2 nd Floor, Wayne, PA 19087.
ICE Canyon LLC (“ICE Canyon”) – Alternative Income Solution Fund and Alternative Total Solution Fund
ICE Canyon specializes in emerging markets and global credit investment strategies. The firm was founded in 2006 by Nathan Sandler as a joint venture with Canyon Capital Advisors after a long tenure managing emerging markets credit portfolios at TCW. As of December 31, 2013, ICE Canyon managed approximately $4 billion in emerging market and global credit strategies. The firm is headquartered at 2000 Avenue of the Stars, 11 th Floor, Los Angeles, CA 90067, with additional offices in New York and Abu Dhabi.
LaSalle Investment Management Securities, LLC (“LaSalle”) - Alternative Income Solution Fund, Alternative Inflation Solution Fund , Alternative Total Solution Fund
LaSalle was formed in 1985 as Alex. Brown Realty Advisors, a subsidiary of the investment bank of Alex. Brown & Sons in Baltimore. LaSalle is one of the world’s leading real estate investment managers with over 30 years of experience. As of September 30, 2013, LaSalle managed $10 billion of public equity real estate investments. The firm is headquartered in Baltimore, with additional offices in Amsterdam and Hong Kong.
Lazard Asset Management LLC (“Lazard”) - Alternative Income Solution Fund, Alternative Inflation Solution Fund , Alternative Total Solution Fund
Lazard is a global investment management firm which was formally established on May 1, 1970, as the US investment management division of parent company Lazard Freres & Co. LLC (LF&Co.). As of September 30, 2013, Lazard managed approximately $159 billion in accordance with a variety of investment strategies. Headquartered in New York City, Lazard also has offices located outside of the United States.
MAST Capital Management, L.P. (“MAST”) – Alternative Income Solution Fund and Alternative Total Solution Fund
Founded in 2002, Boston-based MAST Capital Management is a long/short credit manager. As of January 1, 2014, MAST managed approximately $1.3 billion in credit strategies and had 18 employees, including 11 investment professionals.
Owl Creek Asset Management, L.P. (“Owl Creek”) – Alternative Total Solution Fund
Owl Creek was founded in February 2002 by Jeffrey Altman to employ an event driven, value oriented investment strategy. Owl Creek has offices in New York, and Hong Kong and as of September 30, 2013, managed a total of approximately $3.4 billion in multiple hedge funds including its flagship global event-driven fund, an Asia only event-driven fund and a credit fund. As of September 30, 2013, the firm had 46 employees, primarily located in the New York office.
80 |
Administrator
Virtus Fund Services, LLC, an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of Virtus and affiliates of the Advisers, is the administrator of the Trust. For its services as administrator Virtus Fund Services is entitled to receive, an administration fee at the annual rate of 0.10% of each Fund’s average daily net assets, plus out of pocket expenses.
Sub-administrative and Accounting Agent
The Trust has entered into an agreement with BNY Mellon, 301 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, DE 19809, pursuant to which BNY Mellon acts as sub-administrative and accounting agent of the Trust. For its services in this capacity, BNY Mellon receives a fee based on the Funds’ aggregate average net assets at the following incremental rates:
0.0465% for the first $5 billion of aggregate average net assets;
0.0325% of aggregate average net assets in excess of $5 billion.
The asset-based fee paid to BNY Mellon for its services as the sub-administrative and accounting agent of the Trust is subject to an annual minimum of $100,000 per Fund, which BNY Mellon has agreed to waive for the Funds’ first twelve months of operation utilizing BNY Mellon’s services. In addition to the asset-based fee, BNY Mellon is entitled to certain non-material fees as well as out of pocket expenses.
Distributor
VP Distributors, a broker-dealer registered with the FINRA and which is an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of Virtus and an affiliate of the Adviser and certain subadvisers, serves as distributor of the Funds’ shares. The principal office of VP Distributors is located at 100 Pearl Street, Hartford, Connecticut 06103. George R. Aylward, Jennifer Fromm and Nancy J. Engberg, each serve as an officer of the Trust and as an officer for the Distributor.
The Trust and VP Distributors have entered into an underwriting agreement under which VP Distributors has agreed to use its best efforts to find purchasers for Trust shares and the Trust has granted to VP Distributors the exclusive right to purchase from the Funds and resell, as principal, shares needed to fill unconditional orders for Fund shares. VP Distributors may sell Fund shares through its registered representatives or through securities dealers with whom it has sales agreements. VP Distributors may also sell Fund shares pursuant to sales agreements entered into with bank-affiliated securities brokers who, acting as agent for their customers, place orders for Fund shares with VP Distributors. It is not anticipated that termination of sales agreements with banks and bank affiliated securities brokers would result in a loss to their customers or a change in the NAV per share of a Fund of the Trust.
For its services under the underwriting agreement, VP Distributors receives sales charges on transactions in Fund shares and retains such charges less the portion thereof allowed to its registered representatives and to securities dealers and securities brokers with whom it has sales agreements. In addition, VP Distributors may receive payments from the Trust pursuant to the Distribution Plans described below.
The underwriting agreement may be terminated at any time by 60 days written notice, without payment of a penalty, by the Distributor, by vote of a majority of the appropriate Class of outstanding voting securities of the Funds, or by vote of a majority of the Trust’s Trustees who are not parties to the underwriting agreement or “interested persons” of any party and who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Distribution Plan or in any related agreements. The underwriting agreement will terminate automatically in the event of its “assignment,” as defined in Section 2(a)(4) of the 1940 Act.
Dealer Concessions
Dealers with whom the Distributor has entered into sales agreements receive a discount or commission on Class A Shares as described below.
Amount of Transaction
at Offering Price |
Sales Charge as
Percentage of Offering Price |
Sales Charge as
Percentage of Net Amount Invested |
Dealer Discount or
Agency Fee as Percentage of Offering Price |
Less than $50,000 | 5.75% | 6.10% | 5.00% |
$50,000 but under $100,000 | 4.75 | 4.99 | 4.25 |
$100,000 but under $250,000 | 3.75 | 3.90 | 3.25 |
$250,000 but under $500,000 | 2.75 | 2.83 | 2.25 |
$500,000 but under $1,000,000 | 2.00 | 2.04 | 1.75 |
$1,000,000 or more | None | None | None |
81 |
With respect to Class C Shares, the Distributor intends to pay investment dealers a sales commission of 1% of the sale price of Class C Shares sold by such dealers. Your broker, dealer or financial advisor may also charge you additional commissions or fees for their services in selling shares to you provided they notify the Distributor of their intention to do so.
Dealers and other entities that enter into special arrangements with the Distributor may receive compensation for the sale and promotion of shares of the Funds. Such fees are in addition to the sales commissions referenced above and may be based upon the amount of sales of fund shares by a dealer; the provision of assistance in marketing of Fund shares; access to sales personnel and information dissemination services; and other criteria as established by the Distributor. Depending on the nature of the services, these fees may be paid either from the funds through distribution fees, service fees or in some cases, the Distributor may pay certain fees from its own profits and resources.
Dealers and other entities that enter into special arrangements with the Distributor or the Transfer Agent may receive compensation from or on behalf of the funds for providing certain recordkeeping and related services to the funds or their shareholders. These fees may also be referred to as shareholder accounting fees, administrative services fees, sub-transfer agent fees or networking fees. They are not for the sale, promotion or marketing of Fund shares.
From its own profits and resources, the Distributor may, from time to time, make payments to qualified wholesalers, registered financial institutions and third party marketers for marketing support services and/or retention of assets. These payments are sometimes referred to as “revenue sharing.” Among others, the Distributor has agreed to make such payments for marketing support services to AXA Advisors, LLC. Additionally, the Distributor may pay broker-dealers a finder’s fee in an amount equal to 1.00% of eligible Class A Share purchases from $1,000,000 to $3,000,000, 0.50% on amounts of $3,000,001 to $10,000,000, and 0.25% on amounts greater than $10,000,000. Purchases of Class A Shares by an account in the name of a qualified employee benefit plan are eligible for a finder’s fee only if such plan has at least 100 eligible employees. A 1.00% CDSC may be imposed on certain redemptions of such Class A investments within 18 months of purchase. For purposes of determining the applicability of the CDSC, the 18-month period begins on the last day of the month preceding the month in which the purchase was made. The Distributor will also pay broker-dealers a service fee of 0.25% beginning in the thirteenth month following purchase of Class A Shares on which a finder’s fee has been paid. VP Distributors reserves the right to discontinue or alter such fee payment plans at any time.
From its own resources or pursuant to the distribution and shareholder servicing plans, and subject to the dealers’ prior approval, the Distributor may provide additional compensation to registered representatives of dealers in the form of travel expenses, meals, and lodging associated with training and educational meetings sponsored by the Distributor. The Distributor may also provide gifts amounting in value to less than $100, and occasional meals or entertainment, to registered representatives of dealers. Any such travel expenses, meals, lodging, gifts or entertainment paid will not be preconditioned upon the registered representatives’ or dealers’ achievement of a sales target. The Distributor may, from time to time, reallow the entire portion of the sales charge on Class A Shares which it normally retains to individual selling dealers. However, such additional reallowance generally will be made only when the selling dealer commits to substantial marketing support such as internal wholesaling through dedicated personnel, internal communications and mass mailings.
The Distributor has also agreed to pay fees to certain distributors for preferred marketing opportunities. These arrangements may be viewed as creating a conflict of interest between these distributors and investors. Investors should make due inquiry of their selling agents to ensure that they are receiving the requisite point of sale disclosures and suitable recommendations free of any influence by reason of these arrangements.
The categories of payments the Distributor and/or the Transfer Agent may make to other parties are not mutually exclusive, and such parties may receive payments under more than one or all categories. These payments could be significant to a party receiving them, creating a conflict of interest for such party in making investment recommendations to investors. Investors should make due inquiry of any party recommending the funds for purchase to ensure that such investors are receiving the requisite point of sale disclosures and suitable recommendations free of any influence by reason of these arrangements.
A document containing information about sales charges, including breakpoint (volume) discounts, is available free of charge on the Internet at virtus.com . In the Individual Investors section, go to the tab “Investors Knowledge Base” and click on the link for Breakpoint (Volume) Discounts.
82 |
Custodian
The Bank of New York Mellon , One Wall Street, New York, NY 10286, serves as the custodian (“Custodian”) of the Funds’ and the Subsidiaries’ assets. The Custodian designated by the Board of Trustees holds the securities in the Funds’ portfolios and other assets for safe keeping. The Custodian does not and will not participate in making investment decisions for the Funds. The Trust has authorized the Custodian to appoint one or more sub-custodians for the assets of the Funds held outside the United States. The securities and other assets of each Fund are held by its Custodian separate from the securities and assets of each other Fund.
Transfer Agent and Sub-Transfer Agent
Virtus Fund Services acts as transfer agent for the Trust. Pursuant to a Transfer Agent and Service Agreement, Virtus Fund Services receives a fee, based on the average net assets at an annual rate ranging from 0.045% to 0.0025%, depending on asset class. Virtus Fund Services is authorized to engage subagents to perform certain shareholder servicing functions from time to time for which such agents shall be paid a fee by Virtus Fund Services or the Funds. Pursuant to an agreement among the Trust, Virtus Fund Services and BNY Mellon, BNY Mellon serves as sub-transfer agent to perform certain shareholder servicing functions for the Funds. For performing such services, BNY Mellon receives a monthly fee from the Funds. Fees paid by the Funds, in addition to the fee paid to Virtus Fund Services, will be reviewed and approved by the Board of Trustees.
Legal Counsel to the Trust and the Independent Trustees
Sullivan & Worcester, LLP, acts as legal counsel to the Trust and its Independent Trustees and reviews certain legal matters for the Trust in connection with the shares offered by the Prospectus.
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (“PwC”) serves as the independent registered public accounting firm for the Trust. PwC audits the Trust’s annual financial statements and expresses an opinion thereon. The independent registered public accounting firm also provides other accounting and tax-related services as requested by the Trust from time to time.
The Trust has adopted a distribution plan for each class of shares (except Class I Shares) (i.e., a plan for the Class A Shares and a plan for the Class C Shares; collectively, the “Plans”) in accordance with Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act, to compensate the Distributor for the services it provides and for the expenses it bears under the Underwriting Agreement. Each class of shares pays a service fee at a rate of 0.25% per annum of the average daily net assets of such class of the Fund and a distribution fee based on average daily net assets at the rates of 0.75% per annum for Class C Shares.
Expenditures under the Plans may consist of: (i) commissions to sales personnel for selling shares of the Fund (including underwriting fees and financing expenses incurred in connection with the payment of commissions); (ii) compensation, sales incentives and payments to sales, marketing and service personnel; (iii) payments to broker-dealers and other financial institutions which have entered into agreements with the Distributor in the form of the Dealer Agreement for Virtus Mutual Funds for services rendered in connection with the sale and distribution of shares of the Fund; (iv) payment of expenses incurred in sales and promotional activities, including advertising expenditures related to the Fund; (v) the costs of preparing and distributing promotional materials; (vi) the cost of printing the Fund’s Prospectuses and SAI for distribution to potential investors; (vii) expenses related to the cost of financing or providing such financing from the Distributor’s or an affiliate’s resources in connection with the Distributor’s payment of such distribution expenses; and (viii) such other similar services that the Trustees determine are reasonably calculated to result in the sale of shares of the Fund. From the fees received, the Distributor expects to pay a quarterly fee to qualifying broker-dealer firms, as compensation for providing personal services and/or the maintenance of shareholder accounts, with respect to shares sold by such firms. In the case of shares of the Funds being sold to an affiliated fund of funds, fees payable under the Plans shall be paid to the distributor of the fund of funds. This fee will not exceed on an annual basis 0.25% of the average annual NAV of such shares, and will be in addition to sales charges on Fund shares which are re-allowed to such firms. To the extent that the entire amount of the fees received is not paid to such firms, the balance will serve as compensation for personal and account maintenance services furnished by the Distributor. The Distributor also pays to dealers an additional compensation with respect to Class C Shares at the rate of 0.75% of the average annual NAV of that class.
In order to receive payments under the Plans, participants must meet such qualifications to be established in the sole discretion of the Distributor, such as services to the Funds’ shareholders; or services providing the Funds with more efficient methods of offering shares to coherent groups of clients, members or prospects of a participant; or services permitting bulking of purchases or sales, or transmission of such purchases or sales by computerized tape or other electronic equipment; or other processing. Dealers must have an aggregate value of $50,000 or more per Fund CUSIP to qualify for payment in that Fund class.
83 |
On a quarterly basis, the Funds’ Board of Trustees reviews a report on expenditures under the Plans and the purposes for which expenditures were made. The Trustees conduct an additional, more extensive review annually in determining whether the Plans will be continued. By its terms, continuation of the Plans from year to year is contingent on annual approval by a majority of the Funds’ Trustees and by a majority of the Trustees who are not “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) and who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Plans or any related agreements (the “Plan Trustees”). The Plans provide that they may not be amended to increase materially the costs which the Funds may bear pursuant to the Plans without approval of the shareholders of that class of the Funds and that other material amendments to the Plans must be approved by a majority of the Plan Trustees by vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of considering such amendments. The Plans further provide that while they are in effect, the selection and nomination of Trustees who are not “interested persons” shall be committed to the discretion of the Trustees who are not “interested persons.” The Plans may be terminated at any time by vote of the Plan Trustees or a majority of the outstanding shares of the relevant class of the Funds.
The Funds have not paid Rule 12b-1 Fees prior to the date of this SAI.
No interested person of the Funds other than the Distributor and no Trustee who is not an interested person of the Funds, as that term is defined in the 1940 Act, has had any direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Plans or related agreements.
FINRA regards certain distribution fees as asset-based sales charges subject to FINRA sales load limits. FINRA’s maximum sales charge rule may require the Board of Trustees to suspend distribution fees or amend the Plans.
Other Accounts Managed by Portfolio Managers and Potential Conflicts of Interest
As described in each Fund’s prospectuses, the portfolio manager(s) who are responsible for the Funds are:
Fund | Portfolio Manager (s) |
Alternative Income Solution Fund | Kathleen Barchick |
Eric Conklin | |
Stanley Kraska | |
Andrew Lacey | |
Joe Lu | |
Donald E. Morgan III | |
Stephen Nesbitt | |
Keith Pauley | |
Peter Reed | |
Benjamin J. Renshaw | |
Patrick Ryan | |
Nathan Sandler | |
David Steinberg | |
Daniel Stern | |
Kyle Waldhauer | |
Alternative Inflation Solution Fund | Kathleen Barchick |
John Brynjolfsson | |
Christopher Burton | |
Eric Conklin | |
Stanley Kraska | |
Nelson Louie | |
Stephen Nesbitt | |
Donald E. Morgan III | |
John Mulquiney | |
Keith Pauley | |
Benjamin J. Renshaw | |
Warryn Robertson | |
Daniel Stern |
84 |
Fund | Portfolio Manager (s) |
Alternative Total Solution Fund | Jeffrey Altman |
Kathleen Barchick | |
John Brynjolfsson | |
Pablo Calderini | |
Eric Conklin | |
Malcolm Fairbairn | |
Stanley Kraska | |
Daniel Krueger | |
Jeffrey Lee | |
Joe Lu | |
Donald E. Morgan III | |
John Mulquiney | |
Stephen Nesbitt | |
Keith Pauley | |
Peter Reed | |
Benjamin J. Renshaw | |
Sean Reynolds | |
Warryn Robertson | |
Nathan Sandler | |
David Steinberg | |
Daniel Stern | |
Kenneth G. Tropin |
There may be certain inherent conflicts of interest that arise in connection with the portfolio managers’ management of a Fund’s investments and the investments of any other accounts they manage. Such conflicts could include the aggregation of orders for all accounts managed by a particular portfolio manager, the allocation of purchases across all such accounts, the allocation of IPOs and any soft dollar arrangements that the relevant subadviser may have in place that could benefit the Funds and/or such other accounts. The Board of Trustees has adopted on behalf of the Funds policies and procedures designed to address any such conflicts of interest to ensure that all transactions are executed in the best interest of the Funds’ shareholders. Each subadviser is required to certify its compliance with these procedures to the Board of Trustees on a quarterly basis. There have been no material compliance issues with respect to any of these policies and procedures during the Funds’ most recent fiscal year. Additionally, any conflicts of interest between the investment strategies of a Fund and the investment strategies of other accounts managed by portfolio managers are not expected to be material since portfolio managers generally manage funds and other accounts having similar investment strategies.
The following table s provides information as of January 1, 2014, regarding all accounts managed by the portfolio managers and portfolio management team members for each of the funds as named in the prospectus. In the table s , Registered Investment Companies include all open and closed-end mutual funds. Pooled Investment Vehicles (PIVs) include, but are not limited to, securities of issuers exempt from registration under Section 3(c) of the Investment Company Act, such as private placements and hedge funds. Other accounts would include, but are not limited to, individual managed accounts, separate accounts, institutional accounts, pension funds, collateralized bond obligations and collateralized debt obligations. The portfolio managers managing the Funds may also manage or be members of management teams for other Virtus Mutual Funds or other similar accounts.
Registered Investment
Companies |
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles (PIVs) |
Other
Accounts |
||||||
Portfolio Manager |
Number of Accounts |
Total Assets |
Number of Accounts |
Total Assets |
Number of Accounts |
Total Assets |
||
Jeffrey Altman | 0 | $0 | 9 | $3.76 billion | 0 | $0 | ||
Kathleen Barchick | 0 | $0 | 0 | $0 | 0 | $0 | ||
John Brynjolfsson | 2 | $666 million | 3 | $123 million | 1 | $132 million | ||
Christopher Burton | 6 | $5.92 billion | 12 | $2.67 billion | 14 | $2.07 billion | ||
Pablo Calderini | 3 | $58.5 million | 6 | $5.09 billion | 11 | $2.02 billion | ||
Eric Conklin | 0 | $ 0 | 4 | $420 million | 41 | $3.24 billion | ||
Malcolm Fairbairn | 0 | $0 | 10 | $2.3 billion | 4 | $500 million | ||
Stanley Kraska | 2 | $53 million | 10 | $8 billion | 17 | $1.6 billion |
85 |
Registered Investment
Companies |
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles (PIVs) |
Other
Accounts |
||||||
Portfolio Manager |
Number of Accounts |
Total Assets |
Number of Accounts |
Total Assets |
Number of Accounts |
Total Assets |
||
Daniel Krueger | 0 | $0 | 7 | $3.7 billion | 0 | $0 | ||
Andrew Lacey | 13 | $10.28 billion | 13 | $1.33 billion | 179 | $7.5 billion | ||
Jeffrey Lee | 0 | $0 | 6 | $3.36 billion | 0 | $0 | ||
Nelson Louie | 6 | $5.92 billion | 12 | $2.67 billion | 14 | $2.07 billion | ||
Joe Lu | 0 | $0 | 5 | $1.27 billion | 0 | $0 | ||
Donald E. Morgan III | 4 | $1.01 billion | 26 | $8.92 billion | 23 | $5.47 billion | ||
John Mulquiney | 2 | $1.01 billion | 5 | $1.36 billion | 8 | $1.77 billion | ||
Stephen Nesbitt | 0 | $0 | 0 | $0 | 0 | $0 | ||
Keith Pauley | 2 | $53 million | 10 | $8 billion | 17 | $1.6 billion | ||
Peter Reed | 0 | $0 | 5 | $1.27 billion | 0 | $0 | ||
Benjamin J. Renshaw | 4 | $1.01 billion | 26 | $8.92 billion | 23 | $5.47 billion | ||
Sean Reynolds | 3 | $8.1 million | 25 | $855 million | 10 | $196 million | ||
Warryn Robertson | 2 | $1.01 billion | 8 | $1.57 billion | 16 | $5.72 billion | ||
Amy Robinson* | 9 | $9.3 billion | 0 | $0 | 0 | $0 | ||
Patrick Ryan | 4 | $368 million | 7 | $724 million | 46 | $2.61 billion | ||
Nathan Sandler | 0 | $0 | 8 | $3.28 million | 2 | $725 million | ||
David Steinberg | 0 | $0 | 5 | $1.27 billion | 0 | $0 | ||
Daniel Stern | 0 | $0 | 0 | $0 | 0 | $0 | ||
Kenneth G. Tropin | 3 | $58.5 million | 6 | $5.09 billion | 11 | $2.02 billion | ||
Kyle Waldhauer | 4 | $368 million | 7 | $724 million | 43 | $2.45 billion |
Other Accounts with Performance Based Fees
Registered Investment
Companies |
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles (PIVs) |
Other
Accounts |
||||||
Portfolio Manager |
Number of Accounts |
Total Assets |
Number of Accounts |
Total Assets |
Number of Accounts |
Total Assets |
||
Jeffrey Altman | ||||||||
Kathleen Barchick | ||||||||
John Brynjolfsson | ||||||||
Christopher Burton | ||||||||
Pablo Calderini | ||||||||
Eric Conklin | ||||||||
Malcolm Fairbairn | ||||||||
Stanley Kraska | ||||||||
Daniel Krueger | ||||||||
Andrew Lacey | ||||||||
Jeffrey Lee | ||||||||
Nelson Louie | ||||||||
Joe Lu | ||||||||
Donald E. Morgan III | ||||||||
John Mulquiney | ||||||||
Stephen Nesbitt | ||||||||
Keith Pauley | ||||||||
Peter Reed | ||||||||
Benjamin J. Renshaw | ||||||||
Sean Reynolds | ||||||||
Warryn Robertson | ||||||||
Amy Robinson* | ||||||||
Patrick Ryan | ||||||||
Nathan Sandler | ||||||||
David Steinberg | ||||||||
Daniel Stern | ||||||||
Kenneth G. Tropin | ||||||||
Kyle Waldhauer |
* Data as of September 30, 2013
Portfolio Manager Compensation
Armored Wolf
Armored Wolf’s portfolio manager compensation structure has three primary components depending upon the position of the employee: (1) a base salary; (2) an annual cash bonus; and (3) a profit participation based on overall firm performance. Armored Wolf personnel also receive certain other benefits that are broadly available to all firm employees. Compensation of all Armored Wolf employees is evaluated on an annual basis. Salaries are paid throughout the year. Cash bonuses and profit participations are typically paid shortly after year-end. Base salary adjustments are put into effect on January 1 st of each year.
Armored Wolf seeks to compensate portfolio managers commensurate with their responsibilities and performance, and competitive with other firms within the investment management industry. The performance of portfolio managers is evaluated primarily based on success in achieving portfolio objectives for managed funds and accounts, and considers both current year and longer-term performance objectives. Salary increases, cash bonuses and profit participation are influenced by the overall performance of the firm. While the salaries of Armored Wolf portfolio managers are relatively fixed, cash bonuses and profit participation based on performance may fluctuate substantially from year to year, based on changes in the firm’s financial performance and other factors.
Ascend
Ascend compensates its portfolio managers with a “market level” salary, which is reviewed annually. All bonuses paid are tied to the firm’s client account performance as well as to each portfolio manager’s individual performance.
Brigade
Each of the Funds’ portfolio managers from Brigade is an equity partner of Brigade. The firm’s management fees and any performance fees paid by clients are paid to Brigade, and after the firm’s expenses are paid the profits are distributed to equity partners based on their level of equity ownership. Additionally, Brigade provides a competitive benefits package.
Cliffwater
The Cliffwater portfolio managers receive no compensation from Cliffwater; they are compensated through their employment with the respective joint venture partners. The Cliffwater portfolio managers employed by Cliffwater LLC are partners in Cliffwater LLC, which is not a Virtus affiliate. The compensation of each is a percentage of the profits of Cliffwater LLC. The compensation program for the Cliffwater portfolio manager employed by Virtus Partners, Inc. is summarized below.
86 |
Virtus and certain of its affiliated investment management firms (collectively, “Virtus”), believe that the firm’s compensation program is adequate and competitive to attract and retain high-caliber investment professionals. Investment professionals at Virtus receive a competitive base salary, an incentive bonus opportunity and a benefits package. Certain professionals who supervise and manage others also participate in a management incentive program reflecting their personal contribution and team performance. Certain key individuals also have the opportunity to take advantage of a long-term incentive compensation program, including potential awards of Virtus restricted stock units (“Virtus RSUs”) with multi-year vesting, subject to Virtus board of directors’ approval. Following is a more detailed description of Virtus’ compensation structure.
Base Salary . Each portfolio manager is paid a fixed base salary, which is designed to be competitive in light of the individual’s experience and responsibilities. Base salary is determined using compensation survey results of investment industry compensation conducted by an independent third party in evaluating competitive market compensation for its investment management professionals.
Incentive Bonus . Incentive bonus pools are based upon individual firm profits and in some instances overall Virtus profitability. The short-term incentive payment is generally paid in cash, but a portion may be made in Virtus RSUs.
Other Benefits. Broad-based plans offered generally to employees of Virtus and its affiliates, including 401(k), health and other employee benefit plans.
Credit Suisse
The Credit Suisse portfolio managers are compensated for their services by Credit Suisse. Their compensation includes both a fixed base salary component and a bonus component. The discretionary bonus for each portfolio manager is not tied by formula to the performance of any fund or account. The factors taken into account in determining a portfolio manager’s bonus include the Fund’s performance, assets held in the Fund and other accounts managed by the portfolio managers, business growth, team work, management and corporate citizenship, among others. A portion of the bonus may be paid in phantom shares of Credit Suisse Group AG stock as deferred compensation. Phantom shares are shares representing an unsecured right to receive on a particular date a specified number of registered shares subject to certain terms and conditions.
Graham
Graham employees, including the Fund’s portfolio managers, earn a competitive salary plus bonus based on the success of the firm, in addition to benefits such as medical and profit sharing. The Fund’s portfolio managers are compensated based, in part, on investment performance.
Harvest
All Harvest investment personnel are compensated via salary, bonus and profit sharing. Any bonuses and profit sharing for employee-owners, of which the Funds’ portfolio manager is one, are based on a variety of factors including overall performance of the company.
ICE Canyon
The founding partners of ICE Canyon, of which the portfolio manager is one, are compensated by salary and ownership/division of the profits of ICE Canyon.
LaSalle
Compensation for LaSalle’s investment professionals consists of a base salary and an incentive component which is tied to an individual’s performance. Portfolio managers’ performance is evaluated on the performance of their portfolios when the firm allocates its bonus pool for each individual’s incentive compensation. Certain employees also receive stock compensation.
Lazard
Lazard compensates key investment personnel by a competitive salary and bonus structure, which is determined both quantitatively and qualitatively. The quantitative compensation factors include: performance relative to benchmark, performance relative to applicable peer group, absolute return and assets under management. The qualitative compensation factors include: leadership, mentoring and teamwork. Certain employees of Lazard also are eligible to receive restricted stock units of Lazard Ltd. through the Lazard Ltd. Equity Incentive Plan, and restricted interests in shares of certain funds managed by Lazard and its affiliates, each subject to a multi-year vesting schedule and restrictive covenants.
87 |
The Lazard portfolio managers for the Alternative Income Solution Fund receive a competitive salary and are eligible for bonuses which are determined both quantitatively and qualitatively as described above. The variable component of total compensation for such portfolio managers constitutes the major proportion of total compensation.
The Lazard portfolio managers for the Alternative Inflation Solution Fund receive a competitive salary and are eligible for bonuses which are determined both quantitatively and qualitatively as described above. The factors upon which total compensation is based include maintenance of current knowledge and opinions, generation and development of investment ideas, quality of security analysis and the ability and willingness to develop and share ideas on a team basis.
All of the portfolio management team members for the Alternative Total Solution Fund receive Lazard Ltd. Stock (which is subject to certain vesting provisions) as part of their compensation. In addition, the senior members of the team including the Fund’s portfolio manager are subject to reinvesting a portion of their bonuses into one or more private funds managed by the team, which is then subject to vesting.
MAST
Portfolio Managers at MAST are compensated with a base salary and bonus based on their respective share of the firm’s net incentive fees. The remaining incentive income and all management fees net of expenses are allocated to the firm’s equity holders, including David Steinberg.
Owl Creek
Each of the portfolio managers of the Funds from Owl Creek are partners of Owl Creek. Partner compensation at Owl Creek includes a base salary plus an allocation of a partnership interest.
Portfolio Manager Fund Ownership
As of the date of this SAI, none of the portfolio managers owned any shares of the Funds.
BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES
In effecting transactions for the Funds, the applicable subadviser (throughout this section, “Subadviser”) adheres to the Trust’s policy of seeking best execution and price, determined as described below, except to the extent it is permitted to pay higher brokerage commissions for “brokerage and research services” as defined herein. The determination of what may constitute best execution and price in the execution of a securities transaction by a broker involves a number of considerations including, without limitation, the overall direct net economic result to the Funds (involving both price paid or received and any commissions and other costs paid), the efficiency with which the transaction is effected, the ability to effect the transaction at all where a large block is involved, availability of the broker to stand ready to execute possibly difficult transactions in the future and the financial strength and stability of the broker. Such considerations are judgmental and are weighed by the Subadviser in determining the overall reasonableness of brokerage commissions paid by the Funds.
The Subadviser may cause a Fund to pay a broker an amount of commission for effecting a securities transaction in excess of the amount of commission which another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction if the Subadviser determines in good faith that such amount of commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by such broker. As provided in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, “brokerage and research services” include advising as to the value of securities, the advisability of investing in, purchasing or selling securities, the availability of securities or purchasers or sellers of securities; furnishing analyses and reports concerning issuers, industries, securities, economic factors and trends, portfolio strategy and the performance of accounts, and effecting securities transactions and performing functions incidental thereto (such as clearance and settlement). Brokerage and research services provided by brokers to the Funds are considered to be in addition to and not in lieu of services required to be performed by each Subadviser under its contract with the Trust and may benefit both the Funds and other accounts of the Subadviser. Conversely, brokerage and research services provided by brokers to other accounts of the Subadviser may benefit the Funds.
If the securities in which a particular Fund invests are traded primarily in the over-the-counter market, where possible the Fund will deal directly with the dealers who make a market in the securities involved unless better prices and executions are available elsewhere. Such securities may be purchased directly from the issuer. Bonds and money market instruments are generally traded on a net basis and do not normally involve either brokerage commissions or transfer taxes.
88 |
Some fund transactions are, subject to the Conduct Rules of the FINRA and to obtaining best prices and executions, effected through dealers (excluding VP Distributors) who sell shares of the Funds.
The Trust has implemented, and the Board of Trustees has approved, policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent (i) the Subadvisers’ personnel responsible for the selection of broker-dealers to effect fund portfolio securities transactions from taking into account, in making those decisions, a broker-dealer’s promotion or sales efforts, and (ii) the Trust, its Adviser, Subadvisers and Distributor from entering into any agreement or other understanding under which the Funds direct brokerage transactions or revenue generated by those transactions to a broker-dealer to pay for distribution of Fund shares. These policies and procedures are designed to prevent the Trust from entering into informal arrangements to direct portfolio securities transactions to a particular broker.
The Trust has adopted a policy and procedures governing the execution of aggregated advisory client orders (“bunching procedures”) in an attempt to lower commission costs on a per-share and per-dollar basis. According to the bunching procedures, a Subadviser shall aggregate transactions unless it believes in its sole discretion that such aggregation is inconsistent with its duty to seek best execution (which shall include the duty to seek best price) for the Funds. No advisory account of the Subadviser is to be favored over any other account and each account that participates in an aggregated order is expected to participate at the average share price for all transactions of the Subadviser in that security on a given business day, with all transaction costs share pro rata based on the Fund’s participation in the transaction. If the aggregated order is filled in its entirety, it shall be allocated among the Subadviser’s accounts in accordance with the allocation order, and if the order is partially filled, it shall be allocated pro rata based on the allocation order. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the order may be allocated on a basis different from that specified in the allocation order if all accounts of the Subadviser whose orders are allocated receive fair and equitable treatment and the reason for such different allocation is explained in writing and is approved in writing by the Subadviser’s compliance officer prior to the execution of the order. If an aggregated order is partially filled and allocated on a basis different from that specified in the allocation order, no account that is benefited by such different allocation may intentionally and knowingly effect any purchase or sale for a reasonable period following the execution of the aggregated order that would result in it receiving or selling more shares than the amount of shares it would have received or sold had the aggregated order been completely filled. The Board of Trustees will review these procedures from time to time as they deem appropriate.
As of the date of the SAI, the Funds have not paid any brokerage commissions or commissions to any affiliated brokers.
Investment decisions for the Trust are made independently from those of the other investment companies or accounts advised by the Subadvisers. It may frequently happen that the same security is held in the portfolio of more than one fund or account. Simultaneous transactions are inevitable when several funds or accounts are managed by the same investment adviser, particularly when the same security is suited for the investment objectives of more than one fund or account. When two or more funds or accounts advised by a Subadviser are simultaneously engaged in the purchase or sale of the same security, the transactions are allocated among the funds or accounts in a manner equitable to each fund or account. It is recognized that in some cases this system could have a detrimental effect on the price or volume of the security as far as the Funds are concerned. In other cases, however, it is believed that the ability of the Funds to participate in volume transactions will produce better executions for the Funds. It is the opinion of the Board of Trustees of the Trust that the desirability of utilizing each Subadviser as an investment adviser to the Funds outweighs the disadvantages that may be said to exist from simultaneous transactions.
Securities of Regular Broker-Dealers
The Funds are required to identify the securities of their regular brokers or dealers (as defined in Rule 10b-1 under the 1940 Act) or their parent companies held by the Funds as of the close of their most recent fiscal year. The Funds are new and did not acquire securities of its regular brokers or dealers (as defined in the 1940 Act or of their parent companies as of the date of this SAI.
Prior to the date of this SAI, the Funds directed no transactions to brokers for proprietary and third party research services.
PURCHASE, REDEMPTION AND PRICING OF SHARES
How to Buy Shares
For Class A Shares and Class C Shares, the minimum initial investment is $2,500 and the minimum subsequent investment is $100. However, both the initial and subsequent minimum investment amounts are $100 for investments pursuant to the “Systematic Purchase” plan, a bank draft investing program administered by the Transfer Agent, or pursuant to the Systematic Exchange privilege or for an IRA. In addition, there are no subsequent minimum investment amounts in connection with the reinvestment of dividend or capital gain distributions. For Class I Shares, the minimum initial investment is $100,000 and there is no subsequent minimum investment. For purchases of Class I Shares (i) by private clients of the adviser, subadviser and their affiliates, (ii) through certain programs and defined contribution plans with which the Distributor or Transfer Agent has an arrangement or (iii) by Trustees of the funds and directors, officers and employees of Virtus and its affiliates, the minimum initial investment is waived. Completed applications for the purchase of shares should be mailed to: Virtus Mutual Funds, P.O. Box 9874, Providence, RI 02940-8074.
89 |
The Trust has authorized one or more brokers to accept on its behalf purchase and redemption orders. Such brokers are authorized to designate other intermediaries to accept purchase and redemption orders on the Trust’s behalf. The Trust will be deemed to have received a purchase or redemption order when an authorized broker or, if applicable, a broker’s authorized designee, accepts the order. Customer orders will be priced at the Funds’ NAVs next computed after they are received in good order by an authorized broker or the broker’s authorized designee.
Alternative Purchase Arrangements
Shares may be purchased from investment dealers at a price equal to their NAV per share, plus a sales charge which, at the election of the purchaser, may be imposed either (i) at the time of the purchase (the “initial sales charge alternative”) or (ii) on a contingent deferred basis (the “deferred sales charge alternative”). Certain Funds also offers Class I Shares that may be purchased by certain institutional investors at a price equal to their NAV per share. Orders received by dealers prior to the close of trading on the NYSE are confirmed at the offering price effective at that time, provided the order is received by an authorized broker or broker’s authorized designee prior to its close of business.
The alternative purchase arrangements permit an investor to choose the method of purchasing shares that is more beneficial given the amount of the purchase, the length of time the investor expects to hold the shares, whether the investor wishes to receive distributions in cash or to reinvest them in additional shares of the Funds, and other circumstances. Investors should consider whether, during the anticipated life of their investment in the Fund, the accumulated continuing distribution and services fees and CDSC on Class C Shares would be less than the initial sales charge and accumulated distribution services fee on Class A Shares purchased at the same time.
Investors should understand that the purpose and function of the CDSC and ongoing distribution and services fees with respect to the Class C Shares are the same as those of the initial sales charge and ongoing distribution and services fees with respect to the Class A Shares. The distribution expenses incurred by the Distributor in connection with the sale of the shares will be paid, in the case of Class A Shares, from the proceeds of the initial sales charge and the ongoing distribution and services fee. For Class C Shares, the ongoing distribution and services fee will be used to pay for the distribution expenses incurred by the Distributor. Sales personnel of broker-dealers distributing the Funds’ shares may receive differing compensation for selling Class A Shares and Class C Shares.
Dividends paid by a Fund, if any, with respect to each class of shares will be calculated in the same manner at the same time on the same day, except that fees such as higher distribution and services fees and any incremental transfer agency costs relating to each class of shares will be borne exclusively by that class. (See “Dividends, Distributions and Taxes” in this SAI.)
Class A Shares
Class A Shares incur a sales charge when they are purchased and enjoy the benefit of not being subject to any sales charge when they are redeemed, except that a 1.00% CDSC may apply on certain redemptions made within 18 months following purchases on which a finder’s fee has been paid. The CDSC period begins on the last day of the month preceding the month in which the purchase was made. Such deferred sales charges may be waived under certain conditions as determined by the Distributor. Class A Shares are subject to ongoing distribution and services fees at an annual rate of 0.25% of the Fund’s aggregate average daily net assets attributable to the Class A Shares. In addition, certain purchases of Class A Shares qualify for reduced initial sales charges.
Class C Shares
Class C Shares are purchased without an initial sales charge but are subject to a deferred sales charge if redeemed within one year of purchase. The deferred sales charge may be waived in connection with certain qualifying redemptions. Shares issued in conjunction with the automatic reinvestment of income distributions and capital gain distributions are not subject to any sales charges. Class C Shares are subject to ongoing distribution and service fees of up to 1.00% of each Fund’s aggregate average daily net assets attributable to Class C Shares. Class C Shares enjoy the benefit of permitting all of the investor’s dollars to work from the time the investment is made. The higher ongoing distribution and services fee paid by Class C Shares will cause such shares to have a higher expense ratio and to pay lower dividends, to the extent any dividends are paid, than those related to Class A Shares. Class C Shares do not convert to another class of shares and long term investors may therefore pay more through accumulated distribution fees than the economic equivalent of any applicable sales charge and accumulated distribution fees in the other classes.
90 |
Class I Shares
Class I Shares are offered primarily to clients of financial intermediaries that (i) charge such clients an ongoing fee for advisory, investment, consulting, or similar services; or (ii) have entered into an agreement with the Distributor to offer Class I Shares through a no-load network or platform. Such clients may include pension and profit sharing plans, other employee benefit trusts, endowments, foundations and corporations. Class I Shares are also offered to private and institutional clients of, or referred by, the Adviser, the subadvisers or their affiliates, and to Trustees of the funds and trustees/directors of affiliated open- and closed-end funds, and directors, officers and employees of Virtus and its affiliates.
Class A Shares—Reduced Initial Sales Charges
Investors choosing Class A Shares may be entitled to reduced sales charges. The ways in which sales charges may be avoided or reduced are described below. Investors buying Class A Shares on which a finder’s fee has been paid may incur a 1.00% CDSC if they redeem their shares within 18 months of purchase. The CDSC period begins on the last day of the month preceding the month in which the purchase was made. Such deferred sales charge may be waived under certain conditions as determined by the Distributor or Transfer Agent.
Qualified Purchasers
If you fall within any one of the following categories, you will not have to pay a sales charge on your purchase of Class A Shares:
(1) | trustee, director or officer of any Virtus Mutual Funds, or any other mutual fund advised, subadvised or distributed by the Adviser, Distributor or any of their corporate affiliates; |
(2) | any director or officer, or any full-time employee or sales representative (for at least 90 days), of the applicable Fund’s Adviser, Subadviser (if any) or Distributor; |
(3) | any private client of an Adviser or Subadviser to any Virtus Mutual Fund; |
(4) | registered representatives and employees of securities dealers with whom the Distributor has sales agreements; |
(5) | any qualified retirement plan exclusively for persons described above; |
(6) | any officer, director or employee of a corporate affiliate of the Adviser, a Subadviser or the Distributor; |
(7) | any spouse or domestic partner, child, parent, grandparent, brother or sister of any person named in (1), (2), (4) or (6) above; |
(8) | employee benefit plans for employees of the Adviser, Distributor and/or their corporate affiliates; |
(9) | any employee or agent who retires from the Distributor and/or their corporate affiliates or from Phoenix Life Insurance Company and its corporate affiliates (“PNX”), as long as, with respect to PNX employees or agents, such individual was employed by PNX prior to December 31, 2008; |
(10) | any Virtus direct account held in the name of a qualified employee benefit plan, endowment fund or foundation if, on the date of the initial investment, the plan, fund or foundation has assets of $10,000,000 or more or at least 100 eligible employees; |
(11) | any person with a direct rollover transfer of shares from an established Virtus Mutual Fund or Virtus qualified plan; |
(12) | any state, county, city, department, authority or similar agency prohibited by law from paying a sales charge; |
(13) | any unallocated account held by a third party administrator, registered investment adviser, trust company, or bank trust department which exercises discretionary authority and holds the account in a fiduciary, agency, custodial or similar capacity, if in the aggregate such accounts held by such entity equal or exceed $1,000,000; |
(14) | any deferred compensation plan established for the benefit of any trustee or director of Virtus, any Virtus Mutual Fund, or any open- or closed-end fund advised, subadvised or distributed by the Adviser, the Distributor or any of their corporate affiliates; provided that sales to persons listed in (1) through (13) above are made upon the written assurance of the purchaser that the purchase is made for investment purposes and that the shares so acquired will not be resold except to the Fund; |
91 |
If you fall within any one of the following categories, you also will not have to pay a sales charge on your purchase of Class A Shares:
(15) | individuals purchasing through an account with an unaffiliated brokerage firm having an agreement with the Distributor to waive sales charges for its clients; |
(16) | purchasers of Class A Shares bought through investment advisers and financial planners who charge an advisory, consulting or other fee for their services and buy shares for their own accounts or the accounts of their clients; |
(17) | retirement plans and deferred compensation plans and trusts used to fund those plans (including, for example, certain plans qualified or created under Sections 401(a), 403(b) or 457 of the Code), and “rabbi trusts” that buy shares for their own accounts, in each case if those purchases are made through a broker or agent or other financial intermediary that has made special arrangements with the Distributor for such purchases; |
(18) | clients of investment advisors or financial planners who buy shares for their own accounts but only if their accounts are linked to a master account of their investment advisor or financial planner on the books and records of the broker, agent or financial intermediary with which the Distributor has made such special arrangements. |
Each of the investors described in (15) through (18) may be charged a fee by the broker, agent or financial intermediary for purchasing shares.
Combination Purchase Privilege
Your purchase of any class of shares of these Funds or any other Virtus Mutual Fund (other than any money market fund that has not previously paid a sales charge), if made at the same time by the same person, will be added together with any existing Virtus Mutual Fund account values, to determine whether the combined sum entitles you to an immediate reduction in sales charges. Shares of Virtus money market funds, other than money market fund shares acquired by exchanges from other Virtus funds, are not included for combination purchase privileges. A “person” is defined in this and the following sections as either
(a) | any individual, his or her spouse or domestic partner, children and minor grandchildren purchasing shares for his, her or their own account (including an IRA account) including his, her or their own sole proprietorship or trust where any of the above is the named beneficiary; |
(b) | a trustee or other fiduciary purchasing for a single trust, estate or single fiduciary account (even though more than one beneficiary may exist); |
(c) | multiple accounts (up to 200) under a qualified employee benefit plan or administered by a third party administrator; or |
(d) | trust companies, bank trust departments, registered investment advisers, and similar entities placing orders or providing administrative services with respect to accounts over which they exercise discretionary investment authority and which are held in a fiduciary, agency, custodial or similar capacity, provided all shares are held of record in the name, or nominee name, of the entity placing the order. |
Right of Accumulation
The value of your account(s) in any class of shares of these Funds or any other Virtus Mutual Fund (other than any money market fund) that has previously paid a sales charge, may be added together at the time of each purchase to determine whether the combined sum entitles you to a prospective reduction in sales charges. Shares of Virtus money market funds, other than money market fund shares acquired by exchanges from other Virtus funds, are not included for rights of accumulation. You must provide certain account information to the Funds and their agents at the time of purchase to exercise this right.
Gifting of Shares. If you make a gift of shares of a Virtus Mutual Fund, upon your request you may combine purchases, if made at the same time, of any class of shares of these funds or any other Virtus Mutual Fund (other than any Virtus money market fund) at the sales charge discount allowed for the combined purchase. The receiver of the gift may also be entitled to a prospective reduction in sales charges in accordance with the funds’ right of accumulation or other provisions. You or the receiver of the gift must provide certain account information to Virtus Mutual Funds or their agents at the time of purchase to exercise this right.
Associations
Certain groups or associations may be treated as a “person” and qualify for reduced Class A Share sales charges. The group or association must: (1) have been in existence for at least six months; (2) have a legitimate purpose other than to purchase mutual fund shares at a reduced sales charge; (3) work through an investment dealer; and (4) not be a group whose sole reason for existing is to consist of members who are credit card holders of a particular company, policyholders of an insurance company, customers of a bank or a broker-dealer or clients of an investment adviser.
92 |
Letter of Intent
If you sign a Letter of Intent, your purchase of any class of shares of these Funds or any other Virtus Mutual Fund (other than any money market fund), if made by the same person within a 13-month period, will be added together to determine whether you are entitled to an immediate reduction in sales charges. Sales charges are reduced based on the overall amount you indicate that you will buy under the Letter of Intent. The Letter of Intent is a mutually non-binding commitment. Since the Funds and their agents do not know whether you will ultimately fulfill the Letter of Intent, shares worth 5% of the amount of each purchase will be set aside until you fulfill the Letter of Intent. When you buy enough shares to fulfill the Letter of Intent, these shares will no longer be restricted. If, on the other hand, you do not satisfy the Letter of Intent, or otherwise wish to sell any restricted shares, you will be given the choice of either buying enough shares to fulfill the Letter of Intent or paying the difference between any sales charge you previously paid and the otherwise applicable sales charge. You will be given 20 days to make this decision. If you do not exercise either election, the Transfer Agent will automatically redeem the number of your restricted shares needed to make up the deficiency in sales charges received. The Transfer Agent will redeem restricted Class A Shares before Class C Shares. Oldest shares will be redeemed before selling newer shares. Any remaining shares will then be deposited to your account.
Class A and Class C Shares — Waiver of Deferred Sales Charges
The CDSC is waived on the redemption (sale) of Class A Shares and Class C Shares if the redemption is made:
(a) | within one year of death; |
(i) | of the sole shareholder on an individual account, |
(ii) | of a joint tenant where the surviving joint tenant is the deceased’s spouse or domestic partner, |
(iii) | of the beneficiary of a Uniform Gifts to Minors Act (UGMA), Uniform Transfers to Minors Act (UTMA) or other custodial account, or |
(iv) | of the “grantor” on a trust account; |
(b) | within one year of disability, as defined in Code Section 72(m)(7); |
(c) | as a mandatory distribution upon reaching age 70 1 / 2 under certain retirement plans qualified under Code Sections 401, 408 or 403(b) or resulting from the tax-free return of an excess contribution to an IRA; |
(d) | by 401(k) plans using an approved participant tracking system for participant hardships, death, disability or normal retirement, and loans which are subsequently repaid; |
(e) | based on the exercise of exchange privileges among Class A Shares and Class C Shares of these Funds or any of the Virtus Mutual Funds; |
(f) | based on any direct rollover transfer of shares from an established Virtus Mutual Fund qualified plan into a Virtus Mutual Fund IRA by participants terminating from the qualified plan; and |
(g) | based on the systematic withdrawal program. |
If, as described in condition (a) above, an account is transferred to an account registered in the name of a deceased’s estate, the CDSC will be waived on any redemption from the estate account occurring within one year of the death. If the Class B Shares are not redeemed within one year of the death, they will remain subject to the applicable CDSC.
How to Redeem Shares
Under the 1940 Act, payment for shares redeemed must ordinarily be made within seven days after tender. The right to redeem shares may be suspended and payment postponed during periods when the NYSE is closed, other than customary weekend and holiday closings, or if permitted by rules of the SEC, during periods when trading on the NYSE is restricted or during any emergency which makes it impracticable for a Fund to dispose of its securities or to determine fairly the value of its net assets or during any other period permitted by order of the SEC for the protection of investors. Furthermore, the Transfer Agent will not mail redemption proceeds until checks received for shares purchased have cleared, which may take up to 15 days or more.
The Trust has authorized one or more brokers to receive on its behalf purchase and redemption orders. Such brokers are authorized to designate other intermediaries to accept purchase and redemption orders on the Trust’s behalf. The Trust will be deemed to have received a purchase or redemption order when an authorized broker or, if applicable, a broker’s authorized designee, accepts the order. Customer orders will be priced at the Funds’ NAVs next computed after they are received in good order by an authorized broker or the broker’s authorized designee.
Redemptions by Class C shareholders will be subject to the applicable deferred sales charge, if any.
93 |
A shareholder should contact his/her broker-dealer if he/she wishes to transfer shares from an existing broker-dealer street name account to a street name account with another broker-dealer. The Funds have no specific procedures governing such account transfers.
Redemption of Small Accounts
Each shareholder account in the Funds which has been in existence for at least one year and which has a value of less than $200, due to redemption activity may be redeemed upon the giving of not less than 60 days written notice to the shareholder mailed to the account address of record. During the 60-day period following such notice, the shareholder has the right to add to the account to bring its value to $200 or more. (See the Funds’ current Prospectuses for more information.)
Redemptions by Mail
Shareholders may redeem shares by making written request, executed in the full name of the account, directly to Virtus Mutual Funds, P.O. Box 9874, Providence, RI 02940-8074. (See the Funds’ current Prospectuses for more information.)
Redemptions by Telephone
Generally, shareholders may redeem by telephone up to $50,000 worth of their shares held in book-entry form. (See the Funds’ current Prospectuses for more information.) Corporations that have completed a Corporate Authorized Trader form may redeem more than $50,000 worth of shares in most instances.
Redemptions in Kind
To the extent consistent with state and federal law, the Funds may make payment of the redemption price either in cash or in kind. However, the Funds have elected to pay in cash all requests for redemption by any shareholder of record, limited in respect to each shareholder during any 90-day period to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the NAV of the Fund at the beginning of such period. This election has been made pursuant to Rule 18f-1 under the 1940 Act and is irrevocable while the Rule is in effect unless the SEC, by order, permits the withdrawal thereof. In case of a redemption in kind, securities delivered in payment for shares would generally represent the shareholder’s proportionate share of the Fund’s current net assets and be valued at the same value assigned to them in computing the NAV per share of the Fund. A shareholder receiving such securities would incur brokerage costs when selling the securities.
Account Reinstatement Privilege
Shareholders who may have overlooked features of their investment at the time they redeemed have a privilege of reinvestment of their investment at NAV. (See the Funds’ current Prospectuses for more information.)
Returned/Uncashed Checks Policy
For the protection of Fund shareholders, if you have elected to receive dividends and other distributions in cash, and the check is returned to the Fund as undeliverable or you do not respond to mailings from Virtus with regard to uncashed distribution checks, we may take any of the following actions:
• | The distribution option on your account(s) will be changed to reinvest and all subsequent payments will be reinvested in additional shares of the Fund. |
• | Any systematic withdrawal plan will be stopped immediately. |
• | If a check is not presented for payment within six months, the Fund reserves the right to reinvest the check proceeds. |
• | If reinvested, distributions will be reinvested in the Fund at the earliest date practicable after the waiting period at the then-current NAV of such Fund. |
• | No interest will accrue on amounts represented by uncashed dividend, distribution or redemption checks. |
This policy may not apply to certain retirement or qualified accounts, closed accounts or accounts under the applicable Fund’s required minimum threshold.
Reinvestment of future distributions will continue until you notify us of your election to reinstate cash payment of the dividends and other distributions. You will also be required to confirm your current address and daytime telephone number.
94 |
Pricing of Shares
The NAV per share of each class of each fund generally is determined as of the close of regular trading (normally 4:00 PM eastern time) on days when the NYSE is open for trading. The Funds will not calculate its NAV per share class on days when the NYSE is closed for trading.
The NYSE will be closed on the following observed national holidays: New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. Since the Funds do not price securities on weekends or United States national holidays, the NAV of a Fund’s foreign assets may be significantly affected on days when the investor may not be able to purchase or sell shares of the Funds. The NAV per share of a Fund is determined by adding the values of all securities and other assets of the Fund, subtracting liabilities, and dividing by the total number of outstanding shares of the Fund. Assets and liabilities are determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and applicable rules and regulations of the SEC. The total liability allocated to a class, plus that class’s distribution fee and any other expenses allocated solely to that class, are deducted from the proportionate interest of such class in the assets of the Fund, and the resulting amount of each is divided by the number of shares of that class outstanding to produce the NAV per share.
A security that is listed or traded on more than one exchange generally is valued at the official closing price on the exchange representing the principal exchange for such security. Because of the need to obtain prices as of the close of trading on various exchanges throughout the world, the calculation of NAV may not take place for any Fund which invests in foreign securities contemporaneously with the determination of the prices of the majority of the portfolio securities of such Fund. The foreign currency exchange rate used to price the currency in which foreign securities are denominated is generally the 4 p.m. Eastern Time spot rate. If at any time a Fund has investments where market quotations are not readily available or are determined not to be reliable indicators of the value of the securities priced, such investments are valued at the fair value thereof as determined in good faith in accordance with policies and procedures approved by the Board of Trustees.
Security valuation procedures for each Fund, which include nightly price variance as well as back-testing such as bi-weekly unchanged price, monthly secondary source and transaction analysis, have been approved by the Board of Trustees. All internally fair valued securities are approved by a valuation committee (the “Valuation Committee”) appointed by the Board. The Valuation Committee is comprised of the treasurer and assistant treasurer of the Trust, along with two appointees of the Adviser who are identified to the Board of Trustees. All internally fair valued securities, referred to below, are updated daily and reviewed in detail by the Valuation Committee monthly unless changes occur within the period. The Valuation Committee reviews the validity of any model inputs and any changes to the model when applicable. Internal fair valuations are reviewed by the Board of Trustees at least quarterly.
Each Fund utilizes a fair value hierarchy which prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three broad levels.
• | Level 1 – quoted prices in active markets for identical securities |
• | Level 2 – prices determined using other significant observable inputs (including quoted prices for similar securities, interest rates, prepayment speeds, credit risk, etc.) |
• | Level 3 – prices determined using significant unobservable inputs (including the valuation committee’s own assumptions in determining the fair value of investments) |
The inputs or methodologies used for valuing securities are not necessarily an indication of the risk associated with investing in those securities.
A description of the valuation techniques applied to a Fund’s major categories of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis is as follows:
Equity securities are valued at the official closing price (typically last sale) on the exchange on which the securities are primarily traded, or if no closing price is available, at the last bid price and are categorized as Level 1 in the hierarchy. Restricted equity securities and private placements that are not widely traded, are illiquid or are internally fair valued by the valuation committee, are generally categorized as Level 3 in the hierarchy.
95 |
Certain non-U.S. securities may be fair valued in cases where closing prices are not readily available or are deemed not reflective of readily available market prices. For example, significant events (such as movement in the U.S. securities market, or other regional and local developments) may occur between the time that non-U.S. markets close (where the security is principally traded) and the time that a Fund calculates its NAV that may impact the value of securities traded in these non-U.S. markets. In such cases the Funds fair value non-U.S. securities using an independent pricing service which considers the correlation of the trading patterns of the non-U.S. security to the intraday trading in the U.S. markets for investments such as ADRs, financial futures, exchange traded funds, and certain indexes as well as prices for similar securities. Such fair valuations are categorized as Level 2 in the hierarchy. Because the frequency of significant events is not predictable, fair valuation of certain non-U.S. common stocks may occur on a frequent basis.
Debt securities, including restricted securities, are valued based on evaluated quotations received from independent pricing services or from dealers who make markets in such securities. For most bond types, the pricing service utilizes matrix pricing which considers one or more of the following factors: yield or price of bonds of comparable quality, coupon, maturity, current cash flows, type, and current day trade information, as well as dealer supplied prices. These valuations are generally categorized as Level 2 in the hierarchy. Structured debt instruments such as mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities may also incorporate collateral analysis and utilize cash flow models for valuation and are generally categorized as Level 2 in the hierarchy. Pricing services do not provide pricing for all securities and therefore indicative bids from dealers are utilized which are based on pricing models used by market makers in the security and are generally categorized as Level 2 in the hierarchy. Debt securities that are not widely traded, are illiquid, or are internally fair valued by the valuation committee are generally categorized as Level 3 in the hierarchy.
Listed derivatives that are actively traded are valued based on quoted prices from the exchange and are categorized as Level 1 in the hierarchy.
Over-the-counter (OTC) derivative contracts, which include forward currency contracts and equity linked instruments, do not require material subjectivity as pricing inputs are observed from actively quoted markets and are categorized as Level 2 in the hierarchy.
Investments in open-end mutual funds are valued at their closing NAV each business day and are categorized as Level 1 in the hierarchy.
Short-term notes having a remaining maturity of 60 days or less are valued at amortized cost, which approximates market, and are generally categorized as Level 2 in the hierarchy.
INVESTOR ACCOUNT SERVICES AND POLICIES
The Funds offer accumulation plans, withdrawal plans and reinvestment and exchange privileges. Certain privileges may not be available in connection with all classes. In most cases, changes to account services may be accomplished over the phone. Inquiries regarding policies and procedures relating to shareholder account services should be directed to the Transfer Agent at 800.243.1574. Broker-dealers may impose their own restrictions and limits on accounts held through the broker-dealer. Please consult with your broker-dealer for account restrictions and limit information. The Funds and their agents reserve the right to modify or terminate these services upon reasonable notice.
Exchanges
Under certain circumstances, shares of any Virtus Mutual Fund (except any of the money market funds) may be exchanged for shares of the same class of another Virtus Mutual Fund on the basis of the relative NAVs per share at the time of the exchange. Class C Shares are also exchangeable for Class T Shares of those Virtus Mutual Funds offering them. Exchanges are subject to the minimum initial investment requirement of the designated Fund, except if made in connection with the Systematic Exchange privilege described below. Shareholders may exchange shares held in book-entry form for an equivalent number (value) of the same class of shares of any other Virtus Mutual Fund, if currently offered. Exchanges will be based upon each Fund’s NAV per share next computed following receipt of a properly executed exchange request without sales charge. On exchanges into Class A Shares of a money market fund from Class A Shares of a non-money market fund made within 18 months of a finder’s fee being paid on such non-money market fund shares, a 1% CDSC may be assessed on exchange proceeds. On exchanges with share classes that carry a CDSC, the CDSC schedule of the original shares purchased continues to apply. The exchange of shares is treated as a sale and purchase for federal income tax purposes. (See also “Dividends, Distributions and Taxes” in this SAI.) Exchange privileges may not be available for all Virtus Mutual Funds, and may be rejected or suspended.
In certain circumstances, a Fund, the Distributor or the Transfer Agent may enter into an agreement with a financial intermediary to permit exchanges from one class of a Fund into another class of the same Fund, subject to certain conditions. Such exchanges will only be permitted if, among other things, the financial intermediary agrees to follow procedures established by the Fund, the Distributor or the Transfer Agent, which generally will require that the exchanges be carried out (i) within accounts maintained and controlled by the intermediary, (ii) on behalf of all or a particular segment of beneficial owners holding shares of the affected Fund within those accounts, and (iii) all at once or within a given time period, or as agreed upon in writing by the Fund, the Distributor or the Transfer Agent, and the financial intermediary. A shareholder’s ability to make this type of exchange may be limited by operational or other limitations of his or her financial intermediary or the Fund. Under the Code, generally if a shareholder exchanges shares from one class of a Fund into another class of the same Fund, the transaction should not be subject to U.S. federal income taxes; however, each shareholder should consult both the relevant financial intermediary and the shareholder’s tax advisor regarding the treatment of any specific exchange carried out under the terms of this paragraph.
96 |
Systematic Exchanges
If the conditions above have been met, you or your broker may, by telephone or written notice, elect to have shares exchanged for the same class of shares of another Virtus Mutual Fund automatically on a monthly, quarterly, semiannual or annual basis or may cancel this privilege at any time. If you maintain an account balance of at least $5,000, or $2,000 for tax qualified retirement benefit plans (calculated on the basis of the NAV of the shares held in a single account), you may direct that shares be automatically exchanged at predetermined intervals for shares of the same class of another Virtus Mutual Fund. Systematic exchanges will be executed upon the close of business on the 10th day of each month or the next succeeding business day. Exchanges will be based upon each Fund’s NAV per share next computed after the close of business on the 10th day of each month (or next succeeding business day), without sales charge. Systematic exchange forms are available from the Transfer Agent.
Dividend Reinvestment Across Accounts
If you maintain an account balance of at least $5,000, or $2,000 for tax qualified retirement benefit plans (calculated on the basis of the NAV of the shares held in a single account), you may direct that any dividends and distributions paid with respect to shares in that account be automatically reinvested in a single account of one of the other Virtus Mutual Funds at NAV. You should obtain a current prospectus and consider the objectives and policies of each Virtus Mutual Fund carefully before directing dividends and distributions to another Virtus Mutual Fund. Reinvestment election forms and prospectuses are available from the Transfer Agent. Distributions may also be mailed to a second payee and/or address. Requests for directing distributions to an alternate payee must be made in writing with a signature guarantee of the registered owner(s). To be effective with respect to a particular dividend or distribution, notification of the new distribution option must be received by the Transfer Agent at least three days prior to the record date of such dividend or distribution. If all shares in your account are repurchased or redeemed or transferred between the record date and the payment date of a dividend or distribution, you will receive cash for the dividend or distribution regardless of the distribution option selected.
Invest-by-Phone
This expedited investment service allows a shareholder to make an investment in an account by requesting a transfer of funds from the balance of the shareholder’s bank account. Once a request is phoned in, the Transfer Agent or its subagent will initiate the transaction by wiring a request for monies to the shareholder’s commercial bank, savings bank or credit union via ACH. The shareholder’s bank, which must be an ACH member, will in turn forward the monies to the Transfer Agent or its subagent for credit to the shareholder’s account. ACH is a computer based clearing and settlement operation established for the exchange of electronic transactions among participating depository institutions.
To establish this service, please complete an Invest-by-Phone Application and attach a voided check if applicable. Upon acceptance of the authorization form (usually within two weeks) shareholders may call toll free 800.367.5877 prior to 3:00 p.m. (Eastern Time) to place their purchase request. Instructions as to the account number and amount to be invested must be communicated to the Transfer Agent. The Transfer Agent or its subagent will then contact the shareholder’s bank via ACH with appropriate instructions. The purchase is normally credited to the shareholder’s account the day following receipt of the verbal instructions. The Fund may delay the mailing of a check for redemption proceeds of Fund shares purchased with a check or via Invest-by-Phone service until the Fund has assured itself that good payment has been collected for the purchase of the shares, which may take up to 15 days. The Trust and the Transfer Agent reserve the right to modify or terminate the Invest-by-Phone service for any reason or to institute charges for maintaining an Invest-by-Phone account.
Systematic Withdrawal Program
The Systematic Withdrawal Program allows you to periodically redeem a portion of your account on a predetermined monthly, quarterly, semiannual or annual basis. A sufficient number of full and fractional shares will be redeemed so that the designated payment is made on or about the 20th day of the month. Shares are tendered for redemption by the Transfer Agent, as agent for the shareowner, on or about the 15th of the month at the closing NAV on the date of redemption. The Systematic Withdrawal Program also provides for redemptions with proceeds to be directed through ACH to your bank account. For ACH payments, you may select the day of the month for the payments to be made; if no date is specified, the payments will occur on the 15th of the month. In addition to the limitations stated below, withdrawals may not be less than $25 and minimum account balance requirements shall continue to apply.
97 |
Shareholders participating in the Systematic Withdrawal Program must own shares of a Fund worth $5,000 or more, as determined by the then current NAV per share, and elect to have all dividends reinvested. The purchase of shares while participating in the Systematic Withdrawal Program will ordinarily be disadvantageous to the Class A Shares investor since a sales charge will be paid by the investor on the purchase of Class A Shares at the same time as other shares are being redeemed. For this reason, investors in Class A Shares may not participate in an automatic investment program while participating in the Systematic Withdrawal Program.
Through the Program, Class C shareholders may withdraw up to 1% of their aggregate net investments (purchases, at initial value, to date net of non-Program redemptions) each month or up to 3% of their aggregate net investments each quarter without incurring otherwise applicable CDSCs. Class C shareholders redeeming more shares than the percentage permitted by the Program will be subject to any applicable CDSC on all shares redeemed. Accordingly, the purchase of share classes on which a CDSC may be payable will generally not be suitable for an investor who anticipates withdrawing sums in excess of the above limits shortly after purchase.
DIVIDENDS, DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAXES
Qualification as a Regulated Investment Company
Each Fund within the Trust is separate for investment and accounting purposes and is treated as a separate corporation for United States federal income tax purposes. Each Fund has elected to qualify and intends to qualify as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. In each taxable year that a Fund qualifies as a RIC and distributes to its shareholders as dividends (not including “capital gains dividends,” discussed below) at least 90% of its ordinary investment income and short-term capital gains, with certain modifications, it (but not its shareholders) will be relieved of United States federal income tax on that portion of its net investment income and net capital gains that are currently distributed (or deemed distributed) to its shareholders. To the extent that a Fund fails to distribute all of its taxable income, it will be subject to corporate income tax (currently at a maximum rate of 35%) on any retained ordinary investment income or short-term capital gains and undistributed long-term capital gains.
Each Fund intends to make timely distributions, if necessary, sufficient in amount to avoid the non-deductible 4% excise tax that is imposed on a RIC to the extent that it fails to distribute, with respect to each calendar year, at least 98% of its ordinary income (not including tax-exempt interest) for such calendar year and 98.2% of its capital gain net income as determined for a one-year period ending on October 31 of such calendar year (or as determined on a fiscal year basis if the Fund’s fiscal year ends on November 30 or December 31, if the Fund so elects). In addition, an amount equal to any undistributed investment company taxable income or capital gain net income from the previous calendar year must also be distributed to avoid the excise tax. The excise tax is imposed on the amount by which the RIC does not meet the foregoing distribution requirements. If a Fund has taxable income that would be subject to the excise tax, the Fund intends to distribute such income so as to avoid payment of the excise tax. Notwithstanding the foregoing, there may be certain circumstances under which it would be appropriate for a Fund to pay the excise tax.
Each Fund must satisfy the following tests each year in order to qualify as a RIC: (a) derive in each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from dividends, interest and gains from the sale or other disposition of securities and certain other investment income; and (b) meet specified diversification requirements at the end of each quarter of each taxable year. Each Fund intends to satisfy these requirements. With respect to the diversification requirement, each Fund must also diversify its holdings so that, at the close of each quarter of its taxable year, at least 50% of the value of its total assets consists of cash, cash items, United States government securities and securities of other RICs, and other securities limited generally with respect to any one issuer to not more than 5% of the total assets of that Fund and not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and not more than 25% of the value of its assets is invested in the securities of any one issuer (other than United States government securities or the securities of other RICs). In addition, the Fund may not hold more than 25% of the securities (other than of other RICs) of two or more issuers which the Fund controls and which are engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses or 25% of the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships. Each Fund intends to comply with all of the foregoing criteria for qualification as a RIC; however, there can be no assurance that each Fund will so qualify and continue to maintain its status as a RIC. If in any taxable year a Fund does not qualify as a RIC or fails to distribute at least 90% of the Fund’s investment company taxable income, all of its taxable income will be taxed at corporate rates, the Fund would not be entitled to deduct distributions to shareholders, and any capital gain dividend would not retain its character in the hands of the shareholder for tax purposes. The Code provides relief for certain de minimis failures to meet the asset or income tests or for certain failures due to reasonable cause. These relief provisions may prevent a Fund from being disqualified as a RIC and/or reduce the amount of tax on the Fund’s income as a result of the failure to meet certain tests.
98 |
Taxation of Debt Securities
Certain debt securities can be originally issued or acquired at a discount. Special rules apply under the Code to the recognition of income with respect to such debt securities. Under the special rules, a Fund may recognize income for tax purposes without a corresponding current receipt of cash. In addition, gain on a disposition of a debt security subject to the special rules may be treated wholly or partially as ordinary income, not capital gain.
A Fund may invest in certain investments that may cause it to realize income prior to the receipt of cash distributions, including securities bearing original issue discount. The level of such investments is not expected to affect a Fund’s ability to distribute adequate income to qualify as a RIC.
Taxation of Derivatives and Foreign Currency Transactions
Many futures contracts and foreign currency contracts entered into by a Fund and all listed non-equity options written or purchased by a Fund (including options on debt securities, options on futures contracts, options on securities indices and options on broad-based stock indices) are governed by Section 1256 of the Code. Absent a tax election to the contrary, gain or loss attributable to the lapse, exercise or closing out of any such position is treated as 60% long-term and 40% short-term capital gain or loss, and on the last trading day of a Fund’s taxable year (and, generally on October 31 for purposes of the 4% excise tax), all outstanding Section 1256 positions are marked-to-market (i.e., treated as if such positions were closed out at their closing price on such day), and any resulting gain or loss is treated as 60% long-term and 40% short-term capital gain or loss. Under certain circumstances, entry into a futures contract to sell a security may constitute a short sale for United States federal income tax purposes, causing an adjustment in the holding period of the underlying security or a substantially identical security in a Fund’s portfolio.
Equity options written by a Fund (covered call options on portfolio stock) will be subject to the provisions under Section 1234 of the Code. If a Fund writes a call option, no gain is recognized upon its receipt of a premium. If such an option lapses or is closed out, any gain or loss is treated as a short-term capital gain or loss. If such an option is exercised, any resulting gain or loss is a short-term or long-term capital gain or loss depending on the holding period of the underlying stock.
Positions of a Fund which consist of at least one stock and at least one stock option or other position with respect to a related security which substantially diminishes the Fund’s risk of loss with respect to such stock could be treated as a “straddle” that is governed by Section 1092 of the Code, the operation of which may cause deferral of losses, adjustments in the holding periods of stock or securities and conversion of short-term capital losses into long-term capital losses. An exception to these straddle rules exists for any “qualified covered call options” on stock options written by a Fund.
Positions of a Fund which consist of at least one debt security not governed by Section 1256 of the Code and at least one futures or currency contract or listed non-equity option governed by Section 1256 of the Code which substantially diminishes the Fund’s risk of loss with respect to such debt security are treated as a “mixed straddle.” Although mixed straddles are subject to the straddle rules of Section 1092 of the Code, certain tax elections exist for them that reduce or eliminate the operation of these rules. Each Fund will monitor these transactions and may make certain tax elections in order to mitigate the operation of these rules and prevent disqualification of the Fund as a RIC for United States federal income tax purposes.
Under the Code, gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates which occur between the time a Fund accrues interest or other receivables or accrues expenses or other liabilities denominated in a foreign currency and the time it actually collects such receivables or pays such liabilities generally are treated as ordinary income or loss. Similarly, on disposition of debt securities denominated in a foreign currency and on disposition of certain futures contracts, forward contracts and options, gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in the value of the foreign currency between the date of acquisition of the security or contract and the date of disposition also are treated as ordinary income or loss. Generally, these gains and losses, referred to under the Code as Section 988 gains or losses, may increase or decrease the amount of each Fund’s investment company taxable income to be distributed to its shareholders as ordinary income.
These special tax rules applicable to options, futures and currency transactions could affect the amount, timing and character of a Fund’s income or loss and hence of its distributions to shareholders by causing holding period adjustments, converting short-term capital losses into long-term capital losses, and accelerating a Fund’s income or deferring its losses.
The IRS has not provided guidance on the tax consequences of certain investments and other activities that the Funds may make or undertake. While the Funds will endeavor to treat the tax items arising from these transactions in a manner believed to be appropriate, guarantees cannot be given that the IRS or a court will concur with the Funds’ treatment and that adverse tax consequences will not ensue.
99 |
Taxation of Foreign Investments
If a Fund invests in stock of certain passive foreign investment companies, the Fund may be subject to special United States federal income taxation rules applicable to any “excess distribution” with respect to such stock or gain from the disposition of such stock treated as an “excess distribution.” The tax would be determined by allocating such distribution or gain ratably to each day of the Fund’s holding period for the stock. The distributions or gain so allocated to any taxable year of the Fund, other than the taxable year of the excess distribution or disposition, would be taxed to the Fund at the highest ordinary income rate in effect for such year, and the tax would be further increased by an interest charge to reflect the value of the tax deferral deemed to have resulted from the ownership of the foreign company’s stock. Any amount of distribution or gain allocated to the taxable year of the distribution or disposition would be included in the Fund’s investment company taxable income and, accordingly, would not be taxable to the Fund to the extent distributed by the Fund as a dividend to its shareholders. The Fund may elect to mark-to-market (i.e., treat as if sold at their closing market price on the same day) its investments in certain passive foreign investment companies and avoid any tax and/or interest charge on excess distributions.
The Funds may be subject to tax on dividend or interest income received from securities of non-United States issuers withheld by a foreign country at the source. The United States has entered into tax treaties with many foreign countries that entitle a Fund to a reduced rate of tax or exemption from tax on income. It is impossible to determine the effective rate of foreign tax in advance since the amount of a Fund’s assets to be invested within various countries is not known. Each Fund intends to operate so as to qualify for tax treaty benefits where applicable. If more than 50% of the value of a Fund’s total assets at the close of its taxable year is comprised of stock or securities issued by foreign corporations, the Fund may elect to “pass through” to the Fund’s shareholders the amount of foreign income taxes paid by the Fund. If a Fund does elect to “pass through,” each shareholder will receive a written statement from the Fund identifying the amount of such shareholder’s pro rata share of (i) the foreign taxes paid and (ii) the Fund’s gross income from foreign sources. In addition, if at least 50% of the value of a Fund’s assets at the close of each quarter of the tax year is represented by interests in other RICs, then such Fund may “pass through” foreign income taxes paid without regard to whether more than 50% of the Fund’s total assets at the close of the tax year consisted of stock and securities issued by foreign corporations. If a Fund passes through foreign taxes, each shareholder will be required to include the amount of such shareholder’s pro rata share of such taxes in gross income (in addition to dividends actually received), and the shareholder will be entitled to deduct such foreign taxes (if the shareholder itemizes deductions) in computing taxable income or claim a credit against U.S. federal income tax liability, subject to limitations.
Taxation of Distributions to Shareholders
Certain qualified dividend income and long-term capital gains are taxed at a lower federal income tax rate (maximum 20%) for individual shareholders. The reduced rate for qualified dividend income applies to dividends from domestic corporations and certain qualified foreign corporations subject to various requirements and a minimum holding period applicable to both a Fund and its shareholders. Ordinary distributions made by a Fund to its shareholders are eligible for the reduced rate to the extent the underlying income in the Fund is qualified dividend income. An additional 3.8% tax will generally apply to the lesser of (i) an individual’s net investment income or (ii) the excess of modified adjusted gross income over $200,000 (in the case of single filers) or $250,000 (in the case of a joint return).
Distributions made by a Fund from ordinary investment income and net short-term capital gains will be taxed to such Fund’s shareholders as ordinary dividend income to the extent of the earnings and profits of the Fund. Ordinary income dividends received by corporate shareholders of a Fund will qualify for the 70% dividends-received deduction to the extent the Fund designates such amounts as qualifying dividend distributions; however, the portion that may be so designated is subject to certain limitations. Distributions by a Fund that are reported by the Fund as capital gain dividends in written statements furnished to its shareholders (e.g., Form 1099) will be taxed to the shareholders as long-term capital gain, and will not be eligible for the corporate dividends-received deduction.
Dividends declared by a Fund to shareholders of record in October, November or December will be taxable to such shareholders in the year that the dividend is declared, even if it is not paid until the following year (so long as it is actually paid by the Fund in January of such following year). Also, shareholders will be taxable on amounts reported by a Fund in written statements to shareholders as capital gain dividends, even if such amounts are not actually distributed to them. Shareholders will be entitled to claim a credit against their own United States federal income tax liability for taxes paid by each Fund on such undistributed capital gains, if any.
100 |
Dividends and capital gain distributions will be taxable to shareholders as described above whether received in cash or in shares under a Fund’s distribution reinvestment plan. With respect to distributions received in cash or reinvested in shares purchased on the open market, the amount of the distribution for tax purposes will be the amount of cash distributed or allocated to the shareholder.
Shareholders should be aware that the price of shares of a Fund that are purchased prior to a dividend or distribution by the Fund may reflect the amount of the forthcoming dividend or distribution. Such dividend or distribution, when made, would be taxable to shareholders under the principles discussed above even though the dividend or distribution may reduce the NAV of shares below a shareholder’s cost and thus represent a return of a shareholder’s investment in an economic sense.
A high portfolio turnover rate may result in the realization of larger amounts of short-term gains, which are taxable to shareholders as ordinary income.
Each Fund intends to accrue dividend income for United States federal income tax purposes in accordance with the rules applicable to RICs. In some cases, these rules may have the effect of accelerating (in comparison to other recipients of the dividend) the time at which the dividend is taken into account by the Fund as taxable income.
Shareholders should consult their own tax advisors about their tax situations.
Income and capital gain distributions are determined in accordance with rules set forth in the Code and the Regulations that may differ from United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles.
Sale or Exchange of Fund Shares
Gain or loss will be recognized by a shareholder upon the sale of his or her shares in a Fund or upon an exchange of his or her shares in a Fund for shares in another Fund. Provided that the shareholder is not a dealer in such shares, such gain or loss will generally be treated as capital gain or loss, measured by the difference between the adjusted basis of the shares and the amount realized from the sale. Under current law, capital gains (whether long-term or short-term) of individuals and corporations are fully includable in taxable income. Capital losses (whether long-term or short-term) may offset capital gains plus (for non-corporate taxpayers only) up to $3,000 per year of ordinary income.
Redemptions, including exchanges, of shares may give rise to recognized gains or losses. All or a portion of a loss realized upon the redemption, including exchanges, of shares may be disallowed under “wash sale” rules to the extent shares are purchased (including shares acquired by means of reinvested dividends) within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after such redemption. Any loss realized upon a shareholder’s sale, redemption or other disposition of shares with a tax holding period of six months or less will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividend distributed with respect to such shares. The “wash sale” restrictions also apply to an investor who holds a security both within a tax-deferred account and in a taxable account; sales and repurchases between two accounts will be considered as wash sales.
Under certain circumstances, the sales charge incurred in acquiring shares of a Fund may not be taken into account in determining the gain or loss on the disposition of those shares. This rule applies where shares of a Fund are disposed of within 90 days after the date on which they were acquired and new shares of a RIC are acquired without a sales charge or at a reduced sales charge. In that case, the gain or loss realized on the disposition will be determined by excluding from the tax basis of the shares disposed of all or a portion of the sales charge incurred in acquiring those shares. This exclusion applies to the extent that the otherwise applicable sales charge with respect to the newly acquired shares is reduced as a result of the shareholder having incurred a sales charge initially. The portion of the sales charge affected by this rule will be treated as a sales charge paid for the new shares.
For shares of a Fund acquired on or after January 1, 2012, each shareholder’s Form 1099 will report the cost basis of any such shares that were redeemed, sold, or exchanged during the year, and the form will report whether the gain or loss is treated as short-term or long-term. This information will be reported to the IRS. Each shareholder should inform the Fund of such shareholder’s cost selection for tax reporting purposes at the time of the sale or exchange of Fund shares or provide in advance a standing cost basis method for the shareholder’s account. If a shareholder does not provide cost basis instructions, the Fund’s default method will be used.
Tax Information Notices
Written notices will be sent to shareholders (by United States mail and/or electronic delivery, as applicable) regarding the tax status of all distributions made (or deemed to have been made) during each taxable year, including the amount of qualified dividend income for individuals, the amount qualifying for the corporate dividends-received deduction (if applicable) and the amount of capital gain dividends, undistributed capital gains (if any), tax credits (if applicable), and cumulative return of capital (if any).
101 |
Important Notice Regarding Taxpayer IRS Certification and Backup Withholding
Pursuant to the Regulations, the Funds may be required to withhold a percentage of all reportable payments, including any taxable dividends, capital gains distributions or share redemption proceeds, at the specified rate in effect when such payments are made, for an account which does not have a taxpayer identification number and certain required certifications. The Funds reserve the right to refuse to open an account for any person failing to provide a taxpayer identification number along with the required certifications. The Funds will furnish shareholders, within 31 days after the end of the calendar year, with the information that is required by the IRS for preparing income tax returns. The Fund will also provide this same information to the IRS in the manner required by the IRS. Depending on your state of residence, the information may also be filed with your state taxing authority.
Some shareholders may be subject to withholding of United States federal income tax on dividends and redemption payments from the Funds (“backup withholding”) at the specified rate in effect when such payments are made. Corporate shareholders and certain other shareholders specified in the Code generally are exempt from such backup withholding. Generally, shareholders subject to backup withholding will be (i) those for whom a certified taxpayer identification number is not on file with the Fund, (ii) those about whom notification has been received (either by the shareholder or the Fund) from the IRS that they are subject to backup withholding or (iii) those who, to the Fund’s knowledge, have furnished an incorrect taxpayer identification number. Generally, to avoid backup withholding, a shareholder must, at the time an account is opened, certify under penalties of perjury that the social security number or taxpayer identification number furnished is correct and that he or she is not subject to backup withholding. From time to time, the shareholder may also be requested to provide certification of the validity of their taxpayer identification number.
Foreign Shareholders
Dividends paid by any of the Funds from net investment income and net realized short-term capital gains to a shareholder who is a nonresident alien individual, a foreign trust or estate, a foreign corporation or a foreign partnership (a “foreign shareholder”) will be subject to United States withholding tax at a rate of 30% unless a reduced rate of withholding or a withholding exemption is provided under an applicable tax treaty. Foreign shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisors concerning the applicability of the United States withholding tax and any foreign taxes.
Other Tax Consequences
In addition to the United States federal income tax consequences described above, there may be other foreign, United States federal, state or local tax considerations and estate tax considerations applicable to the circumstances of a particular investor. The foregoing discussion is based upon the Code, judicial decisions and administrative regulations, rulings and practices in effect as of January 2014, all of which are subject to change and which, if changed, may be applied retroactively to a Fund, its shareholders and/or its assets. No rulings have been sought from the IRS or any other tax authority with respect to any of the tax matters discussed above.
From time to time, proposals are introduced before the United States Congress that if enacted would affect the foregoing discussion with respect to taxes and could also affect the availability of certain investments to a Fund.
The information included in the Prospectus with respect to taxes, including this section entitled Dividends, Distributions and Taxes, is a general and abbreviated summary of applicable provisions of the Code and Regulations as interpreted by the courts and the IRS as of January 2014 and is not intended as tax advice to any person. The Code and Regulations, as well as the current interpretations thereof, may be changed at any time by legislative, judicial, or administrative action. Accordingly, prospective purchasers are urged to consult their own tax advisors with specific reference to their own tax situations, including the potential application of United States federal, state, local and foreign tax laws.
Except as expressly set forth above, the foregoing discussion of United States federal income tax law relates solely to the application of that law to United States persons, i.e., United States citizens and residents and United States corporations, partnerships, trusts and estates. Each shareholder who is not a United States person should consider the United States and foreign tax consequences of ownership of shares of a Fund, including the possibility that such a shareholder may be subject to a United States withholding tax at a rate of 30% (or at a lower rate under an applicable tax treaty) on amounts constituting ordinary income received by him or her, where such amounts are treated as income from United States sources under the Code. The foregoing discussion does not address the special tax rules applicable to certain classes of investors, such as dealers in securities or currencies, traders in securities, banks, tax-exempt entities, life insurance companies, persons holding an interest in a Fund as a hedge or as part of a straddle or conversion transaction, or holders whose functional currency is not the United States dollar.
102 |
Tax Sheltered Retirement Plans
Shares of the Funds are offered in connection with the following retirement plans: IRA, Rollover IRA, SEP-IRA, SIMPLE IRA, Roth IRA, 401(k), Profit-Sharing, Money Purchase Pension Plans and certain 403(b) Retirement Plans. Write or call the Distributor at 800.243.4361 for further information about the plans.
Performance information for the Funds (and any class of the Funds) may be included in advertisements, sales literature or reports to shareholders or prospective investors. Performance information in advertisements and sales literature may be expressed as a yield of a class of shares and as a total return of a class of shares.
The Funds may from time to time include in advertisements containing total return the ranking of those performance figures relative to such figures for groups of mutual funds having similar investment objectives as categorized by ranking services such as Lipper Analytical Services, Inc., CDA Investment Technologies, Inc., Weisenberger Financial Services, Inc. and Morningstar, Inc. Additionally, each Fund may compare its performance results to other investment or savings vehicles (such as certificates of deposit) and may refer to results published in various publications such as Changing Times, Forbes, Fortune, Money, Barrons, Business Week and Investor’s Business Daily, Stanger’s Mutual Fund Monitor, The Stanger Register, Stanger’s Investment Adviser, The Wall Street Journal, The New York Times, Consumer Reports, Registered Representative, Financial Planning, Financial Services Weekly, Financial World, U.S. News and World Report, Standard & Poor’s The Outlook and Personal Investor . The Funds may from time to time illustrate the benefits of tax deferral by comparing taxable investments to investments made through tax-deferred retirement plans. The total return may also be used to compare the performance of each Fund against certain widely acknowledged outside standards or indices for stock and bond market performance, such as the S&P 500 ® Index, Dow Jones Industrial Average, Barclays U.S. Aggregate Bond Index, Dow Jones Wilshire Real Estate Securities Index (Full Cap), Russell Midcap ® Growth Index, MSCI EAFE ® (Europe Australasia Far East) Index, Consumer Price Index, Barclays Corporate Index, and the Barclays T-Bond Index.
Advertisements, sales literature and other communications may contain information about the Funds’ and their subadvisers’ current investment strategies and management style. Current strategies and style may change to allow the Funds to respond quickly to changing market and economic conditions. From time to time the Funds may include specific portfolio holdings or industries in such communications. To illustrate components of overall performance, each Fund may separate its cumulative and average annual returns into income and capital gains components.
Performance information reflects only the performance of a hypothetical investment in each class during the particular time period on which the calculations are based. Performance information should be considered in light of a Fund’s investment objectives and policies, characteristics and quality of the portfolio, and the market condition during the given time period, and should not be considered as a representation of what may be achieved in the future.
Total Return
Standardized quotations of average annual total return for each class of shares will be expressed in terms of the average annual compounded rate of return for a hypothetical investment in such class of shares over periods of 1, 5 and 10 years or up to the life of the class of shares, calculated for each class separately pursuant to the following formula: P((1+T)(n)) = ERV (where P = a hypothetical initial payment of $1,000, T = the average annual total return, n = the number of years, and ERV = the ending redeemable value of a hypothetical $1,000 payment made at the beginning of the period). All total return figures reflect the deduction of a proportional share of each class’s expenses (on an annual basis), deduction of the maximum initial sales load in the case of Class A Shares and the maximum CDSC applicable to a complete redemption of the investment in the case of Class C Shares, and assume that all dividends and distributions on each class of shares are reinvested when paid.
For average “after-tax” total return, the SEC rules mandate several assumptions, including that the calculations use the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates at the time of reinvestment, and that the calculations do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. These returns, for instance, assume that an investor has sufficient capital gains of the same character from other investments to offset any capital losses from the redemption. As a result, returns after taxes on distributions and sale of Fund shares may exceed returns after taxes on distributions (but before sale of Fund shares). These returns are not relevant to investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements.
The Funds may also compute cumulative total return for specified periods based on a hypothetical account with an assumed initial investment of $10,000. The cumulative total return is determined by dividing the NAV of this account at the end of the specified period by the value of the initial investment and is expressed as a percentage. Calculation of cumulative total return reflects payment of the of the Class A Share’s maximum sales charge of 5.75% for the Funds and assumes reinvestment of all income dividends and capital gain distributions during the period.
103 |
The Funds also may quote annual, average annual and annualized total return and cumulative total return performance data, for any class of shares of the Funds, both as a percentage and as a dollar amount based on a hypothetical $10,000 investment for various periods other than those noted above. Such data will be computed as described above, except that (1) the rates of return calculated will not be average annual rates, but rather, actual annual, annualized or cumulative rates of return and (2) the maximum applicable sales charge will not be included with respect to annual, annualized or cumulative rate of return calculations.
Yield
The 30-day yield quotation as to a class of shares may be computed by dividing the net investment income for the period as to shares of that class by the maximum offering price of each share of that class on the last day of the period, according to the following formula:
YIELD | = 2[( a-b + 1) 6 – 1] | |
cd |
Where:
a = dividends and interest earned during the period.
b = net expenses accrued for the period.
c = the average daily number of shares of the class outstanding during the period that were entitled to receive dividends.
d = the maximum offering price per share of the class on the last day of the period.
The fiscal year of the Trust ends on October 31. The Trust will send financial statements to the Funds’ shareholders at least semiannually. An annual report containing financial statements audited by the Trust’s independent registered public accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, will be sent to shareholders each year and will be available without charge upon request.
As of the date of this SAI, the Trust has not yet completed its first fiscal year. However, the trust has been provided with seed money and has prepared seed money financial statements, which have been filed as an exhibit to the Trust’s registration statement. PricewaterhouseCoopers has audited the Trust’s seed money financial statements and their opinion thereon has also been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement.
104 |
APPENDIX A — DESCRIPTION OF RATINGS
A-1 and P-1 Commercial Paper Ratings
The Trust will only invest in commercial paper which at the date of investment is rated A-1 by Standard & Poor’s Corporation or P-1 by Moody’s Investors Services, Inc. (Moody’s), or, if not rated, is issued or guaranteed by companies which at the date of investment have an outstanding debt issue rated AA or higher by Standard & Poor’s or Aa or higher by Moody’s.
Commercial paper rated A-1 by Standard & Poor’s Corporation (“S&P”) has the following characteristics: Liquidity ratios are adequate to meet cash requirements. Long-term senior debt is rated “A” or better. The issuer has access to at least two additional channels of borrowing. Basic earnings and cash flow have an upward trend with allowance made for unusual circumstances. Typically, the issuer’s industry is well established and the issuer has a strong position within the industry. The reliability and quality of management are unquestioned.
The rating P-1 is the highest commercial paper rating assigned by Moody’s. Among the factors considered by Moody’s in assigning ratings are the following: (1) evaluation of the management of the issuer; (2) economic evaluation of the issuer’s industry or industries and an appraisal of speculative-type risks which may be inherent in certain areas; (3) evaluation of the issuer’s products in relation to competition and customer acceptance; (4) liquidity; (5) amount and quality of long-term debt; (6) trend of earnings over a period of ten years; (7) financial strength of a parent company and the relationship which exists with the issuer; and (8) recognition by the management of obligations which may be present or may arise as a result of public interest questions and preparations to meet such obligations.
Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. Corporate Bond Ratings
Aaa: | Bonds which are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality. They carry the smallest degree of investment risk and are generally referred to as “gilt-edge.” Interest payments are protected by a large or exceptionally stable margin and principal is secure. While the various protective elements are likely to change, such changes as can be visualized are most unlikely to impair the fundamentally strong position of such issues. |
Aa: | Bonds which are rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by all standards. Together with the Aaa group, they comprise what are generally known as high grade bonds. They are rated lower than the best bonds because margins of protection may not be as large as in Aaa securities or fluctuation of protective elements may be of greater amplitude or there may be other elements present which make the long-term risks appear somewhat larger than in Aaa securities. |
A: | Bonds which are rated A possess many favorable investment attributes and are to be considered as upper medium grade obligations. Factors giving security to principal and interest are considered adequate but elements may be present which suggest a susceptibility to impairment sometime in the future. |
Baa: | Bonds which are rated Baa are considered as medium grade obligations, i.e., they are neither highly protected nor poorly secured. Interest payments and principal security appear adequate for the present but certain protective elements may be lacking or may be characteristically unreliable over any great length of time. Such bonds lack outstanding investment characteristics and in fact have speculative characteristics as well. |
Ba: | Bonds which are rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements; their future cannot be considered as well assured. Often the protection of interest and principal payments may be very moderate and thereby not well safeguarded during both good and bad times over the future. Uncertainty of position characterizes bonds in this class. |
B: | Bonds which are rated B generally lack characteristics of the desirable investment. Assurance of interest and principal payments or of maintenance of other terms of the contract over any long period of time may be small. |
Caa: | Bonds which are rated Caa are of poor standing. Such issues may be in default or there may be present elements of danger with respect to principal or interest. |
Ca: | Bonds which are rated Ca represent obligations which are speculative in a high degree. Such issues are often in default or have other marked shortcomings. |
C: | Bonds which are rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds and issues so rated can be regarded as having extremely poor prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing. |
105 |
Standard and Poor’s Corporation Corporate Bond Ratings
AAA: | This is the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor’s to a debt obligation and indicates an extremely strong capacity to pay principal and interest. |
AA: | Bonds rated AA also qualify as high-quality debt obligations. Capacity to pay principal and interest is very strong, and in the majority of instances they differ from AAA issues only in small degree. |
A: | Bonds rated A have a strong capacity to pay principal and interest, although they are somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions. |
BBB: | Bonds rated BBB are regarded as having an adequate capacity to pay principal and interest. Whereas they normally exhibit protection parameters, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to pay principal and interest for bonds in this category than for bonds in the A category. |
BB, B, CCC, CC: |
Bonds rated BB, B, CCC and CC are regarded, on balance, as predominantly speculative with respect to issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal in accordance with the terms of the obligation. BB indicates the lowest degree of speculation and CC the highest degree of speculation. While such bonds will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these are outweighed by large uncertainties or major risk exposures to adverse conditions. |
D: | Debt rated D is in payment default. The D rating category is used when interest payments or principal payments are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless S&P believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The D rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition if debt service payments are jeopardized. |
Plus (+) and minus (–) signs are used with a rating symbol to indicate the relative position of a credit within the rating categories. |
Fitch Corporate Bond Ratings
AAA | Bonds rated AAA are considered to be investment grade and of the highest credit quality. The obligor has an exceptionally strong ability to pay interest and repay principal, which is unlikely to be affected by reasonably foreseeable events. |
AA | Bonds rated AA are considered to be investment grade and of very high credit quality. The obligor ’ s ability to pay interest and repay principal is very strong, although not quite as strong as bonds rated AAA. Because bonds rated in the AAA and AA categories are not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable future developments, short-term debt of these issuers is generally rated F-1+. |
A | Bonds rated A are considered to be investment grade and of high credit quality. The obligor ’ s ability to pay interest and repay principal is considered to be strong, but may be more vulnerable to adverse changes in economic conditions and circumstances than bonds with higher ratings. |
BBB | Bonds rated BBB are considered to be investment grade and of satisfactory credit quality. The obligor ’ s ability to pay interest and repay principal is considered to be adequate. Adverse changes in economic conditions and circumstances, however, are more likely to have an adverse impact on these bonds and, therefore, impair timely payment. The likelihood that the ratings of these bonds will fall below investment grade is higher than for bonds with higher ratings. |
BB | Bonds rated BB are considered speculative. The obligor ’ s ability to pay interest and repay principal may be affected over time by adverse economic changes. However, business and financial alternatives can be identified which could assist the obligor in satisfying its debt service requirements. |
B | Bonds rated B are considered highly speculative. While bonds in this class are currently meeting debt service requirements, the probability of continued timely payment of principal and interest reflects the obligor ’ s limited margin of safety and the need for reasonable business and economic activity throughout the life of the issue. |
CCC | Bonds rated CCC have certain identifiable characteristics, which, if not remedied, may lead to default. The ability to meet obligations requires an advantageous business and economic environment. |
CC | Bonds rated CC are minimally protected. Default in payment of interest and/or principal seems probable over time. |
C | Bonds rated C are in imminent default in payment of interest or principal. |
DDD, DD and D | Bonds rated DDD, DD and D are in actual default of interest and/or principal payments. Such bonds are extremely speculative and should be valued on the basis of their ultimate recovery value in liquidation or reorganization of the obligor. DDD represents the highest potential for recovery on these bonds and D represents the lowest potential for recovery. |
Plus (+) and minus (–) signs are used with a rating symbol to indicate the relative position of a credit within the rating categories. |
106 |
VIRTUS ALTERNATIVE SOLUTIONS TRUST
PART C — OTHER INFORMATION
Item 28. Exhibits |
(a) | Agreement and Declaration of Trust. |
1. | *Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust of the Registrant dated December 3, 2013, filed via EDGAR herewith. |
(b) | Bylaws. |
1. | *Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Registrant dated December 3, 2013, filed via EDGAR herewith. |
(c) | Reference is made to Articles III, V and VI of Registrant’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust and Articles II, VII and VIII of Registrant’s By-Laws. See Exhibits (a) and (b). |
(d) | Investment Advisory Contracts. |
1. | * Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and Virtus Alternative Investment Advisers, Inc. (“VAIA”) effective February 19, 2014, filed via EDGAR herewith. |
2. | Subadvisory Agreement between VAIA and Armored Wolf, LLC (“Armored Wolf”) with respect to Virtus Alternative Inflation Solution Fund and Virtus Alternative Total Solution Fund to be filed by amendment. |
3. | Subadvisory Agreement between VAIA and Ascend Capital LLC (“Ascend”) with respect to Virtus Alternative Total Solution Fund to be filed by amendment. |
4. | Subadvisory Agreement between VAIA and Brigade Capital Management, LLC (“Brigade”) with respect to Virtus Alternative Income Solution Fund, Virtus Alternative Inflation Solution Fund and Virtus Alternative Total Solution Fund to be filed by amendment. |
5. | Subadvisory Agreement between VAIA and Cliffwater with respect to Virtus Alternative Income Solution Fund, Virtus Alternative Inflation Solution Fund and Virtus Alternative Total Solution Fund to be filed by amendment. |
6. | Subadvisory Agreement between VAIA and Credit Suisse Asset Management, LLC (“Credit Suisse”) with respect to Virtus Alternative Inflation Solution Fund to be filed by amendment. |
7. | Subadvisory Agreement between VAIA and Graham Capital management, L.P. (“GCM”) with respect to Virtus Alternative Total Solution Fund to be filed by amendment. |
8. | Subadvisory Agreement between VAIA and Harvest Fund Advisors LLC (“Harvest”) with respect to Virtus Alternative Income Solution Fund, Virtus Alternative Inflation Solution Fund and Virtus Alternative Total Solution Fund to be filed by amendment. |
9. | Subadvisory Agreement between VAIA and ICE Canyon LLC (“ICE Canyon”) with respect to Virtus Alternative Income Solution Fund and Virtus Alternative Total Solution Fund to be filed by amendment. |
10. | Subadvisory Agreement between VAIA and LaSalle Investment Management Securities, LLC (“LaSalle”) with respect to Virtus Alternative Income Solution Fund, Virtus Alternative Inflation Solution Fund and Virtus Alternative Total Solution Fund to be filed by amendment. |
11. | Subadvisory Agreement between VAIA and Lazard Asset Management LLC (“Lazard”) with respect to Virtus Alternative Income Solution Fund, Virtus Alternative Inflation Solution Fund and Virtus Alternative Total Solution Fund to be filed by amendment. |
12. | Subadvisory Agreement between VAIA and MAST Capital Management, LLC (“MAST”) with respect to Virtus Alternative Income Solution Fund and Virtus Alternative Total Solution Fund to be filed by amendment. |
13. | Subadvisory Agreement between VAIA and Owl Creek Asset Management, L.P. with respect to Virtus Alternative Total Solution Fund to be filed by amendment. |
14. | Investment Advisory Agreement between VAIA and VATS Offshore Fund, Ltd. (“VATS”) to be filed by amendment. |
15. | Subadvisory Agreement between VAIA and GCM with respect to VATS to be filed by amendment. |
(e) | Underwriting Agreement |
1. | * Underwriting Agreement with VP Distributors, LLC (“VP Distributors”) dated February 19, 2014, filed via EDGAR herewith. |
2. | * Form of Sales Agreement between VP Distributors and dealers (January 6, 2014) , filed via EDGAR herewith. |
(f) | None. |
(g) | Custodian Agreement |
1. | * Custody Agreement between Registrant and The Bank of New York Mellon dated March 21, 2014, filed via EDGAR herewith. |
a) | * Form of First Amendment to Custody Agreement between the Registrant and the Bank of New York Mellon filed via EDGAR herewith. |
2. | Foreign Custody Manager Agreement between Registrant and The Bank of New York Mellon to be filed by amendment. |
(h) | Other Material Contracts |
1. | * Transfer Agency and Service Agreement effective February 19, 2014, filed via EDGAR herewith . |
2. | Sub-Transfer Agency and Shareholder Services Agreement among Virtus Equity Trust, Virtus Insight Trust, Virtus Opportunities Trust, Virtus Fund Services and BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc. (“BNY Mellon”), dated April 15, 2011, filed via EDGAR (as Exhibit h.6) with Post-Effective Amendment No. 54 to the Registration Statement of Virtus Insight Trust (File No. 033-64915) on April 27, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference. |
a) | Amendment No. 1 to Sub-Transfer Agency and Shareholder Services Agreement among Virtus Equity Trust, Virtus Insight Trust, Virtus Opportunities Trust, Virtus Fund Services and BNY Mellon to be filed by amendment. |
b) | Adoption and Amendment Agreement among the Registrant, Virtus Equity Trust, Virtus Insight Trust, Virtus Opportunities Trust Virtus Fund Services and BNY Mellon to be filed by amendment. |
3. | * Administration Agreement between the Registrant and Virtus Fund Services effective February 19, 2014, filed via EDGAR herewith . |
4. | Sub-Administration and Accounting Services Agreement among Virtus Equity Trust, Virtus Insight Trust, Virtus Opportunities Trust, VP Distributors (since assigned to Virtus Fund Services) and BNY Mellon, dated January 1, 2010, filed via EDGAR with Post-Effective Amendment No. 50 to the Registration Statement of Virtus Insight Trust (File No. 033-64915) on February 25, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference. |
a) | First Amendment to Sub-Administration and Accounting Services Agreement among Virtus Equity Trust, Virtus Insight Trust, Virtus Opportunities Trust, VP Distributors (since assigned to Virtus Fund Services) and BNY Mellon, dated June 30, 2010, filed via EDGAR (as Exhibit h.13.) with Post-Effective Amendment No. 52 to the Registration Statement of Virtus Insight Trust (File No. 033-64915) on April 28, 2011, and incorporated herein by reference. |
b) | Second Amendment to Sub-Administration and Accounting Services Agreement among Virtus Equity Trust, Virtus Insight Trust, Virtus Opportunities Trust, VP Distributors (since assigned to Virtus Fund Services) and BNY Mellon, dated September 14, 2010 filed via EDGAR (as Exhibit h.14.) with Post-Effective Amendment No. 52 to the Registration Statement of Virtus Insight Trust (File No. 033-64915) on April 28, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference. |
c) | Third Amendment to Sub-Administration and Accounting Services Agreement among Virtus Equity Trust, Virtus Insight Trust, Virtus Opportunities Trust, VP Distributors (since assigned to Virtus Fund Services) and BNY Mellon, dated March 15, 2011 filed via EDGAR (as Exhibit h.15.) with Post-Effective Amendment No. 52 to the Registration Statement of Virtus Insight Trust (File No. 033-64915) on April 28, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference. |
d) | Fourth Amendment to Sub-Administration and Accounting Services Agreement among Virtus Equity Trust, Virtus Insight Trust, Virtus Opportunities Trust, VP Distributors (since assigned to Virtus Fund Services) and BNY Mellon, dated August 28, 2012, filed via EDGAR (as Exhibit h.4.d) with Post-Effective Amendment No. 56 to the Registration Statement of Virtus Insight Trust (File No. 033-64915) on April 29, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference. |
e) | Fifth Amendment to Sub-Administration and Accounting Services Agreement among Virtus Equity Trust, Virtus Insight Trust, Virtus Opportunities Trust, VP Distributors (since assigned to Virtus Fund Services) and BNY Mellon, dated December 18, 2012, filed via EDGAR with Post-Effective Amendment No. 56 to the Registration Statement of Virtus Insight Trust (File No. 033-64915) on April 29, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference. |
f) | Sixth Amendment to Sub-Administration and Accounting Services Agreement among Virtus Equity Trust, Virtus Insight Trust, Virtus Opportunities Trust, Virtus Fund Services and BNY Mellon, dated June 10, 2013, filed via EDGAR with Post-Effective Amendment No. 64 to the Registration Statement of Virtus Opportunities Trust (File No. 033-65137) on June 10, 2013, and incorporated herein by reference. |
g) | Seventh Amendment to Sub-Administration and Accounting Services Agreement among Virtus Equity Trust, Virtus Insight Trust, Virtus Opportunities Trust, Virtus Fund Services and BNY Mellon, dated December 18, 2013, filed via EDGAR with Post-Effective Amendment No. 70 to the Registration Statement of Virtus Opportunities Trust (File No. 033-65137) on January 27, 2014, and incorporated herein by reference. |
h) | *Joinder Agreement and Amendment to Sub-Administration and Accounting Services Agreement among the Registrant, Virtus Equity Trust, Virtus Insight Trust, Virtus Opportunities Trust, Virtus Variable Insurance Trust, VATS, Virtus Fund Services and BNY Mellon filed via EDGAR herewith . |
5. | Expense Limitation Agreement between Registrant and VAIA to be filed by amendment. |
(i) | Legal Opinion |
1. | Opinion of Counsel as to legality of the shares to be filed by amendment. |
(j) | Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm to be filed by amendment. |
(k) | Not applicable. |
(l) | Not applicable. |
(m) | Rule 12b-1 Plans. |
1. | * Class A Shares Distribution Plan Pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”) filed via EDGAR herewith . |
2. | * Class C Shares Distribution Plan Pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act filed via EDGAR herewith . |
(n) | Rule 18f-3 Plan to be filed by amendment. |
1. | *Plan Pursuant to Rule 18f-3 under the 1940 Act filed via EDGAR herewith. |
(o) | Reserved |
(p) | Code of Ethics |
1. | * Amended and Restated Code of Ethics of the Registrant and other Virtus Funds dated March 25, 2014, filed via EDGAR herewith . |
2. | * Amended and Restated Code of Ethics of VAIA, VP Distributors, Cliffwater and other Virtus Affiliates dated March 15, 2014, filed via EDGAR herewith . |
3. | * Code of Ethics of subadviser Armored Wolf effective April 1, 2014, filed via EDGAR herewith . |
4. | * Code of Ethics of subadviser Ascend dated March 2014, filed via EDGAR herewith . |
5. | * Code of Ethics of subadviser Brigade effective January 1, 2014, filed via EDGAR herewith . |
6. | * Code of Ethics of subadviser Credit Suisse filed via EDGAR herewith . |
7. | * Code of Ethics of subadviser GCM effective July 2013, filed via EDGAR herewith . |
8. | * Code of Ethics of subadviser Harvest dated August 9, 2013, filed via EDGAR herewith . |
9. | * Code of Ethics of subadviser ICE Canyon dated February 10, 2014, filed via EDGAR herewith . |
10. | * Code of Ethics of subadviser LaSalle effective October 22, 2013, filed via EDGAR herewith . |
11. | * Code of Ethics of subadviser Lazard dated September 2012, filed via EDGAR herewith . |
12. | * Code of Ethics of subadviser MAST filed via EDGAR herewith . |
13. | * Code of Ethics of subadviser Owl Creek dated March 2014, filed via EDGAR herewith . |
(q) | * Power of Attorney for all Trustees, dated February 10, 2014, filed via EDGAR with Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 (File No. 333-191940) on February 10, 2014, and incorporated herein by reference. |
_______________
*Filed Herewith |
Item 29. | Persons Controlled By or Under Common Control with the Fund |
None.
Item 30. | Indemnification |
Article VII sections 2 and 3 of the Registrant’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust filed herewith, provides in relevant part as follows:
“A Trustee, when acting in such capacity, shall not be personally liable to any Person, other than the Trust or a Shareholder to the extent provided in this Article VII, for any act, omission or obligation of the Trust, of such Trustee or of any other Trustee. The Trustees shall not be responsible or liable in any event for any neglect or wrongdoing of any officer, agent, employee, Manager or Principal Underwriter of the Trust. The Trust (i) may indemnify an agent of the Trust or any Person who is serving or has served at the Trust’s request as an agent of another organization in which the Trust has any interest as a shareholder, creditor or otherwise and (ii) shall indemnify each Person who is, or has been, a Trustee, officer or employee of the Trust and any Person who is serving or has served at the Trust’s request as a director, officer, trustee, or employee of another organization in which the Trust has any interest as a shareholder, creditor or otherwise, in the case of (i) and (ii), to the fullest extent consistent with the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and in the manner provided in the By-Laws; provided that such indemnification shall not be available to any of the foregoing Persons in connection with a claim, suit or other proceeding by any such Person against the Trust or a Series (or Class) thereof.
All persons extending credit to, contracting with or having any claim against the Trust or the Trustees shall look only to the assets of the appropriate Series (or Class thereof if the Trustees have included a Class limitation on liability in the agreement with such person as provided below), or, if the Trustees have yet to establish Series, of the Trust for payment under such credit, contract or claim; and neither the Trustees nor the Shareholders, nor any of the Trust’s officers, employees or agents, whether past, present or future, shall be personally liable therefor.
Every note, bond, contract, instrument, certificate or undertaking and every other act or thing whatsoever executed or done by or on behalf of the Trust or the Trustees by any of them in connection with the Trust shall conclusively be deemed to have been executed or done only in or with respect to his or their capacity as Trustee or Trustees, and such Trustee or Trustees shall not be personally liable thereon. …
… A Trustee shall be liable to the Trust and to any Shareholder solely for her or his own willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of the office of Trustee, and shall not be liable for errors of judgment or mistakes of fact or law. The Trustees may take advice of counsel or other experts with respect to the meaning and operation of this Declaration of Trust, and shall be under no liability for any act or omission in accordance with such advice nor for failing to follow such advice.”
In addition, Article III section 7 of such Agreement and Declaration of Trust provides for the indemnification of shareholders of the Registrant as follows: “If any Shareholder or former Shareholder shall be exposed to liability by reason of a claim or demand relating to such Person being or having been a Shareholder, and not because of such Person's acts or omissions, the Shareholder or former Shareholder (or such Person's heirs, executors, administrators, or other legal representatives or in the case of a corporation or other entity, its corporate or other general successor) shall be entitled to be held harmless from and indemnified out of the assets of the Trust against all cost and expense reasonably incurred in connection with such claim or demand, but only out of the assets held with respect to the particular Series of Shares of which such Person is or was a Shareholder and from or in relation to which such liability arose. The Trust may, at its option and shall, upon request by the Shareholder, assume the defense of any claim made against the Shareholder for any act or obligation of the Trust and satisfy any judgment thereon from the assets held with respect to the particular series.”
Article VI Section 2 of the Registrant’s Bylaws filed herewith, provides in relevant part, subject to certain exceptions and limitations, “every agent shall be indemnified by the Trust to the fullest extent permitted by law against all liabilities and against all expenses reasonably incurred or paid by him or her in connection with any proceeding in which he or she becomes involved as a party or otherwise by virtue of his or her being or having been an agent.” Such indemnification would not apply in the case of any liability to which the Registrant would otherwise be subject by reason of or for willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of such person’s duties. Various agreements to which the Registrant is a party are expected to provide that the Registrant will indemnify the other party (or parties, as the case may be) to the agreement for certain losses.
The Registrant, in conjunction with VIA, the Registrant’s Trustees, and other registered investment management companies managed by VIA, maintains insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a Trustee, officer, employee, or agent of the Registrant, or who is or was serving at the request of the Registrant as a trustee, director, officer, employee or agent of another trust or corporation, against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by him or arising out of his position. However, in no event will Registrant maintain insurance to indemnify any such person for any act for which the Registrant itself is not permitted to indemnify him.
Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), may be permitted to trustees, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a trustee, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such trustee, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
Item 31. | Business and Other Connections of Investment Adviser and Subadvisers |
See “Management of the Funds” in the Prospectus and “Services of the Adviser and Subadvisers” and “Management of the Trust” in the Statement of Additional Information which is included in this Registration Statement. For information as to the business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature of directors and officers of the Adviser and Subadvisers, reference is made to the Adviser’s and Subadviser’s current Form ADV filed under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, and incorporated herein by reference.
Adviser | SEC File No.: |
VAIA | 801-67924 |
Armored Wolf | 801-70152 |
Ascend | 801-65340 |
Brigade | 801-69965 |
Credit Suisse | 801-37170 |
GCM | 801-73422 |
Harvest | 801-71791 |
ICE Canyon | 801-68298 |
LaSalle | 801-48201 |
Lazard | 801-61701 |
MAST | 801-63090 |
Owl Creek | 801-66113 |
Item 32. | Principal Underwriter |
(a) | VP Distributors, LLC serves as the principal underwriter for the following registrants: Virtus Alternative Solutions Trust, Virtus Equity Trust, Virtus Insight Trust, Virtus Opportunities Trust and Virtus Variable Insurance Trust. |
(b) | Directors and executive officers of VP Distributors, 100 Pearl Street, Hartford, CT 06103, are as follows: |
Name and Principal
|
Positions and Offices with Distributor
|
Positions and Offices with Registrant
|
George R. Aylward | Executive Vice President |
President and Trustee
|
Kevin J. Carr | Vice President, Counsel and Secretary |
Assistant Secretary
|
Nancy J. Engberg | Vice President and Assistant Secretary |
Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer
|
David Hanley | Vice President and Treasurer |
None
|
David C. Martin | Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer |
None
|
Jeff Cerutti | President |
None
|
(c) | Not applicable. |
Item 33. | Location of Accounts and Records |
Persons maintaining physical possession of accounts, books and other documents required to be maintained by Section 31(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the Rules promulgated thereunder include:
Secretary of the Trust: | Principal Underwriter, Administrator and Transfer Agent: |
Jennifer Fromm, Esq. 100 Pearl Street Hartford, CT 06103 |
VP Distributors, LLC. 100 Pearl Street Hartford, CT 06103 |
Investment Adviser: | Custodian: |
Virtus Alternative Investment Advisers, Inc. 100 Pearl Street Hartford, CT 06103 |
The Bank of New York Mellon One Wall Street New York, NY 10286
|
Fund Accountant, Sub-Administrator, Sub-Transfer Agent and Dividend Dispersing Agent: | Subadviser to Alternative Inflation Solution Fund and Alternative Total Solution Fund: |
BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc. 301 Bellevue Parkway Wilmington, DE 19809 |
Armored Wolf, LLC 18111 Van Karman Avenue, Suite 525 Irvine, CA 92612 |
Subadviser to Alternative Total Solution Fund: | Subadviser to Alternative Income Solution Fund, Alternative Inflation Solution Fund and Virtus Alternative Total Solution Fund: |
Ascend Capital LLC 4 Orinda Way, Suite 200-C Orinda, CA 94563 and 50 California Street, Suite 430 San Francisco, CA 94111 |
Brigade Capital Management, LLC 399 Park Avenue, 16th Floor New York, NY 10022 |
Subadviser to Alternative Inflation Solution Fund : | Subadviser to Alternative Total Solution Fund: |
Credit Suisse Asset Management, LLC One Madison Avenue New York, NY 10010 |
Graham Capital management, L.P. 40 Highland Avenue Rowayton, CT 06853 |
Subadviser to Alternative Income Solution Fund, Alternative Inflation Solution Fund and Alternative Total Solution Fund: | Subadviser to Alternative Income Solution Fund and Alternative Total Solution Fund: |
Harvest Fund Advisors LLC 100 West Lancaster Avenue, 2 nd Floor Wayne, PA 19087 |
ICE Canyon LLC 2000 Avenue of the Stars, 11th Floor Los Angeles, CA 90067 |
Subadviser to Alternative Income Solution Fund, Alternative Inflation Solution Fund and Alternative Total Solution Fund: | Subadviser to Alternative Income Solution Fund, Alternative Inflation Solution Fund and Alternative Total Solution Fund: |
LaSalle Investment Management Securities, LLC 100 East Pratt Street Baltimore, MD 21202
|
Lazard Asset Management LLC 30 Rockefeller Plaza, 55th Floor New York, NY 10112 |
Subadviser to Alternative Income Solution Fund and Alternative Total Solution Fund: | Subadviser Alternative Total Solution Fund: |
MAST Capital Management, LLC 200 Clarendon Street, 51st Floor Boston, MA 02116 |
Owl Creek Asset Management, L.P. 640 Fifth Avenue, 20th Floor New York, NY 10019 |
Item 34. | Management Services |
Not applicable.
Item 35. | Undertakings |
Not applicable.
PART C — OTHER INFORMATION
Exhibit List
a.1 | Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust |
b.1 | Amended and Restated By-laws |
d.1 | Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and VAIA |
e.1 | Underwriting Agreement with VP Distributors |
e.2 | Form of Sales Agreement between VP Distributors and dealers |
g.1. | Custody Agreement between Registrant and The Bank of New York Mellon |
g.1.a | Form of First Amendment to Custody Agreement between the Registrant and the Bank of New York Mellon |
h.1 | Transfer Agency and Service Agreement between the Registrant and Virtus Fund Services |
h.3 | Administration Agreement between the Registrant and Virtus Fund Services |
h.4.h | Joinder Agreement and Amendment to Sub-Administration and Accounting Services Agreement among the Registrant, Virtus Equity Trust, Virtus Insight Trust, Virtus Opportunities Trust, Virtus Variable Insurance Trust, VATS, Virtus Fund Services and BNY Mellon |
m.1 | Class A Shares Distribution Plan Pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act |
m.2 | Class C Shares Distribution Plan Pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act |
n.1 | Plan Pursuant to Rule 18f-3 under the 1940 Act |
p.1 | Amended and Restated Code of Ethics of the Registrant and other Virtus Funds |
p.2 | Amended and Restated Code of Ethics of VAIA, VP Distributors, Cliffwater and other Virtus Affiliates |
p.3 | Code of Ethics of subadviser Armored Wolf |
p.4 | Code of Ethics of subadviser Ascend |
p.5 | Code of Ethics of subadviser Brigade |
p.6 | Code of Ethics of subadviser Credit Suisse |
p.7 | Code of Ethics of subadviser GCM |
p.8 | Code of Ethics of subadviser Harvest |
p.9 | Code of Ethics of subadviser ICE Canyon |
p.10 | Code of Ethics of subadviser LaSalle |
p.11 | Code of Ethics of subadviser Lazard |
p.12 | Code of Ethics of subadviser MAST |
p.13 | Code of Ethics of subadviser Owl Creek |
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, duly authorized, in the City of Hartford and the State of Connecticut on the 28 th day of March, 2014.
VIRTUS ALTERNATIVE SOLUTIONS TRUST | |
By: | /s/ George R. Aylward |
George R. Aylward | |
President |
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated on the 28 th day of March, 2014.
Signature | Title | |
/s/ George R. Aylward | ||
George R. Aylward | Trustee and President (principal executive officer) | |
/s/ Thomas F. Mann* | ||
Thomas F. Mann | Trustee | |
/s/ Philip R. McLoughlin* | ||
Philip R. McLoughlin | Trustee and Chairman | |
/s/ William R. Moyer* | ||
William R. Moyer | Trustee | |
/s/ James M. Oates* | ||
James M. Oates | Trustee | |
/s/ W. Patrick Bradley | ||
W. Patrick Bradley |
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
(principal financial and accounting officer) |
* Signed pursuant to Power of Attorney
Exhibit a.1
AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT AND DECLARATION OF TRUST
OF
VIRTUS ALTERNATIVE SOLUTIONS TRUST
THIS AGREEMENT AND DECLARATION OF TRUST is made and entered into as of the date set forth below by the Trustees named hereunder for the purpose of forming a Delaware statutory trust in accordance with the provisions hereinafter set forth,
NOW, THEREFORE, the initial Trustee hereby directs that the Certificate of Trust be filed with the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, and the Initial Trustee does hereby declare that the Trustees will hold in trust all cash, securities and other assets that the Trust now possesses or may hereafter acquire from time to time in any manner and manage and dispose of the same upon the following terms and conditions for the benefit of the holders of Shares in the Trust.
ARTICLE I
Name and Definitions
Section 1. Name . This Trust shall be known as “Virtus Alternative Solutions Trust” and the Trustees shall conduct the business of the Trust under that name or any other name as they may from time to time determine.
Section 2. Definitions . Whenever used herein, unless otherwise required by the context or specifically provided:
(a) “By-Laws” shall mean the By-Laws of the Trust as amended from time to time, which By-Laws are expressly herein incorporated by reference as part of the “governing instrument” within the meaning of the Delaware Act;
(b) “Certificate of Trust” means the certificate of trust, as amended or restated from time to time, filed by the Trustees in the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware in accordance with the Delaware Act;
(c) “Class” means a class of Shares of a Series of the Trust established in accordance with the provisions of Article III hereof;
(d) “Commission” and “Principal Underwriter” shall have the meanings given them in the 1940 Act;
(e) “Declaration of Trust” means this Agreement and Declaration of Trust, as amended or restated from time to time;
(f) “Delaware Act” means the Delaware Statutory Trust Act, 12 Del. C. Sections 3801 et seq., as amended from time to time;
(g) “Manager” means a party furnishing services to the Trust pursuant to any contract described in Article IV, Section 9(a) hereof;
(h) “1940 Act” means the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the rules and regulations thereunder, all as amended from time to time;
1 |
(i) “Person” means and includes individuals, corporations, partnerships, trusts, associations, joint ventures, estates and other entities, whether or not legal entities, and governments and agencies and political subdivisions thereof, whether domestic or foreign;
(j) “Series” means each Series of Shares established and designated under or in accordance with the provisions of Article III;
(k) “Shareholder” means a record owner of outstanding Shares;
(l) “Shares” means the Shares of beneficial interest into which the beneficial interest in the Trust shall be divided from time to time and includes fractions of Shares as well as whole Shares;
(m) “Trust” means the Delaware statutory trust established under the Delaware Act by this Declaration of Trust and the filing of the Certificate of Trust in the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware;
(n) “Trust Property” means any and all property, real or personal, tangible or intangible, that is from time to time owned or held by or for the account of the Trust; and
(o) “Trustees” means all Persons who may from time to time be duly elected or appointed to serve as Trustees in accordance with the provisions hereof, in each case so long as such Person shall continue in office in accordance with the terms of this Declaration of Trust, and reference herein to a Trustee or the Trustees shall refer to such Person or Persons in her or his or their capacity as trustees hereunder.
ARTICLE II
Purpose of Trust
The purpose of the Trust is to conduct, operate and carry on the business of a management investment company registered under the 1940 Act through one or more Series investing primarily in securities, and to carry on such other business as the Trustees may from time to time determine pursuant to their authority under this Declaration of Trust.
ARTICLE III
Shares
Section 1. Division of Beneficial Interest . The beneficial interest in the Trust may be divided into one or more Series. Each Series may be divided into one or more Classes. Subject to the further provisions of this Article III and any applicable requirements of the 1940 Act, the Trustees shall have full power and authority, in their sole discretion, and without obtaining the approval of the Shareholders of any Series or Class thereof, (i) to divide the beneficial interest in the Trust or in each Series or Class thereof into Shares, with or without par value as the Trustees shall determine, (ii) to issue Shares without limitation as to number (including fractional Shares), to such Persons and for such amount and type of consideration, including cash or securities, at such time or times and on such terms as the Trustees may deem appropriate, (iii) to establish and designate and to change in any manner any Series or Class thereof and to fix such preferences, voting powers, rights, duties and privileges and business purpose of each Series or Class thereof as the Trustees may from time to time determine, which preferences, voting powers, rights, duties and privileges may be senior or subordinate to (or in the case of business purpose, different from) any existing Series or Class thereof and may be limited to specified property or obligations of the Trust or profits and losses associated with specified property or obligations of the Trust, (iv) to divide or combine the Shares of any Series or Class thereof into a greater or lesser number, or issue dividends in Shares with respect to Shares of any Series or Class, without thereby materially changing the proportionate beneficial interest of the Shares of such Series or Class in the assets held with respect to that Series or Class thereof, (v) to classify or reclassify any issued Shares of any Series or Class thereof
2 |
into Shares of one or more Series or Classes thereof and (vi) to take such other action with respect to the Shares as the Trustees may deem desirable.
Except as provided in this Declaration of Trust or in the resolution establishing a Class or Series consistent with the requirements of the 1940 Act, each Share of a Series of the Trust shall represent an equal beneficial interest in the net assets of such Series, and each holder of Shares of a Series shall be entitled to receive such holder’s pro rata share of distributions of income and capital gains, if any, made with respect to such Series. Upon redemption of the Shares of any Series or Class thereof, the applicable Shareholder shall be entitled to be paid solely out of, the funds and property of such Series of the Trust.
All references to Shares in this Declaration of Trust shall be deemed to be Shares of any or all Series or Classes thereof, except as the context otherwise requires. All provisions herein relating to the Trust shall apply equally to each Series of the Trust and each Class thereof, except as the context otherwise requires.
All Shares issued hereunder, including, without limitation, Shares issued in connection with a dividend in Shares or a split or reverse split of Shares, shall be fully paid and non-assessable. Except as otherwise provided by the Trustees, Shareholders shall have no appraisal, preemptive or other right to subscribe to any additional Shares or other securities issued by the Trust.
Section 2. Ownership of Shares . The Ownership of Shares of each Series and Class shall be recorded separately on the books of the Trust or by one or more transfer, sub-transfer or similar agents on behalf of the Trust. No certificates certifying the ownership of Shares shall be issued except as the Trustees may otherwise determine from time to time. The Trustees may make such rules as they consider appropriate for the issuance of Share certificates, the transfer of Shares of each Series (or Class) and similar matters. The record books of the Trust as kept by the Trust or by one or more transfer, sub-transfer or similar agents, as the case may be, shall be conclusive as to the identity of the Shareholders of each Series (or Class) and as to the number of Shares of each Series (or Class) held from time to time by each Shareholder.
Section 3. Transfer of Shares . Except as otherwise provided by the Trustees, Shares shall be transferable on the books of the Trust only by the record holder thereof or by his duly authorized agent upon delivery to the Trustees or the Trust’s transfer agent of a duly executed instrument of transfer, together with a Share certificate if one is outstanding, and such evidence of the genuineness of the execution and authorization thereof as may be required by the Trustees and of such other matters as may be required by the Trustees. Upon such delivery, and subject to any further requirements specified by the Trustees or contained in the By-Laws, the transfer shall be recorded on the books of the Trust. Until a transfer is so recorded, the Shareholder of record of Shares shall be deemed to be the holder of such Shares for all purposes hereunder and neither the Trustees nor the Trust, nor any transfer agent, Shareholder servicing agent or similar agent, any officer, employee or agent of the Trust, shall be affected by any notice of a proposed transfer.
Section 4. Investments in the Trust . Investments may be accepted by the Trust from such Persons, at such times, on such terms, and for such consideration as the Trustees from time to time may authorize.
Section 5. Status of Shares and Limitation of Personal Liability . Shares shall be deemed to be personal property giving only the rights provided in this instrument. Every shareholder by virtue of having become a Shareholder shall be held to have expressly assented and agreed to the terms hereof. The death, incapacity, dissolution, termination or bankruptcy of a Shareholder during the existence of the Trust shall not operate to terminate the Trust, nor entitle the representative of any such Shareholder to an accounting or to take any action in court or elsewhere against the Trust or the Trustees, but entitles such representative only to the rights of such Shareholder under this Trust. Ownership of Shares shall not entitle the Shareholder to any title in or to the whole or any part of the Trust Property or right to call for a partition or division of the same or for an accounting, nor shall the ownership of Shares constitute the Shareholders as partners. Neither the Trust nor the Trustees, nor any officer, employee or agent of the
3 |
Trust shall have any power to bind personally any Shareholder, nor, except as specifically provided herein, to call upon any Shareholder for the payment of any sum of money or assessment whatsoever other than such as the Shareholder may at any time personally agree to pay. Except as specifically provided herein, no Shareholder shall be personally liable for the debts, liabilities, obligations or expenses incurred by, contracted for, or otherwise existing with respect to, the Trust or by or on behalf of any Series or Class. Every note, bond, contract or other undertaking issued by or on behalf of the Trust or Trustees relating to the Trust or to a Series or Class may include a recitation limiting the obligation represented thereby to the Trust or to one or more Series and its respective assets (but the omission of such a recitation shall not operate to bind any Shareholder or Trustee of the Trust).
Section 6. Establishment and Designation of Series (or Class) . The Trustees may establish and designate one or more Series or Classes in their sole discretion without obtaining the approval of the Shareholders of any Series or Class thereof (except as otherwise required by the 1940 Act). The establishment and designation of any Series (or Class) of Shares shall be effective upon the adoption by a majority of the then Trustees of a resolution that sets forth such establishment and designation and the relative rights and preferences of such Series (or Class), whether directly in such resolution or by reference to another document including, without limitation, any registration statement of the Trust, or as otherwise provided in such resolution.
Shares of each Series (or Class) established pursuant to this Article III, unless otherwise provided in the resolution establishing such Series, shall have the following relative rights and preferences:
(a) Assets Held with Respect to a Particular Series or Class . All consideration received by the Trust for the issue or sale of Shares of a particular Series or Class thereof, together with all assets in which such consideration is invested or reinvested, all income, earnings, profits, and proceeds thereof from whatever source derived, including, without limitation, any proceeds derived from the sale, exchange or liquidation of such assets, and any funds or payments derived from any reinvestment of such proceeds in whatever form the same may be, shall irrevocably be held with respect to that Series (or Class) for all purposes, and shall be so recorded upon the books of account of the Trust. Such consideration, assets, income, earnings, profits and proceeds thereof, from whatever source derived, including, without limitation, any proceeds derived from the sale, exchange or liquidation of such assets, and any funds or payments derived from any reinvestment of such proceeds, in whatever form the same may be, are herein referred to as “assets held with respect to” that Series (or Class thereof). In the event that there are any assets, income, earnings, profits and proceeds thereof, funds or payments that are not readily identifiable as assets held with respect to any particular Series (collectively “General Assets”), the Trustees shall allocate such General Assets to, between or among any one or more of the Series (and the Classes thereof) in such manner and on such basis as the Trustees, in their sole discretion, deem fair and equitable, and any General Assets so allocated to a particular Series (and the Classes thereof) shall be assets held with respect to that Series and such Classes. Each such allocation by the Trustees shall be conclusive and binding upon the Shareholders of all Series and Classes for all purposes. Separate and distinct records shall be maintained for each Series and the assets held with respect to each Series shall be held and accounted for separately from the assets held with respect to all other Series and the General Assets of the Trust not allocated to such Series.
(b) Liabilities Attributable to a Particular Series (or Class) . The assets of the Trust held with respect to each particular Series (or Class thereof) shall be charged exclusively with the liabilities of the Trust attributable to that Series or Class and all expenses, costs, charges and reserves attributable to that Series or Class. Any general liabilities of the Trust that are not readily identifiable as being attributable to any particular Series (and the Classes thereof) shall be allocated and charged by the Trustees to and among any one or more of the Series (and the Classes thereof) in such manner and on such basis as the Trustees in their sole discretion deem fair and equitable. All liabilities, expenses, costs, charges, and reserves so charged to a Series (and the Classes thereof) are herein referred to as “liabilities attributable to” that Series (or Class thereof). Each allocation of liabilities, expenses, costs, charges and reserves by the Trustees shall be conclusive and binding upon the Shareholders of all Series and Classes for all purposes. All liabilities attributable to a particular Series shall be enforceable against the assets held with respect to such Series only and not against the assets of the Trust generally or
4 |
against the assets held with respect to any other Series. Notice of this limitation on the liability of each Series shall be set forth in the Certificate of Trust or in an amendment thereto prior to the issuance of any Shares of a Series. To the extent that the Trustees, pursuant to Section 2 of Article VII hereof, include a Class limitation on liability in any note, bond, contract, instrument, certificate or undertaking made with respect to any Class, the parties to such note, bond, contract, instrument, certificate or undertaking shall look only to the assets attributable to such Class in satisfaction of the liabilities arising thereunder and not to the assets attributable to any other Class of the applicable Series.
(c) Dividends . Dividends and distributions on Shares of a particular Series or any class thereof may be paid with such frequency as the Trustees in their sole discretion may determine, which may be daily or otherwise pursuant to a standing resolution or resolutions adopted only once or with such frequency as the Trustees in their sole discretion may determine, to the holders of Shares of that Series or Class, from such of the income and capital gains, accrued or realized, from the assets belonging to that Series, or in the case of a Class, belonging to that Series and allocable to that Class, as the Trustees in their sole discretion may determine, after providing for actual and accrued liabilities belonging to that Series or Class. All dividends and distributions on Shares of a particular Series or Class thereof shall be distributed pro rata to the holders of Shares of that Series or Class in proportion to the number of Shares of that Series or Class held by such holders at the date and time of record established for the payment of such dividends or distributions, except that in connection with any dividend or distribution program or procedure and when consistent with applicable law, the Trustees in their sole discretion may determine that no dividend or distribution shall be payable on Shares as to which the Shareholder’s purchase order and/or payment have not been received by the time or times established by the Trustees under such program or procedure. Such dividends and distributions may be made in cash or Shares of that Series or Class or a combination thereof as determined by the Trustees in their sole discretion or pursuant to any program that the Trustees may have in effect at the time for the election by each Shareholder of the mode of the making of such dividend or distribution to that Shareholder. The Trustees shall have full discretion, to the extent not inconsistent with the 1940 Act, to determine which items shall be treated as income and which items as capital; and each such determination and allocation shall be conclusive and binding upon the Shareholders.
(d) Fractions . Any fractional Share of a Series (or Class thereof) shall carry proportionately all the rights and obligations of a whole Share of that Series or Class, including rights with respect to voting, receipt of dividends and distributions, redemption of Shares and termination of the Trust.
(e) Combination of Series . The Trustees shall have the authority, without the approval of the Shareholders of any Series (or Class thereof), unless otherwise required by applicable law, to combine the assets and liabilities attributable to any two or more Series (or Classes) into assets and liabilities attributable to a single Series or Class.
Section 7. Indemnification of Shareholders . If any Shareholder or former Shareholder shall be exposed to liability by reason of a claim or demand relating to such Person being or having been a Shareholder, and not because of such Person’s acts or omissions, the Shareholder or former Shareholder (or such Person’s heirs, executors, administrators, or other legal representatives or in the case of a corporation or other entity, its corporate or other general successor) shall be entitled to be held harmless from and indemnified out of the assets of the Trust against all cost and expense reasonably incurred in connection with such claim or demand, but only out of the assets held with respect to the particular Series of Shares of which such Person is or was a Shareholder and from or in relation to which such liability arose. The Trust may, at its option and shall, upon request by the Shareholder, assume the defense of any claim made against the Shareholder for any act or obligation of the Trust and satisfy any judgment thereon from the assets held with respect to the particular series.
ARTICLE IV
Trustees
Section 1. Section 2. Number, Election and Tenure . The number and tenure of Trustees
5 |
shall be set by resolution of the Board of Trustees of the Trust. In the event that less than a majority of the Trustees holding office have been elected by the Shareholders, to the extent required by the 1940 Act, the Trustees then in office shall call a Shareholders’ meeting for the election of Trustees. Any Trustee may resign at any time by written instrument signed by her or him and delivered to any officer of the Trust or to the Secretary of any meeting of the Trustees. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless specified to be effective at some other time. Except to the extent expressly provided in a written agreement with the Trust, no Trustee resigning and no Trustee removed shall have any right to any compensation for any period following her or his resignation or removal, or any right to damages on account of such removal. Any Trustee may be removed with or without cause at any meeting of Shareholders by a vote of two-thirds of the outstanding Shares of the Trust or by a vote of two-thirds of the number of Trustees prior to such removal.
Section 2. Vacancies . Any vacancy or anticipated vacancy resulting from any reason, including without limitation the death, resignation, retirement, removal or incapacity of any of the Trustees, or resulting from an increase in the number of Trustees by the other Trustees may (but so long as there are at least two remaining Trustees, need not unless required by the 1940 Act) be filled by a majority of the remaining Trustees, subject to the provisions of Section 16(a) of the 1940 Act, through the appointment in writing of such other person as such remaining Trustees in their discretion shall determine and such appointment shall be effective upon the written acceptance of the person named therein to serve as a Trustee and agreement by such person to be bound by the provisions of this Declaration of Trust, except to the extent that such appointment or such acceptance provides that it shall be effective at a later date or upon the occurrence of a later event.
Section 3. Effect of Death, Resignation, etc. of a Trustee . The death, declination to serve, resignation, retirement, removal, or incapacity of one or more Trustees, or all of them, shall not operate to annul the Trust or to revoke any existing agency created pursuant to the terms of this Declaration of Trust. Whenever there shall be fewer than the designated number of Trustees, until additional Trustees are elected or appointed as provided herein to bring the total number of Trustees equal to the designated number, the Trustees in office, regardless of their number, shall have all the powers granted to the Trustees and shall discharge all the duties imposed upon the Trustees by this Declaration of Trust. As conclusive evidence of such vacancy, a written instrument certifying the existence of such vacancy may be executed by an officer of the Trust or by a majority of the Trustees then in office. In the event of the death, declination, resignation, retirement, removal, or incapacity of all the then Trustees within a short period of time and without the opportunity for at least one Trustee being able to appoint additional Trustees to replace those no longer serving, the Trust’s Managers are empowered to appoint new Trustees subject to the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act.
Section 4. Powers . Subject to the provisions of this Declaration of Trust, the business of the Trust shall be managed by the Trustees; the Trustees shall have full power and authority to do any and all acts and to make and execute any and all contracts and instruments that they may consider necessary or appropriate in connection with the management of the Trust, including the power to engage in securities transactions of all kinds on behalf of the Trust. Without limiting the foregoing, the Trustees may:
(a) adopt By-Laws not inconsistent with this Declaration of Trust providing for the regulation and management of the affairs of the Trust and may amend and repeal them to the extent that such By-Laws do not reserve that right to the Shareholders;
(b) elect and remove, with or without cause, such officers and appoint and terminate such agents as they consider appropriate;
(c) appoint from their own number and establish and terminate one or more committees consisting of two or more Trustees which may exercise the powers and authority of the Board of Trustees to the extent that the Board of Trustees determine;
(d) provide for the issuance and distribution of Shares by the Trust directly or through one or more Principal Underwriters or otherwise;
6 |
(e) redeem, repurchase and transfer Shares pursuant to applicable law;
(f) operate as and carry out the business of an investment company, and exercise all the powers necessary or appropriate to the conduct of such operations;
(g) invest and reinvest cash, to hold cash uninvested, and to subscribe for, invest in, reinvest in, purchase or otherwise acquire, own, hold, pledge, sell, assign, transfer, exchange, distribute, purchase or write options on, lend, enter into contracts for the future acquisition or delivery of, or otherwise deal in or dispose of, securities, indices, currencies, commodities or other property of every nature and kind, including, without limitation, all types of bonds, debentures, stocks, negotiable or non-negotiable instruments, obligations, evidences of indebtedness, certificates of deposit or indebtedness, commercial paper, repurchase agreements, bankers’ acceptances, and other securities, commodities or contracts of any kind, issued, created, guaranteed, or sponsored by any and all Persons, including, without limitation, states, territories, and possessions of the United States and the District of Columbia and any political subdivision, agency, or instrumentality thereof, the U.S. Government or any foreign government or any political subdivision of the U.S. Government or any foreign government, or any domestic or international instrumentality, or by any bank or savings institution, or by any corporation or organization organized under the laws of the United States or of any state, territory, or possession thereof, or by any corporation or organization organized under any foreign law, or in “when issued” contracts for any such securities; to change the investments of the assets of the Trust; and to exercise any and all rights, powers, and privileges of ownership or interest in respect of any and all such investments of every kind and description, including, without limitation, the right to consent and otherwise act with respect thereto, with power to designate one or more Persons to exercise any of said rights, powers, and privileges in respect of any of said instruments;
(h) sell, exchange, lend, pledge, mortgage, hypothecate, lease, or write options (including options on futures contracts) with respect to or otherwise deal in any property rights relating to any or all of the assets of the Trust or any Series or Class thereof;
(i) vote or give assent, or exercise any rights of ownership, with respect to stock or other securities or property; and to execute and deliver proxies or powers of attorney to such Person or Persons as the Trustees shall deem proper, granting to such Person or Persons such power and discretion with relation to securities or property as the Trustees shall deem proper;
(j) set record dates for the determination of Shareholders with respect to various matters, which, for purposes of determining the Shareholders of any Series (or Class) who are entitled to receive payment of any dividend or of any other distribution shall be on or before the date for the payment of such dividend or such other payment, as the record date for determining the Shareholders of such Series (or Class) having the right to receive such dividend or distribution; without fixing a record date, the Trustees may for distribution purposes close the register or transfer books for one or more Series (or Classes) at any time prior to the payment of a distribution; nothing in this subsection shall be construed as precluding the Trustees from setting different record dates for different Series (or Classes);
(k) exercise powers and rights of subscription or otherwise which in any manner arise out of ownership of securities or other property;
(l) hold any security or property in a form not indicating any trust, whether in bearer, unregistered or other negotiable form, or in its own name or in the name of one or more custodians, sub-custodians, depositories, nominees or otherwise;
(m) consent to or participate in any plan for the reorganization, consolidation or merger of any corporation or issuer of any security or property which is held in the Trust; to consent to any contract, lease, mortgage, purchase or sale of property by such corporation or issuer; and to pay calls or subscriptions with respect to any security or property held in the Trust;
7 |
(n) join with other security or property holders in acting through a committee, depositary, voting trustee or otherwise, and in that connection to deposit any security or property with, or transfer any security or property to, any such committee, depositary or trustee, and to delegate to them such power and authority with relation to any security or property (whether or not so deposited or transferred) as the Trustees shall deem proper, and to agree to pay, and to pay, such portion of the expenses and compensation of such committee, depositary or trustee as the Trustees shall deem proper;
(o) compromise, arbitrate or otherwise adjust claims in favor of or against the Trust or any matter in controversy, including, but not limited to, claims for taxes;
(p) enter into joint ventures, general or limited partnerships and any other combinations or associations;
(q) borrow funds or other property in the name of the Trust for the benefit of one or more Series and in connection therewith issue notes or other evidences of indebtedness; and to mortgage and pledge the Trust Property allocable to such Series or any part thereof to secure any or all of such indebtedness;
(r) endorse or guarantee the payment of any notes or other obligations of any Person; to make contracts of guaranty or suretyship, or otherwise assume liability for payment thereof; and to mortgage and pledge the Trust Property or any part thereof to secure any of or all of such obligations;
(s) purchase and pay for entirely out of Trust Property such insurance as the Trustees may deem necessary or appropriate for the conduct of the business, including, without limitation, insurance policies insuring the assets of the Trust or payment of distributions and principal on its portfolio investments, and insurance policies insuring the Shareholders, Trustees, officers, employees, agents, investment advisers, principal underwriters, or independent contractors of the Trust, individually against all claims and liabilities of every nature arising by reason of holding Shares, holding, being in or having held any such office or position, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted by any such Person as Trustee, officer, employee, agent, investment adviser, principal underwriter, or independent contractor, including any action taken or omitted that may be determined to constitute negligence, whether or not the Trust would have the power to indemnify such Person against liability;
(t) adopt, establish and carry out pension, profit-sharing, Share bonus, Share purchase, savings, thrift and other retirement, incentive and benefit plans and trusts, including the purchasing of life insurance and annuity contracts as a means of providing such retirement and other benefits, for any or all of the Trustees, officers, employees and agents of the Trust;
(u) enter into contracts of any kind and description;
(v) interpret the investment policies, practices or limitations of any Series;
(w) establish a registered office and have a registered agent in the State of Delaware;
(x) invest all or any portion of the assets of any Series in one or more other investment companies, including investment by means of transfer of such assets in exchange for an interest or interests in such investment company;
(y) subject to the 1940 Act, engage in any other lawful act or activity in which a statutory trust organized under the Delaware Act may engage; and
(z) in general, carry on any other business in connection with or incidental to any of the foregoing powers, do everything necessary, suitable or proper for the accomplishment of any purpose or the attainment of any object or the furtherance of any power hereinbefore set forth, either alone, through their committees, officers and agents, or in association with others, and to do every other act or
8 |
thing incidental or appurtenant to or growing out of or connected with the aforesaid business or purposes, objects or powers.
Any determination as to what is in the interests of the Trust made by the Trustees in good faith shall be conclusive. In construing the provisions of this Declaration of Trust, the presumption shall be in favor of a grant of power to the Trustees. Unless otherwise specified herein or in the By-Laws or required by law, any action by the Trustees shall be deemed effective if approved or taken by a majority of the Trustees present at a meeting of Trustees at which a quorum of Trustees is present, within or without the State of Delaware or in a writing signed by a majority of Trustees then in office.
The foregoing clauses shall be construed as objects and powers, and the foregoing enumeration of specific powers shall not be held to limit or restrict in any manner the general power of the Trustees. Any action by one or more of the Trustees in their capacity as such hereunder shall be deemed an action on behalf of the Trust or the applicable Series, and not an action in an individual capacity.
The Trust shall not be limited to investing in obligations maturing before the possible termination of the Trust or one or more of its Series or Classes thereof. The Trust shall not in any way be bound or limited by any present or future law or custom in regard to investment by fiduciaries. The Trust shall not be required to obtain any court order to deal with any assets of the Trust or take any other action hereunder.
Section 5. Payment of Expenses by the Trust . The Trustees are authorized to pay or cause to be paid out of the principal or income of the Trust, or partly out of the principal and partly out of income, as they deem fair, all expenses, fees, charges, taxes and liabilities incurred or arising in connection with the Trust, or in connection with the management thereof, including, but not limited to, the Trustees compensation and such expenses and charges for the services of the Trust’s officers, employees, Manager, Principal Underwriters, auditors, counsel, custodians, transfer agents, Shareholder servicing agents, and such other agents or independent contractors and such other expenses and charges as the Trustees may deem necessary or proper to incur, which expenses, fees, charges, taxes and liabilities shall be allocated in accordance with Article III, Section 5 hereof.
Section 6. Payment of Expenses by Shareholders . The Trustees shall have the power to cause each Shareholder, or each Shareholder of any particular Series or Class, to pay directly, at such intervals as the Trustees may determine, in advance or arrears, for charges of the Trust’s transfer agent, Shareholder servicing or similar agent, in an amount or at a rate fixed from time to time by the Trustees, by setting off such charges due from such Shareholder from declared but unpaid dividends owed such Shareholder and/or by reducing the number of Shares in the account of such Shareholder by that number of full and/or fractional Shares which represents the outstanding amount of such charges due from such Shareholder.
Section 7. Ownership of Assets of the Trust . The assets of the Trust shall be held separate and apart from any assets now or hereafter held in any capacity other than as Trustee hereunder by the Trustees. Title to all of the assets of the Trust shall at all times be considered as vested in the Trust, except that the Trustees shall have power to cause legal title to any Trust Property to be held by or in the name of one or more of the Trustees, or in the name of any other Person as nominee, on such terms as the Trustees may determine. The right, title and interest of the Trustees in the Trust Property shall vest automatically in each Person who may hereafter become a Trustee. Upon the resignation, removal or death of a Trustee, she or he shall automatically cease to have any right, title or interest in any of the Trust Property, and the right, title and interest of such Trustee in the Trust Property shall vest automatically in the remaining Trustees. Such vesting and cessation of title shall be effective whether or not conveyancing documents have been executed and delivered.
9 |
Section 8. Service Contracts .
(a) Subject to such requirements and restrictions as may be set forth under federal and/or state law and in the By-Laws, including, without limitation, at the date hereof the requirements of Section 15 of the 1940 Act, or any successor provision, the Trustees may, at any time and from time to time, contract for exclusive or nonexclusive advisory, management and/or administrative services for the Trust or for any Series (or Class thereof) with any corporation, trust, association or other organization; and any such contract may contain such other terms as the Trustees may determine, including, without limitation, authority for the Manager to delegate certain or all of its duties under such contracts to qualified investment advisers and administrators and to determine from time to time without prior consultation with the Trustees what investments shall be purchased, held, sold or exchanged and what portion, if any, of the assets of the Trust shall be held uninvested and to make changes in the Trust’s investments, or such other activities as may specifically be delegated to such party.
(b) The Trustees may also, at any time and from time to time, contract with any corporation, trust, association or other organization, appointing it exclusive or nonexclusive distributor or Principal Underwriter for the Shares of one or more of the Series (or Classes thereof) or other securities to be issued by the Trust. Every such contract shall comply with such requirements and restrictions as may be set forth under federal and/or state law and in the By-Laws, including, without limitation, at the date hereof the requirements of Section 15 of the 1940 Act, or any successor provision; and any such contract may contain such other terms as the Trustees may determine.
(c) The Trustees are also empowered, at any time and from time to time, to contract with any corporations, trusts, associations or other organizations, appointing it or them the custodian, transfer agent and/or Shareholder servicing agent for the Trust or one or more of its Series (or Classes). Every such contract shall comply with such requirements and restrictions as may be set forth under federal and/or state law and in the By-Laws or stipulated by resolution of the Trustees. The Trustees are empowered, at any time and from time to time, to retain subagents (foreign or domestic) in connection with any service provider to the Trust or one or more of its Series (or Classes).
(d) Subject to applicable law, the Trustees are further empowered, at any time and from time to time, to contract with any entity to provide such other services, including without limitation accounting and pricing services, to the Trust or one or more of the Series (or Classes thereof), as the Trustees determine to be in the best interests of the Trust and the applicable Series (or Class).
(e) The fact that:
(i) any of the Shareholders, Trustees, or officers of the Trust is a Shareholder, director, officer, partner, trustee, employee, Manager, adviser, Principal Underwriter, distributor, or affiliate or agent of or for any corporation, trust, association, or other organization, or for any parent or affiliate of any organization, with which an advisory, management or administration contract, or principal underwriter’s or distributor’s contract, or transfer, Shareholder servicing or other type of service contract may have been or may hereafter be made, or that any such organization, or any parent or affiliate thereof, is a Shareholder or has an interest in the Trust, or that
(ii) any corporation, trust, association or other organization with which an advisory, management or administration contract or principal underwriter’s or distributor’s contract, or transfer, Shareholder servicing or other type of service contract may have been or may hereafter be made also has an advisory, management or administration contract, or principal underwriter’s or distributor’s contract, or transfer, Shareholder servicing or other service contract with one or more other corporations, trusts, associations, or other organizations, or has other business or interests, shall not affect the validity of any such contract or disqualify any Shareholder, Trustee or officer of the Trust from voting upon or executing the same, or create any liability or accountability to the Trust or its Shareholders, provided approval of each such contract is made pursuant to the requirements of the 1940 Act.
10 |
Section 9. Trustees and Officers as Shareholders . Any Trustee, officer or agent of the Trust may acquire, own and dispose of Shares to the same extent as if he were not a Trustee, officer or agent; and the Trustees may issue and sell and cause to be issued and sold Shares to, and redeem such Shares from, any such Person or any firm or company in which such Person is interested, subject only to the general limitations contained herein or in the By-Laws relating to the sale and redemption of such Shares.
ARTICLE V
Shareholders’ Voting Powers and Meetings
Section 1. Voting Powers, Meetings, Notice and Record Dates . The Shareholders shall have power to vote only (i) for the election or removal of Trustees to the extent and as provided in Article IV, Section 1, and (ii) with respect to such additional matters relating to the Trust as may be required by applicable law, this Declaration of Trust, the By-Laws or any registration of the Trust with the Commission (or any successor agency) or as the Trustees may consider necessary or desirable. Each Shareholder shall be entitled to one vote for each dollar of net asset value (determined as of the applicable record date) of each Share owned by such Shareholder (number of Shares owned times net asset value per Share) on any matter on which such Shareholder is entitled to vote and each fractional dollar amount shall be entitled to a proportionate fractional vote. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Declaration of Trust, on any matter submitted to a vote of the Shareholders, all Shares of the Trust then entitled to vote shall be voted in aggregate, except (i) when required by the 1940 Act, Shares shall be voted by individual Series or Class; and (ii) when the matter affects the interests of one or more Series or Classes, only holders of Shares of the one or more affected Series or Classes shall be entitled to vote thereon. There shall be no cumulative voting in the election of Trustees. Shares may be voted in person or by proxy. A proxy may be given in writing. The By-Laws may provide that proxies may also, or may instead, be given by any electronic or telecommunications device or in any other manner. Notwithstanding anything else contained herein or in the By-Laws, in the event a proposal by anyone other than the officers or Trustees of the Trust is submitted to a vote of the Shareholders of one or more Series or Classes thereof or of the Trust, or in the event of any proxy contest or proxy solicitation or proposal in opposition to any proposal by the officers or Trustees of the Trust, Shares may be voted only in person or by written proxy at a meeting. Until Shares are issued, the Trustees may exercise all rights of Shareholders and may take any action required by law, this Declaration of Trust or the By-Laws to be taken by the Shareholders. Meetings of the Shareholders shall be called and notice thereof and record dates therefor shall be given and set as provided in the By-Laws.
Section 2. Quorum and Required Vote . Except when a larger quorum is required by applicable law, by the By-Laws or by this Declaration of Trust, (i) thirty-three and one-third percent (33 1/3%) of the Shares entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum at a Shareholders’ meeting and (ii) when any one or more Series (or Classes) is to vote as a single class separate from any other Shares, thirty-three and one-third percent (33 1/3%) of the Shares of each such Series (or Class) entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum at a Shareholders’ meeting of that Series (or Class). Except when a larger vote is required by any provision of this Declaration of Trust or the By-Laws or by applicable law, when a quorum is present at any meeting, a majority of the Shares voted shall decide any questions and a plurality of the Shares voted shall elect a Trustee, provided that where any provision of law or of this Declaration of Trust requires that the holders of one or more Series (or Classes) shall vote separately, then a majority of the Shares of such Series (or Classes) voted on the matter (or a plurality with respect to the election of a Trustee) shall decide that matter with respect to such Series (or Classes).
Section 3. Additional Provisions . The By-Laws may include further provisions for Shareholders’ votes and meetings and related matters.
11 |
ARTICLE VI
Net Asset Value, Distributions and Redemptions
Section 1. Determination of Net Asset Value, Net Income, and Distributions . Subject to applicable law and Article III, Section 6 hereof, the Trustees, in their absolute discretion, may prescribe and shall set forth in the By-Laws or in a duly adopted resolution of the Trustees such bases and time or times for determining the net asset value of the Shares of any Series or Class, the net income attributable to the Shares of any Series or Class, or the declaration and payment of dividends and distributions on the Shares of any Series or Class, as they may deem necessary or desirable from time to time.
Section 2. Redemptions and Repurchases .
(a) The Trust shall purchase such Shares as are offered by any Shareholder for redemption, upon the presentation of a proper instrument of transfer together with a request directed to the Trust or a Person designated by the Trust that the Trust purchase such Shares or in accordance with such other procedures for redemption as the Trustees may from time to time authorize; and the Trust will pay therefor the net asset value thereof (minus any applicable redemption or service fee or deferred sales load) as determined by the Trustees (or on their behalf), in accordance with any applicable provisions of the By-Laws and applicable law.
(b) The redemption price may in any case or cases be paid wholly or partly in kind if the Trustees determine that such payment is advisable in the interest of the remaining Shareholders of the Series or Class for which the Shares are being redeemed or if such payment is made in accordance with procedures established by the Trustees. The fair value, selection and quantity of securities or other property so paid or delivered as all or part of the redemption price may be determined by or under authority of the Trustees. In no case shall the Trust be liable for any delay of any Person in transferring securities selected for delivery as all or part of any payment in kind.
(c) The holders of Shares shall upon demand disclose to the Trustees in writing such information with respect to direct and indirect ownership of Shares as the Trustees deem necessary to comply with the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (or any successor statute thereto), or to comply with the requirements of any other taxing or regulatory authority.
(d) Subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act, the Board of Trustees may cause the Trust to redeem, at the price and in the manner provided in this Article VI, Shares of any Series or Class held by any Person (i) if such Person is no longer qualified to hold such Shares in accordance with such qualifications as may be established by the Trustees, (ii) if the net asset value of such Shares is below the minimum investment amount determined by the Trustees or (iii) if otherwise deemed by the Trustees to be in the best interest of the Trust or any Series (or Class) thereof.
(e) Shares redeemed shall, upon redemption, be deemed to be retired and restored to the status of unissued shares.
ARTICLE VII
Compensation and Limitation of Liability of Trustees
Section 1. Compensation . The Trustees as such shall be entitled to reasonable compensation from the Trust, and they may fix the amount of such compensation. Nothing herein shall in any way prevent the employment of any Trustee for advisory, management, legal, accounting, investment banking or other services and payment for the same by the Trust.
Section 2. Indemnification and Limitation of Liability . A Trustee, when acting in such capacity, shall not be personally liable to any Person, other than the Trust or a Shareholder to the extent provided in this Article VII, for any act, omission or obligation of the Trust, of such Trustee or of any other
12 |
Trustee. The Trustees shall not be responsible or liable in any event for any neglect or wrongdoing of any officer, agent, employee, Manager or Principal Underwriter of the Trust. The Trust (i) may indemnify an agent of the Trust or any Person who is serving or has served at the Trust’s request as an agent of another organization in which the Trust has any interest as a shareholder, creditor or otherwise and (ii) shall indemnify each Person who is, or has been, a Trustee, officer or employee of the Trust and any Person who is serving or has served at the Trust’s request as a director, officer, trustee, or employee of another organization in which the Trust has any interest as a shareholder, creditor or otherwise, in the case of (i) and (ii), to the fullest extent consistent with the 1940 Act and in the manner provided in the By-Laws; provided that such indemnification shall not be available to any of the foregoing Persons in connection with a claim, suit or other proceeding by any such Person against the Trust or a Series (or Class) thereof.
All persons extending credit to, contracting with or having any claim against the Trust or the Trustees shall look only to the assets of the appropriate Series (or Class thereof if the Trustees have included a Class limitation on liability in the agreement with such person as provided below), or, if the Trustees have yet to establish Series, of the Trust for payment under such credit, contract or claim; and neither the Trustees nor the Shareholders, nor any of the Trust’s officers, employees or agents, whether past, present or future, shall be personally liable therefor.
Every note, bond, contract, instrument, certificate or undertaking and every other act or thing whatsoever executed or done by or on behalf of the Trust or the Trustees by any of them in connection with the Trust shall conclusively be deemed to have been executed or done only in or with respect to his or their capacity as Trustee or Trustees, and such Trustee or Trustees shall not be personally liable thereon. At the Trustees’ discretion, any note, bond, contract, instrument, certificate or undertaking made or issued by the Trustees or by any officer or officers may give notice that the Certificate of Trust is on file in the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and that a statutory limitation on liability of Series exists and such note, bond, contract, instrument, certificate or undertaking may, if the Trustees so determine, recite that the same was executed or made on behalf of the Trust by a Trustee or Trustees in such capacity and not individually or by an officer or officers in such capacity and not individually and that the obligations of such instrument are not binding upon any of them or the Shareholders individually but are binding only on the assets and property of the Trust or a Series thereof, and may contain such further recital as such Person or Persons may deem appropriate including, without limitation, a requirement, in any note, bond, contract, instrument, certificate or undertaking made with respect to one or more Classes of any Series that the parties thereto look only to the assets of such Class or Classes in satisfaction of the liabilities arising thereunder. The omission of any such notice or recital shall in no way operate to bind any Trustees, officers or Shareholders individually.
Section 3. Trustee’s Good Faith Action, Expert Advice, No Bond or Surety . The exercise by the Trustees of their powers and discretions hereunder shall be binding upon everyone interested. A Trustee shall be liable to the Trust and to any Shareholder solely for her or his own willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of the office of Trustee, and shall not be liable for errors of judgment or mistakes of fact or law. The Trustees may take advice of counsel or other experts with respect to the meaning and operation of this Declaration of Trust, and shall be under no liability for any act or omission in accordance with such advice nor for failing to follow such advice. The Trustees shall not be required to give any bond as such, nor any surety if a bond is required.
Section 4. Insurance . The Trustees shall be entitled and empowered to the fullest extent permitted by law to purchase with Trust assets insurance for liability and for all expenses reasonably incurred or paid or expected to be paid by a Trustee, officer, employee or agent of the Trust in connection with any claim, action, suit or proceeding in which she or he becomes involved by virtue of her or his capacity or former capacity with the Trust.
13 |
ARTICLE VIII
Miscellaneous
Section 1. Liability of Third Persons Dealing with Trustees . No Person dealing with the Trustees shall be bound to make any inquiry concerning the validity of any transaction made or to be made by the Trustees or to see to the application of any payments made or property transferred to the Trust or upon its order.
Section 2. Termination of Trust or Series .
(a) Unless terminated as provided herein, the Trust shall continue without limitation of time. The Trust may be terminated at any time by vote of a majority of the Shares of each Series entitled to vote, voting separately by Series, or by the Trustees by written notice to the Shareholders. Any Series of Shares or Class thereof may be terminated at any time by vote of a majority of the Shares of such Series or Class entitled to vote or by the Trustees by written notice to the Shareholders of such Series or Class. At any time following such termination the Trustees may thereafter establish a new Series or Class with the same designation.
(b) Upon the requisite Shareholder vote or action by the Trustees to terminate the Trust or any one or more Series of Shares or any Class thereof, after paying or otherwise providing for all charges, taxes, expenses and liabilities, whether due or accrued or anticipated, of the Trust or of the particular Series or any Class thereof as may be determined by the Trustees, the Trust shall in accordance with such procedures as the Trustees consider appropriate reduce the remaining assets of the Trust or of the affected Series or Class to distributable form in cash or Shares (if any Series remain) or other securities, or any combination thereof, and distribute the proceeds to the Shareholders of the Series or Classes involved, ratably according to the dollar value of Shares of such Series or Class held by the several Shareholders of such Series or Class on the date of distribution. Thereupon, the Trust or any affected Series or Class shall terminate and the Trustees and the Trust shall be discharged of any and all further liabilities and duties relating thereto or arising therefrom, and the right, title and interest of all parties with respect to the Trust or such Series or Class shall be canceled and discharged.
(c) Upon termination of the Trust, following completion of winding up of its business, the Trustees shall cause a certificate of cancellation of the Trust’s Certificate of Trust to be filed in accordance with the Delaware Act, which certificate of cancellation may be signed by any one Trustee.
Section 3. Reorganization .
(a) Notwithstanding anything else herein, the Trustees may, without the approval of Shareholders unless such approval is required by applicable law, in order to change the form or jurisdiction of organization of the Trust or for any other purpose (i) cause the Trust or any Series to merge or consolidate with or into, or sell substantially all of its assets to, one or more trusts (or series thereof to the extent permitted by law), partnerships, associations, corporations or other business entities (including trusts, partnerships, associations, corporations or other business entities created by the Trustees to accomplish such merger or consolidation), (ii) cause the Shares (or any portion thereof) to be exchanged under or pursuant to any state or federal statute to the extent permitted by law or (iii) cause the Trust to reorganize under the laws of any state or other political subdivision of the United States, if such action is determined by the Trustees to be in the best interests of the Trust. Any agreement of merger or consolidation or exchange or certificate of merger may be signed by a majority of the Trustees and facsimile signatures conveyed by electronic or telecommunication means shall be valid.
(b) Pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of Section 3815(f) of the Delaware Act, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Declaration of Trust, an agreement of merger or consolidation approved by the Trustees in accordance with this Section 3 may effect any amendment to the governing instrument of the Trust or effect the adoption of a new trust instrument of the Trust if the Trust is the surviving or resulting trust in the merger or consolidation.
14 |
(c) The Trustees may, without the approval of Shareholders unless such approval or vote is required by applicable law, create one or more statutory trusts to which all or any part of the assets, liabilities, profits or losses of the Trust or any Series or Class thereof may be transferred and may provide for the conversion of Shares in the Trust or any Series or Class thereof into beneficial interests in any such newly created trust or trusts or any series or classes thereof.
Section 4. Amendments . Except as specifically provided in this section, the Trustees may, without the approval of Shareholders, restate, amend or otherwise supplement this Declaration of Trust. Shareholders shall have the right to vote (i) on any amendment to their right to indemnity under Article III, Section 7 hereof, (ii) on any amendment to the limitation on personal liability under Article III, Section 5 hereof, (iii) on any amendment that would affect their right to vote granted in Article V, Section 1 hereof, (iv) on any amendment to this Section 4 of Article VIII, (v) on any amendment that may be required to be approved by Shareholders by applicable law or by the Trust’s registration statement filed with the Commission, and (vi) on any amendment submitted to them by the Trustees. Any amendment required or permitted to be submitted to the Shareholders that, as the Trustees determine, shall affect the Shareholders of one or more Series (or Classes thereof) in a manner different from other Series (or Classes) shall be authorized by a vote of the Shareholders of each Series or Class affected and no vote of Shareholders of a Series or Class not affected shall be required. Notwithstanding anything else herein, no amendment hereof shall limit the rights to insurance provided by Article VII, Section 4 with respect to any acts or omissions of Persons covered thereby prior to such amendment nor shall any such amendment limit the rights to indemnification referenced in Article VII, Section 2 hereof as provided in the By-Laws with respect to any actions or omissions of Persons covered thereby prior to such amendment. The Trustees may, without the approval of Shareholders, restate, amend, or otherwise supplement the Certificate of Trust as they deem necessary or desirable.
Section 5. Filing of Copies, References, Headings . The original or a copy of this instrument and of each restatement and/or amendment hereto shall be kept at the office of the Trust where it may be inspected by any Shareholder. Anyone dealing with the Trust may rely on a certificate by an officer of the Trust as to whether or not any such restatements and/or amendments have been made and as to any matters in connection with the Trust hereunder; and, with the same effect as if it were the original, may rely on a copy certified by an officer of the Trust to be a copy of this instrument or of any such restatements and/or amendments. In this instrument and in any such restatements and/or amendments, references to this instrument, and all expressions such as “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder”, shall be deemed to refer to this instrument as amended or affected by any such restatements and/or amendments. Headings are placed herein for convenience of reference only and shall not be taken as a part hereof or control or affect the meaning, construction or effect of this instrument. Whenever the singular number is used herein, the same shall include the plural; and the neuter, masculine and feminine genders shall include each other, as applicable. This instrument may be executed in any number of counterparts each of which shall be deemed an original.
Section 6. Applicable Law .
(a) The Trust is created under, and this Declaration of Trust is to be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the state of Delaware. The Trust shall be of the type commonly called a statutory trust, and without limiting the provisions hereof, the Trust specifically reserves the right to exercise any of the powers or privileges afforded to statutory trusts or actions that may be engaged in by statutory trusts under the Delaware Act, and the absence of a specific reference herein to any such power, privilege or action shall not imply that the Trust may not exercise such power or privilege or take such actions.
(b) Notwithstanding the first sentence of Section 6(a) of this Article VIII, there shall not be applicable to the Trust, the Trustees or this Declaration of Trust (x) the provisions of section 3540 of Title 12 of the Delaware Code or (y) any provisions of the laws (statutory or common) of the state of Delaware (other than the Delaware Act) pertaining to trusts that relate to or regulate: (i) the filing with any court or governmental body or agency of trustee accounts or schedules of trustee fees and charges,
15 |
(ii) affirmative requirements to post bonds for trustees, officers, agents or employees of a trust, (iii) the necessity for obtaining a court or other governmental approval concerning the acquisition, holding or disposition of real or personal property, (iv) fees or other sums applicable to trustees, officers, agents or employees of a trust, (v) the allocation of receipts and expenditures to income or principal, (vi) restrictions or limitations on the permissible nature, amount or concentration of trust investments or requirements relating to the titling, storage or other manner of holding of trust assets, or (vii) the establishment of fiduciary or other standards or responsibilities or limitations on the acts or powers of trustees that are inconsistent with the limitations or liabilities or authorities and powers of the Trustees set forth or referenced in this Declaration of Trust.
(c) In accordance with Section 3804(e) of the Delaware Act, any suit, action or proceeding brought by or in the right of any Shareholder or any person claiming any interest in any Shares seeking to enforce any provision of, or based on any matter arising out of or in connection with, this Declaration of Trust or the Trust, any Series or Class or any Shares, including any claim of any nature against the Trust, any Series or Class, the Trustees or officers of the Trust, shall be brought exclusively in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware to the extent there is subject matter jurisdiction in such court for the claims asserted or, if not, then in the Superior Court of the State of Delaware, and all Shareholders and other such Persons hereby irrevocably consent to the jurisdiction of such courts (and the appropriate appellate courts, therefrom) in any such suit, action or proceeding and irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection they may make now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding in such court or that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.
Section 7. Provisions in Conflict with Law or Regulations .
(a) The provisions of the Declaration of Trust are severable, and if the Trustees shall determine, with the advice of counsel, that any of such provisions is in conflict with the 1940 Act, the regulated investment company provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (or any successor statute thereto), and the regulations thereunder, with the Delaware Act or with other applicable laws and regulations, the conflicting provision shall be deemed never to have constituted a part of the Declaration of Trust; provided, however, that such determination shall not affect any of the remaining provisions of the Declaration of Trust or render invalid or improper any action taken or omitted prior to such determination.
(b) If any provision of the Declaration of Trust shall be held invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity or unenforceability shall attach only to such provision in such jurisdiction and shall not in any manner affect such provision in any other jurisdiction or any other provision of the Declaration of Trust in any jurisdiction.
Section 8. Statutory Trust Only . It is the intention of the Trustees to create a statutory trust pursuant to the Delaware Act. It is not the intention of the Trustees to create a general partnership, limited partnership, joint stock association, corporation, bailment, or any form of legal relationship other than a statutory trust pursuant to the Delaware Act. Nothing in this Declaration of Trust shall be construed to make the Shareholders, either by themselves or with the Trustees, partners or members of a joint stock association.
[Signature page follows.]
16 |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the initial Trustee named below hereby makes and enters into this Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust as of December 3, 2013.
/s/ George R. Aylward | ||
George R. Aylward |
17 |
Exhibit b.1
BYLAWS OF VIRTUS ALTERNATIVE SOLUTIONS TRUST
a Delaware Statutory Trust
Adopted effective October 21, 2013.
Amended and Restated December 3, 2013.
Capitalized terms not specifically defined herein
shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Trust’s
Agreement and Declaration of Trust (the “Declaration of Trust”).
Article I
OFFICES
Section 1. Registered Office . The registered office of Virtus Alternative Solutions Trust (the “Trust”) shall be at the offices of The Corporation Trust Company in the County of New Castle, State of Delaware.
Section 2. Other Offices . The Trust may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board may from time to time determine or the business of the Trust may require.
Article II
THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Section 1. Meetings of the Board . The Board may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware. Meetings of the Board and any committee or sub-committee thereof may be held in person or by telephonic or other electronic means.
Section 2. Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board shall be held without call at such time as shall from time to time be fixed by the Board. Such regular meetings may be held without notice.
Section 3. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the President or any Vice President or the Secretary or any two (2) Trustees. Such special meetings may be held without notice.
Section 4. Notice of Meetings . Notice of the time, date, and place of all meetings of the Board and any committee or sub-committee thereof shall be given to each Trustee, committee member or sub-committee member, as applicable, (i) by telephone, facsimile, electronic-mail, or other electronic mechanism sent to his or her home or business address at least twenty-four hours in advance of the meeting or (ii) in person at another meeting of the Board of Trustees or such committee or sub-committee, as applicable, or (iii) by written notice mailed or sent via overnight courier to his or her home or business address at least seventy-two hours in advance of the meeting. Notice need not be given to any Trustee, committee member or sub-committee member who attends a meeting of the Board or any committee or sub-committee thereof without objecting to the lack of notice or who signs a waiver of notice either before or after such meeting. The notice need not specify the purpose of the meeting or the place if the meeting is to be held at the principal executive office of the Trust.
Page 1 of 16 |
Section 5. Quorum . At all meetings of the Board and any committee or sub-committee thereof, one-third of the Trustees then in office or one-third of the committee members or sub-committee members (but in no event less than two Trustees, committee members or sub-committee members), as applicable, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The act of a majority of the Trustees, committee members or sub-committee members present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board or such committee or sub-committee, as applicable, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by applicable law, by the Declaration of Trust, by these Bylaws, or by a committee’s charter. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board or any committee or sub-committee thereof, the Trustees, committee members or sub-committee members, as applicable, present thereat may adjourn such meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.
Section 6. Adjournment . A majority of the Trustees present, whether or not constituting a quorum, may adjourn any meeting to another time and place. Notice of the time and place of holding an adjourned meeting need not be given unless the meeting is adjourned for more than forty-eight (48) hours, in which case notice of the time and place shall be given before the time of the adjourned meeting to the Trustees who were present at the time of the adjournment.
Section 7. Action Without a Meeting . Unless the 1940 Act requires that a particular action be taken only at a meeting at which the Trustees are present in person, any action to be taken by the Board at a meeting may be taken without such meeting by the written consent of a majority of the Trustees then in office. Any such written consent may be executed and given by telecopy or similar electronic means. Such written consents shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board. If any action is so taken by the Board by the written consent of less than all of the Trustees, prompt notice of the taking of such action shall be furnished to each Trustee who did not execute such written consent, provided that the effectiveness of such action shall not be impaired by any delay or failure to furnish such notice.
Section 8. Delegation of Power to Other Trustees . Any Trustee may, by power of attorney, delegate his or her power for a period not exceeding six (6) months at any one time to any other Trustee or Trustees; provided that in no case shall fewer than two (2) Trustees personally exercise the powers granted to the Board, except as otherwise expressly provided herein or by resolution of the Board. Except where applicable law may require a Trustee to be present in person, a Trustee represented by another Trustee pursuant to such power of attorney shall be deemed to be present for purposes of establishing a quorum and satisfying the required vote of Trustees.
Section 9. Committees of Trustees . The Board may by resolution designate one or more committees, each consisting of two (2) or more Trustees, to serve at the pleasure of the Board. The Board may designate one or more Trustees as alternate members of any committee who may replace any absent member at any meeting of the committee. Any committee to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board shall have the authority of the Board, except with respect to:
(a) the approval of any action which under applicable law requires approval by a majority of the entire authorized number of Trustees or certain Trustees;
(b) the filling of vacancies of Trustees;
Page 2 of 16 |
(c) the fixing of compensation of the Trustees for services generally or as a member of any committee;
(d) the amendment or termination of the Declaration of Trust or any Series or Class or amendment of the By-Laws or the adoption of new By-Laws;
(e) the amendment or repeal of any resolution of the Board which by its express terms is not so amendable or repealable;
(f) a distribution to the Shareholders of the Trust, except at a rate or in a periodic amount or within a designated range determined by the Board; or
(g) the appointment of any other committees of the Board or the members of such new committees.
Section 10. Meetings and Action of Committees . Meetings and action of committees shall be governed by and held and taken in accordance with the provisions of these By-Laws, with such changes in the context thereof as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the Board generally, except that the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the Board or by resolution of the committee. Special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the Board. Alternate members shall be given notice of meetings of committees and shall have the right to attend all meetings of committees. The Board may adopt rules for the governance of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these By-Laws.
Section 11. Chairman . The Board may elect a Chairman. The Chairman, if such is elected, shall if present preside at meetings of the Board and shall, subject to the control of the Board, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and the officers of the Trust and exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may be from time to time assigned to him by the Board or prescribed by the Declaration of Trust or these By-Laws. The Chairman, if there be one, shall be a Trustee and may but need not be a Shareholder.
Article III
OFFICERS
Section 1. Officers. The officers of the Trust shall be a President, a Secretary, a Chief Compliance Officer, and a Treasurer. The Trust may also have, at the discretion of the Board, one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, one or more Assistant Treasurers, and such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 of this Article V. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. Any officer may but need not be a Trustee or Shareholder.
Section 2. Election of Officers . The officers of the Trust, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 or Section 5 of this Article shall be chosen by the Board, and each shall serve at the pleasure of the Board, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment.
Section 3. Subordinate Officers . The Board may appoint and may empower the President to appoint such other officers as the business of the Trust may require, each of whom shall hold office for such period, have such authority and perform such duties as are provided in these By-Laws or as the Board may from time to time determine.
Page 3 of 16 |
Section 4. Removal and Resignation of Officers . Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by the Board at any regular or special meeting of the Board. With the exception of the Chief Compliance Officer, any officer may be removed by the principal executive officer or by such other officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the Board. Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Trust. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice; and unless otherwise specified in that notice, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Trust under any contract to which the officer is a party.
Section 5. Vacancies in Offices . A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or other cause shall be filled in the manner prescribed in these By-Laws for regular appointment to that office. The President may make temporary appointments to a vacant office pending action by the Board, except in the case of the Chief Compliance Officer.
Section 6. President . The President shall be the chief operating officer of the Trust and shall, subject to the control of the Board and the Chairman, have general supervision, direction, and control of the business and the officers of the Trust. He or she shall preside at all meetings of the Board in the absence of the Chairman. He or she shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of President of a corporation and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board, the Declaration of Trust or these By-Laws.
Section 7. Vice Presidents . In the absence or disability of the President, the Vice Presidents, if any, in order of their rank as fixed by the Board or if not ranked, the Executive Vice President (who shall be considered first ranked) and such other Vice Presidents as shall be designated by the Board, shall perform all the duties of the President and when so acting shall have all powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice Presidents shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for them respectively by the Board, the President or by these By-Laws.
Section 8. Secretary . The Secretary shall keep or cause to be kept at the principal executive office of the Trust or such other place as the Board may direct a book of minutes of all meetings and actions of Trustees, committees of Board and Shareholders with the time and place of holding, whether regular or special, and if special, how authorized, the notice given, the names of those present at Board’s meetings or committee meetings, the number of Shares present or represented at meetings of Shareholders and the proceedings. The Secretary shall keep or cause to be kept at the principal executive office of the Trust or at the office of the Trust's transfer agent or registrar, a Share register or a duplicate Share register showing the names of all Shareholders and their addresses, the number and classes of Shares held by each, the number and date of certificates issued for the same and the number and date of cancellation of every certificate surrendered for cancellation. The Secretary shall give or cause to be given notice of all meetings of the Shareholders and of the Board (or committees thereof) required to be given by these By-Laws or by applicable law and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board or by these By-Laws.
Section 9. Chief Compliance Officer . The Chief Compliance Officer shall be elected by a majority of the Trustees, including a majority of the Trustees who are not interested persons pursuant to Section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the "1940 Act"),
Page 4 of 16 |
and otherwise in accordance with Rule 38a-1 under the 1940 Act. The Chief Compliance Officer shall perform the duties and have the responsibilities outlined in Rule 38a-1 of the 1940 Act and shall perform such other duties and have such other responsibilities as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Board. The Chief Compliance Officer's compensation shall be determined by the Board. The Chief Compliance Officer shall report directly to the Board or a committee of the Board in carrying out his or her functions.
Section 10. Treasurer . The Treasurer shall be the chief financial officer and chief accounting officer of the Trust and shall keep and maintain or cause to be kept and maintained adequate and correct books and records of accounts of the properties and business transactions of the Trust and each Series and Class thereof, including accounts of the assets, liabilities, receipts, disbursements, gains, losses, capital and retained earnings of all Series and Classes thereof. The books of account shall at all reasonable times be open to inspection by any Trustee. The Treasurer shall deposit all monies and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the Trust with such depositaries as may be designated by the Board. He or she shall disburse the funds of the Trust as may be ordered by the Board, shall render to the President and Board, whenever they request it, an account of all of his or her transactions as chief financial officer and of the financial condition of the Trust and shall have other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board or these By-Laws.
Article IV
MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS
Section 1. Purpose . All meetings of the Shareholders for the election of Trustees shall be held at such place as may be fixed from time to time by the Board, or at such other place either within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated from time to time by the Board and stated in the notice indicating that a meeting has been called for such purpose. Meetings of Shareholders may be held for any purpose determined by the Board. At all meetings of the Shareholders, every Shareholder of record entitled to vote thereat shall be entitled to vote at such meeting either in person or by written proxy signed by the Shareholder or by his duly authorized attorney in fact. A Shareholder may duly authorize such attorney in fact through written, electronic, telephonic, computerized, facsimile, telecommunication, or oral communication or by any other form of communication. Unless a proxy provides otherwise, such proxy is not valid more than eleven months after its date. A proxy with respect to shares held in the name of two or more persons shall be valid if executed by any one of them unless at or prior to exercise of the proxy the Trust receives a specific written notice to the contrary from any one of them. A proxy purporting to be executed by or on behalf of a Shareholder shall be deemed valid unless challenged at or prior to its exercise and the burden of proving invalidity shall rest on the challenger.
Section 2. Nomination of Trustees .
(a) Any Shareholder may submit names of individuals to be considered by the Governance Committee if there shall be such Committee so designated by the Board, or the Board for election as trustees of the Trust, as applicable, provided that (i) such person submits such names in a timely manner as set out in Section 16 of Article IV hereof, (ii) such person was a shareholder of record at the time of submission of such names and is entitled to vote at the meeting, and (iii) the Governance Committee or the Board, as applicable, shall make the final determination of persons to be nominated.
Page 5 of 16 |
(b) In addition to the process and procedures for the nomination of persons for election or appointment as trustees of the Trust by the Board, as set forth herein, any such nomination must comply with such additional requirements as may be set forth in the written Charter for the Governance Committee.
Section 3. Election of Trustees . All meetings of Shareholders for the purpose of electing Trustees shall be held on such date and at such time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board and stated in the notice of the meeting, at which the Shareholders shall elect the number of Trustees as provided in the Declaration of Trust and as the notice for such meeting shall state are to be elected, and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting in accordance with Section 1 of this Article IV.
Section 4. Notice of Meetings . Written notice of any meeting stating (a) the place, date, and hour of the meeting and (b) the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given to each Shareholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten days before the date of the meeting in accordance with Article V hereof.
Section 5. Special Meetings .
(a) Special meetings of the Shareholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by applicable law or by the Declaration of Trust, may be called by the Chair or by the Board.
(b) The Board shall promptly call a meeting of the Shareholders solely for the purpose of removing one or more Trustees, when requested in writing to do so by the record holders of not less than ten percent (10%) of the outstanding Shares of the Trust, provided that the Shareholders requesting such meeting shall have paid the Trust the reasonably estimated cost of preparing and mailing the notice thereof, which an authorized officer of the Trust shall determine and specify to such Shareholders.
(c) Unless requested by the holders of a majority of all Shares entitled to be voted at such meeting, no meeting shall be called upon the request of Shareholders to remove one or more Trustees if substantially the same matter was voted upon at any meeting of the Shareholders held during the preceding twelve (12) months. For purposes of this Section 5, the election of Trustees shall be considered “substantially the same matter” as a proposal to remove one or more Trustees.
Section 6. Conduct of Meeting . Business transacted at any meeting of Shareholders shall be limited to (a) the purpose stated in the notice, (b) such other matters as are permitted to be presented at the meeting in accordance with Section 16 of this Article IV, and (c) the adjournment of such meeting in accordance with Section 15 of this Article IV.
Section 7. Quorum . A majority of the Outstanding Shares entitled to vote at a Shareholders’ meeting, which are present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at the Shareholders’ meeting, except when a larger quorum is required by applicable law or the requirements of any securities exchange on which Shares are listed for trading, in which case such quorum shall comply with such requirements.
Page 6 of 16 |
Section 8. Organization of Meetings .
(a) Meetings of the Shareholders shall be presided over by the Chair, or if the Chair shall not be present, by any Vice Chair, or if a Vice Chair shall not be present or if there is no Vice Chair, by the President, or if the President shall not be present, by a Vice President, or if no Vice President is present, by a chair appointed for such purpose by the Board or, if not so appointed, by a chair appointed for such purpose by the officers and Trustees present at the meeting. The Secretary of the Trust, if present, shall act as Secretary of such meetings, or if the Secretary is not present, an Assistant Secretary shall so act, and if no Assistant Secretary is present, then a person designated by the Secretary shall so act, and if the Secretary has not designated a person, then the meeting shall elect a secretary for the meeting.
(b) The Board shall be entitled to make such rules and regulations for the conduct of meetings of Shareholders as it shall deem necessary, appropriate, or convenient. Subject to any rules and regulations of the Board, the chairman of the meeting shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are necessary, appropriate or convenient for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, establishing: an agenda or order of business for the meeting; rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; limitations on participation in such meeting to shareholders of record of the Trust and their duly authorized and constituted proxies, and such other persons as the chairman shall permit; restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants; and regulation of the opening and closing of the polls for balloting on matters which are to be voted on by ballot, unless and to the extent the Board or the chairman of the meeting determines that a meeting of Shareholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.
Section 9. Voting Standard . When a quorum is present at any meeting, a majority of the votes present and cast by the holders of Shares entitled to vote on a proposal shall decide any such proposal brought before such meeting, unless a different vote is required by the express provision of applicable law, the Declaration of Trust, these Bylaws, or applicable contract, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question. Where a separate vote by classes is required, the preceding sentence shall apply to such separate votes by classes.
Section 10. Voting Procedure . Each Shareholder of record as of the record date established pursuant to Section 14 of this Article IV shall be entitled to one vote for each whole Share and a proportionate fractional vote for each fractional Share owned of record on the record date by such Shareholder. On any matter submitted to a vote of the Shareholders, all Shares shall be voted together, except when required by applicable law or when the Board has determined that the matter affects the interests of one or more classes, in which case only the Shareholders of such classes shall be entitled to vote thereon.
Section 11. Action Without Meeting . Unless otherwise provided in the Declaration of Trust or applicable law, any action required to be taken at any meeting of the Shareholders, or any action which may be taken at any meeting of the Shareholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of Outstanding Shares having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all Shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of any
Page 7 of 16 |
such action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those Shareholders who have not consented in writing.
Section 12. Broker Non-Votes . At any meeting of Shareholders, the Trust will consider broker non-votes, if any, as present for purposes of determining whether a quorum is present at the meeting. Broker non-votes will not count as votes cast for or against any proposal.
Section 13. Abstentions . At any meeting of Shareholders, the Trust will consider abstentions, if any, as present for purposes of determining whether a quorum is present at the meeting. Abstentions will not count as votes cast for or against any proposal.
Section 14. Record Date for Shareholder Meetings and Consents . In order that the Board may determine the Shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of Shareholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to action in writing without a meeting, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and which record date shall not be more than 120 nor less than ten days before the original date upon which the meeting of Shareholders is scheduled, nor more than ten days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board for action by Shareholder consent in writing without a meeting. A determination of shareholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of Shareholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting so long as notice of the adjournment and the new record and meeting dates are given to the Shareholders.
Section 15. Adjournments .
(a) If (1) a quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the Shareholders convened on the date for which it was called, or (2) a quorum is present at a meeting of Shareholders but sufficient votes to approve a proposal have not been received, then the votes cast by the holders of a majority of Shares present and entitled to vote at the meeting (even though not constituting a quorum), or the chair of the meeting in his or her discretion, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time without notice other than announcement at the meeting. At such adjourned meeting, provided a quorum is present, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified.
(b) A meeting of Shareholders may be adjourned from time to time without further notice to Shareholders to a date not more than 120 days after the original meeting date. A meeting of Shareholders may not be adjourned for more than 120 days after the original meeting date without giving the Shareholders notice of the adjournment and the new meeting date.
(c) In voting for adjournment, the persons named as proxies may vote their proxies (including those marked “withhold,” “against” or “abstain”) in favor of one or more adjournments of the meeting, or the chair of the meeting may call an adjournment, provided such persons determine that such adjournment is reasonable and in the best interests of Shareholders and the Trust, based on a consideration of such factors as they may deem relevant, including (1) the nature of the proposal, (2) the percentage of votes then cast, (3) the percentage of “withhold” or “against” votes then cast, and (4) any other reasons for further soliciting the votes of Shareholders.
Page 8 of 16 |
Section 16. Advance Notice of Shareholder Nominees for Trustee and Other Shareholder Proposals .
(a) The matters to be considered and brought before any annual or special meeting of Shareholders shall be limited to only such matters, including the nomination and election of Trustees, as shall be brought properly before such meeting in compliance with the procedures set forth in this Section.
(b) For any matter to be properly before any annual meeting of Shareholders, the matter must be:
(1) Specified in the notice of annual meeting given by or at the direction of the Board;
(2) Otherwise brought before the annual meeting by or at the direction of the Board; or
(3) Brought before the annual meeting in the manner specified in this Section by a Shareholder of record both at the time of the giving of notice provided for in this Section and at the time of the meeting, or a Shareholder (a "Nominee Holder") that holds voting securities entitled to vote at meetings of Shareholders through a nominee or "street name" holder of record and can demonstrate to the Trust such indirect ownership and such Nominee Holder's entitlement to vote such securities, and is a Nominee Holder at both the time of the giving of notice provided for in this Section and at the time of the meeting.
(c) In addition to any other requirements under applicable law and the Declaration of Trust and Bylaws of the Trust, nominations by Shareholders of persons to stand for election as Trustees of the Trust and any other proposals by Shareholders shall be properly brought before the meeting only if notice of any such matter to be presented by a Shareholder at such meeting of Shareholders (the "Shareholder Notice") shall be delivered to the Secretary of the Trust at the principal executive office of the Trust not less than sixty (60) nor more than ninety (90) days prior to the first anniversary date of the annual meeting for the preceding year.
(d) If and only if the annual meeting is not scheduled to be held within a period that commences thirty (30) days before such anniversary date and ends thirty (30) days after such anniversary date (an annual meeting date outside such period being referred to herein as an "Other Annual Meeting Date"), such Shareholder Notice shall be given in the manner provided herein by the later of the close of business on (i) the date sixty (60) days prior to such Other Annual Meeting Date or (ii) the tenth (10th) day following the date such Other Annual Meeting Date is first publicly announced or disclosed.
(e) Notwithstanding anything in these Bylaws to the contrary, in the event that the number of Trustees to be is increased and either all of the nominees for Trustee or the size of the increased Board is not publicly announced or disclosed by the Trust at least seventy (70) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year's annual meeting, a Shareholder Notice shall also be considered timely hereunder, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary of the Trust at the principal executive office of the Trust not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the first date all of such nominees or the size of the increased Board shall have been publicly announced or disclosed.
Page 9 of 16 |
(f) Any Shareholder desiring to nominate any person (as the case may be) for election as a Trustee of the Trust shall deliver, as part of such Shareholder Notice:
(1) A statement in writing setting forth:
(A) The name of the prospective nominee;
(B) The number and class of all shares of each class of Shares of the Trust owned of record and beneficially by the prospective nominee, as reported to such Shareholder by the prospective nominee;
(C) The information regarding each prospective nominee required by paragraph (b) of Item 22 of Rule 14a-101 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), adopted by the Commission (or the corresponding provisions of any regulation or rule subsequently adopted by the Commission applicable to the Trust);
(D) Whether such Shareholder believes the prospective nominee will be an "interested person" of the Trust (as defined in the 1940 Act), and, if not an "interested person", information regarding the prospective nominee that will be sufficient for the Trust to make such determination; and
(E) The number and class of all Shares of each class of Shares of the Trust owned of record and beneficially by such Shareholder;
(2) Each prospective nominee signed consent to serve as a Trustee of the Trust if elected,
(3) Such Shareholder's name and address; and
(4) In the case of a Nominee Holder, evidence establishing such Nominee Holder's indirect ownership of, and entitlement to vote, securities at the meeting of Shareholders.
(g) Any Shareholder who gives a Shareholder Notice of any matter not involving nominees for Trustee which is proposed to be brought before a meeting shall deliver, as part of such Shareholder Notice:
(1) The text of the proposal to be presented;
(2) A brief written statement of the reasons why such Shareholder favors the proposal;
(3) Such Shareholder's name and address;
(4) The number and class of all Shares of each class of Shares of the Trust owned of record and beneficially by such Shareholder, if applicable;
(5) Any material interest of such Shareholder in the matter proposed (other than as a Shareholder); and
Page 10 of 16 |
(6) In the case of a Nominee Holder, evidence establishing such Nominee Holder's indirect ownership of, and entitlement to vote, securities at the meeting of Shareholders.
(h) As used herein, shares "beneficially owned" shall mean all Shares which such person is deemed to beneficially own pursuant to Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act.
(i) Only such matters shall be conducted at a special meeting of Shareholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Trust's notice of meeting. Nominations of individuals for election to the Board may be made at a special meeting of Shareholders at which Trustees are to be elected:
(1) Pursuant to the Trust's notice of meeting;
(2) By or at the direction of the Board; or
(3) Provided that the Board has determined that Trustees shall be elected at such special meeting, by:
(A) Any Shareholder of the Trust who is a Shareholder of record both at the time of giving of notice provided for in this Section and at the time of the special meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section; or
(B) A Nominee Holder that holds voting securities entitled to vote at meetings of Shareholders through a nominee or "street name" holder of record and can demonstrate to the Trust such indirect ownership and such Nominee Holder's entitlement to vote such securities, and is a Nominee Holder both at the time of giving of notice provided for in this Section and at the time of the Special Meeting, and who is entitled to vote at the meeting and has complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section.
(j) In the event the Trust calls a special meeting of Shareholders for the purpose of electing one or more Trustees to the Board, any Shareholder may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be), for election to such position(s) as specified in the Trust's notice of meeting, if the appropriate Shareholder Notice shall be delivered to the Secretary of the Trust at the principal executive office of the Trust not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board to be elected at such meeting is publicly announced or disclosed.
(k) For purposes of this Section, a matter shall be deemed to have been "publicly announced or disclosed" if such matter is disclosed in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press, or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Trust with the Commission.
(l) In no event shall the adjournment of an annual or special meeting or any announcement thereof, commence a new period for the giving of notice as provided in this Section.
Page 11 of 16 |
(m) This Section shall not apply to Shareholder proposals made pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act.
(n) The chair of any meeting of Shareholders, in addition to making any other determinations that may be appropriate to the conduct of the meeting, shall have the power and duty to determine whether notice of nominees and other matters proposed to be brought before a meeting has been duly given in the manner provided in this Section and, if not so given, shall direct and declare at the meeting that such nominees and other matters shall not be considered.
Article V
NOTICES
Section 1. Methods of Giving Notice . Whenever, under the provisions of applicable law or of the Declaration of Trust or of these Bylaws, notice is required to be given to any Trustee or Shareholder, it shall not, unless otherwise provided herein, be construed to mean personal notice, but such notice may be given orally in person, or by telephone (promptly confirmed in writing) or in writing, by mail addressed to such Trustee at his or her last given address or to such Shareholder at his address as it appears on the records of the Trust, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Notice to Trustees or members of a committee or sub-committee may also be given by facsimile, electronic-mail or via overnight courier. If sent by telex or facsimile, notice to a Trustee or member of a committee or sub-committee shall be deemed to be given upon transmittal; if sent by electronic-mail, notice to a Trustee or member of a committee or sub-committee shall be deemed to be given and shall be presumed valid when the Trust’s electronic-mail server reflects the electronic-mail message as having been sent; and if sent via overnight courier, notice to a Trustee or member of a committee or sub-committee shall be deemed to be given when delivered against a receipt therefor.
Section 2. Written Waiver . Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of applicable law or of the Declaration of Trust or of these Bylaws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.
Article VI
CERTIFICATE OF SHARES AND SHARE OWNERSHIP
Section 1. Issuance . The Trust may, in its sole discretion, issue a certificate to any Shareholder, signed by, or in the name of the Trust by, the President or any Vice President, certifying the number of Shares owned by him, her or it in a class of the Trust. Except as otherwise required by applicable law or the rules of any exchange on which the Trust is listed, no Shareholder shall have the right to demand or require that a certificate be issued to him, her, or it.
Section 2. Countersignature . Where a certificate is countersigned (1) by a transfer agent other than the Trust or its employee, or (2) by a registrar other than the Trust or its employee, the signature of the President or any Vice President may be a facsimile.
Section 3. Lost Certificates . The Board may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Trust alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of the fact by the person
Page 12 of 16 |
claiming the certificate to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Board may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require and/or to give the Trust a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Trust with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.
Section 4. Transfer of Shares . The Board shall make such rules as it considers appropriate for the transfer of Shares and similar matters. To the extent certificates are issued in accordance with Section 1 of this Article VI, upon surrender to the Trust or the transfer agent of the Trust of such certificate for Shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the Trust to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.
Section 5. Shareholder Book . The Trust shall keep or cause to be kept a Shareholder book, which may be maintained by means of computer systems, containing the names, alphabetically arranged, of all persons who are Shareholders of the Trust, showing their places of residence, the number and class of any Shares held by them, respectively, and the dates when they became the record owners thereof.
Section 6. Registered Shareholders . The Trust shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of Shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim of interest in such Shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice hereof.
Section 7. Record Date for Receiving Dividends and Other Actions . In order that the Board may determine the Shareholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution of allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of Shares or for the purpose of any other lawful action (other than the record date for meetings of shareholders as set forth in Section 14 of Article IV), the Board may fix a record date, which record date (i) shall be set forth in the resolution or resolutions authorizing the payment of such dividend or other lawful action and (ii) shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board.
Article VII
GENERAL PROVISIONS
Section 1. Seal . The Trust is not required to have any seal, and the adoption or use of a seal shall be purely ornamental and be of no legal effect. The seal, if any, of the Trust may be affixed to any instrument, and the seal and its attestation may be lithographed, engraved or otherwise printed on any document with the same force and effect as if it had been imprinted and affixed manually in the same manner and with the same force and effect as if done by a Delaware business corporation. The presence or absences of a seal shall have no effect on the validity, enforceability, or binding nature of any document or instrument that is otherwise duly authorized, executed, and delivered.
Section 2. Severability . The provisions of these Bylaws are severable. If any provision hereof shall be held invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, or
Page 13 of 16 |
unenforceability shall attach only to such provision only in such jurisdiction and shall not affect any other provision of these Bylaws.
Section 3. Headings . Headings are placed in these Bylaws for convenience of reference only and in case of any conflict, the text of these Bylaws rather than the headings shall control.
Article VIII
INDEMNIFICATION
Section 1. Agents, Proceedings, Expenses . For the purpose of this Article, "agent" means any Person who is or was a Trustee, officer, employee or other agent of the Trust or is or was serving at the request of the Trust as a trustee, director, officer, employee or agent of another organization in which the Trust has any interest as a Shareholder, creditor or otherwise: "proceeding" means any threatened, pending or completed claim, action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (including appeals); and "expenses" includes, without limitation, accountant's and attorneys' fees, costs, judgments, amounts paid in settlement, fines, penalties and all other liabilities whatsoever.
Section 2. Indemnification . Subject to the exceptions and limitations contained in Section 3 below, every agent shall be indemnified by the Trust to the fullest extent permitted by law against all liabilities and against all expenses reasonably incurred or paid by him or her in connection with any proceeding in which he or she becomes involved as a party or otherwise by virtue of his or her being or having been an agent.
Section 3. Limitations, Settlements . No indemnification shall be provided hereunder to an agent:
(a) who shall have been adjudicated by the court or other body before which the proceeding was brought to be liable to the Trust or its Shareholders by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office (collectively, "disabling conduct"); or
(b) with respect to any proceeding disposed of (whether by settlement, pursuant to a consent decree or otherwise) without an adjudication by the court or other body before which the proceeding was brought that such agent was liable to the Trust or its Shareholders by reason of disabling conduct, unless there has been a determination that such agent did not engage in disabling conduct:
(1) by the court or other body before which the proceeding was brought;
(2) (ii) by at least a majority of those Trustees who are neither Interested Persons (within the meaning of the 1940 Act) of the Trust nor are parties to the proceeding based upon a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry); or
(3) by written opinion of independent legal counsel based upon a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry);
provided, however, that indemnification shall be provided hereunder to an agent with respect to any proceeding in the event of (1) a final decision on the merits by the court or
Page 14 of 16 |
other body before which the proceeding was brought that the agent was not liable by reason of disabling conduct, or (2) the dismissal of the proceeding by the court or other body before which it was brought for insufficiency of evidence of any disabling conduct with which such agent has been charged.
Section 4. Insurance, Rights Not Exclusive . The rights of indemnification herein provided may be insured against by policies maintained by the Trust on behalf of any agent, shall be severable, shall not be exclusive of or affect any other rights to which any agent may now or hereafter be entitled and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of any agent.
Section 5. Advance of Expenses . Expenses incurred by an agent in connection with the preparation and presentation of a defense to any proceeding may be paid by the Trust from time to time prior to final disposition thereof upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such agent that such amount will be paid over by him or her to the Trust if it is ultimately determined that he or she is not entitled to indemnification under this Article VIII; provided, however, that (a) such agent shall have provided appropriate security for such undertaking, (b) the Trust is insured against losses arising out of any such advance payments or (c) either a majority of the Trustees who are neither Interested Persons of the Trust nor parties to the proceeding, or independent legal counsel in a written opinion, shall have determined, based upon a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a trial-type inquiry or full investigation), that there is reason to believe that such agent will be found entitled to indemnification under this Article.
Section 6. Experts and Lead Independent Trustee . The appointment, designation or identification of a Trustee as Chairman or Co-Chairman of the Board, a member or chair of a committee of the Board of Trustees, an expert on any topic or in any area (including an audit committee financial expert), or the lead independent Trustee, shall not (a) impose on that person any duty, obligation or liability that is greater than the duties, obligations and liabilities imposed on that person as a Trustee in the absence of the appointment, designation or identification or (b) affect in any way such Trustee's rights or entitlement to indemnification in such absence, and no Trustee who has special skills or expertise, or is appointed, designated or identified as an expert as aforesaid, shall (x) be held to a higher standard of care by virtue thereof or (y) be limited with respect to indemnification to which such Trustee would otherwise be entitled.
Section 7. Fiduciaries of Employee Benefit Plan . This Article does not apply to any proceeding against any Trustee, investment manager or other fiduciary of an employee benefit plan in that person's capacity as such, even though that person may also be an agent of this Trust as defined in Section 1 of this Article. Nothing contained in this Article shall limit any right to indemnification to which such a Trustee, investment manager, or other fiduciary may be entitled by contract or otherwise which shall be enforceable to the extent permitted by applicable law other than this Article.
Article IX
AMENDMENTS
Section 1. Amendments by Trustees . These Bylaws may be altered or repealed by the Board without the vote or approval of the Shareholders at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Trustees without prior notice.
Page 15 of 16 |
Section 2. Amendments by Shareholders . These Bylaws may be altered or repealed by the affirmative vote of not less than 75% of the Outstanding Shares entitled to vote at any special meeting of the Shareholders at which a quorum is present, but only if:
(a) The Board of Trustees has approved a resolution by an affirmative vote of two-thirds (66 and 2/3%) of the Board to submit the proposed alteration or repealer to the vote of the Shareholders; and
(b) Notice of such alteration or repealer is contained in the notice of the special meeting being held for such purpose.
Page 16 of 16 |
Exhibit d.1
VIRTUS ALTERNATIVE SOLUTIONS TRUST
INVESTMENT ADVISORY AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT, effective as of the 19 th day of February, 2014, (the “Contract Date”) by and between Virtus Alternative Solutions Trust, a Delaware statutory business trust (the “Trust”) and Virtus Alternative Investment Advisers, Inc., a Connecticut corporation (the “Adviser”).
WITNESSETH THAT:
1. The Trust hereby appoints the Adviser to act as investment adviser to the Trust on behalf of the portfolio series of the Trust established and designated by the Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Trustees”) on or before the date hereof, as listed on attached Schedule A (collectively, the “Existing Series”), for the period and on the terms set forth herein. The Adviser accepts such appointment and agrees to render the services described in this Agreement for the compensation herein provided.
2. In the event that the Trustees desire to retain the Adviser to render investment advisory services hereunder with respect to one or more additional series (the “Additional Series”), by agreement in writing, the Trust and the Adviser may agree to amend Schedule A to include such Additional Series, whereupon such Additional Series shall become subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
3. The Adviser shall furnish continuously an investment program for the portfolio of the Existing Series and the portfolio of any Additional Series which may become subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein (sometimes collectively referred to as the “Series”) and shall manage the investment and reinvestment of the assets of the portfolio of each Series, subject at all times to the supervision of the Trustees.
4. With respect to managing the investment and reinvestment of the portfolio of the Series’ assets, the Adviser shall provide, at its own expense:
(a) | Investment research, advice and supervision; |
(b) | An investment program for each Series consistent with its investment objectives, policies and procedures; |
(c) | Implementation of the investment program for each Series including the purchase and sale of securities; |
(d) | Implementation of an investment program designed to manage cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments for a Series with respect to assets designated from time to time to be managed by a subadviser to such Series; |
(e) | Advice and assistance on the general operations of the Trust; and |
(f) | Regular reports to the Trustees on the implementation of each Series’ investment program. |
5. The Adviser shall, for all purposes herein, be deemed to be an independent contractor.
6. The Adviser shall furnish at its own expense, or pay the expenses of the Trust, for the following:
(a) | Office facilities, including office space, furniture and equipment; |
1 |
(b) | Personnel necessary to perform the functions required to manage the investment and reinvestment of each Series’ assets (including those required for research, statistical and investment work); |
(c) | Except as otherwise approved by the Board, personnel to serve without salaries from the Trust as officers or agents of the Trust. The Adviser need not provide personnel to perform, or pay the expenses of the Trust for, services customarily performed for an open-end management investment company by its national distributor, custodian, financial agent, transfer agent, registrar, dividend disbursing agent, auditors and legal counsel; |
(d) | Compensation and expenses, if any, of the Trustees who are also full-time employees of the Adviser or any of its affiliates; and |
(e) | Any subadviser recommended by the Adviser and appointed to act on behalf of the Trust. |
7. All costs and expenses not specifically enumerated herein as payable by the Adviser shall be paid by the Trust. Such expenses shall include, but shall not be limited to, all expenses (other than those specifically referred to as being borne by the Adviser) incurred in the operation of the Trust and any public offering of its shares, including, among others, interest, taxes, brokerage fees and commissions, fees of Trustees who are not full-time employees of the Adviser or any of its affiliates, expenses of Trustees’ and shareholders’ meetings including the cost of printing and mailing proxies, expenses of insurance premiums for fidelity and other coverage, expenses of repurchase and redemption of shares, expenses of issue and sale of shares (to the extent not borne by its national distributor under its agreement with the Trust), expenses of printing and mailing stock certificates representing shares of the Trust, association membership dues, charges of custodians, transfer agents, dividend disbursing agents and financial agents, bookkeeping, auditing and legal expenses. The Trust will also pay the fees and bear the expense of registering and maintaining the registration of the Trust and its shares with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and registering or qualifying its shares under state or other securities laws and the expense of preparing and mailing prospectuses and reports to shareholders. Additionally, if authorized by the Trustees, the Trust shall pay for extraordinary expenses and expenses of a non-recurring nature which may include, but not be limited to, the reasonable and proportionate cost of any reorganization or acquisition of assets and the cost of legal proceedings to which the Trust is a party.
8. The Adviser shall adhere to all applicable policies and procedures as adopted from time to time by the Trustees, including but not limited to the following:
(a) | Code of Ethics. The Adviser shall adopt a Code of Ethics designed to prevent “access persons” (as defined therein in accordance with Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”)) from engaging in fraudulent acts or transactions that are, or have the potential of being viewed as, a conflict of interest, and shall monitor for compliance with its Code of Ethics and report any violations to the Trust’s Compliance Officer. |
(b) | Policy with Respect to Brokerage Allocation. The Adviser shall have full trading discretion in selecting brokers for Series transactions on a day to day basis so long as each selection is in conformance with the Trust’s Policy with Respect to Brokerage Allocation. Such discretion shall include use of “soft dollars” for certain broker and research services, also in conformance with the Trust’s Policy with Respect to Brokerage Allocation. The Adviser may delegate the responsibilities under this section to a Subadviser of a Series. |
2 |
(c) | Procedures for the Determination of Liquidity of Assets. It shall be the responsibility of the Adviser to monitor the Series’ assets that are not liquid, making such determinations as to liquidity of a particular asset as may be necessary, in accordance with the Trust’s Procedures for the Determination of Liquidity of Assets. The Adviser may delegate the responsibilities under this section to a Subadviser of a Series. |
(d) | Policy with Respect to Proxy Voting. In the absence of specific direction to the contrary and in a manner consistent with the Trust’s Policy with Respect to Proxy Voting, the Adviser shall be responsible for voting proxies with respect to portfolio holdings of the Trust. The Adviser shall review all proxy solicitation materials and be responsible for voting and handling all proxies in relation to the assets under management by the Adviser in accordance with such policies and procedures adopted or approved by each Series’. Unless the Fund gives the Adviser written instructions to the contrary, the Adviser will, in compliance with the proxy voting procedures of the Series then in effect or approved by the Series, vote or abstain from voting, all proxies solicited by or with respect to the issuers of securities in which the assets of the Series may be invested. The Adviser shall cause the Custodian to forward promptly to the Adviser (or designee) all proxies upon receipt so as to afford the Adviser a reasonable amount of time in which to determine how to vote such proxies. The Adviser agrees to provide the Trust with quarterly proxy voting reports in such form as the Trust may request from time to time. The Adviser may delegate the responsibilities under this section to a Subadviser of a Series. |
(e) | Procedures for the Valuation of Securities. It shall be the responsibility of the Adviser to fully comply with the Trust’s Procedures for the Valuation of Securities. The Adviser may delegate the responsibilities under this section to a Subadviser of a Series. |
9. For providing the services and assuming the expenses outlined herein, the Trust agrees that the Adviser shall be compensated as follows:
(a) | The Trust shall pay a monthly fee calculated at an annual rate as specified in Schedule A. The amounts payable to the Adviser with respect to the Series shall be based upon the average of the values of the managed assets of the Series as of the close of business each day excluding the assets of any wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Series, computed in accordance with the Trust’s Declaration of Trust. For this purpose, “managed assets” means the total assets of the Series, including any assets attributable to borrowings, minus the Series’ accrued liabilities other than such borrowings. |
(b) | Compensation shall accrue immediately upon the effective date of this Agreement. |
(c) | If there is termination of this Agreement with respect to any Series during a month, the Series’ fee for that month shall be proportionately computed upon the average of the daily net asset values of such Series for such partial period in such month. |
(d) | The Adviser agrees to reimburse the Trust for the amount, if any, by which the total operating and management expenses of the portfolio of any Series (including the Adviser’s compensation, pursuant to this paragraph, but excluding |
3 |
front-end or contingent deferred loads, taxes, interest, brokerage commissions, expenses incurred in connection with any merger or reorganization, extraordinary expenses (such as litigation), acquired fund fees and expenses, dividend expenses, leverage expenses, if any), for any “fiscal year” exceed the level of expenses which such Series is permitted to bear under the most restrictive expense limitation (which is not waived by the State) imposed on open-end investment companies by any state in which shares of such Series are then qualified. Such reimbursement, if any, will be made by the Adviser to the Trust within five days after the end of each month. For the purpose of this subparagraph (d), the term “fiscal year” shall include the portion of the then current fiscal year which shall have elapsed at the date of termination of this Agreement. |
10. The services of the Adviser to the Trust are not to be deemed exclusive, the Adviser being free to render services to others and to engage in other activities. Without relieving the Adviser of its duties hereunder and subject to the prior approval of the Trustees and subject further to compliance with applicable provisions of the Investment Company Act, as amended, the Adviser may appoint one or more agents to perform any of the functions and services which are to be provided under the terms of this Agreement upon such terms and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon among the Trust, the Adviser and any such agent.
11. The Adviser shall not be liable to the Trust or to any shareholder of the Trust for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Trust or by any shareholder of the Trust in connection with the matters to which this Agreement relates, except a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard on the part of the Adviser in the performance of its duties hereunder.
12. It is understood that:
(a) | Trustees, officers, employees, agents and shareholders of the Trust are or may be “interested persons” of the Adviser as directors, officers, stockholders or otherwise; |
(b) | Directors, officers, employees, agents and stockholders of the Adviser are or may be “interested persons” of the Trust as Trustees, officers, shareholders or otherwise; and |
(c) | The existence of any such dual interest shall not affect the validity hereof or of any transactions hereunder. |
13. This Agreement shall become effective with respect to the Existing Series as of the Contract Date stated above, and with respect to any Additional Series, on the date specified in any amendment to this Agreement reflecting the addition of each Additional Series in accordance with paragraph 2 (the “Amendment Date”). Unless terminated as herein provided, this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect until December 31, 2015 with respect to each Existing Series and until December 31st of the first full calendar year following the Amendment Date with respect to each Additional Series, and shall continue in full force and effect for periods of one year thereafter with respect to each Series so long as (a) such continuance with respect to any such Series is approved at least annually by either the Trustees or by a “vote of the majority of the outstanding voting securities” of such Series and (b) the terms and any renewal of this Agreement with respect to any such Series have been approved by a vote of a majority of the Trustees who are not parties to this Agreement or “interested persons” of any such party cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.
4 |
Any approval of this Agreement by a vote of the holders of a “majority of the outstanding voting securities” of any Series shall be effective to continue this Agreement with respect to such Series notwithstanding (a) that this Agreement has not been approved by a “vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities” of any other Series of the Trust affected thereby and (b) that this Agreement has not been approved by the holders of a “vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities” of the Trust, unless either such additional approval shall be required by any other applicable law or otherwise.
14. The Trust may terminate this Agreement with respect to the Trust or to any Series upon 60 days’ written notice to the Adviser at any time, without the payment of any penalty, by vote of the Trustees or, as to each Series, by a “vote of the majority of the outstanding voting securities” of such Series. The Adviser may terminate this Agreement upon 60 days’ written notice to the Trust, without the payment of any penalty. This Agreement shall immediately terminate in the event of its “assignment”.
15. The terms “majority of the outstanding voting securities”, “interested persons” and “assignment”, when used herein, shall have the respective meanings in the Investment Company Act.
16. In the event of termination of this Agreement, or at the request of the Adviser, the Trust will eliminate all reference to “Virtus” from its name, and will not thereafter transact business in a name using the word “Virtus” in any form or combination whatsoever, or otherwise use the word “Virtus” as a part of its name. The Trust will thereafter in all prospectuses, advertising materials, letterheads, and other material designed to be read by investors or prospective investors delete from the name the word “Virtus” or any approximation thereof. If the Adviser chooses to withdraw the Trust’s right to use the word “Virtus,” it agrees to submit the question of continuing this Agreement to a vote of the Trust’s shareholders at the time of such withdrawal.
17. It is expressly agreed that the obligations of the Trust hereunder shall not be binding upon any of the Trustees, shareholders, nominees, officers, agents or employees of the Trust personally, but bind only the trust property of the Trust, as provided in the Declaration of Trust. The execution and delivery of this Agreement have been authorized by the Trustees and shareholders of the Trust and made by an authorized officer of the Trust, acting as such, and neither such authorization by such Trustees and shareholders nor such execution and delivery by such officer shall be deemed to have been made by any of them individually or be binding upon or impose any liability on any of them personally, but shall bind only the trust property of the Trust as provided in its Declaration of Trust.
18. This Agreement shall be construed and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.
19. Subject to the duty of the Adviser and the Trust to comply with applicable law, including any demand of any regulatory or taxing authority having jurisdiction, the parties hereto shall treat as confidential all information pertaining to the Series and any Additional Series that may be named, and the actions of the Adviser and the Trust in respect thereof.
20. The Adviser will not advise or act on behalf of the Series in regard to class action filings, with respect to any securities held in the Series’ portfolio.
[Signature page follows.]
5 |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized officers as of the day and year first written above.
VIRTUS ALTERNATIVE SOLUTIONS TRUST | ||
By: | /s/ W. Patrick Bradley |
Name: | W. Patrick Bradley | |
Title: | Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer & | |
Treasurer |
VIRTUS ALTERNATIVE INVESTMENT ADVISERS, | ||
INC. | ||
By: | /s/ Francis G. Waltman |
Name: | Francis G. Waltman | |
Title: | Executive Vice President |
6 |
SCHEDULE A
Annual Investment Advisory Fee | ||||||||
Series | 1 st $5 Billion | $5+ Billon | ||||||
Virtus Alternative Income Solution Fund | 1.80 | % | 1.75 | % | ||||
Virtus Alternative Inflation Solution Fund | 1.75 | % | 1.70 | % | ||||
Virtus Alternative Total Solution Fund | 1.95 | % | 1.90 | % |
7 |
Exhibit e.1
UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT made as of this 19 th day of February, 2014, by and between Virtus Alternative Solutions Trust, a Delaware statutory trust having a place of business located at 101 Munson Street, Suite 104, Greenfield, Massachusetts 01301 (the “Trust”) and VP Distributors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company having a place of business located at 100 Pearl Street, Hartford, Connecticut 06103 (the “Underwriter”).
W I T N E S S E T H:
1. | The Trust hereby grants to the Underwriter the right to purchase shares of beneficial interest of each class of each series of the Trust established and designated as of the date hereof and of any additional series and classes thereof which the Board of Trustees (“Trustees”) may establish and designate during the term of this Agreement (called the “Funds” and “Classes”, respectively) and to resell shares of various Classes, as applicable, of each Fund (collectively called the “Shares”) as principal and not as agent. The Underwriter accepts such appointment and agrees to render the services described in this Agreement for the compensation herein provided. |
2. | The Underwriter’s right to purchase Shares shall be exclusive except that the terms of this Agreement shall not apply to Shares issued or transferred: |
a. | pursuant to an offer of exchange exempted under Section 22(d) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Act”) by reason of the fact that said offer is permitted by Section 11 of the Act, including any offer made pursuant to clause (1) or (2) of Section 11(c); |
b. | upon the sale to a registered unit investment trust which is the issuer of periodic payment plan certificates the net proceeds of which are invested in redeemable securities; |
c. | pursuant to an offer made solely to all registered holders of Shares, or all registered holders of Shares of any Fund, proportionate to their holdings or proportionate to any cash distribution made to them by the Trust (subject to appropriate qualifications designed solely to avoid issuance of fractional securities); |
d. | in connection with any merger or consolidation of the Trust or of any Fund with any other investment company or the acquisition by the Trust, by purchase or otherwise, of any other investment company; |
e. | in connection with the reinvestment by Fund shareholders of dividend and capital gains distributions; or |
f. | pursuant to any applicable reinstatement privilege or as otherwise provided in the then current registration statement of the Trust. |
3. | The “Net Asset Value” and the “Public Offering Price” of the Shares as referred to in this Agreement shall be computed in accordance with the provisions of the then current registration statement of the Trust. The Underwriter shall be notified promptly by the Trust of such computations. |
4. | The Underwriter has and shall enter into written sales agreements with broker/dealers (“dealers”) and with banks as defined in Section 3(a)(6) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”), that are not required to register as a broker/dealer under the Exchange Act or the regulations thereunder (“Banks”). Such sales agreements shall provide that dealers or Banks shall use their best efforts to promote the sale of Shares. Such sales agreements shall include such terms and conditions as Underwriter may determine not inconsistent with this Agreement; provided, however, that such sales agreements shall specify a) that the dealer is registered as a broker/dealer under the Exchange Act and a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) or, |
in the alternative, that the Bank is exempt from broker/dealer registration under the Exchange Act; and b) that such dealers and Banks agree that they will comply with all applicable state, and federal laws and the rules and regulations of applicable regulatory agencies.
5. | Each day the Underwriter shall have the right to purchase from the Trust, as principal, the amount of Shares needed to fill unconditional orders for such Shares received by the Underwriter from dealers, Banks, or investors, but no more than the Shares needed, at a price equal to the Net Asset Value of the Shares. Any purchase of Shares by the Underwriter under this Agreement shall be subject to reasonable adjustment for clerical errors, delays and errors of transmission and cancellation of orders. |
6. | With respect to transactions other than with dealers or Banks, the Underwriter will sell Shares only at the Public Offering Price then in effect, except to the extent that sales at less than the Public Offering Price may be allowed by the Act, any rule or regulation promulgated thereunder or by order of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), provided, however, that any such sales at less than the Public Offering Price shall be consistent with the terms of the then current registration statement of the Trust. The Underwriter will sell at Net Asset Value Shares of any Classes which are offered by the then current registration statement or prospectus of the Trust for sale at such Net Asset Value or at Net Asset Value with a contingent deferred sales charge (“CDSC Shares”). The Underwriter shall receive from the Trust all contingent deferred sales charges applied on redemptions of CDSC Shares. |
7. | Sales at a discount from the Public Offering Price shall be made in accordance with the terms and conditions of the terms of the current registration statement of the Trust allowing such discounts. Such discounts shall not exceed the difference between the Net Asset Value and the Public Offering Price; however, the Underwriter may offer compensation in excess of the difference between the Net Asset Value and the Public Offering Price, at its discretion and from its own profits and resources, and only as described in the current registration statement of the Trust. With respect to sales of CDSC Shares, the Underwriter, in accordance with the terms of the current registration statement of the Trust, shall pay dealers a commission on such sales from its profits and resources. |
8. | As reimbursement for expenditures made in connection with providing certain distribution-related services, the Underwriter may receive from the Trust a distribution fee under the terms and conditions set forth in the Trust’s distribution plan adopted under Rule 12b-1 under the Act, as the plan may be amended from time to time (the “12b-1 Plan”) and subject to any further limitations on such fees as the Trustees may impose. The Underwriter may also receive from the Trust a service fee under the 12b-1 Plan to be retained by the Underwriter as compensation for providing services to shareholders of the Trust or to be paid to dealers and Banks for providing services to their clients who are also shareholders of the Funds. |
9. | The Trust shall furnish the Underwriter with copies of its organizational documents, as amended from time to time. The Trust shall also furnish the Underwriter with any other documents of the Trust which will assist the Underwriter in the performance of its duties hereunder. |
10. | The Underwriter agrees to use its best efforts (in states where it may lawfully do so) to obtain from investors unconditional orders for Shares authorized for issue by the Funds and registered under applicable federal securities laws, and, so long as it does so, nothing herein contained shall prevent the Underwriter from entering into similar arrangements with other registered investment companies. The Underwriter may, in the exercise of its discretion, refuse to accept orders for Shares from any person. |
11. | Upon receipt by the Trust of a purchase order from the Underwriter, accompanied by proper delivery instructions, the Trust shall, as promptly as practicable thereafter, cause evidence of ownership of Shares to be delivered as indicated in such purchase order. Payment for such Shares shall be made by the Underwriter to the Trust in a manner acceptable to the Trust, provided that the Underwriter shall pay for such Shares no later than the third business day after the Underwriter shall have contracted to purchase such shares. |
12. | In connection with offering for sale and selling Shares, the Trust authorizes the Underwriter to give only such information and to make only such statements or representations as are contained in the then current registration statement of the Trust. The Underwriter shall be responsible for the approval and filing of sales material as required under SEC and FINRA regulations. |
13. | In performing its services pursuant to this Agreement, the Underwriter shall comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations, including, without limitation, all rules and regulations made or adopted by the SEC or by any securities association registered under the Exchange Act, and the securities laws of those states in which Shares are sold. |
14. | The Underwriter shall prepare and deliver reports to the Treasurer of the Trust on a regular, at least quarterly, basis showing the expenses incurred pursuant to this Agreement and pursuant to the 12b-1 Plan, and the purposes therefor, as well as any supplemental reports the Trustees from time to time may reasonably request. The Underwriter also agrees to furnish such information as is reasonably necessary to assist the Trustees in evaluating any distribution plan affecting any Class, or any proposed amendment thereto. |
15. | The Trust agrees to pay the following expenses: |
a. | the cost of mailing any stock certificates representing Shares; |
b. | fees and expenses (including legal expenses) of registering and maintaining registrations of the Trust and of each Fund and Class with the SEC including the preparation and printing of registration statements and prospectuses for filing with the SEC; |
c. | fees and expenses (including legal expenses) incurred in registering and qualifying Shares for sale with any state regulatory agency and fees and expenses of maintaining, renewing, increasing or amending such registrations and qualifications; |
d. | the expense of any issue or transfer taxes upon the sale of Shares to the Underwriter by the Trust; |
e. | the cost of preparing and distributing reports and notices to shareholders; and |
f. | fees and expenses of the transfer agent, including the cost of preparing and mailing notices to shareholders pertaining to transactions with respect to such shareholders accounts. |
16. | The Underwriter agrees to pay the following expenses: |
a. | all expenses of printing prospectuses and statements of additional information used in connection with the sale of Shares and printing and preparing all other sales literature; |
b. | all fees and expenses in connection with the qualification of the Underwriter as a dealer in the various states and countries; |
c. | the expense of any stock transfer tax required in connection with the sale of Shares by the Underwriter as principal to dealers, Banks or investors; and |
d. | all other expenses in connection with offering for sale and the sale of Shares which have not been herein specifically allocated to the Trust. |
17. | The Trust hereby appoints the Underwriter as its agent to receive requests to accept the Trust’s offer to repurchase Shares upon such terms and conditions as may be described in the Trust’s then current registration statement. The agency granted in this paragraph 17 is terminable at the discretion of the Trust. As compensation for acting as such agent and as part of the consideration for acting as underwriter, Underwriter shall receive from the Trust all contingent deferred sales charges imposed upon the redemption of Shares. Whether and to what extent a contingent deferred sales |
charge will be imposed shall be determined in accordance with, and in the manner set forth in, the applicable Fund’s prospectus.
18. | The Trust agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Underwriter, its officers and directors and each person, if any, who controls the Underwriter within the meaning of section 15 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses (including the cost of any legal fees incurred in connection therewith) which the Underwriter, its officers, directors or any such controlling person may incur under said Act, under any other statute, at common law or otherwise, arising out of or based upon |
a. | any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Trust’s registration statement (including amendments and supplements thereto), or |
b. | any omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated in the Trust’s registration statement or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; provided, however, that insofar as losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses arise out of or are based upon any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance and in conformity with information furnished to the Trust by the Underwriter or its affiliate for use in the Trust’s registration statement or prospectus, such indemnification is not applicable. In no case shall the Trust indemnify the Underwriter or its controlling persons as to any amounts incurred for any liability arising out of or based upon any action for which the Underwriter, its officers and directors or any controlling person or affiliate would otherwise be subject to liability by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under this Agreement. |
19. | The Underwriter agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Trust, its officers and trustees and each person, if any, who controls the Trust within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses (including the cost of any legal fees incurred in connection therewith) which the Trust, its officers, trustees or any such controlling person may incur under said Act, under any other statute, at common law or otherwise arising out of or based upon |
a. | any wrongful act by the Underwriter or any of its employees or representatives, or |
b. | any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Trust’s registration statement (including amendments and supplements thereto) or sales material, or any omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading if such statement or omission was made in reliance upon information furnished or confirmed in writing to the Trust by the Underwriter. |
20. | It is understood that: |
a. | trustees, officers, employees, agents and shareholders of the Trust are or may be interested persons, as that term is defined in the Act (“Interested Persons”), of the Underwriter as directors, officers, stockholders or otherwise; |
b. | directors, officers, employees, agents and members of the Underwriter are or may be Interested Persons of the Trust as trustees, officers, shareholders or otherwise; |
c. | the Underwriter may be an Interested Person of the Trust as shareholder or otherwise; and |
d. | the existence of any such dual interest shall not offset the validity hereof or of any transactions hereunder. |
21. | The Trust may terminate this Agreement by 60 days written notice to the Underwriter at any time, without the payment of any penalty, by vote of the Trustees who are not parties to this Agreement or Interested Persons of any such party and have no direct or indirect financial interest in the |
operation of the 12b-1 Plan or in any related agreement (“Independent Trustees”) or by a vote of a majority of the appropriate Class of outstanding voting securities, as that term is defined in the Act, of the Trust. The Underwriter may terminate this Agreement by 60 days written notice to the Trust, without the payment of any penalty. This Agreement shall immediately terminate in the event of its assignment, as that term is defined in the Act.
22. | Subject to prior termination as provided in paragraph 21, this Agreement shall continue in force for two years from the date of execution and from year to year thereafter so long as the continuance after such one year period shall be specifically approved at least annually by vote of the Trustees, or by a vote of a majority of the appropriate Class of outstanding voting securities, as that term is defined in the Act, of the Trust. Additionally, each annual renewal of this Agreement must be approved by the vote of a majority of the Independent Trustees, cast in person at a meeting of the Trustees called for the purpose of voting on such approval. |
23. | Reference is hereby made to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust, as amended (“Declaration of Trust”), establishing the Trust, to the Trust’s Certificate of Trust, which is on file with the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, and to any and all amendments thereto. The name Virtus Alternative Solutions Trust refers to the Trustees under said Declaration of Trust as Trustees and not personally, and no Trustee, shareholder, officer, agent or employee of the Trust shall be held to any personal liability in connection with the affairs of the Trust; only the trust estate under said Declaration of Trust is liable. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, neither the Underwriter nor any of its officers, directors, partners, members or employees shall, under any circumstances, have recourse or cause or willingly permit recourse to be had directly or indirectly to any personal, statutory, or other liability of any shareholder, Trustee, officer, agent or employee of the Trust or of any successor of the Trust, whether such liability now exists or is hereafter incurred for claims against the trust estate. |
24. | This Agreement shall become effective upon the date first set forth above. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware and shall be binding on the successors and assigns of the parties to the extent permitted by law. |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized officers as of the day and year first written above.
VIRTUS ALTERNATIVE SOLUTIONS TRUST |
By: | /s/ W. Patrick Bradley |
Name: W. Patrick Bradley | |
Title: Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer | |
VP DISTRIBUTORS, LLC |
By: | /s/ David G. Hanley |
Name: David G. Hanley | |
Title: Vice President and Treasurer |
Exhibit e.2
VP Distributors, LLC.
100 Pearl Street
Hartford, CT 06103
VIRTUS FUNDS
SALES AGREEMENT
To: | Dealer Name |
Attention:
Address
City, State, Zip Code
VP Distributors, LLC ("VPD", "we", "us", or "our") invites you to participate in the sale and distribution of shares of registered investment companies (which shall collectively be referred to hereinafter as the "Funds") for which we are national distributor or principal underwriter, and which may be listed in Annex A hereto which such Annex may be amended by us from time to time. Upon acceptance of this agreement by VPD, you may offer and sell shares of each of the Funds (hereafter "Shares") subject, however, to the terms and conditions hereof including our right to suspend or cease the sale of such shares. For the purposes hereof, the above referenced dealer shall be referred to as "you".
1. | You understand and agree that in all sales of Shares to the public, you shall act as dealer for your own account. All purchase orders and applications are subject to acceptance or rejection by us in our sole discretion and are effective only upon confirmation by us. Each purchase will be deemed to have been consummated in our principal office subject to our acceptance and effective only upon confirmation to you by us. |
2. | You agree that all purchases of Shares by you shall be made only for the purpose of covering purchase orders already received from your customers (who may be any person other than a securities dealer or broker) or for your own bona-fide investment. |
3. | You shall offer and sell Shares purchased pursuant to this agreement for the purpose of covering purchase orders of your customers, to the extent applicable, (a) at the current public offering price ("Offering Price") for Class A Shares or (b) at the Net Asset Value for Class B and Class C shares as set forth in the current prospectus of each of the funds. |
4. | You shall pay us for Shares purchased within three (3) business days of the date of our confirmation to you of such purchase or within such time as required by applicable rule or law. The purchase price shall be (a) the Offering Price, less only the applicable dealer discount (Dealer Discount) for Class A Shares, if applicable, or (b) the Net Asset Value, less only the applicable sales commission (Sales Commission) for Class C Shares, if applicable, as set forth in the current prospectus at the time the purchase is received by us. We have the right, without notice, to cancel any order for which payment of good and sufficient funds has not been received by us as provided in this paragraph, in which case you may be held responsible for any loss suffered by us resulting from your failure to make payment as aforesaid. |
5. | You understand and agree that any Dealer Discount, Sales Commission or fee is subject to change from time to time without prior notice. Any orders placed after the effective date of any such change shall be subject to the Dealer Discount or Sales Commission in effect at the time such order is received by us. |
6. | You understand and agree that Shares purchased by you under this Agreement will not be delivered until payment of good and sufficient funds has been received by us. Delivery of Shares will be made by credit to a shareholder open account unless delivery of certificates is specified in the purchase order. In order to avoid unnecessary delay, it is understood that, at your request, any Shares resold by you to one of your customers will be delivered (whether by credit to a shareholder open account or by delivery of certificates) in the name of your customer. |
7. | You understand that on all purchases of Shares to which the terms of this Agreement are applicable by a shareholder for whom you are dealer of record, we will pay you an amount equal to the Dealer Discount, Sales Commission or fees which would have been paid to you with respect to such Shares if such Shares had been purchased through you. You understand and agree that the dealer of record for this purpose shall be the dealer through whom such shareholder most recently purchased Shares of such fund, unless the shareholder or you have instructed us otherwise. You understand that all amounts payable to you under this paragraph and currently payable under this agreement will be paid as of the end of the month unless specified otherwise for the total amount of Shares to which this paragraph is applicable but may be paid more frequently as we may determine in our discretion. Your request for Dealer Discount or Sales Commission reclaims will be considered if adequate verification and documentation of the purchase in question is supplied to us, and the reclaim is requested within three years of such purchase. |
8. | We appoint the transfer agent (or identified sub-transfer agent) for each of the Funds as our agent to execute the purchase transaction of Shares and to confirm such purchases to your customers on your behalf, and you guarantee the legal capacity of your customers so purchasing such Shares. You further understand that if a customer's account is established without the customer signing the application form, you hereby represent that the instructions relating to the registration and shareholder options selected (whether on the application form, in some other document or orally) are in accordance with the customer's instructions and you agree to indemnify the Funds, the transfer agent (or identified sub-transfer agent) and us for any loss or liability resulting from acting upon such instructions. |
9. | Upon the purchase of Class A Shares pursuant to a Letter of Intent, you will promptly return to us any excess of the Dealer Discount previously allowed or paid to you over that allowable in respect to such larger purchases. |
10. | Unless at the time of transmitting a purchase order you advise us to the contrary, we may consider that the investor owns no other Shares and may further assume that the investor is not entitled to any lower sales charge than that accorded to a single transaction in the amount of the purchase order, as set forth in the current prospectus. |
11. | You understand and agree that if any Shares purchased by you under the terms of this Agreement are, within seven (7) business days after the date of our confirmation to you of the original purchase order for such Shares, repurchased by us as agent for such fund or are tendered to such fund for redemption, you shall forfeit the right to, and shall promptly pay over to us the amount of, any Dealer Discount or Sales Commission allowed to you with respect to such Shares. We will notify you of such repurchase or redemption within ten (10) days of the date upon which certificates are delivered to us or to such fund or the date upon which the holder of Shares held in a shareholder open account places or causes to be placed with us or with such fund an order to have such shares repurchased or redeemed. |
12. | You agree that, in the case of any repurchase of any Shares made more than seven (7) business days after confirmation by us of any purchase of such Shares, except in the case of Shares purchased from you by us for your own bona fide investment, you will act only as agent for the holders of such Shares and will place the orders for repurchase only with us. It is understood that you may charge the holder of such Shares a fair commission for handling the transaction. |
13. | Our obligations to you under this Agreement are subject to all the provisions of the respective distribution agreements entered into between us and each of the Funds. You understand and agree that in performing your services under this agreement you are acting in the capacity of an independent contractor, and we are in no way responsible for the manner of your performance or for any of your acts or omissions in connection therewith. Nothing in the Agreement shall be construed to constitute you or any of your agents, employees, or representatives as our agent, partner or employee, or the agent, partner of employee of any of the Funds. |
In connection with the sale and distribution of shares of Virtus Funds, you agree to indemnify and hold us and our affiliates, employees, and/or officers harmless from any damage or expense as a result of (a) the negligence, misconduct or wrongful act by you or any employee, representative, or agent of yours and/or (b) any actual or alleged violation of any securities laws, regulations or orders. Any indebtedness or obligation of yours to us whether arising hereunder or otherwise, and any liabilities incurred or moneys paid by us to any person as a result of any misrepresentation, wrongful or unauthorized act or omission, negligence of, or failure of you or your employees, representatives or agents to comply with the Sales Agreement, shall be set off against any compensation payable under this agreement. Any differential between such expenses and compensation payable
2 |
hereunder shall be payable to us upon demand. The terms of this provision shall not be impaired by the termination of this agreement.
In connection with the sale and distribution of shares of Virtus Funds, we agree to indemnify and hold you harmless from any damage or expense on account of the gross and willful negligence, misconduct or wrongful act of us or any employee, representative, or agent of ours which arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of material fact, or the omission or alleged omission of a material fact in: (i) any registration statement, including any prospectus or any post-effective amendment thereto; or (ii) any material prepared and/or supplied by us for use in conjunction with the offer or sale of Virtus Funds; or (iii) any state registration or other document filed in any state or jurisdiction in order to qualify any Fund under the securities laws of such state or jurisdiction. The terms of this provision shall not be impaired by the termination of this agreement.
14. | We will supply you with reasonable quantities of the current prospectus, periodic reports to shareholders, and sales materials for each of the Funds. You agree not to use any other advertising or sales material relating to the sale of shares of any of the Funds unless other advertising or sales material is pre-approved in writing by us. |
15. | You agree to offer and sell Shares only in accordance with the terms and conditions of the then current prospectus of each of the Funds and subject to the provisions of this Agreement, and you will make no representations not contained in any such prospectus or any authorized supplemental sales material supplied by us. You agree to use your best efforts in the development and promotion of sales of the Shares covered by this Agreement, and agree to be responsible for the proper instruction, training and supervision of all sales representatives employed by you in order that such Shares will be offered in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and all applicable laws, rules and regulations. All expenses incurred by you in connection with your activities under this Agreement shall be borne by you. In consideration for the extension of the right to exercise telephone exchange and redemption privileges to you and your registered representatives, you agree to bear the risk of any loss resulting from any unauthorized telephone exchange or redemption instructions from you or your registered representatives. In the event we determine to refund any amounts paid by any investor by reason of such violation on your part, you shall forfeit the right to, and pay over to us, the amount of any Dealer Discount or Sales Commission allowed to you with respect to the transaction for which the refund is made. |
16. | You represent that you are properly registered as a broker or dealer under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 and are member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (FINRA) and agree to maintain membership with FINRA or in the alternative, that you are a foreign dealer not eligible for membership with FINRA. You agree to notify us promptly of any change, termination or suspension of the foregoing status. You agree to abide by all the rules and regulations of FINRA and NASD Rules, including NASD Conduct Rule 2830, which is incorporated herein by reference as if set forth in full. You further agree to comply with all applicable state and Federal laws and the rules and regulations of applicable regulatory agencies. You further agree that you will not sell, or offer for sale, Shares in any jurisdiction in which such Shares have not been duly registered or qualified for sale. You agree to promptly notify us with respect to (a) the initiation and disposition of any formal disciplinary action by the FINRA or any other agency or instrumentality having jurisdiction with respect to the subject matter hereof against you or any of your employees or agents; (b) the issuance of any form of deficiency notice by the FINRA or any such agency regarding your training, supervision or sales practices; and (c) the effectuation of any consensual order with respect thereto. |
16.1 | Patriot Act. You shall employ policies and procedures designed to comply with the rules and regulations promulgated from time to time by the Office of Foreign Asset Control (including transactions involving embargoed countries or Specifically Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons) and all other applicable money laundering restrictions, including, without limitation, such restrictions as may be adopted pursuant to the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism (USA Patriot Act) of 2001 with respect to similarly situated financial institutions as VPD. You agree that you will perform the Customer Identification Program requirements of the USA Patriot Act, as applicable, with respect to Accounts established and transactions made pursuant to this Agreement. |
16.2 | Sarbanes-Oxley Act. You agree to cooperate with VPD and will facilitate the filing by VPD, each underlying registered investment companies (collectively, the “Funds”) and/or their respective officers and auditors of any and all certifications or attestations as required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, |
3 |
including, without limitation, furnishing such sub-certifications from your relevant officers with respect to the services performed by you under this Agreement as reasonably requested from time to time. |
16.3 | Rule 38a-1. Upon reasonable request, you agree to provide your written policies and procedures to the Funds’ chief compliance officer for review and the Funds’ board of trustees’ approval to assist our compliance with Rule 38a-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. You further agree to cooperate with VPD in its review of such written policies and procedures, including, without limitation, furnishing such certifications and sub-certifications as VPD shall reasonably request from time to time. You agree that you shall promptly notify VPD and Funds in the event that a “material compliance matter” (as such term is defined pursuant to Rule 38a-1 under the 1940 Act) arises with respect the services you provide under this Agreement. |
16.4 | Late Trading. You will accept no orders for the purchase and redemption of Fund shares after 4:00 p.m. Eastern time on any Business Day. For the purposes hereof, a "Business Day" shall mean any day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading and on which a Fund calculates its net asset value pursuant to the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission (hereinafter, the “SEC”), as amended from time to time, subject to such terms and conditions as may be set forth in the registration statements for the Funds as filed with the SEC, as the same shall be amended from time to time. |
16.5 | Market Timing. VPD may refuse to sell shares of any Fund (or series thereof) to any person, or suspend or terminate the offering of shares of any Fund (or series thereof), if such action is required by law or by regulatory authorities having jurisdiction with respect to VPD or Fund, as the case may be, or is, in the reasonable discretion of VPD, reasonably necessary in order to protect the best interests of its investors. You shall establish and maintain policies and procedures reasonably designed to detect, monitor and deter (including, without limitation, rejecting specific purchase orders) account owners (or their agents) whose purchase and redemption activity follows a market timing pattern, and to take such other actions as you deem necessary to discourage or reduce market timing activity. For the purposes hereof, “market timing activity” shall mean and refer to any discernable pattern of excessive trading in and out of a Fund (or series thereof) by one or more account owners (or their agents), including, without limitation, any purchase and sale (round trip) in and out of a single series of a Fund within any thirty day period. The parties acknowledge that, if necessary, such policies and procedures may include the identification of account owners engaged in such market timing activity and the imposition of restrictions on their requests to purchase or exchange Fund shares. You shall provide reasonable reports regarding your implementation and enforcement of such restrictions on purchase and redemption activity that follows a market-timing pattern upon request. |
17. | Shareholder Information and SEC Rule 22c-2. If trading as an Intermediary (a broker, dealer, bank or other entity that holds securities of record issued by the Funds in nominee name; and in the case of a participant-directed employee benefit plan that owns securities issued by the Funds; a retirement plan administrator under ERISA or any entity that maintains the plan’s participant records) you hereby agree as follows: |
17.1 | Agreement to Provide Information. Intermediary agrees to provide the Funds, upon written request, the taxpayer information number (“TIN”), if known, of any or all Shareholder(s) of the account and the amount, date, name or other identifier of any investment professional(s) associated with the Shareholder(s) or account (if known), and transaction type (purchase, redemption, transfer, or exchange) of every purchase, redemption, transfer, or exchange of Fund shares held through an account maintained by the Intermediary during the period covered by the request. |
17.1.1 | Period Covered by Request. Requests must set forth a specific period, not to exceed 180 days from the date of the request, for which transaction information is sought. The Fund may request transaction information older than 180 days from the date of the request as it deems necessary to investigate compliance with policies established by the Fund for the purposes of eliminating or reducing any dilution of the value of the outstanding shares issued by the Fund. If requested by the Fund, Intermediary agrees to provide the information specified in 17.1 for each trading day. |
17.1.2 | Form and Timing of Response. Intermediary agrees to transmit the requested information that is on its books and records to the Funds or its designee promptly, but in any event not later than 10 business days, after receipt of a request. If the requested information is not on the Intermediary’s books and records, Intermediary agrees to use reasonable efforts to: (i) promptly obtain and transmit the requested information; (ii) obtain assurances from the accountholder that the requested information will be |
4 |
provided directly to the Fund Agent promptly; or (iii) if directed by the Fund Agent, block further purchases of Fund shares from such accountholder. In such instance, Intermediary agrees to inform the Fund Agent whether it plans to perform (i), (ii) or (iii). Responses required by this paragraph must be communicated in writing and in format mutually agreed upon by the parties. To the extent practicable, the format for any transaction information provided to the Fund Agent should be consistent with the NSCC Standardized Data Reporting Format. |
17.1.3 | Limitations on Use of Information. The Fund Agent agrees not to use the information received for marketing or any other similar purpose without the prior written consent of the Intermediary. |
17.2. | Agreement to Restrict Trading. Intermediary agrees to execute written instructions from the Fund Agent to restrict or prohibit further purchases or exchanges of Fund shares by a Shareholder that has been identified by the Fund Agent as having engaged in transactions of the Funds’ shares (directly or indirectly through the Intermediary’s account) that violate policies established by the Funds for the purposes of eliminating or reducing any dilution of the value of the outstanding shares issued by the Funds. |
17.2.1 | Form of Instructions. Instructions must include the TIN, if known, and the specific restriction(s) to be executed. If the TIN is not known, the instructions must include any equivalent identifying number of the Shareholder(s) or account(s) or other agreed upon information to which the instruction relates. |
17.2.2 | Timing of Response. Intermediary agrees to execute instructions as soon as reasonably practicable, but not later than five business days after receipt of the instructions by the Intermediary. |
17.2.3 | Confirmation by Intermediary. Intermediary must provide written confirmation to the Fund Agent that instructions have been executed. Intermediary agrees to provide confirmation as soon as reasonably practicable, but not later than ten business days after the instructions have been executed. |
17.3 | Definitions. For purposes of this paragraph: |
17.3.1 | The term “Funds” includes the fund’s principal underwriter and transfer agent. The term not does include any “excepted funds” as defined in SEC Rule 22c-2(b) under the Investment Company Act of 1940. |
17.3.2 | The term “Shares” means the interests of Shareholders corresponding to the redeemable securities of record issued by the Fund under the Investment Company Act of 1940 that are held by the Intermediary. |
17.3.3 | The term “Shareholder” means the beneficial owner of Shares, whether the Shares are held directly or by the Intermediary in nominee name or, if applicable, the Plan participant notwithstanding that the Plan may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of Shares. |
18. | Either party may terminate this agreement for any reason by written or electronic notice to the other party which termination shall become effective fifteen (15) days after the date of mailing or electronically transmitting such notice to the other party. We may also terminate this agreement for cause or as a result of a violation by you, as determined by us in our discretion, of any of the provisions of this Agreement, said termination to be effective on the date of mailing written or electronic notice to you of the same. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, your own expulsion from the FINRA will automatically terminate this Agreement without notice. Your suspension from the FINRA or violation of applicable state or Federal laws or rules and regulations of applicable regulatory agencies will terminate this Agreement effective upon the date of our mailing written notice or transmitting electronic notice to you of such termination. Our failure to terminate this Agreement for any cause shall not constitute a waiver of our right to so terminate at a later date. |
19. | All communications and notices to you or us shall be sent to the addresses set forth at the beginning of this Agreement or to such other address as may be specified in writing from time to time. |
20. | VPD agrees to comply with all laws, rules, regulations, and ordinances relating to privacy, confidentiality, security, data security, and the handling of customer information which may from time to time be established. VPD agrees not to disclose or use any consumer nonpublic personal information (including nonpublic personal financial information and nonpublic personal health information), which may be supplied by you to VPD in performance under this Agreement other than to: a) carry out the purpose for which the information was provided; and b) to use or disclose the information as otherwise permitted or required by law. You agree to comply with all laws, rules, regulations, and ordinances relating to privacy, confidentiality, security, data security, and the handling of |
5 |
customer information which may from time to time be established. You agree not to disclose or use any consumer nonpublic personal information (including nonpublic personal financial information and nonpublic personal health information), which may be supplied by VPD to you in performance under this Agreement other than to: a) carry out the purpose for which the information was provided; and b) to use or disclose the information as otherwise permitted or required by law. This provision will survive and continue in full force and effect after the termination of this Agreement. |
21. | This agreement shall become effective upon the date of its acceptance by us as set forth herein. This agreement may be amended by VPD from time to time. This Agreement and all rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Connecticut. This agreement is not assignable or transferable, except that we may assign or transfer this agreement to any successor distributor of the Shares described herein. |
ACCEPTED ON BEHALF OF | ACCEPTED ON BEHALF OF | |
VP DISTRIBUTORS, LLC | ||
Name of Dealer Firm |
Date | Date |
By | By |
Name | Jeffery T. Cerutti | Print Name |
Title | President | Print Title |
FINRA CRD Number |
VPD 80 (9/6/12)
6 |
|
Virtus Mutual Funds Sales Agreement Amended Annex A January 2014 VP Distributors, LLC |
Virtus Mutual Funds and Available Share Classes
ALTERNATIVES | FIXED INCOME | ||
Virtus Alternatives Diversifier Fund | A C I | Virtus Bond Fund | A C I |
Virtus Dynamic AlphaSector® Fund | A C I | Virtus CA Tax-Exempt Bond Fund | A I |
Virtus Global Commodities Stock Fund | A C I | Virtus Disciplined Select Bond Fund | A C I |
Virtus Global Dividend Fund | A C I | Virtus Emerging Markets Debt Fund | A C I |
Virtus Global Real Estate Securities Fund | A C I | Virtus High Yield Fund | A C I |
Virtus Herzfeld Fund | A C I | Virtus Insight Government Money Market Fund | A I |
Virtus International Real Estate Securities Fund | A C I | Virtus Insight Money Market Fund | A I |
Virtus Real Estate Securities Fund | A C I | Virtus Insight Tax-Exempt Money Market Fund | A I |
Virtus Low Duration Income Fund | A C I | ||
ASSET ALLOCATION | Virtus Multi-Sector Intermediate Bond Fund | A C I | |
Virtus Allocator Premium AlphaSector ® Fund | A C I | Virtus Multi-Sector Short Term Bond Fund | A C I T |
Virtus Balanced Fund | A C | Virtus Senior Floating Rate Fund | A C I |
Virtus Tactical Allocation Fund | A C | Virtus Tax-Exempt Bond Fund | A C I |
EQUITY | INTERNATIONAL/GLOBAL | ||
Virtus AlphaSector ® Rotation Fund | A C I | ||
Virtus Disciplined Equity Style Fund | A C I | Virtus Disciplined Select Country Fund | A C I |
Virtus Growth & Income Fund | A C I | Virtus Emerging Markets Equity Income Fund | A C I |
Virtus Low Volatility Equity Fund | A C I | Virtus Emerging Market Opportunities Fund | A C I |
Virtus Mid-Cap Core Fund | A C I | Virtus Emerging Markets Small-Cap Fund | A C I |
Virtus Mid-Cap Growth Fund | A C I | Virtus Foreign Opportunities Fund | A C I |
Virtus Mid-Cap Value Fund | A C I | Virtus Global Opportunities Fund | A C I |
Virtus Premium AlphaSector ® Fund | A C I | Virtus Global Premium AlphaSector ® Fund | A C I |
Virtus Quality Large-Cap Value Fund | A C I | Virtus Greater Asia ex Japan Opportunities Fund | A C I |
Virtus Quality Small-Cap Fund | A C I | Virtus Greater European Opportunities Fund | A C I |
Virtus Small-Cap Core Fund | A C I | Virtus International Equity Fund | A C I |
Virtus Small-Cap Sustainable Growth Fund | A C I | Virtus International Small-Cap Fund | A C I |
Virtus Strategic Growth Fund | A C I | ||
Virtus Wealth Masters Fund | A C I |
VP Distributors, LLC 100 Pearl Street, Hartford, CT 06103
Marketing: (800) 243-4361 | Customer Service: (800) 243-1574 | www.Virtus.com |
Applicable waivers of Class A sales charges and Class B and C contingent deferred sales charges are described in the prospectus.
7 |
Class A Shares |
Equity, Asset Allocation, | Bond, Disciplined Select Bond, Emerging Market Debt, | |||||||||||||||
International/Global, Alternative Funds: | High Yield, and Multi-Sector Intermediate Bond Funds: | |||||||||||||||
Amount of | Dealer Discount | Dealer Discount | ||||||||||||||
Transaction | Sales Charge | or Agency Fee | Sales Charge | or Agency Fee | ||||||||||||
Plus Applicable Rights | As Percentage of | As Percentage of | As Percentage of | As Percentage of | ||||||||||||
of Accumulation: | Offering Price | Offering Price | Offering Price | Offering Price | ||||||||||||
Less than $50,000 | 5.75 | % | 5.00 | % | 3.75 | % | 3.25 | % | ||||||||
$50,000 but under $100,000 | 4.75 | 4.25 | 3.50 | 3.00 | ||||||||||||
$100,000 but under $250,000 | 3.75 | 3.25 | 3.25 | 2.75 | ||||||||||||
$250,000 but under $500,000 | 2.75 | 2.25 | 2.25 | 2.00 | ||||||||||||
$500,000 but under $1,000,000 | 2.00 | 1.75 | 1.75 | 1.50 | ||||||||||||
$1,000,000 or more | None | None | None | None |
Tax-Exempt Bond, CA Tax-Exempt Bond, | Multi-Sector Short Term Bond | |||||||||||||||
and Senior Floating Rate Funds: | and Low Duration Income Funds: | |||||||||||||||
Amount of | Dealer Discount | Dealer Discount | ||||||||||||||
Transaction | Sales Charge | or Agency Fee | Sales Charge | or Agency Fee | ||||||||||||
Plus Applicable Rights | As Percentage of | As Percentage of | As Percentage of | As Percentage of | ||||||||||||
of Accumulation: | Offering Price | Offering Price | Offering Price | Offering Price | ||||||||||||
Less than $50,000 | 2.75 | % | 2.25 | % | 2.25 | % | 2.00 | % | ||||||||
$50,000 but under $100,000 | 2.25 | 2.00 | 1.25 | 1.00 | ||||||||||||
$100,000 but under $250,000 | 1.75 | 1.50 | 1.00 | 1.00 | ||||||||||||
$250,000 but under $500,000 | 1.25 | 1.00 | 1.00 | 1.00 | ||||||||||||
$500,000 but under $1,000,000 | 1.00 | 1.00 | 0.75 | 0.75 | ||||||||||||
$1,000,000 or more | None | None | None | None |
There is no Class A sales charge for the Virtus Money Market Funds.
Distribution Fee: 0.10% For distribution services with respect to the Virtus Insight Money Market Fund, Virtus Insight Government Money Market Fund and the Virtus Insight Tax-Exempt Money Market Fund, VPD intends to pay a quarterly fee to qualifying dealers at the equivalent of 0.10% annually, based on the average daily net asset value of such Funds sold by such dealers and remaining on the Funds’ books during the period in which the fee is calculated. Dealers must have an aggregate value of $50,000 in each Fund Class to qualify for payment in that Fund Class. See the last page of this Annex A for Terms and Conditions for Service and Distribution Fees.
Service Fee: 0.25% For providing shareholder services such as responding to shareholder inquiries; processing redemptions; changing dividend options, account designations, and addresses; transmitting proxy statements, annual reports, prospectuses and other correspondence from the Funds to shareholders; and providing such other information and assistance to shareholders as may be reasonably requested by such shareholders, VPD intends to pay a quarterly fee to qualifying dealers at the equivalent of 0.25% annually. The Service Fee is based on the average daily net asset value of Class A shares sold by such dealers and remaining on the Funds’ books during the period in which the fee is calculated. Dealers must have an aggregate value of $50,000 or more in a Fund Class to qualify for payment in that Fund Class. The Service Fee for shares on which a Finder’s Fee has been paid will commence in the thirteenth month following purchase of Class A shares. See the last page of this Annex A for Terms and Conditions for Service and Distribution Fees.
Finder’s Fee and CDSC Applicable to AlphaSector® Rotation and Fixed Income Funds (excluding Money Market Funds): VPD may pay broker-dealers a Finder’s Fee in an amount equal to 0.50% of eligible Class A Share purchases from $1,000,000 to $3,000,000 and 0.25% on amounts greater than $3,000,000. Purchases by an account in the name of a qualified employee benefit plan are eligible for a Finder’s Fee only if such plan has at least 100 eligible employees. A contingent deferred sales charge of 0.50% may apply on certain redemptions or exchanges into a Virtus money market fund made within 18 months following purchases of Class A shares on which a Finder’s Fee has been paid to a dealer. The 18 month period begins on the last day of the month preceding the month in which the purchase was made.
Finder’s Fee and CDSC Applicable to Equity, Asset Allocation, International/Global, and Alternative Funds Class A Shares: (excluding AlphaSector® Rotation Fund) VPD may pay broker-dealers a Finder’s Fee in an amount equal to 1.00% of eligible Class A Share purchases from $1,000,000 to $3,000,000, 0.50% on amounts of $3,000,001 to $10,000,000 and 0.25% on amounts greater than $10,000,000. Purchases by an account in the name of a qualified employee benefit plan are eligible for a Finder’s Fee only if such plan has at least 100 eligible employees. A contingent deferred sales charge of 1% may apply on certain redemptions or exchanges into a Virtus money market fund made within 18 months following purchases of Class A shares on which a Finder’s Fee has been paid to a dealer. The 18 month period begins on the last day of the month preceding the month in which the purchase was made.
8 |
Class B Shares |
As of December 1, 2009, Class B shares of the Virtus Mutual Funds are no longer available for purchase by new or existing shareholders, except for the reinvestment of dividends or capital gains distributions into existing Class B share accounts, and for exchanges from existing Class B share accounts to other Virtus Mutual Funds with Class B shares.
CDSC (Except Virtus | CDSC | CDSC | ||||||||||
Multi-Sector Short Term Bond Fund | Virtus Multi-Sector | Virtus Dynamic | ||||||||||
and Virtus Dynamic AlphaSector® Fund) | Short Term Bond Fund | AlphaSector® Fund | ||||||||||
Years since | Contingent Deferred | Contingent Deferred | Contingent Deferred | |||||||||
Each Purchase: | Sales Charge: | Sales Charge: | Sales Charge | |||||||||
First | 5.0 | % | 2.0 | % | 5.0 | % | ||||||
Second | 4.0 | 1.5 | 4.0 | |||||||||
Third | 3.0 | 1.0 | 3.0 | |||||||||
Fourth | 2.0 | 0.0 | 3.0 | |||||||||
Fifth | 2.0 | 0.0 | 2.0 | |||||||||
Sixth | 0.0 | 0.0 | 1.0 |
Dealers maintaining omnibus accounts, upon redemption of a customer account within the time frames specified above, shall charge such customer account the appropriate contingent deferred sales charge as indicated and shall forward the proceeds to VPD.
Service Fee: 0.25% For providing shareholder services such as responding to shareholder inquiries; processing redemptions; changing dividend options, account designations, and addresses; transmitting proxy statements, annual reports, prospectuses and other correspondence from the Funds to shareholders; and providing such other information and assistance to shareholders as may be reasonably requested by such shareholders, VPD intends to pay a quarterly fee to qualifying dealers at the equivalent of 0.25% annually, based on the average daily net asset value of Class B shares sold by such dealers and remaining on the Funds’ books during the period in which the fee is calculated. Dealers must have an aggregate value of $50,000 or more in a Fund Class to qualify for payment in that Fund Class. The Class B Service Fee is paid beginning in the 13 th month following each purchase. See the last page of this Annex A for Terms and Conditions for Service and Distribution Fees.
Class C Shares |
Sales Commission: | 1% for all Class C Funds except Virtus Multi-Sector Short Term Bond Fund |
0% for Virtus Multi-Sector Short Term Bond Fund | |
When original purchases of the Multi-Sector Short Term Bond Fund Class C are exchanged to other | |
Class C or T shares, the dealer will receive a 1% sales commissions. |
CDSC: 1% for all Class C Funds, except Virtus Multi-Sector Short Term Bond Fund (no CDSC) and purchases made prior to September 1, 2013 in the Dynamic AlphaSector ® Fund will have a 1.25% CDSC. Dealers maintaining omnibus accounts, upon redemption of a customer account within the time frames specified below, shall charge such customer account the appropriate contingent deferred sales charge as indicated and shall forward the proceeds to VPD. The CDSC on Class C shares is 1% for one year from each purchase.
Distribution Fee: 0.25% - 0.75% VPD intends to pay a quarterly fee to qualifying dealers at the equivalent of 0.25% annually for Virtus Multi-Sector Short Term Bond Fund, and 0.75% annually for all other Class C Funds, based on the average daily net asset value of Class C shares sold by such dealers and remaining on the Funds’ books during the period in which the fee is calculated. The Class C Trail Fee is paid beginning in the 13 th month following each purchase. There is no hold for the Class C Trail Fee for the Virtus Multi-Sector Short Term Bond Fund. See the last page of this Annex A for Terms and Conditions for Service and Distribution Fees.
Service Fee: 0.25% For providing shareholder services such as responding to shareholder inquiries; processing redemptions; changing dividend options, account designations, and addresses; transmitting proxy statements, annual reports, prospectuses and other correspondence from the Funds to shareholders; and providing such other information and assistance to shareholders as may be reasonably requested by such shareholders, VPD intends to pay a quarterly fee to qualifying dealers at the equivalent of 0.25% annually, based on the average daily net asset value of Class C shares sold by such dealers and remaining on the Funds’ books during the period in which the fee is calculated. The Class C Service Fee is paid beginning in the 13 th month following each purchase. There is no hold for the Class C Service Fee for the Virtus Multi-Sector Short Term Bond Fund. See the last page of this Annex A for Terms and Conditions for Service and Distribution Fees.
9 |
Class I Shares |
There is no dealer compensation payable on Class I shares.
Class T Shares – Virtus Multi-Sector Short Term Bond Fund only |
Dealer Concession: 1%
CDSC: 1% for one year from the date of each purchase.
Service Fee: 0.25% For providing shareholder services such as responding to shareholder inquiries; processing redemptions; changing dividend options, account designations, and addresses; transmitting proxy statements, annual reports, prospectuses and other correspondence from the Funds to shareholders; and providing such other information and assistance to shareholders as may be reasonably requested by such shareholders, VPD intends to pay a quarterly fee to qualifying dealers at the equivalent of 0.25% annually, based on the average daily net asset value of Class T shares sold by such dealers and remaining on the Funds’ books during the period in which the fee is calculated. The Class T Service Fee is paid beginning in the 13 th month following each purchase. See below for Terms and Conditions for Service and Distribution Fees.
Distribution Fee: 0.75% VPD intends to pay a quarterly fee to qualifying dealers at the equivalent of 0.75% annually, based on the average daily net asset value of Class T shares sold by such dealers and remaining on the Funds’ books during the period in which the fee is calculated. The Class T Distribution Fee is paid beginning in the 13 th month following each purchase. See below for Terms and Conditions for Service and Distribution Fees.
Terms and Conditions for Service and Distribution Fees – All Share Classes |
Applicable Service and Distribution Fees are paid pursuant to one or more distribution and/or service plans (“Plan”) adopted by certain of the Funds. Payment of these fees will automatically terminate in the event such Plan terminates or is not continued or in the event that this Agreement terminates, is assigned or ceases to remain in effect. VP Distributors shall be under no obligation to pay any fees hereunder to the extent such fees have not been paid to VP Distributors by the applicable Fund(s). In addition, these fees may be terminated at any time, without the payment of any penalty, by vote of a majority of the members of the Funds’ Board of Trustees who are not interested persons of the Funds and have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Plan or in any agreements related to the Plan, or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of any Fund or Funds on not more than sixty days' written notice to any other party to the Agreement.
VPD 80A (January 2014 rev.)
10 |
Exhibit g.1
EXECUTION
CUSTODY AGREEMENT
by and between
VIRTUS ALTERNATIVE SOLUTIONS TRUST
and
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE | ||
SECTION 1 – CUSTODY ACCOUNTS; INSTRUCTIONS | 1 | |
1.1 | Definitions | 1 |
1.2 | Establishment of Account | 3 |
1.3 | Representations and Warranties | 3 |
1.4 | Distributions | 5 |
1.5 | Authorized Instructions | 5 |
1.6 | Authentication | 5 |
1.7 | On-Line Systems | 6 |
SECTION 2 – CUSTODY SERVICES | 6 | |
2.1 | Holding Securities | 6 |
2.2 | Depositories | 7 |
2.3 | Agents | 8 |
2.4 | Custodian Actions without Direction | 8 |
2.5 | Custodian Actions with Direction | 8 |
2.6 | Foreign Exchange Transactions | 9 |
SECTION 3 – CORPORATE ACTIONS | 9 | |
3.1 | Custodian Notification | 9 |
3.2 | Direction | 9 |
3.3 | Voting Rights | 10 |
3.4 | Partial Redemptions, Payments, Etc. | 10 |
SECTION 4 – SETTLEMENT OF TRADES | 10 | |
4.1 | Payments | 10 |
4.2 | Contractual Settlement and Income | 10 |
4.3 | Trade Settlement | 10 |
SECTION 5 – DEPOSITS AND ADVANCES | 10 | |
5.1 | Deposits | 10 |
5.2 | Sweep and Float | 11 |
5.3 | Overdrafts and Indebtedness | 11 |
5.4 | Securing Repayment | 11 |
5.5 | Setoff | 12 |
5.6 | Bank Borrowings | 12 |
SECTION 6 – SALE AND REDEMPTION OF SHARES | 13 | |
6.1 | Sale of Shares | 13 |
6.2 | Redemption of Shares | 13 |
6.3 | Check Redemptions | 13 |
SECTION 7 – Payment of dividends and distributions | 13 | |
7.1 | Determination to Pay | 13 |
7.2 | Payment | 13 |
SECTION 8 – TAXES, REPORTS AND RECORDS | 13 |
i |
8.1 | Tax Obligations | 13 |
8.2 | Pricing and Other Data | 14 |
8.3 | Statements and Reports | 14 |
8.4 | Review of Reports | 15 |
8.5 | Books and Records | 15 |
8.6 | Required Disclosure | 15 |
8.7 | Tools | 16 |
SECTION 9 – provisions regarding custodian | 16 | |
9.1 | Standard of Care | 16 |
9.2 | Limitation of Duties and Liability | 16 |
9.3 | Losses | 17 |
9.4 | Gains | 17 |
9.5 | Centralized Functions | 16 |
9.6 | Force Majeure | 18 |
9.7 | Fees | 18 |
9.8 | Indemnification | 18 |
SECTION 10 – aMENDMENT; TERMINATION; ASSIGNMENT | 19 | |
10.1 | Amendment | 19 |
10.2 | Termination | 19 |
10.3 | Successors and Assigns | 19 |
SECTION 11 – aDDITIONAL PROVISIONS | 19 | |
11.1 | Non-Custody Assets | 19 |
11.2 | Appropriate Action | 20 |
11.3 | Governing Law | 20 |
11.4 | Representations | 20 |
11.5 | USA PATRIOT Act | 20 |
11.6 | Non-Fiduciary Status | 20 |
11.7 | Notices | 21 |
11.8 | Entire Agreement | 21 |
11.9 | Necessary Parties | 21 |
11.10 | Execution in Counterparts | 21 |
11.11 | Captions | 21 |
ii |
CUSTODY AGREEMENT
CUSTODY AGREEMENT, dated as of the latest date set forth on the signature page hereto (the “Effective Date”), between Virtus Alternative Solutions Trust , a statutory trust organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Fund”), for itself and for each of its series listed on Annex I attached here to, as amended from time to time (individually and collectively, the “Series”), and THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON , a bank organized under the laws of the state of New York (the “Custodian”).
SECTION 1 – CUSTODY ACCOUNTS; INSTRUCTIONS
1.1 Definitions . Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words shall have the meanings set forth below:
“ ’40 Act ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.3.
“ Account ” or “ Accounts ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.2.
“ Authorized Person ” shall mean any Person authorized by the Fund to give Oral Instructions or Instructions with respect to one or more Accounts or with respect to foreign exchange, derivative investments or information and transactional web based services provided by the Custodian or a BNY Mellon Affiliate. Authorized Persons, their signatures and the extent of their authority shall be provided by an Instruction. The Custodian may conclusively rely on the authority of an Authorized Person until it receives Instructions to the contrary.
“ BNY Mellon Affiliate ” shall mean any direct or indirect subsidiary of The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation.
“ BNY Mellon Group ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.5.
“ Book-Entry System ” shall mean the United States Federal Reserve/Treasury book-entry system for receiving and delivering securities, its successors and nominees.
“ Business Day ” shall mean any day on which the Custodian and relevant Depositories are open for business.
“ Centralized Functions ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.5.
“ Certificate ” shall mean any notice, instruction or other instrument in writing, authorized or required by this Agreement to be given to the Custodian, which is actually received by the Custodian by letter or facsimile transmission and signed on behalf of the Fund by an Authorized Persons.
“ Country Risk Event ” shall mean (a) issues relating to the financial infrastructure of a country, (b) issues relating to a country’s prevailing custody and settlement practices, (c) nationalization, expropriation or other governmental actions, (d) issues relating to a country’s regulation of the banking or securities industry, (e) currency controls, restrictions, devaluations,
redenominations or fluctuations or (f) market conditions which affect the orderly execution of securities transactions or affect the value of securities.
“ Data Providers ” shall mean pricing vendors, analytics providers, brokers, dealers, investment managers, Authorized Persons, Subcustodians, Depositories and any other Person providing Market Data to the Custodian.
“ Data Terms Website ” shall mean http://bnymellon.com/products/assetservicing/vendoragreement.pdf or any successor website the address of which is provided by the Custodian to the Fund.
“ Depository ” shall include (a) the Book-Entry System, (b) the Depository Trust Company, (c) any other clearing agency or securities depository registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission identified to the Fund from time to time and (d) the respective successors and nominees of the foregoing.
“ Foreign Depository ” shall mean (a) Euroclear, (b) Clearstream Banking, societe anonyme, (c) each Eligible Securities Depository as defined in Rule 17f-7 under the ’40 Act identified to the Fund from time to time and (d) the respective successors and nominees of the foregoing.
“ Instructions ” shall mean communications, including a Certificate, received by Custodian by overnight delivery, postal services, facsimile transmission, S.W.I.F.T., on-line communications or other method or system, each as specified by the Custodian as available for use in connection with the services hereunder.
“ Losses ” shall mean, collectively, losses, costs, expenses, damages, liabilities and claims.
“ Market Data ” shall mean pricing or other data related to Securities and other assets. Market Data includes but is not limited to security identifiers, valuations, bond ratings, classification data and other data received from investment managers and others.
“ Non-Custody Assets ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.1.
“ Operational Losses ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.
“ Oral Instructions ” shall mean instructions expressed in spoken words received by and acceptable to the Custodian in its sole discretion. Where the Custodian provides recorded lines for this purpose, such instructions must be given using such lines.
“ Person ” or “ Persons ” shall mean any entity or individual.
“ Replacement Subcustodian ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.
“ Required Care ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.
“ Securities ” shall mean any common stock and other equity securities, depository receipts, limited partnership and limited liability company interests, bonds, debentures and other debt securities, notes or other obligations, and any instruments representing rights to receive, purchase or
2 |
subscribe for the same, or representing any other rights or interests therein (whether represented by a certificate or held in a Depository, a Foreign Depository or with a Subcustodian or on the books of the issuer) that are acceptable to the Custodian, or such other meaning as is mutually agreed by the parties hereto from time to time.
“ Series ” shall mean the various portfolios, if any, of the Fund listed on Schedule I hereto, and if none are listed references to Series shall be references to the Fund.
“ Shares ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.
“ Subcustodian ” shall mean a bank (including any branch thereof) or other financial institution (other than a Foreign Depository) located outside the United States which is utilized by the Custodian or by a BNY Mellon Affiliate in connection with the purchase, sale or custody of Securities or cash hereunder and is identified to the Fund from time to time, and their respective successors and assigns.
“ Tax Obligations ” shall mean taxes, withholding, certification and reporting requirements, claims for exemptions or refund, interest, penalties, additions to tax and other related expenses.
1.2 Establishment of Account . (a) The Fund hereby appoints the Custodian as the custodian of all Securities and cash at any time delivered to the Custodian to be held under this Agreement. The Custodian hereby accepts such appointment and agrees to establish and maintain one or more accounts for each Series in which the Custodian will hold Securities and cash as provided herein. Custodian shall maintain books and records segregating the assets of each Series from the assets of any other Series. Such accounts (each, an “Account,” and collectively, the “Accounts”) shall be in the name of the Fund.
(b) The Custodian may from time to time establish on its books and records such sub-accounts within each Account as the Fund and the Custodian may agree upon (each a “Special Account”), and the Custodian shall reflect therein such assets as the Fund may specify in Instructions.
(c) The Custodian may from time to time establish pursuant to a written agreement with and for the benefit of a broker, dealer, future commission merchant or other third party identified in Instructions such accounts on such terms and conditions as the Fund and the Custodian shall agree, and the Custodian shall transfer to such account such Securities and cash as the Fund may specify in Instructions.
1.3 Representations and Warranties . The Fund hereby represents and warrants, which representations and warranties shall be continuing and shall be deemed to be reaffirmed upon each giving of Oral Instructions or Instructions by the Fund, that:
(a) It is duly organized and existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, with full power to carry on its business as now conducted, to enter into this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder;
3 |
(b) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Fund, has been approved by a resolution of its board and constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of the Fund, enforceable in accordance with its terms, and there is no statute, regulation, rule, order or judgment binding on it, and no provision of its charter or by-laws, nor of any mortgage, indenture, credit agreement or other contract binding on it or affecting its property, which would prohibit its execution or performance of this Agreement;
(c) It is conducting its business in substantial compliance with all applicable laws and requirements, both state and federal, and has obtained all regulatory licenses, approvals and consents necessary to carry on its business as now conducted;
(d) It will not, after exercising due care and diligence, knowingly use the services provided by the Custodian hereunder in any manner that is, or will result in, a violation of any law, rule or regulation applicable to the Fund;
(e) Its board or its foreign custody manager, as defined in Rule 17f-5 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “‘40 Act”), has determined that use of each Subcustodian (including any Replacement Subcustodian) which the Custodian is authorized to utilize in accordance with this Agreement satisfies the applicable requirements of the ‘40 Act and Rule 17f-5 thereunder;
(f) The Fund or its investment adviser has determined that the custody arrangements of each Foreign Depository provide reasonable safeguards against the custody risks associated with maintaining assets with such Foreign Depository within the meaning of Rule 17f-7 under the ‘40 Act;
(g) It is fully informed of the protections and risks associated with various methods of transmitting Instructions and Oral Instructions to the Custodian, shall safeguard and treat with the same level of care that the Fund uses with respect to its own confidential property and trade secrets, which shall not be less than reasonable care, any user and authorization codes, passwords and/or authentication keys, understands that there may be more secure methods of transmitting or delivering the same than the methods selected by it, agrees that the security procedures (if any) to be followed in connection therewith provide a commercially reasonable degree of protection in light of its particular needs and circumstances and acknowledges and agrees that Instructions need not be reviewed by the Custodian, and Custodian, absent Custodian’s prior receipt of the earlier of (x) an Instruction identifying such Authorized Person(s) as no longer having the authority to provide Instructions in connection with this Agreement or (y) Custodian’s actual receipt of an Instruction updating the Authorized Persons list which removes or modifies the scope of authority of such Authorized Person(s), may conclusively be presumed by the Custodian without inquiry to have been given by person(s) duly authorized and may be acted upon as given;
(h) It shall manage its borrowings, including, without limitation, any advance or overdraft (including any day-light overdraft) in the Accounts, so that the aggregate of its total borrowings for each Series does not exceed the amount such Series is permitted to borrow under the ‘40 Act;
4 |
(i) Its transmission or giving of, and the Custodian acting upon and in reliance on, Instructions or Oral Instructions pursuant to this Agreement shall at all times comply with the ‘40 Act;
(j) It shall impose and maintain restrictions on the destinations to which cash may be disbursed by Instructions to ensure that each disbursement is for a proper purpose; and
(k) It has the right to make the pledge and grant the security interest and security entitlement to the Custodian contained in Section 5 hereof, free of any right of redemption or prior claim of any other person or entity, such pledge and such grants shall have a first priority subject to no setoffs, counterclaims or other liens or grants prior to or on a parity therewith, and it shall take such additional steps as the Custodian may require to assure such priority.
1.4 Distributions . The Custodian shall make distributions or transfers out of an Account pursuant to Instructions. In making payments to service providers pursuant to Instructions, the Fund acknowledges that the Custodian is acting in an administrative or in a ministerial capacity, and not as the payor, for tax information reporting and withholding purposes.
1.5 Authorized Instructions . The Custodian shall be entitled to rely upon any Oral Instructions or Instructions actually received by the Custodian and reasonably believed by the Custodian to be from an Authorized Person (“Authorized Instructions”). Notwithstanding any other provision included in this Agreement, Instructions relating to the disbursement of cash of the Fund other than in connection with the purchase, sale or settlement of Securities, shall be in the form of an Instruction. The Fund agrees that an Authorized Person shall forward to the Custodian Instructions confirming Oral Instructions by the close of business of the same day that such Oral Instructions are given to the Custodian. The Fund agrees that the fact Instructions confirming Oral Instructions are not received or that contrary Instructions are received by the Custodian shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of transactions authorized by such Oral Instructions and effected by the Custodian. In the event Custodian receives an Oral Instruction followed by a contrary Instruction and provided Custodian has not commenced acting upon such Oral Instruction, Custodian shall refrain from taking any action with respect to the Oral Instruction and contrary Instruction and will endeavor to notify the Fund of its receipt of such contrary Oral Instruction and Instruction as promptly as practicable under the circumstances, provided, however, BNYM makes no representation as to its ability to reverse any Oral Instruction or Instruction in process and BNYM shall incur no liability arising out of its inability or failure to either (a) reverse any Oral Instruction it has acted upon or (b) notify the Fund of its receipt of an Oral Instruction which has been contradicted by an Instruction.
1.6 Authentication . If the Custodian receives Instructions that appear on their face to have been transmitted by an Authorized Person via (i) facsimile or other electronic method that is not secure or (ii) secure electronic transmission containing applicable authorization codes, passwords or authentication keys, the Fund understands and agrees that the Custodian cannot determine the identity of the actual sender of such Instructions and that the Custodian shall be entitled to conclusively presume that such Instructions have been sent by an Authorized Person. In the event Custodian receives a written instruction from an Authorized Person directing Custodian to terminate an Authorized Person’s or a person identified to
5 |
Custodian by an Authorized Person use of applicable authorization codes, passwords or authentication keys in connection with secure electronic transmissions Custodian has provided to such persons, Custodian shall comply with such Instructions in a commercially reasonable amount of time and will terminate such person’s access as promptly as practicable under the circumstances. The Custodian shall implement reasonable safeguards such that user and authorization codes, passwords and authentication keys furnished by the Custodian in connection with secure electronic transmissions are provided only to an Authorized Person or such other person identified to the Custodian by an Authorized Person. The Fund shall be responsible for ensuring that only Authorized Persons transmit Instructions to the Custodian and that all Authorized Persons safeguard and treat with extreme care applicable user and authorization codes, passwords and authentication keys.
1.7 On-Line Systems . If an Authorized Person elects to transmit Instructions through an on-line communication system offered by the Custodian, the use thereof shall be subject to any terms and conditions contained in a separate written agreement. If the Fund or an Authorized Person elects, with the Custodian’s prior consent, to transmit Instructions through an on-line communications service owned or operated by a third party, the Fund agrees that the Custodian shall not be responsible or liable for the reliability or availability of any such service.
SECTION 2 – CUSTODY SERVICES
2.1 Holding Securities . (a) Subject to the terms hereof, the Fund hereby authorizes the Custodian to hold any Securities in registered form in the name of the Custodian or one of its nominees. Securities held for the Fund hereunder shall be segregated on the Custodian’s books and records from the Custodian’s own property. The Custodian shall be entitled to utilize, subject to subsection (d) of this Section 2.1, Subcustodians, Depositories, and subject to subsection (e) of this Section 2.1, Foreign Depositories in connection with its performance hereunder. Securities and cash held through a Subcustodian shall be held subject to the terms and conditions of the Custodian’s or a BNY Mellon Affiliate’s agreements with such Subcustodian. Securities and cash deposited by the Custodian in a Depository or Foreign Depository will be held subject to the rules, terms and conditions of such entity. Subcustodians may be authorized to hold Securities in Depositories or Foreign Depositories in which such Subcustodian participates. Unless otherwise required by local law or practice or a particular subcustodian agreement, Securities deposited with Subcustodians, Depositories or Foreign Depositories will be held in a commingled account in the name of the Custodian or a BNY Mellon Affiliate for the Funds. The Custodian shall identify on its books and records the Securities and cash belonging to the Fund, whether held directly or indirectly through Subcustodians, Depositories or Foreign Depositories. The Custodian shall, directly or indirectly through Subcustodians, Depositories or Foreign Depositories, endeavor, to the extent feasible, to hold Securities in the country or other jurisdiction in which the principal trading market for such Securities is located, where such Securities are to be presented for cancellation and/or payment and/or registration or where such Securities are acquired. The Custodian at any time may cease utilizing any Subcustodian and/or may replace a Subcustodian with a different Subcustodian (a “Replacement Subcustodian”). In the event the Custodian selects a Replacement Subcustodian, the Custodian shall not utilize such Replacement Subcustodian until after the Fund’s board or foreign custody manager has determined that utilization of such Replacement Subcustodian satisfies the requirements of the ‘40 Act and Rule 17f-5 thereunder.
6 |
(b) The Custodian shall exercise reasonable care in the selection or retention, monitoring and continued use of a Subcustodian in light of prevailing rules, terms, practices and procedures in the relevant market (“Required Care”). The Custodian shall be liable for repayment to the Fund of cash credited to an Account and cash credited to the Fund’s or the Custodian’s cash account at a Subcustodian that the Custodian is not able to recover from the Subcustodian (other than as a result of a Country Risk Event). With respect to any Losses incurred by the Fund as a result of an act or the failure to act by any Subcustodian (“Operational Losses”), the Custodian shall be liable for: (i) Operational Losses with respect to Securities or cash held by the Custodian with or through a BNY Mellon Affiliate to the extent the Custodian would be liable under this Agreement if the applicable act or failure to act was that of the Custodian; and (ii) Operational Losses with respect to Securities or cash held by the Custodian with or through a Subcustodian (other than a BNY Mellon Affiliate) to the extent that such Operational Losses were directly caused by failure on the part of the Custodian to exercise Required Care; provided that in no event shall the Custodian have any liability for Operational Losses arising out of or relating to a Country Risk Event. With respect to all other Operational Losses not covered by clauses (i) and (ii) (including the proviso) above, the Custodian shall take appropriate action to recover such Operational Losses from the applicable Subcustodian and the Custodian’s sole liability shall be limited to amounts recovered from such Subcustodian (exclusive of costs and expenses incurred by the Custodian).
(c) Unless the Custodian has received Instructions to the contrary, the Custodian shall hold Securities indirectly through a Subcustodian only if (i) the Securities are not subject to any right, charge, security interest, lien or claim of any kind in favor of such Subcustodian or its creditors or operators, including a receiver or trustee in bankruptcy or similar authority, except for a claim of payment for the safe custody or administration of Securities on behalf of the Fund by such Subcustodian and (ii) beneficial ownership of the Securities is freely transferable without the payment of money or value other than for safe custody or administration.
(d) With respect to each Depository, the Custodian (i) shall exercise due care in accordance with reasonable commercial standards in discharging its duties as a securities intermediary to obtain and thereafter maintain Securities or financial assets deposited or held in such Depository and (ii) will provide, promptly upon request by the Fund, such reports as are available concerning the internal accounting controls and financial strength of the Custodian.
(e) With respect to each Foreign Depository, the Custodian shall exercise reasonable care, prudence and diligence (i) to provide the Fund with an analysis of the custody risks associated with maintaining assets with the Foreign Depository and (ii) to monitor such custody risks on a continuing basis and promptly notify the Fund of any material change in such risks. The Fund acknowledges and agrees that such analysis and monitoring shall be made on the basis of, and limited by, information gathered from Subcustodians or through publicly available information otherwise obtained by the Custodian, and shall not include any evaluation of Country Risk Events.
2.2 Depositories . The Custodian shall have no liability whatsoever for the action or inaction of a Depository or a Foreign Depository or for any Losses resulting from the maintenance of assets with a Depository or a Foreign Depository. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the Custodian shall be liable for repayment to the Fund of cash credited to the Fund’s, the Custodian’s or a Subcustodian’s account at a Depository or a Foreign Depository that the Custodian is not able
7 |
to recover from the Depository or Foreign Depository (other than as a result of a Country Risk Event).
.3 Agents . The Custodian may appoint agents, including BNY Mellon Affiliates, on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate to perform its services hereunder. Except as otherwise provided herein, no such appointment shall discharge the Custodian from its obligations hereunder.
2.4 Custodian Actions without Direction . With respect to Securities held hereunder, the Custodian shall, unless otherwise instructed to the contrary:
a. Receive all eligible income and other payments due to the Accounts and advise the Fund as promptly as practicable of any such amounts due but not paid;
b. Carry out any exchanges of Securities or other corporate actions not requiring discretionary decisions;
c. Facilitate access by the Fund or its designee to ballots or online systems to assist in the voting of proxies received by the Custodian in its capacity as custodian for eligible positions of Securities held in the Accounts (excluding bankruptcy matters);
d. Forward to the Fund or its designee information (or summaries of information) that the Custodian receives in its capacity as custodian from Depositories or Subcustodians concerning Securities in the Accounts (excluding bankruptcy matters);
e. Forward to the Fund or its designee an initial notice of bankruptcy cases relating to Securities held in the Accounts and a notice of any required action related to such bankruptcy cases as may be received by the Custodian in its capacity as custodian. No further action or notification related to the bankruptcy case shall be required;
f. Endorse for collection checks, drafts or other negotiable instruments; and
g. Execute and deliver, solely in its custodial capacity, certificates, documents or instruments incidental to the Custodian’s performance under this Agreement.
2.5 Custodian Actions with Direction . The Custodian shall take the following actions in the administration of the Accounts only pursuant to Authorized Instructions:
a. Settle purchases and sales of Securities and process other transactions, including free receipts and deliveries to a broker, dealer, future commission merchant or other third party specified in Instructions;
b. Take actions necessary to settle transactions in connection with futures or options contracts, short-selling programs, foreign exchange or foreign exchange contracts, swaps and other derivative investments; and
8 |
c. Deliver Securities in an Account if an Authorized Person advises the Custodian that the Fund has entered into a separate securities lending agreement, provided that the Fund executes such agreements as the Custodian may require in connection with such arrangements.
2.6 Foreign Exchange Transactions . (a) For the purpose of settling Securities and foreign exchange transactions, the Fund shall provide the Custodian with sufficient immediately available funds for all transactions by such time and date as conditions in the relevant market dictate. As used herein, “sufficient immediately available funds” shall mean either (i) sufficient cash denominated in United States dollars to purchase the necessary foreign currency or (ii) sufficient applicable foreign currency, to settle the transaction. The Custodian shall provide the Fund with immediately available funds each day which result from the actual settlement of all sale transactions, based upon advices received by the Custodian from Subcustodians, Depositories and Foreign Depositories. Such funds shall be in United States dollars or such other currency as the Fund may specify to the Custodian.
(b) Any foreign exchange transaction effected by the Custodian in connection with this Agreement may be entered with the Custodian or a BNY Mellon Affiliate acting as a principal or otherwise through customary channels. The Fund may issue standing Instructions with respect to foreign exchange transactions, but the Custodian may establish rules or limitations concerning any foreign exchange facility made available to the Fund.
SECTION 3 – CORPORATE ACTIONS
3.1 Custodian Notification . The Custodian shall notify the Fund or its designee of rights or discretionary corporate actions, and of the date or dates by when such rights must be exercised or such action must be taken, as promptly as practicable under the circumstances, provided that the Custodian in its capacity as custodian has actually received notice of such right or discretionary corporate action or of the date or dates such rights must be exercised or such action must be taken from the relevant Subcustodian or Depository or a nationally or internationally recognized bond or corporate action service to which Custodian subscribes. Without actual receipt of such notice by the Custodian in its capacity as custodian the Custodian shall have no liability for failing to so notify the Fund, unless Custodian’s failure to receive such notice is the direct result of Custodian’s intentional misconduct or willful misfeasance.
3.2 Direction . Whenever there are voluntary rights that may be exercised or alternate courses of action that may be taken by reason of the Fund’s ownership of Securities, the Fund or its designee shall be responsible for making any decisions relating thereto and for directing the Custodian to act. In order for the Custodian to act, it must receive Instructions using the Custodian generated form or clearly marked as instructions for the decision at the Custodian’s offices addressed as the Custodian may from time to time request, not later than noon (New York time) at least two business days prior to the last scheduled date to act with respect to such Securities (or such earlier date or time as Custodian may specify to the Fund). If the Fund (either directly or through its agents) fails to provide such Instructions to the Custodian by such deadline, the Custodian shall not be liable for failure to take any action relating to or to exercise any rights conferred by such Securities.
9 |
3.3 Voting Rights . All voting rights with respect to Securities, however registered, shall be exercised by the Fund or its designee. The Custodian will make available to the Fund proxy voting services upon the request of, and for the jurisdictions selected by, the Fund in accordance with terms and conditions to be mutually agreed upon by the Custodian and the Fund.
3.4 Partial Redemptions, Payments, Etc. The Custodian shall promptly advise the Fund or its designee upon its notification in its capacity as custodian of a partial redemption, partial payment or other action with respect to a Security affecting fewer than all such Securities held within an Account. If the Custodian or any Subcustodian, Depository or Foreign Depository holds any Securities affected by one of the events described, the Custodian, Subcustodian, Depository or Foreign Depository may select the Securities to participate in such partial redemption, partial payment or other action in any non-discriminatory manner that it customarily uses to make such selection.
SECTION 4 – SETTLEMENT OF TRADES
4.1 Payments . Promptly after each purchase or sale of Securities by the Fund, an Authorized Person shall deliver to the Custodian Instructions specifying all information necessary for the Custodian to settle such purchase or sale. For the purpose of settling purchases of Securities, the Fund shall provide the Custodian with sufficient immediately available funds for all such transactions by such time and date as conditions in the relevant market dictate.
4.2 Contractual Settlement and Income . The Custodian may, as a matter of bookkeeping convenience, credit an Account with the proceeds from the sale, redemption or other disposition of Securities or interest, dividends or other distributions payable on Securities prior to its actual receipt of final payment therefor. All such credits shall be conditional until the Custodian’s actual receipt of final payment and may be reversed by the Custodian to the extent that final payment is not received. Payment with respect to a transaction will not be “final” until the Custodian shall have received immediately available funds that under applicable local law, rule and practice are irreversible and not subject to any security interest, levy or other encumbrance, and that are specifically applicable to such transaction.
4.3 Trade Settlement . Transactions will be settled using practices customary in the jurisdiction or market where the transaction occurs. The Fund understands that when the Custodian is instructed to deliver Securities against payment, delivery of such Securities and receipt of payment therefor may not be completed simultaneously. The Fund assumes full responsibility for all risks involved in connection with the Custodian’s delivery of Securities pursuant to Authorized Instructions in accordance with local market practice.
SECTION 5 – dEPOSITS AND ADVANCES
5.1 Deposits . The Custodian may hold cash in Accounts or may arrange to have cash held by a BNY Mellon Affiliate or Subcustodian, or with a Depository or Foreign Depository . Where cash is on deposit with the Custodian, a Subcustodian or a BNY Mellon Affiliate, it will be subject to the terms of this Agreement and such deposit terms and conditions as may be issued by
10 |
the Custodian or a BNY Mellon Affiliate or Subcustodian, to the extent applicable, from time to time, including rates of interest and deposit account access.
5.2 Sweep and Float . Cash may be swept as directed by the Fund or its investment adviser to investment vehicles offered by the Custodian or to other investment vehicles. Cash may be uninvested when it is received or reconciled to an Account after the deadline to be swept into a target vehicle, or when held for short periods of time related to transaction settlements. The Fund acknowledges that, as part of the Custodian’s compensation, the Custodian will earn interest on cash balances held by the Custodian, including disbursement balances and balances arising from purchase and sale transactions, as disclosed in the Custodian’s float policy.
5.3 Overdrafts and Indebtedness . The Custodian may, in its sole discretion, advance funds in any currency hereunder which results in an overdraft (including, without limitation, any day-light overdraft) in the event that the money held by Custodian in an Account for such Series shall be insufficient to pay the total amount payable upon a purchase of Securities specifically allocated to such Series, as set forth in Instructions, or Oral Instructions, or if an overdraft arises in the separate account of a Series for any other reason. If an overdraft occurs in an Account (including, without limitation, overdrafts incurred in connection with the settlement of securities transactions, funds transfers or foreign exchange transactions) or if the Fund is for any other reason indebted to the Custodian, the Fund agrees to repay the Custodian on demand or upon becoming aware of the amount of the advance, overdraft or indebtedness, plus accrued interest at a rate per annum as the Fund and Custodian may agree from time to time in writing or as otherwise provided in the custody fee letter, as the same may be amended from time to time.
5.4 Securing Repayment . In order to secure repayment of the Fund’s obligations to the Custodian, to the extent of such obligations the Fund hereby pledges and grants to the Custodian and agrees the Custodian shall have to the maximum extent permitted by law, a continuing first lien and security interest in, security entitlement in and to and right of setoff against: (a) all of the right, title and interest in and to all of the funds, assets and Accounts of the applicable Series of the Fund recorded in the name of, and held on behalf of, such Series, and the Securities, cash and other property now or hereafter held by the Custodian for such Series (including proceeds thereof) and (b) any other property at any time held by the Custodian for the Fund or recorded as in the name of such Series at any time held for and on behalf of such Series by the Custodian for the Fund. The Fund represents, warrants and covenants that it owns the Securities in the Accounts free and clear of all liens, claims and security interests, and that the first lien and security interest granted herein shall be subject to no setoffs, counterclaims or other liens prior to or on a parity with it in favor of any other party (other than specific liens granted preferred status by statute). The Fund shall take any additional steps required to assure the Custodian of such priority security interest, including notifying third parties or obtaining their consent. The Custodian shall be entitled to collect from the Accounts sufficient cash for reimbursement, and if such cash is insufficient, to sell the Securities in the Accounts to the extent necessary to obtain reimbursement (the “Security Interest Rights”). In this regard, the Custodian shall be entitled to all the rights and remedies of a pledgee and secured creditor under applicable laws, rules and regulations as then in effect. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Custodian shall exercise its Security Interest Rights in accordance with Section 5.5 below.
11 |
5.5 Setoff . (a) In the event the Custodian, in its sole discretion, determines it is necessary to exercise its Security Interest Rights, the Custodian shall exercise such Security Interest Rights as set forth in this Section 5.5. In addition to the rights of the Custodian under applicable law and other agreements, at any time when (i) there are amounts payable by the Fund in connection with any and all obligations of the Fund to the Custodian whether or not relating to or arising under this Agreement or (ii) at any time when the Fund shall not have honored any and all of its obligations to the Custodian, the Custodian shall have the right, without notice to Customer, to debit any cash in the Accounts to satisfy the any obligations of the Fund to the Custodian as described in items (i) and (ii) of this sentence.
(b) In the event there is insufficient cash in the Accounts to satisfy any and all of the obligations of the Fund as described in items (i) and (ii) above as determined by the Custodian in its sole discretion, Custodian shall have the right to retain or set-off, with reasonably contemporaneous notice to the Fund, against such obligations of the Fund such Securities the Custodian or a BNY Mellon Affiliate may have to the Fund in any currency. Any such asset of, or obligation to, the Fund may be transferred to the Custodian and any BNY Mellon Affiliate in order to effect the above rights.
5.6 Bank Borrowings . If the Fund borrows money from any bank (including the Custodian if the borrowing is pursuant to a separate agreement) for investment or for temporary or emergency purposes using Securities held by the Custodian hereunder as collateral for such borrowings, the Fund shall deliver to the Custodian Instructions specifying with respect to each such borrowing: (a) the Series to which such borrowing relates, (b) the name of the bank, (c) the amount of the borrowing, (d) the time and date, if known, on which the loan is to be entered into, (e) the total amount payable to the Fund on the borrowing date, (f) the Securities to be delivered as collateral for such loan, including the name of the issuer, the title and the number of shares or the principal amount of any particular Securities and (g) a statement specifying whether such loan is for investment purposes or for temporary or emergency purposes and that such loan is in conformance with the ‘40 Act and the Fund’s prospectus. The Custodian shall deliver on the borrowing date specified in Instructions the specified collateral against payment by the lending bank of the total amount of the loan payable, provided that the same conforms to the total amount payable as set forth in the Instructions. The Custodian may, at the option of the lending bank, keep such collateral in its possession, but such collateral shall be subject to all rights therein given the lending bank by virtue of any promissory note or loan agreement. The Custodian shall deliver such Securities as additional collateral as may be specified in Instructions to collateralize further any transaction described in this Section 5.6. The Fund shall cause all Securities released from collateral status to be returned directly to the Custodian for the Account of the Series for which such Securities were last used as collateral, and the Custodian shall receive from time to time such return of collateral as may be tendered to it. In the event that the Fund fails to specify in Instructions the Series, the name of the issuer of the Securities to be delivered as collateral by the Custodian, or the title and number of shares or the principal amount of any particular Securities to be delivered as collateral by the Custodian, the Custodian shall not be under any obligation to deliver any Securities; however, Custodian shall endeavor to notify the sender of such Instruction of the relevant omission to the extent reasonably practicable.
12 |
SECTION 6 – SALE AND REDEMPTION OF SHARES
6.1 Sale of Shares . Whenever the Fund shall sell any shares issued by the Fund (“Shares”) it shall deliver to the Custodian Instructions specifying the amount of cash and/or Securities to be received by the Custodian for the sale of such Shares and specifically allocated to an Account for such Series. Upon receipt of such cash, the Custodian shall credit such cash to an Account in the name of the Series for which such cash was received.
6.2 Redemption of Shares . Except as provided hereinafter, whenever the Fund desires the Custodian to make payment out of the cash held by the Custodian hereunder in connection with a redemption of any Shares, it shall furnish to the Custodian Instructions specifying the total amount to be paid for such Shares. The Custodian shall make payment of such total amount to the transfer agent specified in such Instructions out of the cash held in an Account of the appropriate Series.
6.3 Check Redemptions . Notwithstanding the above provisions regarding the redemption of any Shares, whenever any Shares are redeemed pursuant to any check redemption privilege which may from time to time be offered by the Fund, the Custodian, unless otherwise instructed by Instructions, shall, upon presentment of such check, charge the amount thereof against the cash held in the Account of the Series of the Shares being redeemed, provided, that if the Fund or its agent timely advises the Custodian that such check is not to be honored, the Custodian shall return such check unpaid.
SECTION 7 – PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
7.1 Determination to Pay . Whenever the Fund shall determine to pay a dividend or distribution on Shares it shall furnish to the Custodian Instructions setting forth with respect to the Series specified therein the date of the declaration of such dividend or distribution, the total amount payable and the payment date.
7.2 Payment . Upon the payment date specified in such Instructions, the Custodian shall pay out of the cash held for the account of such Series the total amount payable to the dividend agent of the Fund specified therein.
SECTION 8 – TAXES, REPORTS AND RECORDS
8.1 Tax Obligations . The Fund shall be liable for all taxes, assessments, duties and other governmental charges, including interest and penalties, with respect to any cash and Securities held on behalf of the Fund and any transaction related thereto. To the extent that the Custodian has received relevant and necessary information with respect to an Account, the Custodian shall perform the following services with respect to Tax Obligations:
a. The Custodian shall, upon receipt of sufficient information, file claims for exemptions or refunds with respect to withheld foreign (non-United States) taxes in instances in which such claims are appropriate;
13 |
b. The Custodian shall withhold appropriate amounts, as required by United States tax laws, with respect to amounts received on behalf of nonresident aliens upon receipt of Instructions; and
c. The Custodian shall provide to the Fund such information received by the Custodian (in its capacity as custodian) that could, in the Custodian’s reasonable belief, assist the Fund or its designee in the submission of any reports or returns with respect to Tax Obligations. An Authorized Person shall inform the Custodian in writing as to which party or parties shall receive information from the Custodian.
8.2 Pricing and Other Data . In providing Market Data related to the Accounts in connection with this Agreement, the Custodian is authorized to use Data Providers. The Custodian may follow Authorized Instructions in providing pricing or other Market Data, even if such instructions direct the Custodian to override its usual procedures and Market Data sources. The Custodian shall be entitled to rely without inquiry on all Market Data (and all Authorized Instructions related to Market Data) provided to it, and the Custodian shall not be liable for any Losses incurred as a result of errors or omissions with respect to any Market Data utilized by the Custodian or the Fund hereunder. The Fund acknowledges that certain pricing or valuation information may be based on calculated amounts rather than actual market transactions and may not reflect actual market values, and that the variance between such calculated amounts and actual market values may be material. The Custodian shall not be required to inquire into the pricing of any Securities or other assets even though the Custodian may receive different prices for the same Securities or assets. Market Data may be the intellectual property of the Data Providers, which may impose additional terms and conditions upon the Fund’s use of the Market Data. The additional terms and conditions can be found in the Data Terms Website. The Fund agrees to those terms as they are posted in the Data Terms Website from time to time. Certain Data Providers may not permit the Fund’s directed price to be used. Performance measurement and analytic services may use different data sources than those used by the Custodian to provide Market Data for an Account, with the result that different prices and other Market Data may apply.
8.3 Statements and Reports . The Custodian shall make available to the Fund a monthly report of all transfers to or from the Accounts and a statement of all holdings in the Accounts as of the last Business Day of each month. Custodian shall provide the Fund with any report obtained by Custodian on the system of internal accounting control of a Depository, and with such reports on its own system of internal accounting control as the Fund may reasonably request from time to time. Upon request of the Fund or its delegee, Custodian shall provide to the Fund: (a) sub-certifications in connection with Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 certification requirements; and (b) periodic reports and reasonable documentation for delivery to the Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer in connection with Rule 38a-1 under the 1940 Act with respect to the services provided hereunder and Custodian’s compliance with its operating policies and procedures related thereto as may be agreed upon by Custodian and the Fund from time to time. The Fund may elect to receive certain information electronically through the Internet to an email address specified by it for such purpose. By electing to use the Internet for this purpose, the Fund acknowledges that to the extent such transmissions are not encrypted they will not be secure. The Fund further acknowledges that there are other risks inherent in communicating through the Internet such as the possibility of virus contamination and disruptions in service, and agrees that the Custodian shall not be responsible for
14 |
any Losses suffered or incurred by the Fund or any person claiming by or through the Fund as a result of the use of such methods.
8.4 Review of Reports . If, within ninety (90) days after the Custodian makes available to the Fund a statement with respect to the Accounts, the Fund has not given the Custodian written notice of any exception or objection thereto, the statement shall be deemed to have been approved, absent proven error as identified by either party, and in such case, the Custodian shall not be liable for any claims concerning such statement.
8.5 Books and Records . The books and records pertaining to the Fund which are in possession of the Custodian shall be the property of the Fund. Such books and records shall be prepared and maintained as required by the ‘40 Act and the rules thereunder. The Fund, or its authorized representatives, shall have access to such books and records during the Custodian’s normal business hours. Upon the reasonable request of the Fund, copies of any such books and records shall be provided by the Custodian to the Fund or its authorized representative. Upon the reasonable request of the Fund, the Custodian shall provide in hard copy or on computer disc any records included in any such delivery which are maintained by the Custodian on a computer disc, or are similarly maintained.
8.6 Required Disclosure . With respect to Securities issued in the United States, the Shareholder Communications Act of 1985 (the “Act”) requires the Custodian to disclose to issuers, upon their request, the name, address and securities position of the Custodian’s clients who are “beneficial owners” (as defined in the Act) of the issuer’s Securities, unless the beneficial owner objects to such disclosure. The Act defines a “beneficial owner” as any person who has or shares the power to vote a security (pursuant to an agreement or otherwise) or who directs the voting of a security. The Fund represents that it is the beneficial owner of the Securities. As beneficial owner it has designated below whether it objects to the disclosure of its name, address and securities position to any United States issuer that requests such information pursuant to the Act for the specific purpose of direct communications between such issuer and the Fund.
With respect to Securities issued outside the United States, the Custodian shall disclose information required by law, regulation, rules of a stock exchange or organizational documents of an issuer. The Custodian is also authorized to supply any information regarding the Accounts that is required or requested by governmental or regulatory authorities or by any law, regulation or rules now or hereafter in effect. The Fund agrees to supply the Custodian with any required information if it is not otherwise reasonably available to the Custodian.
Pursuant to this Section 8.6, as Beneficial Owner:
x The Fund objects to disclosure
¨ The Fund does not object to disclosure
IF NO BOX IS CHECKED, THE CUSTODIAN SHALL RELEASE SUCH INFORMATION UNTIL IT RECEIVES A CONTRARY INSTRUCTION FROM THE FUND. ]
15 |
8.7 Tools . From time to time the Custodian may make available to the Fund or its agent(s) certain computer programs, products, services, reports or information (including, without limitation, information obtained by the Custodian from third parties and information reflecting the Custodian’s input, evaluation and interpretation) (collectively, “Tools”). Tools may allow the Fund or its agent(s) to perform certain analytic, accounting, compliance, reconciliation and other functions with respect to an Account. By way of example, Tools may assist the Fund or its agent(s) in analyzing the performance of investment advisers appointed by the Fund, determining on a post-trade basis whether transactions for an Account comply with the Fund’s investment guidelines, evaluating assets at risk and performing account reconciliations. Tools, as well as practices and processes developed by or for the Custodian in connection with the services provided to the Fund, (1) may be used only for the Fund’s internal purposes, and may not be resold, redistributed or otherwise made available to third parties and (2) are the sole and exclusive property of the Custodian (and its suppliers if applicable). The Fund may not reverse engineer or decompile any computer programs provided by the Custodian comprising, or provided as a part of, any Tools. Information supplied by third parties may be incorrect or incomplete, and any information, reports, analytics or other services supplied by the Custodian that rely on information from third parties may also be incorrect or incomplete. All Tools are provided “AS IS”, whether or not they are modified to meet specific needs of the Fund and regardless of whether the Custodian is compensated by the Fund for providing such Tools. THE CUSTODIAN DISCLAIMS ANY AND ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO THE TOOLS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. ANYTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT TO THE CONTRARY NOTWITHSTANDING, THE CUSTODIAN AND ITS SUPPLIERS SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY LOSS, COST, EXPENSE, DAMAGE, LIABILITY OR CLAIM SUFFERED OR INCURRED BY THE FUND, ITS AGENT(S) OR ANY OTHER PERSON AS A RESULT OF USE OF, INABILITY TO USE OR RELIANCE UPON ANY TOOLS. In the event the Tools are unavailable or inaccessible by the Fund or a Series, the Custodian shall make available such alternative functionality and systems in accordance with Section 9.7 below.
SECTION 9 – provisions regarding the Custodian
9.1 Standard of Care . In performing its duties and obligations under this Agreement, the Custodian shall exercise the standard of good faith, reasonable care and diligence that a professional custodian would exercise in carrying out all of its duties and obligations under this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, a breach of the standard of care set forth in the proceeding sentence shall be deemed to constitute negligence or willful misconduct.
9.2 Limitation of Duties and Liability . Notwithstanding anything contained elsewhere in this Agreement, the Custodian’s liability hereunder is limited as follows:
a. The duties of the Custodian shall only be those specifically undertaken pursuant to this Agreement and shall be subject to such other limits on liability as are set out herein;
b. The Custodian shall not be liable for any Losses that do not directly arise out of the Custodian’s negligence or willful misconduct;
16 |
c. The Custodian shall not be responsible for the title, validity or genuineness of any Securities or evidence of title thereto received by it or delivered by it pursuant to this Agreement or for Securities held hereunder being freely transferable or deliverable without encumbrance in any relevant market;
d. The Custodian shall not be responsible for the failure to receive payment of, or the late payment of, income or other payments due to an Account;
e. The Custodian shall have no duty to take any action to collect any amount payable on Securities in default or if payment is refused after due demand and presentment;
f. The Custodian may, with respect to questions of law specifically regarding an Account, obtain the advice of counsel (at its own expense) and shall be fully protected with respect to anything done or omitted by it in good faith in conformity with such advice;
g. The Custodian shall have no duty or responsibility to inquire into, make recommendations, supervise or determine the suitability of any transactions affecting any Account and shall have no liability with respect to the Fund’s or an Authorized Person’s decision to invest in Securities or to hold cash in any currency;
h. The Custodian shall have no responsibility if the rules or procedures imposed by Depositories or Foreign Depositories, exchange controls, asset freezes or other laws, rules, regulations or orders at any time prohibit or impose burdens or costs on the transfer of Securities or cash to, by or for the account of the Fund; and
i. The Custodian shall have no liability for any Losses arising from the insolvency of any Person, including but not limited to a Subcustodian, Depository, Foreign Depository, broker, bank or counterparty to the settlement of a transaction or a foreign exchange transaction, except (a) if such party is a BNY Mellon Affiliate and (b) otherwise as provided in Section 2.1(b) and Section 2.2.
9.3 Losses . Under no circumstances shall the Custodian be liable to the Fund or any third party for indirect, consequential or special damages, or lost profits or loss of business, arising in connection with this Agreement, even if the Custodian has been advised of the possibility of such damages.
9.4 Gains . Where an error or omission has occurred under this Agreement, the Custodian may take such remedial action as it considers appropriate under the circumstances and, provided that the Fund is put in the same or equivalent position as it would have been in if the error or omission had not occurred, any favorable consequences of the Custodian’s remedial action shall be solely for the account of the Custodian, without any duty to report to the Fund any loss assumed or benefit received by it as a result of taking such action; provided, however, that the Custodian reports to the Fund the error or omission and remedial action taken; provided further, upon the reasonable written request of the Fund, Custodian will provide information in support of the action taken by Custodian so long as the disclosure of such supporting information is permitted by Custodian’s internal policies and procedures applicable to such incidents and information.
17 |
9.5 Centralized Functions . The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation is a global financial organization that provides services to clients through its affiliates and subsidiaries in multiple jurisdictions (the “BNY Mellon Group”). The BNY Mellon Group may centralize functions including audit, accounting, risk, legal, compliance, sales, administration, product communication, relationship management, storage, compilation and analysis of customer-related data, and other functions (the “Centralized Functions”) in one or more affiliates, subsidiaries and third-party service providers. Solely in connection with the Centralized Functions, (i) the Fund consents to the disclosure of and authorizes the Custodian to disclose information regarding the Fund and the Accounts (“Customer-Related Data”) to the BNY Mellon Group and to its third-party service providers who are subject to confidentiality obligations with respect to such information and (ii) the Custodian may store the names and business contact information of the Fund’s employees and representatives on the systems or in the records of the BNY Mellon Group or its service providers. The BNY Mellon Group may aggregate Customer-Related Data with other data collected and/or calculated by the BNY Mellon Group, and notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary the BNY Mellon Group will own all such aggregated data, provided that the BNY Mellon Group shall not distribute the aggregated data in a format that identifies Customer-Related Data with the Fund. The Fund confirms that it is authorized to consent to the foregoing and that the disclosure and storage of information in connection with the Centralized Functions does not violate any relevant data protection legislation.
9.6 Force Majeure. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Custodian shall not be responsible or liable for any failure to perform under this Agreement or for any Losses to any Account resulting from any event beyond the reasonable control of the Custodian.
9.7 Custodian shall maintain a business continuity and disaster recovery plan (the “Plan”) and execute such Plan in the event of any unplanned or anticipated interruption of services. The Plan shall be designed to enable Custodian to perform its obligations under the Agreement with minimal disruptions or delays in connection with the interruption or suspension of services. The Plan takes into consideration the provision of any critical services and shall include a secure back-up site containing all hardware, software, communications equipment, and current copies of data and files necessary to perform Custodian’s obligations under the Agreement. The Plan shall be designed to restore business-critical activities within the time frames required by Custodian’s applicable regulators. Custodian shall exercise, review, and update the Plan in accordance with industry standards and applicable legal requirements. Custodian shall use commercially reasonable efforts to resume performance of the duties Custodian is obligated to perform under this Agreement.
9.8 Fees . The Fund shall pay to the Custodian the fees and charges as may be specifically agreed upon from time to time and such other fees and charges at the Custodian’s standard rates for such services as may be applicable. The Fund shall also reimburse the Custodian for out-of-pocket expenses, subject to approval of the Fund, that are a normal incident of the services provided hereunder.
9.9 Indemnification . The Fund shall indemnify and hold harmless the Custodian from and against all Losses, including reasonable counsel fees and expenses in third party suits and in a successful defense of claims asserted by the Fund, relating to or arising out of the performance of
18 |
the Custodian’s obligations under this Agreement, except (a) to the extent resulting from the Custodian’s negligence or willful misconduct and (b) for any Losses that constitute indirect, special or consequential damages or lost profits or loss of business, it being understood that Custodian’s fees, expenses and other amounts owed to Custodian shall not be considered nor constitute indirect, special or consequential damages or lost profits or loss of business. This provision shall survive the termination of this Agreement.
SECTION 10 – aMENDMENT; TERMINATION; ASSIGNMENT
10.1 Amendment . This Agreement may be amended only by written agreement between the Fund and the Custodian, except that any amendment to Schedule I hereto with respect to Series of the Fund need be signed only by the Fund.
10.2 Termination . Either party may terminate this Agreement by giving to the other party a notice in writing specifying the date of such termination, which shall be not less than sixty (60) days after the date of such notice. Upon termination hereof, the Fund shall pay to the Custodian such compensation as may be due to the Custodian, and shall likewise reimburse the Custodian for other amounts payable or reimbursable to the Custodian hereunder. The Custodian shall follow such reasonable Instructions concerning the transfer of custody of records, Securities and other items as the Fund shall give; provided that (a) the Custodian shall have no liability for shipping and insurance costs associated therewith and (b) full payment shall have been made to the Custodian of its compensation, costs, expenses and other amounts to which it is entitled hereunder. If any Securities or cash remain in any Account after termination, the Custodian may deliver to the Fund such Securities and cash. Provisions authorizing the disclosure of information shall survive termination of this Agreement. Except as otherwise provided herein, all obligations of the parties to each other hereunder shall cease upon termination of this Agreement.
10.3 Successors and Assigns . Neither the Fund nor the Custodian may assign this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the Fund and the Custodian and their respective successors and permitted assigns.
SECTION 11 – aDDITIONAL PROVISIONS
11.1 Non-Custody Assets . As an accommodation to the Fund, the Custodian may provide consolidated recordkeeping services pursuant to which the Custodian reflects on statements securities and other assets not held by, or under the control of, the Custodian (“Non-Custody Assets”). Non-Custody Assets shall be designated on the Custodian’s books as “shares not held” or by other similar characterization. The Fund acknowledges and agrees that it shall have no security entitlement against the Custodian with respect to Non-Custody Assets, that the Custodian shall rely, without independent verification, on information provided by the Fund, its designee or the entity having custody regarding Non-Custody Assets (including but not limited to positions and market valuations), and that the Custodian shall have no responsibility whatsoever with respect to Non-Custody Assets or the accuracy of any information maintained on the Custodian’s books or set forth on account statements concerning Non-Custody Assets.
19 |
11.2 Appropriate Action . The Custodian is hereby authorized and empowered, in its sole discretion, to take any action with respect to an Account that it deems necessary or appropriate in carrying out the purposes of this Agreement.
11.3 Governing Law . To the extent that state law is not preempted by the provisions of any law of the United States heretofore or hereafter enacted (as the same may be amended from time to time), this Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the substantive laws of the state of New York without regard to its conflicts of law provisions. The parties consent to the jurisdiction of a state or federal court situated in New York City, New York in connection with any dispute hereunder. The Fund irrevocably waives any objection it may now or hereafter have to venue in such court and any claim that a proceeding brought in such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. The parties hereby expressly waive, to the full extent permitted by applicable law, any right to trial by jury with respect to any judicial proceeding arising from or related to this Agreement. The parties agree that the establishment and maintenance of the Accounts, and all interests, duties and obligations with respect thereto, shall be governed by the laws of the state of New York to the extent that state law is not preempted by the provisions of any law of the United States heretofore or hereafter enacted (as the same may be amended from time to time).
11.4 Representations . Each party represents and warrants to the other party that it has full authority to enter into this Agreement upon the terms and conditions hereof and that the individual executing this Agreement on its behalf has the requisite authority to bind such party to this Agreement, and that the Agreement constitutes a binding obligation of such party enforceable in accordance with its terms.
11.5 USA PATRIOT Act . The Fund hereby acknowledges that the Custodian is subject to federal laws, including the Customer Identification Program (“CIP”) requirements under the USA PATRIOT Act and its implementing regulations, pursuant to which the Custodian must obtain, verify and record information that allows the Custodian to identify the Fund. Accordingly, prior to opening an Account hereunder, the Custodian will ask the Fund to provide certain information including, but not limited to, the Fund’s name, physical address, tax identification number and other information that will help the Custodian to identify and verify the Fund’s identity, such as organizational documents, certificate of good standing, license to do business or other pertinent identifying information. The Fund agrees that the Custodian cannot open an Account hereunder unless and until the Custodian verifies the Fund’s identity in accordance with the Custodian’s CIP.
11.6 Non-Fiduciary Status . The Fund hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Custodian does not possess any degree of investment discretion or discretion regarding cost savings, currency exchange rates or any claims for benefits or recoveries with respect to any assets in, or transactions rendered for or on behalf of, the Account, and is not a fiduciary under 12 CFR Part 9, or any other applicable law, rule or regulation by virtue of accepting and carrying out its obligations under the terms and conditions of this Agreement and Custodian has not accepted any such fiduciary duties, responsibilities or liabilities with respect to its services hereunder or when effecting foreign exchange transactions in connection with this Agreement.
20 |
11.7 No Waiver; Severability . Each and every right granted to either party hereunder or under any other document delivered hereunder or in connection herewith, or allowed it by law or equity, shall be cumulative and may be exercised from time to time. No failure on the part of either party to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right will operate as a waiver thereof, nor will any single or partial exercise by either party of any right preclude any other or future exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right. In case any provision in or obligation under this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any exclusive jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected thereby.
11.8 Notices . Notices shall be in writing and shall be addressed to the Custodian or the Fund at the address set forth on the signature page or such other address as either party may designate in writing to the other party. All notices shall be effective upon receipt.
11.9 Entire Agreement . This Agreement and any related fee agreement constitute the entire agreement with respect to the matters dealt with herein, and supersede all previous agreements, whether oral or written, and documents with respect to such matters.
11.10 Necessary Parties . All of the understandings, agreements, representations and warranties contained herein are solely for the benefit of the Fund, its Series and the Custodian, and there are no other parties who are intended to be benefited by this Agreement.
11.11 Execution in Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and said counterparts when taken together shall constitute but one and the same instrument and may be sufficiently evidenced by one set of counterparts.
11.12 Captions . The captions of this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and in no way define or delimit any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect.
11.13 Miscellaneous . Notice is hereby given that this instrument is executed on behalf of the Board of Trustees of the Fund as trustees and not individually, and that the obligations of this instrument are not binding upon any of the trustees or shareholders of the Fund individually but are binding only upon the assets and property of the Fund; provided, however, that the Declaration of Trust of the Fund provides that the assets of a particular Series of the Fund shall under no circumstance be charged with liabilities attributable to any other Series of the Fund and that all persons extending credit to, or contracting with, or having any claim against, a particular Series of the Fund shall look only to the assets of that particular Series for payment of such credit, contract or claim. No rights, responsibilities or liabilities of any Series hereunder shall be attributed to any other Series. The obligations of the Fund (and Series) entered into in the name or on behalf thereof by any director, trustee, representative, employee or agent thereof are made not individually, but in such capacities, and are not binding upon any of the directors, trustees, shareholders, representatives, employees or agents of the Fund (or Series) personally, but bind only the property of the Fund (or Series), and all persons dealing with the Fund (or Series) must look solely to the property of the Fund (or Series) for the enforcement of any claims against the Fund (or Series). For the avoidance of doubt, it is acknowledged and agreed that the liabilities and obligations of each
21 |
Fund (or Series) shall be separate and apart from each other Fund (or Series) and under no circumstance shall any Fund (or Series) be liable for the liabilities and obligations of any other Fund (or Series). For the avoidance of doubt, it is acknowledged and agreed that the agreements made herein by the Fund (or Series) bind and obligate only the Fund (or Series) and its assets for the debts or obligations of the Fund (or Series) hereunder.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]
22 |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the latest date set forth below.
Authorized Signer of: | Authorized Officer of: | ||||
VIRTUS ALTERNATIVE SOLUTIONS TRUST | THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON | ||||
By: | /s/ W. Patrick Bradley | By: | /s/ Wm. Blatchford | ||
Name: | W. Patrick Bradley | Name: | Wm. Blatchford | ||
Title: | SVP, CFO & Treasurer | Title: | Managing Director | ||
Date: | March 12, 2014 | Date: | March 21, 2014 |
Address for Notice: | Address for Notice: | |||
c/o Virtus Investment Partners | The Bank of New York Mellon | |||
100 Pearl Street | c/o BNY Mellon Asset Servicing | |||
Hartford, CT 06103 | 101 Barclay Street | |||
New York, NY 10286 | ||||
Attention: General Counsel | Attention: | Scott Kern |
23 |
SCHEDULE I
Fund:
Virtus Alternative Solutions Trust
Series:
Virtus Alternative Income Solution Fund
Virtus Alternative Real Assets Solution Fund
Virtus Alternative Total Solution Fund
24 |
Exhibit g.1.a
FORM OF
1 st AMENDMENT TO THE
CUSTODY AGREEMENT
THIS AMENDMENT made effective as of the __ day of ____, 2014 amends that certain Custody Agreement, dated as of March 21, 2014, between Virtus Alternative Solutions Trust for itself and for each of its series listed on Schedule I attached hereto and The Bank of New York Mellon (the “Custody Agreement”) as herein below provided.
W I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 10.1 of the Custody Agreement, the Funds wish to amend Schedule I to the Custody Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premise, the parties to the Custody Agreement hereby agree that the Custody Agreement is amended as follows:
1. | The name of the series Virtus Alternative Real Assets Solution Fund has been changed to Virtus Alternative Inflation Solution Fund. |
2. | Schedule I to the Custody Agreement is hereby replaced with Schedule I attached hereto and made a part hereof. |
3. | Except as herein provided, the Custody Agreement shall be and remain unmodified and in full force and effect. All initial capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Custody Agreement. |
4. | This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts (including executed counterparts delivered and exchanged by facsimile transmission) with the same effect as if all signing parties had originally signed the same document, and all counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute the same instrument. For all purposes, signatures delivered and exchanged by facsimile transmission shall be binding and effective to the same extent as original signatures. |
[Signature Page Follows]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed by their duly authorized officers.
Authorized Signer of: | Authorized Officer of: | ||||
VIRTUS ALTERNATIVE SOLUTIONS TRUST | THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON | ||||
By: | By: | ||||
Name: | W. Patrick Bradley | Name: | |||
Title: | SVP, CFO & Treasurer | Title: | |||
Date: | Date: |
SCHEDULE I
Fund:
Virtus Alternative Solutions Trust
Series:
Virtus Alternative Income Solution Fund
Virtus Alternative Inflation Solution Fund
Virtus Alternative Total Solution Fund
Exhibit h.1
TRANSFER AGENCY AND SERVICE AGREEMENT
between
VIRTUS ALTERNATIVE SOLUTIONS TRUST
and
VIRTUS FUND SERVICES, LLC
TRANSFER AGENCY AND SERVICE AGREEMENT
This AGREEMENT, effective the 19 th day of February, 2014, is made by and between VIRTUS ALTERNATIVE SOLUTIONS TRUST (the “Trust”, the series of which are hereinafter each referred to as the “Fund” and collectively referred to as the “Funds”) and VIRTUS FUND SERVICES, LLC (“Transfer Agent”).
W I T N E S S E T H:
Article 1. Terms of Appointment; Duties of Transfer Agent
1.01 Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Funds hereby appoint Transfer Agent to act as, and Transfer Agent agrees to act as, transfer agent for the authorized and issued shares of beneficial interest of each of the Funds (hereinafter collectively and singularly referred to as “Shares”), dividend disbursing agent and agent in connection with any accumulation, open-account or similar plans provided to the shareholders of the Funds (“Shareholders”) and as set out in the currently effective registration statement of the Funds (the prospectus and statement of additional information portions of such registration statement being referred to as the “Prospectus”), including, without limitation, any periodic investment plan or periodic withdrawal program.
1.02 Transfer Agent agrees that it will perform the following services pursuant to this Agreement:
(a) In accordance with procedures established from time to time by agreement between the Funds and Transfer Agent, Transfer Agent shall:
(i) Receive for acceptance, orders for the purchase of Shares, and promptly deliver payment and appropriate documentation therefor to the custodian appointed from time to time by the Trustees of the Trust (which entity or entities, as the case may be, shall be referred to as the “Custodian”);
(ii) Pursuant to purchase orders, issue the appropriate number of Shares and hold such Shares in the each appropriate Shareholder account;
(iii) Receive for acceptance, redemption requests and redemption directions and deliver the appropriate documentation therefor to the Custodian;
(iv) In respect to the transactions in items (i), (ii) and (iii) above, the Transfer Agent shall execute transactions directly with broker-dealers authorized by the Trust who shall thereby be deemed to be acting on behalf of the Funds;
(v) At the appropriate time as and when it receives monies paid to it by any Custodian with respect to any redemption, pay over or cause to be paid over in the appropriate manner such monies as instructed by the redeeming Shareholders;
(vi) Effect transfers of Shares by the registered owners thereof upon receipt of appropriate instructions;
(vii) Prepare and transmit payments for dividends and distributions declared by the Funds, if any;
- 1 - |
(viii) Issue replacement certificates for those certificates alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed upon receipt by the Transfer Agent of indemnification satisfactory to the Transfer Agent and the Trust, and the Transfer Agent at its option, may issue replacement certificates in place of mutilated stock certificates upon presentation thereof and without such indemnity;
(ix) Maintain records of account for and advise the Funds and their respective Shareholders as to the foregoing;
(x) Record the issuance of Shares and maintain pursuant to Rule 17Ad-10(e) under the Exchange Act of 1934, a record of the total number of Shares which are authorized, issued and outstanding based upon data provided to it by the Trust. The Transfer Agent shall also provide on a regular basis to the Trust the total number of Shares which are authorized, issued and outstanding shall have no obligation, when recording the issuance of Shares, to monitor the issuance of such Shares or to take cognizance of any laws relating to the issue or sale of such Shares, which functions shall be the sole responsibility of each respective Fund; and
(xi) Upon the request of the Funds, the Transfer Agent shall carry out certain information requests, analyses, and reporting services in support of the Virtus Funds’ obligations under rule 22c-2.
(b) In addition to and not in lieu of the services set forth in the above paragraph (a), Transfer Agent shall: (i) perform all of the customary services of a transfer agent, dividend disbursing agent and, as relevant, agent in connection with accumulation, open-account or similar plans (including without limitation any periodic investment plan or periodic withdrawal program), including, but not limited to, maintaining all Shareholder accounts, preparing Shareholder meeting lists, mailing proxies, receiving and tabulating proxies, mailing Shareholder reports and Prospectuses to current Shareholders, withholding taxes on U.S. resident and non-resident alien accounts, preparing and filing U.S. Treasury Department Forms 1099 and other appropriate forms required with respect to dividends and distributions by federal authorities for all Shareholders, preparing and mailing confirmation forms and statements of account to Shareholders for all purchases and redemptions of Shares and other confirmable transactions in Shareholder accounts, preparing and mailing activity statements for Shareholders, and providing Shareholder account information; and (ii) provide a system which will enable the Trust to monitor the total number of Shares sold in each State.
(c) In addition, the Funds shall (i) identify to Transfer Agent in writing any transactions or assets that it is aware should be treated as exempt from blue sky reporting for each State, and (ii) verify the establishment of transactions for each State on the system prior to activation and thereafter monitor the daily activity for each State. The responsibility of Transfer Agent for the Fund’s blue sky State registration status is solely limited to the initial establishment of transactions subject to blue sky compliance by the Funds and the reporting of such transactions to the Trust as provided above.
(d) The Transfer Agent may at times perform only certain of the services in Article 1, in which case the Funds or its agent may perform the other services in Article 1 on behalf of the Trust. Procedures as to who shall provide the services in Article 1 may be established from time to time by agreement between the Funds and Transfer Agent per the attached service responsibility schedule, if any.
(e) The Trust hereby delegates to the Transfer Agent the implementation, administration and operation of the Trust’s anti-money laundering program, as such anti-money laundering program is adopted by the Trust and as amended from time to time (the “Program”) provided that such Program
- 2 - |
and any amendments are promptly provided to the Transfer Agent. The Trust hereby further authorizes the sub-delegation by the Transfer Agent of the implementation, administration and operation of certain aspects of the Trust’s Program to BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc. (“BNYM”). The Transfer Agent further agrees that it will fully cooperate with the designated anti-money laundering compliance officer (the “AML Compliance Officer”) of the Trust in the discharge of its delegated duties hereunder. The Transfer Agent agrees to provide to the Trust, its AML Compliance Officer, internal or external auditors, regulatory authorities or the duly appointed agents of any of the foregoing (collectively, the “Interested Parties”) any and all necessary reports and information requested by the Trust or any of the Interested Parties, as the case may be, with respect to the Transfer Agent’s performance of its delegated duties under the Program.
In connection with the performance by the Transfer Agent of the above-delegated duties, the Transfer Agent understands and acknowledges that the Trust remains responsible for assuring compliance with the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act (the “Patriot Act”) and that the records the Transfer Agent maintains for the Trust relating to the Trust’s Program may be subject, from time to time, to examination and/or inspection by federal regulators in order that the regulators may evaluate the compliance of the Trust with the Patriot Act. The Transfer Agent hereby consents to such examination and/or inspection and agrees to cooperate with such federal examiners in connection with their review. For purposes of such examination and/or inspection, the Transfer Agent will use its best efforts to make available, during normal business hours, all required records and information for review by such examiners.
(f) The Transfer Agent shall provide additional services on behalf of the Funds (e.g., escheatment services) which may be agreed upon in writing between the Funds and the Transfer Agent.
(g) The Transfer Agent may subcontract for the performance hereof with one or more sub-agents; provided, however, that Transfer Agent shall be as fully responsible to the Trust for the acts and omissions of any such subcontractor as it is for its own acts and omissions. In the alternative, the Trust may enter into agreements with one or more persons or entities, either jointly with the Transfer Agent or otherwise, for such persons or entities to provide certain services to each Fund which would otherwise be performed by the Transfer Agent pursuant to this Agreement (each such agreement, an “Outside Service Agreement”). In the event that the Trust enters into such an Outside Service Agreement, the Trust shall look to the counterparty directly for the performance of the contracted services (subject to any supervision responsibilities of the Transfer Agent hereunder) and shall also be responsible for the payment of applicable fees and expenses. In the event that the Trust obtains services otherwise required of the Transfer Agent hereunder pursuant to any such Outside Service Agreements, the Transfer Agent’s fees shall be adjusted in accordance with Article 2 hereof. However, as of the date hereof the parties agree that the Transfer Agent shall not be required to adjust its fees hereunder with respect to any Outside Service Agreements among the Trust, the Transfer Agent and BNYM. For the avoidance of doubt, any agreements into which the Transfer Agent enters on behalf of one or more Funds, pursuant to which the Transfer Agent agrees to make any applicable payments, shall not be considered an Outside Service Agreement hereunder.
2.01 In consideration of the services provided by the Transfer Agent pursuant to this Agreement, the Trust agrees to pay Transfer Agent the fees set forth in Schedule A attached hereto and made a part hereof. Fees and out-of-pocket expenses and advances identified under Section 2.02 below may be changed from time to time subject to mutual written agreement between the Trust and Transfer Agent. Nothing herein shall preclude the assignment of all or any portion of the foregoing fees and expense reimbursements to any sub-agent contracted by Transfer Agent.
- 3 - |
2.02 In addition to the fee paid under Section 2.01 above, the Funds agree to reimburse Transfer Agent for out-of-pocket expenses or advances incurred by Transfer Agent for the items set out in Schedule A attached hereto. In addition, any other expenses incurred by Transfer Agent at the request or with the consent of the Trust, will be reimbursed by the applicable Fund(s).
2.03 The Funds agree to pay all fees and reimbursable expenses within five days following the mailing of the respective billing notice. The above fees will be charged against the applicable Fund’s(s’) custodian checking account five (5) days after the invoice is transmitted to the Funds. Postage for mailing of dividends, proxies, Fund reports and other mailings to all Shareholder accounts shall be advanced to Transfer Agent at least seven (7) days prior to the mailing date of such materials.
2.04 Except as otherwise set forth in Article 1 of this Agreement, in the event that the Funds obtain any of the services otherwise required of the Transfer Agent pursuant to this Agreement from another person or entity pursuant to an Outside Service Agreement, the Transfer Agent shall reduce its fees as listed on Schedule A to the extent of the fees (but not out-of-pocket expenses) paid by the Funds pursuant to the Outside Service Agreement for such services; provided, however, that prior to agreeing to such fees the Funds shall have obtained the agreement of the Transfer Agent that such fees are reasonable. The Funds are free to engage a service provider under an Outside Service Agreement without first obtaining the agreement of the Transfer Agent that such fees are reasonable, but in that event the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to determine the amount of the Transfer Agent’s fees to be waived.
Article 3. Representations and Warranties of Transfer Agent
The Transfer Agent represents and warrants to the Funds that:
3.01 It is a limited liability company organized and existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.
3.02 It is empowered under applicable laws and by its charter and by-laws to enter into and perform this Agreement.
3.03 All requisite corporate proceedings have been taken to authorize it to enter into and perform this Agreement.
3.04 It has and will continue to have access to the necessary facilities, equipment and personnel to perform its duties and obligations under this Agreement.
3.05 It is and shall continue to be a duly registered transfer agent pursuant to Section 17A(c)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Article 4. Representations and Warranties of the Trust
The Trust represents and warrant to Transfer Agent that:
4.01 All trust proceedings required to enter into and perform this Agreement have been undertaken and are in full force and effect.
4.02 Each Fund is an open-end, management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”).
4.03 A registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 is currently effective for the Trust and such registration statement will remain effective during the term of this Agreement.
- 4 - |
Article 5. Data Access and Proprietary Information
5.01 The Funds acknowledge that the data bases, computer programs, screen formats, report formats, interactive design techniques, and documentation manuals furnished to the Funds by the Transfer Agent as part of the Funds’ ability to access certain Fund-related data (“Customer Data”) maintained by the Transfer Agent on data bases under the control and ownership of the Transfer Agent or other third party (“Data Access Services”) constitute copyrighted, trade secret, or other proprietary information (collectively, “Proprietary Information”) of substantial value to the Transfer Agent or other third party. In no event shall Proprietary Information be deemed Customer Data. The Funds agree to treat all Proprietary Information as proprietary to the Transfer Agent and further agree that they shall not divulge any Proprietary Information to any person or organization except as may be provided hereunder. Without limiting the foregoing, each Fund agrees for itself and its employees and agents:
(a) to access Customer Data solely from locations as may be designated in writing by the Transfer Agent and solely in accordance with the Transfer Agent’s applicable user documentation;
(b) to refrain from copying or duplicating in any way the Proprietary Information;
(c) to refrain from obtaining unauthorized access to any portion of the Proprietary Information, and if such access is inadvertently obtained, to inform in a timely manner of such fact and dispose of such information in accordance with the Transfer Agent’s instructions;
(d) to refrain from causing or allowing third-party data acquired hereunder from being retransmitted to any other computer facility or other location, except with the prior written consent of the Transfer Agent;
(e) that the Funds shall have access only to those authorized transactions agreed upon by the parties; and
(f) to honor all reasonable written requests made by the Transfer Agent to protect at the Transfer Agent’s expense the rights of the Transfer Agent in Proprietary Information at common law, under federal copyright law and under other federal or state law.
Each party shall take reasonable efforts to advise its employees of their obligations pursuant to this Article 5. The obligations of this Article shall survive any earlier termination of this Agreement.
5.02 If the Trust notifies the Transfer Agent that any of the Data Access Services do not operate in material compliance with the most recently issued user documentation for such services, the Transfer Agent shall endeavor in a timely manner to correct such failure. Organizations from which the Transfer Agent may obtain certain data included in the Data Access Services are solely responsible for the contents of such data and the Trust agrees to make no claim against the Transfer Agent arising out of the contents of such third-party data, including, but not limited to, the accuracy thereof. DATA ACCESS SERVICES AND ALL COMPUTER PROGRAMS AND SOFTWARE SPECIFICATIONS USED IN CONNECTION THEREWITH ARE PROVIDED ON AN AS IS, AS AVAILABLE BASIS. EXCEPT THOSE EXPRESSLY STATED HEREIN, THE TRANSFER AGENT EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
5.03 If the transactions available to the Funds include the ability to originate electronic instructions to the Transfer Agent in order to (i) effect the transfer or movement of cash or Shares or (ii) transmit Shareholder information or other information (such transactions constituting a “COEFI”), then in
- 5 - |
such event the Transfer Agent shall be entitled to rely on the validity and authenticity of such instruction without undertaking any further inquiry as long as such instruction is undertaken in conformity with security procedures established by the Transfer Agent from time to time.
6.01 The Transfer Agent shall not be responsible for, and the Funds shall indemnify and hold Transfer Agent harmless from and against, any and all losses, damages, costs, charges, counsel fees, payments, expenses and liability arising out of or attributable to:
(a) All actions of Transfer Agent or its agent or subcontractors required to be taken pursuant to this Agreement, provided that such actions are taken in good faith and without negligence or willful misconduct.
(b) The negligence, willful misconduct or lack of good faith by the Funds, and the breach of any representation or warranty of the Funds hereunder.
(c) The reliance on or use by the Transfer Agent or its agents or subcontractors of information, records and documents which (i) are received by Transfer Agent or its agents or subcontractors, and (ii) have been prepared, maintained or performed by the Funds or any other person or firm on behalf of the Funds including but not limited to any previous transfer agent or registrar.
(d) Without negligence, the reliance on, or the carrying out by Transfer Agent or its agents or subcontractors of any instructions or requests of the Funds.
(e) The offer or sale of Shares in violation of any requirement under the federal securities laws or regulations or the securities laws or regulations of any state that such Shares be registered in such state or in violation of any stop order or other determination or ruling by any federal agency or any state with respect to the offer or sale of such Shares in such state, unless Transfer Agent is responsible for the failure to so register the Shares.
6.02 Transfer Agent shall indemnify and hold the Funds harmless from and against any and all losses, damages, costs, charges, counsel fees, payments, expenses and liability arising out of or attributable to any action or failure or omission to act by Transfer Agent, or any sub-agent of Transfer Agent, as a result of Transfer Agent’s, or such sub-agent’s, negligence, willful misconduct or lack of good faith. Such indemnification shall not extend to any action or failure or omission to act by any sub-agent engaged by the Trust and/or the Funds, as such party(ies) will have direct recourse to such sub-agent.
6.03 At any time the Transfer Agent may apply to any officer of the Trust for instructions, and may consult with legal counsel with respect to any matter arising in connection with the services to be performed by Transfer Agent under this Agreement, and Transfer Agent and its agents or subcontractors shall not be liable and shall be indemnified by the Trust for any action taken or omitted by it in reliance upon such instructions or upon the opinion of such counsel. The Transfer Agent, its agents and subcontractors shall be protected and indemnified in acting upon any paper or document furnished by or on behalf of the Funds, reasonably believed to be genuine and to have been signed by the proper person or persons, or upon any instruction, information, data, records or documents provided Transfer Agent or its agents or subcontractors by machine readable input, telex, CRT data entry or other similar means authorized by the Funds, and shall not be held to have notice of any change of authority of any person, until receipt of written notice thereof from the Funds. Transfer Agent, its agents and subcontractors shall also be protected and indemnified in recognizing stock certificates which are reasonably believed to bear the proper manual or facsimile signatures of the officers of the Trust, and the proper countersignature of any former transfer agent or registrar, or of a co-transfer agent or co-registrar.
- 6 - |
6.04 In order that the indemnification provisions contained in this Article 6 shall apply, upon the assertion of a claim for which either party may be required to indemnify the other, the party seeking indemnification shall promptly notify the other party of such assertion, and shall keep the other party advised with respect to all developments concerning such claim. The party who may be required to indemnify shall have the option to participate with the party seeking indemnification in the defense of such claim. The party seeking indemnification shall in no case confess any claim or make any compromise in any case in which the other party may be required to indemnify it except with the other party’s prior written consent.
6.05 Transfer Agent hereby expressly acknowledges that recourse against the Funds, if any, shall be subject to those limitations provided by governing law and the Agreement and Declaration of Trust of the Trust, and agrees that obligations assumed by the Funds hereunder shall be limited in all cases to the Funds and their respective assets. Transfer Agent shall not seek satisfaction of any such obligation from the Shareholders or any Shareholder of the Funds, nor shall the Transfer Agent seek satisfaction of any obligations from the Trustees or any individual Trustee of the Trust.
7.01 The Transfer Agent shall at all times act in good faith and agrees to use its best efforts within reasonable limits to insure the accuracy of all services performed under this Agreement, but assumes no responsibility and shall not be liable for loss or damage due to errors unless said errors are caused by its negligence, bad faith, or willful misconduct of that of its employees.
8.01 The Trust shall promptly furnish to Transfer Agent the following:
(a) A certified copy of the resolution of its Trustees authorizing the appointment of Transfer Agent and the execution and delivery of this Agreement.
(b) A copy of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust and By-Laws, and all amendments thereto, of the Trust.
8.02 The Transfer Agent hereby agrees to establish and maintain facilities and procedures reasonably acceptable to the Trust for safekeeping of stock certificates, check forms and facsimile signature imprinting devices, if any; and for the preparation or use, and for keeping account of, such certificates, forms and devices.
8.03 The Transfer Agent shall keep records relating to the services to be performed hereunder, in the form and manner as it may deem advisable. To the extent required by Section 31 of the 1940 Act, and the Rules thereunder, Transfer Agent agrees that all such records prepared or maintained by Transfer Agent relating to the services to be performed by Transfer Agent hereunder are the property of each respective Fund and will be preserved, maintained and made available in accordance with such Section and Rules, and will be surrendered promptly to each respective Fund on and in accordance with its request.
8.04 The parties agree that all books, records, information and data pertaining to the business of the other party which are exchanged or received pursuant to the negotiation or the carrying out of this Agreement shall remain confidential, and shall not be voluntarily disclosed to any other person, except as may be required by applicable law or regulation.
8.05 In case of any requests or demands for the inspection of the Shareholder records, Transfer Agent will endeavor to notify the affected Fund(s) and to secure instructions from an authorized
- 7 - |
officer of the Trust as to such inspection. Transfer Agent reserves the right, however, to exhibit the Shareholder records to any person whenever it is advised by its counsel that it may be held liable for the failure to exhibit the Shareholder records to such person.
8.06 The Transfer Agent agrees to cooperate with the Trust and will facilitate the filing by the Trust and/or its officers and auditors of any and all certifications or attestations as required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, including, without limitation, furnishing such sub-certifications from relevant officers of the Transfer Agent with respect to the services and recordkeeping performed by the Transfer Agent under the Agreement as the Trust shall reasonably request from time to time.
8.07 Upon request, the Transfer Agent agrees to provide its written policies and procedures pursuant to Rule 38a-1 under the 1940 Act to the Trust’s chief compliance officer for review and the Trust’s Board of Trustees’ approval. The Transfer Agent further agrees to cooperate with the Trust in its review of such written policies and procedures, including without limitation furnishing such certifications and sub-certifications as the Trust shall reasonably request from time to time.
8.08 The Transfer Agent agrees that it shall promptly notify the Trust in the event that a “material compliance matter” (as such term is defined pursuant to Rule 38a-1 under the 1940 Act) arises with respect the services it provides under the Agreement.
8.09 The Transfer Agent shall not, directly or indirectly, disclose or use any nonpublic personal information regarding the consumers or customers of the Trust (as the terms “consumer” and “customer” are defined in Rule 3(g) and 3(i), respectively, of Regulation S-P of the Securities and Exchange Commission), other than to carry out the functions contemplated by this Agreement, and the Transfer Agent shall establish appropriate administrative, technical and physical safeguards to protect the security, confidentiality and integrity of any such nonpublic personal information.
9.01 This Agreement may be terminated by either party upon one hundred twenty (120) days written notice to the other. The parties mutually acknowledge that the termination of this Agreement by one, but not each Fund shall not effect a termination of this Agreement as to all other Funds which have not terminated the Agreement.
9.02 Should the Trust exercise its right to terminate, all out-of-pocket expenses associated with the movement of records and material will be borne by the terminating Fund(s). Additionally, Transfer Agent reserves the right to charge any other reasonable expenses associated with such termination and/or a charge equivalent to the average of three (3) months’ fees to the terminating Fund(s).
10.01 Except as provided in Section 10.03 below, neither this Agreement nor any rights or obligations hereunder may be assigned by either party without the written consent of the other party.
10.02 This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties and their respective permitted successors and assigns.
10.03 The Transfer Agent may, without the written consent of the Trust, assign this Agreement, provided that such assignment does not constitute an “assignment” as such term is defined by, and interpreted under, the 1940 Act.
- 8 - |
11.01 This Agreement may be amended or modified by a written amendment to the Agreement executed by the parties and authorized or approved by a resolution of the Trustees of each respective Fund.
Article 12. Delaware Law to Apply
12.01 To the extent that state law is not preempted by any provision of United States law heretofore or hereafter enacted, as the same may be amended from time to time, this Agreement shall be construed and the provisions thereof interpreted under and in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof.
13.01 In the event either party is unable to perform its obligations under the terms of this Agreement because of acts of God, strikes, equipment or transmission failure or damage reasonably beyond its control, or other causes reasonably beyond its control, such party shall not be liable for damages to the other for any damages resulting from such failure to perform or otherwise from such causes.
Article 14. Consequential Damages
14.01 Neither party to this Agreement shall be liable to the other party for consequential damages under any provision of this Agreement or for any act or failure to act hereunder.
Article 15. Merger of Agreement
15.01 This Agreement, as may be amended from time to time, constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes any prior agreement with respect to the subject matter hereof whether oral or written.
15.02 This Agreement shall not be merged with or construed in conjunction with any other current or future agreement between the Funds and the Transfer Agent, each and all of which agreements shall at all times remain separate and distinct.
Article 16. Limitations of Liability of the Trustees and Shareholders
16.01 It is expressly agreed that the obligations of the Trust hereunder shall not be binding upon any of the Trustees, Shareholders, nominees, officers, agents or employees of the Trust personally, but bind only the property of the Trust, as provided in the Agreement and Declaration of Trust. The execution and delivery of this Agreement have been authorized by the Trustees or the Shareholders of the Trust and this Agreement has been signed by an authorized officer of the Trust, acting as such, and neither such authorization by such Trustees and Shareholders nor such execution and delivery by such officer shall be deemed to have been made by any of them individually or be binding upon or impose any liability on any of them personally, but shall bind only the trust property of the Trust as provided in its Agreement and Declaration of Trust.
17.01 This Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto on any number of counterparts, and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.
- 9 - |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed in their names and on their behalf and through their duly authorized officers, as of the day and year first above written.
VIRTUS ALTERNATIVE SOLUTIONS TRUST | ||
By: | /s/ W. Patrick Bradley | |
Name: W. Patrick Bradley | ||
Title: Senior Vice President, CFO & Treasurer | ||
VIRTUS FUND SERVICES, LLC | ||
By: | /s/ Heidi Griswold | |
Name: Heidi Griswold | ||
Title: Vice President, Mutual Fund Services |
- 10 - |
Schedule A
Fee Schedule
Effective Date: February 19, 2014
Funds | Rates | |
Money Market Funds: | .25bp | |
Other Funds: |
$0 - $15 billion
4.5 bps
$15 - $30 billion 4.25 bps $30 - $50 billion 4.00 bps Over $50 billion 3.75 bps |
Out-of-Pocket Expenses :
Out-of-pocket expenses include, but are not limited to: expenses invoiced by broker-dealers and financial institutions for shareholder servicing, confirmation production, postage, forms, telephone, microfilm, microfiche, stationary and supplies, and expenses incurred at the specific direction of the Trust. Postage for mass mailings is due seven days in advance of the mailing date.
A- 1 |
Exhibit h.3
ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT
This Administration Agreement is made effective as of the 19 th day of February, 2014, by and between Virtus Alternative Solutions Trust (the “Trust”) including the funds thereof (each, a “Fund” and together the “Funds”), and Virtus Fund Services, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Administrator”).
W I T N E S S E T H :
WHEREAS, the Trust is registered as an open-end diversified management investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”); and
WHEREAS, the Trust desires to retain the Administrator to render or otherwise provide for administrative services in the manner and on the terms and conditions hereafter set forth; and
WHEREAS, the Administrator desires to be so retained on said terms and conditions.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and the mutual covenants hereinafter contained, the Trust and the Administrator agree as follows:
1. Appointment and Acceptance . The Trust hereby appoints the Administrator to act as administrator of the Funds, subject to the supervision and direction of the Board of Trustees of the Trust, as hereinafter set forth. The Administrator hereby accepts such appointment and agrees to furnish or cause to be furnished the services contemplated by this Agreement.
2. Duties of the Administrator .
(a) The Administrator shall perform or arrange for the performance of the following administrative and clerical services: (i) maintain and preserve the books and records, including financial and corporate records, of the Trust as required by law or otherwise for the proper operation of the Trust; (ii) prepare and, subject to approval by the Trust, file registration statements, notices, reports, tax returns and other documents required by U.S. Federal, state and other applicable laws and regulations (other than state “blue sky” laws), including proxy materials and periodic reports to Fund shareholders, oversee the preparation and filing of registration statements, notices, reports and other documents required by state “blue sky” laws, and oversee the monitoring of sales of shares of the Funds for compliance with state securities laws; (iii) calculate and publish the net asset value of each Fund's shares; (iv) calculate dividends and distributions and performance data, and prepare other financial information regarding the Trust; (v) oversee and assist in the coordination of, and, as the Board may reasonably request or deem appropriate, make reports and recommendations to the Board on, the performance of administrative and professional services rendered to the Funds by others including, but not limited to, the custodian, registrar, transfer agent and dividend disbursing agent, shareholder servicing agents, accountants, attorneys, underwriters, brokers and dealers, corporate fiduciaries, insurers, banks and such other persons in any such other capacity deemed to be necessary or desirable; (vi) furnish corporate secretarial services to the Trust, including, without limitation, preparation of materials necessary in connection with meetings of the Trust's Board of Trustees, including minutes, notices of meetings, agendas and other Board materials; (vii) provide the Trust with the services of an adequate number of persons competent to perform the administrative and clerical functions described herein; (viii) provide the Trust with administrative office and data processing facilities; (ix) arrange for payment of each Fund's expenses; (x) provide routine accounting services to the Funds, and consult with the Trust's officers, independent accountants, legal counsel, custodian, accounting agent and transfer and dividend disbursing agent in establishing the accounting policies of the Trust; (xi) prepare such financial information and reports as may be required by any banks from which the Trust borrows funds; (xii) develop and implement procedures to monitor each Fund's compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and with each Fund's investment policies and restrictions as set forth in each Fund's currently effective Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; (xiii) arrange for the services of persons who may be appointed as officers of the Trust, including the President, Vice Presidents, Treasurer, Secretary and one or more assistant officers; (xiv) prepare and file appropriate class action securities litigation claims on behalf of the Funds; and (xv) provide such assistance to the investment adviser, the custodian, other Trust service providers and the Fund counsel and auditors as generally may be required to carry on properly the business and operations of the Trust. The Trust agrees to cause the portfolio management agent to deliver to the Administrator, on a timely basis, such information as may be necessary or appropriate for the Administrator's performance of its duties and responsibilities hereunder, including but not limited to, shareholder reports, records of
1 |
transactions, valuations of investments (which may be based on information provided by a pricing service) and records of expenses borne by each Fund, and the Administrator shall be entitled to rely on the accuracy and completeness of such information in performing its duties hereunder. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, the Trust, and not the Administrator, shall be responsible for and bear the costs of other service providers such as the custodian, transfer agent, dividend disbursing agent, shareholder servicing agents, legal counsel, independent auditors, underwriters, brokers and dealers, corporate fiduciaries, insurers, printers, banks and such other persons as may be necessary for the proper operation of the Funds.
(b) In providing for any or all of the services listed in section 2(a) hereof, and in satisfaction of its obligations to provide such services, the Administrator may enter into agreements with one or more other persons or entities, such as a sub-administrator, to provide such services to the Trust provided that the Administrator shall be as fully responsible to the Funds for the acts and omissions of any such service providers as it would be for its own acts or omissions hereunder and provided that the Administrator shall be responsible for the payment of such services, with the exception of out-of-pocket expenses which shall be billed to the Funds. In the alternative, the Trust may enter into agreements with one or more persons or entities, either jointly with the Administrator or otherwise, for such persons or entities to provide certain services to the Trust which would otherwise be performed by the Administrator pursuant to this Agreement (each such agreement, an “Outside Service Agreement”). In the event that the Trust enters into such an Outside Service Agreement, the Trust and the Funds shall look to the counterparty directly for the performance of the contracted services (subject to any supervision responsibilities of the Administrator hereunder) and shall also be responsible for the payment of applicable fees and expenses. In the event that the Trust obtain services otherwise required of the Administrator hereunder pursuant to any such Outside Service Agreements, the Administrator’s fees shall be adjusted in accordance with the Compensation section hereof. However, as of the date hereof the parties agree that the Administrator shall not be required to adjust its fees hereunder with respect to any Outside Service Agreements among the Trust, the Administrator and BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc.
(c) All activities of the Administrator shall be conducted in accordance with the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust, By-laws and registration statement, under the supervision and direction of the Board of Trustees, and in conformity with the 1940 Act and other applicable federal and state securities laws and regulations.
3. Expenses of the Administrator . The Administrator assumes the expenses of and shall pay for maintaining the staff and personnel necessary to perform its obligations under this Agreement, and shall at its own expense provide office space, facilities, equipment and the necessary personnel which it is obligated to provide under section 2 hereof, except that the Trust shall pay the expenses of its other service providers such as the custodian, transfer agent, dividend disbursing agent, shareholder servicing agents, legal counsel, independent auditors, underwriters, brokers and dealers, corporate fiduciaries, insurers, printers, banks and such other persons as may be necessary for the proper operation of the Funds and expenses of Trust officers attending Board meetings as required and such other appropriate out of pocket expenses as approved by the Board. The Trust shall pay or cause to be paid all other expenses of the Funds referenced in this Agreement.
4. Compensation of the Administrator .
(a) For the services provided to the Trust and each Fund by the Administrator pursuant to this Agreement, each Fund shall pay the Administrator monthly for its services, fees at the annual rate of 0.10% of such Fund’s average daily net assets plus out of pocket expenses (including out of pocket expenses of any sub-administrator to the Trust hired by the Administrator and not the Trust).
(b) Except as otherwise set forth in Section 2(b) of this Agreement, in the event that the Trust obtains any of the services otherwise required of the Administrator pursuant to this Agreement from another person or entity pursuant to an Outside Service Agreement, the Administrator shall reduce its fees as listed above to the extent of the fees (but not out-of-pocket expenses) paid by the Trust pursuant to the Outside Service Agreement; provided, however, that prior to agreeing to such fees the Trust shall have obtained the agreement of the Administrator that such fees are reasonable. In the event that the Trust has not first obtained the agreement of the Administrator that such fees are reasonable and the Administrator does not consent to waive its fees to the extent of the fees paid by the Trust pursuant to such Outside Service Agreement, the parties shall negotiate in good faith to determine the amount of the Administrator’s fees to be waived.
5. Limitation of Liability of the Administrator . The Administrator shall not be liable to the Trust or any Fund for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss arising out of any act or omission by the Administrator, or any
2 |
persons engaged pursuant to section 2(b) hereof, including officers, agents and employees of the Administrator and its affiliates, in the performance of its duties hereunder. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to protect the Administrator against any liability to the Trust, a Fund, or shareholders to which the Administrator shall otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, or negligence in the performance of its duties, or reckless disregard of its obligations and duties hereunder.
6. Activities of the Administrator . The services of the Administrator under this Agreement are not to be deemed exclusive, and the Administrator and any person controlled by or under common control with the Administrator shall be free to render similar services to others and services to the Trust in other capacities.
7. Duration and Termination of this Agreement .
(a) This Agreement shall become effective February 19, 2014 and shall continue in effect with respect to each Fund until December 31, 2015, and thereafter from year to year so long as such continuation is specifically approved at least annually by the Board of Trustees of the Trust; provided, however, that this Agreement may be terminated at any time without the payment of any penalty, on behalf of any or all of the Funds, by the Trust, by the Board or, with respect to any Fund, by the “vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of that Fund, or by the Administrator on not less than 60 days’ written notice to the other party.
(b) The Administrator hereby agrees that the books and records prepared hereunder with respect to the Trust are the property of the Trust and further agrees that upon the termination of this Agreement or otherwise upon request the Administrator will surrender promptly to the Trust copies of the books and records maintained or required to be maintained hereunder, including in such machine-readable form as agreed upon by the parties, in accordance with industry practice, where applicable.
8. Amendments of this Agreement . This Agreement may be amended by the parties hereto only if such amendment is specifically approved by the Board of Trustees of the Trust and such amendment is set forth in a written instrument executed by each of the parties hereto. Any attempt to assign this Agreement shall be treated as an amendment.
9. Limitation of Liability . It is expressly agreed that the obligations of the Trust hereunder shall not be binding upon any of the Trustees, shareholders, nominees, officers, agents or employees of the Trust personally, but bind only the property of the Trust, as provided in the Agreement and Declaration of Trust. The execution and delivery of this Agreement have been authorized by the Trustees or the shareholders of the Trust and this Agreement has been signed by an authorized officer of the Trust, acting as such, and neither such authorization by such Trustees and shareholders nor such execution and delivery by such officer shall be deemed to have been made by any of them individually or be binding upon or impose any liability on any of them personally, but shall bind only the trust property of the Trust as provided in its Agreement and Declaration of Trust.
10. Governing Law . The provisions of this Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware as at the time in effect and the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act. To the extent that the applicable law of the State of Delaware, or any provisions herein, conflict with the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act, the latter shall control.
11. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto in counterparts and if so executed, the separate instruments shall constitute one agreement.
12. Notices . All notices or other communications hereunder to either party shall be in writing and shall be deemed to be received on the earlier date of the date actually received or on the fourth day after the postmark if such notice is mailed first class postage prepaid. Notice shall be addressed: (a) if to the Administrator, to the attention of: Counsel, Virtus Fund Services, LLC, 100 Pearl St., Hartford, CT 06103 or (b) if to the Trust, to the attention of: President, Virtus Alternative Solutions Trust, c/o Secretary, Virtus Alternative Solutions Trust, 100 Pearl St., Hartford, CT 06103, or at such other address as either party may designate by written notice to the other. Notice shall also be deemed sufficient if given by telecopier, telegram or similar means of same day delivery (with a confirming copy by mail as provided herein).
3 |
13. Separate Funds . This Agreement shall be construed to be made by the Trust as a separate agreement with respect to each Fund, and under no circumstances shall the rights, obligations or remedies with respect to a particular Fund be deemed to constitute a right, obligation or remedy applicable to any other Fund.
14. Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any prior arrangements, agreements or understandings.
VIRTUS ALTERNATIVE SOLUTIONS TRUST | VIRTUS FUND SERVICES, LLC | |||
By: | /s/ W. Patrick Bradley | By: | /s/ Heidi Griswold | |
Name: W. Patrick Bradley | Name: Heidi Griswold | |||
Title: Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer | Title: Vice President, Mutual Fund Services |
4 |
SCHEDULE A
(Dated: March 24, 2014)
Virtus Alternative Income Solution Fund
Virtus Alternative Inflation Solution Fund
Virtus Alternative Total Solution Fund
Exhibit h.4.h
JOINDER AGREEMENT AND AMENDMENT
TO
SUB-ADMINISTRATION AND ACCOUNTING SERVICES AGREEMENT
This Joinder Agreement and Amendment dated February 24, 2014, is effective as of January 1, 2014 by and among Virtus Fund Services, LLC (as assigned by VP Distributors, LLC; formerly, VP Distributors, Inc.) (“Company”), the trusts known as Virtus Mutual Funds listed on Exhibit A, Virtus Variable Insurance Trust, Virtus Alternative Solutions Trust and VATS Offshore Fund, Ltd. (each, a “Fund” and together, the “Funds”) and BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc. (f/k/a PNC Global Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc.) (“BNY Mellon”).
BACKGROUND:
A. | Company, Virtus Mutual Funds and BNY Mellon are parties to a Sub-Administration and Accounting Services Agreement dated as of January 1, 2010, as amended (the “Agreement”), relating to BNY Mellon’s provision of certain sub-administration and accounting services to the Funds’ investment portfolios listed on Exhibit B to the Agreement (each, a “Portfolio”). |
B. | Company, each Fund and BNY Mellon desire that each Fund be a party to the Agreement and receive the sub-administration and accounting services set forth in the Agreement. |
C. | Further, the parties desire to amend the Agreement as set forth herein. |
D. | All references in the Agreement to “VP Distributors” are hereby replaced with “Company”. |
E. | This Background section is incorporated by reference into and made a part of this Amendment. |
TERMS:
The parties hereby agree that:
1. | By executing this Agreement, Company, each Fund and BNY Mellon agree to become a party to, and be bound by, and to comply with the terms of the Agreement in the same manner as if each of the undersigned were an original signatory to the Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, each investment company listed at Exhibit A shall be considered to have a separate agreement with Company and BNY Mellon and hereby appoints BNY Mellon to provide administration and accounting services in accordance with the terms set forth in the Agreement. BNY Mellon accepts such appointment and agrees to furnish such services. |
2. | The first and second sentence in Section 15 of the Agreement are hereby deleted and replaced with the following: |
“This Agreement shall be effective on the date first above written and
shall continue through April 15, 2014 (the “Initial Term”). Thereafter, this Agreement shall continue automatically for a single successive term of three (3) years followed by successive terms of one (1) year; provided however, that this Agreement may be terminated on April 15, 2017 or any subsequent date by BNY Mellon upon 90 days’ prior written notice to the other parties, and by Company or the Funds upon 60 days’ prior written notice to BNY Mellon.”
3. | Section 21 of the Agreement is hereby amended and supplemented by adding the following sub-section: |
“(j) Applicability of Agreement to Non-Registered Investment Companies . Except as noted in the next sentence, the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be construed to apply to any investment fund or investment vehicle which is not organized as a registered investment company (“non-RIC”) and which is added as a party to the Agreement as an additional Fund or Portfolio and its Shares. If a term or provision is inapplicable to a non-RIC or its Shares because it (i) applies to a regulatory provision not applicable to non-RICs (e.g., the 1940 Act), (ii) applies to a structural feature either not present in a non-RIC or not applicable to a non-RIC’s shares or (iii) is unambiguously not applicable to a non-RIC based on its context, then such term or provision shall not apply to such non-RIC or its Shares. Subject to this sub-section (j), the term “Fund” or “Portfolio” as used throughout this Agreement shall be construed to include any non-RIC, as applicable.”
4. | Exhibit A to the Agreement shall be amended and restated as attached hereto. |
5. | Exhibit B to the Agreement shall be amended and restated as attached hereto. |
6. | Miscellaneous. |
(a) | As amended and supplemented hereby, the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. |
(b) | This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. The facsimile signature of any party to this Amendment shall constitute the valid and binding execution hereof by such party. |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , each party hereto has caused this Amendment to be executed by its duly authorized representatives designated below as of the day and year first above written.
BNY MELLON INVESTMENT SERVICING (US) INC. | ||
By: | /s/ William Greilich | |
Name: | William Greilich | |
Title: | Managing Director | |
VIRTUS FUND SERVICES, LLC | ||
By: | /s/ Heidi Griswold | |
Name: | Heidi Griswold | |
Title: | Vice President, Mutual Fund Services |
VIRTUS MUTUAL FUNDS: | |
VIRTUS EQUITY TRUST | |
VIRTUS INSIGHT TRUST | |
VIRTUS OPPORTUNITIES TRUST |
By: | /s/ W. Patrick Bradley | |
Name: | W. Patrick Bradley | |
Title: | Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer | |
VIRTUS VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST | ||
By: | /s/ W. Patrick Bradley | |
Name: | W. Patrick Bradley | |
Title: | Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer | |
VIRTUS ALTERNATIVE SOLUTIONS TRUST | ||
By: | /s/ W. Patrick Bradley | |
Name: | W. Patrick Bradley | |
Title: | Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer | |
VATS OFFSHORE FUND, LTD. | ||
By: | /s/ W. Patrick Bradley | |
Name: | W. Patrick Bradley | |
Title: | Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer |
EXHIBIT A
THIS EXHIBIT A, dated February 24, 2014 and effective as of January 1, 2014, is Exhibit A to that certain Sub-Administration and Accounting Services Agreement dated as of January 1, 2010, as amended, by and among Virtus Fund Services, LLC, the investment companies as listed below and BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc.
FUNDS
VIRTUS MUTUAL FUNDS
Virtus Equity Trust
Virtus Insight Trust
Virtus Opportunities Trust
Virtus Variable Insurance Trust
Virtus Alternative Solutions Trust (effective as of March 17, 2014)
VATS Offshore Fund, Ltd. (effective as of March 17, 2014)
EXHIBIT B
THIS EXHIBIT B, dated February 24, 2014 and effective as of January 1, 2014, is Exhibit B to that certain Sub-Administration and Accounting Services Agreement dated as of January 1, 2010, as amended, by and among Virtus Services, LLC, each of the investment companies and the Portfolios listed below and BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc.
PORTFOLIOS
GROUP A
Virtus Equity Trust
Virtus Balanced Fund*
Virtus Growth & Income Fund*
Virtus Mid-Cap Core Fund*
Virtus Mid-Cap Growth Fund*
Virtus Mid-Cap Value Fund*
Virtus Quality Large-Cap Value Fund*
Virtus Quality Small-Cap Fund*
Virtus Small-Cap Core Fund*
Virtus Small-Cap Sustainable Growth Fund*
Virtus Strategic Growth Fund*
Virtus Tactical Allocation Fund*
Virtus Insight Trust
Virtus Emerging Markets Opportunities Fund*
Virtus Insight Government Money Market Fund*
Virtus Insight Money Market Fund*
Virtus Insight Tax-Exempt Money Market Fund*
Virtus Low Duration Income Fund*
Virtus Tax-Exempt Bond Fund*
Virtus Opportunities Trust
Virtus Bond Fund*
Virtus CA Tax-Exempt Bond Fund*
Virtus Disciplined Equity Style Fund*
Virtus Disciplined Select Bond Fund*
Virtus Disciplined Select Country Fund*
Virtus Emerging Markets Debt Fund*
Virtus Emerging Markets Equity Income Fund*
Virtus Emerging Markets Small-Cap Fund*
Virtus Foreign Opportunities Fund*
Virtus Global Commodities Stock Fund*
Virtus Global Dividend Fund*
Virtus Global Opportunities Fund*
Virtus Global Real Estate Securities Fund*
Virtus International Equity Fund*
Virtus Greater Asia ex Japan Opportunities Fund*
Virtus Greater European Opportunities Fund*
Virtus Herzfeld Fund*
Virtus High Yield Fund*
Virtus International Real Estate Securities Fund*
Virtus International Small Cap Fund*
Virtus Low Volatility Equity Fund*
Virtus Multi-Sector Intermediate Bond Fund*
Virtus Multi-Sector Short Term Bond Fund*
Virtus Real Estate Securities Fund*
Virtus Senior Floating Rate Fund*
Virtus Wealth Masters Fund*
FUNDS OF FUNDS
Virtus Alternatives Diversifier Fund*
Virtus AlphaSector ® Rotation Fund*
Virtus Dynamic AlphaSector Fund*
Virtus Premium AlphaSector ® Fund*
Virtus Allocator Premium AlphaSector Fund*
Virtus Global Premium AlphaSector Fund*
GROUP B
VIRTUS VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST
Virtus International Series*
Virtus Capital Growth Series*
Virtus Small-Cap Growth Series*
Virtus Small-Cap Value Series*
Virtus Multi-Sector Fixed Income Series*
Virtus Growth & Income Series*
Virtus Strategic Allocation Series*
Virtus Real Estate Securities Series*
Virtus Premium AlphaSector Series*
GROUP C
VIRTUS ALTERNATIVE SOLUTIONS TRUST
(effective as of March 17, 2014)
Virtus Alternative Income Solution Fund
Virtus Alternative Total Solution Fund
VATS Offshore Fund, LTD. 1
(effective as of March 17, 2014)
Virtus Alternative Real Assets Solution Fund
*For only those Portfolios denoted with an asterisk, BNY Mellon will perform the regulatory administration services described in Section 14(b) of the Agreement through April 15, 2014. Thereafter, BNY Mellon will cease performing regulatory administration services under this Agreement.
1 Fees will be included with those fees charged to the Portfolio that holds the Cayman subsidiary.
Exhibit m.1
VIRTUS ALTERNATIVE SOLUTIONS TRUST
(the “Trust”)
CLASS A SHARES
DISTRIBUTION PLAN PURSUANT TO RULE 12b-1
under the
INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940
1. Introduction
The Trust, on behalf of its series listed in Appendix A, as may be amended from time to time (each, a “Fund” and collectively, the “Funds”), and VP Distributors, LLC (the “Distributor”), a broker-dealer registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, have entered into an Underwriting Agreement pursuant to which the Distributor acts as principal underwriter of each Fund of the Trust and class of shares thereof for sale to the permissible purchasers. The Trustees of the Trust have determined to adopt this Distribution Plan (the “Plan”), in accordance with the requirements of Rule 12b-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Act”) with respect to the Class A shares of the Funds and have determined that there is a reasonable likelihood that the Plan will benefit the Funds and their Class A shareholders.
2. Rule 12b-1 Fees
The Funds shall pay to the Distributor, at the end of each month, an amount on an annual basis equal to 0.25% of the average daily value of the net assets of the Class A shares of the Funds, as compensation for the Distributor’s services as distributor of the Trust in connection with any activities or expenses primarily intended to result in the sale of the Class A Shares of the Funds. Expenses may include, but are not limited to, payment of compensation, including incentive compensation to securities dealers and financial institutions and organizations to obtain various distribution related and/or shareholder services for the investors in Class A shares of the Funds; payment of compensation to and expenses of personnel of the Distributor who support the distribution of Class A shares of the Funds; expenses related to the cost of financing or providing such financing from the Distributor’s or an affiliate’s resources in connection with the Distributor’s payment of such distribution expenses and the payment of other direct distribution costs such as the cost of sales literature, advertising and prospectuses. Shareholder services include, but are not limited to, transmitting prospectuses, statements of additional information, shareholder reports, proxy statements and other materials to shareholders; providing educational materials; providing facilities to answer questions about the Funds; receiving and answering correspondence; assisting shareholders in completing application forms and selecting dividend and other account options; and providing such other information and services as the Distributor or Fund may reasonably request.
3. Reports
At least quarterly in each year this Plan remains in effect, the Trust’s Principal Accounting Officer or Treasurer, or such other person authorized to direct the disposition of monies paid or payable by the Funds, shall prepare and furnish to the Trustees of the Trust for their review, and the Trustees shall review, a written report complying with the requirements of Rule 12b-1 under the Act regarding the amounts expended under this Plan and the purposes for which such expenditures were made.
4. Required Approval
This plan shall not take effect until it, together with any related agreement, has been approved by a vote of at least a majority of the Trust’s Trustees as well as a vote of at least a majority of the Trustees of the Trust who are not interested persons (as defined in the Act) of the Trust and who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of this Plan or in any related agreement (the “Independent Trustees”), cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on this Plan or any related agreement.
5. Term
This Plan shall remain in effect for one year from the date of its adoption and may be continued thereafter if specifically approved at least annually by a vote of at least a majority of the Trustees of the Trust as well as a majority of the Independent Trustees. This Plan may be amended at any time, provided that (a) the Plan may not be amended to increase materially the amount of the distribution expenses without the approval of at least a majority of the outstanding
voting securities (as defined in the Act) of the Class A shares of the affected Fund(s) and (b) all material amendments to this Plan must be approved by a majority vote of the Trustees of the Trust and of the Independent Trustees cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of such vote.
6. Selection of Independent Trustees
While this Plan is in effect, the selection and nomination of Trustees who are not interested persons (as defined in the Act) of the Trust shall be committed to the discretion of the Independent Trustees then in office.
7. Related Agreements
Any related agreement shall be in writing and shall provide that (a) such agreement shall be subject to termination without penalty with respect to any Fund to which such agreement is applicable, by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as defined in the Act) of the Class A shares of such Fund, on not more than 60 days’ written notice to the other party to the agreement, and (b) such agreement shall terminate automatically in the event of its assignment.
8. Termination
This Plan may be terminated at any time with respect to any Fund by a vote of a majority of the Independent Trustees or by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as defined in the Act) of the Class A shares of such Fund. In the event this Plan is terminated or otherwise discontinued with respect to any Fund, no further payments will be made hereunder from such Fund.
9. Records
The Fund shall preserve copies of this Plan and any related agreements and all reports made pursuant to Paragraph 3 hereof, and any other information, estimates, projections and other materials that serve as a basis therefor, considered by the Trustees of the Trust, for a period of not less than six years from the date of this Plan, the agreement or report, as the case may be, the first two years in an easily accessible place.
10. Non-Recourse
The Trust is a statutory trust established under the laws of the State of Delaware pursuant to its Agreement and Declaration of Trust (the “Declaration of Trust”). The Declaration of Trust refers to the Trustees collectively as Trustees, but not as individuals or personally, and no Trustee, shareholder, officer, employee or agent of the Fund may be held to any personal liability, nor may any resort be had to their private property for the satisfaction of any obligation or claim or otherwise in connection with the affairs of the Fund but the Fund property only shall be liable.
Adopted as of: January 22, 2014
APPENDIX A
(as of March 24, 2014)
Virtus Alternative Income Solution Fund
Virtus Alternative Inflation Solution Fund
Virtus Alternative Total Solution Fund
Exhibit m.2
VIRTUS ALTERNATIVE SOLUTIONS TRUST
(the “Trust”)
CLASS C SHARES
DISTRIBUTION PLAN PURSUANT TO RULE 12b-1
under the
INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940
1. | Introduction |
The Trust, on behalf of its series listed in Appendix A, as may be amended from time to time (each, a “Fund” and collectively, the “Funds”), and VP Distributors, LLC (the “Distributor”), a broker-dealer registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, have entered into an Underwriting Agreement pursuant to which the Distributor acts as principal underwriter of each Fund of the Trust and class of shares thereof for sale to the permissible purchasers. The Trustees of the Trust have determined to adopt this Distribution Plan (the “Plan”), in accordance with the requirements of Rule 12b-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Act”) with respect to the Class C shares of the Funds and have determined that there is a reasonable likelihood that the Plan will benefit the Funds and their Class C shareholders.
2. | Rule 12b-1 Fees |
The Funds shall pay to the Distributor, at the end of each month, an amount on an annual basis equal to 0.75% of the average daily value of the net assets of any Fund's Class C shares, as compensation for distribution services and a fee of 0.25% of the average daily value of the net assets of any Fund’s Class C shares for shareholder services. Distribution services include, but are not limited to, payment of compensation, including incentive compensation to securities dealers and financial institutions and organizations; payment of compensation to and expenses of personnel of the Distributor who support the distribution of Class C shares of the Funds; expenses related to the cost of financing or providing such financing from the Distributor’s or an affiliate’s resources in connection with the Distributor’s payment of such distribution expenses and the payment of other direct distribution costs such as the cost of sales literature, advertising and prospectuses. Shareholder services include, but are not limited to, transmitting prospectuses, statements of additional information, shareholder reports, proxy statements and other materials to shareholders; providing educational materials; providing facilities to answer questions about the Funds; receiving and answering correspondence; assisting shareholders in completing application forms and selecting dividend and other account options; and providing such other information and services as the Distributor or Fund may reasonably request.
3. | Reports |
At least quarterly in each year this Plan remains in effect, the Trust’s Principal Accounting Officer or Treasurer, or such other person authorized to direct the disposition of monies paid or payable by the Funds, shall prepare and furnish to the Trustees of the Trust for their review, and the Trustees shall review, a written report complying with the requirements of Rule 12b-1 under the Act regarding the amounts expended under this Plan and the purposes for which such expenditures were made.
4. | Required Approval |
This plan shall not take effect until it, together with any related agreement, has been approved by a vote of at least a majority of the Trust’s Trustees as well as a vote of at least a majority of the Trustees of the Trust who are not interested persons (as defined in the Act) of the Trust and who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of this Plan or in any related agreement (the “Independent Trustees”), cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on this Plan or any related agreement.
5. | Term |
This Plan shall remain in effect for one year from the date of its adoption and may be continued thereafter if specifically approved at least annually by a vote of at least a majority of the Trustees of the Trust as well as a majority of the Independent Trustees. This Plan may be amended at any time, provided that (a) the Plan may not be amended to increase materially the amount of the distribution expenses without the approval of at least a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as defined in the Act) of the Class C shares of the affected Fund(s) and (b) all material amendments to
this Plan must be approved by a majority vote of the Trustees of the Trust and of the Independent Trustees cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of such vote.
6. | Selection of Independent Trustees |
While this Plan is in effect, the selection and nomination of Trustees who are not interested persons (as defined in the Act) of the Trust shall be committed to the discretion of the Independent Trustees then in office.
7. | Related Agreements |
Any related agreement shall be in writing and shall provide that (a) such agreement shall be subject to termination without penalty with respect to any Fund to which such agreement is applicable, by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as defined in the Act) of the Class C shares of such Fund, on not more than 60 days’ written notice to the other party to the agreement, and (b) such agreement shall terminate automatically in the event of its assignment.
8. | Termination |
This Plan may be terminated at any time with respect to any Fund by a vote of a majority of the Independent Trustees or by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as defined in the Act) of the Class A shares of such Fund. In the event this Plan is terminated or otherwise discontinued with respect to any Fund, no further payments will be made hereunder from such Fund.
9. | Records |
The Fund shall preserve copies of this Plan and any related agreements and all reports made pursuant to Paragraph 3 hereof, and any other information, estimates, projections and other materials that serve as a basis therefor, considered by the Trustees of the Trust, for a period of not less than six years from the date of this Plan, the agreement or report, as the case may be, the first two years in an easily accessible place.
10. | Non-Recourse |
The Trust is a statutory trust established under the laws of the State of Delaware pursuant to its Agreement and Declaration of Trust (the “Declaration of Trust”). The Declaration of Trust refers to the Trustees collectively as Trustees, but not as individuals or personally, and no Trustee, shareholder, officer, employee or agent of the Fund may be held to any personal liability, nor may any resort be had to their private property for the satisfaction of any obligation or claim or otherwise in connection with the affairs of the Fund but the Fund property only shall be liable.
Adopted as of: January 22, 2014
APPENDIX A
(as of March 24, 2014)
Virtus Alternative Income Solution Fund
Virtus Alternative Inflation Solution Fund
Virtus Alternative Total Solution Fund
Exhibit n.1
VIRTUS ALTERNATIVE SOLUTIONS TRUST
PLAN PURSUANT TO RULE 18f-3
under the
INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940
INTRODUCTION
The Purpose of this Plan is to specify the attributes of the classes of shares of the funds of Virtus Alternative Solutions Trust (the “Trust”) including the expense allocations, conversion features, and exchange features of each class, as required by Rule 18f-3 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). The Virtus Trust is comprised of a number of funds (each, a “Fund” and collectively, the “Funds”) offering various classes of shares, all of which are listed on the attached Schedule A. In general, shares of each class will have the same rights and obligations except for one or more expense variables (which will result in different yields and dividends), certain related voting and other rights, exchange privileges, conversion rights and class designation.
GENERAL FEATURES OF THE CLASSES
Shares of each class of a Fund of the Trust shall represent an equal pro rata interest in such Fund and, generally, shall have identical voting, dividend, liquidation and other rights, preferences, powers, restrictions, limitations, qualifications, designations and terms and conditions, except that: (a) each class shall have a different designation; (b) each class shall bear any class expenses: (c) each class shall have exclusive voting rights on any matter submitted to shareholders that relates solely to its arrangement and each class shall have separate voting rights on any matter submitted to shareholders in which the interests of one class differ from the interests of any other class; and (d) each class may have different exchange and/or conversion features.
ALLOCATION OF INCOME AND EXPENSES
i. | General. |
The gross income, realized and unrealized capital gains and losses and expenses (other than Class Expenses, as defined below) of each Fund shall be allocated to each class on the basis of its net asset value relative to the net asset value of the Fund.
ii. | Class Expenses. |
Expenses attributable to a particular class ("Class Expenses") shall be limited to Rule 12b-1 and shareholder servicing fees and such other expenses as designated by the Trust’s Treasurer, subject to Board approval and/or ratification. Class Expenses shall be allocated to the class for which they are incurred.
In the event that a particular Class Expense is no longer reasonably allocable by class or to a particular class, it shall be treated as a Fund expense and in the event a Fund expense becomes allocable as a Class Expense, it shall be so allocated, subject to compliance with Rule 18f-3 and Board approval or ratification.
The initial determination of expenses that will be allocated as Class Expenses and any subsequent changes thereto as set forth in this Plan shall be reviewed by the Board of Trustees and approved by such Board and by a majority of the Trustees who are not "interested persons" of the Fund, as defined in the 1940 Act ("Independent Trustees").
DESIGNATION OF THE CLASSES AND SPECIFIC FEATURES
The types of classes of each of the Funds may include: “A Shares”, “C Shares”, and “I Shares”. To the extent that more than one class is offered by a Fund, each class of such Fund has a different arrangement for shareholder services or distribution or both, as follows:
A SHARES
A Shares are offered at net asset value plus an initial sales charge as set forth in the then current prospectuses of a Fund. The initial sales charge may be waived or reduced on certain types of purchases as set forth in the Fund’s then
current prospectus. In certain cases, A Shares are also offered subject to a contingent deferred sales charge (subject to certain reductions or eliminations of the sales charge as described in the applicable prospectus).
A Shares of a Fund may pay VP Distributors, LLC (the “Distributor”) Rule 12b-1 fees or shareholder servicing fees of up to 0.25%, (annualized) of the average daily net assets of the Fund’s A Shares. Rule 12b-1 fees may be used for, but are not limited to, payment of compensation, including incentive compensation, to securities dealers and financial institutions and organizations to obtain various distribution related and/or shareholder services for the investors in the A Shares; payment of compensation to and expenses of personnel of the Distributor who support the distribution of the A Shares; expenses related to the cost of financing or providing such financing from the Distributor’s or an affiliate’s resources in connection with the Distributor’s payment of such distribution expenses and the payment of other direct distribution costs such as the cost of sales literature, advertising and prospectuses. Shareholder services include, but are not limited to, transmitting prospectuses, statements of additional information, shareholder reports, proxy statements and other materials to shareholders; providing educational materials; providing facilities to answer questions about the Funds; receiving and answering correspondence; assisting shareholders in completing application forms and selecting dividend and other account options and providing such other information and services as the Distributor or Fund may reasonably request. Fees paid under a shareholder services plan not adopted pursuant to Rule 12b-1 may only be used for shareholder service activities. A Shares do not have a conversion feature.
C SHARES
C Shares of a Fund are offered at net asset value without the imposition of any sales charge. C Shares are also offered subject to a contingent deferred sales charge. C Shares of a Fund may pay the Distributor a fee of up to 0.25% (annualized) of the average daily net assets of the Fund’s C Shares for shareholder servicing activities and a distribution fee of up to 0.75% (annualized) of the average daily net assets of the Fund’s C Shares pursuant to a Rule 12b-1 plan for distribution services. C Shares do not have a conversion feature.
I SHARES
I Shares of a Fund are offered at net asset value without the imposition of any sales charge, Rule 12b-1 or shareholder servicing fees. I Shares do not have a conversion feature.
VOTING RIGHTS
Each class shall have exclusive voting rights on any matter submitted to shareholders that relates solely to its arrangement. Each class shall have separate voting rights on any matter submitted to shareholders in which the interests of one class differ from the interests of any other class.
EXCHANGE PRIVILEGES
Shareholders of a class may exchange their shares for shares of another Fund in accordance with Section 11(a) of the 1940 Act, the rules thereunder and the requirements of the applicable prospectuses as follows: Each class of shares of a Fund may be exchanged for the corresponding class of shares of another Fund. Shareholders of one class of shares of a Fund may exchange such shares for shares of another class in the same Fund having lower fixed expenses, at the relative net asset values of the respective shares to be exchanged and with no sales charge, provided that: (a) the shares to be acquired in the exchange are, as may be necessary, qualified for sale in the shareholder’s state of residence; and (b) such exchange is permitted by the disclosure documents of the Fund.
BOARD REVIEW
The Board of Trustees shall review this Plan as frequently as it deems necessary. Prior to any material amendments(s) to this Plan (including any proposed amendments to the method of allocating Class Expenses and/or Fund expenses), the Board of Trustees, including a majority of the Independent Trustees, must find that the Plan is in the best interests of each class of shares of the affected Fund(s) individually and the affected Fund(s) as a whole. In considering whether to approve any proposed amendment(s) to the Plan, the Board of Trustees of the Trust shall request and evaluate such information as they consider reasonably necessary to evaluate the proposed amendment(s) to the Plan.
Adopted: January 22, 2014
SCHEDULE A
(as of March 24, 2014)
A Shares |
C Shares |
I Shares |
||||
Virtus Alternative Income Solution Fund | X | X | X | |||
Virtus Alternative Inflation Solution Fund | X | X | X | |||
Virtus Alternative Total Solution Fund | X | X | X |
Exhibit (p)1
CODE OF ETHICS
PURSUANT TO RULE 17j-1
OF THE 1940 ACT
1. | Introduction |
This Code of Ethics (the “Code”) has been adopted individually by the affiliated registered investment companies 1 , referred to herein (individually) as the “Fund” or “Funds”. This Code shall be administered by the respective Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer or their delegate. Each Fund may attach to this Code a schedule describing any unique provisions that the respective Fund may make to provide additional requirements or to modify requirements set forth by this Code. This Code does not amend or supercede any other Code(s) of Ethics that may affect the duties and obligations of any person affected hereby. This Code applies to all Access Persons of each Virtus Investment Partners subsidiary in their management and administration of the Funds. VP Distributors, LLC, a registered broker/dealer, and Virtus Fund Services, LLC, are related subsidiaries which currently provide services to the Funds and act, respectively, as the principal underwriter and transfer agent of the Funds. Access Persons of non-affiliated investment advisers and subadvisers to the funds are governed by separate codes. Each subsidiary may impose further limitations of personal trading subject to notifying the Chief Legal Officer and the Chief Compliance Officer of the applicable fund. Any additional limitations are specified in the Adviser’s Code.
Notwithstanding the above, the prohibitions in Section 5 below are imposed by Rule 17j-1, and apply to all Affiliated persons of the Funds and their investment advisers and subadvisers, whether or not they are governed by this Code of Ethics.
2. | Standard of Business Conduct |
A. | Statement of Ethical Principles |
Each Fund and Adviser holds its Access Persons to a high standard of integrity and business practices. In serving their respective shareholders and clients, each Fund and Adviser strives to avoid conflicts of interest or the appearance of conflicts of interest in connection with the personal trading activities of its Access Persons and the Fund’s securities transactions.
The Funds acknowledge their confidence in the integrity and good faith of all of their employees, officers, trustees, and directors. Each Fund and/or Adviser recognizes that the knowledge of present or future portfolio transactions or the power to influence portfolio transactions, if held by such individuals, could place them in a position where their
1 Registered Investment Companies “Funds” include Virtus Equity Trust, Virtus Insight Trust, Virtus Opportunities Trust, Virtus Alternative Solutions Trust, Virtus Global Multi-Sector Income Fund, Virtus Total Return Fund, Virtus Variable Insurance Trust, The Zweig Fund, Inc and The Zweig Total Return Fund, Inc.
Tab 1 |
personal interests might conflict with the interests of the Fund, if they were to trade in securities eligible for investment by the Fund.
In view of the foregoing and of the provisions of Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), each Fund and Adviser has determined to adopt this Code of Ethics to specify and prohibit certain types of transactions deemed to create conflicts of interest (or at least the potential for or the appearance of such a conflict) and to establish reporting requirements and enforcement procedures.
The Funds cannot foresee all possible situations, therefore, the Funds ultimately rely upon the integrity and judgement of their personnel and the Advisers, in addition to requirements set forth by this Code. This Code presents a framework against which all Access Persons should seek to measure their conduct.
When Access Persons covered by the terms of this Code of Ethics engage in personal securities transactions, they must adhere to the following general principles as well as to the Code’s specific provisions:
(a) | At all times, the interests of Fund shareholders must be paramount; |
(b) | Personal transactions must be conducted consistent with this Code of Ethics in a manner that avoids any actual or potential conflict of interest; |
(c) | No inappropriate advantage should be taken of any position of trust and responsibility; |
(d) | Non-public information regarding security holdings in any Fund must remain confidential; |
(e) | Compliance with all applicable federal securities laws must be maintained; and |
(f) | Access Persons are required to adhere to the standards of business conduct in the Virtus Code of Conduct. |
B. | Unlawful Actions |
It is unlawful for any Affiliated person of any Fund or any of its Advisers, in connection with the purchase or sale, directly or indirectly, by the person of a Security Held or to be Acquired by any Fund:
(a) | to employ any device, scheme or artifice to defraud any Fund; |
Tab 1 |
(b) | to make any untrue statement of a material fact to any Fund or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made to any Fund, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading; |
(c) | to engage in any act, practice or course of business that operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit on any Fund; or to engage in any manipulative practice with respect to any Fund. |
(d) | to divulge or act upon any material, non-public information, as such term is defined under relevant securities laws. |
3. | Definitions |
A. | “Access Person”: pursuant to Rule 17j-1 of the Investment Company Act of 1940, means any Advisory Person of a Fund or of a Fund’s investment adviser. All of an Adviser’s directors, officers, and general partners are presumed to be Access Persons of any Fund advised by the investment adviser. All of the Fund’s directors, officers, and general partners are presumed to be Access Persons of the Fund. |
B. | In addition, Access Persons include any director, officer or general partner of VP Distributors, the principal underwriter of the Funds, and Virtus Fund Services, the transfer agent and/or financial administrator of the Funds, who, in the ordinary course of business, makes, participates in or obtains information regarding the purchase or sale of Covered Securities by the Fund for which VP Distributors or Virtus Fund Services acts as service provider, distributor or principal underwriter, or whose functions or duties in the ordinary course of business relate to the making of any recommendation to the Fund regarding the purchase or sale of Covered Securities. |
C. | Advisory Person of a Fund or of a Fund’s investment adviser means: |
(a) | Any director, officer, general partner or employee of the Fund or investment advisor (or of any company in a control relationship to the Fund or investment adviser) who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes, participates in, or obtains information regarding, the purchase or sale of Covered Securities by a Fund, or whose functions relate to the making of any recommendations with respect to such purchases or sales; and |
(b) | Any natural person in a control relationship to the Fund or investment adviser who obtains information concerning recommendations made to the Fund with regard to the purchase or sale of Covered Securities by the Fund. |
(c) | Any Investment Personnel. |
Tab 1 |
D. | “Affiliated Open-End Mutual Fund” means any open-end mutual fund to which the Firm or its control affiliate(s) serve as the investment adviser or principal underwriter. . See also the definition of “Unaffiliated Open-End Mutual Fund” in Section W. below. Fund listing provided on Schedule C attached. |
E. | “Affiliated person” of an issuer is a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such issuer. |
F. | “Being considered for Purchase or Sale” means a security for which a recommendation to purchase or sell has been made and communicated; and with respect to the Advisory Person making the recommendation, when such person seriously considers making such a recommendation. |
G. | “Beneficial Ownership” shall be interpreted in the same manner as it would be under Rule 16a-1(a)(2) in determining whether a person is the beneficial owner of a security for purposes of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) and the rules and regulations there under. Generally, Beneficial Ownership means having or sharing, directly or indirectly through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship, or otherwise, a direct or indirect “pecuniary interest” in the security. For the purposes hereof, |
(a) | “Pecuniary interest” means the opportunity, directly or indirectly, to profit or share in any profit derived from a transaction in the security. |
(b) | “Indirect pecuniary interest” includes, but is not limited to: |
(i) securities held by members of the person’s “immediate family” (this means any child, child-in-law, stepchild, grandchild, parent, parent-in-law, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, partner, sibling, or sibling-in-law and includes adoptive relationships) sharing the same household (which ownership interest may be rebutted);
(ii) a general partner’s proportionate interest in portfolio securities held by a general or limited partnership;
(iii) a person’s right to dividends that is separated or separable from the underlying securities (otherwise, a right to dividends alone will not constitute a pecuniary interest in securities);
(iv) a person’s interest in securities held by a trust;
(v) a person’s right to acquire securities through the exercise or conversion of any derivative security, whether or not presently exercisable; and
(vi) a performance-related fee, other than an asset based fee, received by any broker, dealer, bank, insurance company, investment company, investment
Tab 1 |
manager, trustee, or person or entity performing a similar function, with certain exceptions (see Rule 16a-1(a)(2) of the Exchange Act).
H. | “Chief Compliance Officer” or “CCO” refers to the person appointed by the Boards of the funds pursuant to the provisions of Rule 38a-1. Such person is identified on Schedule A hereto. |
I. | “Compliance Officer” may refer to the Fund’s designated Compliance Officer or an Adviser’s Compliance Officer or any person designated to perform the administrative functions of this Code. Such persons are identified on Schedule B hereto. |
J. | “Control” shall have the same meaning as that set forth in Section 2(a)(9) of the 1940 Act. |
K. | “Covered Security” means a security as defined in Section 2(a)(36) of the Act, except securities that are direct obligations of the Government of the United States, bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper, high quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements and shares of traditional , unaffiliated registered open-end investment companies. Reportable Securities are further defined under section U. below. |
L. | “Disinterested Trustee or Director” means a Member of the Board of Trustees or Board of Directors of a Fund who is not an “interested person” of the Fund within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act. |
M. | “Immediate Family Member” shall have the following meaning: With respect to personal securities reporting requirements, terms such as “Employee”, “Personal Brokerage Account”, and “Access Person” are defined to include any Access Person’s spouse or domestic partner who share their household and any relative by blood, adoption or marriage living the Access Person’s household. This definition includes children (including financially dependent children away at school), stepchildren, grandchildren, parents, stepparents, grandparents, siblings and parents, children, or siblings-in-law. |
N. | “Initial Public Offering” or “IPO” means an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the issuer of which, immediately before the registration, was not subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. |
O. | “Investment Personnel” shall mean: |
(a) | any employee of the Fund or Adviser (or of any company in a control relationship to the Fund or Adviser) who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes or participates in making recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of securities by the Fund; and |
(b) | any natural person who controls the Fund or an Adviser and who obtains information concerning recommendations made to the Fund regarding the purchase |
Tab 1 |
or sale of securities by the Fund. Investment Personnel includes any Portfolio Manager or other investment person, such as an analyst or trader, who provides information and advice to a Portfolio Manager or assists in the execution of the investment decisions.
P. | “Limited Offering” or “Private Placement” means an offering that is exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 pursuant to Section 4(2) or Section 4(6) thereof, or pursuant to Rule 504, Rule 505, or Rule 506 there under. |
Q. | “Managed Portfolio” shall mean those Funds, individually and collectively, for which the Portfolio Manager makes buy and sell decisions. For those Funds operating as series companies, Managed Portfolio shall include only the series for which the Portfolio Manager serves as the Portfolio Manager. |
R. | “Personal Brokerage Account” refers to any account (including, without limitation, a custody account, safekeeping account, and an account maintained by an entity that may act in a brokerage or a principal capacity) in which securities may be traded or custodied, and in which an Access Person has any Beneficial Ownership, and any such account of an Immediate Family member, through which an Access Person may hold or acquire Reportable Securities, even though the account currently holds only non-Reportable Securities (such as unaffiliated open-end mutual funds). To the extent that the Virtus 401(k) plan and potentially 401(k) plans of an Access Person’s prior employer(s) or 401(k) plans of Immediate Family Members have the capacity to invest in Affiliated Open-end Mutual Funds and/or other Reportable Securities, such accounts are considered “Personal Brokerage Accounts.” Furthermore, Individual Retirement Accounts (“IRA’s”) that are constructed within a brokerage account capable of transacting in Reportable Securities are also considered “Personal Brokerage Accounts.” |
The meaning of “Personal Brokerage Account” does not include the following: Open-end mutual funds held directly with the sponsor in an account that is not capable of transacting in Reportable Securities; 401(k) accounts that may only hold non-affiliated open-end mutual funds; other accounts that cannot transact in Reportable Securities as determined by the Compliance Department; and direct purchase accounts such as “DRIP” plans.
S. | “Portfolio Manager” means the person or portfolio management team entrusted to make or participate in the making of the buy and sell decisions for a Fund, or series thereof; as disclosed in the Fund(s) prospectus. |
T. | “Purchase or sale of a Reportable Security” includes, among other things, the writing of an option to purchase or sell a security or the purchase or sale of a security that is exchangeable for or convertible into a security. |
U. | “Reportable Security” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(36) of the 1940 Act and includes common stocks, preferred stocks, stock options (put, call and straddle), debt securities, privilege on any security or an any group or index of securities (including any interest therein or based on the value thereof) and derivative instruments. ETFs, UIT ETFs, closed end funds, other |
Tab 1 |
well-known stock indices vehicles, such as the Standard & Poor’s Composite Stock Indices (such as but not limited to SPDR S&P 500, SPDR S&P MidCap 400, “iShares”, etc.); affiliated open-end mutual funds and municipal securities. The meaning of “Reportable Security” shall not include transactions and holdings in direct obligations of the Government of the United States; money market instruments; bankers’ acceptances; bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper, repurchase agreements and other high quality short-term debt instruments; shares of money market funds; transactions and holdings in shares of non-affiliated open-end mutual funds; and transactions in units of a unit investment trust if the unit investment trust is invested exclusively in unaffiliated open-end mutual funds. Note: This exception extends only to open end funds registered in the U.S.; therefore, transactions and holdings in offshore funds ARE reportable.
V. | “Security Held or to be Acquired” by a Fund means: |
(i) | any Covered Security which, within the most recent 15 days: |
(A) | is or has been held by the Fund; or |
(B) | is being or has been considered by the Fund or any of its investment advisers for purchase by the Fund; and |
(ii) | any option to purchase or sell, and any security convertible into or exchangeable for, a Covered Security described in paragraph (p)(i) of this Section. |
A security is “being considered for purchase or sale” when a recommendation to purchase or sell a security has been made and communicated and, with respect to the Investment Personnel making the recommendation, when such person seriously considers making such a recommendation.
“Unaffiliated Open-End Mutual Fund” means any open-end mutual fund not falling within the definition of “Affiliated Open-End Mutual Fund” defined in Section D. above, i.e. any open end mutual fund to which the Form or its control affiliate(s) do not serve as the investment adviser or principal underwriter for the fund.
4. | Disclosure of Personal Brokerage Accounts |
All Access Persons must disclose their Personal Brokerage Accounts to their respective Compliance Department. It is each Access Person’s responsibility to notify their respective Compliance Departme nt of all Personal Brokerage Accounts and to direct the broker to provide their Compliance Department with Brokerage transaction confirmations and account statements (and verify that it has been done). Access Persons cannot assume that the broker-dealer will automatically arrange for this information to be set up and forwarded correctly. Access Persons do not need to disclose the existence of their Virtus-Fidelity 401(k) account, however, any other Virtus Fidelity account holding securities, options or restricted stock of Virtus must be disclosed. 401(k) plans of an Access Person’s prior employer(s) or 401(k) plans of Immediate Family Members must be disclosed if such accounts have the capacity to invest in Affiliated Open-End Mutual Funds and/or other Reportable Securities.
Tab 1 |
5. | Prohibited Activities for Access Persons |
A. | Initial Public Offering (“IPO”) Rule : No Access Person may directly or indirectly acquire beneficial ownership in any securities in an Initial Public Offering (including IPOs offered through the Internet), except with the prior written approval of the Adviser’s Compliance Officer. No FINRA registered person may participate in an IPO pursuant to FINRA Rule 5130. |
B. | Limited Offering/Private Placement Rule : No Access Person may directly or indirectly acquire beneficial ownership in any securities in a Limited Offering or Private Placement except with the prior written approval of the Adviser’s Compliance Officer. |
C. | Preclearance Rule : No Advisory Person may directly or indirectly acquire or dispose of beneficial ownership in a Reportable Security unless such transaction has been precleared by the Compliance Department. Preclearance is valid through the next business day to the close of the U.S. Market following the approval. An order not executed within that time must be resubmitted for pre-clearance approval. Access Persons must wait for approval before placing the other with their broker. |
Exceptions: The following Reportable Securities Transactions do not require pre-clearance:
(a) | Purchases or sales of up to and including 500 shares per month of Reportable Securities of an issuer ranked in the Standard & Poor’s 500 Composite Stock Index (S&P 500) at the time of the transaction. An S&P 500 constituent list is updated quarterly and available on the Virtus intranet website. A copy is also available for review in the Compliance Department. The Compliance Department monitors deminimis trading for patterns of abuse. If a pattern of abuse is determined to have occurred, the Compliance Department reserves the right to suspend or cancel the ability of an Advisory Person to conduct deminimis transactions. |
(b) | Affiliated open-end mutual funds. (However such funds are subject to Quarterly Transaction and Annual Holdings reporting requirements.) |
(c) | Purchases or sales which are non-volitional on the part of either the Advisory Person or the Fund. |
(d) | Purchase orders of Reportable Securities sent directly to the issuer via mail (other than in connection with a Private Placement or Limited Offering) or sales of such securities that are redeemed directly by the issuer via mail. |
Tab 1 |
(e) | Purchases of shares of Reportable Securities necessary to establish an automatic investment or dividend reinvestment plan, as well as any subsequent purchases and sales pursuant to any such plan. |
(f) | Purchases or sales effected in any account over which the Advisory Person has no direct or indirect influence or control in the reasonable estimation of the Adviser’s Compliance Officer. This exemption will also apply to personal brokerage accounts for which a third party (e.g. broker or financial adviser) makes all investment decisions on behalf of the Advisory Person. The discretionary arrangement must be documented to the Chief Compliance Officer or designated Compliance Officer. |
(g) | Purchases or sales of Reportable Securities not eligible for purchase or sale by the Fund(s). |
(h) | Purchases effected upon the exercise of rights issued by an issuer pro rata to all holders of a class of its securities, to the extent such rights were acquired from such issuer, and sales of such rights so acquired. |
(i) | Purchase or sale of securities issued under an employee stock purchase or incentive program unless otherwise restricted. |
Each Adviser’s Compliance Officer may deny approval of any transaction requiring preclearance under this Preclearance Rule, even if the transaction is nominally permitted under this Code of Ethics, if he or she reasonable believes that denying preclearance is necessary for the protection of a Fund.
D. | Open Order Rule: No Advisory Person may directly or indirectly acquire or dispose of Beneficial Ownership in any Reportable Security which requires PreClearance on a day during which a Fund has a pending “buy” or “sell” order for that security of the same type (i.e.. buy or sell) as the proposed personal trade, until the Fund’s order is executed or withdrawn. |
E. | Black-Out Rule : Portfolio Managers and Advisory Persons may not directly or indirectly acquire or dispose of Beneficial Ownership in a Reportable Security within seven calendar days before and after the portfolio(s) associated with the Portfolio Manager’s and Advisory Person’s assigned duties trades in that security. The seven day period is exclusive of the execution date. The Black-Out Rule applies to transactions in securities that are required to be precleared. |
F. | Holding Period Rule : Advisory Persons must hold all Reportable Securities, including options, for no less than sixty (60) days, whether or not the purchase was an exempt transaction under any other provision of Section 5. A FIFO accounting methodology will be applied for determining compliance with this holding rule. |
Tab 1 |
G. | Gifts and Entertainment : Access Persons may not give or receive gifts or entertainment that may be construed to have an influence on business transactions conducted by the Adviser or the Fund(s). Gifts to or from Consultants or Clients must not exceed $100 per person per year. Gifts include any items of value, including sports paraphernalia or equipment, wine or food baskets, gift certificates for shopping, or to a restaurant or spa. Tickets to events are considered gifts if the associate does not attend the event. The $100 limit that applies to gifts does not apply to entertainment. Nonetheless, entertainment must be neither so frequent nor so extensive as to raise any question or impropriety. The CCO or other designated personnel will maintain records of all gifts and all entertainment. All gifts and entertainment received or given must be reported to the Advisor’s Compliance Department. |
H. | Service as Director: No Advisory Person shall serve on the board of directors of a publicly traded company without prior authorization by the President or the Chief Compliance Officer of the Fund. If board service is authorized, such Advisory Person shall have no role in making investment decisions with respect to the publicly traded company. |
I. | Excessive Trading Rule : No Portfolio Manager shall engage in excessive trading or market timing activities with respect to any mutual fund whether or not such mutual fund is a Managed Portfolio, or is managed by such Adviser/Subadviser or any affiliated adviser or subadviser. For the purposes of the foregoing, "market timing" shall be defined as a purchase and redemption, regardless of size, in and out of the same mutual fund within any sixty (60) day period. The foregoing restrictions shall not apply to Portfolio Managers investing in mutual funds through asset allocation programs, automatic reinvestment programs, and any other non-volitional investment vehicles. |
6. | Reporting and Compliance Procedures |
A. | The Code of Ethics, and any amendments thereto, shall be provided to every Access Person. Access Persons will provide written acknowledgement of receipt. |
B. | Duplicate Trade Confirmations and Personal Brokerage Account Statements: All Access Persons (other than Disinterested Trustees or Directors) shall direct their brokers to supply, at the same time that they are sent to the Access Person, a copy of the confirmation for each Reportable Securities trade in a Personal Brokerage Account, and a copy, at least quarterly, of an account statement for each Personal Brokerage Account to their respective Compliance Department (an electronic feed from the broker will satisfy these requirements). Access to duplicate confirmations and account statements will be restricted to those persons assigned to perform review functions, and all materials will be kept confidential except as required by law. |
C. | Quarterly Reports: Access Persons shall report to the Fund the information (specified further below) with respect to transactions in any Reportable Security in which such |
Tab 1 |
Access Person has, or by reason of such transaction acquires, any direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership in the Reportable Security.
Access Persons shall not be required to make a report with respect to transactions effected for any account over which that person lacks any direct or indirect influence or control in the reasonable estimation of the Fund’s CCO.
Every Quarterly report shall be made not later than 15 days after the end of the calendar quarter, and shall include all transactions in Reportable Securities effected during the calendar quarter being reported on. Quarterly Reports shall contain the following information:
(i) | The date of the transaction, in the Reportable Security, the title and number of shares of equity securities; or the maturity date, principal amount and interest rate of debt securities, of each Reportable Security involved; and, as applicable, the exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number; |
(ii) | The type of transaction (i.e., purchase, sale, or any other type of acquisition or disposition); |
(iii) | The price of the Reportable Security at which the transaction was effected; and |
(iv) | The name of the broker, dealer or bank with or through whom the transaction was effected; and |
To the extent that the Access Person certified the Compliance Department is receiving duplicate statements of Personal Brokerage Accounts, the above disclosures are considered to have been made for transactions in Reportable Securities occurring in those Personal Brokerage Accounts.
(v) | With respect to any account established during the quarter in which Securities were held during the quarter for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person: |
(a) | The name of the broker, dealer, or bank with whom the Access Person established the account; and |
(b) | The date the account was established; |
(vi) | The Date the report is submitted by the Access Person. |
D. | Initial and Annual Holdings Reports: Each Access Person shall submit an Initial Holdings and Annual Holdings Report listing all personal Reportable Securities holdings to their designated Compliance Officer, upon commencement of service and annually thereafter (the Initial Holdings Report and the Annual Holdings Report , |
Tab 1 |
respectively). The information on the Initial Holdings
Report must be current as of a date not more than 45 days prior to the date the individual becomes an access person. An Initial
Holdings Report and certification must be submitted to the designated Compliance Officer no later than 10 days after becoming an
Access Person. The Annual Holdings Report information shall be as of December 31 of the prior year.
Access Persons
shall submit the Annual Holdings Report and Certification to the designated Compliance Officer by January 31 of each year. Access
Persons shall include on their Annual Holdings Report any holdings in Affiliated Open-end Mutual Funds, including those held in
the Access Person’s Virtus-Fidelity 401(k) plan.
Every Initial Holdings Report and Annual Holdings Report required pursuant to this section shall contain the following information for Reportable Securities:
(i) | The title and number of shares of equity securities; and/or the maturity date, principal amount and interest rate of debt securities; and, as applicable the exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number of each Reportable Security in which the Access Person had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership as of the Applicable Date. |
(ii) | The name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person maintained an account in which securities were held for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person as of the Applicable Date. |
(iii) | The date the report is submitted by the Access Person. |
For Initial Holdings Reports and Annual Holdings Reports a certification by the Access Person that he or she has read and understood the Code of Ethics, has complied and shall continue to comply with the requirements of this Code and the Firm’s Insider Trading Policy and Procedures.
Exceptions to reporting requirements (Quarterly Transactions and Initial and Annual Holdings):
(i) | Any report of Reportable Securities held in accounts over which the Access Person had no direct or indirect influence or control; |
(ii) | A Quarterly Transaction Report of Reportable Securities transactions effected pursuant to an automatic investment plan; and |
(iii) | A Quarterly Transaction Report if it would duplicate information contained in broker trade confirmations or account statements received no later than 30 days after the end of the applicable calendar quarter. |
Tab 1 |
A Disinterested Trustee or Director of the Fund need not:
(i) | Submit an initial holdings report or an annual holdings report pursuant to Section 6.D. above. |
(ii) | Report securities transactions unless the Trustee or Director knew, or, in the ordinary course of fulfilling his or her official duties as a Fund Trustee or Director, should have known, that during the 15-day period immediately before or after the Trustee’s/Director’s transaction in a Covered Security, the Fund purchased or sold the Covered Security or the Fund or any of its investment advisers or subadvisers considered purchasing or selling the Covered Security. |
E. | Any report made under this Section 6 may contain a statement that the report shall not be construed as an admission by the person making such report that he or she has any direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership in the security to which the report relates. |
7. | 401(k) Plans and the Requirements of the Code |
A. | Disclosure of Personal Brokerage Accounts: Access Persons are not required to disclose the existence of their Virtus-Fidelity 401(k) plan, but Access Persons must disclose any other 401(k) account if the account can transact in Affiliated Open-end Mutual Funds and/or other Reportable Securities. |
B. | Preclearance Rule: Access Persons are not required to preclear transactions in Affiliated Open-end Mutual Funds (e.g., transferring amounts from one fund to another) or contributions in the form of payroll deductions. Access Persons are required to preclear transactions in Reportable Securities that are not exceptions to the Preclearance Rule of Section 5 (e.g., the sale of previous employer’s stock). |
C. | Duplicate Trade Confirmations and Personal Brokerage Account Statements: If an Access Person has a 401(k) account from a previous employer that can transact in Affiliated Open-end Mutual Funds and/or other Reportable Securities, the Access Person shall direct her broker to supply, at the same time that they are sent to the Access Person, a copy of the confirmation for each personal Reportable Securities trade and a copy, at least quarterly, of an account statement to her respective Compliance Department for each 401(k) account other than the Virtus-Fidelity 401(k) plan. |
D. | Quarterly Transactions Reports: For 401(k) accounts other than the Virtus-Fidelity 401(k) plan, Access Persons are required to submit a Quarterly Transaction Report for transactions in Reportable Securities (e.g., Affiliated Open-end Mutual Funds or a previous employer’s stock). |
Tab 1 |
E. | Initial and Annual Holdings Reports: Access Persons are required to report all holdings in Reportable Securities, including holdings in the Virtus-Fidelity 401(k) plan (e.g., Affiliated Open-end Mutual Funds). |
8. | Administration of Code of Ethics |
A. | Each Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer and its investment advisers and principal underwriters shall furnish to the applicable Fund’s Board annually, and such Board will consider, a written report that: |
(a) | Summarizes the current procedures under the Code of Ethics; |
(b) | Describes any issues arising from the Code of Ethics or procedures since the last report to the Board, including, but not limited to, information about material violations of the Code or procedures and sanctions imposed in response to the material violations; and |
(c) | Certifies that the Fund, Investment Adviser, or principal underwriter, as applicable, has adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons from violating the Code. |
B. | The Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer shall obtain from each investment adviser and the subadviser to the Fund whose Access Persons are governed by its own Code of Ethics, a written report including the information and certification required in (b) and (c) above with respect to that Code. |
C. | The Board will consider all of these reports. |
D. | These reports will be available to the Chief Compliance Officer of the Funds. |
E. | Any Access Person shall immediately report any potential violation of this Code of which he or she becomes aware to the Designated Compliance Officer. |
F. | An Access Person need not make reports under this Section 6 with respect to transactions effected for any account over which such person does not have any direct or indirect influence or control. |
G. | Each Adviser’s Compliance Officer will review all reports and other information submitted under this Section 6. This review will include such comparisons with trading records of the Fund as are necessary or appropriate to determine whether there have been any violations of the Code. |
H. | Each Adviser’s Compliance Officer will maintain a list of all Access Persons who are required to make reports under the Code, and shall inform those Access Persons of their reporting obligations. Each Adviser’s Compliance Officer shall |
Tab 1 |
promptly notify any Access Person when any report has not been filed on a timely basis.
I. | Please refer to Schedule B for person(s) to contact for preclearance and to file Annual Holdings and Quarterly Personal Securities Transaction reports. |
9. | Recordkeeping Requirements: |
Each Fund, investment adviser, and principal underwriter to which this Code of Ethics applies, or to which reports are required to be made by Access Persons, must maintain the following records:
A. | A copy of each Code of Ethics for the organization that is in effect, or at any time within the past five years was in effect; |
B. | A record of any Code violation or action taken as a result of the violation that occurred, for at least five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the violation occurred; |
C. | A copy of each report made by an Access Person as required by this Code, or the information provided in lieu of a report, pursuant to Rule 17j-1 of the Act, for at least five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the report was made; |
D. | A record of all persons, currently, or within the past five years, who are or were required to make reports pursuant to this Code, or those persons who are or were responsible for reviewing these reports, must be maintained in an easily accessible place; |
E. | A copy of each report provided to the Fund(s) Board must be maintained for at least five years after the end of the fiscal year in which it is made, the first two year in an easily accessible place; and |
F. | A record of any decision approving the acquisition by investment personnel of IPOs and/or Limited Offerings for at least five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the approval is granted. |
10 . Sanctions
Upon discovering a violation of this Code, the Board of a Fund may impose such sanctions as it deems appropriate, including inter alia, a letter of censure or suspension or termination of employment, or suspension of personal trading privileges for such period as it may deem appropriate. Provided further, the Adviser’s Compliance Officer shall review and present sanctions levied for non-compliance at each regularly scheduled Board meeting. Please see attached Schedule A of Sanctions that may be levied for violations of this Code.
Tab 1 |
11. Exceptions
Each Adviser’s Compliance Officer, in consultation with the Chief Legal Officer, may grant written exceptions to provisions of the Code based on equitable considerations. The exceptions may be granted to individuals or classes of individuals with respect to particular transactions, classes of transactions or all transactions, and may apply to past as well as future transactions, provided, however, that no exception will be granted where the exceptions would result in a violation of Rule 17j-1. To the extent any such exception relates to an Access Person of a Fund, the exception will be reported to a Fund’s Board at its next regularly scheduled meeting. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Compliance Officer shall promptly report any and all exceptions to the Chief Compliance Officer of the applicable Fund and the Chief Compliance Officer may provide an independent report to the applicable Board regarding his/her assessment of the merits and potential repercussions of granting any such exceptions.
12. Other Codes of Ethics
This Code of Ethics does not amend or supersede any other Code(s) of Ethics that may affect the duties and obligations of any person affected hereby.
Tab 1 |
Schedule A
Chief Compliance Officer of the Funds: | Nancy Engberg |
Schedule B
Person to contact for preclearance and reporting requirements: | Robert Karim |
Tab 1 |
SCHEDULE C
Virtus Mutual Funds (all retail open-end funds)
Dunham Corporate/Government Bond Fund
Dreyfus Select Managers Small Cap Value Fund
UBS Pace Small Medium Co Value Equity Investment
Tab 1 |
CERTIFICATION:
By my signature below, I certify that I have received, read, and understood the foregoing policies of the Virtus Funds Code of Ethics, and will comply in all respects with such policies.
Name | Date |
Please print or type name: ___________________________________
Tab 1 |
Initial Holdings Report | Q Report |
Q Report Affiliated MF
Transactions |
Annual Report | Pre-Clear |
All Access Persons | All Access Persons | Investment Personnel | All Access Persons | Advisory Persons |
· 1st violation – written warning · 2 nd violation within the same year - $50.00 fine payable to the Connecticut Food Bank. · 3 rd violation within the same year – suspension of trading privileges for 30 days
|
· 1st violation – written warning
·
2
nd
violation within the same year - $50.00 fine payable to the Connecticut Food Bank
|
· 1st violation – written warning
·
2
nd
violation within the same year - $50.00 fine payable to the Connecticut Food Bank
|
· 1st violation – written warning
|
· 1 st violation – written warning · 2 nd violation within the same year - $100 fine payable to the Connecticut Food Bank and suspension of trading privileges for 30 days · 3 rd violation within the same year – suspension of trading privileges for 90 days
|
Pre-Clear
IPOs & Limited
Offerings |
Blackout |
60-Day
Holding
Requirement |
Market
Timing Prohibition
and Q Certificate |
Open Order Rule |
Advisory Personnel | Investment Personnel | Advisory Personnel | Investment Personnel | Investment Personnel |
· 1 st violation – Reported to Chief Compliance Officer and President of Virtus Investment Partners for determination of appropriate sanctions. · 2 nd violation – possible grounds for termination
|
· 1 st violation – disgorgement of profits on the personal trade · 2 nd violation - Reported to Chief Compliance Officer and President of Virtus Investment Partners for determination of appropriate sanctions. · 3 rd violation - possible grounds for termination |
· 1 st violation – written warning · 2 nd violation - violation within the same year - $50.00 fine payable to the Connecticut Food Bank. · 3 rd violation within the same year – suspension of trading privileges for 60 days
|
· 1 st violation - possible grounds for termination at determination of Chief Legal Officer and President of Virtus Investment Partners.
|
· 1 st violation – Reported to Chief Legal Officer and President of Virtus Investment Partners for determination of appropriate sanctions. · 2 nd violation – possible grounds for termination
|
1 Registered Investment Companies “Funds” include Virtus Equity Trust, Virtus Insight Trust, Virtus Opportunities Trust, Virtus Alternative Solutions Trust, Virtus Global Multi-Sector Income Fund, Virtus Total Return Fund, Virtus Variable Insurance Trust, The Zweig Fund, Inc and The Zweig Total Return Fund, Inc.
Tab 1 |
Exhibit (p)2
CODE OF ETHICS
Amended and Restated March 15, 2014
1. | Introduction |
This Code of Ethics (the “Code”) has been adopted individually by the entities listed in Schedule A, referred to herein (individually) as the “Firm”. This Code is administered by each Firm’s designated Chief Compliance Officer or their delegate as a separate program. Each Firm may attach to this Code an appendix describing any unique provisions the Firm has made to provide additional requirements or modify requirements set forth by this Code.
2. | Standard of Business Conduct |
A. | Statement of Ethical Principles |
The Firm holds its Supervised Persons to a high standard of integrity and business practices. In serving their respective shareholders and clients, the Firm strives to avoid conflicts of interest or the appearance of conflicts of interest related to the personal trading activities of its Supervised Persons and the securities transactions in any managed account.
The Firm acknowledges its confidence in the integrity and good faith of all of its Supervised Persons. The Firm recognizes that the knowledge of present or future portfolio transactions or the power to influence portfolio transactions, if held by such individuals, could place them in a position where their personal interests might conflict with those of the managed account, if they were to trade in securities eligible for investment by the managed account.
In view of the foregoing and of the provisions of Sections 204-2 and 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (Advisers Act), as amended, and Rule 17j-1 of the Investment Company Act, as amended, the Firm has adopted this Code to specify and prohibit certain types of transactions deemed to create conflicts of interest or the potential for or appearance of such a conflict, and to establish reporting requirements and enforcement procedures. Because the Firm cannot foresee all possible situations, the Firm ultimately relies upon the integrity and judgment of its personnel, in addition to requirements set forth by this Code. This Code presents a framework against which all Supervised Persons should seek to measure their conduct. When Supervised Persons covered by this Code engage in personal securities transactions, they must adhere to the following general principles and the Code’s specific provisions:
a) | At all times, the interests of the Firm and its Clients must be paramount; |
b) | Personal transactions must be conducted consistent with this Code in a manner that avoids any actual or potential conflict of interest; |
c) | No inappropriate advantage should be taken of any position of trust and responsibility; |
d) | Information about the identity of security holdings and financial circumstances of Clients is confidential; |
e) | Ensure that the investment management and overall business of the Firm complies with the policies of the Firm, Virtus Investment Partners (Virtus) and applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws and regulations; and |
f) | Supervised Persons are required to adhere to the standards of business conduct in the Virtus Code of Conduct. |
B. | Unlawful Actions |
It is unlawful for any Supervised Person, in connection with the purchase or sale, directly or indirectly, by them of a security held or to be held by any Client account to:
a) | Employ any device, scheme or artifice to defraud any Client; |
b) | Make any untrue statement of a material fact to any Client or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made to any Client, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading; |
c) | Engage in any act, practice or course of business that operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit on any Client; or to engage in any manipulative practice with respect to any Client; and |
d) | Divulge or act upon any material, non-public information, as is defined under relevant securities laws. |
3. | Definitions |
A. "Access Person" means all directors, officers, general partners, partners of the Firm and Advisory Persons of Firm’s Advisers (or other persons occupying a similar status or performing similar functions). In addition, Access Person means all Supervised Persons, who:
a. | Are involved in making securities recommendations to Clients; or |
b. | Have access to nonpublic information regarding the following: |
2 |
(a) | Any Clients’ purchase or sale of securities, or recommendation to purchase or sell such securities; or |
(b) | Information regarding the portfolio holdings of any fund the Firm or its control affiliates manages. |
B. | “Advisers Act” means the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. |
C. | "Advisory Person" means (i) any Access Person of the Firm or of any company in a control relationship to the Firm, who, in connection with their regular functions or duties, makes, participates in or obtains information regarding the purchase or sale of a security by the Firm for a Client, or whose functions relate to the making of any recommendations with respect to such purchases or sales; and (ii) any natural person in a control relationship to the Firm who obtains information concerning recommendations made to the Client with regard to the purchase or sale of a security. |
D. | "Affiliated Officer" means (i) any corporate officer or director of the Firm who is not a resident at the Firm’s business location; and (ii) is subject to the provisions of an affiliate’s code of ethics for personal trading. |
E. | “Affiliated Open-End Mutual Fund” means any open-end mutual fund to which the Firm or its control affiliate(s) serve as the investment adviser or principal underwriter. Currently, this means all open-end (non-exchange traded) funds managed by Virtus or its affiliates. A chart of such funds is available at Schedule B and on the Virtus Compliance Intranet site. Schedule B may be updated from time to time without being considered an amendment to this Code of Ethics. See also the definition of “Unaffiliated Open-End Mutual Fund” in section W. below. |
F. | “Being considered for Purchase or Sale” means when a security for which a recommendation to purchase or sell has been made and communicated; and with respect to the Advisory Person making the recommendation, when such person seriously considers making such a recommendation. |
G. | "Beneficial Ownership" shall be interpreted in the same manner as it would be under Rule 16a-1(a)(2) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the Exchange Act) in determining whether a person is the beneficial owner of a security for purposes of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations there under. It includes ownership by any person who, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares a direct or indirect pecuniary interest in a security. For purposes hereof, |
3 |
a. | “Pecuniary Interest” means the opportunity, directly or indirectly, to profit or share in any profit derived from a transaction in the security. |
b. | “Indirect Pecuniary Interest” includes, but is not limited to: |
(a) | Securities held by Immediate Family Members sharing the same household; |
(b) | A general partner’s proportionate interest in portfolio securities held by a general or limited partnership; |
(c) | A person’s right to dividends that is separated or separable from the underlying securities (otherwise, a right to dividends alone will not constitute a pecuniary interest in securities); |
(d) | A person’s interest in securities held by a trust; |
(e) | A person’s right to acquire securities through the exercise or conversion of any derivative security, whether or not presently exercisable; and |
(f) | A performance-related fee, other than an asset based fee, received by any broker, dealer, bank, insurance company, investment company, investment manager, trustee, or person or entity performing a similar function, with certain exceptions (see Rule 16a-1(a)(2)of the Exchange Act). |
An Access Person is presumed to have Beneficial Ownership in, and so an obligation to report, the securities held by his or her Immediate Family Members. Access Persons should note that the Firm’s policies and procedures with respect to personal securities transactions also apply to transactions by a spouse, domestic partner, child or other Immediate Family Member residing in the same household. See definition of “Immediate Family Member” in section M. below.
H. | “Chief Compliance Officer” or “CCO” refers to the person appointed by the Firm pursuant to the provisions of Section 206(4)-7 of the Advisers Act. |
I. | "Client" means each and every investment company, or series thereof, or other account managed by the Firm. |
J. | "Control" shall have the same meaning as that in Section 2(a) (9) of the Investment Company Act. |
4 |
K. | “Covered Associate” is a term used in the Firm’s Pay to Play Policy and Procedures and is incorporated by reference. |
L. | "Firm" means each of the entities listed in Schedule A who have each adopted this Code and administer it under their respective individual compliance programs managed by their designated Chief Compliance Officer or his/her delegate. |
M. | “Immediate Family Member” shall have the following meaning: With respect to personal securities reporting requirements, terms such as “Employee”, “Personal Brokerage Account”, “Supervised Person” and “Access Person” are defined to include any Supervised Person’s or Access Person’s spouse or domestic partner who share their household and any relative by blood, adoption or marriage living in the Supervised or Access Person’s household. This definition includes children (including financially dependent children away at school), stepchildren, grandchildren, parents, stepparents, grandparents, siblings and parents-children-or siblings-in-law. |
N. | "Initial Public Offering" or “IPO” means an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933 as amended, the issuer of which, immediately before the registration, was not subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. |
O. | “ Investment Company Act” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. |
P. | "Managed Fund or Portfolio" shall mean those Clients, individually and collectively, for whom the Portfolio Manager makes buy and sell decisions. |
Q. | “Personal Brokerage Account” refers to any account (including, without limitation, a custody account, safekeeping account and an account maintained by an entity that may act in a brokerage or a principal capacity) in which securities may be traded or custodied, and in which an Access Person has any Beneficial Ownership, and any such account of an Immediate Family Member. The meaning of “Personal Brokerage Account” includes accounts in which an Access Person may hold or acquire Reportable Securities, even though the account currently holds only non-Reportable Securities (such as unaffiliated open-end mutual funds). To the extent that the Virtus 401(k) plan and potentially 401(k) plans of an Access Person’s prior employer(s) or 401(k) plans of Immediate Family Members have the capacity to invest in Affiliated Open-end Mutual Funds and/or other Reportable Securities, such accounts are considered “Personal Brokerage Accounts”. Furthermore, Individual Retirement Accounts (i.e.: “IRAs”) that are constructed within a brokerage account capable of transacting in Reportable Securities are also considered “Personal Brokerage Accounts”. |
5 |
The meaning of “Personal Brokerage Account” does not include the following: open-end mutual funds held directly with the sponsor in an account that is not capable of transacting in Reportable Securities; 401(k) accounts that may only hold non-affiliated open-end mutual funds; other accounts that cannot transact in Reportable Securities as determined by the Compliance Department; and direct purchase accounts such as “DRIP” plans.
R. | "Fund Portfolio Manager" or “Portfolio Manager” is an Advisory Person (or one of the Advisory Persons) entrusted with the day-to-day management of the Fund’s portfolio. |
S. | "Private Placement" or "Limited Offering" means an offering that is exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 pursuant to Section 4(2) or Section 4(6) thereof, or pursuant to Rule 504, Rule 505 or Rule 506 there under. |
T. | "Purchase or sale of a Reportable Security" includes, among other things, the writing of an option to purchase or sell a security, or the purchase or sale of a security, that is exchangeable for or convertible into, a security that is held or to be acquired for a Client. |
U. | "Reportable Security" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(36) of the Investment Company Act, and Rule 204A-1 of the Advisers Act as amended, and includes common stocks, preferred stocks, stock options (put, call and straddle), debt securities, privilege on any security or on any group or index of securities (including any interest therein or based on the value thereof) and derivative instruments, ETFs, UIT ETFs, closed-end funds, other well-known stock indices vehicles, such as the Standard & Poor’s 500 Composite Stock Indices (such as but not limited to SPDR S&P 500, SPDR S&P MidCap 400, “iShares”, etc.); affiliated open-end mutual funds and municipal securities. |
The meaning of “Reportable Security” shall not include transactions and holdings in direct obligations of the Government of the United States; money market instruments; bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper, repurchase agreements and other high quality short-term debt instruments; shares of money market funds; transactions and holdings in shares of non-affiliated open-end mutual funds; and transactions in units of a unit investment trust if the unit investment trust is invested exclusively in unaffiliated open-end mutual funds. Note: This exception extends only to open end funds registered in the U.S.; therefore, transactions and holdings in offshore funds ARE reportable .
6 |
V. | "Supervised Person" means any director, officer, and partner of the Firm (or other person occupying a similar status or performing similar functions); an employee of the Firm; and any other person who provides advice on behalf of the Firm and is subject to the Firm’s supervision and control. To affect such policies as required by this Code, the Firm’s CCO shall further classify certain Supervised Persons as an “Access Person”, or “Advisory Person”. |
W. | “Unaffiliated Open-End Mutual Fund” means any open-end (non-exchange traded) mutual fund not falling within the definition of “Affiliated Open-End Mutual Fund” defined in section E. above, i.e., any open-end mutual fund to which the Firm or its control affiliate(s) do not serve as the investment adviser or principal underwriter for the fund. |
4. | Disclosure of Personal Brokerage Accounts 1 |
All Access Persons must disclose their Personal Brokerage Accounts to their respective Compliance Department. Each Access Person’s responsibility is to notify their respective Compliance Department of all Personal Brokerage Accounts and to direct the broker to provide their Compliance Department with brokerage transaction confirmations and account statements (and verify that it has been done). Access Persons cannot assume that the broker-dealer will automatically arrange for this information to be set up and forwarded correctly. Access Persons do not need to disclose the existence of their Virtus-Fidelity 401(k) account, however any other Virtus Fidelity account holding securities, options or restricted stock of Virtus must be disclosed. 401(k) plans of an Access Person’s prior employer(s) or 401(k) plans of Immediate Family Members must be disclosed if such accounts have the capacity to invest in Affiliated Open-end Mutual Funds and/or other Reportable Securities.
5. | Prohibited Activities for Access Persons |
A. | Initial Public Offering (“IPO”) Rule: No Access Person may directly or indirectly acquire beneficial ownership in any securities in an IPO, without the prior written approval of the CCO. This also applies to IPO’s offered through the internet. No FINRA registered person or Portfolio Manager may participate in an IPO pursuant to FINRA Rule 5130. |
B. | Private Placement / Limited Offering Rule: No Access Person may directly or indirectly acquire beneficial ownership in any securities in a Private Placement or Limited Offering without the prior written approval of the CCO. The approved purchase should be disclosed to the Client if they are considering that issuer’s securities for purchase or sale. |
1 Certain Supervised Persons are subject to the requirements of Section 4. Please see the Appendix following this Code.
7 |
C. | Preclearance Rule: No Access Person may directly or indirectly acquire or dispose of beneficial ownership in a Reportable Security unless the transaction has been pre-cleared by the Compliance Department. Preclearance is valid through the next business day at the close of the U.S. market following the approval. An order not executed within that time must be re-submitted for preclearance approval. Access Persons must wait for approval before placing the order with their broker. |
Exceptions: The following Reportable Securities transactions do not require preclearance: |
a) | Purchases or sales of up to and including 500 shares per month of Reportable Securities in any issuer ranked in the S&P 500 at the time of the transaction. An S&P 500 holding list is updated quarterly and available on the Virtus intranet website. A copy is also available for review in your Firm’s Compliance Department. The Compliance Department monitors de minimis trading for patterns of abuse. If a pattern of abuse is determined to have occurred, the Compliance Department reserves the right to suspend or cancel the ability of an Access Person to conduct de minimis transactions. |
b) | Transactions in Affiliated Open-End Mutual Funds. |
c) | Purchase orders of Reportable Securities sent directly to the issuer via mail (other than in connection with a Private Placement or Limited Offering) or sales of such securities that are redeemed directly by the issuer via mail. |
d) | Purchases or sales of Reportable Securities effected in any account over which the Access Person has no direct or indirect influence or control in the reasonable estimation of the Firm’s CCO. This exemption will apply to Personal Brokerage Accounts for which a third party, such as a broker or financial advisor, makes all investment decisions on behalf of the Access Person and the Access Person does not discuss any specific transactions for the account with the third-party manager. |
e) | Purchases or sales of Reportable Securities (i) not eligible for purchase or sale by the Client; or (ii) specified from time to time by the Firm’s Directors, subject to rules the Firm’s Directors shall specify. |
f) | Purchases of shares of Reportable Securities necessary to establish an automatic investment or dividend reinvestment plan, as well as any subsequent purchases and sales pursuant to any such automatic investment or dividend reinvestment plan. |
8 |
g) | Purchases of Reportable Securities effected upon the exercise of rights issued by an issuer pro rata to all holders of a class of its securities, to the extent the rights were acquired from the issuer, and sales of such rights so acquired. |
h) | Purchases or sales of Reportable Securities issued under an employee stock purchase or incentive program unless otherwise restricted. |
i) | Non-volitional transactions (such as stock splits, dividends, corporate actions, etc.). |
Note: The foregoing are exceptions to the Preclearance Rule only; other provisions of this Code may apply.
The Firm’s CCO or other designated compliance personnel may deny approval of any transaction requiring preclearance under this Pre-clearance Rule, even if nominally permitted under the Code, if believed that denial is necessary for the protection of the Client or the Firm.
D. | Open Order Rule: No Access Person may directly or indirectly acquire or dispose of the Beneficial Ownership in any Reportable Security that requires preclearance (i.e., is not exempt from preclearance) when a Client has a pending buy or sell for that security of the same type until the Client's order is executed or withdrawn. |
E. | Blackout Rule: Portfolio Managers and Advisory Persons may not directly or indirectly acquire or dispose of Beneficial Ownership in a Reportable Security within seven calendar days before and after the portfolio(s) associated with the Portfolio Manager’s and Advisory Person’s assigned duties trades in that security. The seven-day period is exclusive of the execution date. The Blackout Rule applies to transactions in securities that are required to be precleared. |
F. | Holding Period Rule: Access Persons must hold all Reportable Securities for no less than sixty (60) days, whether or not the purchase was an exempt transaction under any other provision of Section 5. Generally, a first-in first-out (“FIFO”) accounting methodology will be applied for determining compliance with this holding rule. |
G. | Gifts and Entertainment: Supervised Persons designated by the Firm’s CCO may not give or receive gifts or payments that may be construed to have an influence on business transactions conducted by the Firm. Gifts to or from Consultants or Clients must not exceed $100 per person per year. Gifts include any items of value, including sports paraphernalia or equipment, wine or food baskets, gift certificates for shopping or to a restaurant or spa. Tickets |
9 |
to events are considered gifts if the associate does not attend the event. The $100 limit that applies to gifts does not apply to entertainment. Nonetheless, entertainment must be neither so frequent nor so extensive as to raise any question of impropriety. The CCO or other designated personnel will maintain records of all gifts and payments of $100 or more per person and all entertainment. ALL gifts and entertainment received or given must be reported to the Compliance Department. Supervised Persons designated by the Firm’s CCO are required to submit a log quarterly. |
H. | Serving on Boards of Directors: No Advisory Person shall serve on the board of directors of a publicly traded company without prior authorization from Virtus Investment Partners Inc. Counsel or the Firm’s CCO. If authorized, the Advisory Person shall have no role in making investment decisions with respect to the publicly traded company. |
I. | Excessive Trading Rule: No Portfolio Manager shall engage in excessive trading or market timing activities with respect to any mutual fund regardless of whether or not the mutual fund is managed by that Firm/Sub-advisor or any affiliated adviser/sub-advisor. Market timing is defined as a purchase and redemption, regardless of size, in and out of the same mutual fund within any sixty (60) day period. The foregoing restrictions shall not apply to Portfolio Managers investing in mutual funds through asset allocation programs, automatic reinvestment programs, and any other non-volitional investment vehicles. |
J. | Material, Non-public Information: No Supervised Person shall divulge or act upon any material, non-public information as defined under relevant securities laws. For more information, refer to the Firm’s Insider Trading Policy and Procedures . |
K. | Pay to Play Rule: The SEC has adopted Rule 206(4)-5 of the Advisers Act (the Rule or Pay to Play Rule) as a means to curtail the ability of investment advisers to use political contributions to influence state and municipal government officials responsible for hiring the investment advisers, otherwise known as pay for play practices. Under the Rule, political contributions made by advisers or their personnel or affiliates may result in serious limitations on the advisers’ ability to receive compensation for the management of certain public funds. It does not prohibit political contributions but does prohibit the adviser from receiving compensation from that government plan. The Rule does not preempt state or local pay to play laws. The Firm and its Covered Associates, as defined in the Firm’s Pay to Play policy (“policy”), are prohibited from doing anything indirectly which, if done directly, would violate the Rule. This could include contributions made by Immediate Family Members even though they are not considered Covered Associates. |
10 |
Effective with this Code, if a Covered Associate, as defined in the policy, is entitled to vote for a government official, they may only contribute $350 or less to that official per election. If they are not entitled to vote for a government official, they may only contribute $150 or less to that official per election. Contributions to political parties and PACs are prohibited if they are made as a means to do indirectly what is prohibited if done directly (for example, the contribution is earmarked or known to be provided for the benefit of a particular Official). For this reason, contributions in excess of the de minimus amounts above should not be made to a PAC known to be controlled by, or affiliated with, an Official or to a state or local political party if it is reasonably expected to benefit an Official. Associates are required to report to Compliance all contributions made on a quarterly basis. Please refer to the Firm’s Pay to Play separate policy.
6. | Reporting & Compliance Procedures 2 |
A. | Duplicate Trade Confirmations and Personal Brokerage Account Statements: All Access Persons shall direct their brokers to supply, at the same time that they are sent to the Access Person, a copy of the confirmation for each personal Reportable Securities trade in a Personal Brokerage Account and a copy, at least quarterly, of an account statement for each Personal Brokerage Account to their respective Compliance Department (an electronic feed from the broker will satisfy these requirements). Access to duplicate confirmations and account statements will be restricted to those persons assigned to perform review functions, and all materials will be kept confidential except as required by law. |
B. | Quarterly Transactions Reports: Access Persons shall report to the Firm the information (specified further below) with respect to transactions in any Reportable Security in which the Access Person has, or by reason of that transaction acquires, any direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership in the Reportable Security. |
Access Persons shall not be required to make a report with respect to transactions effected for any account over which that person lacks any direct or indirect influence or control in the reasonable estimation of the Firm’s CCO. |
The Firm’s CCO may grant an extension to the 15-day quarterly reporting deadline for cases of hardship, illness, system unavailability or other
2 Certain Supervised Persons are subject to the requirements of Sections 6A, 6B and 6C. Please see the Appendix following this Code.
11 |
extenuating circumstances provided that such extension does not exceed the 30-day limit required by Rule 204A-1 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. Such extension will not be considered a waiver of this Code of Ethics. Access Person’s Quarterly Transaction Reports shall contain the following information:
(i) All transactions in Reportable Securities effected during the calendar quarter being reported on;
(ii) | The date of the transaction in the Reportable Security, the title and number of shares of equity securities; or, the maturity date, principal amount and interest rate of debt securities, of each Reportable Security involved; and as applicable, the exchange ticker symbol or cusip number; |
(iii) | The type of transaction (i.e., purchase, sale, or any other type of acquisition or disposition); |
(iv) | The price of the Reportable Security at which the transaction was effected; |
(v) | The name of the broker, dealer or bank with or through whom the transaction was effected; and |
(vi) | The date the report is submitted. |
To the extent that the Access Person certified that the Compliance Department is receiving duplicate statements of Personal Brokerage Accounts, the above disclosures are considered to have been made for transactions in Reportable Securities occurring in those Personal Brokerage Accounts.
C. | Initial and Annual Holdings Reports: Each Access Person shall submit an Initial Holdings and Annual Holdings Report listing all personal Reportable Securities holdings to their Firm’s Compliance Department upon the commencement of service and annually thereafter (the Initial Holdings Report and the Annual Holdings Report , respectively). The information on the Initial Holdings Report must be current as of a date not more than 45 days prior to the date the individual becomes an Access Person. An Initial Holdings Report and certification must be submitted to their Firm’s Compliance Departments no later than 10 days after becoming an Access Person. The Annual Holdings Report holdings information shall be as of December 31 of the prior year. Access Persons shall submit the Annual Holdings Report and certification to their Firm’s Compliance Department by January 31 of each year. Access Persons shall include on their Annual Holdings Report any holdings in Affiliated Open-end Mutual Funds including those held in the Access Person’s Virtus-Fidelity 401(k) plan. |
12 |
Every Initial Holdings Report and Annual Holdings Report required pursuant to this section shall contain the following information for Reportable Securities: |
(i) | The title, type and number of shares of equity securities; and/or the maturity date, principal amount and interest rate of debt securities; and as applicable the exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number, number of shares, and principal amount of each Reportable Security in which the Access Person has any direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership; |
(ii) | The name of any broker, dealer or bank with which the Access Person maintains an account in which any securities are held for the Access Person’s direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership; |
(iii) | The date the Access Person submits the report; and |
(iv) | For Initial Holdings Reports and Annual Holdings Reports, a certification by the Supervised Person that he or she has read, understood, has complied, and shall continue to comply with the requirements of this Code and the Firm’s Insider Trading Policy and Procedures. |
Exceptions to reporting requirements (Quarterly Transactions and Initial and Annual Holdings):
(i) | Any report of Reportable Securities held in accounts over which the Access Person had no direct or indirect influence or control; |
(ii) | A Quarterly Transaction Report of Reportable Securities transactions effected pursuant to an automatic investment plan; and |
(iii) | A Quarterly Transaction Report if it would duplicate information contained in broker trade confirmations or account statements received no later than 30 days after the end of the applicable calendar quarter. |
D. | Any report made under this Section 6 may contain a statement that the report shall not be construed as an admission by the person making such reports that he or she has any direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership in the security to which the report relates. |
E. | The Firm’s CCO shall submit an annual report to the Fund Board of Directors/Trustee for any fund advised or sub-advised by the Firm that summarizes the current Code procedures, identifies any violations requiring significant remedial action, and recommends appropriate changes to the Code, if any. |
13 |
F. | Any Supervised Person must promptly report possible violations of the Code to the Firm’s CCO or other designee (including but not limited to potential conflicts of interest) when they suspect, in good faith, that a violation may have occurred or is reasonably likely to occur. If a matter implicates the Firm’s CCO or other designee, notice of a violation should be reported to the Virtus Investment Partners Inc. CCO. Failure to do so is in itself a violation of this Code. No retaliation or retribution of any kind will be taken against any Supervised Person who, in good faith, reports a suspected violation of this Code. To the extent possible under the circumstances, all information will be kept confidential. |
G. | The Firm’s Compliance Department will review all reports and other information submitted under Section 6. This review will include comparisons with trading records of Client accounts as are necessary or appropriate in determining whether there have been any violations of the Code. |
H. | The Firm’s Compliance Personnel will maintain a list of all Supervised Persons, Access Persons, Advisory Persons, and Portfolio Managers who are required to make reports under the Code, and shall inform such individuals of their reporting obligations and if any requirement of this Code has not been complied with. |
I. | The Firm shall provide a copy of the Code and any amendments to all Supervised Persons and obtain their written acknowledgement of receipt. |
7. | 401(k) Plans and the Requirements of the Code 3 |
A. | Disclosure of Personal Brokerage Accounts: Access Persons are not required to disclose the existence of their Virtus-Fidelity 401(k) plan, but Access Persons must disclose any other 401(k) account if the account can transact in Affiliated Open-end Mutual Funds and/or other Reportable Securities. |
B. | Preclearance Rule: Access Persons are not required to preclear transactions in Affiliated Open-end Mutual Funds (e.g., transferring amounts from one fund to another) or contributions in the form of payroll deductions. Access Persons are required to preclear transactions in Reportable Securities that are not exceptions to the Preclearance Rule of Section 5 (e.g., the sale of previous employer’s stock). |
C. | Duplicate Trade Confirmations and Personal Brokerage Account Statements: If an Access Person has a 401(k) account from a previous |
3 Certain Supervised Persons are subject to the requirements of Sections 7A and 7C – 7E. Please see the Appendix following this Code.
14 |
employer that can transact in Affiliated Open-end Mutual Funds and/or other Reportable Securities, the Access Person shall direct her broker to supply, at the same time that they are sent to the Access Person, a copy of the confirmation for each personal Reportable Securities trade and a copy, at least quarterly, of an account statement to the Access Person’s Compliance Department for each 401(k) account other than the Virtus-Fidelity 401(k) plan. |
D. | Quarterly Transactions Reports: If the Compliance Department is not receiving copies of broker trade confirmations or account statements, Access Persons are required to submit a Quarterly Transaction Report for transactions in Reportable Securities (e.g., Affiliated Open-end Mutual Funds or a previous employer’s stock) for 401(k) accounts other than the Virtus-Fidelity 401(k) plan. |
E. | Initial and Annual Holdings Reports: Access Persons are required to report all holdings in Reportable Securities, including holdings in the Virtus-Fidelity 401(k) plan (e.g., Affiliated Open-end Mutual Funds). |
8. | Recordkeeping Requirements |
A. | The Firm will maintain in an easily accessible place, the following records: |
a) | A copy of any Code for the organization that is in effect, or at any time within the past five (5) calendar years was in effect; |
b) | A record of any Code violation or action taken as a result of the violation that occurred during the current year and the past five (5) calendar years; |
c) | A record of all written acknowledgments as required by Rule 204A-1 of the Advisers Act for each Supervised Person who is currently, or within the past five (5) calendar years was, a Supervised Person; |
d) | A copy of each report made by an Access Person during the current year and the past five (5) calendar years as required by Rule 17j-1 of the Investment Company Act and/or Rule 204A-1 of the Advisers Act and Sections 6B and 6C of this Code, including any information provided in lieu of the reports under Section 6B and 6C above; |
e) | A list of all persons, currently or within the past five (5) calendar years who are or were required to make reports pursuant to Rule 17j-1 of the Investment Company Act and/or Rule 204A-1 of the Advisers Act and Sections 6B and 6C above, or who were responsible for reviewing those reports, together with an appropriate description of their title or employment; |
15 |
f) | A copy of each report made by the Firm’s CCO pursuant to Section 6E above during the current year and the past five (5) calendar years; |
g) | A record of any decision made during the current year and the past five (5) calendar years by the Firm’s CCO, and the reasons supporting each decision, to grant prior approval pursuant to Sections 5A and 5B above for acquisition by an Access Person of securities in an IPO or a Private Placement transaction; |
h) | The Virtus Investment Partners Inc. Corporate Compliance Department (or at its direction, another Firm CCO) is responsible for administration of all aspects of this Code with respect to those individuals designated as Affiliated Officers by providing written affirmation that the provisions of this Code were upheld and that these Affiliated Officers were or were not in compliance with the Code and/or providing any required records to the applicable Firm (or other affiliate) CCO. |
i) | As required by enhanced recordkeeping requirement under Rule 204-2 of the Adviser Act, records related to contributions made by the Firm and its Covered Associates to officials and candidates and of payments to state or local political parties or PACS including the following: |
1. | A list of Covered Associates (including names, titles, business and residence addresses) currently or within the past five (5) calendar years. This five-year recordkeeping requirement would not apply to periods prior to March 14, 2011; and |
2. | A list of government entities to which the Firm has provided advisory services in the past five (5) calendar years. This five-year recordkeeping requirement would not apply to periods prior to September 13, 2010. |
9. | Sanctions |
Upon discovering a violation of this Code, the Parent of the Firm or if applicable the Funds Board of Directors, besides any remedial action already taken by the respective adviser or related entity, may impose sanctions as it deems appropriate (see under separate cover the currently imposed sanctions), including, among other things, a letter of censure or suspension or termination of employment, or suspension of personal trading privileges for such period as it may deem appropriate.
Any profits realized by a Portfolio Manager or Advisory Person on a personal trade in violation of Section 5E (Blackout Rule) must be disgorged. In addition, the Firm’s CCO
16 |
may direct any Supervised Person to disgorge any profit realized (or loss avoided) on a personal trade in violation of this Code.
10. | Exceptions |
The Firm’s CCO may grant written exceptions (aka “waivers”) to provisions of the Code based on equitable considerations. The exceptions may be granted to individuals or classes of individuals with respect to particular transactions, classes of transactions or all transactions, and may apply to past as well as future transactions. However, no exception will be granted when it would result in a violation of Section 204-2 of the Advisers Act. Exceptions granted are reported to the Directors of the Firm, as well as the Boards of any managed Fund. Extensions to reporting deadlines that are not exceptions or waivers are reported only to the Virtus Corporate CCO.
17 |
Appendix
Additional requirements for Euclid Advisors LLC, Newfleet Asset Management, LLC, Virtus Alternative Investment Advisers, Inc., Virtus Investment Advisers, Inc., VP Distributors, LLC and Zweig Advisers LLC are as follows:
· | All Supervised Persons of the above Firms are subject to the same requirements as Access Persons as indicated in Section 4. “Disclosure of Personal Brokerage Accounts”, Section 6. “Reporting & Compliance Requirements” (Sections: 6A, 6B, and 6C) and Section 7. “401(k) Accounts and the Requirements of the Code” (Sections: 7A and 7C – 7E). Specifically the term “Access Person(s)” as used in those sections is hereby replaced with the term “Access Person(s) and Supervised Person(s)”. |
Additional requirements for Kayne Anderson Rudnick Investment Management, LLC (“KAR”) are as follows:
· | All KAR employees are considered Access Persons. KAR employees are permitted to buy or sell exchange traded funds (“ETFs”) without receiving pre-clearance from Compliance. However, all ETF transactions should be included on the quarterly personal trade certifications. |
· | KAR employees follow the policy on gifts and entertainment discussed below. However, any KAR employee who is registered with VP Distributors, LLC will follow the gift and entertainment policy in Section 5 (g) of this Code of Ethics. |
o | A conflict of interest occurs when the personal interests of employees interfere or could potentially interfere with their responsibilities to the firm and its clients. Supervised Persons should not accept inappropriate gifts, favors, entertainment, special accommodations, or other things of material value that could influence their decision-making or make them feel beholden to a person or firm. Supervised Persons should not offer gifts, favors, entertainment, or other things of value that could be viewed as overly generous or aimed at influencing decision-making or making a client feel beholden to the firm or the supervised person. |
o | Gifts: No Supervised Person may receive any gift, services, or other things of more than a $175.00 value per year from any person or entity that does business with or on behalf of KAR, without pre-approval by the Chief Compliance Officer or Chief Operating Officer. No Supervised Person may give or offer any gift of more than a $175.00 value per year to existing clients, prospective clients, or any entity that does business with or on behalf of the adviser without pre-approval by the Chief Compliance Officer or the Chief Operating Officer. Compliance will maintain a Gift Log of all gifts over $175 given or received from by any KAR employees, which are not broker/dealer related. The Gift Log will include: employee name, type of gift, dollar amount of gift, and sender of the gift. In |
18 |
addition, Compliance will maintain a Gift Log of all gifts over $100 given or received by any broker/dealer. The broker/dealer Gift Log will include: employee name, type of gift, dollar amount of gift, and broker who sent the gift.
o | Cash: No Supervised Person may give or accept cash gifts or cash equivalents to or from a client, prospective client, or any entity that does business with or on behalf of KAR without approval from the Chief Compliance Officer. |
o | Entertainment: No Supervised Person may provide or accept extravagant or excessive entertainment to or from a client, prospective client, or any person or entity that does or seeks to do business with or on behalf of KAR. Supervised Persons may provide or accept a business entertainment event, such as dinner or a sporting event. |
· | Additional requirement for Access Persons of Cliffwater Investments LLC (“Cliffwater”) are as follows: Preclearance and Holding Period Rule: It is understood that Cliffwater does not as a general practice maintain trading operations for its clients; nor does it complete research, consider or recommend transactions on individual securities. Therefore, as long as this is the case, Cliffwater Access Persons shall not be required to preclear transactions as required by Sections 5.C. and 5.D. Rather, Cliffwater Access Persons will be required to preclear any security that is listed on the Cliffwater Restricted List. The Restricted List shall be maintained in Virtus’s Hartford Compliance Department and circulated to Cliffwater Access Persons whenever there are changes made thereto, or no less than quarterly. Cliffwater Access Persons shall be subject to all other requirements of this Code of Ethics. Furthermore, Section 5.F is modified to reflect that Cliffwater’s Access Persons must hold all Reportable Securities for no less than thirty (30) days, whether or not the purchase was an exempt transaction under any other provision of Section 5. Generally, a first-in first-out (“FIFO”) accounting methodology will be applied for determining compliance with this holding rule. |
19 |
Schedule A
On October 1, 2012, the following entities adopted this Code of Ethics:
Euclid Advisors LLC
Duff & Phelps Investment Management Co.
Kayne Anderson Rudnick Investment Management, LLC
Newfleet Asset Management, LLC
Rampart Investment Management Company, LLC
Virtus Alternative Investment Advisers, Inc.
Virtus Investment Advisers, Inc.
VP Distributors, LLC
Zweig Advisers LLC
On October 4, 2012, the following entity adopted this Code of Ethics: |
Newfound Investments, LLC |
On January 22, 2014, the following entity adopted this Code of Ethics: |
Cliffwater Investments LLC |
20 |
Schedule B
Listing of Affiliated Open-End Mutual Funds
Section 3.E. of the Code of Ethics adopted by Virtus and its affiliates defines an “Affiliated Open-End Mutual Fund” to mean any open-end mutual fund to which the Firm or its control affiliate(s) serve as the investment adviser or principal underwriter. Currently, this means all open-end (non-exchange traded) funds managed by Virtus and its affiliates. Such funds are listed below:
· | Virtus Mutual Funds (all funds) |
· | Virtus Variable Insurance Trust (all funds) |
· | Dunham Corporate / Government Bond Fund |
· | Dreyfus Select Managers Small Cap Value Fund |
· | UBS Pace Small Medium Co Value Equity Investment |
· | Dunham Floating Rate Bond Fund |
This Schedule will be updated from time to time without being considered an amendment to the Code of Ethics).
21 |
Exhibit (p)3
ARMORED WOLF, LLC
Personal Investment and Trading Policy,
Statement on Insider Trading and Code of Ethics
Effective April 1, . 2014
This Personal Investment and Trading Policy, Statement on Insider Trading and Code of Ethics (the “Code”) of Armored Wolf, LLC (“AW”) was adopted by AW to comply with the provisions of Rule 204a-1 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 . The Code sets forth the standards of business conduct required by AW of their supervised persons and requires those supervised persons to comply with the federal securities laws.
Standards of Business Conduct
AW seeks to foster and maintain a reputation for honesty, integrity and professionalism. That reputation is a vital business asset. The confidence and trust placed in AW by our clients is something we value and endeavor to protect. To further that goal, we have adopted this Code and implemented policies and procedures to prevent fraudulent, deceptive and manipulative practices and to ensure compliance with the federal securities laws and the fiduciary duties owed to our clients.
We are fiduciaries and as such, we have affirmative duties of care, honesty, loyalty and good faith to act in the best interests of our clients. Our clients’ interests are paramount and come before our personal interests. Our Access Persons and Supervised Persons, as those terms are defined in this Code, are also expected to behave as fiduciaries with respect to our clients. This means that each must render disinterested advice, protect client assets (including nonpublic information about a client or a client account) and act always in the best interest of our clients. We must also strive to identify and avoid conflicts of interest, however such conflicts may arise.
Access Persons and Supervised Persons of AW must not:
· | employ any device, scheme or artifice to defraud a client; |
· | make to a client any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state to a client a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading; |
· | engage in any act, practice, or course of business that operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit upon a client; |
· | engage in any manipulative practice with respect to a client; |
· | use their positions, or any investment opportunities presented by virtue of their positions, to personal advantage or to the detriment of a client by, for example, front-running the client; |
· | execute trades from their homes or outside the offices of AW without appropriate controls; or |
· | conduct personal trading activities in contravention of this Code or applicable legal principles or in such a manner as may be inconsistent with the duties owed to clients as a fiduciary. |
To ensure compliance with these restrictions and the federal securities laws, we have adopted, and agreed to be governed by, the provisions of this Code in addition to the procedures contained in the Employee Handbook. However, Access Persons and Supervised Persons are expected to comply not merely with the “letter of the law,” but also with the spirit of the law, and this Code.
Should you have any doubt as to whether this Code applies to you, or any questions concerning compliance with the Code, you should contact AW’s Chief Legal Officer, Mohan V. Phansalkar.
I. DEFINITIONS
A. Access Person. The term “ Access Person ” means (i) any Supervised Person who (1) has access to nonpublic information regarding a Client’s purchase or sale of securities; or (2) is involved in making securities recommendations to Clients or who has access to such recommendations that are nonpublic; (ii) all of the directors, officers or partners of AW and (iii) any other person, including any consultant, who the Chief Legal Officer determines to be an Access Person. By way of example, Access Persons include, but are not limited to, portfolio management personnel and research analysts, and other persons who communicate with investors about portfolio holdings information and securities recommendations to clients. Administrative, technical, and clerical personnel, or consultants to AW may also be Access Persons if their functions or duties provide them with access to nonpublic information on Client portfolio holdings and securities recommendations.
Generally, all employees of AW are deemed to be Access Persons. Absent a written notice from the Chief Legal Officer confirming that an employee is not an Access Person, each employee must comply with all requirements applicable to Access Persons.
B. AW. The term “ AW ” means Armored Wolf, LLC an investment adviser.
C. Advisers Act. The term “ Advisers Act ” means the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended.
2 |
D. Automatic Investment Plan. An “ Automatic Investment Plan ” is a program in which regular periodic purchases (or withdrawals) are made automatically in (or from) investment accounts according to a predetermined schedule and allocation. An Automatic Investment Plan includes a dividend reinvestment plan.
E. Beneficial Ownership. You will be considered to have “ Beneficial Ownership ” in a Security if: (i) you have a Pecuniary Interest in such Security; (ii) you have voting power with respect to the Security, meaning the power to vote or direct the voting of such Security; or (iii) you have the power to dispose, or direct the disposition of, such Security. Under this Code, you are generally presumed to have Beneficial Ownership of any Security which is owned by members of your “Immediate Family” who share the same household as you. The term “ Immediate Family ” includes a Supervised Person’s child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in- law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, and includes any adoptive relationship, any of whom are economically dependent on you, or your spouse. If you have any question about whether an interest in a Security or an account constitutes Beneficial Ownership of that Security, you should contact the Chief Legal Officer.
F. Chief Legal Officer. The “ Chief Legal Officer ” is Mohan V. Phansalkar.
G. Client. The term “ Client ” means any investment entity or account advised or managed by AW, including any Funds.
H. Commission. The term “ Commission ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
I. Exchange Act. The term “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
J. Federal Securities Laws. The term “Federal Securities Laws” means the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Investment Company Act, the Advisers Act, Title V of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, any rules adopted by the Commission under any of these statutes, the Bank Secrecy Act as it applies to funds and investment advisers, and any rules adopted thereunder by the Commission or the Department of the Treasury.
K. Fund(s). The term “ Fund(s) ” means any private investment fund(s) for which AW acts as investment manager.
L. Initial Public Offering. The term “ Initial Public Offering ” means an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act, the issuer of which, immediately before the registration, was not subject to the reporting requirements of sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.
M. Investment Company Act. The term “ Investment Company Act ” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
3 |
N. Limited Offering. The term “ Limited Offering ” means an offering that is exempt from registration under the Securities Act pursuant to section 4(2) or section 4(6) thereof or pursuant to Rule 504, Rule 505 or Rule 506 thereunder.
O. Non-Reportable Securities. The term “ Non-Reportable Securities ” means: (i) bank savings or checking account; (ii) bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, and (iii) shares issued by money market funds.
P. Pecuniary Interest. You will be considered to have a “ Pecuniary Interest ” in a Security if you, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, have the opportunity, directly or indirectly, to profit or share in any profit derived from a transaction in such Security. The term “Pecuniary Interest” is construed very broadly. The following examples illustrate this principle: (i) ordinarily, you will be deemed to have a Pecuniary Interest in all Securities owned by members of your Immediate Family who share the same household with you; (ii) if you are a general partner of a general or limited partnership, you will be deemed to have a Pecuniary Interest in all Securities held by such partnership; (iii) if you are a shareholder of a corporation or similar business entity, you will be deemed to have a Pecuniary Interest in all Securities held by the corporation if you are a controlling shareholder or have or share investment control over the corporation’s investment portfolio; (iv) if you have the right to acquire equity Securities through the exercise or conversion of a derivative Security, you will be deemed to have a Pecuniary Interest in such Securities, whether or not your right is presently exercisable; (v) if you are a member-manager of a limited liability company, you will be deemed to have a Pecuniary Interest in the Securities held by such limited liability company; and (vi) ordinarily, if you are a trustee or beneficiary of a trust, where either you or members of your Immediate Family sharing the same household have a vested interest in the principal or income of the trust, you will be deemed to have a Pecuniary Interest in all Securities held by that trust. If you have any question about whether an interest in a Security or an account constitutes a Pecuniary Interest, you should contact the Chief Legal Officer.
Q. Portfolio Position. The term “ Portfolio Position ” means a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or any other entity in which a Client has an investment in Securities.
R. Portfolio Manager. The term “ Portfolio Manager ” means any Access Person who (i) makes or participates in the making of decisions regarding the purchase or sale of Securities for a Client; or (ii) has a job description or title (such as “research analyst” or “trader”) indicating that the making or participating in the making of decisions regarding the purchase or sale of Securities for a Client is a component of his or her regular functions or duties.
S. Registered Fund. The term “ Registered Fund ” means an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act.
T. Reportable Security. The term “ Reportable Security ” includes all Securities other than Non-Reportable Securities.
4 |
U. Restricted List. The term “ Restricted List ” shall include (i) the name of all then-current Portfolio Positions, and (ii) the name of any company as to which one or more individuals at AW may have material, non-public information.
V. Securities Act. The term “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
W. Security. The term “ Security ” for purposes of this Code, means the following:
Any note, stock, treasury stock, bond, debenture, evidence of indebtedness, certificate of interest or participation in any profit-sharing agreement, collateral-trust certificate, preorganization certificate or subscription, transferable share, investment contract, voting-trust certificate, certificate of deposit for a security, fractional undivided interest in oil, gas, or other mineral rights, any put, call, straddle, option or privilege on any security (including a certificate of deposit) or on any group or index of securities (including any interest therein or based on the value thereof), or any put, call, straddle, option or privilege entered into on a national securities exchange relating to foreign currency, or, in general, any interest or instrument commonly known as a security, or any certificate of interest or participation in, temporary or interim certificate for, receipt for, guarantee of, or warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase, any security. Any securities-based swap agreement also will be considered a Security for purposes of this Code. “ Security ” also includes a right to acquire a Security, as well as an interest in a collective investment vehicle (such as a limited partnership or limited liability company). “ Securities ” also include Commodities, futures and options traded on a commodities exchange, including currency futures, spot currency or a forward currency contract and any exchange traded funds.
X. Supervised Person. The term “ Supervised Person ” means (i) any partner or officer of AW, or other person occupying a similar status or performing similar function; (ii) any employee of AW; and (iii) any other persons who provide advice on behalf of AW and are subject to AW’s supervision and control. Independent contractors and consultants may, in certain circumstances, be deemed to be Supervised Persons.
II. PERSONAL INVESTMENT AND TRADING POLICY
A. General Statement
AW has developed the following policies and procedures relating to personal trading in Securities and the reporting of personal trading in Securities in order to ensure that each Supervised Person and Access Person satisfies the requirements of this Code.
B. Requirements of this Code
1. Duty to Comply with Applicable Laws.
5 |
All Supervised Persons are required to comply with the Federal Securities Laws, the fiduciary duty owed by AW to its Clients (including investors in the Funds), and this Code.
2. Duty to Report Violations.
Each Supervised Person is required by law to promptly notify the Chief Legal Officer (or the CEO, if the Chief Legal Officer is not immediately available or may be involved in a violation of the Code) in the event such Supervised Person knows or has reason to believe that such Supervised Person or any other Supervised Person has violated any provision of this Code. If a Supervised Person knows or has reason to believe that the Chief Legal Officer has violated any provision of this Code, such Supervised Person must promptly notify AW’s CEO, and is not required to so notify the Chief Legal Officer.
AW is committed to fostering a culture of compliance. AW therefore urges you to contact the Chief Legal Officer if you believe you have any reason to do so. You will not be penalized and your status at AW will not be jeopardized by communicating with the Chief Legal Officer. Reports of violations or suspected violations also may be submitted anonymously to the Chief Legal Officer. Any retaliatory action taken against any person who reports a violation or a suspected violation of this Code is itself a violation of this Code and cause for appropriate corrective action, including dismissal.
3. Duty to Provide Copy of the Code of Ethics and Related Certification.
AW shall provide all Supervised Persons with a copy of this Code and all subsequent amendments hereto. All Supervised Persons must in turn provide written acknowledgement to the Chief Legal Officer of their initial receipt and review of this Code, their annual review of this Code and their receipt and review of any subsequent amendments to this Code.
C. Restrictions on Access Persons Trading in Securities
1. Prohibition on Transactions in Securities of Issuers on the Restricted List
No Access Person may engage in a transaction in any Security of any Portfolio Position that is on the Restricted List. If an Access Person has Beneficial Ownership of a Security which is or becomes a Portfolio Position that is placed on the Restricted List, then that person may not engage in a transaction in such Security until the Portfolio Position is removed from the Restricted List, or preclearance to trade such Security is obtained from the Chief Legal Officer, Chief Executive Officer or Chief Risk Officer in the form attached as Appendix I. A Portfolio Position will be removed from the Restricted List seven (7) calendar days after the Portfolio Position has been liquidated in all Client accounts. A Security on the Restricted List due to the possession of material inside information (See V below) will be removed from the Restricted List seven (7) calendar days after the time that a Supervised Person is no longer in possession of material, nonpublic information. Access Persons who fail to comply with this policy will be subject to sanctions, including disgorgement of profits, withholding of bonuses or possibly termination.
6 |
2. Preapproval Requirements for Access Persons for IPO and Limited Offering Transactions.
Access Persons may not acquire Beneficial Ownership of any Securities issued as part of an IPO or a Limited Offering, absent prior written approval of the Chief Legal Officer, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Risk Officer or the Chief Legal Officer’s designee. Any request for pre-approval must be in writing and include the name of the issuer of the securities, the type of securities, the amount or quantity to be bought or sold, the broker through which the transaction will be effected (if applicable) and identify whether the security will be acquired as part of an IPO or a Limited Offering. Any such approval will take into account, among other factors, whether the investment opportunity should be reserved for a Client and whether the opportunity is being offered to such person because of his or her position with AW. A transaction for an Access Person’s account may be disapproved if it is determined by the Chief Legal Officer, Chief Executive Officer or Chief Risk Officer that the transaction is in conflict with, or appears to be in conflict with this Code. Once pre-approval has been granted, the pre-approved transaction must be executed within twenty-four hours or within such time period as determined to be appropriate by the Chief Legal Officer, Chief Executive Officer or Chief Risk Officer. An Access Person who has been authorized to acquire Beneficial Ownership of such Securities must disclose their ownership interest if involved in considering an investment in such Securities for a Client.
3. Open Order Rule.
No Access Person may directly or indirectly acquire or dispose of Beneficial Ownership in any Reportable Security which requires preclearance on a day during which any Client account has a pending “buy” or “sell” order for that security of the same type (i.e., buy or sell) as the proposed personal trade, until the Client account’s order is executed or withdrawn.
4. Black-Out Rule.
No Portfolio Manager may directly or indirectly acquire or dispose of Beneficial Ownership in a Reportable Security within seven (7) calendar days before and after the portfolio(s) associated with the Portfolio Manager’s assigned duties trades in that security. The seven (7) day period is exclusive of the execution date. The Black-Out Rule applies to transactions in securities that are required to be precleared.
5. Holding Period Rule.
All Access Persons must hold all Reportable Securities, including options, for no less than thirty (30) days, whether or not the purchase was an exempt transaction under any other provision of this Section II(C). A first-in first-out accounting methodology will be applied for determining compliance with this holding rule. The involuntary termination of a Reportable Security that was not volitional on the part of the applicable Access Person shall not be deemed a breach of this holding period requirement.
7 |
III. REPORTING
A. Securities Holdings and Transactions Reports
Access Persons must submit to AW’s compliance personnel periodic written reports identifying holdings and transactions in Reportable Securities and their Securities accounts for which the Access Person has Beneficial Ownership. The obligation to submit these reports and the content of these reports are governed by the Federal Securities Laws. The reports are intended to identify conflicts of interest that could arise when an Access Person invests in a Security or holds accounts that permit these investments, and to promote compliance with this Code. AW is sensitive to privacy concerns, and will try not to disclose your reports to anyone unnecessarily. Please ask the Chief Legal Officer if you have questions about the holding and transaction reporting requirements described below.
In order to satisfy these reporting requirements, Access Person must cause each broker, dealer, bank or other institution that maintains an account over which the Access Person has Beneficial Ownership to provide to AW duplicate copies of brokerage statements and confirmations for all transactions in Reportable Securities executed for the accounts. Due to the difficulty of obtaining duplicate brokerage statements from brokers on short notice to satisfy the Initial Holdings Report requirement set forth below, Access Persons may instead submit an Initial Holdings Report in the form attached hereto as Appendix II within 10 days of becoming an Access Person. To the extent that a duplicate brokerage statement or confirmation lacks some of the information otherwise required to be reported on an Annual Holdings Report, each Access Person must submit a holdings or transaction report containing the missing information as a supplement to the brokerage statement or confirmation. The Chief Legal Officer or his designee may send an email reminder to all Access Persons in advance of the due date for each Annual Holdings Report reminding Access Persons of their reporting obligations under the Code.
Failure to file a timely, accurate, and complete report is a serious breach of this Code. If an Access Person is late in filing a report, or files a report that is misleading or incomplete, such Access Person may face sanctions including disgorgement of trading profits, fines, withholding of bonuses or termination of employment.
1. Initial and Annual Holdings Report : Within 10 days after becoming an Access Person and no later than February 14 of each year, each Access Person must submit to AW’s Chief Legal Officer an initial or annual holdings report based on information that is current as of a date not more than 45 days prior to such date. The initial and each annual holdings report shall contain the following information:
(a) The name/title and type of Security, and, as applicable, the exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number, the number of equity shares and principal amount of each Reportable Security for which you have Beneficial Ownership.
(b) The name and address of any broker, dealer, or bank or other institution (such as a general partner of a limited partnership, or transfer agent of a company) that maintained any account holding any Securities for which you have Beneficial Ownership, and the account numbers and names of the persons for whom the accounts are held. All Reportable Securities accounts must be identified.
8 |
(c) An executed statement (and a letter or other evidence) pursuant to which you have instructed each broker, dealer, bank, or other institution to provide duplicate account statements and confirmations of all Securities transactions to AW, unless AW indicates that the information is otherwise available to it. The form of this statement is attached as Appendix III hereto.
(d) The date you submitted the report.
2. Quarterly Transaction Report : Within 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter an Access Person must submit to AW’s Chief Legal Officer a transaction report covering all transactions in Reportable Securities other than those excepted from the reporting requirements which are not included on the duplicate brokerage account statements and confirmations being provided to AW. Transaction reports shall require employees to provide the following information to the extent necessary:
(a) The date of the transaction, the name/title and as applicable, the exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number, interest rate and maturity date, the number of equity shares of (or the principal amount of debt represented by) and principal amount of each Reportable Security for which you have Beneficial Ownership which has not been otherwise reported to AW;
(b) The nature of the transaction (i.e., purchase, sale, or other type of acquisition or disposition);
(c) The price at which the transaction in the Reportable Security was effected; and
(d) The name of the broker, dealer, bank, or other institution with or through which the transaction was effected.
(e) The name and address of any broker, dealer, bank, or other institution (such as a general partner of a limited partnership, or transfer agent of a company) that maintained any account in which any Reportable Securities were held during the quarter of which you have Beneficial Ownership, the account numbers and names of the persons for whom the accounts were held, and the date when each account was established.
(f) An executed statement (and a letter or other evidence) pursuant to which you have instructed each broker, dealer, bank, or other institution that has established a new account over which you have direct or indirect influence or control during the past quarter to provide duplicate account statements and confirmations of all Securities transactions to AW, unless AW indicates that the information is otherwise available to it. The form of this statement is attached as Appendix III hereto.
(g) The date that you submitted the report.
3. Exceptions to Reporting Requirements : You are not required to submit holdings or transactions reports for any account over which you had no direct or indirect
9 |
influence or control or with respect to transactions effected pursuant to an Automatic Investment Plan, unless requested by AW. You must still identify the existence of the account in your list of accounts. Transactions that override a pre-set schedules or allocations of an automatic investment plan, however, must be included in a quarterly transaction report.
B. Review of Reports and Other Documents
At least quarterly, AW’s compliance personnel will promptly review each report submitted by Access Persons and each account statement or confirmation from institutions that maintain their accounts. To ensure adequate scrutiny, documents concerning AW’s compliance personnel will be reviewed by the Chief Risk Officer. AW’s Chief Legal Officer and the CEO will consult as necessary in order to ensure the proper application of the code to Supervised Persons.
Review of submitted holding and transaction reports will include not only an assessment of whether the Access Person followed all required procedures of this Code, such as preclearance, but may also compare the personal trading to any Restricted List and periodically analyze the Access Person’s trading for patterns that may indicate abuse.
IV. Waivers.
The Chief Legal Officer may grant waivers of any substantive restriction in appropriate circumstances (e.g., personal hardship) and will maintain records necessary to justify such waivers.
V. STATEMENT ON INSIDER TRADING
A. Background
Insider trading - trading Securities while in possession of material, nonpublic information or improperly communicating such information to others - may expose a person to stringent penalties. Criminal sanctions may include a fine of up to $5,000,000 and/or 20 years’ imprisonment. The Commission may recover the profits gained, or losses avoided, through insider trading, obtain a penalty of up to three times the illicit windfall, and/or issue an order permanently barring any person engaging in insider trading from the securities industry. In addition, investors may sue seeking to recover damages for insider trading violations.
Regardless of whether a federal inquiry occurs, AW views seriously any violation of the Statement on Insider Trading (the “ Statement ”). Any such violation constitutes grounds for disciplinary sanctions, including dismissal and/or referral to civil or governmental authorities for possible civil or criminal prosecution.
The law of insider trading is complex; a Supervised Person legitimately may be uncertain about the application of the Statement in a particular circumstance. A question could forestall disciplinary action or complex legal problems. Supervised Persons should direct any questions relating to the Statement to the Chief Legal Officer. A Supervised Person must also notify the Chief Legal Officer immediately (or the CEO, if the Chief Legal Officer is not
10 |
available) if he or she knows or has reason to believe that a violation of the Statement has occurred or is about to occur.
B. Statement of Firm Policy
1. Buying or selling Securities on the basis of material nonpublic information is prohibited. This would include purchasing or selling (i) for a Supervised Person’s own account or one in which the Supervised Person has direct or indirect influence or control, or (ii) for the account of any Client. If any Supervised Person is uncertain as to whether information is “material” or “nonpublic,” the person should consult the Chief Legal Officer.
2. Disclosing material, nonpublic information to inappropriate personnel, whether or not for consideration (i.e., tipping) is prohibited. Material, nonpublic information must be disseminated on a “need to know basis” only to appropriate personnel. This would include any confidential discussions between an issuer and personnel of AW where material, nonpublic information was disclosed. The Chief Legal Officer should be consulted if a question arises as to (i) who is privy to material, nonpublic information and (ii) whether information disclosed is material, non-public information.
3. Assisting anyone transacting business on the basis of material, nonpublic information through a third party is prohibited.
4. The following summarizes principles important to this Statement:
(a) What is “Material” Information?
Information is “material” when there is a substantial likelihood that a reasonable investor would consider it important in making his or her investment decisions. Generally, this is information whose disclosure will have a substantial effect on the price of a company’s Securities. No simple “bright line” test exists to determine whether information is material; assessments of materiality involve highly fact-specific inquiries. Supervised Persons should direct any questions regarding the materiality of information to the Chief Legal Officer.
Material information often relates to a company’s results and operations, including, for example, dividend changes, earnings results, changes in previously released earnings estimates, significant merger or acquisition proposals or agreements, major litigation, liquidation problems, and extraordinary management developments. Material information may also relate to the market for a Security. Information about a significant order to purchase or sell Securities, in some contexts, may be deemed material; similarly, prepublication information regarding reports in the financial press may also be deemed material.
(b) What is “Nonpublic” Information?
Information is “nonpublic” until it has been disseminated broadly to investors in the marketplace. Tangible evidence of such dissemination is the best indication that the information is public. For example, information is public after it has become available to the general public through a public filing with the Commission or some other government agency, or
11 |
available to the Dow Jones “tape” or The Wall Street Journal or some other general circulation publication, and after sufficient time has passed so that the information has been disseminated widely.
5. Identifying Insider Information
Before executing any trade for oneself or others, including any Clients, a Supervised Person must determine whether he or she has access to material, nonpublic information. If a Supervised Person believes he or she might have access to material, nonpublic information, he or she should take the following steps:
(a) Immediately alert the Chief Legal Officer, the Chief Risk Officer (or the CEO, if the Chief Legal Officer is not immediately available), so that the applicable Security may be placed on the Restricted List, if appropriate.
(b) Do not purchase or sell the Securities on his or her behalf or for others, including any Clients.
(c) Do not communicate the information outside of AW, other than to the Chief Legal Officer.
The Chief Legal Officer will review the issue, determine whether the information is material and nonpublic, and, if so, what action AW should take.
6. Contacts with Public Companies; Tender Offers
Contacts with public companies represent part of AW’s business and research efforts and AW may make investment decisions on the basis of its conclusions formed through such contacts and analysis of publicly available information. Difficult legal issues may arise, however, when a Supervised Person, in the course of these contacts, becomes aware of material, nonpublic information. For example, a company’s chief financial officer could prematurely disclose quarterly results, or an investor relations representative could make a selective disclosure of adverse news to certain investors. In such situations, AW must make a judgment about its further conduct. To protect oneself, Clients, and AW itself, a Supervised Person should immediately contact the Chief Legal Officer if he or she believes he or she may have received material, nonpublic information.
Tender offers represent a particular concern in the law of insider trading for two reasons. First, tender offer activity often produces extraordinary movement in the price of the target company’s Securities. Second, the Commission has adopted a rule expressly forbidding trading and “tipping” while in possession of material, nonpublic information regarding a tender offer received from the company making the tender offer, the target company, or anyone acting on behalf of either. Supervised Persons must exercise particular caution any time they become aware of nonpublic information relating to a tender offer.
12 |
C. Procedures to Implement Statement
1. Responsibilities of Supervised Persons
(a) All Supervised Persons must make a diligent effort to ensure that a violation of the Statement does not either intentionally or inadvertently occur. In this regard, all Supervised Persons are responsible for:
(i) Reading, understanding and consenting to comply with the insider trading policies contained in this Statement. (Supervised Persons will be required to sign an acknowledgment that they have read and understood their responsibilities under the Code);
(ii) Ensuring that no trading occurs for their account, for any account over which they have direct or indirect influence or control, for any Client’s account, or in Securities for which they have material, nonpublic information;
(iii) Not disclosing insider information obtained from any source whatsoever to inappropriate persons. Disclosure to family, friends or acquaintances will be grounds for immediate termination and/or referral to civil or governmental authorities for possible civil or criminal prosecution;
(iv) Consulting the Chief Legal Officer when questions arise regarding insider trading or when potential violations of the Statement are suspected; and
(v) Advising the Chief Legal Officer of all outside activities, directorships, or major ownership (over 5%) in a public company. No Supervised Person may engage in any outside activities as employee, proprietor, partner, consultant, trustee, officer or director, or owning over 5% of a public company without the prior written consent of the Chief Legal Officer.
2. Security
In order to prevent accidental dissemination of material nonpublic information, personnel must adhere to the following guidelines.
(a) Restrict access to files that may contain confidential information.
(b) Refrain from discussing sensitive information in public areas.
(c) Refrain from leaving confidential information on message devices.
(d) Maintain control of sensitive documents including handouts and copies intended for internal dissemination only.
(e) Ensure that faxes and e-mail messages containing sensitive information are properly sent and stored.
(f) Do not allow passwords to be given to unauthorized personnel.
13 |
VI. POLICY ON GIFTS
A. You may not accept any gift or entertainment that is inappropriate under the circumstances (meaning in excess of $100), or inconsistent with applicable law or regulations, from any person or entity that does business, or desires to do business, with AW directly or on behalf of a Client.
B. You may not give a gift or provide entertainment that is inappropriate under the circumstances (meaning in excess of $100), or inconsistent with applicable law or regulations, to persons associated with securities or financial organizations, exchanges, member firms, commodity firms, news media, or Clients.
C. If a gift or entertainment would be embarrassing to you or AW if made public, you have an obligation to decline it.
VII. COMPLIANCE
A. Certificate of Receipt
You are required to acknowledge receipt of your copy of this Code and that you have read and understood this Code. A form for this purpose is attached to this Code as Appendix IV.
B. Annual Certificate of Compliance
You are required to certify upon your becoming a Supervised Person or the effective date of this Code, whichever occurs later, and annually thereafter, that you have read and understand this Code and recognize that you are subject to this Code. Each annual certificate will also state that you have complied with all of the requirements of this Code during the prior year, and that you have disclosed, reported, or caused to be reported all holdings and transactions as required hereunder during the prior year. A form for this purpose is attached to this Code as Appendix V.
C. Remedial Actions
If you violate this Code (including filing a late, inaccurate or incomplete holdings or transaction report), you shall be subject to remedial actions, which may include, but are not limited to, any one or more of the following: (1) a warning; (2) disgorgement of profits; (3) imposition of a fine (which may be substantial); (4) demotion (which may be substantial); (5) suspension of employment (with or without pay); (6) termination of employment; or (7) referral to civil or governmental authorities for possible civil or criminal prosecution. If you are normally eligible for a discretionary bonus, any violation of the Code may also reduce or eliminate the discretionary portion of your bonus.
14 |
VIII. RETENTION OF RECORDS
The Chief Legal Officer or his designee will maintain, for a period of five years unless specified in further detail below, the records listed below. The records will be maintained at AW’s principal place of business in an easily accessible but secure place for at least the first two years.
A. A record of the names of persons who are currently, or within the past five years were, Access Persons of AW, subject to this Code during that period.
B. The Annual Certificate of Compliance signed by all persons subject to this Code acknowledging receipt of copies of such Code and acknowledging they are subject to it and will comply with its terms. All Annual Certificates of each Supervised Person must be kept for five years after the individual ceases to be a Supervised Person.
C. A copy of each Code that has been in effect at any time during the five year period.
D. A copy of each report made by an Access Person pursuant to this Code, including any broker trade confirmations or account statements that were submitted in lieu of such persons’ quarterly transaction reports.
E. A record of all known violations of the Code and of any actions taken as a result thereof, regardless of when such violations were committed.
F. A record of any decision, and the reasons supporting the decision, to approve the acquisition of securities by Access Persons, for at least five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the approval is granted or the request is denied.
G. A record of all reports made by the Chief Legal Officer related to this Code.
IX. NOTICES.
For purposes of this Code, all notices, reports, requests for clearance, questions, contacts, or other communications to the Chief Legal Officer shall be considered delivered if given to the Chief Legal Officer.
X. REVIEW.
This Code shall be reviewed by the Chief Legal Officer on an annual basis to ensure that it is meeting its objectives, is functioning fairly and effectively, and is not unduly burdensome to AW or Supervised Persons. Supervised Persons are encouraged to contact the Chief Legal Officer with any comments, questions or suggestions regarding implementation or improvement of the Code.
XI. EFFECTIVE DATE.
This Code will take effect on May 1, 2009.
15 |
Appendix I
ARMORED WOLF, LLC
PRECLEARANCE FORM FOR ACCESS PERSONS
In accordance with the Personal Investment and Trading Policy, Statement on Insider Trading and Code of Ethics (the “Code”), please preclear my trading in the following Securities: all accounts for which you make investment decisions (other than accounts of any Clients).
(1) Name of employee:______________________________________________________________________________
(2) If different than #1, name of the person in whose name the account is held: _____________________________________Relationship of (2) to (1): _______________________________________
(3) Broker(s) at which Account is Maintained _____________________________________________________________
(4) Account Number(s): _____________________________________________________________________________
(5) Purchase or Sale of Security: Sale__________________________Purchase___________________________________
(6) Telephone number(s) of Broker: ____________________________________________________________________
(7) Security to be Precleared:
Name of Security* Symbol Quantity Value
1.
2.
*Including principal amount, if applicable.
(Attach separate sheet if necessary)
I certify that I have no material nonpublic information with respect to the Security I wish to purchase or sell pursuant to this request. I understand that the preclearance granted pursuant to this form is only good for the date granted.
Signature: | ||
Print Name: | ||
Date: |
Preclearance Granted: |
Signature: | ||
Print Name: | ||
Date: |
I- 1 |
Appendix II
ARMORED WOLF, LLC
INITIAL REPORT OF ACCESS PERSONS
PERSONAL SECURITIES ACCOUNTS AND HOLDINGS
In accordance with the Personal Investment and Trading Policy, Statement on Insider Trading and Code of Ethics (the “Code”), please provide the name of any broker, dealer, bank or other institution with which you maintain an account in which any Securities Interests ( including Non-Reportable Securities) are held for your direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership. Please only include all accounts for which you make investment decisions (other than accounts of any Clients).
Also please provide a list of Reportable Securities in which you or any account in which you have a Pecuniary Interest has a Beneficial Interest. This includes not only Securities held by brokers, but also Securities held at home, in safe deposit boxes or by an issuer. Please include Reportable Securities in all accounts for which you make investment decisions (other than accounts of any Clients).
(1) | Name of employee: | ||
(2) | If different than #1, name of the person in whose name the account is held: | ||
(3) | Relationship of (2) to (1): | ||
Note: If you have a brokerage account statement that requires all required information regarding your accounts in one document, you may satisfy the initial or annual holdings requirement by virtue of attaching that statement to this report. If you do not have such a consolidated statement, please list all required information on this form (attaching a separate sheet if necessary). | |||
(4) | Broker(s) at which Account is Maintained | ||
(5) | Account Number(s): | ||
(6) | Telephone number(s) of Broker: | ||
II -1 |
(7) |
For each account, attach you most recent account statement listing Securities in that account. This information must be current as of a date no more than 45 days before this report is submitted.
Note: If you have a brokerage account statement that requires all required information regarding your Reportable Securities in one document, you may satisfy the initial or annual holdings requirement by virtue of attaching that statement to this report. If you do no have such a consolidated statement, please list all required information on this form (attaching a separate sheet if necessary). |
||||||
Name of Security* | Symbol | Quantity | Value | ||||
1. | |||||||
2. | |||||||
3. | |||||||
4. | |||||||
5. |
*Including principal amount, if applicable.
(Attach separate sheet if necessary)
I certify that this form and the attached statements (if any) contain all information regarding my Securities accounts and Reportable Securities that I am required to report, as set forth in the Code.
I also certify that I have caused duplicate confirms and duplicate statements to be sent to the Chief Legal Officer of ARMORED WOLF, LLC for every brokerage account listed above that trades in Securities as defined in the Code.
Signature | ||||
Print Name | ||||
Date: |
|
II- 2 |
Appendix III
ARMORED WOLF, LLC
LETTER OF DIRECTION
[Name of broker, bank, dealer or other institution]
[Address of broker, bank, dealer or other institution]
Re: Notification of Account Approval
Dear Ladies and Gentleman:
We are providing this letter to you at the request of _____________________________, (the “Employee”), who is employed by or otherwise associated with ARMORED WOLF, LLC and who holds the account(s) listed below with your firm. Please accept this letter as confirmation that we are aware of and have authorized the Employee to maintain such account(s).
Account Name
|
Account Number |
By his or her signature below, Employee hereby requests that you forward duplicate monthly account statements and trade confirmations relating to the account(s) listed above to the following address:
ARMORED WOLF, LLC
18111 Von Karman Avenue, Suite #525
Irvine, California 92612
Attention: AW’s Compliance personnel
Signature of Employee:
_____________________________________________________________________
Please direct any questions or comments you may have to my attention. I can be reached at 949 333-7032. Thank you for your cooperation.
Sincerely yours,
AW’s Chief Legal Officer
III- 1 |
Appendix IV
ARMORED WOLF, LLC
ACKNOWLEDGMENT AND CERTIFICATION
PERSONAL INVESTMENT AND TRADING POLICY
STATEMENT ON INSIDER TRADING
AND CODE OF ETHICS
I hereby certify to Armored Wolf, LLC (“AW”) that
(1) I have received and reviewed AW’s Personal Investment and Trading Policy, Statement on Insider Trading and Code of Ethics (the “Code”);
(2) To the extent I had questions regarding any policy or procedure contained in the Code, I received satisfactory answers to those questions from appropriate AW personnel;
(3) I fully understand the policies and procedures contained in the Code;
(4) I understand and acknowledge that I am subject to the Code;
(5) I will comply with the policies and procedures contained in the Code at all times during my association with AW, and agree that this Code will continue to apply to me subsequent to the termination of my association with AW in connection with: (1) transactions in Securities (as defined in the Code) with respect to which I possess material, nonpublic information that I obtained while I was associated with AW and (2) transactions in Securities initiated, but not completed, prior to the termination of my association with AW; and
(6) I understand and acknowledge that if I violate any provision of the Code, I will be subject to remedial actions, which may include, but are not limited to, any one or more of the following: (a) a warning; (b) disgorgement of profits; (c) imposition of a fine (which may be substantial); (d) demotion (which may be substantial); (e) suspension of employment (with or without pay); (f) termination of employment; or (g) referral to civil or governmental authorities for possible civil or criminal prosecution.1 If you are normally eligible for a discretionary bonus, any violation of the Code may also reduce or eliminate the discretionary portion of your bonus.
Date: | ||||
Signature | ||||
Print Name |
1 | The antifraud provisions of the United States securities laws reach insider trading or tipping activity worldwide which defrauds domestic Securities markets. In addition, the Insider Trading and Securities Fraud Enforcement Act specifically authorizes the Commission to conduct investigations at the request of foreign governments, without regard to whether the conduct violates United States law. |
IV- 1 |
Appendix V
ARMORED WOLF, LLC
ANNUAL CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE
I hereby certify that I have complied with all of the requirements of the Personal Investment and Trading Policy, Statement on Insider Trading and Code of Ethics (the “Code”), for the year ended December 31, 201__. Pursuant to the Code, if I am an Access Person, I have disclosed or reported all personal securities holdings and transactions required to be disclosed or reported thereunder, and complied in all other respects with the requirements of the Code, except as follows (if no exceptions apply, please initial here ________; if exceptions apply, please describe below. I also agree to cooperate fully with any investigation or inquiry as to whether a possible violation of the Code has occurred.
Date: | ||||
Signature | ||||
Print Name |
V- 1 |
Exhibit (p)4
Ascend Capital, LLC
Code of Ethics and Conduct
March 2014
This Code of Ethics and Conduct sets forth the policies and procedures of Ascend Capital, LLC regarding business ethics, confidentiality and personal trading of securities. These policies and procedures are mandatory and are designed to protect the business interests of Ascend Capital, LLC, its affiliates, and its clients. This Code of Ethics and Conduct is adopted pursuant to Rule 204A-1 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and Rule 17j-1 of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
Ascend Capital, LLC |
Code of Ethics and Conduct |
2 |
Ascend Capital, LLC |
Code of Ethics and Conduct |
3 |
Ascend Capital, LLC |
Code of Ethics and Conduct |
“Access Person”
Any Supervised Person who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes, participates in, or has the ability to obtain nonpublic information regarding the purchase or sale of a Covered Security by a Client of the Adviser, or whose functions relate to the making of any recommendations with respect to such purchases or sales, and any Supervised Person who obtains nonpublic information concerning recommendations made to a Client with regard to the purchase or sale of Covered Securities. Schedule I of this Code sets forth the Access Persons of the Adviser. Such schedule may be amended from time to time.
“Adviser” and “Ascend”
Ascend Capital, LLC.
“Advisers Act”
The Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended.
“Beneficial Ownership”
See Appendix IX of this Code.
“Branch Office”
A place of business from which Ascend conducts business other than its principal office and place of business, and that is listed as a branch office in Section 1.F. of Schedule D of Part 1A of Ascend’s Form ADV (as filed with the SEC).
“Clients”
For the purposes of this Code only, “Clients” shall refer to:
1. | Limited partners of any investment partnership advised or managed by Ascend |
2. | Shareholders of any offshore investment fund advised by Ascend |
3. | Beneficial owners of separately managed accounts advised or managed by Ascend |
“Chief Compliance Officer” or “CCO”
The individual employed by Ascend who is ultimately responsible for the Adviser’s supervisory system (including its implementation and maintenance) and the development and enforcement of the Adviser’s compliance program. The Chief Compliance Officer/CCO is appointed by the Managing Member. Ramona Shenoy is the CCO for Ascend.
“Code”
Ascend’s Code of Ethics and Conduct contained in this document and as amended from time to time.
“Compliance Monitoring System”
Ascend’s SunGard Protegent PTA System.
“Covered Accounts”
1. | Each securities account registered in a Supervised Person’s name and each account or transaction in which a Supervised Person has any direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership interest or over which a Supervised Person has direct or indirect influence; |
2. | Each securities account for a Supervised Person’s spouses, minor children and other relatives living full time in their homes; and |
3. | Securities accounts of which the Adviser is a Beneficial Owner, provided that (except where the CCO otherwise specifies) investment partnerships or other funds of which the Adviser, or any affiliated entity is the general partner or investment adviser or from which the Adviser or such affiliated entity, receives fees based on capital gains are generally not considered Covered Accounts, despite the fact that the Adviser or Supervised Persons may be considered to have an indirect Beneficial Ownership in them. |
provided , that an account that can hold only cash and/or Exempt Securities is not a “Covered Account.”
“Covered Security”
Any security as defined in Rule 202(a)(18) of the Adviser Act (a broad definition that includes any interest or instrument commonly known as a security), but excluding Exempt Securities.
“Exchange Act”
The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
4 |
Ascend Capital, LLC |
Code of Ethics and Conduct |
“Exempt Security”
1. | A security that is a direct obligation of the United States; |
2. | Bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and high quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements; |
3. | Shares issued by money market funds; |
4. | Shares of open-end investment funds (mutual funds) not advised or sub-advised by Ascend (excluding exchange traded funds (ETFs)); |
5. | Shares issued by unit investment trusts that are invested exclusively in one or more open-end investment funds not advised or sub-advised by Ascend; and |
6. | Securities traded in accounts over which a Supervised Person does not exercise any investment discretion such as a trust over which the Supervised Person cannot exercise discretion. |
“Front Running” / “Scalping”
Buying or selling securities in a Covered Account prior to Clients, in order to benefit from any price movement that may be caused by Client transactions or Ascend’s recommendations regarding the security.
“Initial Public Offering” or “IPO”
An offering of securities registered under the Securities Act, the issuer of which, immediately before the registration, was not subject to the reporting requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.
“Insider” and “Temporary Insider”
Officers, directors, principals and employees of a company. In addition, a person can be a “temporary insider” if he or she enters into a special confidential relationship in the conduct of a company’s affairs, where the company reasonably expects such person to keep confidential Material Non-Public Information, and as a result such person is given access to information solely for the company’s purposes. A temporary insider can include, among others, a firm’s attorneys, accountants, consultants, bank lending officers, shareholders, and the employees of such organizations.
“Insider Trading”
1. | The use of Material Non-Public Information to trade in securities; or |
2. | Communicating Material Non-Public Information to others in violation of the law. |
“Insider Trading Policy”
The Adviser’s written policies and procedures reg a rding Insider Trading as set forth in this Code.
“Material Non-Public Information”
1. | Information that a reasonable investor would consider important in making his or her investment decisions; |
2. | Information that, if publicly disseminated, is reasonably certain to have a substantial effect on the price of a company’s securities; |
3. | Material Non-Public Information should be presumed to include, but is not limited to: dividend changes; earnings estimates; changes in previously released earnings estimates; significant merger or acquisition proposals or agreements; commencement of or development in major litigation; liquidation problems; and extraordinary management developments; |
4. | Prior knowledge of forthcoming newspaper, periodical or broadcast reports whether or not the reports would be favorable; and |
5. | Knowledge of a decision, or an impending decision, by the Adviser to buy or sell a security for its Clients. |
“Managing Member”
The Managing Member of Ascend is Malcolm Fairbairn.
“New Issues Account”
An account at a prime broker, the purpose of which is to hold securities of New Issues for eligible Clients.
“New Issues”
Any initial public offering of an equity security, as defined in Section 3(a)(11) of the Exchange Act, made pursuant to a registration statement or offering circular. The term does not apply to securities issued in secondary offerings or debt securities.
5 |
Ascend Capital, LLC |
Code of Ethics and Conduct |
“Public Information”
Information that has been effectively communicated to the market place. For example, information found in a report filed with the SEC, or articles and reports in newspaper, periodical or broadcast reports.
“SEC”
Securities and Exchange Commission.
“Security”
Stocks, options, rights, warrants, futures contracts, convertible securities or other securities that are related to securities in which Ascend’s Clients may invest or as to which Ascend may make recommendations.
“Securities Act”
The Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
“Supervised Person”
1. | Directors, members, officers, and partners of Ascend (or any other persons occupying a similar status or performing similar functions); |
2. | Employees; and |
3. | Any other person who provides advice on behalf of Ascend and is subject to Ascend’s supervision and control, including, without limitation, consultants and temporary persons employed by Ascend longer than one week. |
6 |
Ascend Capital, LLC |
Code of Ethics and Conduct |
The Adviser’s Code as set forth herein is designed to ensure that all Supervised Persons are aware of and adhere to the policies and procedures of the Adviser. Maintaining a spirit of openness, honesty and integrity are of paramount importance at the Adviser. The Adviser believes that its Supervised Persons should feel comfortable expressing their opinions and should be vigilant about alerting management of anything they deem amiss with respect to the Adviser’s business, operations or compliance. As evidence of the Adviser’s commitment to operating with integrity, the Adviser has adopted this Code, which may be amended from time to time.
Rule 204(A)-1 under the Advisers Act makes it unlawful for an Access Person not to report :
1. | Annual holdings information; and |
2. | Quarterly transaction information. |
In addition, the Advisers Act requires all Access Persons to comply with all applicable Federal securities laws, and to promptly report any violation of this Code to the CCO or his or her designee.
As an investment adviser Ascend is a fiduciary. It owes its clients the highest duty of care, loyalty, honesty and good faith to act in the best interest of its Clients and relies on each Supervised Person to avoid conduct that is or may be inconsistent with that duty. It is also important for Supervised Persons to avoid actions that, while they may not actually involve a conflict of interest or an abuse of a Client's trust, may have the appearance of impropriety. Because Ascend serves as general partner and/or investment adviser to a number of Clients, Ascend has adopted this Code setting forth policies and procedures, including the imposition of restrictions on itself and Supervised Persons, to the extent reasonably necessary to prevent certain violations of applicable law. The Code is intended to set forth those policies and procedures and to state Ascend’s broader policies regarding its duty of loyalty to clients.
Each Branch Office (and each Supervised Person employed at a Branch Office) is subject to the policies and procedures described in this Code.
This Code is based on a few basic principles that should pervade all investment related activities of all Supervised Persons:
1. | The interests of Ascend’s Clients come before Ascend’s or any Supervised Person’s interests; |
2. | Honest and fair dealings with Clients; |
3. | Each Supervised Person’s professional activities and personal investment activities must be consistent with this Code and avoid any actual or potential conflict between the interests of Clients and those of Ascend or the Supervised Person’s; |
4. | To disclose to Clients any potential and/or actual conflicts of interests; |
5. | Each Supervised Person’s activities must be conducted in a way that avoids any abuse of a Supervised Person’s position of trust with and responsibility to Ascend and its Clients, including taking inappropriate advantage of that position; and |
6. | No Access Person will engage in any act, practice or course of conduct that would violate the provisions of Rule 204(A)-1, as set forth above. |
Each Supervised Person must understand and agree that any and all activities of the Supervised Person shall in all respects comply with applicable federal and state securities laws, and other laws, rules and regulations, any applicable laws of foreign jurisdictions, and the policies and procedures that have been adopted (or that may in the future be adopted) by Ascend, as each may be amended from time to time, including without limitation those prohibiting insider trading and front running of Client accounts.
7 |
Ascend Capital, LLC |
Code of Ethics and Conduct |
The concept of "beneficial ownership" of securities is broad. It includes not only Securities a person owns directly, and not only Securities owned by others specifically for his or her benefit, but also Securities held by his or her spouse, minor children and relatives who live full time in his or her home, and Securities held by another person if by reason of any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement or other arrangement the Supervised Person obtains benefits substantially equivalent to ownership. Examples of some of the most common of those arrangements are set forth in Appendix IX .
This broad definition of "beneficial ownership" does not necessarily apply for purposes of other securities laws or for purposes of estate or income tax reporting or liability. A Supervised Person may declare that the reporting or recording of any Securities transaction should not be construed as an admission that he or she has any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the security for other purposes.
This Code's procedures, standards, and restrictions do not and cannot address each potential conflict of interest. Rather, they attempt to prevent some of the more common types of problems. Ethical and faithful discharge of Ascend’s fiduciary duties require adherence to the spirit of this Code and awareness that activities, including personal securities transactions, could involve conflicts of interest. (For example, accepting favors from broker-dealers could involve an abuse of a Supervised Person's position. Ascend is a natural object of cultivation by securities dealers and it is possible that this consideration could impair Ascend’s objectivity.) If there is any doubt about any transaction the Supervised Person should consult the CCO.
All Supervised Persons must comply with the following policies.
As a matter of policy and the terms of each Supervised Person’s employment or other relationship with Ascend, the following types of activities are strictly prohibited:
1. | Using any device, scheme or artifice to defraud, or engaging in any act, practice, or course of conduct that operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit upon, any Client or prospective client or any party to any securities transaction in which Ascend or any of its Clients is a participant; |
2. | Making any untrue statement of a material fact or omitting to state to any person a material fact necessary in order to make the statements Ascend has made to such person materially complete; |
3. | Engaging in any act, practice, or course of business that is fraudulent, deceptive, or manipulative, particularly with respect to a Client or prospective client; and |
4. | Causing Ascend, acting as principal for its own account or for any account in which Ascend or any person associated with Ascend (within the meaning of the Advisers Act) to sell any security to or purchase any security from a Client in violation of any applicable law, rule or regulation of a governmental agency. |
Supervised Persons are prohibited from engaging in what is commonly known as Insider Trading. Ascend has adopted an "Insider Trading Policy", set forth in Appendix I , that describes more fully what constitutes Insider Trading and the legal penalties for engaging in it. Each Supervised Person must review the Insider Trading Policy annually and certify on the “Annual Acknowledgment of Code of Ethics” (as set forth in Appendix IV ) through the Compliance Monitoring System that he or she has done so. Supervised Persons should refer to the Insider Trading Policy (as well as this Code), and consult with the CCO, whenever a Supervised Person believes he or she may have Material Non-Public Information.
No Supervised Person may engage in what is commonly known as Front Running or Scalping. No Supervised Person may buy or sell a security when he or she knows Ascend is considering the security for purchase or sale for its Clients.
8 |
Ascend Capital, LLC |
Code of Ethics and Conduct |
The following specific rules apply to all Supervised Persons and all Covered Accounts.
Personal Account Trading Policy
No Supervised Person may buy, sell, or pledge any security for any Covered Account without obtaining written clearance before the transaction. The required procedures are described in the Personal Account Trading Policy attached hereto as Appendix III .
Service as a Director; Disclosure of other affiliations
All Supervised Persons must report to the CCO any affiliation or business relationship they may have with any issuer. No Supervised Person may serve as a director of a publicly-held company without prior approval by the CCO (or the Managing Member, if the CCO is the proposed board member) based upon a determination that service as a director would not be adverse to the interests of any Client. In the limited instances in which such service is authorized by Ascend, Supervised Persons serving as directors will be isolated from other Supervised Persons who are involved in making decisions as to the securities of that company through procedures determined by the CCO to be appropriate in the circumstances. Ascend may not trade in any securities issued by any company of which any Supervised Person is a director.
Supervised Persons are required to maintain strict confidentiality of all information they obtain through their employment at Ascend including, but not limited to, information regarding Ascend’s investment strategies, client portfolio transactions, holdings and proposed recommendations and client personal information. Consideration of a particular purchase or sale for a Client account may not be disclosed, except to authorized persons. Disclosure by a Supervised Person of any confidential information to any person including, but not limited to, such person’s spouse, significant other, family members, friends, acquaintances, or persons sharing a residence with such person, would constitute a violation of this Code and may be a violation of law. Such a violation may lead to sanctions by Ascend, including the termination of such person’s employment or association with Ascend (as applicable).
The following are potentially compromising situations which must be avoided. Any exceptions must be reported to the CCO:
1. | Participation in civic or professional organizations that might involve divulging confidential information of the Adviser; |
2. | Engaging in any form of harassment which is prohibited by law; |
3. | Investing or holding outside interest or directorship in clients, vendors or customers or competing companies, including financial speculations, where such investment or directorship might influence in any manner a decision or course of action of Ascend. In the limited instances in which service as a director is authorized by Ascend, Supervised Persons serving as directors will be isolated from other Supervised Persons who are involved in making decisions as to the securities of that company through procedures determined by the CCO to be appropriate in the circumstances; |
4. | Engaging in any financial transaction with any of Ascend’s vendors, investors or Supervised Persons, including but not limited to: providing any rebate, directly or indirectly, to any person or entity that has received compensation from Ascend; accepting, directly or indirectly, from any person or entity, other than Ascend, compensation of any nature as a bonus, commission, fee, gratuity or other consideration in connection with any transaction on behalf of Ascend; beneficially owning any security of, or have, directly or indirectly, any financial interest in, any other organization engaged in securities, financial or related business, except for beneficial ownership of not more than one percent (1%) of the outstanding securities of any business that is publicly owned; |
5. | Unlawfully discussing trading practices, pricing, clients, research, strategies, processes or markets with competing companies or their Supervised Persons; |
6. | Making any unlawful agreement with vendors, existing or potential investment targets or other organizations; |
7. | Improperly using or authorizing the use of any inventions, programs, technology or knowledge which are the proprietary information of Ascend; |
8. | Communicating any information regarding Ascend, Ascend’s investment products or any client to a prospective investor, journalist, client or regulatory authority that is not accurate, untrue or omitting to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements Ascend has made to such person not misleading; |
9 |
Ascend Capital, LLC |
Code of Ethics and Conduct |
9. | Posting or otherwise disseminating information regarding Ascend, Ascend’s investment products or any client, or concerning Ascend’s trading practices, proposed recommendations, pricing, research, strategies, processes or markets, on or through social networking sites (such as, without limitation, Facebook, Twitter and LinkedIn), blogs, electronic bulletin boards and/or electronic message boards; |
10. | Using personal email accounts and Mobile IM applications to conduct business for Ascend, except as permitted pursuant to Ascend’s Compliance Policies and Procedures Manual; and |
11. | Engaging in any conduct that is not in the best interest of Ascend or that might appear to be improper. |
For purposes of the following policies on Receipt of Gifts and Sending Gifts, a gift of nominal value is defined as cash, cash equivalent, physical item, service (excluding event tickets and other entertainment, which are addressed separately below) with a maximum allowable value of $100.00 to any Supervised Person by any third party or from any Supervised Person to any Client or prospective client in any calendar year. Any gifts given or received by Ascend or any of its Supervised Persons to and from any individual are considered in aggregate whether or not they were conferred by the same or different people at Ascend or the other firm.
No Supervised Person or member of a Supervised Person’s immediate family may receive any gift of more than nominal value from any person or entity with whom Ascend does or might reasonably be expected to do business, including clients and their service providers, vendors and competitors. A Supervised Person or a member of a Supervised Person’s immediate family may receive a gift of nominal value from such a person or entity provided the gift is disclosed to the CCO using the Compliance Monitoring System, including the name and contact information of the sender, the name of the sender's firm, Ascend's business relationship with the sender, the approximate value of the gift, the recipient's name and the date of receipt. The Compliance Monitoring System will maintain a log of all gifts received by Ascend, its Supervised Persons and members of its Supervised Persons’ immediate families from such persons or entities, that will be reviewed by the CCO on a quarterly basis.
No Supervised Person or member of a Supervised Person’s immediate family may send any gift of more than nominal value to any person or entity with whom Ascend does or might reasonably be expected to do business, including clients and their service providers, vendors and competitors. A Supervised Person or member of a Supervised Person’s immediate family may send a gift of nominal value to such a person or entity provided the gift is disclosed to the CCO using the Compliance Monitoring System, including the name and contact information of the recipient, the name of the recipient's firm, Ascend's business relationship with the recipient, the approximate value of the gift, the sender's name and the date sent. The Compliance Monitoring System will maintain a log of all gifts sent by Ascend, its Supervised Persons and members of its Supervised Persons’ immediate families to such persons or entities, that will be reviewed by the CCO on a quarterly basis.
For purposes of the following policies on Being Entertained and Entertaining, an entertainment event (an “Event”) is defined as a conference, meal or sponsored outing. To qualify as entertainment, rather than as a gift, BOTH the Supervised Person and the vendor, service provider or client must be in attendance.
Supervised Persons may attend an Event provided that a purpose of the meeting is to discuss Ascend’s business. Prior to attending any Event, Supervised Persons should notify the CCO using the Compliance Monitoring System, including the name and contact information of the person inviting the Supervised Person, the name of the firm, Ascend’s business relationship with the firm, the date of the Event, and a description of the Event (dinner, conference, sponsored outing). Attendance by a Supervised Person at any Event that is expected to cost the provider more than $100 must be pre-approved by the CCO through the Compliance Monitoring System. The Compliance Monitoring System will maintain a log of all Events attended by Supervised Persons, that will be reviewed by the CCO on a quarterly basis.
Supervised Persons may invite clients to an Event provided that a purpose of the meeting is to discuss Ascend’s business. Prior to making any such invitation, Supervised Persons should notify the CCO using the Compliance Monitoring System, including the name and contact information of the person being invited, the name of the firm, Ascend’s business
10 |
Ascend Capital, LLC |
Code of Ethics and Conduct |
relationship with the firm, the date of the Event, and a description of the Event (dinner, conference, sponsored outing). The Compliance Monitoring System will maintain a log of all Events attended by Supervised Persons, that will be reviewed by the CCO on a quarterly basis.
By January 30 of each year, each Supervised Person must certify, by submitting an “Annual Acknowledgment of Code of Ethics” using the Compliance Monitoring System, that he or she has read and understands this Code, that he or she recognizes that this Code applies to him or her, and that he or she has complied with all of the rules and requirements of this Code that apply to him or her.
In situations in which the CCO determines that strict compliance with certain of the specific rules prescribed above would be detrimental to Clients’ interests, or the limitations on a Supervised Person's legitimate interests that would result would not be justified by resulting protection of Clients' interests, the CCO may approve particular transactions or types of transactions on a case-by-case basis. The CCO will specify the limits and basis for each such exception, in writing.
Retention of Reports and Other Records
The CCO, or his or her designee, will maintain at Ascend’s principal office for at least five years:
1. | A copy of this Code and any related procedures, and any code that has been in effect during the past five years; |
2. | A record of any violation of the Code or any related procedures for the most recent five years, and a detailed synopsis of the actions taken in response; |
3. | A copy of each transactions report under the Code by (or duplicate confirmations or quarterly account statements for the account of) an Access Person; |
4. | A record of all persons, currently or within the past five years, who are or were required to make reports; |
5. | A record of any decision, and the reasons supporting the decision, to approve an acquisition by a Supervised Person of securities offered in an IPO or in a limited offering (including but not limited to a private placement). |
Any Supervised Person who learns of any violation, apparent violation, or potential violation of this Code is required to advise the CCO as soon as practicable. The CCO will then take such action as may be appropriate under the circumstances.
The CCO shall be responsible for ensuring adequate supervision over the activities of all Supervised Persons in order to prevent and detect violations of the Code by such Supervised Persons. Specific duties may include, but are not limited to: (i) adopting, implementing and enforcing the Code’s procedures and controls; (ii) ensuring that all Supervised Persons fully understand the Code; (iii) establishing an annual review of the Code to ensure its policies and procedures are effective and are being followed; and (iv) review employee personal securities transactions and reports.
Upon discovering that any Supervised Person has failed to comply with the requirements of this Code, Ascend may impose on that Supervised Person whatever sanctions management considers appropriate under the circumstances, including censure, suspension, limitations on permitted activities, or termination of employment.
11 |
Ascend Capital, LLC |
Code of Ethics and Conduct |
Appendix I
Policy and Procedures to Detect and Prevent Insider Trading
Ascend has adopted the following policies and procedures to detect and prevent the misuse of Material Non-Public Information by Supervised Persons.
Policy Statement on Insider Trading
Ascend forbids any Supervised Person from trading, either personally or on behalf of others, on Material Non-Public Information or communicating Material Non-Public Information to others in violation of the law. This conduct is frequently referred to as Insider Trading. Ascend's policy applies to every Supervised Person and extends to activities within and outside their duties at Ascend. Any questions regarding Ascend's policy and procedures should be referred to the CCO.
The term Insider Trading is not defined in the federal securities laws, but generally is used to refer to the use of Material Non-Public Information to trade in securities (whether or not one is an Insider) or to communications of Material Non-Public Information to others. While the law concerning insider trading is not static, it is generally understood that the law prohibits.
1. | Trading by an Insider while in possession of Material Non-Public Information. |
2. | Trading by a non-Insider, while in possession of Material Non-Public Information, where the information either was disclosed to the non-Insider in violation of an Insider's duty to keep it confidential or was misappropriated. |
3. | Communicating Material Non-Public Information to others. |
The elements of Insider Trading and the penalties for such unlawful conduct are discussed below. If, after reviewing this policy statement, a Supervised Person has any questions he or she should consult the CCO.
Material Non-Public Information
Trading on inside information is not a basis for liability unless the information is material. Information generally is material if there is a substantial likelihood that a reasonable investor would consider it important in making his or her investment decisions, or if public dissemination of it is reasonably certain to have a substantial effect on the price of a company's securities. Information that should be presumed to be material includes, but is not limited to: dividend changes; earnings estimates; changes in previously released earnings estimates; significant merger or acquisition proposals or agreements; commencement of or developments in major litigation; liquidation problems; and extraordinary management developments. Material Non-Public Information does not have to relate to a company's business. For example, in one case, the Supreme Court considered as material certain information about the contents of a forthcoming newspaper column that was expected to affect the market price of a security. In that case, a Wall Street Journal (the “Journal”) reporter was found criminally liable for disclosing to others the dates that reports on various companies would appear in the Journal and whether those reports would be favorable or not. Perhaps more importantly, knowledge of a decision, or an impending decision, by Ascend to buy or sell a security for its clients or to recommend a security can constitute Material Non-Public Information.
Information concerning (i) what Securities Ascend and its investment team are following; (ii) prospective Securities transactions of Ascend on behalf of its Clients; and (iii) current holdings of Client accounts, is strictly confidential. Under some circumstances, this information may be material and non-public.
Penalties for trading on or communicating Material Non-Public Information are severe, both for individuals involved in such unlawful conduct and their employers. A person can be subject to some or all of the penalties below even if he or she does not personally benefit from the violation. Penalties include:
1. | Immediate dismissal from Ascend; |
2. | Investigation, prosecution and conviction for criminal violations arising from insider trading, including securities fraud, wire fraud and conspiracy; |
3. | Jail sentences; |
4. | Civil injunction; |
5. | Damages in a civil suit as much as three times the amount of actual damages suffered by other buyers or sellers; |
6. | A bar on working as an officer, director, employee or affiliate of a broker-dealer, investment advisor or investment company; |
12 |
Ascend Capital, LLC |
Code of Ethics and Conduct |
7. | Disgorgement of profits; |
8. | Fines or civil penalties for the person who committed the violation of up to three times the profit gained or loss avoided, whether or not the person actually benefited; and/or |
9. | Fines or civil penalties for the employer or other controlling person of up to the greater of $1,000,000 or three times the amount of the profit gained or loss avoided. |
Securities fraud, in the context of insider trading by a fund manager, generally refers to trading on the basis of material, non-public information that was (i) disclosed, leaked or “tipped” by an insider in breach of a duty to keep the information confidential, or (ii) misappropriated in breach of a duty of confidentiality.
Wire fraud, in the context of insider trading, generally means the use of the wires, such as telephone or emails, in furtherance of a fraudulent scheme to defraud a publicly-traded company of money, property or the honest services of one of its officers or employees.
Conspiracy generally means an agreement between two or more people to commit a crime and an overt act or step by one of the conspirators in furtherance of the conspiracy.
Procedures to Implement Ascend’s Policy on Insider Trading
The following procedures have been established to assist Supervised Persons in avoiding Insider Trading, and to assist Ascend in preventing, detecting and imposing sanctions against Insider Trading. Every Supervised Person must follow these procedures or risk severe sanctions, including dismissal, substantial personal liability and criminal penalties. If a Supervised Person has any questions about these procedures he or she should consult the CCO.
Identifying Inside Information
Before trading for oneself or others, including investment partnership, offshore investment funds or private accounts advised or managed by Ascend, in the Securities of a company about which a Supervised Person may have potential Material Non-Public Information, the Supervised Person should consider the following questions:
Is the information material? Is this information that an investor would consider important in making his or her investment decisions? Is this information that would substantially affect the market price of the securities if generally disclosed?
Is the information non-public? To whom has this information been provided? Has the information been effectively communicated to the marketplace by being published in Reuters, The Wall Street Journal or other publications of general circulation?
If, after consideration of the above, the Supervised Person believes that the information is material and non-public, or if the Supervised Person has questions as to whether the information is material and non-public, the Supervised Person should take the following steps.
1. | Report the matter immediately to the CCO. |
2. | Refrain from purchasing or selling the Securities. |
3. | Refrain from communicating the information inside or outside Ascend other than to the CCO. |
If the CCO deems the information to be material and non-public the Supervised Person will be instructed to continue the prohibitions against trading and communication. If the CCO deems the information not to be material and/or non-public the Supervised Person may be allowed, subject to the discretion of the CCO, to trade and communicate the information.
All Supervised Persons of Ascend shall comply with Ascend’s Personal Account Trading Policy as detailed in Appendix III .
Restricting Access to Material Non-Public Information
Information in a Supervised Person's possession that is material and non-public may not be communicated to anyone, including persons within Ascend, except as provided herein. In addition, care should be taken so that such information is secure. For example, files containing Material Non-Public Information should be sealed and access to computer files containing Material Non-Public Information should be restricted.
13 |
Ascend Capital, LLC |
Code of Ethics and Conduct |
Contact with public companies represents an important part of Ascend’s research efforts. Ascend may make investment decisions on the basis of conclusions formed through such contacts and analysis of publicly available information. However, in the course of such contacts, a Supervised Person could become aware of Material Non-Public Information. This could happen, for example, if a company's Chief Financial Officer prematurely discloses quarterly results to an analyst or if an investor relations representative makes a selective disclosure of adverse news to a handful of investors. Supervised Persons who believe they may have received Material Non-Public Information should immediately report the matter to the CCO and seek instruction as to whether to continue the prohibitions against trading and communication.
Expert Networks and Independent Research Vendors
The use of expert networks and independent research vendors by Ascend and its Supervised Persons will be governed by Ascend’s Use of Expert Networks and Independent Research Vendors policies and procedures as detailed in Appendix X .
Tender offers represent a particular concern in the law of Insider Trading for two reasons. First, tender offer activity often produces extraordinary fluctuations in the price of the target company's securities. Trading during this time period is more likely to attract regulatory attention (and produces a disproportionate percentage of Insider Trading cases). Second, the SEC has adopted a rule which expressly forbids trading and "tipping" while in possession of Material Non-Public Information regarding a tender offer received from the tender offerer, the target company or anyone acting on behalf of either. Supervised Persons should exercise particular caution any time they believe that they may have become aware of any Material Non-Public Information (regardless of how trivial such information may seem) relating to a tender offer.
Resolving Issues Concerning Insider Trading
If, after consideration of the items set forth above, doubt remains as to whether information is material or non-public, or if there is any unresolved question as to the applicability or interpretation of the foregoing procedures, or as to the propriety of any action, the matter should be discussed with the CCO before trading or communicating the information to anyone.
14 |
Ascend Capital, LLC |
Code of Ethics and Conduct |
Appendix II
Supervisory Procedures with Respect to Insider Trading
The role of the CCO is critical to the implementation and maintenance of Ascend’s policy and procedures against Insider Trading. These procedures can be divided into two classifications:
To prevent insider trading, the CCO will:
1. | Provide, on a regular basis, an educational program to familiarize Supervised Persons with Ascend’s policy and procedures; |
2. | Answer questions regarding Ascend’s policy and procedures; |
3. | Resolve issues of whether information received by a Supervised Person is material and non-public |
4. | Review on a regular basis and update as necessary Ascend’s policy and procedures; |
5. | When it is determined that a Supervised Person has material non-public information; implement measures to prevent dissemination of such information; and if necessary restrict Supervised Persons from trading in the securities; and |
6. | Require all Supervised Persons to acknowledge his or her receipt and compliance with this policy and procedures regarding Insider Trading on an annual basis by submitting an “Annual Acknowledgment of Code of Ethics” using the Compliance Monitoring System. |
To detect insider trading, the CCO, or his or her designee, will review the trading activity reports, or duplicate confirmations or account statements, provided by each Supervised Person and create a report that summarizes the review findings. All underlying trading activity reports, duplicate confirmation and account statements will be available as backup documentation. (See Personal Account Trading Policies and Procedures .) In addition, the CCO will review the trading activity in Ascend’s own account and in all Client accounts managed or advised by Ascend.
Promptly, upon learning of a potential violation of Ascend’s Insider Trading Policy and Procedures, the CCO will prepare a written report to the Managing Member providing full details and recommendations for further action.
Annual Summary Reports to Management
On an annual basis, the CCO, or his or her designee, will create a report that summarizes activity, identifies any issues and details how issues were resolved for presentation to the Managing Member. The report will:
1. | Review and evaluate the full details of any investigation, either internal or by a regulatory agency, of any suspected insider trading and the results of such investigation; |
2. | Evaluate of the current procedures and any recommendations for improvement; and |
3. | Review and evaluate Ascend’s continuing educational program regarding insider trading. |
15 |
Ascend Capital, LLC |
Code of Ethics and Conduct |
Appendix III
Personal Account Trading Policy
It is important that all Supervised Persons recognize that the Ascend Personal Account Trading Policy, while complementary to Ascend's Policies and Procedures to Detect and Prevent Insider Trading, serves important additional purposes. Whether or not a Supervised Person is in possession of Material Non-Public Information, that Supervised Person might nevertheless violate his or her fiduciary duties to the accounts managed by Ascend by, for example, trading ahead of Ascend orders. Although Supervised Persons are not prohibited under this policy from trading securities for their own accounts that they are involved in trading on behalf of Ascend, they must do so only in full compliance with this Policy and their fiduciary obligations.
At all times, the interests of Ascend’s Clients must prevail over the Supervised Person’s interest. No trades or trading strategies used by a Supervised Person may conflict with Ascend's strategies or the markets in which Ascend is trading. Supervised Persons may not use Ascend's proprietary trading strategies to develop or implement new strategies which may otherwise disadvantage Ascend or its clients. Personal account trading must be done on the Supervised Person’s own time without placing undue burden on Ascend’s time.
In addition to the general principle described above that no Supervised Person may place his or her interests ahead of the interests of any client when trading securities, personal securities transactions by Supervised Persons are subject to the following specific restrictions.
Pre-clearance of Securities Transactions
No Covered Security may be purchased or sold for or from any Covered Account without the applicable Supervised Person first obtaining prior approval from the CCO (or, in the case of the CCO, from the Managing Member) through the Compliance Monitoring System using the “Pre-Clearance Form” (in the form attached as Appendix V ). Prior approval is effective only for transactions specified on the Pre-Clearance Form. In the event that the CCO is not accessible, all pre-clearance requests will be forwarded directly to the CFO. In the event that the CFO is not accessible, all pre-clearance requests will be forwarded directly to the Managing Member. It is each Supervised Person's responsibility to bring proposed transactions to the CCO’s attention through the Compliance Monitoring System and to obtain from the CCO on the same day documentation of any clearance. Transactions effected without pre-approval are subject, in the CCO’s discretion (after consultation with the Managing Member or other members of management, if appropriate), to being reversed or, if the Supervised Person made profits on the transaction, to disgorgement of such profits. A pre-approval authorization for a transaction is only valid for the dates specified on the approval, which will generally be for the period ending at the close of the U.S. markets on the next business day following the approval. If the transaction is not completed within those dates, the Supervised Person must have the proposed transaction pre-approved again. This requirement applies to transactions involving open market orders as well as those involving orders at a specific price.
Approval may be refused for any proposed trade by a Supervised Person that:
1. | Involves a security that is being or has been purchased or sold by Ascend on behalf of any Client or is being considered for purchase or sale; |
2. | Is otherwise prohibited under any internal policies of Ascend (such as Ascend’s Policy and Procedures to Detect and Prevent Insider Trading); |
3. | Breaches the Supervised Person’s fiduciary duty to any Client; |
4. | Is otherwise inconsistent with applicable law, including the Advisers Act and the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended; or |
5. | Creates an appearance of impropriety. |
Authorization may be granted by the CCO only if:
1. | The proposed transaction will have no adverse effect on any Client account; |
2. | The proposed transaction will not position the Supervised Person to profit from a transaction (long or short) made or position held by a Client account; |
3. | No Insider Trading is involved. |
No Supervised Person may buy or sell a security within sixty (60) days of any prior transaction in such security, unless such transaction is approved in writing by the CCO through the Compliance Monitoring System. The CCO shall consider the totality of the circumstances, including the frequency of short term trading by the Supervised Person, whether the trade would involve a breach of any fiduciary duty; whether it would otherwise be inconsistent with applicable laws and Ascend policies and procedures;
16 |
Ascend Capital, LLC |
Code of Ethics and Conduct |
and whether the trade would create an appearance of impropriety. Based on his or her consideration of these issues, the CCO shall have the sole authority to grant or withhold permission to execute the trade.
No Supervised Person may purchase New Issues for any Covered Account without the consent of the CCO. Generally, Supervised Persons may not purchase or recommend New Issues for Covered Accounts until at least one day after the public offering has been completed.
As with all transactions, purchases (or recommendations) of securities for Covered Accounts in limited offerings, including but not limited to private placements, must be cleared in advance using the Compliance Monitoring System. In determining whether to approve any such transaction for a Supervised Person, the CCO and Managing Member will consider, among other factors, whether the investment opportunity should be reserved for client accounts and whether the investment opportunity is being offered to the Supervised Person by virtue of his or her position with Ascend. A Supervised Person who has acquired securities in a limited offering must notify the CCO and Managing Member if he or she is to participate in subsequent consideration of an investment by client accounts in securities of the same issuer. In such circumstances, a decision to acquire securities of that issuer for client accounts must be reviewed.
Reinvestment of dividends pursuant to an automatic dividend reinvestment plan is not subject to the foregoing restrictions; however, any additional capital investments permitted as part of such a plan are.
Each Supervised Person shall, no later than 10 days after the Supervised Person begins its relationship with Ascend, or otherwise becomes an Access Person of Ascend, (i) provide to the CCO copies of brokerage account statements for all securities owned in all Covered Accounts, which are as of a date that is within 45 days of the date the employee submits them to the Firm, and (ii) complete and submit Appendix VI - Initial Disclosure of Supervised Person Personal Accounts.
In addition, each Supervised Person shall, no later than 10 days after the Supervised Person begins its relationship with Ascend, or otherwise becomes an Access Person of Ascend, provide the CCO with one or more completed and signed “Brokerage Account Data Access Consent Form(s)” (in the form attached as Appendix VIII) to allow Ascend to receive electronic delivery of brokerage account information into the Compliance Monitoring System. If a relevant brokerage firm does not provide electronic delivery of brokerage account information, the Supervised Person will be required to provide brokerage statements from such brokerage firm to Ascend on a quarterly basis. After the CCO indicates to each such Supervised Person that such person’s account and holdings information has been received by or entered into the Compliance Monitoring System, such person must submit an “Initial Holdings Certification” (in the form set forth in Appendix VII) confirming such account and holdings information through the Compliance Monitoring System. If a Supervised Person opens a new Covered Account, the Supervised Person must immediately provide the CCO with an additional or amended Brokerage Account Data Access Consent Form(s) that includes the new account.
On an annual basis, each Supervised Person will be required to confirm that the Compliance Monitoring System contains all holdings and transaction information for all Covered Accounts of that Supervised Person by submitting an “Annual Holdings Certification” (in the form set forth in Appendix VII ) through the Compliance Monitoring System.
Any person who fails to provide the information as set forth above will be subject to discipline by Ascend. Supervised Persons are also required to disclose the amounts and locations of any securities obtained upon any subsequent event (marriage, inheritance, etc.).
Quarterly Personal Securities Trading Information
Ascend will obtain, not less than quarterly, transaction and holdings information regarding the Covered Accounts of Supervised Persons that have provided Brokerage Account Data Access Consent Forms to Ascend. Not later than 20 calendar days following the end of each quarter, each Supervised Person that has not provided a completed and signed Brokerage Account Data Access Consent Form must provide the CCO with copies of brokerage account statements for all securities owned in all Covered Accounts for each month end included in the prior quarter. Each statement will contain the following information:
1. | Name of Supervised Person |
2. | Name of the securities purchased or sold, including the number of shares or principal amount if fixed income securities; |
3. | Date and nature of the transaction (i.e., purchase, sale or other acquisition or disposition); |
4. | Price at which the transaction was effected; and |
17 |
Ascend Capital, LLC |
Code of Ethics and Conduct |
5. | Names of the broker/dealer or bank through whom the transaction was effected. |
Upon receipt of brokerage account data and/or statements, the CCO, or his or her designee, will review all brokerage account data and statements for any evidence of improper trading activities or conflicts of interest by Supervised Persons, including, without limitation, trades placed shortly before or after trades placed in the same security for client accounts. After reviewing each Supervised Person’s data and/or statements, the CCO, or his or her designee, will create a report that summarizes the findings of the review, which will be signed and dated by the CCO.
It is the policy of Ascend that brokerage account information for all Supervised Persons be reviewed quarterly by the CCO whether or not securities transactions have occurred in their Covered Accounts during the period.
All statements of holdings, duplicate trade confirmations, duplicate account statements, electronic data feeds of account information and monthly and quarterly reports will generally be held in confidence by the CCO. However, the CCO may provide access to any of those materials to other members of Ascend’s management in order to resolve questions regarding compliance with this policy and regarding potential purchases or sales for Client accounts, and Ascend may provide regulatory authorities with access to those materials when required to do so under applicable laws, regulations, or orders of such authorities. The CCO may, in his or her discretion, consult with legal counsel in relation to the disclosure of such information.
To determine whether Supervised Persons have complied with the rules described above (and to detect possible insider trading), the CCO will have access to and will review transactions effected in Covered Accounts within 30 days after the end of each month, and will review duplicate trade confirmations provided pursuant to those rules within 10 days after their receipt. The CCO will compare transactions in Covered Accounts with transactions in client accounts for transactions or trading patterns that suggest violations of this Policy or potential front running, scalping, or other practices that constitute or could appear to involve abuses of Supervised Persons' positions. Transactions in the CCO’s Covered Accounts, will be reviewed by the Managing Member, who will act as to the CCO’s transactions, in the same manner as the CCO. If the Managing Member determines that a violation of this Policy has or may have occurred, he or she shall submit his or her written determination, together with documentation relating to the determination and any additional explanatory material provided by the CCO to the Managing Member, who shall make an independent determination of whether a violation has occurred.
The restrictions and reporting requirements in this Personal Account Trading Policy do not apply to transactions in any account over which a Supervised Person does not have Beneficial Ownership or does not exercise direct or indirect influence or control. The most common example of such a situation is one in which Securities are held in a trust of which a Supervised Person is a beneficiary but is not the trustee and has no control or influence over the trustee. This exception is very limited and will be construed narrowly. Questions about "influence or control" or otherwise about Beneficial Ownership or reporting responsibilities should be directed to the CCO.
18 |
Ascend Capital, LLC |
Code of Ethics and Conduct |
Initial and Annual Acknowledgment of Code of Ethics
Initial Acknowledgment of Code of Ethics
I have read, understand, acknowledge that I am subject to, and agree to abide by, the guidelines set forth in the Code of Ethics and Conduct (the "Code") of Ascend Capital, LLC ("Ascend"), including the Appendices and Schedules thereto. I further certify that I have disclosed or reported all personal securities transactions required to be disclosed or reported pursuant to the requirements of the Code.
I UNDERSTAND THAT THE DUTY OF CONFIDENTIALITY DESCRIBED IN THE CODE AND THE POLICY AND PROCEDURES TO DETECT AND PREVENT INSIDER TRADING ATTACHED AS APPENDIX I TO THE CODE REQUIRE THAT I MAINTAIN STRICT CONFIDENTIALITY OF ALL INFORMATION I OBTAIN THROUGH MY EMPLOYMENT AT ASCEND INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, INFORMATION REGARDING ASCEND'S INVESTMENT STRATEGIES, CLIENT PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND HOLDINGS, AND CLIENT PERSONAL INFORMATION. I UNDERSTAND THAT THE DISCLOSURE OF ANY SUCH INFORMATION BY ME TO ANY PERSON INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, MY SPOUSE, SIGNIFICANT OTHER, FAMILY MEMBERS, FRIENDS, ACQUAINTANCES, OR PERSONS SHARING A RESIDENCE WITH ME, WOULD CONSTITUTE A VIOLATION OF THE CODE AND MAY BE A VIOLATION OF LAW. I UNDERSTAND THAT ANY VIOLATION OF THE CODE MAY LEAD TO SANCTIONS BY ASCEND, INCLUDING THE TERMINATION OF MY EMPLOYMENT OR ASSOCIATION WITH ASCEND (AS APPLICABLE), AND THAT VIOLATIONS OF LAWS REGARDING INSIDER TRADING CARRY SEVERE PENALTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO FINES AND IMPRISONMENT.
I AGREE TO IMMEDIATELY REPORT TO THE CHIEF COMPLIANCE OFFICER OF ASCEND ANY BREACH BY ME OF THE CODE INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY BREACH OF THE DUTY OF CONFIDENTIALITY OR THE POLICY AND PROCEDURES TO DETECT AND PREVENT INSIDER TRADING.
Annual Acknowledgment of Code of Ethics
I have read, understand, acknowledge that I am subject to, and agree to abide by, the guidelines set forth in the Code of Ethics and Conduct (the "Code") of Ascend Capital, LLC ("Ascend"), including the Appendices and Schedules thereto. I further certify that I have complied with the Code since the date of my previous Acknowledgement of Code of Ethics, if any, and that I have disclosed or reported all personal securities transactions required to be disclosed or reported pursuant to the requirements of the Code.
I UNDERSTAND THAT THE DUTY OF CONFIDENTIALITY DESCRIBED IN THE CODE AND THE POLICY AND PROCEDURES TO DETECT AND PREVENT INSIDER TRADING ATTACHED AS APPENDIX I TO THE CODE REQUIRE THAT I MAINTAIN STRICT CONFIDENTIALITY OF ALL INFORMATION I OBTAIN THROUGH MY EMPLOYMENT AT ASCEND INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, INFORMATION REGARDING ASCEND'S INVESTMENT STRATEGIES, CLIENT PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND HOLDINGS, AND CLIENT PERSONAL INFORMATION. I UNDERSTAND THAT THE DISCLOSURE OF ANY SUCH INFORMATION BY ME TO ANY PERSON INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, MY SPOUSE, SIGNIFICANT OTHER, FAMILY MEMBERS, FRIENDS, ACQUAINTANCES, OR PERSONS SHARING A RESIDENCE WITH ME, WOULD CONSTITUTE A VIOLATION OF THE CODE AND MAY BE A VIOLATION OF LAW. I UNDERSTAND THAT ANY VIOLATION OF THE CODE MAY LEAD TO SANCTIONS BY ASCEND, INCLUDING THE TERMINATION OF MY EMPLOYMENT OR ASSOCIATION WITH ASCEND (AS APPLICABLE), AND THAT VIOLATIONS OF LAWS REGARDING INSIDER TRADING CARRY SEVERE PENALTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO FINES AND IMPRISONMENT.
I AGREE TO IMMEDIATELY REPORT TO THE CHIEF COMPLIANCE OFFICER OF ASCEND ANY BREACH BY ME OF THE CODE INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY BREACH OF THE DUTY OF CONFIDENTIALITY OR THE POLICY AND PROCEDURES TO DETECT AND PREVENT INSIDER TRADING.
19 |
Ascend Capital, LLC |
Code of Ethics and Conduct |
Entry Date: _______________ |
Name of Access Person: _____________________________ Account: _____________________________ |
Symbol: _______________________________________ |
Security Name: _____________________________________ |
Transaction Type: ________ (Buy/Sell) |
Quantity: __________ |
Activity Type: ________ |
IPO: _________ (No/Yes) |
To the best of your knowledge, is this security also held or about to be held (long or short) for any Ascend account?: | |
(Yes/No) |
If Yes, date the security was last traded for an Ascend account: _________________ | |
Does Supervised Person have any relationship with the issuer of the securities in question? _____ (Yes/No) | |
If Yes, explain:_____________________________________________ | |
Date of most recent purchase or sale of any security of same issuer ________________ (write N/A if none) | |
Approximate percentage of outstanding securities of the same class of the issuer owned now_______________ | |
(write N/A if under 1%) | |
Approximate percentage of outstanding securities of the same class of the issuer to be owned after transaction: __________ | |
(write N/A if under 1%) | |
All securities purchased by a Supervised Person must be retained (long or short) for at least 30 calendar days after purchase. | |
Supervised Person acknowledges and agrees that Supervised Person may be prohibited from liquidating a particular position due to Inside Information received by Ascend or transactions entered into by Ascend for an Ascend Account. Supervised Person recognizes that he or she may suffer substantial losses as a result of such liquidation prohibition and agrees that Ascend shall have no responsibility whatsoever therefore. |
20 |
Ascend Capital, LLC |
Code of Ethics and Conduct |
Initial Disclosure of Supervised Person Personal Accounts
ACCOUNT INFORMATION
I certify that listed below are the account name and description of each of my Covered Accounts, if any. See the Code of Ethics and Conduct (the “ Code ”) of Ascend Capital, LLC (“ Ascend ”) for the definition of “Covered Account.” You must provide copies of a brokerage account statement with respect to each listed account, dated within 45 days prior, within 10 days after you have joined Ascend (or after you otherwise become an Access Person (as defined in the Code) .
Name of Account | Name of Broker-Dealer or Bank | Account Number | Statements Provided to Ascend | |||
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
||||
|
¨ (check, if applicable) I certify that: (i) I do not have any Covered Account to report .
Signature : |
Name : |
Date : |
21 |
Ascend Capital, LLC |
Code of Ethics and Conduct |
Holdings Certifications
Initial Holdings Certification
I certify that below is a list of all Covered Securities held in each of my Covered Accounts. See the Glossary section of the Code of Ethics and Conduct of Ascend Capital, LLC (“Ascend”) for the definition of “Covered Securities” and “Covered Accounts.”
I certify that all of the information provided by me or on my behalf is true, complete and correct as of the date hereof. I agree to notify Ascend immediately in writing if I establish a new Covered Account. I agree to either (i) give Ascend my authorization to access electronically all data regarding the holdings and transactions in each of my Covered Accounts, or (ii) provide or cause to be provided brokerage statements for each such Covered Account to Ascend within 20 days after the end of each calendar quarter.
Annual Holdings Certification
I certify that below is a list of all Covered Securities held in each of my Covered Accounts (if any) for which I have provided consent for electronic delivery of account information to Ascend. See the Glossary section of the Code of Ethics and Conduct of Ascend Capital, LLC ("Ascend") for the definition of “Covered Securities” and “Covered Accounts.” In addition, to the extent applicable, I certify that I will provide to Ascend, by no later than January 31 st , all brokerage statements showing all Covered Securities in each Covered Account for which I have not provided consent for electronic delivery of account information to Ascend.
I certify that all of the information provided by me or on my behalf is true, complete and correct as of the date hereof. I agree to notify Ascend immediately in writing if I establish a new Covered Account.
I certify that since my previous Annual Holdings Certification, I have provided Ascend with information regarding any new Covered Accounts.
I also certify that for each quarter of the period since my previous Annual Holdings Certification either (i) I have given Ascend my authorization to access electronically all data regarding the holdings and transactions in each of my Covered Accounts, or (ii) have provided or have caused to be provided brokerage statements for each such Covered Account to Ascend within 20 days after the end of each calendar quarter.
22 |
Ascend Capital, LLC |
Code of Ethics and Conduct |
Brokerage Account Data Access Consent Form
In connection with the Personal Account Trading Policy of Ascend Capital, LLC (“Ascend”) as set forth in Appendix III to Ascend’s Code of Ethics and Conduct (the “Code of Ethics”), I understand that Ascend has arrangements in place with certain broker-dealers pursuant to which Ascend, and service providers acting on behalf of Ascend, are able to receive electronic delivery of account information for purposes of satisfying the obligations of Ascend’s Supervised Persons (as defined in the Glossary section of the Code of Ethics) to provide certain brokerage statements to Ascend.
I hereby authorize the broker-dealer firms identified below to provide to Ascend, and to service providers acting on Ascend’s behalf, any and all transaction and holdings information relating to securities held in the account(s) identified below:
Broker-dealer name: | |||
Account numbers: | |||
Signature of Supervised Person | Date | ||
Name of Supervised Person (Please Print) |
Note: Supervised Persons must list all Covered Accounts maintained at the relevant broker-dealer, and must complete separate forms for each broker-dealer with which they maintain accounts.
23 |
Ascend Capital, LLC |
Code of Ethics and Conduct |
Beneficial Ownership
Beneficial ownership by a person will be interpreted in the same manner as it would be in determining whether that person is subject to the provisions of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations thereunder, except that the determination of direct or indirect beneficial ownership shall apply to all securities a person has or acquires. Some examples of when beneficial ownership would exist are where securities are held:
1. | By a Supervised Person for his/her own benefit, whether bearer, registered in his/her own name, or otherwise; |
2. | By others for the Supervised Person's benefit (regardless of whether or how registered), such as securities held for the Supervised Person by custodians, brokers, relatives, executors or administrators; |
3. | For a Supervised Person's account by a pledgee; |
4. | By a trust in which a Supervised Person has an income or remainder interest unless the Supervised Person's only interest is to receive principal if (a) some other remainderman dies before distribution or (b) if some other person can direct by will a distribution of trust property or income to the Supervised Person; |
5. | By a Supervised Person as trustee or co-trustee, where either the Supervised Person or any member of his/her immediate family (i.e., spouse, children and their descendants, stepchildren, parents and their ancestors, and step-parents, in each case treating a legal adoption as blood relationship) has an income or remainder interest in the trust; |
6. | By a trust of which the Supervised Person is the settlor, if the Supervised Person has the power to revoke the trust without obtaining the consent of all the beneficiaries; |
7. | By any non-public partnership in which the Supervised Person is a partner; |
8. | By a personal holding company controlled by the Supervised Person alone or jointly with others; |
9. | In the name of the Supervised Person's spouse unless legally separated; |
10. | In the name of minor children of the Supervised Person or in the name of any relative of the Supervised Person or of his/her spouse (including an adult child) who is presently sharing the Supervised Person's home. This applies even if the securities were not received from the Supervised Person and the dividends are not actually used for the maintenance of the Supervised Person's home; |
11. | In the name of any person other than the Supervised Person and those listed in (9) and (10) above, if by reason of any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement, or other arrangement the Supervised Person obtains benefits substantially equivalent to those of ownership and/or exercises direct or indirect influence or control; and |
12. | In the name of any person other than the Supervised Person, even though the Supervised Person does not obtain benefits substantially equivalent to those of ownership (as described in (11) above), if the Supervised Person can vest or revest title in himself/herself. |
24 |
Ascend Capital, LLC |
Code of Ethics and Conduct |
Use of Expert Networks and Independent Research Vendors
Ascend uses expert network firms and independent research vendors to arrange access to consultants and research associates with valuable expertise in particular markets or particular companies (“Consultants”). Federal law enforcement agencies have recently been paying close attention to the activities of expert networks and independent research vendors, believing that some such networks have been used as a conduit for the conveyance of material non-public information to investors. In order to ensure that any use of expert networks and independent research vendors by Ascend does not result in the violation of insider trading laws by Ascend or any person associated with Ascend, and to show any investigating regulators that Ascend has taken active steps to prevent such violations, Ascend has adopted these Use of Expert Networks and Independent Research Vendors policies and procedures. The defined term “Consultant,” as used in these policies and procedures, shall not include the chief executive officer, chief financial officer or investor relations personnel of any company.
The use of expert networks and independent research vendors is subject to the following restrictions and procedures:
Representations by Expert Network Firms and Independent Research Vendors
Each expert network firm and independent research vendor with which Ascend does business will be required to provide a letter to Ascend substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (or such other forms as the CCO shall deem to be appropriate).
Procedures for Use of Consultants
Procedures for scheduling calls (which term for purposes of these Use of Expert Networks and Independent Research Vendors procedures will also include meetings) with Consultants:
1. | If the call is with a public company employee, pre-clear the call (see “Public Company Employees” section below”) |
2. | When calls are set up/confirmed, an email confirming the call must be sent with the following disclaimer: |
“As you know, Ascend Capital, LLC and its affiliates, on behalf of such entities and their clients, buy and sell securities and collect information to help make investment decisions. We do not wish to receive any confidential information that you are not authorized to provide to us. Please be sure to comply with (i) any confidentiality obligations that you may have, and (ii) any policies and procedures to ensure compliance with the securities laws to which you are subject. We do not intend to restrict our securities trading activity following the receipt of any information that you provide.”
3. | All Consultants will be provided with the following representations (either by us or by Guidepoint, DeMatteo or other expert network) prior to any call with the Consultant, and the Consultant must provide its acknowledgment prior to the call: |
“You hereby represent and acknowledge the following to Ascend Capital, LLC and its affiliates (“Ascend”), in connection with each consultation that you may have with them:
* You acknowledge that Ascend is in the business of investing and trading in securities.
* You are not currently, and have not been, within the past 6 months, an employee or member of the board of directors of any company with outstanding publicly traded securities which is the subject of the consultation between you and any employee of Ascend, and your participation in any consultation with Ascend will not violate any policies of any current or former company by which I am or have been employed, or to which I serve or have served as a director.
* You will not provide to Ascend any material non-public information regarding a publicly traded company. Material non-public information is any information that would likely have an effect on the value of a company and/or that a reasonable investor would consider important in making his or her investment decisions, and that is not ordinarily made available to the public.
* You will not provide or transmit information to Ascend if you believe that someone breached a duty of confidence by disclosing the information to you.
25 |
Ascend Capital, LLC |
Code of Ethics and Conduct |
* You will not provide or transmit information to Ascend if you believe that to do so would result in a violation of any duty that you owe to a third party, including (as applicable and without limitation) your current or former employer.
* You will not disclose the identity of Ascend to anyone other than the employees of the expert network or independent research vendor through which you were retained by Ascend with a need to know such information.
Please acknowledge that you have read and agreed to the above representations, warranties and agreements by responding to this email with a response reading “Agreed.” Failure to so acknowledge will prevent your participating in this consultation.”
Consultants at Public Companies
1. | Pre-Clearance |
* All scheduled calls with Consultants that are employed at public companies must be pre-cleared with compliance prior to the consultation on the day of the consultation, to confirm that we do not currently have a position in the company's stock. If we do have a position, the call will be cancelled unless an exception is granted by the CCO in the circumstances described below.
* The pre-clearance request to compliance must include information regarding the identity of the Consultant, the expected scope of the discussions and the general purpose of the call, and the topics to be discussed.
* Prior to providing clearance for a call with a Consultant, the CCO may perform such background investigations of the Consultant as the CCO deems necessary.
* Sector Managers, Analysts/Associates and Research Assistants are responsible for ensuring that they have documentation of the approval from compliance.
* All scheduled calls with Consultants that are employed at public companies that are not pre-cleared by compliance must be cancelled.
2. | A Consultant that is employed by a public company may only be used in Ascend’s research process if Ascend (or the accounts for which it provides investment advisory services) does not have a position in the equity securities of the public company. Exceptions may approved by the CCO where the consultation is related to a specific topic that is not related to Ascend’s investment thesis on the company and/or where the position is held by a different sector manager. In connection with any such exception, the CCO may institute a five day cooling-off period (or such other period as the CCO deems appropriate) after any such consultation, during which Ascend will not trade in the equity securities of the Consultant’s employer. |
3. | Employees speaking with Consultants who are employed at public companies are not permitted to discuss anything about the public company by which the Consultant is employed, except as may be agreed by the CCO in advance of the Consultant call. |
For the purposes of the above policies, a Consultant will be deemed to be employed by a public company until six months have elapsed from the date upon which the Consultant ceased to be an employee of the public company.
Resolving Issues Concerning Information Provided by Consultants
In the event that there is any concern that a Consultant may have provided material non-public information, the matter should be discussed with the CCO before trading or communicating the information to anyone.
Review of Research Relationships
All relationships with expert networks and independent research vendors will be reviewed by Malcolm Fairbairn and the sector managers no less frequently than once each fiscal year. Relationships with expert networks and independent research vendors will be continued, modified or terminated as warranted based on this review. In order to perform such review, the CCO shall seek from the expert network or independent research vendor such information regarding the expert network or independent research vendor’s business practices, compliance policies and contractual and compensation arrangements between the expert network or
26 |
Ascend Capital, LLC |
Code of Ethics and Conduct |
independent research vendor and the Consultants as Malcolm Fairbairn, the Sector Managers and/or the CCO deem to be necessary.
In addition, all expert networks and independent research vendors with which Ascend does business will be subject to an automated daily scan of news sources for articles relating to such companies, the results of which will be reviewed by the CCO or his or her designee and will be communicated to Malcolm Fairbairn and the sector managers if such articles suggest that an immediate review of Ascend’s relationship with the expert network or independent research vendor is warranted.
On a quarterly basis, the CCO, or his or her designee, will perform the following supervisory procedures relating to the use of expert networks and independent research vendors:
1. | perform a random review of e-mails confirming calls with Consultants, to ensure that the required disclaimer language was included; |
2. | obtain from each expert network: (i) written confirmation that the expert network has obtained the required representations from each Consultant used by Ascend; and (ii) a detailed written record indicating all calls and meetings with Consultants, including the name of the Consultant, the name of the company discussed, and the names of the Ascend attendees on the call or at the meeting; |
3. | prepare and maintain internal records with respect to independent research vendors that include: (i) confirmation that all Consultants has made the required representations; and (ii) a detailed written record indicating all calls and meetings with Consultants, including the name of the Consultant, the name of the company discussed and the names of the Ascend attendees on the call or at the meeting; and |
4. | prepare and maintain an internal report indicating that all meetings with Consultants were pre-cleared by the CCO, or his or her designee. |
27 |
Ascend Capital, LLC |
Code of Ethics and Conduct |
EXHIBIT A
[LETTERHEAD OF SERVICE PROVIDER]
[DATE]
Ascend Capital LLC
4 Orinda Way, Suite 200-C
Orinda, CA 94563
Dear Sir or Madam:
[NAME OF SERVICE PROVIDER] (“ we ” or “ the firm ”) is a service provider of Ascend Capital LLC (“ Ascend ”). [The services provided by the firm to Ascend include, without limitation, providing research, analysis and/or recommendations regarding issuers in which Ascend, or the customer accounts and investment funds managed by Ascend and its affiliates, are invested or may in the future invest.] Ascend has requested that we provide it with certain representations and undertakings regarding the firm’s insider trading practices and procedures. Accordingly, we hereby represent, warrant and agree as follows:
1. The firm has adopted policies and procedures designed to ensure that the firm and its personnel do not violate any federal, state or foreign securities laws involving material non-public information (“ Inside Information ”) of issuers whose securities are traded on any U.S. or non-U.S. securities market(s). Among other things, such policies and procedures prohibit: (a) the disclosure by the firm and its personnel of any Inside Information in the firm’s or its personnel’s possession to third parties, such as Ascend; and (b) the use by the firm and its personnel of Inside Information in connection with providing services to customers of the firm, such as Ascend. We will at all times comply with such policies and procedures.
2. The firm and its personnel have not, and will not in the future, utilize and/or rely upon any Inside Information in connection with providing services to Ascend.
3. The firm and its personnel have not, and will not in the future, communicate or otherwise provide any Inside Information to Ascend or any of its personnel.
We agree that if, at any time, the firm ceases to be in compliance with any agreement contained in this letter, or if any representation or warranty contained in this letter ceases to be true, we shall notify Ascend immediately.
Sincerely,
[NAME]
[TITLE]
28 |
Ascend Capital, LLC |
Code of Ethics and Conduct |
Supervised Persons 1
Current Supervised Persons that are subject to the Code:
Carlo Casulo
J. Cogan
James Ellman
Kimberly Evers
Emily Fairbairn
Malcolm P. Fairbairn
Peter Friedland
Rahul Gandhi
Kira Gaza
Rachael Guinto
Dong Han
Benjamin Hejna
Yedda Ho
Michael Hughes
Paul Jones
Helen Kang
Scott L. Kintz
Darby Kroyer
Brigid Lambert
Shane McCarty
Lars Mellemseter
Michael Napolitana
David Newhall
Nick Nguyen
Sam Palmer
Christopher Pierce
Tomas Pieter
Dirk Renick
Ramona Shenoy
Jaime Simon
Benjamin D. Slavet
Stephanie Stephan
Michael Stokes
Joshua Wyss
Gina Yacoub
Jenny Yama
Orlin Zhekov
1 Updated as of Febraury 2014.
29 |
Exhibit (p)5
Supplement to the
Compliance Manual
of
Brigade Capital Management, LLC
Brigade Capital Switzerland AG
Amended as of July 2013
Effective Date: January 1, 2014
This supplement (the “Supplement”) to the Compliance Manual (the “Manual”) of Brigade Capital Management, LLC and Brigade Capital Switzerland AG (“Brigade Switzerland”) (collectively referred to in this Supplement as “Brigade Capital”), which was amended as of July 2013, contains amended policies and procedures in connection with Brigade Capital’s Code of Ethics. This Supplement is being provided to all employees and should be read carefully together with the Manual for a description of the policies and procedures adopted by Brigade Capital. To the extent that any of the provisions contained in the Manual are inconsistent with the provisions contained in this Supplement, the provisions of the Supplement shall control.
Brigade Capital’s Code of Ethics will be replaced with the following, effective January 1, 2014:
code of ethics - PERSONAL TRADING BY BRIGADE CAPITAL AND ITS PERSONNEL
(1) | Introduction |
High ethical standards are essential for the success of Brigade Capital to maintain the confidence of its Advisory Clients. Brigade Capital’s long-term business interests are best served by adherence to the principle that its Advisory Clients’ interests come first. Brigade Capital has a fiduciary duty to its Advisory Clients, which requires individuals associated with Brigade Capital to act solely for the benefit of the Advisory Clients. Potential conflicts of interest may arise in connection with the personal trading activities of individuals associated with investment advisory firms. In recognition of Brigade Capital’s fiduciary obligations to the Advisory Clients and Brigade Capital’s desire to maintain its high ethical standards, Brigade Capital has adopted this Code of Ethics which it reasonably believes complies with the requirements of Rule 204A-1 under the Advisers Act and the Access Person reporting and preclearance requirements of Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act, containing provisions designed to: (i) prevent improper personal trading by Access Persons; (ii) prevent improper use of material, non-public information about securities recommendations made by Brigade Capital or securities holdings of the Advisory Clients; (iii) identify conflicts of interest; and (iv) provide a means to resolve any actual or potential conflict in favor of the Advisory Client.
Brigade Capital’s goal is to allow its Access Persons to engage in certain, limited personal securities transactions while protecting Brigade Capital, its Advisory Clients and its Access Persons from the conflicts that could result from a violation of the securities laws or from real or apparent conflicts of interest. While it is impossible to define all situations that might pose such a
risk, this Code of Ethics is designed to address those circumstances where such risks are likely to arise. It is the personal responsibility of every employee to avoid any conduct that could create a conflict, or even the appearance of a conflict, with the Advisory Clients, or do anything which could damage or erode the trust the Advisory Clients place on Brigade Capital and Brigade Capital’s employees.
Adherence to the Code of Ethics and the related restrictions on personal investing is considered a basic condition of employment for employees and Access Persons of Brigade Capital. If there is any doubt as to the propriety of any activity, employees should consult with the Chief Compliance Officer or his designee. The Chief Compliance Officer is charged with the administration and distribution of this Code of Ethics, has general compliance responsibility for Brigade Capital, and may offer guidance on securities laws and acceptable practices, as the same may change from time to time. The Chief Compliance Officer may rely upon the advice of outside legal counsel or outside compliance consultants.
The Chief Compliance Officer will make the final decision regarding applicability of the Code of Ethics to interns on a case-by-case basis. As a general matter, interns will be considered “Access Persons” for purposes of the Code of Ethics.
Access Persons must acknowledge receipt and understanding of this Code of Ethics on an annual basis. A form of acknowledgement was previously provided at Form 1 . Such forms will generally be completed via ComplianceELF.
(2) | Applicability of Code of Ethics |
(a) | Personal Accounts of Access Persons . This Code of Ethics applies to all Personal Accounts of all Access Persons where “Permissible Securities” (as defined in Section 3(d) of this Code of Ethics below) are held and includes any account in which an Access Person has any direct or indirect beneficial ownership. A Personal Account also includes an account maintained by or for: |
· | Access Person's spouse (other than a legally separated or divorced spouse of the Access Person), domestic partner and minor children; |
· | Any individuals who live in the Access Person's household and over whose purchases, sales, or other trading activities the Access Person exercises control or investment discretion; |
· | Any persons to whom the Access Person provides primary financial support, and either (i) whose financial affairs the Access Person controls, or (ii) for whom the Access Person provides discretionary advisory services; |
· | Any trust or other arrangement which names the Access Person as a beneficiary or remainderman; and |
· | Any partnership, corporation, or other entity of which the Access Person is a director, officer or general partner or in which the Access Person has a 25% or greater beneficial interest, or in which the Access Person owns a controlling interest or exercises effective control; provided, however, that the accounts of the Advisory Clients managed by Brigade Capital are not deemed to be Personal Accounts of an Access Person. |
Upon becoming an Access Person, the Access Person must disclose all Personal Accounts to Brigade Capital’s Chief Compliance Officer through ComplianceELF.
(a) | Access Person as Trustee . A Personal Account does not include any account for which an Access Person serves as trustee of a trust for the benefit of (i) a person to whom the Access Person does not provide primary financial support, or (ii) an independent third party. |
(b) | Personal Accounts of Other Access Persons . A Personal Account of an Access Person that is managed by another Access Person is considered to be a Personal Account only of the Access Person who has a Beneficial Ownership in the Personal Account. The account is considered to be a client account with respect to the Access Person managing the Personal Account. |
(c) | Solicitors/Consultants . Non-employee Solicitors or consultants are not subject to this Code of Ethics unless the Solicitor/consultant, as part of his/her duties on behalf of Brigade Capital, (i) makes or participates in the making of investment recommendations for the Advisory Clients, or (ii) obtains information on recommended investments for the Advisory Clients. |
(d) | Client Accounts . A client account includes any account managed by Brigade Capital which is not a Personal Account. |
(3) | Restrictions on Personal Investing Activities |
(a) | General : It is the responsibility of each Access Person to ensure that a particular securities transaction being considered for his/her Personal Account is not subject to a restriction contained in this Code of Ethics or otherwise prohibited by any applicable laws. Personal securities transactions for Access Persons may be effected only in accordance with the provisions of this Code of Ethics. It should be noted that the Chief Compliance Officer may grant exceptions to certain of the trading restriction described in this Code of Ethics. Such exceptions will be documented and only be permitted if there is no material conflict of interest with the Advisory Clients. |
(b) | Restriction on Excessive Trading . Access Persons shall not engage in “day trading” or any type of “excessive” trading that would be contrary to the best interests of Brigade Capital’s Advisory Clients and Investors. For these purposes, Access Persons shall not engage in more than 30 transactions 1 (i.e., buys and sells) across his/her Personal Account(s) during a particular calendar quarter. Such trading restriction is subject to limited exception for extenuating circumstances (e.g., financial hardship), as determined in the sole discretion of the Chief Compliance Officer and Managing Member. All trading is subject to the review of the Chief Compliance Officer or his designee on at least a quarterly basis. |
(c) | Prohibition of Trading with or against Advisory Clients : It should be noted that the Chief Compliance Officer does not generally intend to permit Access Persons to execute transactions in the types of securities that the Advisory Clients typically invest in. The Advisory Clients typically hold securities of domestic and international leveraged companies, debt or debt-like obligations rated below investment grade by one or more of the major rating agencies, or securities trading at yields comparable to the high yield market and high yield issuers. It should be noted, however, that Access Persons may be permitted to invest in exchange-traded or open-ended funds that invest in the debt markets, subject to the pre-clearance requirements described in Paragraph (f) below. |
1 This does not limit the number of lots in which a transaction can be executed.
(d) | General Permissible Securities Transactions (“Permissible Securities”) : Access Persons will generally be permitted to engage in certain, limited personal securities transactions (certain of which require pre-clearance) in the following Permissible Securities: |
I. | Permissible Securities that Do Not Require Pre-Clearance : |
(i) | Direct obligations of the Government of the United States; |
(ii) | Bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and high quality short term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements; |
(iii) | Shares issued by money market funds; |
(iv) | Shares issued by open-end funds that are registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, provided that such funds are NOT registered funds managed by Brigade Capital or registered funds whose adviser or principal underwriter controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, Brigade Capital; and |
(v) | Shares issued by unit investment trusts that are invested exclusively in one or more registered open-end funds; provided that such funds are NOT advised by Brigade Capital or an affiliate and such fund’s adviser or principal underwriter is not controlled by or under common control with Brigade Capital. |
II. Permissible Securities that Require Pre-Clearance (“Reportable Securities”):
(i) | Shares issued by closed-end funds that are registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended; |
(ii) | Shares issued by open-end funds that are registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, IF they are managed by Brigade Capital, or their adviser or principal underwriter controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, Brigade Capital; |
(iii) | Shares issued by unit investment trusts that are invested exclusively in one or more registered open-end funds, IF such funds are advised by Brigade Capital or an affiliate, or such fund’s adviser or principal underwriter is controlled by or under common control with Brigade Capital; |
(iv) | Exchange traded funds or “ETFs”; |
(v) | Non-distressed municipal bonds; |
(vi) | a security in a limited offering (which includes investments in hedge funds, private equity funds and the Advisory Clients); and |
(vii) | Legacy Positions* (as defined below). |
*Legacy Positions : In the event that an Access Person already owns a security (a “Legacy Position”) that does not fall under the other categories of the Permissible Securities (as detailed above), the Access Person may not add to such Legacy Position,
but may only close out or cover such securities, subject to the pre-clearance and reporting requirements and other restrictions that are applicable to Reportable Securities.
(e) | Holdings List, Restricted List and Watch List : Each Access Person is strictly prohibited from trading in the securities of issuers that are included on the Holdings List, Restricted List and Watch List. Issuers on the Holdings List include the issuers of securities that the Advisory Clients have held in the past 7 calendar days and the issuers of securities that the Advisory Clients currently hold. Issuers on the Restricted List include the issuers of securities about which Brigade Capital has come into contact with material non-public information. Issuers on the Watch List include the issuers of a Security that Brigade is considering adding to the portfolio of an Advisory Client. It should be noted that the Chief Compliance Officer and the Managing Member have the discretion to add any other issuers to the Watch List as they deem appropriate. The Holdings List, Restricted List and Watch List are available in ComplianceELF and are updated on a weekly basis. In the event that an Access Person owns a security prior to the issuer of such security being added to the Holdings List, or the Watch List, Access Persons are not allowed to add to the position, however they may close out or cover such securities as long as the Advisory Clients have not traded in such securities or plan to trade in such securities within 7 calendar days and all other personal trading requirements have been met. To the extent that an Access Person owns a security of an issuer prior to that issuer being added to the Restricted List, the Access Person may not conduct transactions in such security until the issuer is no longer on the Restricted List. |
Notwithstanding the foregoing, such trading prohibitions shall not apply to:
(i) | Permissible Securities that do not require pre-clearance (as listed above in Section 3(d)(I) ) of the same or affiliated issuer that the Advisory Clients held in the past 7 calendar days, currently hold or intend on holding; and |
(ii) | securities issued by a subsidiary of an issuer that the Advisory Clients held in the past 7 calendar days, currently hold or intend on holding, although the Chief Compliance Officer still retains the authority to deny any such pre-clearance requests if believed to be in the best interests of Advisory Clients. |
For Example:
· | JPMorgan Chase & Co. (ticker: JPM) is put on the Holdings List; however, an Access Person may be permitted to trade an open-ended mutual fund (i.e., a Permissible Security that does not require pre-clearance) managed or sponsored by JPM and/or its affiliate; |
· | The Blackstone Group L.P. (ticker: BX) is put on the Watch List; however, an Access Person may be permitted to trade Permissible Securities issued by investment funds managed or sponsored by BX and/or its affiliate; and |
· | Johnson & Johnson (ticker: JNJ) is put on a Restricted List; however, an Access Person may be permitted to trade Permissible Securities issued by Merck & Co. Inc. (ticker: MRK), one of its many subsidiaries. |
As detailed below, all security transactions in Reportable Securities (as defined above in Section 3(d)(II) ) are subject to pre-clearance requirements and other restrictions described below.
(f) | Pre-clearance of Transactions in Personal Account : Prior to trading a Reportable Security (as defined above in Section 3(d)(II) ), an Access Person must obtain the prior |
written approval of a combination of two of the “Authorized Approvers,” as follows: (1) the Chief Compliance Officer OR (2) the Deputy Compliance Officer OR (3) Raymond Luis AND one of (1) the Managing Member OR (3) Benjamin Renshaw. It should be noted that this includes (but is not limited to) investments in limited offerings (which include private or restricted offerings). An Authorized Approver submitting his own pre-clearance request must obtain such pre-approval from alternate Authorized Approvers. For the avoidance of doubt, an Authorized Approver may not pre-clear his own personal transactions.
Requests for pre-clearance generally must be submitted via ComplianceELF. Any approval given under this paragraph will remain in effect for 24 business day hours. A sample pre-clearance form is attached as Form 11.
(g) | Holding Period : To the extent that an Access Person was granted approval to purchase a particular Reportable Security, such Access Person must generally hold the Reportable Security for 60 days before selling such Reportable Security, subject to the approval of two of the Authorized Approvers. However, it should be noted that, from time to time, certain exceptions to the 60 day holding period may be granted for Access Persons by the Chief Compliance Officer and the Managing Member. Prior to granting an exception, the Chief Compliance Officer will review the trade to determine whether it presents a conflict of interest for any Brigade Capital Advisory Client and will deny the application if a conflict of interest is present. The conflict of interest review and exceptions will be documented by the Chief Compliance Officer or his designee. |
(h) | Short Sales : An Access Person shall not engage in any short sale of a security if, at the time of the transaction, any Advisory Client account managed by Brigade Capital has a long position in such security. |
(4) | Reporting Requirements |
(a) | All Access Persons are required to submit to the Chief Compliance Officer (subject to the applicable provisions of Section 5 below ) the following reports via ComplianceELF: |
(i) | Initial Holdings Report – Access Persons are required to provide the Chief Compliance Officer with an Initial Holdings Report within 10 days of the date that such person became an Access Person via ComplianceELF that meets the following requirements: |
(1) | Must disclose all of the Access Person’s current securities holdings with the following content for each Reportable Security (as defined above in Section 3(d)(II) ) that the Access Person has any direct or indirect beneficial ownership. |
· | title and type of Reportable Security; |
· | ticker symbol or CUSIP number (as applicable); |
· | number of shares; and |
· | principal amount of each Reportable Security. |
(2) | Must disclose the name of any broker, dealer or bank with which the Access Person maintains an account in which any Reportable Securities are held. |
(3) | Information contained in Initial Holding Reports must be current as of a date no more than 45 days prior to the date the person becomes an Access Person of Brigade Capital. |
(4) | The report must be dated the day the Access Person submits it. |
(5) | Access Persons generally must submit their Initial Holdings Reports via ComplianceELF. A sample form of Initial Holdings Report is also included as Form 12. |
(ii) | Annual Holdings Report – Subject to the applicable provisions of Section 5 below , Access Persons must also provide Annual Holdings Reports of all current Reportable Securities holdings at least once during each 12 month period (the “Annual Holding Certification Date”). For purposes of this Code of Ethics, the Annual Holdings Certification Date is October 31. From a content perspective, such Annual Holdings Reports must comply with the requirements of Section 4(a)(i)-(iii) above . Access Persons generally must submit their Annual Holdings Reports via ComplianceELF. A sample form of Annual Holdings Report is also included as Form 13. |
(iii) | Quarterly Transaction Reports – Subject to the applicable provisions of Section 5 below, Access Persons must also provide quarterly securities transaction reports for each transaction in a Reportable Security (as defined above in Section 3(d)(II) ) that the Access Person has any direct or indirect beneficial ownership. Such Quarterly Transaction Reports must meet the following requirements: |
(1) | Content Requirements – Quarterly Transaction Report must include: |
· | date of transaction; |
· | title of Reportable Security; |
· | ticker symbol or CUSIP number of Reportable Security (as applicable); |
· | interest rate or maturity rate (if applicable); |
· | number of shares; |
· | principal amount of Reportable Security; |
· | nature of transaction (i.e., purchase or sale); |
· | price of Reportable Security at which the transaction was effected; |
· | name of broker, dealer or bank through which the transaction was effected; and |
· | date upon which the Access Person submitted the report. |
(2) | Timing Requirements – Subject to Section 5(c) , Access Persons must submit a Quarterly Transaction Report no later than 30 days after the end of each quarter. |
(3) | The Quarterly Transaction Report requirement generally will be fulfilled by employees attesting to the accuracy of the past quarter’s transactions set forth in their ComplianceELF accounts. A sample form of Quarterly Transaction Report is also included as Form 14. |
(5) | Exceptions from Reporting Requirements/Alternative to Quarterly Transaction Reports |
This Section 5 sets forth exceptions from the reporting requirements of this Code of Ethics. All other requirements will continue to apply to any holding or transaction exempted from reporting
pursuant to this Section 5 . Accordingly, the following transactions will be exempt only from the reporting requirements:
(a) | No Initial, Annual or Quarterly Transaction Report is required to be filed by an Access Person with respect to securities held in any Personal Account over which the Access Person has (or had) no direct or indirect influence or control; |
(b) | Quarterly Transaction Reports are not required to be submitted with respect to any transactions effected pursuant to an automatic investment plan (although holdings need to be included on Initial and Annual Holdings Reports); |
(c) | Quarterly Transaction Reports are not required if the report would duplicate information contained in broker trade confirm or account statements that an Access Person has already provided to the Chief Compliance Officer (including, for the avoidance of doubt, information in the Access Person’s ComplianceELF account); provided, that such broker trade confirm or account statements are provided to the Chief Compliance Officer within 30 days of the end of the applicable calendar quarter. This paragraph has no effect on an Access Person’s responsibility related to the submission of Initial and Annual Holdings Reports. |
Access Persons that would like to avail themselves of this exception in Section 5(c) should ensure that the content of such broker confirms or account statements meet the content required for Quarterly Transaction Review Reports set forth above in Section 4(a)(iv) under the heading “Quarterly Transaction Reports.”
(6) | Protection of Material Non-Public Information About Securities / Investment Recommendations |
In addition to other provisions of this Code of Ethics and Brigade Capital’s Manual (including the Insider Trading Procedures which are detailed in this Manual), Access Persons should note that Brigade Capital has a duty to safeguard material, non-public information about securities/investment recommendations provided to (or made on behalf of) Advisory Clients. As such, Access Persons generally should not share such information outside of Brigade Capital. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Access Persons and Brigade Capital may provide such information to persons or entities providing services to Brigade Capital or its Advisory Clients where such information is required to effectively provide the services in question. Examples of such are:
· | brokers; |
· | accountants or accounting support service firms; |
· | custodians; |
· | transfer agents; |
· | bankers; |
· | compliance consultants; and |
· | lawyers. |
If there are any questions about the sharing of material, non-public information about securities/investment recommendations made by Brigade Capital, please see the Chief Compliance Officer.
(7) | Oversight of Code of Ethics |
(a) | Reporting. Any situation that may involve a conflict of interest or other possible violation of this Code of Ethics must be promptly reported to the Chief Compliance Officer who must report it to the executive management of Brigade Capital. |
(b) | Review of Transactions. Each Access Person's transactions in his/her Personal Accounts will be reviewed on a regular basis and compared to transactions entered into by Brigade Capital for its Advisory Clients. Any transactions that are believed to be a violation of this Code of Ethics will be reported promptly to the Chief Compliance Officer who must report them to the executive management of Brigade Capital. Any noted violations shall be properly documented for Brigade Capital’s compliance files. |
(c) | Sanctions. The executive management of Brigade Capital, with advice of outside legal counsel, at its discretion, shall consider reports made to management and upon determining that a violation of this Code of Ethics has occurred, may impose such sanctions or remedial action management deems appropriate or to the extent required by law (as may be advised by outside legal counsel or other advisors). These sanctions may include, among other things, disgorgement of profits, fines, suspension or termination of employment with Brigade Capital, or criminal or civil penalties. |
(8) | Compliance with Federal Securities Law |
All employees are required to comply with applicable Federal Securities Laws. Failure to adhere to Federal Securities Laws could expose an employee to sanctions imposed by Brigade Capital, the SEC or law enforcement officials. These sanctions may include, among others, disgorgement of profits, suspension or termination of employment by Brigade Capital, or criminal or civil penalties. If there is any doubt as to whether a Federal securities law applies, employees should consult the Chief Compliance Officer.
(9) | Confidentiality |
All reports of securities transactions and any other information filed pursuant to this Code of Ethics shall be treated as confidential to the extent permitted by law.
Form
11 - pre-clearance form for transactions in
personal accounts of access persons
Access Persons must complete this Pre-clearance Form prior to engaging in transactions in Reportable Securities as set forth in the Brigade Capital’s Code of Ethics. If approved, any such transaction must be consummated within 24 hours of receipt of approval. Access Persons should complete Sections (i) thru (v) below and submit this pre-clearance form to the Chief Compliance Officer (or his designee). Section (vi) will be completed by the Chief Compliance Officer (or his designee).
(i) | Reason for Pre-Clearance Request |
The Access Person is submitting this pre-clearance request because proposed investment is: (check all that apply):
Proposed investment is in shares issued by closed-end funds that are registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended | ||
Proposed investment is in shares issued by open-end funds that are registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and are managed by Brigade Capital or their adviser or principal underwriter controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with Brigade Capital | ||
Proposed investment is in shares issued by unit investment trusts that are invested exclusively in one or more registered open-end funds, and such funds are advised by Brigade Capital or an affiliate, or such fund’s adviser or principal underwriter is controlled by or under common control with Brigade Capital | ||
Proposed investment is a limited offering (e.g., private placement, interest in a hedge fund, restricted stock, etc.) | ||
Proposed investment is in an exchange traded fund or “ETF” | ||
Proposed investment is in non-distressed municipal bonds | ||
Proposed investment is a Legacy Position |
(ii) | Investment Information Issuer: ___________________________ |
Investment Type (please check):
Cmn ¨ , Pfd ¨ , Debt ¨ , Derivative ¨ , Private/Restricted ¨
(iii) | Transaction Information |
Transaction Type (please circle): Buy Sell
Estimated Trade Date: ______________________________
Quantity: ________________________________________
Estimated Price: ___________________________________
Broker/Dealer (if any): ______________________________
(vi) | Conflict of Interest Information |
Access Persons should provide any additional factors that they believe may be relevant to a conflict of interest analysis (if any) (e.g. Brigade Capital has a relationship with the issuer, etc.):
(v) | Representation and Signature |
By executing this form, I represent that my trading in this investment is not based on any material non-public information. I understand that this pre-clearance will only be in effect for 24 hours from the date of the Chief Compliance Officer's signature.
Access Person’s Name (please print) | Access Person’s Signature | Date |
(vi) | Disposition of Pre-Clearance Request |
¨ Request Approved* ¨ Request Denied
Chief Compliance Officer (or his designee) | Date |
*If the pre-clearance request is approved as an exception to the firm’s Code of Ethics, the reason(s) why such exception was granted must be documented in Item (vii) below:
(vii) | * Reason for Exception : |
¨ Transaction amount is de minimis | ¨ Transaction posed no material conflicts of interests |
¨ Would result in undue burden on Access Person | ¨ Other: |
form 12 – brigade capital initial holdings report for access persons
Name of Access Person: |
Date of Submission Report: |
In connection with my new status as an Access Person at Brigade Capital, the following sets forth all of my holdings in Reportable Securities (as defined in Section 3(d)(II) of Brigade Capital’s Code of Ethics) that are held in my Personal Accounts (as discussed in Section 2(a) of Brigade Capital’s Code of Ethics).
*Add additional lines as necessary
OR
___ No holdings in Reportable Securities (as defined in Section 3(d)(II) of Brigade Capital’s Code of Ethics)
The undersigned Access Person certifies that all information contained in this report is true and correct as of ___________________ ___, 201_ (which must be a date within 45 days that this report is submitted to the Chief Compliance Officer).
Name of Access Person | ||
Signature of Access Person | ||
Date |
Chief Compliance Officer |
form 13 – brigade capital annual holdings report for access persons
Name of Access Person: |
Date of Submission Report: |
The following sets forth all of my holdings in Reportable Securities (as defined in Section 3(d)(II) of Brigade Capital’s Code of Ethics) that are held in my Personal Accounts (as discussed in Section 2(a) of Brigade Capital’s Code of Ethics) as of October 31 st (the “Annual Holdings Certification Date”).
*Add additional lines as necessary
OR
___ No holdings in Reportable Securities (as defined in Section 3(d)(II) of Brigade Capital’s Code of Ethics) as of the Annual Holdings Certification Date.
The undersigned Access Person certifies that all information contained in this report is true and correct as of ________________ ___, 201_ (which must be a date within 45 days of the Annual Holdings Certification Date (October 31 st )).
Name of Access Person | ||
Signature of Access Person | ||
Date |
Chief Compliance Officer |
form 14 – brigade capital quarterly transaction report for access persons
Name of Access Person: |
Date of Submission Report: |
The following sets forth all of the transactions in Reportable Securities (as defined in Section 3(d)(II) of Brigade Capital’s Code of Ethics) made in my Personal Accounts (as discussed in Section 2(a) of Brigade Capital’s Code of Ethics) for the quarter beginning on __________and ending on _____________.
*Add additional lines as necessary
OR
___ No transactions in Reportable Securities (as defined in Section 3(d)(II) of Brigade Capital’s Code of Ethics)
The undersigned Access Person certifies that all information contained in this report is true and correct as of (check appropriate):
December 31, 20__
March 31, 20__
June 30, 20__
September 30, 20__
Personal Accounts
__________ I certify that there have not been any changes to the status in the list of Personal Accounts that I provided to Brigade Capital upon becoming an Access Person (as defined in Section 2(a) of Brigade Capital’s Code of Ethics); or
___________ I certify that there have been changes to the status in the list of Personal Accounts that I provided to Brigade Capital upon becoming an Access Person (as defined in Section 2(a) of Brigade Capital’s Code of Ethics) and I have provided an updated list of Personal Accounts to Brigade Capital.
Name of Access Person | ||
Signature of Access Person | ||
Date |
Chief Compliance Officer |
Exhibit (p)6
|
FOR
INTERNAL USE ONLY
Global Policy Policy Author Best Practices |
Global Policy
Policy Author Best Practices
These Policy Author Best Practices are designed to assist authors in developing policies that are relevant, focused and impactful. You should consider each of the concepts below as you develop your policy, where applicable. This form is required to be submitted, along with the policy, Proof of Consultation (when applicable) and Gatekeeper Pre-Issuance Approval, to the Policy Desk when the policy is ready for issuance. In addition, evidence of signing authority’s approval must also be submitted to the Policy Desk prior to issuance.
Policy Title/Number/Version | Author PID |
Employee Personal Account Trading Policy GP-00363/1.2 | m264741 |
Author Name | Author Org Unit |
Keith Lurie | YCT |
Content
n | Review the Policy Author responsibilities on the Help and Guidelines for Authors page |
n | Consult the Policy Framework of Credit Suisse and the Manual for Policy Authors |
Policy Validation
n | The policy is necessary (e.g., there is a business or regulatory requirement) |
n | Contains rules and standards, instead of procedures and guidelines (see Section 1.1 of the Manual for Policy Authors for more information ) |
Scope
n | A clearly defined scope that includes all applicable divisions, departments and/or locations |
Rationalization
n | Consider Policy Rationalization principles for streamlining policies to avoid duplicative policies. Consider whether this content can be merged with an existing policy or if other policies can be retired as a result of this policy (see section 1.1 of the Manual for Policy Authors) |
General/Format
n | Short and precise sentences in easy-to-understand language |
n | Definitions and responsibilities are collated in introductory chapters |
n | Links to other policies are included where necessary (but only if there is a material need) and direct the reader to the appropriate place. The correct format for policy links is as follows: Client Identification (GP-00054) |
n | Abbreviations are clearly defined upon first usage within the policy |
n | Policy is designed and written for a well-defined user-group and specifically accounts for their needs and resources |
n | Check the policy for correct grammar, as well as typographical and other errors |
n | Refer to specific functions rather than OE codes to avoid updates necessitated by operational changes |
Sign-Offs/Approvals
n | Involve the relevant stakeholders prior to the consultation process (when applicable) to consider the implementation of requirements prior to the issuance of the policy |
Other Considerations
n | Incorporate the appropriate Supervisory requirements |
By entry of electronic signature below, the Policy Author certifies to having taken into consideration all Policy Author Best Practices
[Author Name] | |
Author Name |
Global Policy 1 |
|
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
Global Policy Gatekeeper Pre-Issuance Approval |
Global Policy
Gatekeeper Pre-Issuance Approval
Instructions for Authors: Please fill in the name of your Gatekeeper and obtain their approval to issue per the requirements below. You will then need to submit the entire policy (including the completed cover sheet) to the Policy Desk (LCD, COE) along with Proof of Consultation (when applicable) and Gatekeeper Pre-Issuance Approval.
Gatekeeper Name: [Click here to find the appropriate Gatekeeper(s) for your Issuing Unit]
n | There is a business or regulatory requirement for the creation/revision of this policy |
n | This policy is designed and written for a well-defined user-group and specifically accounts for their needs and resources |
n | For policies being replaced as a result of the issuance of this policy, the author has listed them in the “Replaces” section of the policy |
n | This policy has a clear and unique title and short and precise sentences in easy-to-understand language |
n | The policy contains rules and standards instead of procedures and guidelines (with the exception of procedures prescribed by the authorities) |
n | This policy enables the implementation of its defined rules |
n | This policy has been through the consultation process (when applicable) and the relevant stakeholders have been involved |
Global Policy 1 |
|
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
Global Policy GP-000363 /Version1.2 |
Global Policy (GP-00363)
Employee Personal Account Trading Policy
GP- 000363 / Version1.2 | ||
Scope/Recipients
All
Employees of Credit Suisse Group and the whole of
Original Issuance 7 September 2007
Last Revision 31 July 2013
Issuing Unit General Counsel AMER
Author Keith Lurie, YCT
Contact Keith Lurie, YCT
Replaces W-0010, D-8698, LC-00020, P-15706, P-30008, P-00681, P-00125, LC-00048
References GP-00014, GP-00101
Original Language English
Gatekeeper Stephen Paine, YCH
Signing Authority Romeo Cerutti, Y |
Summary
Who does this policy apply to?
This policy applies to all of the employees of Credit Suisse Group and the whole of Credit Suisse (collectively, referred to as “employee” or “you” except where otherwise distinguished).
What does the policy cover?
This policy defines the minimum global standards for employees to follow in their personal trading accounts. Additional personal account trading policies and procedures may apply (and they may be more restrictive) to specific Regions, Divisions, locations or business units.
In instances where local law may be inconsistent with the provisions of this Policy, you should consult with your local Compliance contact to determine the appropriate local application of this policy. For your reference, you can find additional policies relating to Employee Personal Account Trading here.
What is the purpose of this policy?
Credit Suisse’s reputation for integrity and fair dealing is one of its most valuable assets. To protect that reputation, employees must engage in personal account trading in a manner that is in compliance with applicable laws and regulations and one in which conflicts of interest related to personal investment activities are avoided.
Changes
Clarification of minimum holding period calculation. |
Global Policy 1 / 6 |
|
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
Global Policy GP-000363 /Version1.2 |
GP-00363
Appendix A: Private Banking and Shared Services
Appendix B: Investment Banking and Credit Suisse Group Ltd.
Appendix C: Asset Management U.S. Registered Advisors
Appendix D : Asset Management Non-U.S. Registered Advisors
Appendix E: Application of Restricted List for Employee Personal Account Trading
Appendix F: PA Trade System Employee Requirements
APAC Regional Supplement
Asset Management Divisional Supplement
CS Brasil and CS Bahamas Supplement
U.S. Country Supplement
Global Policy 2 / 6 |
|
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
Global Policy GP-000363 /Version1.2 |
Global Policy 3 / 6 |
|
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
Global Policy GP-000363 /Version1.2 |
1 In Switzerland, buy and sell trade execution orders within the applicable holding period are subject to compliance procedures in accordance with the Last In First Out principle
Global Policy 4 / 6 |
|
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
Global Policy GP-000363 /Version1.2 |
Global Policy 5 / 6 |
|
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
Global Policy GP-000363 /Version1.2 |
|
Global Policy 6 / 6 |
|
Credit
Suisse
For internal use only |
GP-00363
Asset Management Divisional Supplement
Employee Personal Account Trading Policy
Valid from | October 22, 2009 | Version 1.0 |
Issuing Unit | Legal and Compliance | |
Author | Emidio Morizio | |
Contact | Emidio Morizio | |
Replaces | P-30008, P-00125 | |
Original Language | English | |
Scope/Recipients | All Asset Management Division employees |
Summary
This supplement establishes rules of conduct for all employees of the Asset Management division when conducting personal investment activities.
1 /30 |
|
Credit Suisse
Asset Management Divisional Supplement Employee Personal Account Trading Policy Version 1.0 |
1. | Introduction |
This AM Divisional Supplement to the global Employee Personal Trading Policy and any relevant local supplement (referred to throughout as the “Policy”) establishes rules of conduct for all employees of the Asset Management division of Credit Suisse (“AM”) when conducting personal investment activities and supersedes all previously issued policies and directives on this subject. Please ensure that you read and fully understand how this Policy applies to your activities. If you have any questions, please contact your local Legal and Compliance Department (“Local LCD”). Violation of this Policy may be grounds for disciplinary action, including dismissal and, where appropriate, referral to relevant government authorities and self-regulatory organizations. Any circumvention of this Policy will be treated as a violation.
2. | Definitions |
For purposes of this Policy:
■ | the term “Employees” shall include: (i) any employee of AM; (ii) full-time consultants, full-time contractors and long-term temporary workers on more than a six-month assignment; (iii) any other person designated in the sole discretion of Local LCD; and (iv) non-employee directors of AM, or its affiliated sub-advisers, if any; |
2 /30 |
|
Credit Suisse
Asset Management Divisional Supplement Employee Personal Account Trading Policy Version 1.0 |
■ | the term “security” shall include any security, including a security issued by any collective investment vehicle or fund, as well as an option to purchase or sell, any security that is convertible or exchangeable for, and any other derivative interest relating to the security; |
■ | “security” shall exclude commodities and foreign currency exchange contracts; |
■ | the terms “purchase” and “sale” of a security shall include, among other things, the writing of an option to purchase or sell a security; |
■ | the term “Credit Suisse client” shall include all advisory clients of the Employee’s local Credit Suisse office, including (i) funds advised by the office; and (ii) funds sub-advised by the office to the extent that the local AM office renders discretionary investment advice. |
■ | the term “Employee account” includes any account in which an Employee has a direct or indirect financial interest (by contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise) or has the power, directly or indirectly, to make or influence investment decisions. For the purposes of the Policy, each Employee is deemed to have a direct or indirect financial interest in the following additional accounts: |
o | accounts of the Employee’s spouse, partner, minor children and other family members residing in the Employee’s household (each, a “Family Member”); |
o | accounts of any investment club in which the Employee or a Family Member participates; |
o | accounts of any corporation, limited liability company or similar entity the management or policies of which are controlled by the Employee or a Family Member or accounts of any limited partnership of which the Employee or a Family Member is a general partner; and |
o | Accounts of any trust of which the Employee is trustee, beneficiary or settlor. |
The above list of accounts is meant to be a representative list and is not meant to be exhaustive.
3. | Statement of General Principles |
In conducting personal investment activities, all Employees are required to comply with all applicable laws and regulations and the following general fiduciary principles:
■ | the interests of Credit Suisse clients must always be placed first; |
■ | Employees may not knowingly engage in any transaction with a client of Credit Suisse; |
■ | all personal securities transactions must be conducted in such a manner as to avoid any actual, potential or perceived conflict of interest or any abuse of an individual's position of trust and responsibility; |
■ | Employees must not take inappropriate advantage of their position or information that they have received or to which they have access; and |
■ | personal trading must not take too much of the Employee’s time or otherwise interfere with the Employee’s ability to fulfill his or her job responsibilities in the judgment of the Employee’s manager or the AM Local Management Committee. |
AM has designed separate policies and procedures in order to detect and prevent insider trading (see Global Compliance Policy- Prohibition of Insider Trading and any local supplement), and governing directorships and outside business activities (see Policy on Directorships and Secondary Occupations (GP-00014)), which should be read together with this Policy. For example, Employees who manage or provide analysis for funds may not trade or recommend that others trade in shares of the funds while in possession of material, non-public information regarding such funds. Nothing contained in this Policy should be interpreted as relieving any Employee from the obligation to act in accordance with any applicable law, rule or regulation or any other statement of policy or procedure to which he or she is subject.
4. | Mutual Funds and Other Regulated Collective Investment Schemes |
Employees are not required to pre-clear trades in shares of mutual funds (i.e., open-end funds) and other regulated collective investment schemes not advised by AM (or an affiliate), but must report all trades and holdings as described below in Section 8 .
3 /30 |
|
Credit Suisse
Asset Management Divisional Supplement Employee Personal Account Trading Policy Version 1.0 |
Trades in shares of such funds, other than money market funds, are subject to the Short-Term Trading Prohibition set forth in Section 8.1 .
5. | Trading Accounts |
All Employee accounts will be subject to monitoring by Local LCD. Each Local LCD will determine whether Employee accounts must be maintained at an affiliate of Credit Suisse or at an unaffiliated entity. No Employee shall open or maintain a numbered account or an account under an alias without the express prior written approval of Local LCD.
6. | Pre-Clearance Requirements |
Employees must pre-clear trades of the securities set forth below with Local LCD for each Employee account (Attachment B is a form to request such approval). If clearance is given for a transaction and such transaction is not effected on that business day, a new pre-clearance request must be made.
6.1 | Securities Subject to the Pre-Clearance Requirement |
Equities
■ | common stock; |
■ | preferred stock; |
■ | rights and warrants. |
Options on single individual securities (subject to the rules herein on the use of options)
■ | puts; and |
■ | calls. |
Bonds
■ | non-investment grade debt securities (i.e., “junk bonds”), including unrated debt securities of equivalent “junk” quality; |
■ | debt securities (investment grade or non-investment grade) convertible into equity securities; |
■ | municipal debt securities (investment grade or non-investment grade); and |
■ | mortgage-backed and other asset-backed securities. |
Futures
■ | Narrow-based Index Futures (i.e., sector Index Futures) |
Funds
■ | closed-end fund shares traded on an exchange or other secondary market; |
■ | open-end funds advised by AM or an affiliate; provided that the purchase of shares of a mutual fund advised by AM in an amount of $2500 or less need not be pre-cleared; |
■ | narrow-based indices and narrow-based ETFs (e.g., sector-specific indices); and |
■ | private funds, limited partnerships, unregulated collective investment schemes and similar vehicles. (Please note special requirements set forth below in Section 8.5 .) |
Please note that certain securities may be subject to a restricted list, in which case purchases and/or sales may be prohibited.
6.2 | Transactions Exempt from the Pre-Clearance Requirement |
■ | purchases and sales of shares of mutual funds (i.e., open-end funds) not advised by AM (or an affiliate) and other regulated collective investment schemes; |
■ | purchases and sales of broad-based exchange-traded funds (e.g., non sector-specific indices, including but not limited to, CAC 40, S&P 500, SMI or DAX); |
4 /30 |
|
Credit Suisse
Asset Management Divisional Supplement Employee Personal Account Trading Policy Version 1.0 |
■ | purchases and sales of broad-based index (e.g., non sector-specific indices, including but not limited to, CAC 40, S&P 500, SMI or DAX) futures, options on the index, or warrants and options on these futures; |
■ | purchases and sales of shares of closed-end funds that are not traded on an exchange or other secondary market; |
■ | purchases and sales of fixed income securities issued, guaranteed or sponsored by a government member of the Organization of Economic Co-Operation and Development (“OECD”); |
■ | purchases and sales of investment grade debt (other than as described immediately above) with a transaction value (at time of purchase) of less than $250,000; |
■ | purchases that are part of an automatic purchase plan, such as an automatic dividend reinvestment plan or a plan to purchase a number of shares per month; |
■ | purchases and sales that are involuntary on the part of Employees and Credit Suisse clients (e.g., stock splits, tender offers, and share buy-backs); |
■ | acquisitions of securities through inheritance; |
■ | purchases and sales in any account over which an Employee has no direct or indirect influence or control over the investment or trading of the account (e.g., an account managed on a discretionary basis by an outside portfolio manager, including a "Blind Trust"); |
■ | purchases by the exercise of rights offered by an issuer pro rata to all holders of a class of its securities, to the extent that such rights were acquired from the issuer; |
■ | purchases of securities whereby the acquisition is a result of an entity converting from a mutual ownership to a stock ownership; and |
■ | sales pursuant to tender offers by an issuer. |
Please note that all securities are subject to the Short-Term Trading Prohibition ( Section 8.1 ) and Reporting ( Section 9 ) Requirements.
7. | Conflicts/Disclosure of Interest |
No Employee may recommend to, or effect for, any Credit Suisse client, any securities transaction without having disclosed to Local LCD his or her personal interest (actual or potential), if any, in the issuer of the securities, including without limitation:
■ | any ownership or contemplated ownership of any privately placed securities of the issuer or any of its affiliates; |
■ | any employment, management or official position with the issuer or any of its affiliates; |
■ | any present or proposed business relationship between the Employee and the issuer or any of its affiliates; and |
■ | any additional factors that may be relevant to a conflict of interest analysis. |
Where the Employee has a personal interest in an issuer, a decision to purchase or sell securities of the issuer or any of its affiliates by or for a Credit Suisse client shall be subject to an independent review by Local LCD.
8. | Trading Prohibitions |
Purchases and sales of securities that are exempt from the Pre-Clearance Requirement are also exempt from Sections 8.2 – 8.10.
8.1 | Short-Term Trading |
In no event may an Employee make a purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) of a security, including shares of any (open-end) mutual fund or other regulated collective investment schemes (other than money market funds) within the number of days after the date of the initial purchase or sale as set forth in Appendix A-1 for Employees of an AM entity that is registered as an investment adviser in the United States and A-2 for all other covered Employees. Local LCD, in its sole discretion, may extend this prohibition period for particular securities and/or Employees. The Short-Term Trading prohibition shall be administered on a “First In First Out” basis.
5 /30 |
|
Credit Suisse
Asset Management Divisional Supplement Employee Personal Account Trading Policy Version 1.0 |
Exemptions from Short-Term Trading Prohibition:
■ | Volitional purchases or sales of shares of any (open-end) mutual fund or other regulated collective investment scheme made within 30 days of an automatic purchase or sale, such as a periodic purchase or redemption plan. |
Examples: (1) Employee purchases shares of a fund twice a month in a retirement account pursuant to a “Dollar Cost Averaging Automatic Purchase Plan.” Employee redeems shares of the fund from which he purchased shares within the prior month. Employee’s redemption of the shares is exempt from the Short-Term Trading prohibition. (2) Employee invests in a fund (outside of an automatic purchase program) and then redeems the shares within 30 days of the investment. Employee’s redemption is prohibited.
■ | Sales of a security at a significant loss (generally at a loss of 30% or more) (only with approval of LCD). |
8.2 | Side-By-Side Trading |
No Employee may purchase or sell (directly or indirectly) any security if at the time of such purchase or sale:
■ | There is a “buy” or “sell” order pending for an Asset Management division client that has not yet been executed; or |
■ | the Employee knows (or should know) that the security is being considered for purchase or sale by or for any Credit Suisse client. |
Exemption from Side-by-Side Trading Prohibition:
■ | Transactions on the Side-by-Side/Blackout Period Exemption List, which may be updated from time to time. Such list shall be based on a determination that neither the Employee transaction, nor any transaction by Credit Suisse clients (individually or in the aggregate), would have a material impact on the price of the security. |
8.3 | Blackout Periods |
Employees are prohibited from trading in any security during each “blackout period,” which is the period from five business days (i.e., days on which the major exchange(s) in the country of your local Credit Suisse office are open) before through one business day after an AM client trades in the security. Please note that, if upon review of your preclearance request or subsequent review of trades you are found to have executed your trade during the blackout period, you may be required to unwind the trade, donate any profits to charity or swap execution with a client if you obtained a better price for your trade than the AM client.
Exemption from Blackout Periods Prohibition:
■ | Transactions on the Side-by-Side/Blackout Period Exemption List, which may be updated from time to time. Such list shall be based on a determination that neither the Employee transaction, nor any transaction by Credit Suisse clients (individually or in the aggregate), would have a material impact on the price of the security. |
8.4 | Initial Public Offerings |
No Employee may directly or indirectly acquire any security (or a financial interest in any security) in an initial public offering in the primary securities market, unless the acquisition is pursuant to a separate non-institutional offering to members of the general public, the securities included in such offering cannot be offered to any Credit Suisse client and the Employee has received permission from the Local LCD.
6 /30 |
|
Credit Suisse
Asset Management Divisional Supplement Employee Personal Account Trading Policy Version 1.0 |
8.5 | Private Placements |
No Employee may directly or indirectly acquire or dispose of any privately placed security (or any financial interest in any privately placed security) without the express prior written approval of Local LCD. Approval will take into account, among other factors, whether the investment opportunity should be reserved for an AM client, whether the opportunity is being offered to the Employee because of his or her position with AM or as a reward for past transactions and whether the investment creates, or may in the future create, a conflict of interest. Attachment A is a form to request such approval.
8.6 | Futures Contracts |
No Employee may invest in futures contracts with respect to an individual security, but may invest in futures contracts with respect to indices, interest rates and commodity indices.
8.7 | Options |
No Employee may write (i.e., sell) any options on an individual security, except for hedging purposes and only if the option is fully covered. Employees may write options on indices and purchase options on individual securities and indices.
Please note that the purchase and sale of all options are subject to the Short Term Trading Prohibition ( Section 8.1 ).
8.8 | Financial Spread Betting |
No Employee may engage in financial “spread betting.”
8.9 | Trading, Hedging and Speculation in Credit Suisse Group Securities |
Employees may trade CSG stock, subject to applicable CSG policy on trading in CSG shares (see Employee Personal Transaction in Credit Suisse Group Securities (Policy No. GP-00101 )) and may only hedge vested positions in CSG stock through short sales or derivative instruments. Uncovered short exposure, through short sales or otherwise, is not permitted without the express prior written approval by Local LCD.
8.10 | Unlimited Liability Transactions/Short Selling |
No Employee may engage in any transaction with respect to an individual issuer that can result in a liability that is greater than the amount invested. Accordingly, short selling is only permitted to hedge an underlying security position held by the Employee.
9. | Reporting and Other Compliance Procedures |
9.1 | Initial Certification |
Within 10 calendar days after the commencement of employment with AM, each Employee shall submit to Local LCD an initial certification in the form of Attachment C to certify that:
■ | he or she has read and understood this Policy and recognizes that he or she is subject to its requirements; |
■ | he or she has disclosed or reported all personal securities holdings (e.g., title, number of shares, principal amount) in which Employee has a direct or indirect financial interest (which information must be current as of a date no more than 45 days prior to the date the person becomes an Employee), including all Employee accounts; and |
■ | he or she has reported the name(s) of each person or institution managing any Employee account (or portion thereof) for which the Employee has no direct or indirect influence or control over the investment or trading of the account. |
As part of orientation for all new Employees, Local LCD shall notify all new Employees about the Initial Certification requirements. The Human Resources (“HR”) department of the local AM office
7 /30 |
|
Credit Suisse
Asset Management Divisional Supplement Employee Personal Account Trading Policy Version 1.0 |
shall notify Local LCD of all new Employees, including full-time consultants and long-term temporary workers and contractors on more than a six-month assignment.
9.2 | Annual Certification |
Each Employee shall submit to Local LCD an annual certification in the form of Attachment D every year to certify, among other things, that:
■ | he or she has read and understood this Policy and recognizes that he or she is subject to its requirements; |
■ | he or she has complied with all requirements of this Policy; and he or she has disclosed or reported, as of December 31 st of the prior year, (a) all personal securities transactions for the |
■ | previous year, (b) all personal securities holdings (e.g., title, number of shares, principal amount) in which Employee has a direct or indirect financial interest, including all Employee accounts, and (c) the name(s) of each person or institution managing any Employee account (or portion thereof) for which the Employee has no direct or indirect influence or control over the investment or trading of the account. |
Employees should comply with the initial and annual reporting requirements by submitting account statements and/or Attachment E to Local LCD within the prescribed periods.
9.3 | Quarterly Reporting |
Each Employee shall submit the following documentation (electronically or otherwise) to Local LCD within 30 calendar days after the end of each calendar quarter:
■ | duplicate copies of confirmations of all personal securities transactions, if any, and copies of periodic statements for all Employee accounts, including confirmations and statements for transactions exempt from the Pre-Clearance Requirement; |
■ | if an Employee account was first established during the quarter, then the Employee should report to Local LCD the following information if not included in the periodic statement: (i) name of broker-dealer, (ii) date on which the account was established, and (iii) if the Employee has no direct or indirect influence or control over the investment or trading of the account, the name(s) of each person or institution managing the account (or portion thereof); and |
■ | if not included in the periodic statements, a transaction report for all securities that were acquired or disposed of through gift or acquired through inheritance. |
Employees may request their broker-dealers to provide such documentation on their behalf (electronically or otherwise) to satisfy their quarterly reporting requirements. If it is impossible for an Employee to submit the quarterly documentation to submit to Local LCD within 30 calendar days after the end of the calendar quarter, then the Employee shall submit a report prepared by the Employee to Local LCD containing the information in such documentation, which shall include the date of the submission of the report.
Employees of non-U.S. registered investment advisers may, to the extent they desire, for the Quarterly Reporting obligation described in Sections 9.1-9.3 above, disclose only the name of each security held and any position in which the employee has a “significant interest.” For purposes of this policy, significant interest shall mean the lesser of USD $100,000 or 1% of the shares/issue outstanding of a particular security. Employees of U.S. registered investment advisers must comply in full with Section 9.3 above.
10. | Local LCD, Compliance Monitoring and Supervisory Review |
A. Local LCD may exempt any account or transaction from one or more trading prohibitions or reporting provisions in writing under limited circumstances if the transaction or the waiver of the reporting requirements is not inconsistent with the purpose of this Policy and does not violate any applicable provisions of securities laws.
8 /30 |
|
Credit Suisse
Asset Management Divisional Supplement Employee Personal Account Trading Policy Version 1.0 |
B. Local LCD shall report material issues under this Policy immediately to both the Local Management Committee (or equivalent body) of the corresponding AM office, the Chief Compliance Officer of the funds advised by AM (the “CCO”), if any, and the Global General Counsel. At least annually, Local LCD shall prepare a written report to the Local Management Committee (or equivalent body) of the corresponding Credit Suisse office, the Global General Counsel, the CCO and any other relevant recipient, that:
■ | describes issues that have arisen under this Policy since the last report, including, but not limited to, material violations of the Policy or procedures that implement the Policy and any sanctions imposed in response to those violations; and |
■ | certifies that the Local AM office has adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent Employees from violating the Policy. |
11. | Sanctions |
Upon discovering that an Employee has not complied with the requirements of this Policy, the AM Local or Global Executive Committees (or equivalent bodies) may, subject to applicable law or regulation, impose on that person whatever sanctions are deemed appropriate, including censure, fine, reversal of transactions, disgorgement of profits (by donation to charity of Employee’s choice where permissible under applicable law), suspension or termination of employment.
12. | Confidentiality |
All information obtained from Employees under this Policy shall be kept in strict confidence by AM, except that personal trading information will be made available to any regulatory or self regulatory organization to the extent required by applicable law or regulation. To the extent permissible under applicable law or regulation, AM may also (i) make each Employee’s information available to the Employee’s manager(s), the AM Local Executive Committee (or equivalent body(ies)) and their appointees, and (ii) make such information available to the AM Global Executive Committee (or equivalent body(ies)) and any other business unit or legal entity of CSG, including any of its domestic or foreign subsidiaries or branches, to consider violations of this Policy. To the extent required by applicable law, the sharing of such information will be subject to a data confidentiality agreement with the entity receiving such information.
13. | Conflict of Rules |
Where an Employee works in an office of another CSG entity or in close proximity to staff from another CSG entity, Local LCD shall determine which policies apply to the Employee.
14. | Further Information |
Any questions regarding this Policy should be directed to Local LCD.
15. | Approval and Entry into Force |
The present Policy was approved by the Global Executive Committee in its meeting on March 31, 2004 and enters into force August 30, 2004.
Allen Meyer
General Counsel Investment Banking
sig.
9 /30 |
|
Credit Suisse
Asset Management Divisional Supplement Employee Personal Account Trading Policy Version 1.0 |
Asset Management U.S. Registered Advisors
Minimum Holding Periods by Product
Product | Minimum Holding Period | |
Equity and Related Securities | ||
Equity Securities | 30 calendar days | |
Warrants and Options on Single Stocks | 30 calendar days | |
Derivatives related to equity securities | 30 calendar days | |
Bonds and Related Derivatives | ||
Corporate Bonds | 7 calendar days | |
Derivatives related to corporate bonds | 30 calendar days | |
Convertible Bonds | 30 calendar days | |
Asset Backed Securities | 30 calendar days | |
Sovereign and Supranational Bonds | 7 calendar days | |
Municipal Bonds | 30 calendar days | |
Futures, Options and Options on Futures | ||
Financials (Interest Rates, Treasury Bonds, CDs) | 7 calendar days | |
Indices | 7 calendar days | |
Commodity Futures | 7 calendar days | |
Mutual Funds | ||
Mutual Funds (Open-End and Closed End Funds) | 30 calendar days | |
Broad-Based Exchange Traded Funds and Broad-Based Index Mutual Funds (e.g., non sector specific indices, including but not limited to CAC 40, S&P 500, SMI or DAX) | 7 calendar days | |
Narrow-Based Exchange Traded Funds and Narrow-Based Mutual Funds (e.g., sector specific indices) | 30 calendar days | |
Money Market Funds | No specified holding period | |
Currencies | ||
Spot | 7 calendar days | |
Forwards/Futures | 7 calendar days | |
Options on Currencies | 7 calendar days |
10 /30 |
|
Credit Suisse
Asset Management Divisional Supplement Employee Personal Account Trading Policy Version 1.0 |
HOLDING PERIODS FOR NON-U.S. REGISTERED ADVISERS
PRODUCT | HOLDING PERIOD |
Equities
|
|
Common Stock | 30 Days |
Warrants | 30 Days |
Convertibles | 30 Days |
Options on Single Stocks
|
|
Puts | 30 Days |
Calls | 30 Days |
Options
|
|
Index | 7 Days |
Currency | 7 Days |
Commodities | 7 Days |
Options on Futures | 7 Days |
Interest Rates | 7 Days |
Bonds
|
|
Investment grade bonds | 7 Days |
Non investment grade and/or linked to equity | 30 Days |
Municipals | 30 Days |
Futures
|
|
Futures on Single stocks | 30 Days |
Futures on commodities, interest rates, currencies and indices | 7 Days |
Mutual Funds
|
|
Mutual Funds (Open-End and Closed-End Funds) | 30 Days |
Broad-Based Exchange-Traded Funds and Broad-Based Index Mutual Funds (e.g., non sector-specific indices, including but not limited to, CAC 40, S&P 500, SMI or DAX) | 1 Day |
Narrow-Based Exchange-Traded Funds and Narrow-Based Index Mutual Funds (e.g., sector-specific indices) | 7 Days |
Money Market Funds | None |
· | Please see local supplement for exemptions and clarifications. |
11 /30 |
|
Credit Suisse
Asset Management Divisional Supplement Employee Personal Account Trading Policy Version 1.0 |
ATTACHMENT A
SPECIAL APPROVAL FORM
1. The following is a private placement of securities (or other investment requiring special approval) that I want to dispose of or acquire:
Name of Private
Security,
IPO or Other Investment |
Date to be
Acquired |
Amount to
be
Held |
Record
Owner |
Purchase
Price |
How Acquired
(Broker/Issuer) |
2. Are you aware of a client of the Asset Management division business of Credit Suisse (“AM”) for whom this investment opportunity would be appropriate?
___ Yes ___ No
3. Is this investment opportunity being offered to you because of your position/employment with AM or as a reward for any transaction?
___ Yes ___ No
4. Would this investment create, now or in the future, a conflict of interest with an AM client?
___ Yes ___ No
5. Will you have any type of management role with the issuer (General Partner, Director, etc…)?
___ Yes ___ No
6. | I agree to promptly notify the Legal and Compliance Department should I become aware of a public offering of the securities. |
___ Yes ___ No
7. | If an IPO, confirm that the offering is a separate, non-institutional offering to members of the general public, and cannot be offered to any client of Credit Suisse client. |
____Yes, I confirm ___ No, I cannot confirm
I certify, as applicable, that I (a) am not aware of any non-public information about the issuer, (b) have made all disclosures required by the AM Global Personal Trading Policy, and (c) will comply with all reporting requirements of the AM Global Personal Trading Policy.
Signature | Date | ||
Print Name |
___ Approved
___ Not Approved
Local LCD | Date |
12 /30 |
|
Credit Suisse
Asset Management Divisional Supplement Employee Personal Account Trading Policy Version 1.0 |
ATTACHMENT B
Asset Management U.S. Personal Trading Pre-Clearance Form
This form applies to all U.S. based AM personnel and should be filled out completely to expedite approval. Please email the completed form to #LCD Trade Preclearance
1. | Security Name: |
2. | Ticker: |
Purchase ¨ | Long Sale ¨ | Short Sale ¨ | ||
Security type: | Common ¨ | Debt ¨ | Preferred ¨ | Convertible ¨ |
Call Option ¨ | Put Option ¨ | Other: |
3. | Approximate market capitalization of the security: |
4. | Number of shares/bonds/units/contracts: |
5. | Approximate market value: |
6. | Name of brokerage account: |
7. | Transaction will: | Create new position ¨ | Add to existing position ¨ | |
Reduce existing position ¨ | Liquidate entire position ¨ |
8. | Reason for transaction: | Long-term investment ¨ | Hedge ¨ | Margin call ¨ |
Take advantage of market opportunity ¨ | other cash needs ¨ |
9. | Have you purchased or sold the security within 30 days today? Yes ¨ No ¨ |
10. | Are you aware that: |
· | there is a “buy” or “sell” order pending for an AM client that has not yet been executed; or |
· | The security is being considered for purchase or sale by or for an AM client. |
Yes ¨ No ¨
If yes, please describe
11. | Does this request meet the “deminimus exception” (2,000 shares or less and the security has a market capitalization of at least $2 billion)? Yes ¨ No ¨ |
I certify that I (a) am not aware of any non-public information about the issuer, (b) have made all disclosures required by the AM Global Personal Trading Policy and this trade otherwise complies with the AM Global Personal Trading Policy, including the prohibition on investments in initial public offerings, and (c) will comply with all reporting requirements of the AM Global Personal Trading Policy .
The following must be completed by investment professionals (portfolio managers, investment committee members, members of a deal team, research analysts, and traders):
Is the security you wish to trade held by a client account you and/or your business unit manage?
____Yes | _____No |
Signature of Employee | Date | |||
Print Name | Business Unit and Extension |
___Approved ___Not Approved |
Control Room Approval | Date – Approval is Valid this Business Day |
13 /30 |
|
Credit Suisse
Asset Management Divisional Supplement Employee Personal Account Trading Policy Version 1.0 |
ATTACHMENT C
Initial Certification
I certify that:
· | I have read and understood the Global Personal Trading Policy of the Asset Management division of Credit Suisse (“AM”), which includes any applicable local supplement, and recognize that I am subject to its requirements. |
· | I have disclosed or reported all personal securities holdings in which I have had a direct or indirect financial interest, including all “Employee accounts” as defined in the AM Global Personal Trading Policy, as of the date I became an “Employee” of Credit Suisse. I have also reported the name(s) of each person or institution managing any Employee account (or portion thereof) for which I have no direct or indirect influence or control over the investment or trading of the account. |
· | I understand that Credit Suisse will monitor securities transactions and holdings in order to ensure compliance with the AM Global Personal Trading Policy. I also understand that personal trading information will be made available to any regulatory or self-regulatory organization to the extent required by applicable law or regulation. I also understand that, to the extent permissible under applicable law or regulation, Credit Suisse may also (i) make each Employee’s information available to the Employee’s manager(s), the AM Local Executive Committee (or equivalent body(ies)) and their appointees, and (ii) make such information available to the AM Global Executive Committee (or equivalent body(ies)) and any other business unit or legal entity of CSG, including any of its domestic or foreign subsidiaries or branches, to consider violations of this Global Personal Trading Policy. To the extent required by applicable law, the sharing of such information will be subject to a data confidentiality agreement with the entity receiving such information. |
· | For the purpose of monitoring securities transactions and holdings information under the AM Global Personal Trading Policy only, I confirm that I will (i) provide copies of all confirmations and statements subject to this Policy and/or (ii) instruct all financial institutions to provide copies of all such documents. This covers my current Employee accounts and accounts that will be opened in the future during my employment with Credit Suisse. |
· | I understand that any circumvention or violation of the AM Global Personal Trading Policy will lead to disciplinary and/or legal actions, including dismissal. |
· | I understand that I have to report any additions, deletions or changes with respect to Employee accounts. |
Signature of Employee | Date | ||
Print Name |
14 /30 |
|
Credit Suisse
Asset Management Divisional Supplement Employee Personal Account Trading Policy Version 1.0 |
ATTACHMENT D
Annual Certification
I certify that:
· | I have read and understood the Global Personal Trading Policy of the Asset Management division of Credit Suisse (“AM”), which includes any applicable local supplement, and recognize that I am subject to its requirements. |
· | I have complied with all requirements of the AM Global Personal Trading Policy in effect during the year ended December 31, 2___. |
· | I have disclosed or reported all personal securities transactions, including all personal securities transactions in each “Employee account,” for the year ended December 31, 2___ and all personal securities holdings in which I had any direct or indirect interest, including holdings in each Employee account, as of December 31, 2___. I have also reported the name(s) of each person or institution managing any Employee account (or portion thereof) for which I have no direct or indirect influence or control over the investment or trading of the account, as of December 31, 2___. |
· | I understand that Credit Suisse will monitor securities transactions and holdings in order to ensure compliance with the AM Global Personal Trading Policy. I also understand that personal trading information will be made available to any regulatory or self-regulatory organization to the extent required by applicable law or regulation. I also understand that, to the extent permissible under applicable law or regulation, Credit Suisse may also (i) make each Employee’s information available to the Employee’s manager(s), the AM Local Executive Committee (or equivalent body(ies)) and their appointees, and (ii) make such information available to the AM Global Executive Committee (or equivalent body(ies)) and any other business unit or legal entity of CSG, including any of its domestic or foreign subsidiaries or branches, to consider violations of the AM Global Personal Trading Policy. To the extent required by applicable law, the sharing of such information will be subject to a data confidentiality agreement with the entity receiving such information. |
· | For the purpose of monitoring securities transactions and holdings information under the AM Global Personal Trading Policy only, I confirm that I have (i) provided copies of all confirmations and statements subject to this Policy, and/or (ii) instructed all financial institutions to provide copies of all such documents. This covers my current Employee accounts and accounts that will be opened in the future during my employment with Credit Suisse. |
· | I understand that any circumvention or violation of the AM Global Personal Trading Policy will lead to disciplinary and/or legal actions, including dismissal. |
· | I understand that I have to report any additions, deletions or changes with respect to Employee accounts. |
Signature of Employee | Date | ||
Print Name |
15 /30 |
|
Credit Suisse
Asset Management Divisional Supplement Employee Personal Account Trading Policy Version 1.0 |
ATTACHMENT E
Asset Management division – Personal Securities Account Declaration
All Employees must complete each applicable item (1,2,3 and/or 4) and sign below.
1. The following is a list of “Employee accounts”:
Bank/Broker/Dealer/
Fund Company |
Account Title and Number |
2. The following is a list of “Employee accounts” that have been opened in the past year:
Bank/Broker/Dealer/ Fund Company |
Account Title and Number |
Date Opened |
3. The following is a list of “Employee accounts” that have been closed in the past year:
Bank/Broker/Dealer/ Fund Company |
Account Title and Number |
Date Opened |
4. The following is a list of any other securities or other investment holdings (securities acquired in a private placement or securities held in physical form) held in an “Employee account” or in which I have a direct or indirect financial interest (for securities held in accounts other than those disclosed in response to items 1 and 2):
Name of Private
Security or Other Investment |
Date
Acquired |
Amount
Held |
Record
Owner |
Purchase
Price |
How Acquired
(Broker/Issuer) |
5. I do not have a direct or indirect financial interest in any securities/funds Employee accounts or otherwise have a financial interest in any securities or other instruments subject to the Policy. (Please initial.)
_____________
Initials
I declare that the information given above is true and accurate:
Signature of Employee | Date | ||
Print Name |
16 /30 |
|
Credit Suisse
Asset Management Divisional Supplement Employee Personal Account Trading Policy Version 1.0 |
Side-by-Side/Blackout Period Exemption List
De Minimis Exception to Blackout Period Prohibition*
Employees who purchase or sell 2,000 shares or less of an issuer having a market capitalization of greater than $2.0 billion in a transaction or series of related transactions are exempt from the Blackout Period Prohibition.
Employees who purchase or sell more than 2,000 shares of an issuer having a market capitalization in excess of $2.0 billion in a transaction or series of related transactions are exempt from the Blackout Period prohibition, provided that all CS clients purchase or sell less than 1000 shares during the Blackout Period.
The De Minimis exception applies to the Blackout Period Prohibition ONLY.
*Local LCD may modify the exemption, provided that Local LCD determines that neither the Employee transaction, nor any transaction by CS clients (individually or in the aggregate), would have a material impact on the price of the security, subject to approval by the CS AM Global General Counsel.
17 /30 |
|
Credit Suisse
Asset Management Divisional Supplement Employee Personal Account Trading Policy Version 1.0 |
Credit Suisse Asset Management (Australia) Limited (“CSAMA”)
Local Supplement to the Global Personal Trading Policy (“Policy”)
The application of the Policy by Credit Suisse Asset Management (Australia) Limited is amended as outlined below:
Part IV- Trading Accounts
Employees are permitted to open an account with a broker pre-approved by the Executive Committee of CSAMA (the “Executive Committee”). To open an account with an Allowed Broker, the employee must complete an “Allowed Broker Request Form” (available on LCD Intranet) and submit it to LCD for approval. This form contains a list of the allowed brokers.
An Employee may apply for an exemption from this requirement but only in extenuating circumstances. An “Outside Broker Request Form” (available on LCD Intranet) must be completed and submitted to LCD who will forward the request to the Executive Committee for approval. Such a request will not be granted unless the Employee has demonstrated a convincing reason why he or she cannot maintain the account with an Allowed Broker.
Part V- Pre-Clearance Requirements
CSAMA Employees are not required to pre-clear investments in the open-end funds advised by CSAMA that are domiciled in Australia. CSAMA Employees are required to use the Intranet based Pre-Trade Clearance Form, available on the CSAMA LCD website for all pre-approval to trade (this is in place of completing Attachment B of the Policy). In addition to LCD providing pre-approval as per the Policy, CSAMA’s approval process also requires the approval of a dealer and portfolio manager where the transaction does not meet the side-by-side trading exemption criteria below. Submission of the Intranet based form provides an email alert to the relevant people required to provide the pre-trade approval. Approval or disallowance of the transaction will be forwarded to employees via email. Valid approval is not deemed to be given until all three approvals have been provided.
Transactions Exempt from the Pre-Clearance Requirement includes share top-up plans that are offered by an issuer to all holders or classes of holders of securities in the issuer.
Part VI- Conflicts/Disclosure of Interest
For clarification, the disclosure of interests reporting requirement under Part VI of the Policy is meant to capture instances where an employee is recommending or effecting a securities transaction for a client in a stock where such disclosure should be made to ensure any conflicts of interest are managed appropriately. Such disclosure may arise in, but would not be limited to, the following:
· | An employee holds stock as the result of a private placement and is acquiring shares for their clients in the issuer in the IPO; |
· | An employee has a significant personal holding in the stock in which they are about to transact in for their clients; or |
· | An employee has an associate (e.g. relative or business partner) that holds a prominent position in relation to the issuer (e.g. on the board of directors, significant personal holding) |
Part VII – Trading Prohibitions
A. Short-Term Trading
Exemptions from the Short-Term Trading Prohibition includes transactions undertaken for legitimate taxation purposes provided they are in writing and are approved by Legal and Compliance .
18 /30 |
|
Credit Suisse
Asset Management Divisional Supplement Employee Personal Account Trading Policy Version 1.0 |
B. Side-by-side Trading.
Where a securities transaction is for an amount less than AUD 10,000 and the company has a market capitalization of AUD2bn or greater, the transaction is exempt from the Side-by-Side Trading prohibitions.
C. Blackout Periods.
Where a securities transaction is for an amount less than AUD 75,000 and the security is included in the S&P/ASX 200 Index, it will be exempt from the Blackout Period prohibition.
D. Initial Public Offerings.
Employees are only able to subscribe for an initial public offering of a security by applying in the general public offering. Employees are prohibited from participating in an offering under any broker allocation (even in a retail offering).
19 /30 |
|
Credit Suisse
Asset Management Divisional Supplement Employee Personal Account Trading Policy Version 1.0 |
Credit Suisse Asset Management division, Switzerland (“AM, Switzerland”)
Local Supplement to the Global Personal Trading Policy (“Policy”)
This supplement outlines the special procedures to be followed in Switzerland. By signing the Initial Certification (Attachment C) and the Personal Securities Account Declaration form (Attachment E) you are committed to adhere to the Policy and the Swiss Supplement.
Part I. Definitions
“Employee accounts” – Employees only have to declare the securities accounts to which they have a power of attorney AND on which they intend to conduct their personal securities transactions. By declaring these securities accounts, the employee certifies that he will conduct his personal securities transactions exclusively on the declared securities accounts and that he/she will not bypass this policy by conducting personal securities transactions on other securities accounts or by issuing recommendations, advice, or instructions to relatives or third persons.
Part IV. Trading Accounts
Employees are encouraged to carry out their personal account trading through a securities account with a Credit Suisse Group affiliate (a “Group Company”) where the policy can be monitored directly through the existing mainframe or routing system.
The acceptance of a power of attorney by an employee of Credit Suisse covering accounts of any Group Company employee requires prior written authorization by the department head and the Center of Competence PA Trading Switzerland (“CoC PA Trading”).
The employee must declare all accounts covered by this Policy (including e-trading accounts maintained at third banks, e.g., SWISSQUOTE etc.) to the Business Compliance Team using the appropriate Certification and Personal Securities Account Declaration form (Attachment E) before any transactions may be executed. Employees who do not have accounts covered by this policy must confirm this fact by returning the signed Personal Securities Account Declaration form.
Part V. Pre-Clearance Requirements
Employees are not required to pre-clear investments in open-end funds advised by Credit Suisse or any of its affiliates.
For transactions in instruments requiring pre-approval by the Business Compliance Team, the employee may send his/her request through the FMS pre-clearance form . In exceptional cases, requests may also be made by calling the CoC PA Trading at +41 44 334 6969.
Orders for execution may be placed through the ordinary client channels or self-entered through the WI01 mainframe application. Employees are not allowed to place orders directly with employees at any other Group Company in charge of executing customer or proprietary transactions or allocating new issue subscriptions.
Granted pre-clearances are valid until the expiration of the underlying order (e.g. end of trading day, end of month etc.) under the condition that the order will NOT be amended (price, number of shares, amount). In case a security will be put on the restricted list for personal account trading, the employee is responsible for the immediate cancellation of all his/her pending orders in the respective security.
Part VII. Trading Prohibitions
A. Short-Term Trading
■ | Securities can be sold below the acquisition price prior to the expiration of the applicable holding period. Pre-clearance requirements still apply. |
■ | Compliance can grant exemptions from the applicable short-term trading rules in exceptional cases. |
B. Side-by-Side Trading
20 /30 |
|
Credit Suisse
Asset Management Divisional Supplement Employee Personal Account Trading Policy Version 1.0 |
C. Blackout Periods
The Side-by-Side Trading and Blackout Period exemptions will be granted if the transaction face value of the transaction is less than CHF 10’000 and the market capitalization of the targeted issuer is greater than CHF 1.0 billion as of the business day on which the pre-clearance is requested.
Restrictions in Trading of Real Estate Products
Real Estate (Core) employees, as well as employees of AI Finance Real Estate Core Admin, AI Risk Management Real Estate, Compliance AM Real Estate, Legal AM Real Estate, are only permitted to trade in real estate products (real estate investment portfolios, funds, vehicles, etc.) managed by Real Estate (Core) during the trading windows which begin ON THE TRADING DAY FOLLOWING the public announcement of the financial results for the preceding accounting period and end ONE WEEK before the end of the current accounting period.
Because of their proximity to Swiss Prime Site (“SPS”) the Regional Control Room has designated certain Real Estate (Core) employees as “Above the Wall”and “SPS Private Side”employees. “Above the Wall”and “SPS Private Side”employees are subject to more restrictive rules with regard to transactions in SPS Securities (e.g. shares, notes, bonds or debentures issued by SPS) and all derivatives of such. These employees are only permitted to trade in SPS securities and all derivatives of such during the trading windows which begin ON THE TRADING DAY FOLLOWING the public announcement of the financial results of SPS for the preceding quarter and end TWO WEEKS before the end of the current quarter.
Department Heads, when reviewing trades of the concerned employees, have the duty to check for trading window violations, and report such violations to Compliance.
Notwithstanding an open trading window, Real Estate (Core) employees are required to obtain pre-clearance from the CoC PA Trading through the FMS pre-clearance form or equivalent form prior to transacting in restricted securities or real estate products.
Important: By sending the FMS pre-clearance form or equivalent form to the CoC PA Trading, Real Estate (Core) employees are deemed to have certified that neither the date on which they submitted the form, nor the transaction date or (in case of derivatives) the exercise date, fall outside the applicable trading window specified above.
Employees who are in possession of material non-public information are strictly prohibited from arranging, executing or encouraging others to trade or deal in the securities in question (e.g. when working on a specific transaction, project or on a capital increase), whether or not the trading window is open.
Incentive Awards
The Incentive Award Desk executes sales instructions only in connection with the redemption of an existing Lombard loan / credit. Such sales are subject to pre - clearance with the CoC PA Trading Team. Unblocked awards have to be transferred into the employee’s ordinary safekeeping account first before executing any transaction.
Part VIII. Reporting and Other Compliance Procedures
Employees with securities accounts outside the HOST environment (e.g. SWISSQUOTE etc.) are required to provide a transaction statement on a timely basis (i.e. 3 business days) after the execution by either submitting them personally or by instructing their bank to send a copy of all statements of the securities account directly to the following address:
Credit Suisse
Center of Competence PA Trading YCSC 4
P.O. Box
8070 Zurich
For all securities accounts maintained on the HOST, no separate transaction statements are required.
21 /30 |
|
Credit Suisse
Asset Management Divisional Supplement Employee Personal Account Trading Policy Version 1.0 |
C. Quarterly Reporting
■ | Disclosure of securities holdings - If an employee is directly or indirectly holding a securities position exceeding 1 % of a company’s outstanding shares, he/she has to disclose the details of the position within 10 business days to Compliance. |
■ | Employees maintaining securities accounts outside of the Credit Suisse HOST environment are required to hand in a securities account statement showing all transactions and positions (including details such as order date and time) within 10 business days after the end of each quarter by either submitting them personally or instructing their bank to send a copy of the statement directly to the following address: |
Credit Suisse
Center of Competence PA Trading YCSC 4
P.O. Box
8070 Zurich
■ | Regular activity reports will be provided to your department head. On request, the Business Compliance Team will provide department heads with additional employee personal account trading transaction details. |
Part IX. Local LCD, Compliance Monitoring and Supervisory Review
For the purpose of monitoring, supervision and verification,
designated Compliance staff has access to the securities account and transaction data of the AM Switzerland employees.
22 /30 |
|
Credit Suisse
Asset Management Divisional Supplement Employee Personal Account Trading Policy Version 1.0 |
Credit Suisse Asset Management (France) S.A.
Credit Suisse Asset Management Gestion
Local Supplement to the Global Personal Trading Policy (“Policy”)
New Policy presented below applies to all employees of the Asset Management division of Credit Suisse and describes the conditions under which employees may initiate stock market and financial transactions for their own account.
It applies to all Credit Suisse Asset Management (France) SA and Credit Suisse Asset Management Gestion employees without distinction. Management took into account:
- | The company’s small number of employees (less than 50 at present), |
- | The fact that most of the company’s employees work in an open-plan work space, |
- | The existence of an integrated information system, that is accessible by all, and concluded that the number of “sensitive” employees affected by the Policy could not be limited to just a few since everyone had access to investment management information in their own particular area. |
This Policy cancels and replaces procedure PF030 dated 28/09/2001 governing stock market transactions by employees. It also supplements current internal compliance rules and directives as specified in the following documents:
- | The Credit Suisse Group Code of Conduct; |
- | The Global Code of Conduct of the Asset Management division of Credit Suisse; |
- | Procedure on the prohibition of insider trading; |
- | Procedure on mandates and non-professional appointments; |
- | Credit Suisse Asset Management (France)’s internal regulations. |
This Policy is an appendix to the internal regulations of Credit Suisse Asset Management (France) and shall comply with and be governed by applicable French laws and regulations.
The following are the main texts governing the checks on stock market transactions by employees of investment management companies:
- | The French Monetary and Financial Code, articles 533-4 and 533-6 relating to the rules of good conduct applicable to investment service companies; |
- | Regulation AMF relating to the rules of good conduct applicable to portfolio management for third parties; |
- | The compliance regulations of the French Association of Investment Managers. |
Regarding checks on stock market transactions by investment management company employees, the Regulation of French the French Financial Markets Authorities (AMF) stipulates in Article 322-21 the following obligations:
“The service provider will establish internal rules and regulations governing personal account transactions by persons appointed to the business of portfolio management for third parties:
These rules must specify:
- | the conditions under which such persons will be able to trade financial instruments on their personal account in compliance with articles 2.3 and 14-17 of the present regulations; |
- | the system of checks established by the service provider to ensure transparency whatever the domiciliation of security accounts; |
- | the obligations of such persons to prevent unwarranted dissemination or misuse of confidential information.” |
Part VII - Trading Prohibitions
B. Side-by-Side Trading/Blackout Periods
The Side-by-Side Trading and Blackout Period exemptions will be granted if the transaction value is less than EUR 6,000 and the market capitalization of the targeted issuer is greater than EUR 2.0 billion as of the Business Day on which the pre-clearance is requested.
23 /30 |
|
Credit Suisse
Asset Management Divisional Supplement Employee Personal Account Trading Policy Version 1.0 |
Part VIII. Reporting and Other Compliance Procedures
Regarding checks on bank accounts, it is stipulated that in accordance with the applicable regulations, only accounts held by employees or accounts held jointly with an employee are governed by the present policy.
On the notion of “security accounts” Credit Suisse France is not authorised to run accounts and all employee security accounts must therefore be held with other companies. All employee security accounts must be declared to the Legal & Compliance department by completing the required form (APPENDIX E) before any transactions may be executed. Employees who do not hold any accounts covered by this procedure must confirm this by signing the appropriate form and returning it to the Legal & Compliance department.
The Legal & Compliance department is available to answer any questions from employees or discuss any necessary changes that may arise from the application of this procedure.
24 /30 |
|
Credit Suisse
Asset Management Divisional Supplement Employee Personal Account Trading Policy Version 1.0 |
Credit Suisse Asset Management (Deutschland) GmbH (“Credit Suisse Germany”)
Local Supplement to the Global Personal Trading Policy (“Policy”)
This supplement outlines the additional requirements for Credit Suisse Germany to cover all requests expected by Auditors / Regulators.
Part IV. Trading Accounts
Account opening requires prior written authorization by LCD.
The acceptance of a power of attorney by an employee requires prior written authorization by LCD.
An account, for which a power of attorney is granted just in case of an emergency (“Notvollmacht”), must not be disclosed as long as the power of attorney is not being made used.
Part V. Pre-Clearance Requirements
For transactions in instruments requiring pre-approval by LCD, the employee may send his/her request by e-mail or by fax (…75381888). The original Pre Clearance Form as to be provided the following business day.
Part VIII. Reporting and Other Compliance Procedures
The employee must disclose all accounts covered by this Policy (including e-trading Accounts), to LCD using the appropriate Credit Suisse-Personal Securities Account Declaration Form (Attachment E) before any transactions may be executed.
Employees who do not have accounts covered by this policy (safekeeping accounts) must confirm this fact by returning the signed Form.
Employees are required to provide each transaction statement on a timely basis after the execution by instructing their bank to send a copy of all statements of account directly to LCD.
All transactions shall have a wealth formation orientation, not a speculative one.
25 /30 |
|
Credit Suisse
Asset Management Divisional Supplement Employee Personal Account Trading Policy Version 1.0 |
Credit Suisse Asset Management Limited (“CSAML”)
Local Supplement to the Global Personal Trading Policy (“Policy”)
Credit Suisse Asset Management Limited (hereafter “CSAML”) has adopted the revised AM Global Personal Trading Policy as its company’s policy with the approval of CSAML’s Board of Directors on April 28, 2006, on the condition that this revised local supplement takes effect at the same time.
II. Statement of General Principles
More Strict Principles for Specified Employees
CSAML full-time Board Members, full-time Statutory Auditor, and employees registered with Kanto Finance Bureau as portfolio managers or traders under the Law pertaining to Securities Investment Advisory Business (hereafter “specified employee”) are required to comply with the following principles of the Japan Securities Investment Advisors Association:
· | the purpose of equity security trading must be “long term investment”; |
· | an employee must have an intent to hold the purchased equity securities for six months or more under the normal market environment |
When a specified employee submits a Personal Trading Pre-Clearance Form for a sale of equity securities which he or she purchased less than six months ago, he or she is required to write the reason on the supplemental form why he or she has to sell them notwithstanding the initial intent to hold for at least six months. [Appendix-1: Supplemental Form for Specified Employees]
IV. Trading Accounts
CSAML Employees may maintain personal trading accounts with any brokers or banks.
Employees are required to send duplicate copies of all statements of their personal trading accounts received from brokers or banks to LCD by themselves.
V. Pre-Clearance Requirements
CSAML Employees should use the “Form Management System” when they submit a pre-clearance request to LCD, not “Attachment B” as referred to in the Policy.
VII. Trading Prohibitions
Side-by-Side / Blackout Period Exemption List for CSAML Employees
· | Market capitalization: at least JPY 200 billion or USD 2 billion and employee purchase/sale within JPY 1 million or USD 10,000; |
VIII. Reporting and Other Compliance Procedures
A. Initial Certification
Employees are required to disclose or report to LCD all their personal securities holdings within 30 days after the commencement of employment, regardless of the due-date (within 10 days) stipulated in the Policy.
If an Employee is not able to submit duplicate copies of the statements for their personal trading account(s) which are not older than 45 days, together with his/her Certification, the available latest ones will be acceptable, provided that no transactions have been made since the issue-date of such statements and the Employee certifies that this is the case in writing on such statements.
B. Annual Certification
26 /30 |
|
Credit Suisse
Asset Management Divisional Supplement Employee Personal Account Trading Policy Version 1.0 |
CSAML Employees should submit their annual certification via the “Form Management System”, unless he/she must use “Attachment D” and “Attachment E”.
X. Sanctions
What sanction is to be imposed in the event of breach of the Policy and for this Local Supplement shall be discussed at a meeting of CSAML’s Disciplinary Committee and determined in accordance with CSAML Employment Rules.
XII. Conflict of Rules
Triple Hatted employees must comply with not only the Policy and its supplement but also CSJL’s Employee Personal Account Trading Policy.
Enforced as of June 1, 2004
Revised as of January 27, 2005
Revised as of May 1, 2006
27 /30 |
|
Credit Suisse
Asset Management Divisional Supplement Employee Personal Account Trading Policy Version 1.0 |
APPENDIX 1
Supplemental Form for Specified Employees
[Personal Trading Pre-Clearance Request Form]
When a specified employee requests pre-clearance of equity securities transactions, this form must be filled out and submitted to LCD as well as submitting the Personal Trading Pre-Clearance Request Form via FMS.
Name : |
Type of Specified Employee :
___ | full-time board member or statutory auditor | |
___ | employee registered with Kanto Finance Bureau |
Trade
Type |
No. of
Shares |
Ticker | Security Name | Broker Name | Acct No. | Acct Name |
Sell |
[For sale of equity securities]
(1) When did you purchase these equity securities?
Purchase date: _______________
(2) If you are proposing to sell the equity securities purchased less than six months ago, please write the reason why you have to sell them now:
I had an intent to hold for at least six months at the time of purchase, however, |
(write here)
|
Signature: | Date: |
28 /30 |
|
Credit Suisse
Asset Management Divisional Supplement Employee Personal Account Trading Policy Version 1.0 |
Credit Suisse Asset Management SIM S.p.A (Italy)
Credit Suisse Asset Management Funds S.p.A. (Italy)
Local Supplement to the Global Personal Trading Policy (“Policy”)
Part VII - Trading Prohibitions
A. Short-Term Trading
Exemptions from the Short-Term Trading Prohibition include transactions for CS funds of less than EUR 10,000 and transactions undertaken for legitimate taxation purposes provided they are in writing and are approved by Legal and Compliance.
B. Side-by-Side Trading/Blackout Periods .
The Side-by-Side Trading and Blackout Period exemptions will be granted if the transaction value is less than EUR 5,000 and the market capitalization of the targeted issuer is greater than EUR 2.0 billion as of the Business Day on which the pre-clearance is requested. *
29 /30 |
|
Credit Suisse
Asset Management Divisional Supplement Employee Personal Account Trading Policy Version 1.0 |
Credit Suisse Asset Management Fund Service (Luxembourg) S.A. (“Credit Suisse Luxembourg”)
Local Supplement to the Global Personal Trading Policy (“Policy”)
The application of the Policy by Credit Suisse Luxembourg is amended as outlined below:
Part IV. Trading Accounts
In accordance with applicable regulations, only securities accounts held by the employee in its own name, jointly with another person (e.g. wife/husband), in the name of the employee's minor children or accounts for which the employee is granted a power of attorney are governed by the present policy.
As Credit Suisse Luxembourg is not keeping securities accounts according to the Policy all employee accounts must held with other banks/brokers. Each employee must disclose all existing securities accounts (as defined above) to Business Compliance using the Personal Securities Account Declaration (available on LAN) before any transactions may be executed. Employees who do not have accounts covered by the present policy must confirm this by signing the appropriate form and returning it to Business Compliance.
Part V. Pre-Clearance Requirements
In addition to transactions in instruments mentioned in the Policy under clause V., sub-section “Securities Subject to the Pre-Clearance Requirement”, purchases, conversions and sales of units/shares of investment funds for which Credit Suisse Luxembourg acts as Central Administration require pre-approval by Business Compliance. For such transactions the employee shall send his/her request to Business Compliance via email to “Lux, Employee Trading Rules” by using the Pre-Trade Clearance Form (available on LAN).
VIII. Reporting and Other Compliance Procedures
For the reporting Business Compliance will at each calendar quarter request all employees to submit either duplicate copies of trading confirmations and periodic account statements, or the completed Quarterly Reporting Form (available on LAN) including the before-mentioned compulsory statements. Even if no securities transactions have been executed in the preceded calendar quarter and/or no securities holdings exist, the employee has to submit by the same date with a negative confirmation.
Investments in individual pension insurance contracts deductible under Luxembourg tax legislation (“Contrat de prévoyance vieillesse”) do not need to be reported. The same applies to investment funds qualifying as investment funds under Luxembourg “Loi Rau” provided they have been bought before 1 January 2005.
* Local LCD may modify the exemption, provided that the Local LCD determines that neither the Employee transaction, nor any transaction by Credit Suisse clients (individually or in the aggregate), would have a material impact on the price of the security, subject to approval by the Credit Suisse Global General Counsel.
30 /30 |
Exhibit (p)7
GRAHAM CAPITAL
MANAGEMENT, L.P.
GRAHAM CAPITAL LLP
CODE OF ETHICS
Effective July 2013
A. | Scope |
As an investment adviser, Graham Capital Management, L.P., including for these purposes Graham Capital LLP (together, “Graham”), stands in a position of trust and confidence with respect to its clients. Accordingly it has a fiduciary duty to act all times in the best interests of the funds that it advises (the “Funds”) and their investors. In order to assist Graham and its employees or members (together, “employees”), as applicable, in meeting their obligations as fiduciaries, Graham has adopted this Code of Ethics (the “Code”). The Code incorporates the following general principles which all employees are expected to uphold:
· | Employees must at all times place the interests of the Funds above the interests of all others. |
· | All personal securities transactions must be conducted in a manner consistent with the Code and avoid any actual or potential conflicts of interest or any abuse of an employee’s position of trust and responsibility. |
· | Employees must not take any inappropriate advantage of their positions at Graham. |
· | Information concerning the identity of securities and financial circumstances of the Funds and their investors must be kept confidential. |
· | Employees are absolutely forbidden from engaging in insider trading, as further described in the Code. |
Graham believes that these general principles not only help it to fulfill its fiduciary obligations, but also protect Graham’s reputation and instill in its employees Graham’s commitment to honesty, integrity and professionalism. Employees should understand that these general principles apply to all conduct, whether or not the conduct also is covered by more specific standards or procedures set forth below. Failure to comply with the Code may result in disciplinary action, including termination of employment.
B. | Persons and Accounts Covered by the Code |
1. | Employees |
The Code applies to all of Graham’s “supervised persons,” which for purposes of the Code include all of Graham’s employees. Graham’s supervised persons consist of its officers (or other persons occupying a similar status or performing similar functions), its employees, and any other person who is subject to Graham’s supervision and control and for whom it is deemed
appropriate to so designate such person as a supervised person by virtue of the person’s relationship to Graham.
2. | Access Persons |
All officers, employees and persons subject to Graham’s supervision and control generally are subject to the Code; however, certain provisions of the Code apply only to Graham’s “access persons.” Access persons include any supervised person who:
· | has access to nonpublic information regarding any Fund’s purchases or sales of securities; is involved in making securities recommendations to the Funds, or has access to such recommendations that are nonpublic; or |
· | in respect of any Fund advised by Graham that is an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”), any officer or employee of Graham who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes participates in or obtains information regarding, the purchase or sale of securities by such a Fund, or whose functions relate to the making of any recommendations with respect to such purchases or sales. |
A list of Graham’s access persons designated by department is attached hereto as Schedule 1. All officers, employees and certain other designated persons are considered supervised persons and therefore subject to the general provisions of the Code. However, only those persons identified in Schedule 1 as access persons are subject to the requirements under Sections F and G applicable to access persons.
In addition to those requirements applicable to access persons of Graham, portfolio managers, their dedicated trading assistants and members of Graham’s Risk Department are subject to additional requirements and restrictions on personal trading as set forth in Schedule 2.
3. | Accounts |
a. | Personal Accounts |
The term “personal account” means any securities account that has the ability to execute trades in covered securities, as that term is defined below, and in which an employee has any direct or indirect “beneficial ownership,” and includes any personal account of an employee’s immediate family member (including any relative by blood or marriage either living in the employee’s household or financially dependent on the employee).
An employee is deemed to have beneficial ownership if the employee, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares a direct or indirect opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from the relevant personal account. For examples of indirect beneficial ownership, refer to Appendix A attached hereto.
- 2 - |
A personal account does not include an account over which the access person has no direct or indirect influence or control. For example, if an access person owns a securities account and all investment decisions for that account are made by an investment adviser or broker-dealer (provided that the access person may define general investment criteria relating to the account), then that account would not be considered a personal account subject to this code. This is generally referred to as a managed account arrangement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the details of any such account must be reported to Graham’s Chief Compliance Officer upon an employee becoming an access person, including the name of the financial institution, account number, account name, identification of the account as being directed by a third party and a copy of the investment management agreement.
Examples of accounts which may be considered a personal account include a roll-over IRA, a child’s UGMA or UTMA, a securities account with brokerage capabilities for which the access person serves as an executor, an ISA (for UK-based employees) and a SIPP (for UK-based employees), provided that in each case the account is able to transact in covered securities. Examples of accounts which are not personal accounts include a checking or savings account, your Graham 401(k) plan account and a 529 plan.
b. | Designated Brokers |
US-based Access Persons . US-based access persons may only hold a personal account at a Designated Broker, as defined below. Designated Brokers provide electronic confirmation of an access person’s securities transactions and holdings to Graham via MyComplianceOffice, the computer-based application that provides holdings and transactions reporting capabilities for Graham’s access persons. The Designated Brokers are TD Ameritrade, Charles Schwab, E*TRADE, Fidelity and Morgan Stanley Smith Barney. Existing personal accounts that are not held at a Designated Broker must either be transferred to a Designated Broker or closed, unless otherwise directed by the Chief Compliance Officer.
UK-based Access Persons . UK-based access persons are not required to maintain their personal accounts at a Designated Broker. Such employees must, however, (i) notify the Chief Compliance Officer of all personal accounts that they hold and (ii) arrange for their brokers to send duplicate account statements and trade confirmations to the Chief Compliance Officer or to the following address:
Graham
Capital Management LP
Terranua
PO Box 4668 #37880
New York, NY 10163-4668
c. | Covered Securities |
The term “covered securities” includes all securities defined as such under the U.S. Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “Advisers Act”), and includes:
· | Debt and equity securities; |
- 3 - |
· | Equity Options; |
· | Shares of Exchange-Traded Funds/Exchange-Traded Notes; |
· | All forms of limited partnership and limited liability company interests, including interests in private investment funds (such as hedge funds), and interests in investment clubs; and |
· | Foreign unit trusts and foreign mutual funds. |
The term “covered securities,” however, does not include the following:
· | Shares of beneficial interest in investment funds for which Graham acts as investment manager or general partner or similar position; |
· | Direct obligations of or obligations guaranteed as to principal or interest by the United States, or securities issued or guaranteed by corporations in which the United States has a direct or indirect interest which shall have been designated by the Secretary of the Treasury, pursuant to section 3(a)(12) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), as exempted securities for the purposes of that act (“Government Securities”); |
· | Bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper, and high-quality short-term debt obligations, including repurchase agreements; |
· | Shares issued by money market funds; |
· | Shares of open-end (NAV-traded) mutual funds, except where Graham serves as an investment adviser (as that term is defined in the Investment Company Act) to any such fund (a “Reportable Fund”); and |
· | Shares issued by NAV-traded unit investment trusts that are invested exclusively in one or more open-end mutual funds, except for Reportable Funds. |
Any questions regarding the application of these terms will be addressed by Graham’s Chief Compliance Officer.
C. | Compliance with Applicable Securities Laws |
In addition to the general principles of conduct stated in the Code and the specific trading restrictions and reporting requirements described below, the Code requires all supervised persons to comply with applicable US federal securities laws and, with respect to UK-based persons, UK laws. These laws include the U.S. Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”), the Exchange Act, the U.S. Investment Company Act of 1940, the Advisers Act, and any rules adopted by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) under any of these statutes and the UK Criminal Justice Act and the UK Financial Services and Markets Act 2000.
- 4 - |
D. | Policy on Insider Trading |
1. | Scope |
a. Employees may not trade, personally or on behalf of others (such as the Funds), on the basis of material, non-public information. Employees should not communicate material, non-public information to anyone except persons who are entitled to receive the information in connection with the performance of their responsibilities for Graham. Although insider trading is commonly associated with trading in equity securities, the SEC has brought insider trading actions in connection with fixed-income instruments (e.g., 2003 action brought against Goldman Sachs in connection with issuance of 30-year bonds) and in connection with a swap transaction (e.g., 2009 action brought against employees of Millenium Partners and Deutsche Bank Securities in respect of credit default swaps). Graham’s policy prohibiting insider trading similarly extends beyond trading in equity securities to include trading in fixed-income instruments and swap transactions.
b. Information is considered material if there is a substantial likelihood that a reasonable investor would consider it important in making his or her investment decision. Generally, this includes any information the disclosure of which will have a substantial effect on the price of a company’s securities. Material information often relates to an issuer’s results and operations including, for example, dividend changes, earnings results, changes in previously released earnings estimates, merger or acquisition proposals or agreements, major litigation, and extraordinary business or management developments. Material information may also relate to the market for a security. Information about a significant order to purchase or sell securities may, in some contexts, be material. Prepublication information regarding reports in the financial press may also be material.
c. Non-public information is information that is not generally available to the investing public. Information is “public” when it has been disseminated broadly to investors in the marketplace, including through public filings with the SEC or other government agency, news reports, trade journals or similar sources.
d. Determinations as to what constitutes material non-public information are highly fact specific and any questions in this regard should be directed to Graham’s Chief Compliance Officer.
2. | Actions |
a. Prior to executing any trade for a personal account or on behalf of others, an employee must determine whether he has access to material non-public information concerning the issuer. If the employee believes that he is in possession of such information, the following steps must be taken:
· | Report the information and proposed trade immediately to Graham’s Chief Compliance Officer; |
· | Do not execute the trade; |
- 5 - |
· | Do not communicate the information other than to the Chief Compliance Officer; |
b. Following a review of available information, a determination will be made as to whether the trade may be executed or if the information is either material or non-public such that the trade may not be executed.
3. | Sanctions for Violations |
Severe penalties may result from engaging in illegal insider trading. In addition to any disciplinary action that Graham may take, including termination of employment, consequences of being found to have engaged in illegal insider trading include:
· | Criminal sanctions which may include a fine up to $1,000 and/or up to ten years imprisonment; |
· | Recovery of profits gained or losses avoided and penalties of up to three times that amount; |
· | SEC order permanently barring employee from the securities industry; and |
· | Potential suit by investors to recover damages resulting from illegal insider trading. |
E. | Personal Trading in Commodity Interests |
No employee is permitted to trade futures, foreign exchange, swaps or other derivatives for their own account or that of a family member, friend or any other third party without prior written approval from the Chief Compliance Officer. Employees with access to sensitive information are required periodically and upon request to furnish the Chief Compliance Officer with copies of their Federal income tax return, or a certificate in lieu thereof from a certified tax preparer attesting to the absence of income/loss from such activities on the employee’s Federal income tax return, to confirm adherence to this policy.
F. | Reporting by Access Persons |
1. | Initial Holdings Report |
a. | Contents of Holdings Report |
Every access person must submit an initial holdings report to the Chief Compliance Officer that discloses all covered securities held in any personal account, whether or not such personal account is maintained at a Designated Broker. The report must contain, at a minimum:
1) the title and type of covered security, and as applicable the exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number, number of shares, and principal amount of each covered security in any personal account;
- 6 - |
2) the name of any broker, dealer or bank with which the access person maintains any personal account; and
3) the date on which the access person submits the report.
b. | Timing of Initial Holdings Report |
Every access person must submit the initial holdings report, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 1 , not later than 10 days after becoming an access person, and the information contained in the report must be current as of a date no more than 45 days prior to the date of becoming an access person.
2. | Quarterly Transaction Attestation |
Every access person must attest to their quarterly transactions in covered securities in any personal account. Access persons will make these attestations through MyComplianceOffice. Instructions for how to make these attestations will be contained in the assignment transmitted by MyComplianceOffice to access persons. Quarterly transaction attestation assignments will be transmitted via MyComplianceOffice to access persons following the end of each calendar quarter and must be completed by the due date specified in the assignment, but not later than 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter.
3. | Annual Holdings Attestation |
Every access person must attest to their holdings of covered securities in any personal account on an annual basis, as of December 31 of each year. Access persons will make these attestations through MyComplianceOffice. Instructions for how to make these attestations will be contained in the assignment transmitted by MyComplianceOffice to access persons. Annual holding attestation assignments will be transmitted to access persons following the end of each calendar year and must be completed by the due date specified in the assignment, but not later than 30 days after the end of the calendar year.
4. | Exceptions to the Reporting Requirements |
No access person is required to report with respect to transactions (and holdings related thereto) effected pursuant to an automatic investment plan ( i.e. , a program in which regular periodic purchases (or withdrawals) are made automatically in (or from) investment accounts in accordance with a predetermined schedule and allocation, including any dividend reinvestment plans).
G. | Pre-Approval Procedures, Holding Period Requirement and Limit on Transactions |
Every access person must obtain approval from the Chief Compliance Officer before transacting in any covered security for a personal account.
- 7 - |
1. | Pre-Approval Procedure |
Requests must be entered into the MyComplianceOffice system. Requests will be reviewed by the Compliance Department for possible conflicts and approvals or denials will be communicated to the requestor through the MyComplianceOffice system, typically within twenty-four hours of submission. Approvals will be valid for the later of the requested trade date or the date of approval and the following 2 business days. If the trade is not executed in that time a new request must be submitted prior to executing the trade.
2. | Holding Period Requirement |
Personal accounts, other than those with respect to which a third party exercises sole investment discretion, are prohibited from engaging in active trading. For purposes of the Code, active trading is considered to be any purchase and sale, or any sale and purchase, of any covered security of an issuer within any period of less than 30 days. To be clear, this restriction relates to active trading in covered securities, as that term is defined in the Code.
3. | Limit on Transactions |
Graham believes that excessive trading by access persons in personal accounts can create actual and perceived conflicts of interest between Graham, through the actions of access persons, and the accounts that it manages. To avoid any such conflicts, access persons are restricted from executing more than 40 transactions (aggregated over all personal accounts relating to the access person) in covered securities over any twelve-month period. For purposes of this Section G.3, a single trade or series of trades for one or more personal accounts in the same covered security, in the same direction (i.e., buy, sell or sell short) during the approval period (i.e., the requested trade date plus the following 2 business days) will be considered a single transaction.
H. | Reporting Violations |
Every supervised person must immediately report any violation of the Code to the Chief Compliance Officer. All reports will be treated confidentially and investigated promptly and appropriately.
I. | Administration of the Code |
The Chief Compliance Officer will receive and review all reports, requests and attestations submitted pursuant to the Code. The Chief Compliance Officer will review these submissions to determine that access person trades are consistent with requirements and restrictions set forth in the Code and do not otherwise indicate any improper trading activities. The Chief Compliance Officer also will ensure that all books and records relating to the Code are properly maintained. The books and records required to be maintained include the following:
· | A record of any violation of the Code, and of any action taken as a result of the violation; |
- 8 - |
· | A record of all written acknowledgements of receipt, review and understanding of the Code from each person who is currently, or within the past five years was, a supervised person; |
· | A record of each report made by an access person, including any brokerage confirmations and brokerage account statements obtained from access persons; |
· | A record of the names of persons who are currently, or within the past five years were, access persons; and |
· | A record of any decision, and the reasons supporting the decision, to approve the acquisition of an initial public offering ( i.e. , an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act, the issuer of which, immediately before registration, was not subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act) or limited offering ( i.e. , an offering that is exempt from registration under the Securities Act pursuant to Section 4(2), Section 4(6), Rule 504, Rule 505 or Rule 506 thereunder). |
These books and records must be maintained by Graham in an easily accessible place for at least five years from the end of the fiscal year during which the record was created, the first two years in an appropriate office of Graham.
J. | Sanctions |
Any violation of any provision of the Code may result in disciplinary action, up to and including termination of employment. Graham has adopted the following guidelines that it will generally follow in connection with imposing sanctions for violations of the Code, subject, in its sole discretion, to vary any such sanctions depending on the circumstances surrounding the violation:
1. For the first offense, the violation will be reported to the employee’s supervisor and Graham’s Compliance Committee and the employee will receive a written warning.
2. For the second offense, the employee will be subject to restrictions on the employee’s personal trading.
3. For the third offense, a fine of up to $5,000 will be imposed, which amount will be deducted from any bonus or other amount payable to the employee for the period in which the violation occurs and subject to carryforward until satisfied.
4. For the fourth offense, additional fines and more restrictive measures will be imposed, up to and including termination of employment.
K. | Acknowledgment of Receipt and Compliance |
Graham will provide each supervised person with a copy of the Code and any amendments hereto. Any questions regarding any provision of the Code or its application should
- 9 - |
be directed to the Chief Compliance Officer. Each supervised person shall attest to their having received the Code and having reviewed and understanding its subject matter.
- 10 - |
SCHEDULE 1
ACCESS PERSONS
Persons assigned to the following departments and their supervisors or managers shall be considered access persons for purposes of the Code:
Executive
System Research and Development
Investor Services
Portfolio Managers – Traders
Risk
Technology
Quantitative Trading
Trading Services (except for certain Corporate Accounting personnel)
Legal/Compliance
S 1 -1 |
SCHEDULE 2
PORTFOLIO MANAGERS/TRADING ASSISTANTS/RISK DEPARTMENT
Personal trading of certain employees of Graham may give rise to actual and perceived conflicts of interest in relation to Graham’s trading for GCM accounts, which may be detrimental to the interests of Graham and its clients. In order to prevent such conflicts, portfolio managers, their dedicated trading assistants and members of Graham’s Risk Department MUST COMPLY AT ALL TIMES with the following requirement and restriction in connection with their personal trading, which are in addition to those requirements and restrictions applicable to them as access persons of Graham.
Prohibited Transactions . Personal accounts may not trade or invest in any securities (debt or equity) of an issuer if the employee, while exercising investment discretion over such personal accounts, knows that any GCM account has a position in any securities of the same issuer, including for these purposes any derivatives related to such securities or such issuer irrespective of the counterparty. To be clear, this restriction relates to trading or investing in any security, including covered securities. In the event that a transaction for a GCM account causes personal accounts over which an employee has investment discretion and GCM accounts to be invested in securities of the same issuer, the personal accounts shall not dispose of the securities in the personal accounts for a seven-day period before and after any such securities are transacted (purchase or sale) for the GCM accounts.
Notwithstanding the generality of the foregoing, personal accounts may trade or invest in (i) Government Securities (as defined in Section B.3.c hereof), (ii)_ municipal securities (which shall include securities which are direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed as to principal or interest by, a state or any political subdivision thereof, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or any political subdivision thereof, or any municipal corporate instrumentality of one or more states, and such other securities and instruments defined as municipal securities under the Exchange Act) and (iii) exchange-traded funds that seek to track an index based on stocks, bonds, commodities or currencies, without regard to this restriction on prohibited transactions.
For purposes of the above restriction, the term “GCM account” means any account managed by Graham on a proprietary basis or on behalf of Graham clients.
S 2 -1 |
EXHIBIT 1
INITIAL HOLDINGS REPORT
Name of Access Person: ___________________________
Date of Submission: ______________________________
I. Securities Accounts
Account Title |
Broker/Institution Name and Address |
Account Number |
II. Covered Securities
Title of Security |
Type of Security
|
Ticker or CUSIP | Number of Shares | Principal Amount |
1. | ||||
2. | ||||
3. | ||||
4. | ||||
5. | ||||
6. | ||||
7. | ||||
8. | ||||
9. | ||||
10. |
I hereby certify that the information contained in this report is accurate and that listed above are all personal accounts and covered securities with respect to which I have beneficial ownership.
By: | |||
Name: | |||
Date: |
EX1- 1 |
APPENDIX A
(from Securities Exchange Act of 1934 Rule 16a-1(a)(2))
(2) Other than for purposes of determining whether a person is a beneficial owner of more than ten percent of any class of equity securities registered under Section 12 of the Act, the term “beneficial owner” shall mean any person who, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares a direct or indirect pecuniary interest in the equity securities, subject to the following:
(i) The term “pecuniary interest” in any class of equity securities shall mean the opportunity, directly or indirectly, to profit or share in any profit derived from a transaction in the subject securities.
(ii) The term “indirect pecuniary interest” in any class of equity securities shall include, but not be limited to:
(A) | securities held by members of a person’s immediate family sharing the same household; provided, however, that the presumption of such beneficial ownership may be rebutted; see §240.16a-1(a)(4);\ |
(B) | a general partner’s proportionate interest in the portfolio securities held by a general or limited partnership. The general partner’s proportionate interest, as evidenced by the partnership agreement in effect at the time of the transaction and the partnership’s most recent financial statements, shall be the greater of: |
(1) | the general partner’s share of the partnership’s profits, including profits attributed to any limited partnership interests held by the general partner and any other interests in profits that arise from the purchase and sale of the partnership’s portfolio securities; or |
(2) | the general partner’s share of the partnership capital account, including the share attributable to any limited partnership interest held by the general partner. |
(C) | a performance-related fee, other than an asset-based fee, received by any broker, dealer, bank, insurance company, investment company, investment adviser, investment manager, trustee or person or entity performing a similar function; provided, however, that no pecuniary interest shall be present where: |
(1) | the performance-related fee, regardless of when payable, is calculated based upon net capital gains and/or net capital appreciation generated from |
A- 1 |
the portfolio or from the fiduciary’s overall performance over a period of one year or more; and
(2) | equity securities of the issuer do not account for more than ten percent of the market value of the portfolio. A right to a nonperformance-related fee alone shall not represent a pecuniary interest in the securities; |
(D) | A person’s right to dividends that is separated or separable from the underlying securities. Otherwise, a right to dividends alone shall not represent a pecuniary interest in the securities; |
(E) | A person’s interest in securities held by a trust, as specified in §240.16a-8(b); and |
(F) | A person’s right to acquire equity securities through the exercise or conversion of any derivative security, whether or not presently exercisable. |
(iii) A shareholder shall not be deemed to have a pecuniary interest in the portfolio securities held by a corporation or similar entity in which the person owns securities if the shareholder is not a controlling shareholder of the entity and does not have or share investment control over the entity’s portfolio.
A- 2 |
Exhibit (p)8
HARVEST FUND ADVISORS LLC
Investment Adviser Compliance Manual
Dated: August 9, 2013
Every employee must retain a copy of this Compliance Manual for reference. This Compliance Manual is the property of ADVISER and must be returned to ADVISER should an employee’s association with ADVISER terminate for any reason. The contents of this Compliance Manual are confidential, and should not be revealed to third parties.
Harvest Fund Advisors LLC
100 West Lancaster Avenue, Suite 200; Wayne, PA 19087
(610) 341-9700
harvest fund advisors llc
Compliance Manual
ii |
iii |
Management Overview | Attachment 1 |
Summary of Compliance Officer Duties and Responsibilities | Attachment 2 |
State Notice Filings and Representative Licenses | Attachment 3 |
Forms | Attachment 4 |
Forms of Advisory Agreements | Attachment 5 | |
Books and Records Retention Policy | Attachment 6 | |
Affiliates of Adviser | Attachment 7 | |
Proxy Voting Guidelines | Attachment 8 | |
Business Continuity Plan | Attachment 9 | |
Anti-Money Laundering Program | Attachment 10 | |
Composite Construction and Calculation Policy | Attachment 11 | |
Risk Assessment Matrix | Attachment 12 |
iv |
HARVEST FUND ADVISORS LLC
Compliance Policies and Procedures
I. | Statement of Business Ethics . |
Harvest Fund Advisors LLC is committed to maintaining the highest legal and ethical standards in the conduct of our business. We have built our reputation on client trust and confidence in our professional abilities and our integrity. As fiduciaries, we place our clients’ interests above our own. Meeting this commitment is the responsibility of our firm and each and every one of our employees. |
II. | Compliance Policies and Procedures . |
The policies and procedures contained in this Compliance Manual apply to all officers, directors, and employees (collectively, “employees” or “personnel”) of Harvest Fund Advisors LLC (hereinafter “HARVEST” or the “ADVISER”). They are intended to assist ADVISER and its employees in complying with ADVISER's Statement of Business Ethics and the law.
HARVEST believes that good compliance is good business. Each employee's actions regarding matters governed by this Compliance Manual are considered significant indicators of the individual's judgment, ethics, and competence and will be an important element in evaluating each employee for retention, assignment, and promotion. Insensitivity to or disregard for the policies or procedures in this Compliance Manual may be grounds for disciplinary action, including termination of employment.
This Manual is not intended to provide a complete description of the legal and ethical obligations of ADVISER or its personnel and cannot be relied upon as such. When the proper course of conduct is not clear, or whenever you have a question about the propriety of a particular course of conduct or the interpretation of ADVISER’s policies and procedures, you should consult the Compliance Officer.
Updates or supplements to this Compliance Manual will be distributed periodically to all ADVISER personnel. You should review them promptly and file them for future reference in the space provided at the back of the Manual. All supplementary material will be considered part of this Compliance Manual.
This Compliance Manual has been prepared for the exclusive use of ADVISER and its employees and should be kept confidential. This Manual belongs to ADVISER and must be returned to the Compliance Department upon termination of employment.
Any employee who becomes aware of information relating to any violation of the policies and procedures in this Compliance Manual should contact the Compliance Officer immediately.
1 |
A. | Corporate Organization . |
ADVISER is a Limited Liability Company organized in Delaware, whose principal business address is 100 West Lancaster Avenue, Suite 200, Wayne, PA 19087. ADVISER’s Compliance Officer is David B. Thayer. An overview of ADVISER’s management is included as Attachment 1. A summary of the Compliance Officer’s duties and responsibilities is included in Attachment 2.
B. | Overview of Regulatory Environment and Fiduciary Duties to Clients . |
ADVISER provides investment advice to a variety of institutional and private clients under written investment management agreements. ADVISER must provide these services to each client on the basis of each client's individual circumstances and needs and in a manner consistent with ADVISER’s agreement with that client, including the client’s investment policies or guidelines, as set forth in or attached to that agreement.
ADVISER is registered as an Investment Adviser with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). In conducting ADVISER’s investment advisory business, ADVISER and its personnel must comply at all times with the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “Advisers Act”) and the rules under the Advisers Act. In addition, when managing accounts of employee benefit plans subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”) and Individual Retirement Accounts, if applicable, ADVISER must comply with all applicable provisions of ERISA, the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, and the rules under those laws. Finally, ADVISER and certain personnel may be subject to limited state securities law and state fiduciary laws in those states where ADVISER does business or has clients. A list of these states is included as Attachment 3.
In addition to the specific regulatory requirements that apply to its business as an investment adviser, ADVISER and its personnel are subject to the broad anti-fraud provisions of the federal securities laws. This means that ADVISER and its employees are prohibited from: (1) employing any device, scheme, or artifice to defraud a client; (2) making any untrue statement of a material fact to a client or omitting to state a material fact necessary to make the statement made, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading; (3) engaging in any act, practice, or course of business which operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit upon a client; or, (4) engaging in any manipulative act or practice with a client.
As a registered investment adviser, ADVISER and its employees also have fiduciary and other obligations to clients. ADVISER’s fiduciary duties to clients require, among other things, that we: (1) render disinterested and impartial advice; (2) make suitable recommendations to clients in light of their needs, financial circumstances, and investment objectives; (3) exercise a high degree of care to ensure that adequate and accurate representations and other information about investments are presented to clients; (4) have an adequate basis in fact for any and all recommendations, representations, and forecasts; (5) refrain from actions or transactions that conflict with the interests of any client, unless we have first disclosed the conflict to the client and the client has (or may be considered to have) waived the conflict; and, (6) treat all clients fairly and equitably.
A breach of any of the above duties or obligations may, depending on the circumstances, expose ADVISER, its supervisory personnel, and any employee involved to SEC and state disciplinary actions and to potential criminal and civil liability, as well as subject the employee to firm sanctions up to and including termination of employment.
2 |
C. | Supervisory Structure . |
To meet its obligations under the Advisers Act and ERISA, ADVISER has established the written policies and procedures in this Compliance Manual and has assigned primary responsibility for oversight and enforcement of these procedures to the Compliance Officer. That said, ensuring compliance with the law and with ADVISER’s internal policies and procedures is a top priority of ADVISER’s management and is a key responsibility of each employee.
D. | Annual Acknowledgments . |
Each employee will read this Compliance Manual and complete, sign, and return to the Compliance Officer an Acknowledgment Statement on Form A or Form B, copies of which are found at Attachment 4.
The Acknowledgment Statement requests information about whether the employee signing the Statement has been subject to any disciplinary action by the SEC, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, any state regulatory authority, self-regulatory organization, or foreign regulatory authority or has been charged in any legal proceeding with conduct that would constitute a basis for disciplinary action by a securities regulatory body. The employment of any person who is subject to a statutory disqualification might, absent appropriate disclosures or specific relief from the SEC, tarnish the ADVISER’s reputation, jeopardize business relationships and opportunities for both ADVISER and its affiliates, and expose ADVISER itself to potential disciplinary sanctions. Accordingly, an employee must notify the Compliance Officer immediately if he or she becomes aware of information that would result in a change in any of this information. Failure to accurately complete the Statement or to notify the Compliance Officer of changes to information relating to disciplinary actions may subject an employee to disciplinary action or be grounds for outright dismissal. Importantly, the information in the Acknowledgement Statement is used to complete or update Item 11 of Form ADV and to determine whether Rule 206(4)-4 (material financial and disciplinary disclosures) is triggered.
III. | General Standards of Conduct and Firm Procedures . |
A. | Use of Firm Funds or Property . |
Adviser’s policy is to require each employee to account for the use of funds and property belonging to ADVISER, to prohibit the personal use of these funds or property, and to prohibit questionable or unethical disposition of firm funds or property.
1. Personal Use of Firm Funds or Property . No employee may take or permit any other employee to take for his personal use any funds or property belonging to ADVISER. Misappropriation of funds or property is theft and, in addition to subjecting an employee to possible criminal and civil penalties, will result in disciplinary action up to and including dismissal.
2. Payments to Others . No firm funds or property may be used for any unlawful or unethical purpose, nor may any employee attempt to purchase privileges or special benefits through payment of bribes, kickbacks, or any other form of “payoff.”
3. Improper Expenditures . No payment by or on behalf of ADVISER will be approved or made if any part of the payment is to be used for any purpose other than that described in the documents supporting the payment. Records will be maintained in reasonable detail that accurately and fairly reflect the transactions they describe and the disposition of any firm funds or property.
3 |
Any questions concerning the propriety of any use of firm funds or property should be directed to the Compliance Officer.
B. | Conflicts of Interest and Firm Opportunities . |
It is not possible to provide a precise or comprehensive definition of a conflict of interest. However, one factor that is common to all conflicts of interest is the possibility that an employee’s actions or decisions will be affected because of actual or potential differences between or among the interests of ADVISER, its affiliates or clients, and/or the employee’s own personal interests. A situation may be found to involve a conflict of interest even though it does not result in any financial loss to ADVISER, its affiliates, or its clients, or any gain to ADVISER or the employee, irrespective of the motivations of the employee involved. The list below suggests some types of activity that would reflect poorly on the employee’s personal integrity or that would limit his or her ability to discharge job duties and responsibilities in an ethical manner:
· | Simultaneous employment by another firm, particularly if the other firm is a competitor or vendor. |
· | Carrying on company business with a firm in which the employee or a close relative of the employee has a substantial ownership or interest. |
· | Holding a substantial interest in, or participating in the management of, a firm from which the company makes purchases. |
· | Borrowing money from customers or firms, other than a recognized loan institution, from which the company buys services, materials, equipment, or supplies. |
· | Accepting substantial gifts or excessive entertainment from an outside organization. |
· | Participating in the activities of a civic or professional organization wherein confidential company information may be divulged. |
· | Misusing privileged information or revealing confidential data to outsiders. |
Employees should avoid other employment or business activities, including personal investments, that interfere with their duties to ADVISER, divide their loyalty, or create or appear to create a conflict of interest. Each employee should promptly report any situation or transaction involving an actual or potential conflict of interest to the Compliance Officer. The Compliance Officer’s determination as to whether a conflict exists or is harmful shall be conclusive. Any conflict that the Compliance Officer determines is harmful to the interests of clients or the interests or reputation of ADVISER must be terminated.
1. Interest in Competitors, Clients, or Suppliers . Except with the approval of the General Counsel or the Compliance Officer, no employee or member of his or her immediate family (including spouse, children, stepchildren, grandchildren, parents, stepparents, grandparents, siblings, persons with whom an employee has an adoptive or “in-law” relationship, or any relatives to whose support the employee materially contributes, either directly or indirectly) and who shares the employee’s household (“Immediate Family”) shall serve as an employee, officer, director, or trustee of, or have a substantial interest in or business relationship with, a competitor, client, or supplier of ADVISER (other than any affiliate) that could create a divided loyalty or the appearance of one.
4 |
2. Gifts, Loans, Favors, etc . No employee or member of an employee’s Immediate Family may solicit or accept from any outside concern that does business or competes with ADVISER any compensation (including reimbursement of transportation, meal, or hotel expenses for personal trips or business trips made on behalf of ADVISER), gift, loan, entertainment having more than nominal value, or other substantial favor for his or her personal benefit — nominal value meaning $250 or less. However, employees or members of their Immediate Families are not prohibited from obtaining loans made or provided in the ordinary course of business or other goods or services (on the same terms as are available generally to public customers) from banks, broker-dealers, insurance companies, or other financial institutions that may have relationships with ADVISER.
3. Interest in Transactions . No employee or a member of his or her Immediate Family shall engage in any transaction involving ADVISER if the employee or a member of his Immediate Family has a substantial interest in the transaction or can benefit directly or indirectly from the transaction (other than through the employee’s normal compensation), unless the Compliance Officer authorizes such transaction in writing.
4. Outside Employment or Service as a Corporate Director . No employee shall be employed by, or accept any remuneration from, or perform any services (including serving as a director of a company, trustee, or general partner of a partnership), for any person or entity, other than ADVISER or any affiliate, unless the General Counsel or Compliance Officer authorizes this in writing. In no event should any employee have any outside employment that might cause embarrassment to or jeopardize the interests of ADVISER, interfere with its operations, or adversely affect his or her productivity or that of other employees. As a general matter, the General Counsel or Compliance Officer will not approve outside employment with any investment adviser, broker-dealer, bank, insurance or reinsurance company, or other financial institution with which ADVISER or its affiliates may compete or with which ADVISER or its affiliates has or seeks a business relationship.
5. Diversion of Firm Business or Investment Opportunity . No employee shall acquire, or derive personal gain or profit from, any business or investment opportunity that comes to his or her attention as a result of his or her association with ADVISER, and in which he or she knows ADVISER or its clients might reasonably be expected to participate or have an interest, without first disclosing in writing all relevant facts to ADVISER, offering the opportunity to ADVISER or its clients, and receiving specific written authorization from the Compliance Officer.
C. | Gifts; Entertainment and Political Contributions . |
1. Gifts . There are currently no statutes or rules under the Advisers Act or other federal securities laws that require a registered investment adviser to adopt a policy on gifts and entertainment. Nonetheless, ADVISER has adopted this policy on gifts and entertainment, which applies to all of its employees.
Neither ADVISER nor an employee may accept or provide any gift relating to ADVISER’s business if prohibited by this policy. All employees should use their judgment before accepting or providing any gift. A general guideline to use is whether they or their colleagues would be comfortable discussing the receipt or giving of such gift with ADVISER’s clients. Unless the answer is “Yes,” the gift should not be accepted or provided, regardless of its value. Gift-giving between vendors and ADVISER, its employees, or their immediate families has the potential to create the impression of a conflict of interest. At worst, it could create an actual conflict of interest that might result in doing business with a particular vendor (such as a broker/dealer) in violation of firm policies or in a manner that causes harm to the firm or its clients.
5 |
Notwithstanding the absence of any specific restriction contained in this policy, if the receipt of a gift is determined to present a conflict of interest, the Compliance Officer shall have the authority to require that the gift be returned, the full value of the gift be reimbursed, or the gift be donated to a qualified charity within a reasonable period of time.
ADVISER and its employees may accept gifts from any person providing services to ADVISER (e.g., broker-dealers, vendors, law and accounting firms, etc.) that do not exceed an annual aggregate amount of $250 per recipient. As used in this policy, “gifts” shall include items that are accepted from or provided by any person as a result of a primarily business relationship.
Gifts received from any person providing services to ADVISER must be reported to the Compliance Officer and properly logged. All gifts exceeding the annual aggregate amount of $250 must be returned, the full value of the gift must be reimbursed, or the gift must be donated to a qualified charity within a reasonable period of time.
Employees may receive nominally valued promotional gifts, which are not subject to this policy. As such, these do not have to be reported and they do not count towards the $250 annual limit on gifts. A gift from a vendor is considered to be a “nominally valued promotional gift” to the extent it is a customary promotional item bearing the company’s logo (such as hats, golf balls, shirts, calendars, pens, etc.) or customary, seasonal food items that could be shared with other employees. In addition, this would include gifts or incentives received in connection with ordinary-course activity outside the scope of an employee’s service with ADVISER received from a vendor, provided that these gifts or incentives are uniformly provided to all similarly situated customers of the vendor (for example, receipt of a gift in connection with opening an account with a financial institution).
ADVISER employees may also accept personal gifts from vendors that exceed the annual aggregate amount of $250. A “personal gift” is a gift in recognition of a life event such as weddings, births, significant religious events, etc. A gift is considered a personal gift if it meets all of the following conditions:
· | It serves a personal purpose that is not connected to ADVISER’s (or the other party’s) business activities; |
· | The amount involved is reasonable in proportion to the event; and , |
· | It is paid for by the giver, not the giver’s employer. |
Employees must use sound judgment before determining that a gift is a personal gift. Employees with questions regarding a particular circumstance should discuss the facts with their supervisor and the Compliance Officer.
Certain clients, including those that are municipalities, ERISA plans, and Taft-Hartley unions, may be prohibited from accepting gifts of any kind, including charitable donations. ADVISER and its employees must comply with any applicable restrictions on gifts to its clients.
2. Entertainment . Business entertainment is considered to be a customary business practice and is acceptable under this policy, provided it is reasonable under the circumstances and has a business purpose, the giver or a representative of the giver’s organization is present at the event, and the entertainment is reasonable and appropriate and is not so lavish, extravagant, unique, or frequent as to raise a
6 |
question of propriety. There is no set dollar limit on business entertainment given or received, but business entertainment given or received with a market value exceeding $300 per employee should be reported to the Compliance Officer.
Entertainment includes, but is not limited to, meals and attendance at a sporting event or other comparable activity or, for instance, a round of golf. It may or may not precede, follow, or be part of a business meeting or conference. Except under special circumstances, if the giver or a representative of the giver’s organization is not present, the activity is considered a gift and not simply entertainment.
3. Political Contributions . Rule 206(4)-5 under the Advisers Act severely restricts the ability of ADVISER and certain of its personnel to make political contributions and imposes a two-year “look-back” period on such contributions. Political contributions to an official or candidate for office made in violation of this policy may cause ADVISER to be unable to collect advisory fees from a government entity with whom the official or candidate is affiliated.
No political contribution may be made by ADVISER or any of its “covered associates” or an immediate family member living in the same household as the covered associate (“Family Member”) to any officeholder or candidate for public office, to any political action committee, or to any person collecting contributions for an officeholder, candidate for public office, or any political action committee, without the prior written approval of the General Counsel and Compliance Officer.
A “covered associate” is:
· | Any general partner, managing member, executive officer, or other individual with similar status or function; |
· | Any employee who solicits a government entity for ADVISER or any person who supervises, directly or indirectly, such employee; and, |
· | Any political action committee controlled by ADVISER or any of its covered associates. |
The General Counsel and the Compliance Officer generally will only consider potential political contributions under the following circumstances:
· | A covered associate or Family Member may make political contributions of up to $300 in the aggregate to any one official per election, if the employee or covered associate is entitled to vote for the official. |
· | A covered associate or Family Member may make political contributions of up to $150 in the aggregate to any one official per election, if the covered associate or Family Member is not entitled to vote for the official. |
Political contributions to an official or candidate for office made in violation of this policy may cause ADVISER to be unable to collect advisory fees from a government entity with whom the official or candidate is affiliated.
If a covered associate discovers that he or she, or a Family Member, has made a contribution without prior approval, the covered associate must report this to ADVISER immediately, so that ADVISER may determine if it can remediate the violation under Rule 206(4)-5.
7 |
New employees must disclose their political contributions, and those of their Family Members, for the past two years to the General Counsel and the Compliance Officer during the hiring process, so that ADVISER may evaluate the effect of the potential employee’s contributions on ADVISER’s compliance obligations prior to commencement of employment.
ADVISER and its employees are prohibited from compensating, or agreeing to compensate, directly or indirectly, any person to solicit government clients for investment advisory services on ADVISER’s behalf, unless the person is, or is employed by, an SEC-registered investment adviser or broker-dealer.
The Compliance Officer will maintain records necessary to demonstrate adherence to this policy, including the names of all covered associates; the amounts, dates, and government entity recipients of contributions by covered associates, their Family Members, and ADVISER; records evidencing any approved political contributions and any returned (remediated) contributions; and, the names of any registered adviser or broker-dealer solicitor that refers government entity clients to ADVISER.
IV. | General Standards of Conduct in Dealing with Clients and Prospective Clients . |
Firm employees must adhere to the following practices:
A. | Fair and Equitable Treatment of Clients . |
No client may be favored over another. While it is impossible to treat all clients in an identical manner, we must strive to treat all clients fairly and equitably.
B. | Guarantee against Loss . |
No employee may guarantee a client against losses from any securities trades or investment strategies.
C. | Guarantee or Representation as to Performance . |
No employee may guarantee that a specific level of performance will be achieved or exceeded. Any mention of an investment’s past performance or value, or any recommended investment manager’s past performance, must include a statement that past value or performance does not necessarily indicate or imply a guarantee of future performance or value.
D. | Legal or Tax Advice . |
No employee may give or offer any legal or tax advice to any client regardless of whether the employee offering this advice is qualified to do so. All requests for this advice should be referred to the General Counsel or Compliance Officer. The Portfolio Manager and the General Counsel, however, may give limited tax advice solely incidental to giving investment advice to clients.
E. | Sharing in Profits or Losses . |
No employee may share in the profits or losses of a client’s account.
8 |
F. | Borrowing from or Lending to a Client . |
No employee may borrow funds or securities from, or lend funds or securities to, any client.
G. | Acting as a Custodian or a Trustee of a Client . |
No employee may act as custodian of securities, money, or other funds or property of a client, or act or serve as a trustee of a client, unless approved in advance by the Compliance Officer.
V. | Protection of Material, Nonpublic, and Other Confidential Information and Prevention of Insider Trading and Tipping . |
A. | Need for Policy . |
ADVISER and its personnel may have access to confidential information about its clients, investment advice provided to clients, securities transactions effected for clients’ accounts, and other sensitive information. In addition, from time to time, ADVISER or its personnel may come into possession of information that is “material” and “nonpublic” (each as defined below) concerning a company or the trading market for its securities.
Section 204A of the Advisers Act requires that ADVISER establish, maintain, and enforce written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent ADVISER and its employees from misusing material, nonpublic information. Employee violations of the laws against insider trading and tipping can expose ADVISER and any employee involved to severe criminal and civil liability. In addition, ADVISER and its personnel have ethical and legal responsibilities to maintain the confidences of ADVISER’s clients and to protect as a valuable asset confidential and proprietary information that we have developed or that has been entrusted to us.
Although ADVISER respects the right of its employees to engage in personal investment activities, it is important that it avoid any appearance of impropriety and remain in full compliance with the law and the highest standards of ethics. Accordingly, employees must exercise good judgment when engaging in securities transactions and when relating to others information obtained as a result of employment with ADVISER. If an employee has any doubt whether a particular situation requires refraining from making an investment or sharing this information with others, this doubt should be resolved by refraining from taking such action.
It is unlawful for ADVISER or any of its employees to use this information for manipulative, deceptive, or fraudulent purposes. The kinds of activities prohibited include “front-running,” “scalping,” and trading on inside information. Front-running refers to the practice whereby a person takes a position in a security so as to profit based on his or her advance knowledge of upcoming trading by clients in that security, which is expected to affect its market price. Scalping refers to a similar abuse of client accounts and refers to the practice of taking a position in a security before recommending it to clients, or effecting transactions on behalf of clients, then selling the employee’s personal position after the price of the security has changed on the basis of the recommendation or client transaction.
Depending on circumstance, ADVISER and any employee involved may be exposed to potential insider trading or tipping liability under the federal securities laws if ADVISER or any employee advises clients concerning, or executes transactions in, securities for which ADVISER possesses material, nonpublic information. In addition, ADVISER as a whole may be deemed to possess material, nonpublic information known by any of its employees, unless it has implemented procedures to prevent the flow of that information to others within ADVISER. ADVISER has implemented these procedures, called “Chinese Wall” procedures.
9 |
A Chinese Wall is a set of written policies and procedures designed to control and prevent the dissemination of nonpublic information concerning an issuer of securities between the various separate departments or entities that regularly come into possession of, or generate, this information. A Chinese Wall also controls the dissemination of nonpublic information within a particular department or entity.
An effective Chinese Wall permits sales, trading, risk arbitrage, and other activities to continue in the ordinary course of business, even though another department or entity is in possession of inside information. It is critical that all employees follow the specific Chinese Wall policies and procedures as set out below.
Employees are prohibited from disclosing material, nonpublic, and other confidential information to any person inside ADVISER, except to the extent that the person has a bona fide “need to know” to effectively carry out ADVISER’s business, including management and supervisory functions and the administration of ADVISER’s compliance policies and procedures.
Even after trading in a security has been restricted, the dissemination of material, nonpublic, or confidential information relating to the security should continue to be on a need-to-know basis only.
Without limiting this general prohibition, employees involved in transactional or other activities for any department or entity that results in the receipt or generation of material, nonpublic, or confidential information (“Transactional Employees”) must be particularly careful that they do not transmit this information to employees involved with trading activities and other non-transactional employees (“Non-Transactional Employees”). Transactional Employees (or other employees possessing inside information) may not give, and Non-Transactional Employees may not ask for, this information. As a general matter, Transactional Employees should not discuss specific issuers of securities or transactions that are or might become the subject of a firm assignment with Non-Transactional Employees.
B. | General Policies and Procedures Concerning Insider Trading and Tipping . |
ADVISER has adopted the following policies and procedures to: (1) ensure the propriety of employee trading activity; (2) protect and segment the flow of material, nonpublic, and confidential information relating to client advice and securities transactions, in addition to other confidential information; (3) avoid possible conflicts of interest; and, (4) identify trades that may violate the prohibitions against insider trading, tipping, front-running, scalping, and other manipulative and deceptive devices contained in federal and state securities laws and rules.
No employee shall engage in transactions in any securities while in possession of material, nonpublic securities information (so-called “insider trading”) nor shall any employee communicate this material, nonpublic information to any person who might use this information to purchase or sell securities (so-called “tipping”). The term “securities” includes options or derivative instruments on those securities and other securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for those securities.
1. “ Material .” The question of whether information is material is not always easily resolved. Generally speaking, information is “material” where there is a substantial likelihood that a reasonable investor would consider the information important in deciding whether to buy or sell the securities in question or where the information, if disclosed, could be viewed by a reasonable investor as having significantly altered the “total mix” of information available. Where the nonpublic information relates to a possible or contingent event, materiality depends on a balancing of both the probability that the event will occur and the anticipated magnitude of the event in light of the totality of the activities of the issuer involved. Common, but by no means exclusive, examples of “material” information include information concerning a
10 |
company’s sales, earnings, dividends, significant acquisitions or mergers, and major litigation. So-called “market information,” such as information concerning an impending securities transaction may also, depending on the circumstances, be considered “material.” Because materiality determinations are often challenged with the benefit of hindsight, if an employee has any doubt whether certain information is “material,” this doubt should be resolved by refraining from trading or communicating this information.
2. “ Nonpublic .” Information is nonpublic until it has been made available to investors generally. In this respect, one must be able to point toward some fact to show that the information is generally public, such as inclusion in reports filed with the SEC, press releases issued by the issuer of the securities, or reference to this information in publications of general circulation such as The Wall Street Journal or The New York Times . In general, information may be presumed to have been made available to investors after two business days from the formal release of this information.
3. “ Advisory Information .” Information concerning: (1) which securities ADVISER’s investment managers are following; (2) specific recommendations ADVISER’s investment managers are currently making to clients; (3) prospective securities transactions of ADVISER’s clients; or, (4) ADVISER’s clients’ current holdings (together, “Advisory Information”) is strictly confidential. Under some circumstances, Advisory Information may be material and nonpublic.
4. Prohibitions . In handling information obtained as a result of employment with ADVISER, employees:
· | Shall not disclose material, nonpublic, or other confidential information (including Advisory Information) to anyone, inside or outside ADVISER (including Immediate Family members), except on a strict need-to-know basis and under circumstances that make it reasonable to believe that the information will not be misused or improperly disclosed by the recipient; |
· | Shall refrain from recommending or suggesting that any person engage in transactions in any security while in possession of material, nonpublic information about that security; and, |
· | Shall abstain from transactions, for their own personal accounts or for the account of any client, in any security while in possession of material, nonpublic information regarding that security. |
C. | Protection of Material, Nonpublic Information . |
No employee shall intentionally seek, receive, or accept information that he believes may be material and nonpublic except with the written approval of, and subject to any and all restrictions imposed by, the Compliance Officer.
On occasion, a company may, as a means to seek investors in restricted or private placement securities issued by it, send to ADVISER materials that contain material, nonpublic, or other confidential information. Typically, these materials will be accompanied by a transmittal letter (and an inner, sealed package) that indicates the confidential nature of the enclosed materials and that the opening of the inner package constitutes an agreement to maintain the confidentiality of the information. In this circumstance, any employee receiving any of these materials should not open the inner package and should immediately consult with the Compliance Officer.
11 |
If an employee should come into possession of information concerning any company or the market for its securities that the employee believes may be material and nonpublic, the employee should notify the Compliance Officer immediately. In addition, the employee shall refrain from either disclosing the information to others or engaging in transactions (or recommending or suggesting that any person engage in transactions) in the securities to which the information relates, without the prior written approval of the Compliance Officer.
D. | Protection of Other Confidential Information . |
Information relating to past, present, or future activities of ADVISER, its affiliates, or clients that has not been publicly disclosed shall not be disclosed to persons, within or outside of ADVISER, except for a proper firm purpose. Employees are expected to use their own good judgment in relating to others information in these areas.
In addition, information relating to another employee’s medical, financial, employment, legal, or personal affairs is confidential and may not be disclosed to any person, within or outside of ADVISER, without the employee’s consent or a proper purpose that the Compliance Officer or another officer has authorized.
E. | Procedures to Safeguard Material, Nonpublic, and Other Confidential Information . |
In handling material, nonpublic, and other confidential information, including Advisory Information, employees shall take appropriate steps to safeguard the confidentiality of this information. When not in use, all documents (whether in paper or electronic form) containing confidential information should be stored in secure areas. Under no circumstances should confidential documents be left on desktops, countertops, or floors where others can see them, nor should any employee review or work on any confidential documents in any setting that would permit others to see the documents, such as in airplanes or other public spaces.
VI. | Rules Governing Personal Securities Transactions . |
All ADVISER personnel must conduct their personal investing activities in a manner that avoids actual or potential conflicts of interest with ADVISER’s clients and ADVISER itself. No employee may use his or her position with ADVISER, or any investment opportunities of which they learn because of his or her position with ADVISER, to the detriment of ADVISER’s clients or ADVISER itself.
ADVISER adopted the following policies and procedures to meet its responsibilities to clients and to comply with SEC rules. Violations may result in the SEC or state regulators taking law enforcement action against ADVISER and its employees and/or ADVISER taking disciplinary action against any employee involved in the violation, up to and including termination of employment. All employees should read and understand these requirements.
A. | Persons Covered . |
All officers, directors, and employees of ADVISER, and members of their Immediate Family who reside in their household, are subject to ADVISER’s policies and procedures as to personal securities transactions, with the limited exceptions noted below.
12 |
B. | Accounts and Transactions Covered . |
These policies and procedures cover all personal securities accounts and transactions of each ADVISER officer, director, and employee. Also covered are all securities and accounts in which an ADVISER officer, director, or employee has “beneficial ownership.” For purposes of these requirements, “beneficial ownership” has the same meaning as in Securities Exchange Act Rule 16a-1(a)(2). Generally, a person has beneficial ownership of a security if he or she, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship, or otherwise, has or shares a direct or indirect pecuniary interest in the security. A transaction by or for the account of a spouse or other Immediate Family member living in the same household with an employee is considered the same as a transaction by the employee.
C. | Securities Covered . |
All securities (and derivative forms thereof, including options and futures contracts) are covered by these requirements, except: (1) securities that are direct obligations of the United States, such as Treasury bills, notes, and bonds and United States savings bonds and derivatives thereof; and, (2) shares of open-end mutual funds. Please note that shares of closed-end funds and unit investment trusts are covered .
D. | Transactions Prohibited . |
The following prohibitions apply to ADVISER’s employees.
1. Front-Running or Scalping . Employees are not permitted to “front-run” any securities transaction of a client or ADVISER or to “scalp” by making securities recommendations for clients with the intent of profiting from personal holdings of or transactions in the same or related securities.
2. Personal Trading . Employees are not permitted to buy or sell any MLP security for their own account.
3. Trading Parallel to or against a Client . Employees are prohibited from trading in the same or related securities, including options and futures contracts, as any ADVISER client, either parallel to the transaction being effected for the client or against the trade being made or recommended for the client.
4. Short Sales of a Security Held by a Client . Employees may not engage in MLP security short sales of any kind. Short sales of securities outside the MLP sector will be evaluated by the Compliance Officer.
5. Use of Confidential or Material, Nonpublic Information . Employees may not buy or sell any security if they have material, nonpublic information about the security, or the market for the security, obtained in the course of his or her employment with ADVISER or otherwise, without first reporting the information to the Compliance Officer and obtaining the Compliance Officer’s prior approval for the trade.
6. Pre-Clearance . As the ADVISER maintains an absolute prohibition against any personal trades of any MLP security, pre-clearance is not applicable for MLP securities. Approval for other non-MLP personal securities transactions is not yet required.
VII. | Reports of Securities Holdings and Identification of Employee-Related Accounts . |
ADVISER has adopted the following procedures concerning the reporting requirements for “Employee-Related Accounts.” An Employee-Related Account is any personal brokerage account of an employee or any other brokerage account in which an ADVISER employee has a direct or indirect beneficial
13 |
interest and over which the employee exercises any control or influence. An Employee-Related Account includes any account of a member of an employee’s Immediate Family but excludes any account over which the employee exercises no control or influence (i.e., an account over which some other third person or entity exercises exclusive discretionary authority).
A. | Pre-Clearance of Securities Transactions in Employee-Related Accounts . |
Pre-Clearance of trades is not yet required by the ADVISER. Any questions regarding whether a trade is permitted or impermissible should be directed to the Compliance Officer or the General Counsel prior to effectuating the transaction in question.
B. | Reporting and Other Requirements Applicable to Employee-Related Accounts . |
All Employee-Related Accounts must be maintained at broker-dealers or financial institutions that agree to and provide ADVISER with duplicate copies of all confirmations and periodic statements for these accounts. Each employee is required to promptly notify the Compliance Officer or General Counsel in writing of the opening or existence of all of his or her Employee-Related Accounts, along with information concerning: (1) the name and number of each account; and, (2) the name and address of the broker-dealer or financial institution at which each account is maintained. The Compliance Officer or General Counsel must also be advised promptly of the closing of any Employee-Related Account.
As further noted below, each employee must also send to the broker-dealer or financial institution maintaining each Employee-Related Account a letter authorizing and requesting that it forward duplicate confirmations of all trades and duplicate periodic statements, as well as any other information or documents as the Compliance Officer may request, directly to ADVISER. A form letter drafted for this purpose is attached as Attachment 4, Form E. Alternatively, employees may provide copies of brokerage statements to the Compliance Officer on a monthly basis.
Only those persons ADVISER assigns to review employee personal trades will have access to duplicate confirmations and periodic account statements for Employee-Related Accounts. These materials will be kept confidential, but ADVISER’s officers, the SEC, and other governmental bodies authorized by law may inspect these materials.
C. | Duplicate Confirmations and Account Statements . |
As mentioned above, an alternative to filing quarterly reports of personal securities transactions or providing monthly brokerage statements, which are otherwise required of ADVISER’s employees, employees may arrange to have the broker-dealers or other financial institutions maintaining their personal securities accounts provide ADVISER with duplicate confirmations and periodic account statements. To use this alternative method of meeting ADVISER’s reporting obligations, an employee should notify the Compliance Officer and complete the Notification of Securities Account Form attached as Attachment 4, Form E. The Compliance Officer will help make any necessary arrangements.
VIII. | Protection of Confidential Information Concerning Client Recommendations or Advice . |
ADVISER has adopted the following policies and procedures to limit access to information relating to decisions as to what advice or recommendations should be given to clients (“Advisory Information”) and to those of ADVISER’s officers, directors, and employees who have a legitimate need to know that information.
14 |
A. Obligations of Advisory Persons . In handling Advisory Information, employees shall take appropriate measures to protect the confidentiality of this information. Specifically, employees shall refrain from:
· | Disclosing Advisory Information to anyone other than another employee, inside or outside of ADVISER (including any employee of an affiliate), except on a strict need-to-know basis and under circumstances that make it reasonable to believe that the information will not be misused or improperly disclosed by the recipient; and, |
· | Engaging in transactions or recommending or suggesting that any person (other than an ADVISER client) engage in transactions in any security to which the Advisory Information relates. |
B. | General Policy Concerning Affiliates . |
As a general matter, no employee of an affiliate of ADVISER should seek or obtain access to Advisory Information. The only exceptions are employees of affiliates who make or participate in decisions as to what advice or recommendations should be given to clients, whose duties or functions relate to the making of these recommendations, or who otherwise have a legitimate need to know this information. If an ADVISER employee should come into possession of Advisory Information an employee of an ADVISER affiliate has disclosed, he or she should refrain from either disclosing the information to others or engaging in transactions (or recommending or suggesting that any person engage in transactions) in the securities, or options or derivatives related to the securities, to which this information relates.
IX. | Monitoring Compliance with Insider Trading and Tipping Policies and Procedures . |
ADVISER’s Compliance Officer or General Counsel, as appropriate, shall review duplicate confirmations and periodic account statements for officer and director accounts. This review is designed to: (1) ensure the propriety of the officer’s or director’s trading activity; (2) avoid possible conflicts of interest; and, (3) identify transactions that may violate the prohibitions regarding insider trading and manipulative and deceptive devices contained in the federal and state securities laws and SEC rules.
The Compliance Officer or General Counsel, as appropriate, shall report immediately to the Managing Partner any findings of possible irregularity or impropriety.
X. | Regulatory, Legal, Press, and Other Inquiries . |
As a general matter, no employee shall disclose to anyone outside ADVISER any confidential information concerning ADVISER, its affiliates, or its clients without the Compliance Officer’s prior approval.
A. | Requests from or Visits by Regulatory Authorities . |
All contacts, inquiries, or requests — written or oral — for information or documents by governmental or self-regulatory authorities, including representatives of the SEC or any state regulator, should be reported immediately to the Compliance Officer. In the case of telephone requests, the employee receiving the request should make sure to obtain the name, agency, address, and telephone number of the representative making the request.
15 |
B. | Inquiries from the Press . |
Any inquiries from members of the press concerning ADVISER or its services should be referred to the Managing Partner, the General Counsel, or the Compliance Officer.
C. | Other Requests . |
Attorneys, accountants, broker-dealers, other investment advisers, credit agencies, or others may request information about ADVISER or its affiliates, clients, or employees. Any request for information that ADVISER does not generally release in the normal course of business to persons outside of ADVISER should be referred to the Compliance Officer.
D. | Subpoenas or Other Legal Process . |
Only authorized officers may accept legal process on behalf of ADVISER. If someone attempts to serve an employee with legal process on behalf of ADVISER, he or she must refuse it and immediately contact the Compliance Officer or General Counsel. If an employee is personally served with a subpoena, and the subpoena relates directly to ADVISER or its affiliates, clients, or employees, he or she should notify the Compliance Officer or General Counsel immediately.
XI. | Compliance with State Notification and Licensing Requirements . |
A. | State Investment Adviser Notice Filings and Investment Adviser Representative Licensing . |
ADVISER is registered with the SEC as an investment adviser. As such, ADVISER is not required to be registered as an investment adviser with any state, given that ADVISER has more than $25 million in total assets under management. ADVISER must maintain this level of assets under management to remain registered with the SEC and thus to be exempt from state registration. ADVISER may be required however to make notice filings (generally, Form ADV) in states where ADVISER does business.
The SEC does not register investment adviser representatives or agents. However, personnel who provide advice or market advisory services to clients remain subject to state investment adviser representative licensing and qualification requirements. Generally, any officer, director, or employee who regularly solicits, meets with, or otherwise communicates with advisory clients must be licensed and registered in every state in which he or she has a place of business, unless more than 90% of those advisory clients are institutions or natural persons who: (1) have more than $1.5 million in net worth (including assets held jointly with his or her spouse); or, (2) place at least $750,000 in assets under ADVISER’s management. For these purposes, Individual Retirement Accounts should be treated as accounts of “natural persons.” Because the bulk of ADVISER’s clientele consists of institutions and high net worth individuals, ADVISER does not expect that state registration of adviser representatives will be required. However, ADVISER must make a determination in each case before entering into any such advisory contract.
For these reasons, before soliciting or accepting business from any new client who is a natural person, employees must first check with the Compliance Officer or General Counsel, who will verify that ADVISER may provide investment advice to that prospective advisory client in the state where he or she resides or take steps to obtain necessary licenses required, if any, before accepting that account. Penalties for violations of state laws may include public censure, civil monetary fines, a bar from doing business in a particular state, and even criminal sanctions in serious cases. ADVISER might also be required to disclose these sanctions to its other clients. In addition, many states give clients rescission rights (in effect, a “put” to the adviser if the client
16 |
loses money), if an adviser has not complied with state licensing requirements. For these reasons, it is critical that prospects for new advisory clients be discussed with the Compliance Officer or General Counsel before accepting business from any new advisory client who is a natural person .
B. | Qualification as a Foreign Corporation . |
Under the laws of most jurisdictions, any firm “transacting” or “doing” any “business” in a jurisdiction is required to qualify as a foreign corporation in that jurisdiction, unless ADVISER is incorporated in that jurisdiction. A firm is not qualified as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction simply because it files “notice” filings in that state.
Whether a firm is “doing” or “transacting” any “business” in a given jurisdiction has significance beyond mere compliance with foreign corporation qualification laws. Often these activities also determine whether a corporation is subject to a jurisdiction’s personal jurisdiction, service of process, or income and business taxation. In addition, certain jurisdictions have enacted so-called “door closing” statutes that deny to unqualified foreign corporations “doing” or “transacting” any “business” within the jurisdiction the right to maintain an action in the courts of that jurisdiction.
The concept of “doing” or “transacting” any “business” is not precisely defined. A foreign corporation may be “doing” or “transacting” “business”” within a jurisdiction when it transacts some substantial part of its ordinary business there. Nevertheless, business activities that are related exclusively to interstate (as compared to intrastate ) commerce do not constitute “doing” or “transacting” “business” within a given state.
ADVISER is organized in the State of Delaware and is qualified as a foreign corporation in certain states, including Pennsylvania. To help ensure that ADVISER does not engage in any activities that may be deemed to be “doing” or “transacting” any “business” within any other jurisdiction in which ADVISER is not incorporated or qualified as a foreign corporation, ADVISER will not:
· | Maintain offices, mailing addresses, or telephone numbers (other than toll-free, 800 numbers) or directory listings outside of Pennsylvania; or, |
· | Advertise in newspapers or magazines, other than those that are published in Pennsylvania or that maintain nationwide circulation. |
In addition, it must be made clear to clients and prospective clients that no agreement with ADVISER to act as an investment adviser will be effective unless and until ADVISER approves this agreement at its home office in Pennsylvania.
If employees have any questions whether certain activities may require that ADVISER qualify as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction, they should contact the Compliance Officer or General Counsel immediately.
17 |
XII. | Marketing Materials and Advertising . |
A. | Regulatory Background . |
Detailed rules under the Advisers Act govern investment advisers’ use of advertising and sales literature. In particular, Advisers Act Rule 206(4)-1 prohibits an investment adviser from using advertising or sales literature that: (1) refers to any testimonial concerning the investment adviser or any service rendered by the investment adviser; (2) refers (except in certain circumstances) to past specific recommendations of the investment adviser that were or would have been profitable; (3) represents that any graph, chart, or formula offered by the investment adviser can be used to determine which securities to buy or sell, or when to buy or sell them, unless the advertisement contains prominent disclosures as to the limitations of the graphs, charts, or formulae and the difficulties with respect to their use; (4) states that any report or service will be furnished free unless the report or service will in fact be furnished entirely free (i.e., without any condition or obligation); or, (5) contains a false or misleading statement of a material fact.
The SEC defines “advertising and sales literature” to include any notice, circular, letter, or other written communication addressed to more than one person; any notice or other announcement in any publication, or by radio or television, that offers any report, analysis, graph, chart, or formula concerning securities or to be used in determining what securities to buy or sell; or, any other investment advisory service with regard to securities. This is a broad definition and includes items not normally considered advertisements, such as form letters to clients that accompany account statements or even text boxes in those statements.
In addition, any materials concerning ADVISER’s advisory services given to only one prospective client (as in the case of a one-on-one presentation) are subject to the general anti-fraud provisions of the federal securities laws. Advertisements presenting the past performance of ADVISER accounts must meet SEC rules and interpretations and contain required disclaimers and legends.
B. | Guidelines for Marketing Materials and Advertising . |
· | There must be no “testimonials” of any kind. Testimonials are statements of present or former clients that refer to the adviser. |
· | A partial list of clients is permitted, so long as performance does not determine whether the client’s name is included. |
· | A partial list of recommendations may be given if the securities are selected based on objective, non-performance-based factors, those same factors are used for each successive list, and the advertisement does not discuss the amount of profits or losses of these selected securities. |
· | Actual performance may be given if it represents all of the accounts in a particular program or strategy. If some accounts are to be excluded, this exclusion, the reason for it, and the effect of exclusion on reported performance, must be disclosed. The best-performing accounts must not be isolated for reporting performance. |
· | Model performance may be used if the material fully discloses all material facts about the model, including: |
§ | The effect of material market or economic conditions on the results; |
§ | Advisory fees, brokerage commissions, and other expenses a client would have paid; |
§ | Whether dividends have been reinvested; |
18 |
§ | The objectives or strategies used in managing the model; |
§ | If comparing model results to an index, any differences between them, such as the number of positions, the reinvestment of dividends, and fees or expenses a client would have paid; and, |
§ | The statement “ Past performance does not guarantee future performance .” |
· | Gross performance may be presented in an advertisement or a one-on-one meeting, if net performance is presented with equal prominence in a format that allows easy comparison of the two and the performance is accompanied by an explanation of how performance was calculated. |
· | Performance attained at a former employer may be “portable.” Consult the General Counsel however before using performance achieved elsewhere. |
· | Using the title “Investment Counsel” is prohibited, because ADVISER’s principal business is not as an investment adviser and a substantial part of its business is not rendering investment supervisory services. |
C. | Firm Procedures Concerning Marketing Materials and Advertising . |
Before any marketing materials or advertising concerning ADVISER or its services is published or distributed to clients or prospective clients, the Compliance Officer or General Counsel must review and approve it. This applies not only to materials that are to be sent to more than one client or prospective client but to all materials to be provided at one-on-one conferences with clients or prospective clients.
All questions concerning whether a given communication constitutes advertising or sales literature, or whether an item of marketing material or advertising has been approved for distribution, should be directed to the Compliance Officer or General Counsel.
XIII. | Solicitation of Prospective Clients . |
As a registered investment adviser, ADVISER must disclose to each prospective client information concerning ADVISER’s background and business practices and obtain from each client information about its financial situation and investment objectives.
A. | Disclosing Information to Prospective Clients . |
When entering into advisory contracts, ADVISER is required to deliver to each client a written disclosure statement describing ADVISER at least two calendar days before entering into any advisory agreement with the client, or ADVISER may deliver the disclosure document at the time ADVISER enters into the agreement with the client if the client may terminate the agreement without penalty within five business days. Each year, ADVISER either must deliver the disclosure document to each existing client or offer in writing to deliver it to the client on request and without charge.
19 |
ADVISER uses its current Form ADV Part II as ADVISER’s written disclosure statement. ADVISER personnel involved with managing client accounts or marketing should have a working understanding of the information contained in Part II.
ADVISER’s agreements require each new client to acknowledge receipt of the Form ADV, Part II. Before opening a new client account, it is the responsibility of all ADVISER employees to make sure that the prospective client has in fact received a current copy of ADVISER’s Form ADV Part II or a separate brochure and has acknowledged receipt of the document.
The Compliance Officer shall take steps to ensure that, at least annually, all existing clients receive or are offered in writing a current copy of Part II of the Form ADV or a separate brochure.
B. | Obtaining Information about Prospective Clients . |
As a fiduciary, ADVISER must obtain sufficient information about its clients to ensure that the client’s account is managed consistent with the client’s needs, financial circumstances, and investment objectives. The Compliance Officer will coordinate with other personnel responsible for servicing client accounts to ensure that this information is periodically requested and obtained from clients. Any changes to client information is presumed to be material.
C. | Arrangements with Third-Party Solicitors . |
On occasion, ADVISER may enter into arrangements with a third party to solicit or refer clients to ADVISER for a fee. These arrangements are subject to strict SEC regulation. In addition, the laws of some states require that third-party solicitors themselves be registered with the state as investment advisers or investment adviser agents. Under Advisers Act Rule 206(4)-3, the following conditions must be met before referral or solicitation fees can be paid to third-party solicitors:
· | ADVISER must have a written agreement with the solicitor that: (1) describes the activities the solicitor will perform and the compensation it will receive; (2) includes the solicitor’s promise to comply with ADVISER’s instructions and applicable law; and, (3) requires the solicitor, at the time of the solicitation, to deliver to each prospective client current copies of ADVISER’s Form ADV Part II, as well as a separate written disclosure statement that sets forth the names of the solicitor and ADVISER, describes ADVISER’s arrangements with the solicitors, discloses that the solicitor will be paid for solicitation activities, and describes the specific terms of compensation (including whether ADVISER will pass on to clients all or part of the cost of the solicitation fees); |
· | ADVISER must keep a copy of the written agreement as part of its books and records; |
· | ADVISER must obtain from each client so solicited, before or at the time of entering into an investment management agreement with the client, a signed and dated statement acknowledging the client’s receipt of its brochure and the solicitor’s written disclosure statement, copies of which ADVISER must retain in its files; |
· | No solicitation fee may be paid to any person who is subject to a statutory disqualification (as set forth in Sections 203(e) and (f) of the Advisers Act, which includes certain financially related felonies and misdemeanors and SEC enforcement actions); and, |
20 |
· | ADVISER must make a good-faith effort to determine whether the solicitor is in compliance with the terms of the agreement and have a reasonable basis for believing that the solicitor is in fact in compliance. |
In addition, if the solicited client is an advisory client of the solicitor and is subject to ERISA, ADVISER must inform the solicitor that the solicitor must either waive the solicitation fee or offset its own management fee by the amount of the solicitation fees it receives as a result of the ERISA client’s investment.
Neither ADVISER nor any employee may pay, or agree to pay, any cash fee to any third person in exchange for the person’s soliciting clients for, or referring clients to, ADVISER, except in accordance with these requirements and with the prior approval of the Compliance Officer. Non-cash fees are not permitted, including the promise of brokerage commissions in exchange for referrals.
No referred client may be charged a higher management or any other type of fee as a result of the solicitation arrangement.
D. | Acting as a Solicitor for Other Advisers . |
ADVISER may enter into arrangements with a third-party adviser to act as solicitor for that adviser. The same SEC rules as noted above apply in this situation, and the ADVISER employee acting as the solicitor may be required to register with one or more states as an investment adviser agent. An ADVISER employee that wishes to act as a solicitor for a third party adviser that is registered only with one or more states, or that is not registered with the SEC or any state, must first obtain the Compliance Officer’s written approval. Under Advisers Act Rule 206(4)-3, ADVISER must adhere to the following conditions before ADVISER can receive referral or solicitation fees:
· | ADVISER must have a written agreement with the third party adviser that: (1) describes the solicitation activities ADVISER will perform and the compensation ADVISER and the employee will receive; (2) includes ADVISER’s promise to comply with the third party’s instructions and applicable law; and (3) requires ADVISER, at the time of the solicitation, to deliver to each prospective client current copies of the third party adviser’s Form ADV Part II, as well as a separate written disclosure statement that sets forth the names of the ADVISER and the third party adviser, describes ADVISER’s arrangements with the third party adviser, discloses that ADVISER will be paid for solicitation activities, and describes the specific terms of compensation (including whether the third party adviser will pass on to clients all or part of the cost of the solicitation fees); and, |
· | No ADVISER employee that is subject to a statutory disqualification (as set forth in Sections 203(e) and (f) of the Advisers Act, which includes certain financially related felonies and misdemeanors and SEC enforcement actions). |
ADVISER may solicit its own advisory clients for a third party adviser. For example, a third party adviser that sponsors a hedge fund may pay ADVISER to solicit its own advisory clients to invest in that fund. This situation, however, presents a conflict of interest for ADVISER, which as a fiduciary must act in its clients’ best interests. Additional compensation in the form of solicitation fees may affect an adviser’s judgment. It is imperative that when ADVISER personnel solicit ADVISER advisory clients for another adviser, they emphasize that ADVISER and the employee will be paid additional compensation that could influence its recommendation. This disclosure must be made even to clients that have given ADVISER complete discretion over their accounts.
21 |
In addition, if the solicited ADVISER client is subject to ERISA, ADVISER must either waive the solicitation fee or offset its own management fee by the amount of the solicitation fees it receives as a result of the ERISA client’s investment.
Neither ADVISER nor any employee may act or agree to act as a solicitor for any third-party adviser for cash compensation except in accordance with these requirements and with the prior approval of the Compliance Officer. Non-cash fees are not permitted, including accepting the promise of brokerage commissions in exchange for referrals.
E. | Investment Management Agreements . |
Section 205 of the Advisers Act and Rules 205-1 through 205-3 govern the contents of agreements between an investment adviser and its clients. Forms of Advisory Agreements are included as Attachment 5. Neither ADVISER nor any of its employees may enter into an investment management agreement with any client except with the prior approval of the Managing Partner or General Counsel of ADVISER. Please refer to Section XV below for details about the investment management agreement.
XIV. | Performance of Investment Advisory Activities . |
A. | Who May Give Investment Advice or Exercise Investment Discretion . |
Only the Portfolio Manager may determine the investment advice to be given to clients.
B. | Compliance with Client Investment Guidelines; Suitability of Advice and Recommendations . |
It is the responsibility of the Portfolio Manager and Portfolio Strategist to ensure that each client’s account is managed in accordance with: (1) the client’s written investment objectives, guidelines, or restrictions, if any; and, (2) the terms of ADVISER’s investment management agreement with that client. In addition, when recommending securities or a particular investment strategy to a client, the Portfolio Manager must have reasonable grounds for believing that the recommendation or strategy is suitable for the client on whose behalf it is made, based on the Portfolio Manager’s knowledge of relevant information concerning the client’s stated and current investment objectives, financial position and needs, ability and willingness to accept risks, other securities positions or investments, and any other relevant factors that should influence an investment decision.
In the case of an institutional client, the client investment guidelines are of chief importance, but other relevant factors may include the present size of the account, expected inflow and outflow of funds, and, in the case of pension or profit-sharing-plan clients, plan provisions, the type of plan, the number of participants, and the age distribution of those participants.
C. | Brokerage Discretion . |
1. Best Execution . The Portfolio Manager may consider numerous factors in arranging for the purchase and sale of clients’ portfolio securities. These include any legal restrictions, such as those imposed under the securities laws and ERISA, and any client-imposed restrictions. Within these constraints, the Portfolio Manager shall employ or deal with members of securities exchanges and other brokers and dealers or banks as ADVISER approves, including ADVISER itself, that will, in the Portfolio Manager’s judgment,
22 |
provide “best execution” (i.e., prompt and reliable execution at the most favorable price obtainable under the prevailing market conditions) for a particular transaction for the client’s account. ADVISER generally will be used to execute client transactions, unless this would not result in best execution or the client has requested another arrangement.
In determining the abilities of a broker-dealer or bank to obtain best execution of portfolio transactions, ADVISER and its portfolio managers will consider all relevant factors, including:
· | The execution capabilities the transactions require; |
· | The ability and willingness of the broker-dealer or bank to facilitate the accounts’ portfolio transactions by participating for its own account; |
· | The importance to the account of speed, efficiency, and confidentiality; |
· | The apparent familiarity of the broker-dealer or bank with sources from or to whom particular securities might be purchased or sold; |
· | The reputation and perceived soundness of the broker-dealer or bank; and, |
· | Other matters relevant to the selection of a broker-dealer or bank for portfolio transactions for any account. |
ADVISER and the portfolio managers also should be aware of the current level of the charges of eligible broker-dealers and banks, minimizing the expense incurred for effecting portfolio transactions to the extent consistent with the interests and policies of client accounts. However, ADVISER will not seek in advance competitive bidding for the most favorable commission rate applicable to any particular portfolio transaction or select any broker-dealer or bank on the basis of its purported or “posted” commission rate structure.
Note also that ADVISER does not engage in “soft dollar” arrangements.
2. Directed Brokerage . ADVISER will enter into directed brokerage arrangements at a client’s request; i.e., if the client directs ADVISER to execute all trades through an ADVISER affiliate or another broker-dealer. Because this arrangement may influence ADVISER to trade a client’s account more frequently through an ADVISER affiliate and thus presents ADVISER with a conflict of interest, ADVISER personnel must discuss this conflict with the client, and the client must sign a directed brokerage agreement that states that percentage of trades ADVISER will execute, the limit on the aggregate amount of commissions, and the commission rate.
D. | Principal and Agency Cross Transaction Procedures . |
A “principal transaction” is a transaction in which ADVISER or an affiliate acts as principal for its own account in selling securities to or purchasing securities from a client account.
Under the Advisers Act, ADVISER is prohibited from engaging in principal transactions with its clients without first disclosing to the client in writing, before the transaction settles, the capacity in which ADVISER is acting and obtaining the client’s specific consent to the transaction. This disclosure must be given and client consent obtained on a transaction-by-transaction basis. Blanket consents are not permitted.
23 |
The disclosure provided to clients must be written; however, the client’s consent may be oral, provided a written record of the time, date, and ADVISER employee receiving the client’s consent is made and kept in the client’s file. A follow-up letter should be sent promptly to the client confirming the consent. The restrictions on principal trades reach affiliates of ADVISER. Therefore, ADVISER may not effect a trade for a client with any ADVISER affiliate listed on Attachment 7 when that affiliate acts as principal, unless the disclosure is given and consent received.
If the client is an ERISA account, and ADVISER has investment discretion in the transaction, neither ADVISER nor any affiliate may act as principal under any circumstances.
An “agency cross transaction” is a transaction in which ADVISER or an affiliate acts as an investment adviser in a transaction for an advisory client and ADVISER or an affiliate acts as a broker for both sides of the transaction. Agency cross transactions also require prior disclosure and client consent on a trade-by-trade basis or comply with Advisers Act Rule 206(3)-2, which allows clients to give a “blanket” consent to agency cross trades, provided that ADVISER sends the client periodic statements describing the cross trades, and neither ADVISER nor any ADVISER affiliate recommended the trade to both buyer and seller. ADVISER may enter into cross trades involving ERISA clients under similar restrictions.
An internal cross trade occurs when ADVISER causes one account to sell to another account with no commission or other charges imposed. Internal crosses are permitted so long as the transaction is in the best interests of both accounts. Internal crosses are not permitted for ERISA accounts, and special rules apply when one party to an internal cross is a registered investment company (see Rule 17a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940).
Before effecting a principal, agency cross, or internal cross transaction for any client, employees must confirm ADVISER’s ability to execute the trade with the Compliance Officer.
E. | Batching of Orders and Allocation Procedures . |
The regulation of ADVISER’s trading practices generally is based on the broad fiduciary duties owed by HARVEST to its clients under the Advisers Act. As an investment adviser, HARVEST owes a fiduciary duty of loyalty to each of its clients requiring it to act in their best interests and to treat clients fairly with respect to each other. It is this fiduciary duty that is the basic principle underlying these trade allocation procedures.
As used herein, an “account” refers to any separately managed account, sub-account, or investment product, such as a private pooled fund or wrap fee account for which HARVEST provides investment advice.
In general, investment decisions for a client are made in accordance with the investment objectives, guidelines, and restrictions governing that account and are independent of investment decisions made for other clients (or accounts). However, because investment decisions frequently affect more than one account, it is inevitable that, at times, it will be desirable to acquire or dispose of the same securities for more than one client account at or around the same time. The allocation of trades among these client accounts presents concerns central to an investment adviser’s duty to ensure that each client receives fair treatment in the trading process. These concerns could be elevated for accounts, if any, where HARVEST receives performance-based compensation.
Accordingly, the procedures outlined below are designed to ensure that investment opportunities are allocated equitably among different client accounts. These procedures also seek to ensure reasonable
24 |
efficiency in client transactions and to provide portfolio managers with flexibility to use allocation methodologies appropriate to their investment disciplines and client base.
1. | Summary of Procedures |
· | Whenever possible, trades in the same security transacted on behalf of more than one account will be aggregated in order to facilitate best execution and to reduce brokerage commissions and other costs. Transactions may not be aggregated unless such aggregation is consistent with the duty to obtain best execution. |
· | The aggregated transactions will be effected on an objective basis and in a manner designed to ensure that no participating account is favored over any other client. When possible, securities bought or sold in an aggregated transaction will be allocated on a pro-rata basis among the participating client accounts. |
· | Each account participating in an aggregated trade will pay the average share price for that aggregated trade. |
· | When possible, the Portfolio Manager should determine each account’s allocation before the transaction is submitted to the Trader and should document the allocation in the Portfolio Manager’s Dashboard file, or if not available, a comparable hard-copy form. |
· | In situations where investment opportunities are too limited for all accounts to share (even on an allocated basis), such transactions will be allocated in an objective manner, such as on a rotation basis that the portfolio manager, in good faith, determines to be a fair and equitable allocation. |
· | Where it is not possible to aggregate a client account order with other managed accounts (due to the structure of the client’s account; i.e., wrap fee products or regulatory prohibitions), it is the Portfolio Manager’s responsibility to manage the investment process to ensure that all accounts receive fair and equitable treatment over time. |
2. | Allocation Procedures – Aggregated Trades . |
As a general rule, all contemporaneous client trades in the same security for accounts will be aggregated in a single order (if the terms are the same or for orders at the market). Exceptions are discussed below in Section 9. Orders will be executed in the order entered and each participating account will receive a pro-rata portion of the executed orders at the price averaged across all orders.
3. | Allocation Procedures – Allocation Methodologies . |
In general, all accounts participating in an aggregated transaction will participate on a pro-rata, percentage, or other objective basis. Such allocation is intended to occur concurrent with the trade, such that the asset received cannot be allocated on a preferential basis to any one account. Under certain circumstances, including but not limited to cash balances, current position/portfolio weightings, investment guidelines, funding dates, or capital flows, the amount of securities allocated to an account may be increased or decreased.
25 |
The basic allocation methodologies are as follows:
a. | General . |
· | Subject to the exceptions noted above, securities bought and sold in an aggregated transaction will be allocated on a pro-rata basis to the participating client accounts. |
· | Any change in allocation during the trading day will be subject to approval by the CCO or COO. Limited exceptions apply where the Portfolio Manager, the Portfolio Strategist, or the Trader determines that the documentation clearly shows that the incorrect allocation was simply an administrative error as opposed to a change in investment decision or in order to correct an investment guideline violation. |
· | Percentage allocation formulas can be used in place of a pro-rata allocation. |
b. | Initial Public Offerings and Secondary Offerings . |
· | Initial public offerings (“IPOs”) and secondary offerings (hereinafter “Offering Shares”) of equity securities will be allocated as per the general allocation rules noted; however, given the size of many of HARVEST’S client accounts, if Offering Shares were allocated based solely on a pro-rata allocation method, one client could conceivably consume virtually all of the allocation that HARVEST receives. Additionally, it may not be possible to adequately build proper portfolio position sizing for larger accounts, given Offering Share allocations or market liquidity. Accordingly, all accounts with assets over $100 million are capped at $100 million for purposes of Offering Shares. |
· | The Portfolio Manager is responsible for determining whether to place an order for any Offering Shares for each client account HARVEST manages. Only those client accounts for which the proposed investment is determined by the Portfolio Manager to be suitable shall be eligible to submit an order for Offering Shares. |
· | Exceptions to the pro rata with accounts capped at $100 million allocation methodology for Offering Shares may be utilized in the event that a fund or account has a different cash position due to, among other reasons, funding dates or capital flows. For example, if smaller accounts have their positions filled, it is permissible for the Portfolio Manager to buy additional shares for a larger account above the $100 million cap. Exceptions, if any, must be reviewed and approved by the CCO or COO no later than one hour after the opening of the market on the trading day following the day the order was executed. |
c. | Other Methods of Allocation . |
In certain situations, other methods of trade allocation are permissible provided that all accounts receive fair and equitable treatment and the reason for the different allocation is explained and approved by the CCO or COO no later than one hour after the opening of the market on the trading day following the day the order was executed.
4. | Rotation . |
In situations where average daily trading volumes are too low for a trade to be effectively allocated among all accounts, such investment opportunities may be allocated by rotation, provided that the rotation system implemented results in fair access to such investment opportunities for all accounts over time. The
26 |
rotation protocol is not designed for trade executions relating to investing of new accounts or client-directed contributions or withdrawals of assets.
In implementing such a rotation policy, the ADVISER shall group accounts and funds traded by HARVEST as follows:
· | Accounts and funds managed by HARVEST shall be grouped in one trading list entitled Group One. This list shall include the wrap accounts managed for Credit Suisse. |
· | The wrap accounts managed on behalf of Goldman, Sachs & Co. shall be grouped in a separate list entitled Group Two. |
· | On the first trading day, when the trade rotation policy is implemented, Group One shall trade first, followed by Group Two. On the next day the trade rotation is implemented, Group Two shall trade first, followed by Group One. |
· | In the event the trade rotation is implemented for more than one security as part of a trading program, ADVISER will trade each security in the same rotation. For example, if three securities are part of the trading program, ADVISER will begin trading all three securities at the same time. Each security will be traded independently, but will follow the same rotational trading list order. Certain securities may be traded more quickly or slowly than others depending on liquidity, market conditions, and other factors. |
· | Special situations may arise during a trade cycle, which may cause different allocation methods to be used. Exceptions to the normal guidelines must be approved by the CCO or COO. |
5. | Price Averaging . |
If an aggregated order is filled in a series of transactions at several different prices, participating accounts should participate at the average share price received in those transactions.
6. | Costs . |
Costs incurred on an aggregated transaction should be shared pro-rata based on each account’s order size.
7. | Partial Fills . |
If a trade is not completed within a given day, the following procedures applicable to "partial fills" will be used. Each day's fill will be allocated on a pro-rata basis among each participating account at the close of business that day at the average price, if applicable. In addition, when the total final execution amount of a trade order is materially less than the amount of the requested order, certain accounts may be removed entirely from the list of participants, and the amount of the allocation can be adjusted to avoid inefficient results. When an allocation is changed for this reason, an explanatory note should be included in the Portfolio Manager’s Dashboard or similar hard-copy form.
27 |
8. | Different Types of Accounts . |
ADVISER manages several different types of accounts: for example, institutional accounts, ERISA accounts, incentive fee accounts, investment partnership accounts in which HARVEST employees may participate as limited partners, and portfolios on a sub-advisory basis. Because of the different fee structures and investment involvement, ADVISER may be viewed as having a reason to favor the performance of one account over another. The Portfolio Manager should be sensitive to such appearances when making allocation decisions. In order to avoid any appearance of favoritism in the allocation of trades, transactions should be aggregated, price-averaged, and allocated on an objective pro-rata basis as often as possible.
9. | Exceptions. |
All exceptions to standard allocation/rotation procedures must be documented and approved by the CCO or COO. Permissible bases for deviating from standard pro-rata allocation methods include:
· | Cash limitations or excess cash. |
· | Specific overriding client instructions. |
· | Existing portfolio composition and applicable industry, sector, or capitalization weightings. |
· | Partial fill of trade order; actual transaction amount is too small to allocate among original participants. |
· | Small account; allocation may be adjusted to minimize custodian fees and transaction charges for small accounts or otherwise to improve the efficiency of the transaction. |
· | Undesirable position size; in certain cases the amount allocated to an account on a pro-rata basis may create an undesirably small or undesirably large position, warranting an appropriate adjustment. |
· | Need to restore appropriate weightings if client portfolio has become distorted. |
· | Client sensitivity to turnover (these accounts may be excluded from participation in positions that are not expected to be long term holdings). |
· | Client tax status or tax considerations that differ among taxable and tax-exempt accounts given the unique tax issues accompanying investments in MLPs. |
· | Accounts that utilize swap trades versus equity trades. |
Permissible bases for not aggregating client trades include:
· | Use of limit orders, which may preclude effective bunching. |
· | Trading inefficiencies created by bunching. |
· | Trades that are motivated by different factors creating inconsistent price/execution considerations. |
28 |
10. | Short Sales |
Generally, a security that is sold short for an account, such as a hedge fund, should not be held long in a long-only account managed by ADVISER. Exceptions to this policy may be permitted only upon a determination by the Portfolio Manager that the sale is justified in light of the different investment programs and that the short sale will not negatively impact the positions in the other accounts. The Portfolio Manager should document this determination in the Dashboard and should seek approval from the CCO or COO. A security sold short that is not held long in a long-only account managed by the ADVISER does not require this determination or documentation.
F. | Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures . |
Unless directed otherwise by contract, the ADVISER generally is responsible for voting proxies with respect to securities held in client accounts, including clients that are pension plans (“plans”) subject to ERISA. This document sets forth ADVISER’s policy with respect to proxy voting and its procedures to comply with SEC Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. Specifically, Rule 206(4)-6 requires that ADVISER:
· | Adopt and implement written policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure that ADVISER votes client securities in the best interest of those clients; |
· | Disclose to clients how they may obtain information as to how ADVISER voted proxies for their securities; and, |
· | Describe proxy voting policies and procedures to clients and furnish them a copy of ADVISER policies and procedures on request. |
ADVISER does not respond to legal actions, such as notices of class action suits or bankruptcy filings relating to securities held in a clients’ account. ADVISER arranges for these materials to be forwarded to clients. ADVISER may, but is not obligated to, respond to corporate actions, such as tender offers and rights offerings.
1. Objective . Where ADVISER is given responsibility for voting proxies, reasonable steps must be taken under the circumstances to ensure that proxies are received and voted in the best interests of clients, which generally means voting proxies with a view toward enhancing the value of securities held in client accounts.
The financial interest of ADVISER clients is the primary consideration in determining how proxies should be voted. In the case of social and political responsibility issues that in ADVISER’s view do not primarily involve financial considerations, it is not possible to represent fairly the diverse views of all clients and thus, unless a client has provided other instructions, ADVISER generally votes in accordance with its own recommendations on these issues, although on occasion ADVISER abstains from voting on such issues.
When making proxy-voting decisions, ADVISER generally adheres to its Proxy Voting Guidelines (the “Guidelines”), as revised from time to time by ADVISER’s Officers. These Guidelines are described generally in ADVISER’s Form ADV Part II and are made available to clients on request. The Guidelines set forth ADVISER’s positions on recurring issues and criteria for addressing non-recurring issues, and incorporate standing operating policies. The Guidelines are attached as Attachment 8.
29 |
2. Accounts for which ADVISER Has Proxy Voting Responsibility . ADVISER generally is responsible for voting proxies with respect to securities selected by ADVISER and held in client accounts. ADVISER is generally responsible for proxy voting unless the client has directed ADVISER to the contrary in writing. As a general rule, ADVISER does not, however, vote proxies for securities not selected by ADVISER but that are nevertheless held in a client account or where ADVISER otherwise is not vested with discretionary authority over securities held in a client account.
Although clients may reserve to themselves or assign to another person proxy voting responsibility, certain formalities must be observed in the case of ERISA plans. Where authority to manage ERISA plan assets has been delegated to ADVISER, this delegation automatically includes responsibility to vote proxies unless the named fiduciary that appointed ADVISER has expressly reserved to itself or another named fiduciary proxy voting responsibility. To be effective, a reservation of proxy voting responsibility for a given ERISA plan should:
· | Be in writing; |
· | State that ADVISER is “precluded” from voting proxies because proxy voting responsibility is reserved to an identified named fiduciary; and, |
· | Be consistent with the plan’s documents (which should provide for procedures for allocating responsibilities among named fiduciaries). |
3. Adherence to Client Proxy Voting Policies . Although clients do not always have proxy voting policies, if a client has such a policy and instructs ADVISER to follow it, ADVISER is required to comply with it except in any instance in which doing so would be contrary to the economic interests of the plan or otherwise imprudent or unlawful. In the case of ERISA plans, ADVISER, as a fiduciary, is required to discharge its duties in accordance with the documents governing the plan (insofar as they are consistent with ERISA). These documents include statements of proxy voting policy.
ADVISER must to the extent possible comply with each client’s proxy voting policy. If such policies conflict, ADVISER may vote proxies to reflect each policy in proportion to the respective client’s interest in any pooled account (unless doing so would be imprudent or otherwise inconsistent with applicable law).
4. Arrangements with Outside Services . Due to their GP/LP corporate structure, MLPs have limited proxy activity annually. As such, and in light of the limited universe of MLPs, ADVISER does not currently contract with an outside service to assist in voting proxies.
Although we may contact outside services to understand their client recommendations on proxy issues, ADVISER bears ultimate responsibility for proxy voting decisions. For ERISA plans for which ADVISER votes proxies, ADVISER is not relieved of its fiduciary responsibility by following the directions of a service such as ISS or the ERISA plans’ named fiduciaries or by delegating proxy voting responsibility to another person.
5. Conflicts . From time to time, proxy voting proposals may raise conflicts between the interests of Adviser’s clients and the interests of ADVISER and its employees. ADVISER must take certain steps designed to ensure that such conflicts have been addressed and must be able to demonstrate that those steps resulted in a decision to vote the proxies that was based on the clients' best interests and was not the product of such conflicts. For example, conflicts of interest may arise when:
30 |
· | Proxy votes regarding non-routine matters are solicited by an issuer that has an institutional separate account relationship with ADVISER; |
· | A proponent of a proxy proposal has a business relationship with ADVISER; |
· | ADVISER has business relationships with participants in proxy contests, corporate directors, or director candidates; |
· | An ADVISER employee has a personal interest in the outcome of a particular matter before shareholders; or, |
· | An ADVISER employee has a business or personal relationship with participants in proxy contests, corporate directors, or director candidates. |
ADVISER’s Officers are responsible for identifying proxy voting proposals that present a conflict of interest in accordance with such criteria as they may stipulate from time to time.
If ADVISER receives a proxy relating to an issuer that raises a conflict of interest, the Officers shall determine whether the conflict is “material” to any specific proposal included within the proxy, as follows:
· | Routine Proxy Proposals – Proxy proposals that are “routine” shall be presumed not to involve a material conflict of interest for ADVISER, unless the Officers have actual knowledge that a routine proposal should be treated as material. For this purpose, “routine” proposals would typically include matters such as an uncontested election of directors, meeting formalities, and approval of an annual report or financial statements. |
· | Non-Routine Proxy Proposals – Proxy proposals that are “non-routine” will be presumed to involve a material conflict of interest, unless the Officers determine that neither ADVISER nor its personnel have such a conflict of interest. For this purpose, “non-routine” proposals would typically include any contested matter, including a contested election of directors, a merger or sale of substantial assets, a change in the articles of incorporation that materially affects the rights of shareholders, and compensation matters for management (e.g., stock option plans, retirement plans, and profit sharing or other special remuneration plans). |
Although non-routine proposals are presumed to involve a material conflict of interest, the Officers may determine on a case-by-case basis that particular non-routine proposals do not involve a material conflict of interest. To make this determination, they may consider whether ADVISER’s employees may have a business or personal relationship with a participant in a proxy contest, the issuer itself, the issuer’s pension plan, or corporate directors or candidates for directorships, and will survey each of its employees to elicit whether any of them have such a business or personal relationship. The Officers will then record in writing the basis for any such determination.
For any proposal where the Officers determine that ADVISER has a material conflict of interest, ADVISER may vote a proxy regarding that proposal in any of the following ways:
· | Refer the Proposal to the Client – ADVISER may refer the proposal to the client and obtain instructions from the client on how to vote the proxy relating to that proposal. |
31 |
· | Obtain Client Ratification – If ADVISER is in a position to disclose the conflict to the client (i.e., such information is not confidential), ADVISER may determine how it proposes to vote, fully disclose the nature of the conflict to the client, and obtain the client’s consent as to how ADVISER will vote on the proposal (or otherwise obtain instructions from the client as to how the proxy on the proposal should be voted). |
· | Use a Predetermined Voting Policy – ADVISER may vote according to its Guidelines or, if applicable, the proxy voting policies mandated by the client, so long as the subject matter of the proposal is specifically addressed in the Guidelines or proxy voting policies, such that ADVISER will not be exercising discretion on the specific proposal raising a conflict of interest. |
· | Use an Independent Third Party for All Proposals – Subject to any client-imposed proxy voting policies, ADVISER may vote all proposals in a proxy according to the policies of an independent third party, such as ISS or IRRC (or have the third party vote such proxies). |
· | Use an Independent Third Party to Vote the Specific Proposals that Involve a Conflict – Subject to any client-imposed proxy voting policies, ADVISER may use an independent third party (such as ISS or IRRC) to recommend how the proxy for specific proposals that involve a conflict should be voted (or have the third party vote such proxies). |
6. Special Issues with Voting Foreign Proxies . MLPS are U.S.-based entities. As such, the ADVISER does not deal with shares of foreign stocks, which might involve significantly greater effort and corresponding cost due to the variety of regulatory schemes and corporate practices in foreign countries with respect to proxy voting. Logistical problems in voting foreign proxies include the following:
· | Each country has its own rules and practices regarding shareholder notification, voting restrictions, registration conditions, and share blocking. |
· | To vote shares in some countries, the shares may be “blocked” by the custodian or depository (or bearer shares deposited with a specified financial institution) for a specified number of days (usually five or fewer, but sometimes longer) before or after the shareholder meeting. When blocked, shares typically may not be traded until the day after the blocking period. ADVISER may refrain from voting shares of foreign stocks subject to blocking restrictions where, in ADVISER’s judgment, the benefit from voting the shares is outweighed by the interest of maintaining client liquidity in the shares. This decision generally is made on a case-by-case basis based on relevant factors, including the length of the blocking period, the significance of the holding, and whether the stock is considered a long-term holding. |
· | Often it is difficult to ascertain the date of a shareholder meeting because certain countries do not require companies to publish announcements in any official stock exchange publication. |
· | Time frames between shareholder notification, distribution of proxy materials, book closure, and the actual meeting date may be too short to allow timely action. |
· | Language barriers will generally mean that an English translation of proxy information must be obtained or commissioned before the relevant shareholder meeting. |
· | Some companies and/or jurisdictions require that, to be eligible to vote, the shares of the |
32 |
beneficial holders be registered in the company’s share registry.
· | Some countries lack a “proxy voting service” by custodians. |
Because the cost of voting a particular proxy proposal could exceed the expected benefit to a client (including an ERISA plan), ADVISER may weigh the costs and benefits of voting proxy proposals relating to foreign securities and will make an informed decision as to whether voting a given proxy proposal is prudent.
7. Reports . ADVISER’s Form ADV Part II describes how clients may obtain information from ADVISER as to how it voted proxies with respect to their securities. If requested, ADVISER will provide clients with periodic reports on ADVISER’s proxy voting decisions and actions for securities in their accounts, in such forms or intervals as clients reasonably request. In the case of ERISA plans, the named fiduciary that appointed ADVISER is required to periodically monitor ADVISER’s activities, including decisions and actions with regard to proxy voting. Accordingly, ADVISER provides these named fiduciaries on request with reports to enable them to monitor ADVISER’s proxy voting decisions and actions, including our adherence (as applicable) to their proxy voting policies.
8. | Operational Procedures . |
a. Role of the Operations Team . ADVISER’s Operations Team is primarily responsible for receiving, processing, and voting proxies for securities held in the portfolios of our clients.
Once a client account is established, the Compliance Officer or General Counsel will arrange for the client’s custodian to forward proxy materials it receives to the ADVISER.
It is ADVISER’s general policy to have proxies voted at least one calendar day prior to the deadline. Unfortunately, in some instances, proxy materials are received with less than a week’s time before the deadline, and in such cases, ADVISER uses reasonable efforts to exercise its vote.
b. Role of the Investment Committee . After receiving a proxy, the Compliance Officer or General Counsel will meet with the Investment Committee for consideration of the proxy. In determining how to vote a given proxy, ADVISER generally adheres to the Guidelines, as revised from time to time by the Officers except to the extent superseded by client proxy voting policies. Proposals not covered by the Guidelines and contested situations are to be evaluated on a case-by-case basis by the Officers or the Investment Committee.
c. Role of the Officers . ADVISER’s Officers are responsible for setting (and reviewing from time to time, but at least annually, and making appropriate changes to) the firm’s position on various corporate governance issues, as set forth in these guidelines. The Officers shall also provide oversight to the firm’s Investment Committee from time to time on significant proxy voting proposals or issues.
d. Disclosures of Proxy Voting Intentions . ADVISER personnel should not discuss with members of the public how ADVISER intends to vote on any particular proxy proposal without the advance approval of its General Counsel. This does not restrict communications in the ordinary course of business with named fiduciaries of ERISA plans or other clients for which ADVISER votes proxies. Disclosure of ADVISER’s proxy voting intentions – especially with the purpose or effect of influencing the management or control of a company – could trigger various restrictions under the federal securities laws, including the proxy solicitation, beneficial ownership, and short-swing profit liability provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
33 |
9. Securities Subject to Lending Arrangements . For various legal or administrative reasons, ADVISER is often unable to vote securities that are, at the time of such vote, on loan pursuant to a client’s securities lending arrangement with the client’s custodian. ADVISER will refrain from voting such securities where the costs to the client and/or administrative inconvenience of retrieving securities then on loan outweighs the benefit of voting, assuming retrieval under such circumstances is even feasible. In certain extraordinary situations, ADVISER may seek to have securities then on loan pursuant to such securities lending arrangements retrieved by the clients’ custodians for voting purposes. This decision will generally be made on a case-by-case basis based on whether the matter to be voted has critical significance to the potential value of the securities in question, the relative cost and/or administrative inconvenience of retrieving the securities, the significance of the holding, and whether the stock is considered a long-term holding. There can be no guarantee that any such securities can be retrieved for such purpose.
ADVISER will not vote proxies for clients that do not wish ADVISER to undertake this task. The client must indicate in the advisory agreement whether it will vote proxies or will delegate this to another entity.
Note however that in the case of an ERISA plan, unless another “named fiduciary” for such plan has expressly reserved and is exercising proxy voting responsibility, ADVISER, as the investment manager for the account, must vote all proxies for securities held for that plan’s account.
The General Counsel is responsible for identifying those accounts for which ADVISER will vote proxies (if any) and those for which proxies are to be forwarded to the client or another person. The General Counsel shall make appropriate arrangements with each account custodian to have proxies forwarded, on a timely basis, to the client or other appropriate person, and shall take any needed steps to correct any delays or other problems relating to the timely delivery of proxies and proxy materials.
All proxies and related proxy materials ADVISER receives are to be delivered to the General Counsel. Proxy cards and materials will be collected and those to be forwarded to clients, or to other entities specified in the investment management agreements with clients, will be sent promptly. Replacements for any missing proxy cards or materials will be solicited from account custodians.
G. | Review and Supervision of Accounts . |
The Portfolio Manager is responsible for continuously monitoring client accounts for which he has primary responsibility to ensure they are being managed in a manner consistent with established objectives for the account and the client’s investment guidelines, if any.
H. | Reports to Clients . |
Each separately managed account client receives a monthly account statement reflecting the total market value of the account and each security held in the account, including its cost, market value, and value as a percentage of total account value. Those clients with real-time access to ADVISER’s prime brokerage system will be deemed to have received account statements directly from the prime broker upon review and acceptance of ADVISER’s invoice.
34 |
Each limited partner within each pooled vehicle receives a monthly account statement reflecting the total market value of that partner’s capital account, including relative and absolute performance statistics. In addition, each such partner receives that fund’s audited financial statements within 120 days of that fund’s fiscal year-end.
I. | Error Correction . |
It is ADVISER’s policy that utmost care be taken in the handling and execution of client orders. However, errors may occur in handling these trades, caused either by ADVISER personnel or by firms with which ADVISER does business, such as broker-dealers. Examples of trade errors include orders: (1) in excess of the amount each account was intended to trade; (2) to sell a security when it should have been purchased (and vice versa); (3) for the wrong securities; or, (4) contrary to investment restrictions, limitations, or investment policies. Clerical mistakes not resulting in transactions in client accounts will not be subject to these principles.
In correcting trade errors, the following principles apply:
· | All errors are to be corrected as soon after discovery as is reasonably practicable and in such a manner that the client incurs no loss; |
· | The party responsible for the error will bear the cost of correcting the error (including transaction costs); |
· | Gains and losses in client accounts caused by trades made in error will be reversed; and, |
· | Error reports must be completed and maintained for all trades made in error. |
These principles are intended to provide general guidance. Exceptions may be warranted in particular circumstances. Significant exceptions will be discussed with the management team and documented if approved by them.
XV. | Investment Management Agreement Procedures . |
A. | Investment Management Agreements . |
All investment management or advisory arrangements with clients must be reflected in a written agreement signed by authorized representatives of both the client and ADVISER. Investment management agreements must be in a form that the General Counsel or Compliance Officer has approved. Most provisions are non-negotiable and are standard for the investment management industry. However, a prospective client may request certain changes. The General Counsel or Compliance Officer must approve any deviations from or changes to the standard form agreements, including changes in fee rates or account minima. Standard form agreements are included in Attachment 5. Management of an account may not begin until a signed and dated investment management agreement has been forwarded to the Compliance Officer. The Compliance Officer is responsible for confirming that the agreement has been signed, ensuring that the agreement is complete, and that a signed and dated original has been placed on file in a non-editable form.
ADVISER’s marketing and portfolio management staff must ensure that all items of information called for by the investment management agreement are completed. In particular: (1) the fee schedule to which the client agrees must be attached to the agreement; (2) the client’s investment policies, guidelines, or restrictions,
35 |
if any, must be attached to the agreement; and, (3) a complete list describing the cash or other assets initially to be placed in the account must be provided, if relevant. If cash only is used to fund the account, the exact amount may be documented via a separate document or confirmation.
B. | Custody of Client Accounts and Assets . |
The Advisers Act imposes certain duties on investment advisers that have custody or possession of client funds or securities. Custody includes:
· | Possession of client funds or securities, unless an adviser receives them inadvertently (e.g., from a client). If the adviser returns to the sender inadvertently received funds or securities within three business days of receipt, custody is avoided. However, class action settlement checks, tax refunds, and dividends or stock certificates received from a third party may be sent to the custodian if certain conditions are met. |
· | Any arrangement that authorizes or permits an adviser to withdraw client funds or securities (e.g., check signing authority, a general power of attorney, direct debiting of advisory fees, etc.). |
· | Acting in any capacity (e.g., general partner of a limited partnership, trustee, etc.) that gives an investment adviser legal ownership or access to client funds or securities. |
Because ADVISER may debit its fees from some client accounts, ADVISER has custody of client assets and must comply with the custody rule. ADVISER must therefore: (1) segregate client funds and securities and maintain them with a “qualified custodian” (a bank or broker-dealer) in an account containing only assets of clients held in ADVISER’S name as agent or trustee; (2) notify clients in writing of the qualified custodian’s name, address, and the manner in which the funds or securities are maintained and of any changes to this information; and, (3) have a reasonable belief, after due inquiry, that clients receive at least quarterly statements from the custodian (such as by receiving duplicate copies of statements, obtaining certificates from custodians, or asking clients if they have received their statements).
If ADVISER has custody for any other reason, it must undergo a surprise verification of client assets. If ADVISER uses a related qualified custodian that is not operationally independent from ADVISER, ADVISER also must obtain an internal controls report form the custodian annually.
If ADVISER acts as a general partner or managing member of a privately offered fund, and the fund provides audited financials annually to its investors within 120 days of its fiscal year-end (180 days for a fund of funds), ADVISER need not use a qualified custodian, ensure at least quarterly statements are sent to investors, or undergo a surprise verification of assets in its custody.
C. | Fees and Billing . |
The schedule of fees to be charged each client must be attached to each client’s investment management agreement, and a copy of the applicable fee schedule, together with the agreement, must be given to the client and placed in the client’s file. The contracts must state how accounts are to be valued in calculating fees. Generally, the market price of securities is used, but when there is no market price, ADVISER may use a pricing service or use its good-faith judgment.
36 |
From time to time, the fee arrangement with a client may be changed. The client must agree in writing to any fee changes, with a copy of such agreement placed in the client’s file. Fees are generally billed to the account custodian, which may be ADVISER, and, if applicable and once approved, debited from the client’s account.
ADVISER may charge clients a performance fee, or carried interest, provided the client meets a wealth test. For individuals or companies, the client must have at least $750,000 under ADVISER’s management (not including assets in nondiscretionary brokerage accounts) or have more than $1.5 million in net worth, including assets held jointly with a spouse.
So-called “double-dipping” — which occurs when ADVISER invests client assets in a pool managed by ADVISER or its affiliates, and ADVISER charges the client both a pool-level and an account-level fee — is prohibited for ERISA clients. This practice, if used, must be clearly disclosed in the advisory agreement to all other clients.
Unearned, prepaid advisory fees must be refunded pro rata according to the number of days left in the billing period upon termination of a client agreement.
XVI. | ERISA Accounts . |
When a client of ADVISER is an employee benefit plan subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”), ADVISER, as an investment manager for the plan, is considered a “plan fiduciary” under ERISA and must meet certain specific requirements under ERISA and Department of Labor (“DoL”) rules and interpretations.
A. | General Fiduciary Obligations under ERISA . |
As a fiduciary to an ERISA plan, ADVISER must:
· | Manage the plan's account solely in the interests of plan participants and beneficiaries and for the exclusive purpose of providing benefits to them and defraying reasonable expenses of administering the plan; |
· | Act with the “care, skill, prudence, and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent man acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims;” |
· | Diversify the plan's investments so as to minimize the risk of large losses, unless under the circumstances it is clearly not prudent to do so; and, |
· | Comply with the documents and instruments governing the plan to the extent they are consistent with ERISA. |
B. | Prohibited Transactions . |
ADVISER must avoid any self-dealing transactions with the plan and be sure not to cause or permit the plan to engage in conflict-of-interest transactions with other plan fiduciaries or parties having certain other types of relationships to the plan, such as the employer or union that sponsors the plan or their employees, plan trustees, and certain providers of services to the plan, including broker-dealers, lawyers, administrators,
37 |
custodians, etc., unless the transaction has been exempted by a DoL rule or order. Conflict-of-interest transactions include acting as a principal in a client trade, selling any property to or buying any property from a client, accepting solicitation fees for referring an ERISA client to a third party, or lending money to or borrowing money from a plan. Many transactions permitted under the Advisers Act are prohibited under ERISA. Employees must consult the Compliance Officer or General Counsel if they are in any doubt as to whether a transaction is prohibited under ERISA.
C. | Compliance with Written Investment Policies and Guidelines for the Plan and Diversification Requirements . |
If a “named fiduciary” to the plan (generally the entity that retains ADVISER) has issued written investment guidelines or policies for the plan, ADVISER must follow those guidelines or policies, unless, in the case of a particular transaction, the guidelines or policies mandate an investment decision that would be imprudent or otherwise inconsistent with ERISA. In following these guidelines or policies, ADVISER must ensure that any investment manager it recommends to the client and that the client selects is in the position to act as a fiduciary to the ERISA plan and follows the guidelines or policies as described above.
In addition, care must be taken to determine what percentage of the plan's assets ADVISER is to manage and, if ADVISER is to manage only a part of the plan's assets, the diversification standards that ADVISER must follow in managing that portion of the plan's account. These should be spelled out in ADVISER's management agreement with the plan and in written investment guidelines a “named fiduciary” to the plan provides to ADVISER. When ADVISER is expected to concentrate investments for the plan in a particular type or class of investments, the management agreement with ADVISER or supplemental investment guidelines should provide specific directions to that effect from a duly authorized “named fiduciary” for the plan. Where ADVISER manages only part of a plan's total assets, the management agreement should state that ADVISER is responsible for only those plan assets that are under its management and for investment of those plan assets according to the diversification and other written guidelines a named fiduciary has provided. If ADVISER is either expected to concentrate investments for the plan in a particular type or class of investments, or is expected to manage only a part of the plan's total assets, the management agreement also should state that the named fiduciary has responsibility for ensuring that the plan's assets, in the aggregate, are diversified, and that the decision to appoint ADVISER as an investment manager to the plan is being made as a part of an overall investment policy.
D. | Fidelity Bonds . |
To manage an ERISA account, ADVISER must maintain a fidelity bond, unless the investment management agreement provides that ADVISER will be insured under the plan's own bond. A copy of the rider evidencing coverage of ADVISER should be obtained and kept on file. The Compliance Officer or General Counsel should be consulted as to the minimum amounts of insurance coverage required for each ERISA plan account.
E. | ERISA Plan Documents . |
Before entering into an investment management agreement with an ERISA plan, the ADVISER employee responsible for the account should obtain and review with the Compliance Officer copies of the documents establishing and governing the plan and confirm that: (1) the person executing the investment management agreement with ADVISER on behalf of the plan has the authority to retain an outside investment manager; (2) the assignment of proxy voting responsibilities is consistent with the arrangements spelled out in ADVISER's contract with the plan; (3) ADVISER has properly authorized and current copies of any
38 |
investment policies, guidelines, or restrictions that must be followed in managing the plan's account, in addition to copies of any proxy voting policies for the plan; and, (4) the plan is permitted to add ADVISER as a named insured to the plan's own fidelity bond, as appropriate.
XVII. | Individual Retirement Accounts . |
Individual Retirement Accounts (“IRAs”) and retirement plans that cover only self-employed individuals (or only the sole shareholder of a company and the shareholder's spouse) are subject to the same prohibited transaction restrictions as an ERISA plan under Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. However, the specific and detailed obligations placed on an investment manager under the fiduciary provisions of ERISA (including a prudent man and diversification requirements, the obligation to vote proxies, and the fidelity bonding requirement) are not applicable to the management of IRAs and other non-ERISA plans. Of course, as an investment adviser, ADVISER is considered to be a fiduciary with respect to each client, including IRA and non-ERISA plan accounts, and is subject to common law fiduciary standards that encompass many of the same fundamental principles that was codified in ERISA.
XVIII. | Maintenance of Records . |
A. | Client Files . |
ADVISER maintains a client file for each active, past, and prospective client. These files must contain the following information:
· | The signed and dated original investment management agreement with the client; |
· | Copies of any client investment objectives, guidelines, or restrictions; |
· | Copies of any client proxy voting guidelines; |
· | Copies of the ADVISER fee schedule applicable to the account; |
· | In the case of an ERISA plan, a copy of the plan’s governing documents; |
· | In the case of a corporate client, an original, signed, and dated Certificate of Incumbency listing the individuals who are authorized to execute the investment management agreement with ADVISER, giving instructions to ADVISER with respect to the account; |
· | Copies of material correspondence to and from the client; |
· | Copies of account statements or appraisals sent to the client; and, |
· | Copies of any customer information statement or other information concerning the client’s finances and investment needs. |
39 |
B. | Correspondence . |
SEC rules require ADVISER to keep originals of all communications it receives and copies of all communications it sends relating to its investment advisory business, including those concerning any investment advice given or proposed to be given to clients or actions taken in managing clients’ accounts. This includes email messages and other electronic communications . Documents may be scanned into an imaging system if they are indexed and can be retrieved easily.
Incoming correspondence from a client or concerning a client’s transactions or account should be placed in that client’s file. If the correspondence is a client complaint or a request for information or documents from a federal or state official or any other person, a copy of the correspondence should be forwarded to the Compliance Officer immediately.
C. | Account Reconciliations . |
On a regular basis, the Chief Operating Officer, Portfolio Strategist, or Compliance Officer will review confirmations of orders entered on behalf of clients to compare and reconcile trade orders with executions and account balances as reflected in custodial records and periodic account statements. Upon the discovery of any discrepancy in these records, the Chief Operating Officer, Portfolio Strategist, or Compliance Officer will promptly contact the custodian to resolve the discrepancy.
D. | Client Complaints . |
A complaint is an expression by or on behalf of a client of dissatisfaction with a service ADVISER or any of its employees has provided or with the conduct of ADVISER or any of its employees. A complaint may be made in written or oral form and may, but need not, include requests or demands that ADVISER take a specific action or that it refrain from doing so.
All client complaints, whether oral or written, must be brought to the attention of the Compliance Officer, General Counsel, or the Managing Partner immediately. A written record of any oral complaint should be made, including the name of the client, date of the complaint, and the substance of the complaint. A copy of written client complaint or the written record summarizing any oral complaint must be forwarded immediately to the Compliance Officer or General Counsel, who should then be consulted as to the resolution of such complaint.
E. | Client Updates . |
The Portfolio Manager is responsible for ensuring that relevant information on each client assigned to him or her, including information concerning the client’s investment objectives and situation, is updated on a regular basis, but at least annually.
Changes to client account information, including client name, address, telephone number, authorized representatives of the client, transfers of ownership, and other related information may only be reflected on the client account records after reasonable inquiries have been made to confirm the changes.
XIX. | Record Preparation and Retention Requirements . |
Rule 204-2 under the Advisers Act requires ADVISER to prepare certain books and records and to keep them for certain time periods (generally ranging from three to six years). Attachment 6 includes schedules that: (1) identify the books and records that ADVISER must maintain; and, (2) contain applicable periods of retention. These books and records must be maintained in an easily accessible place within
40 |
ADVISER’s offices for those periods specified and may not be removed for storage elsewhere except with the prior approval of the Compliance Officer.
Records must be kept in such a manner that they cannot be altered after the fact or destroyed before the required retention period has expired. Generally, this means that records are kept offsite in a secure location and that electronic records are kept in a read-only or otherwise secure format.
XX. | Reporting and Renewal Requirements . |
The following is a summary of the reports or information ADVISER is required to file or submit as part of its investment advisory business. The Compliance Officer is responsible for ensuring that all required reports or information is filed on a timely basis and for coordinating with the General Counsel and other employees on the preparation of such materials.
A. | Annual and Interim Reporting Requirements under the Advisers Act . |
ADVISER must comply with annual and interim reporting requirements under the Advisers Act to ensure that its Form ADV is updated to reflect changes in its business operations and key personnel and practices. Each year ADVISER must update its Form ADV by filing it with the SEC and file interim amendments for certain types of material changes or events. ADVISER’s SEC registration number is 801-71791 .
1. Annual Reporting on Form ADV . Under Rule 204-1, ADVISER annually must file Form ADV with the SEC within 90 days after the end of its fiscal year (that is, by March 30). ADVISER must also update its level of assets under management so that the SEC may determine whether ADVISER continues to be eligible to register with the SEC.
2. Interim Amendments to Form ADV . Under Rule 204-1, ADVISER must “promptly” file interim amendments to its Form ADV to reflect changes in any of the information provided in response to Items 1, 3, 9, or 11 of Part 1A. Changes to the responses to Items 4, 8, or 10 of Part IA need be filed promptly only when the information previously disclosed becomes “materially ” inaccurate. Changes in all other information in Part 1A need only be disclosed on an annual amendment to Form ADV. Changes in Part II must be made promptly (but not filed with the SEC) when the information in Part II becomes materially inaccurate. Promptly is not defined but is generally understood to be within 10 business days.
B. | Reporting Requirements under the Exchange Act . |
1. Reports Pursuant to Sections 13(d) & 13(g) . Within 45 days after the end of any calendar year where ADVISER has, at the end of that year, “beneficial ownership” of 5% or more of any class of registered equity securities of any issuer, ADVISER must file a Schedule 13G with the SEC and send a copy of the Schedule 13G to the issuer and the principal exchange on which the securities are traded. ADVISER would be deemed to be a “beneficial owner” of securities where it, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship, or otherwise, has or shares voting or investment power, including the power to vote, dispose, or direct the voting or disposition of the security.
Schedules 13G generally are updated annually, although more frequent reporting may be required in certain cases. Further, ADVISER may become ineligible to file on the short-form Schedule 13G and instead be required to file the more onerous Schedule 13D under certain circumstances, including those in which the
41 |
securities are held for the purpose of, or have the effect of, changing or influencing the control of the issuer of the securities.
2. Reports Pursuant to Section 13(f) . If ADVISER exercises investment discretion over accounts having in the aggregate more than $100 million of exchange-traded or NASDAQ-quoted equity securities on the last trading day of any calendar month of any calendar year, ADVISER must file a Form 13F with the SEC within 45 days after the last day of the calendar year and within 45 days after the last day of each of the first three calendar quarters of the subsequent calendar year.
C. | Filing Requirements under Applicable State Law . |
ADVISER is required to make “notice filings” of its Form ADV and any amendments in certain states where it does business or where its employees are registered as investment advisory agents or representatives.
D. | License Renewal Requirements under Applicable State Law . |
Unlike its registration with the SEC, ADVISER must renew the license of each of its advisory representatives with each state where registered. In most cases, licenses must be renewed annually by the end of the calendar year. Each state will generally notify each licensed representative of the need to renew its license at least 30 days before the license expires. Nonetheless, ADVISER and the advisory representative, rather than the state, are responsible for ensuring that each license is renewed on time.
42 |
HARVEST FUND ADVISORS LLC
Board of Directors
None
Officers
David J. Martinelli (DJM) | Managing Partner/CEO |
Anthony J. Merhige (AJM) | Chief Operating Officer & General Counsel |
David B. Thayer (DBT) | Chief Financial Officer & Chief Compliance Officer |
Compliance Officer
David B. Thayer
43 |
HARVEST FUND ADVISORS LLC
Summary of Compliance Officer Duties and Responsibilities
Primary Responsibility: Oversee and enforce policies and procedures in Compliance Manual.
1. | Advise employees, as requested, regarding proper course of conduct, the propriety of a particular course of conduct, or the interpretation of ADVISER’s policies or procedures. See Manual Section II. |
2. | Review and respond to employee reports of compliance violations in an appropriate and timely manner. See Manual Section II. |
3. | Collect and review initial and annual Acknowledgment Statements from employees for changes in information. Determine proper course of action, doing so in an appropriate and timely fashion. See Manual Section II.D. |
4. | Review and respond to requests for approval of payments to government officials. Determine proper course of action, doing so in an appropriate and timely fashion. See Manual Section III.A.2. |
5. | Review and respond to questions concerning the propriety of firm funds and property usage. Determine proper course of action, doing so in an appropriate and timely fashion. See Manual Section III.A.3. |
6. | Review and respond to employee reports of actual or potential conflicts of interest. Determine proper course of action, doing so in an appropriate and timely fashion. See Manual Section III.B. |
7. | Review and respond to interests employees and/or their immediate family members might have in competitors, clients, or suppliers. See Manual Section III.B.1. |
8. | Review and respond to requests for written authorization from employees and/or their immediate family members to engage in transactions involving ADVISER. Determine proper course of action, doing so in an appropriate and timely fashion. See Manual Section III.B.3. |
9. | Review and respond to requests for written authorization to engage in outside employment. Determine proper course of action, doing so in an appropriate and timely fashion. See Manual Section III.B.4. |
10. | Review and respond to requests for written authorization to participate in firm business or investment opportunities. Determine proper course of action, doing so in an appropriate and timely fashion. See Manual Section III.B.5. |
11. | Review and respond to reports of client requests for legal or tax advice. Determine proper course of action, doing so in an appropriate and timely fashion. See Manual Section IV.D. |
44 |
12. | Review and respond to requests for written approval to borrow from or lend to a client. Determine proper course of action, doing so in an appropriate and timely fashion. See Manual Section IV.F. |
13. | Review and respond to requests for approval to serve as custodian or trustee of a client. Determine proper course of action, doing so in an appropriate and timely fashion. See Manual Section IV.G. |
14. | Review and respond to employee requests for approval of personal securities trades, once pre-clearance rules are implemented. See Manual Sections V.B.4. & VI.D.6. |
15. | Review and respond to requests for written approval to receive or accept material, nonpublic information. Impose restrictions, in writing and as appropriate, upon receipt or acceptance of this information. See Manual Section V.C. |
16. | Review and respond to requests for advice about restricted or private placement security information packages containing material, nonpublic or other confidential information. Determine proper course of action, doing so in an appropriate and timely fashion. See Manual Section V.C. |
17. | Review and respond to notifications of possessing potentially material, nonpublic information. Determine proper course of action, doing so in an appropriate and timely fashion. Approve, in writing and as appropriate, disclosure of or transactions involving material, nonpublic information. See Manual Section V.C. & VI.D.5. |
18. | Authorize, when appropriate, disclosure of confidential employee information. See Manual Section V.D. |
19. | Review personal securities transactions reports and other approved documentation. Take disciplinary or other action, as appropriate, for omissions or late submissions of any such reports. See Manual Section VII. |
20. | Review and respond to requests for approval to disclose confidential information about ADVISER, its affiliates, or its clients. Determine proper course of action, doing so in an appropriate and timely fashion. See Manual Section X. |
21. | Review and respond to reports of contact with regulatory authorities. Determine proper course of conduct, and take appropriate and timely action. See Manual Section X.A. |
22. | Review and respond to reports of inquiries from the press. Determine proper course of action, doing so in an appropriate and timely fashion. See Manual Section X.B. |
23. | Review and respond to reports of any unusual requests for information. Determine proper course of action, doing so in an appropriate and timely fashion. See Manual Section X.C. |
24. | Review and respond to reports of attempted service of process and subpoenas. Determine proper course of action, doing so in an appropriate and timely fashion. See Manual Section X.D. |
25. | Review all marketing materials and advertising. Determine proper course of action, doing so in an appropriate and timely fashion. See Manual Section XII.B. |
45 |
26. | Review and respond to questions regarding marketing materials and advertising. Determine proper course of action, doing so in an appropriate and timely fashion. See Manual Section XII.B. |
27. | Ensure that at least annually all advisory clients receive or are offered in writing a current copy of Part II of Form ADV or a separate brochure. See Manual Section XIII.A. |
28. | Ensure that sufficient client information is obtained and periodically updated such that each client’s account is managed according to the client’s investment criteria. See Manual Section XIII.B. |
29. | Review and respond to requests for approval of third-party solicitation arrangements. Ensure that these arrangements comply with Advisers Act Rule 206(4)-3, as applicable. See Manual Section XIII.C. & D. |
30. | Review trade allocation and rotation implementation for proper compliance. See Manual Section XIV. |
31. | Review and respond to requests for exceptions to trading, allocation, and/or rotation policies. See Manual Section XIV. |
32. | Review and respond to investment team reports of deviations from initial statements of order allocations. Determine proper course of conduct, and take appropriate and timely action. See Manual Section XIV.E.2. |
33. | Review investment management agreements and any changes to or deviations from the approved forms of agreement. Review originally executed investment management agreements, confirming that agreements have been signed. Ensure that agreements are complete and that signed and dated originals have been filed. See Manual Section XV.A. |
34. | Ensure proper insurance coverage is obtained for ERISA accounts. See Manual Section XVI.D. |
35. | Review ERISA plan documents. Confirm that: (1) the person executing the investment management agreement with ADVISER on behalf of the plan has the authority to retain an outside investment manager; (2) the named fiduciary has indicated whether the client or the manager will assume proxy voting responsibilities; (3) ADVISER has properly authorized and maintains current copies of any investment policies, guidelines, or restrictions that must be followed in managing the plan's account; and, (4) the plan is permitted to add ADVISER as a named insured to the plan's own fidelity bond. See Manual Section XVI.E. |
36. | Review and respond to notifications of client complaints and all requests for information from officials and other third parties. Consult with ADVISER employees. Determine proper resolution of client complaints and proper response to information request. Collect written records of oral complaints. Verify that written records include client name, date of complaint, and substance of complaint. See Manual Section XVIII.B. & D. |
37. | Review and respond to requests for approval to remove ADVISER books and records for storage. See Manual Section XIX & Attachment 6. |
38. | Ensure that ADVISER and its advisory personnel comply with applicable Advisers Act, Exchange Act, and state reporting requirements. See Manual Section XX. |
46 |
LIST OF STATES WHERE ADVISER IS SUBJECT TO STATE NOTICE FILING REQUIREMENTS
Pennsylvania
California
Connecticut
Delaware
Florida
Illinois
Maryland
Massachusetts
New Jersey
New York
Texas
Virginia
List of Investment Adviser Agents or Representatives and Their Corresponding States
NAME | STATE | |
47 |
FORM A: Acknowledgment by Employee of Compliance Manual Receipt
I hereby acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Harvest Fund Advisors LLC Compliance Manual, which I have read and understand. I will comply fully with all provisions of these policies and procedures to the extent they will apply to me during the coming year. I further understand and acknowledge that any violation of these policies and procedures, including engaging in a prohibited transaction or failure to file reports as required, may subject me to disciplinary action, including termination of employment.
I certify that I have not, during the past ten years, (1) been convicted of, or pleaded guilty or no contest to, any felony, or any misdemeanor involving investments or an investment-related business, fraud, false statements or omissions, wrongful taking of property, bribery, forgery, counterfeiting or extortion; (2) been enjoined by a court in connection with any investment-related activity or found by a court to have been involved in any violation of investment-related laws or rules; (3) been subject to disciplinary action or found to have violated or to have been a cause of violations by others of any law or rule by the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, any other federal or state regulatory agency, any securities or commodities exchange or securities or commodities self-regulatory organization; or (4) been the subject of or affiliated with the subject of an order entered by any foreign government, court, regulatory agency or exchange related to investments or fraud. I am not aware of any pending proceeding, investigation or inquiry that could lead to any such event. I agree to notify the Compliance Officer immediately if I become aware of any such event, proceeding, investigation or inquiry.
Signature | |
Printed Name | |
Date |
48 |
FORM B: Annual Acknowledgment of Employee Compliance with Harvest Policies and Procedures
I hereby acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Harvest Fund Advisors LLC Investment Adviser Compliance Manual, which I have read and understand. I certify that, to the best of my knowledge, I have complied with these policies and procedures to the extent they have applied to me during the past year. I further understand and acknowledge that any violation of these policies and procedures, including engaging in a prohibited transaction or failure to file reports as required, may subject me to disciplinary action, including termination of employment.
Signature | |
Printed Name | |
Date |
49 |
PLEASE SEE THE COMPLIANCE OFFICER FOR A COPY OF HARVEST’S PERSONAL SECURITIES TRANSACTION REPORTS
50 |
PLEASE SEE THE COMPLIANCE OFFICER FOR A COPY OF HARVEST’S Report of Initial, Annual, and Updated Disclosure of Personal Securities Holdings
51 |
PLEASE SEE THE COMPLIANCE OFFICER FOR A COPY OF HARVEST’S NOTIFICATION OF PERSONAL SECURITIES ACCOUNTS
52 |
PLEASE SEE THE GENERAL COUNSEL FOR A COPY OF HARVEST’S STANDARD IMA
Books and Records Retention Policy
Required Documents |
Period of
Retention |
|||
1. | Organization chart, personnel directory, and a description of the functions and duties of each department and employee | Indefinitely | ||
2. | Documents evidencing ADVISER’s registration status with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”); and, notice filings with the various states (as applicable) | Indefinitely | ||
3. | Uniform Application for Investment Adviser Registration on Form ADV, and any Amendments to the Form, as filed with the SEC and the various states | Indefinitely | ||
4. | Representations or undertakings made to the various states (as applicable) | Indefinitely | ||
5. | A copy of each Part II of Form ADV (or separate disclosure document or brochure) delivered to clients and prospective clients or offered for delivery to clients, along with a record of the date on which the brochures were delivered or offered for delivery and a copy of all written acknowledgments of receipt obtained from clients | 5 Years | ||
6. | All agreements, and related documents, relating to the conduct of ADVISER’s investment adviser business, including: | |||
a. | Investment Management Agreements | 5 Years | ||
b. | Fee schedules (if not included in the Investment Management Agreements above) | 5 Years | ||
c. | Documents (if not included in the Investment Management Agreements above) reflecting the granting to ADVISER of power of attorney or discretionary authority | 5 Years | ||
d. | All other agreements | 5 Years | ||
7. | Documents concerning advertising and sales literature: | |||
a. | Copies of all notices, circulars, advertisements, newspaper articles, investment letters, bulletins, and other communications used to inform or solicit clients | 5 Years | ||
b. | Copies of all performance figures or performance charts used | 5 Years | ||
c. | Internal records or documents supporting any statements made in the above | 5 Years | ||
8. | Documents or instructions relating to client investment objectives | 5 Years | ||
9. | Documents relating to solicitation arrangements, including: | |||
a. | Cash solicitation agreements with third-party solicitors | 5 Years | ||
b. | Disclosure statements of third-party solicitors | 5 Years | ||
c. | List of third-party solicitors with whom ADVISER has contracted | 5 Years | ||
d. | List of accounts each third-party solicitor has obtained | 5 Years | ||
e. | Solicitor’s agreements with third parties for whom ADVISER acts as a solicitor | 5 Years | ||
10. | Documents relating to referrals from pension fund consultants (to the extent not covered above), including: |
Required Documents |
Period of
Retention |
|||
20. | Reports filed under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934: | |||
a. | Schedules 13G (or 13D) | Indefinitely | ||
b. | Forms 13F | Indefinitely | ||
21. | List of all prior, present, or potential litigation in which ADVISER or its officers, directors, or employees have been or are presently a party, or are aware of possibly being named as a party, which relates in any way to the business of ADVISER | Indefinitely | ||
22. | Copies of all correspondence with the SEC or appropriate state or foreign regulatory authorities concerning ADVISER's business as an investment adviser, including no-action letters | Indefinitely | ||
23. | Copies of ADVISER’S proxy voting policy and a record of how it voted proxies | 5 Years | ||
25. | Political contributions | |||
a. | Names, titles, and addresses of all covered associates of ADVISER | 5 Years | ||
b. | All government entities to which ADVISER provides or has provided investment advisory services, or which are or were investors in any covered investment pool to which ADVISER provides or has provided investment advisory services | 5 Years | ||
c. |
All direct or indirect contributions made by ADVISER or any of its covered associates to an official of a government entity, or direct or indirect payments to a political party of a state or political subdivision thereof, or to a political action committee, listed chronologically and showing: (1) the name and title of each contributor; (2) the name and title (including any city/county/state or other political subdivision) of each recipient of a contribution or payment; (3) the amount and date of each contribution or payment; and, (4) whether any such contribution was the subject of the exception for certain returned contributions |
5 Years | ||
d. |
The name and business address of each regulated person to whom the ADVISER provides or agrees to provide, directly or indirectly, payment to solicit a government entity for investment advisory services on its behalf |
5 Years |
Affiliates of Harvest Fund Advisors LLC as of January 1, 2014
· | Harvest Venture LLC – General Partner |
· | Harvest Alpha LLC – Wholly owned subsidiary of Harvest Venture LLC; Managing Member of pooled investment vehicles |
· | Harvest MLP Income Fund LLC – Pooled investment vehicle |
· | Harvest MLP Income Fund II LLC – Pooled investment vehicle |
· | Harvest MLP Income Fund III LLC – Pooled investment vehicle |
· | Harvest Energy Fund LLC – Pooled investment vehicle |
· | Harvest Infrastructure Partners Cayman Fund LLC – Pooled investment vehicle (not funded) |
Proxy Voting Table
Set forth below are ADVISER’s proxy voting guidelines table (“Table”) pertaining to specific issues. We generally vote Proposals in accordance with this Table and the complete Proxy Voting Guidelines under separate cover (the “Guidelines”). We may, however, deviate from the Table and Guidelines if warranted by the specific facts and circumstances of the situation. In addition, the Guidelines are not intended to address all issues that may appear on all proxy ballots. Proposals not specifically addressed by the Guidelines, whether submitted by management or shareholders, will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis, keeping in mind that the objective of the Guidelines is to enhance the value of the securities in our clients’ accounts on a risk-adjusted basis.
The Table and these Guidelines are divided into two sections: Management and Shareholder proposals. These Guidelines set forth how ADVISER will respond to certain proxy voting issues. Where the Guidelines state we will vote in favor of a management proposal on a given issue, we would in turn vote against any corresponding shareholder proposal (e.g., we will vote for management proposals to eliminate cumulative voting and vote against shareholder proposals to adopt it).
Note that for the accompanying Guidelines the terms noted will have the following definitions: (1) Shareholder is synonymous with Unitholder; (2) Articles of Incorporation is synonymous with Partnership Agreement; and, (3) Corporation is synonymous with Partnership.
For additional clarification, please see the complete Harvest Proxy Voting Guidelines.
I. Management Proposals
A. Business Financial Issues
Issue | For | Against | Case-by-Case | Abstain | |
1. | Election of Directors | √ | |||
2. | Voting for Nominees in a Contested Election | √ | |||
3. | Appointment of Auditors | √ | |||
4. | Increase in Authorized Common Stock | √ | |||
5. | Changes in Board Structure and Amending the Articles of Incorporation | √ | |||
6. | Corporate Restructurings, Merger Proposals, and Spin-offs | √ | |||
7. | Considering Non-Financial Effects of a Merger Proposal | √ | |||
8. | Director Liability and Indemnification | √ | |||
9. | Stock Option Plans | √ | |||
10. | Stock Splits | √ |
B. Anti-Takeover Issues
Issue | For | Against | Case-by-Case | Abstain | |
1. | Blank Check Preferred Stock | √ | |||
2. | Classified Boards | √ | |||
3. | Fair Price Provisions | √ | |||
4. | Limiting a Shareholder’s Right to Call Special Meetings | √ |
5. | Limiting a Shareholder’s Right to Act by Written Consent | √ | |||
6. | Supermajority Vote Requirements | √ | |||
7. | Reincorporation | √ | |||
8. | Issuance of Stock with Unequal Voting Rights | √ | |||
9. | Elimination of Preemptive Rights | √ | |||
10. | Other Business | √ |
II. Shareholder Proposals
A. Corporate Governance Issues
Issue | For | Against | Case-by-Case | Abstain | |
1. | Shareholder Vote on Shareholder Rights Plan | √ | |||
2. | Confidential Voting | √ | |||
3. | Cumulative Voting | √ | |||
4. | Anti-Greenmail | √ | |||
5. | Opting out of State Anti-Takeover Laws | √ | |||
6. | Equal Access to Proxies | √ | |||
7. | Shareholder Vote on Severance Plans (Golden Parachutes) and/or Employment Agreements after being Negotiated by Management | √ | |||
8. | Shareholder Vote on Severance Plans (Golden Parachutes) and/or Employment Agreements before being Negotiated by Management | √ | |||
9. | Disclosing and/or Limiting Executive and Director Pay | √ | |||
10. | Performance-Based Stock Option Plans | √ | |||
11. | Shareholder Vote on Stock Option Re-Pricing | √ | |||
12. | Stock Option Expensing | √ | |||
13. | Excluding Pension Income from Performance-Based Compensation | √ | |||
14. | Independent Directors a Majority | √ | |||
15. | Independent Directors a Majority on Key Committees | √ | |||
16. | Separating Chairman and CEO | √ | |||
17. | Separating Auditors and Consultants | √ | |||
18. | Limiting Terms of Directorships | √ | |||
19. | Requiring Stock Ownership | √ | |||
20. | Paying Directors Only in Stock | √ | |||
21. | Requiring Two Candidates for Each Board Seat | √ | |||
22. | Rotating Locale for Annual Meeting | √ |
B. Social and Political Issues
ADVISER votes on these proposals on a case-by-case basis. ADVISER will vote against shareholder proposals that will cause the company to incur excessive or unnecessary expenses and may abstain from shareholder proposals that are unlikely to have any economic effect on a company’s business or financial conditions.
PLEASE SEE THE GENERAL COUNSEL FOR A
COPY OF HARVEST’S BUSINESS
CONTINUITY PLAN
Anti-Money Laundering Program
The ADVISER has adopted the following policies and procedures as best practices. The Compliance Officer will:
· | Serve as the Anti-Money Laundering (AML) compliance officer for the Firm; |
· | Coordinate with the ADVISER’s Prime Broker and independent Fund Administrator(s) to make certain that Know Your Client (KYC) and source-of-income checks are being conducted with all new client accounts; |
· | Review at least annually the scope of KYC client information collected to make certain AML risks are, where possible, being mitigated; |
· | Ensure that all operations staff are adequately trained and updated on AML compliance rules; and, |
· | Evaluate the efficacy of annual independent testing of an AML program once fully instituted. |
This AML policy framework utilized by ADVISER and/or its Prime Broker and independent Fund Administrator must, at a minimum, provide for:
· | A risk-based approach towards assessing and managing the money laundering and terrorist financing risks for the Firm; |
· | A risk-based program for customer due diligence, identification, verification, and KYC procedures, including: |
ü | enhanced due diligence for those customers presenting higher risk; and, |
ü | a prohibition against dealing with shell banks (a shell bank is defined as a bank incorporated in a jurisdiction in which it has no physical presence and which is unaffiliated with a regulated financial group); |
· | Establishment of risk-based systems and procedures to monitor customer accounts and activity; |
· | Internal procedures for reporting suspicious transactions or activity and the reporting of suspicious activity to the relevant law enforcement authorities; |
· | Procedures for the screening of clients and transactions against applicable financial sanctions and embargo programs; and, |
· | Appropriate communications, internal controls, auditing, monitoring, and conformance arrangements to ensure that Firm policies and procedures are well understood and observed in practice. |
Harvest Fund Advisors LLC Composite Construction and Calculation Policy
It is Harvest’s intention to construct and calculate composite returns for all separately managed account portfolios running the same or similar strategies. In constructing and calculating the composite, Harvest will utilize the policies identified below.
Current Strategies Utilizing a Composite
At present, Harvest has constructed and utilizes a composite for the following strategies:
· | The Harvest MLP Alpha Strategy; and, |
· | The Harvest Enhanced MLP Index +100 bps Strategy. |
New and Redeemed Portfolios
It is Harvest’s policy to apply the following current composite inclusion/exclusion criteria in a timely and consistent fashion:
· | A portfolio will be included in the composite on the first day of the first calendar month in which it meets the composite inclusion criteria unless instructed differently by, or otherwise agreed upon with, a client. For example, if a client instructs Harvest to build a portfolio over an extended period of time and contractually establishes a performance start date later than the first day of the first calendar month, Harvest will include the portfolio in the composite on the agreed upon date. |
· | A portfolio will be removed from the composite on the first day of the first month in which it no longer meets composite criteria for inclusion. If a portfolio is removed from a composite, its prior history will remain in the composite. |
Minimum Portfolio Size
Harvest has established minimum asset levels for composites, as portfolios below the established minimum are deemed too small to be representative of the composite’s strategy.
MLP Alpha Strategy Portfolios
To be included in a composite, a portfolio must be: invested, or in the process of being invested; deemed discretionary; and, have a minimum beginning market value of $5 million. A portfolio will be removed from the composite when its beginning market value falls below a 95% threshold of the minimum beginning market value.
Enhanced MLP Index Strategy Portfolios
To be included in a composite, a portfolio must be: invested, or in the process of being invested; deemed discretionary; and, have a minimum beginning market value of $10 million. A portfolio will be
removed from the composite when its beginning market value falls below a 95% threshold of the minimum beginning market value. From January 1, 2006 through September 30, 2011, for a portfolio to be included in the composite it must have had a minimum beginning market value of $2 million.
Composite Definitions Hierarchy
At present, Harvest is not GIPS® compliant. Nevertheless, Harvest seeks to construct and calculate its composites in a manner that is consistent with and in accordance with the GIPS® Guidance Statement on Composite Definition. As such, Harvest composites are an aggregation of portfolios representing a similar investment mandate, objective, or strategy. Harvest’s invested, discretionary portfolios that meet composite minimum asset level criteria are included in at least one composite or will form their own composite until such time as a second portfolio joins the composite.
Harvest strives to apply the same fundamental, bottom-up research process to all discretionary client portfolios.
Composites are defined by the following criteria:
Composite Monitoring
All portfolios are monitored on an ongoing basis for composite inclusion/exclusion consideration. Portfolios are reviewed at least monthly to determine if:
· | Client-directed changes to investment guidelines or objectives results in any composite changes; |
· | A portfolio has reached the minimum asset requirement for inclusion in a composite; |
· | A portfolio has breached the minimum asset requirement for exclusion from a composite; and, |
· | An existing or new portfolio meets all the criteria for establishing a new composite. |
On a monthly basis, the CFO/CCO will meet with the COO to identify portfolios for inclusion/exclusion in composites.
The CFO/CCO, COO, and a senior member of the Investment Committee must approve any composite constituent changes.
Harvest Fund Advisors LLC Risk Assessment Matrix
( ranked by risk level, alphabetically)
Business
Activity |
Responsible
Person(s) |
Risks |
Risk
Level |
Reference | Control Factors |
Testing
Frequency |
Advertising |
AJM
DBT |
Ads are incorrect and/or misleading | High | Manual Section 12 | COO and CCO approves all marketing pieces | With each new piece |
Code of Ethics |
AJM
DBT |
Employees trade to detriment of clients | High | Manual Sections 1, 6, and 7 | Each employee signs off on Code of Ethics; training is conducted for new employees; CCO checks personal trading against restricted securities | Monthly; pre-trade clearance to be implemented |
ERISA |
AJM
DBT |
Self-dealing rules are violated | High | Manual Section 16 | COO & CCO check ERISA accounts for any cross and/or principal trades | Daily |
Investment Guidelines |
AJM
DBT |
Client assets are inappropriately invested | High | Manual Section 14 | COO & CCO monitor all transactions | Daily |
Performance Calculation |
AJM
DBT |
Performance is presented inaccurately | High | Manual Section 12 | CCO reviews return calculations, which are periodically also reviewed by an outside auditor | Monthly |
Agency Cross Transactions |
AJM
DBT |
Clients are unaware that firm acts in two different capacities | Medium | Manual Section 9 | Client contract contains agency cross-trade acknowledgment; COO & CCO reviews agency cross trades, if any, to ensure firm is not advising both sides of any transactions | Semi-annually |
Allocations |
JAS
AJM DBT |
Clients are unfairly treated | Medium | Manual Section 9 | All allocations are performed pro rata, COO or CCO reviewing any proposed exceptions; COO or CCO review non-pro-rata trades for performance dispersion | Quarterly |
Anti-Money Laundering |
AJM
DBT |
Terrorist funds are accepted | Medium | Manual Attachment 10 | All individual client names are run through OFAC by Fund Administrator | With each new client |
Cross Trades |
AJM
DBT |
ERISA clients are included; trades are not in client’s best interest | Medium | Manual Section 9 | ADV Form and client contracts disclose that cross trades are possible; COO or CCO reviews all cross trades for fairness and exclusion of ERISA clients | Quarterly |
Best Execution |
JAS
AJM DBT |
Clients get poor execution and/or performance suffers | Medium | Manual Section 14 | Traders use approved brokers, which are surveyed and evaluated | Semi-annually |
Directed Brokerage |
AJM
DBT |
Clients are unaware of any suboptimal trade execution | Medium | Manual Section 14 | Client contracts provide for directed brokerage relationships | With each new client |
Fees |
AJM
DBT |
Clients are inappropriately billed | Medium | Manual Section 15 | CCO reviews fee calculations and fees charged vs. fees stated | Quarterly |
Principal Trading |
AJM
DBT |
Client is unaware of firm conflict | Medium | Manual Section 9 | COO or CCO reviews any principal trade, providing written disclosure of such to clients | With each such trade |
Exhibit (p)9
Canyon Capital Advisors LLC,
Canyon Capital Realty Advisors LLC,
ICE Canyon
LLC, River Canyon Fund
Management LLC, and Canyon Capital Advisors
(Europe) Limited
Code of Ethics
Policy on Personal Securities Transactions
and Insider Information
Last amended February 10, 2014
This Code of Ethics shall apply to all employees within the Canyon group of companies, which includes Canyon Capital Advisors LLC (“CCA”), Canyon Capital Realty Advisors LLC (“CCRA”), ICE Canyon LLC (“ICE”), River Canyon Fund Management LLC (“River Canyon”), and Canyon Capital Advisors (Europe) Limited (“CCA EU”). CCA, CCRA, ICE, and River Canyon are investment advisers registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (“Advisers Act”), and have adopted this Code of Ethics and Policy on Personal Securities Transactions and Insider Information (the “Code”) to meet the requirements of Rule 204A-1 under the Advisers Act and Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “IC Act”). CCA EU is registered with the Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”). The employees and officers (referred to collectively as “Employees”) of Canyon Partners, LLC (“Canyon Partners”), CCA, CCRA, ICE, River Canyon, and CCA EU, (collectively referred to as “Canyon”) are subject to this Code.
As a fiduciary, Canyon is committed to maintaining the highest ethical standards in all business activities, including the management of separate accounts, private investment funds managed by Canyon, and any Registered Investment Companies which are advised or subadvised by Canyon (“Reportable Funds”) (collectively referred to as “Clients”). The Code reflects Canyon’s view on dishonesty, self-dealing, conflicts of interest and trading on material, non-public information, none of which will be tolerated. Each Employee is required to read the Code annually and to certify that he or she has complied with its provisions and with the reporting requirements. Acknowledgement of and compliance with the Code are conditions of employment.
Any person who has any question regarding the applicability of the Code or the related prohibitions, restrictions and procedures or the propriety of any action, is urged to contact Canyon’s Compliance Department. Canyon’s Trading Compliance Officer will assist in monitoring the personal securities trading of Employees and resolving any issues that may arise. For a list of Employees currently holding the positions noted above see Appendix A.
CCA EU has adopted policies and procedures to comply with the requirements of the FCA and MAS, respectively. The employees of CCA EU shall comply with the strictest standard whether imposed by this Code of Ethics or the policies and procedures adopted by their respective firm. (In most cases the standards imposed by the Code of Ethics are stricter.)
1.1 Standards of Business Conduct
As fiduciaries, Canyon and its Employees owe Canyon’s Clients a duty of loyalty and care, which requires that Employees act for the best interests of Canyon and its Clients and always place Canyon and its Clients’ interests first and foremost. Enumerated below are some examples of these duties.
· | Employees must avoid actions or activities that allow (or appear to allow) them or their family members to improperly profit or benefit from their relationships with Canyon or its Clients, or that bring into question their independence or judgment. |
Page | 1 |
· | Employees must report any violations of this Code promptly to the Compliance Department or Trading Compliance Officer. |
· | Employees must always observe the highest standards of business conduct and act in accordance with all applicable laws and regulations, including federal securities laws. |
· | Employees cannot, in connection with the purchase or sale, directly or indirectly, of a security held or to be acquired by any Client: |
o | employ any device, scheme or artifice to defraud any Client; |
o | make to a Client any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state to a Client a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading; |
o | engage in any act, practice or course of business that would operate as a fraud or deceit upon any Client; or |
o | engage in any manipulative practice with respect to any Client. |
· | Employees cannot engage in any inappropriate trading practices. |
o | Employees cannot cause or attempt to cause any Client to purchase, sell, or hold any security in a manner calculated to create any personal benefit to an Employee. |
1.2. Intentional Spreading of False Rumors
Intentionally creating, passing or using false rumors or misleading information with the intent to manipulate securities prices or markets is prohibited by Canyon and by the law. Such conduct is contradictory to the Company’s stated Code of Conduct as well as the Company’s expectations regarding appropriate behavior of its supervised persons. The circulation of false rumors or sensational information that might reasonably be expected to affect market conditions for one or more securities, a sector or market, or unjustly affect any person or entity, is prohibited.
Should you hear a rumor or other communication you know to be false, do not pass such information to others. Notwithstanding the forgoing, please note: the differentiation between a false rumor and someone’s investment opinion is a very grey area. To be clear, Canyon’s (and the regulators’) concern is with the intentional spreading of false rumors and information and is not in any way intended to prevent the free flow of information, including investment ideas and opinions regarding specific companies, securities, and industries, among market professionals.
1.3. Conducting Business in Foreign Countries
In addition to the general standards noted above, from time to time, Employees may pursue business opportunities or other activities in foreign countries. Whenever conducting activities on behalf of Canyon outside the Unites States, all personnel are expected to comply with all applicable national and local laws and regulations of the countries in which they are operating (unless prohibited by U.S. law). Any apparent conflict between the requirements of U.S. and foreign law should be promptly brought to the attention of the Compliance Department.
Page | 2 |
Employees should take note of the fact that in some countries certain laws prohibiting particular conduct are not enforced in practice; however, this does not excuse non-compliance. Personnel with any question as to whether certain activities are prohibited should contact the Compliance Department before engaging in any questionable conduct.
All personnel must also comply with U.S. laws and regulations applicable to the conduct of business outside of the United States. One such law is the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. In general, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”) prohibits companies from making, offering or authorizing the making or offering of, corrupt payments to foreign officials for the purpose of obtaining, retaining or directing business or otherwise securing an improper advantage (such as favorable regulatory action). To this end, Canyon has adopted specific policies and procedures dealing with the FCPA. Those policies and procedures are available on DataWare. Employees should always consult the Compliance Department before making or offering any payment (or anything of value including, but not limited to, gifts, charitable contributions or covering the cost of travel related expenses) to a foreign official.
1.4. Safeguarding of Proprietary and Non-public Information
Proprietary information includes non-public information, analyses and plans that are created or obtained by Canyon for its business purposes, other than that which constitutes confidential information entrusted to Canyon or its personnel by an external source. (Confidential information received by an external source is discussed in Section 3). In order to safeguard proprietary and non-public information, Employees should: (i) use proprietary or non-public information only for the specific business purposes for which the information was given, created or obtained; (ii) avoid discussions of proprietary or non-public information in the presence of others who do not have a need to know such information (including other Employees), and exercise extreme caution when discussing proprietary or non-public information in hallways, elevators, trains, subways, airplanes, restaurants, social gatherings or other public places; (iii) keep Clients’ and Investors’ identities confidential; (iv) keep proprietary and non-public information in locked file cabinets located in a secure area and use pass-codes to protect computer files; (v) exercise care to avoid placing documents containing proprietary or non-public information in areas where they may be read by unauthorized persons, and store such documents in secure locations when they are not in use; and (vi) avoid using speakerphones in circumstances where proprietary or non-public information may be overheard, and be aware that mobile telephones must be used with great care because their transmissions may be picked up by others. For the avoidance of doubt, Employees may be permitted to share general investment information with outside firms provided (1) there is a legitimate business reason for sharing such information (2) the sharing of any such information would not disadvantage or prejudice any Canyon client, and (3) the communication(s) would not otherwise violate the safeguards noted above or any other restrictions regarding the sharing of such information. Please note that disclosure of portfolio holdings of any Reportable Fund is subject to specific restrictions and limitations as outlined in the Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings Policy as set forth in the registration statement of each Reportable Fund. For example, an Employee may only discuss or disclose a trade in process for a RIC with counterparties, potential counterparties and others involved in the transaction (i.e., brokers and custodians).
Page | 3 |
Canyon sub-leases office space, which will result in individuals, other than Employees, having access to various common areas such as hallways, kitchens, elevators, etc. As a result, Employees must be especially vigilant in following the procedures outlined above. To the extent feasible, Canyon will strive to erect physical barriers between Employees in possession of proprietary and non-public information and other Employees of Canyon, its affiliates, and those with whom it shares office space. Canyon has adopted specific policies and procedures regarding the sharing of office space.
Employees may access certain websites that permit blogging or the posting of electronic information for work related reasons. However, any information posted on an electronic forum will be publicly available and, based on the content, may be considered an advertisement or investment advice/recommendation. To avoid any regulatory issues, Employees are prohibited from posting the following types of information on blogs or other electronic forums:
· | Information about Canyon’s Clients and Investors including, but not limited to, identifying an individual or institution as being a Client or Investor or posting any non-public information about a Client or Investor; |
· | Proprietary information about Canyon’s investment strategies, holdings, and decisions; and |
· | Performance or other proprietary marketing related information about any Canyon Client, fund or account. |
For purposes of the preceding policies, “Electronic Forum” includes information that is available to the general public, as well as information that is only available to “friends,” personal contacts, members, subscribers, or other groups of individuals.
Further, please be aware that persons outside Canyon may publish material non-public information on blogs or other electronic forums. Any Employee who believes he or she may have reviewed non-public information on an electronic forum should contact a member of the Compliance or Legal department immediately to discuss.
Page | 4 |
2. Personal Securities Transactions
The personal transactions and investment activities of Employees of investment advisory firms, and certain of their family members 1 (referred to collectively as “Personal Securities Transactions”), are the subject of various federal securities laws, rules and regulations. The rules and regulations regarding Personal Securities Transactions define Employees with access to certain information as “Access Persons.” Canyon has decided to deem all Employees “Access Persons” and, as a result, all Employees must engage in all personal securities transactions in a manner that avoids a conflict (actual or apparent) between their personal interests and those of Canyon and its Clients. When Employees invest for their own accounts, conflicts of interest may arise between Canyon, Clients’ and the Employee’s interests. The conflicts may include (without limitation):
· | Taking an investment opportunity from a Client for an Employee’s own portfolio, |
· | Using an Employee’s advisory position to take advantage of available investments, |
· | Front running, for example, by an Employee trading for Employee’s own account before making a similar trade for a Client account, and |
· | Taking advantage of information or using Client portfolio assets to affect the market to the Employee’s benefit. |
2.1 Policies and Procedures Regarding Personal Securities Transactions
To assure compliance with the securities laws and to avoid potential conflicts of interest (actual or apparent) with its Clients, Canyon has established the following procedures included in the Code with respect to all Employees. The procedures outlined below must be strictly adhered to by all Employees.
A. | Location of Accounts; Reporting Requirements |
Employees and Related Persons (as such term is defined in Sub-Section E. below) may not maintain any form of trading or investment account at any broker, dealer, bank or investment adviser unless: (i) the Chief Compliance Officer has approved of the account in writing; (ii) all account positions are disclosed to Canyon; and (iii) trading in the account is subject to the rules and
1 Family member includes adoptive relationships and means any of the following persons who reside in your household:
spouse | stepparent | son-in-law | ||
child | grandparent | daughter-in-law | ||
stepchild | spouse | brother-in-law | ||
grandchild | sibling | sister-in-law | ||
parent | father-in-law | mother-in-law |
Page | 5 |
reporting requirements discussed in this Code. Unless excepted in writing, all accounts subject to the Code must be maintained at a broker-dealer approved by the Compliance Department. In addition, unless excepted in writing, all transactions in accounts subject to the Code must be effected through a broker-dealer approved by the Compliance Department. Upon commencement of employment, an Employee must arrange for transfer of any securities and related cash accounts to an approved broker-dealer within 30 days of the date of employment (unless excepted in writing). Where an exception is granted, Employees must still follow all applicable provisions of this Code regarding Personal Securities Transactions including providing Canyon with the name of the broker-dealer firm with which they have their personal accounts and requesting that the broker-dealer send to Canyon, to the attention of the Compliance Department, duplicates of all confirmations and monthly account statements related to the foregoing accounts and transactions. Exceptions to the above requirements will only be granted in unusual circumstances.
Employees are required to report promptly to the Compliance Department any changes in status or location of any account in which they have a beneficial interest as defined below.
B. | General Restrictions |
The following restrictions and guidelines apply to Employee Personal Securities Transactions:
1. | Employees and their Related Persons are prohibited from purchasing or selling any form of investment or trading assets (an “Investment Asset”) on the basis of material confidential information, proprietary information, and/or material, non-public information, which is discussed further in Section 3. |
2. | No transactions may be made by an Employee or their Related Persons in an Investment Asset on the Restricted List, unless approved by a Managing Partner. For more information on the Restricted List please see Section 3.3 of the Code. |
3. | All trades done for personal accounts of Employees and their Related Persons require advance approval either in writing or electronically from the Compliance Department and/or Trading Compliance Officer. Approvals will only be valid on the day the trade was approved. If an approved trade is not effected on that day, the trade will need to be re-approved. |
4. | Once a decision has been made to trade in a security on behalf of a Client, Employees and their Related Persons are prohibited from effecting any transaction in such security during the period which begins one business day before and ends two business days after any Client has traded in that security (referred to as the “Black-Out Period”). For example, an employee will be permitted to trade on the third business day after the transaction, typically on the same day the Client trade settles). This restriction does not apply to a security that is excepted from this Code or to broad based market indices. |
Page | 6 |
5. | Employees and their Related Persons are prohibited from investing in any Investment Asset for less than 30 calendar days (please see Policy against Short-Term Trading; 30-Day Holding Period in Section G below). |
6. | Absent specific approval, Employees and their Related Persons are prohibited from engaging in speculative trading as opposed to investment activity. |
7. | Employees and their Related Persons are generally prohibited from writing naked puts and/or calls, except with respect to broad based market indices. |
8. | Interests in a Reportable Fund or a private investment fund advised by Canyon (“Canyon Private Funds”) may be purchased, sold, transferred or redeemed by Employees and their Related Persons only with the prior written approval of the Trading Compliance Officer and a Managing Partner; Employees may not invest in any other private investment fund without the consent of a Managing Partner. |
Canyon’s procedures require that the approval must be obtained to sell securities previously acquired even if the acquisition was made prior to becoming an Employee or with Canyon’s approval.
Prior to effecting any securities transaction, all Employees should consider the guidelines and restrictions applicable to trading while in possession of material, non-public information contained in Section 3 of this Code.
C. | Investment Assets |
1. | Investment Assets Subject to the Code |
The policies and procedures in this Code apply to transactions involving all equity and debt securities, including common and preferred stock, investment and non-investment grade debt securities, investments convertible into or exchangeable for stock or debt securities, or any derivative instrument relating to any such security, including options, warrants and futures, or any interest in a partnership or other entity that invests in any of the foregoing. Additionally, investments in any Reportable Funds are covered by this Code.
Exchange Traded Funds (“ETF”) are not subject to the Black-Out Period, the 30-Day Holding Period, or pre-clearance requirements of the Code. However, ETFs are subject to the reporting requirements of the Code (i.e., initial and annual holding reports and quarterly certifications).
Page | 7 |
2. | Real Estate Investments Subject to the Code |
CCRA Employees are subject to additional restrictions with respect to certain types of real estate investments, including the requirement to pre-clear certain real estate transactions. Please see the Reporting Requirements Table below for a list of such transactions.
3. | Types of Investment Assets Not Subject to the Code |
Investments in the following Investment Assets are not subject to the Code.
· | Direct obligations of the U.S. government; |
· | Banker’s acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and high quality short-term debt instruments 2 , including repurchase agreements; |
· | Shares issued by money market funds; and | |
· | Shares issued by open-end investment companies, with the exception of any Reportable Fund. |
D. | Types of Accounts |
1. | Accounts Subject to the Code |
“Personal Securities Accounts” include the following types of accounts, all of which are subject to this Code:
(a) | Accounts in the Employee’s name; |
(b) | Accounts in the name of the Employee’s spouse; |
(c) | Accounts in the name of children under the age of 18, whether or not living with the Employee, and family members (see note 1) living with the Employee or for whose support the Employee is wholly or partially responsible (together with the Employee’s spouse collectively referred to as a “Related Person”); |
(d) | Accounts in which the Employee or any Related Person directly or indirectly controls, participates in, or has the right to control or participate in, investment decisions, such as family trusts in which the Employee or Related Person is a trustee; |
2 High quality short-term debt instrument means any instrument that has a maturity at issuance of less than 366 days and that is rated in one of the two highest rating categories by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization ( e.g. , Moody’s Investors Service).
Page | 8 |
(e) | Accounts in which the Employee or Related Person has direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership 3 . |
2. | Accounts Not Subject to the Code |
Accounts over which the Employee or Related Person does not have direct or indirect influence or control are not subject to the Code. This would typically include accounts managed on a discretionary basis by an outside money manager. The existence of all such accounts must be reported to the Compliance Department and the outside money manager may be asked to confirm this.
E. | Approval Requirements and Process |
All transactions by Employees (including Related Persons) must receive prior approval (or pre-clearance) from the Compliance Department and the Trading Compliance Officer. Employees must follow the procedures outlined below before effecting any transaction subject to the Code:
1. | The Employee must complete and submit the Request for Personal Securities Transaction form to the Trading Compliance Officer and Compliance Department. |
2. | Upon review and approval by the Trading Compliance Officer, the Request for Personal Securities Transaction form will be forwarded to the Compliance Department. |
3. | After both the Compliance Department and the Trading Compliance Officer have approved the transaction, the Employee will be notified and will have until the end of the business day to complete the transaction. |
Canyon has the right to deny approval for any securities transactions. The fact that approval for a securities transaction is granted or denied is highly confidential and should not be disclosed by
3 You should generally consider yourself the “beneficial owner” of any securities in which you have a direct or indirect Pecuniary Interest. Pecuniary Interest in a security means the opportunity, directly or indirectly, to profit or share in any profit derived from a transaction in such security. As a general rule, you will be regarded as having a pecuniary interest in a security held in the name of your family members. For example, you will likely be deemed to have a pecuniary interest in securities (including the right to require the exercise or conversion of any derivative security such as an option or warrant, whether or not presently exercisable or convertible) held for:
· | Your accounts or the accounts of Related Persons |
· | A partnership or limited liability company, if you are or a Related Person is a general partner or a managing member |
· | A corporation or similar business entity, if you have or share, or a Related Person has or shares, investment control |
· | A trust, if you are or a Related Person is a beneficiary |
Page | 9 |
the Employee seeking approval to anyone inside or outside Canyon. Personnel should not engage in discussions as to the reasons for the grant or denial of approval except with a Managing Partner. If an Employee believes a denied transaction should have been approved, the Employee must seek the approval of a Managing Partner. All approvals by a Managing Partner will document the specific reason for approving the request.
Stop Loss Orders
Employees will be permitted to use stop loss orders provided the following additional procedures are followed:
1. | An employee must hold his position for a minimum of 30 days prior to submitting a stop loss order, |
2. | Each stop loss order, and any changes or amendments thereto, must be pre-cleared in the same manner as any other trade, |
3. | The Black-Out Period will only apply to date on which the stop loss order is approved and not to the date on which the stop loss order is executed unless the stop loss order is executed within two days of approval. For example, if a stop loss order is approved on Monday and the order is executed on Tuesday and the firm trades in the same name on Tuesday, the trade will need to be reversed. If, however, a stop loss order is approved on Monday and the order is executed on following Tuesday and the firm trades in the same name on that Tuesday, the trade will NOT need to be reversed. |
Trades on Foreign Exchanges
As noted above, pre-clearances are only good for the trading day on which the pre-clearance is approved. However, due to the timing differences between our hours of operations and the hours of operations of foreign exchanges, pre-clearances will be valid until the end of the next trading day on that foreign exchange.
Canyon Capital Advisors (Europe) Limited
As noted above, pre-clearances are only good for the trading day on which the pre-clearance is approved. However, due to the timing differences between our hours of operations and the hours of operations of Canyon Capital Advisors (Europe) Limited, pre-clearances will be valid until the end of the next trading day on either the US or foreign exchange, as applicable.
Page | 10 |
F. | Public Offerings and Limited Offerings |
1. | The following general restrictions apply to Employees and Related Persons: |
Restricted Investments
Security Type |
Purchase | Sale | ||
Initial Public Offerings ( IPO s) (An IPO 4 is a corporation’s first offering of a security representing shares of the company to the public.) |
PERMITTED – Subject to advance written approval by the Trading Compliance Officer and a Managing Partner. | PERMITTED – Subject to advance written approval by the Trading Compliance Officer and a Managing Partner. | ||
Limited Offerings* (A limited offering 5 is an offer or sale of any security by a brokerage firm not involving a public offering, for example, a venture capital deal.) |
PERMITTED – Subject to advance written approval by the Trading Compliance Officer and a Managing Partner. | PERMITTED – Subject to advance written approval by the Trading Compliance Officer and a Managing Partner. |
* Limited Offerings include:
· | The Canyon Private Funds; |
· | Transactions in securities, options, commodities or futures contracts that are not publicly offered or traded; |
· | Participation in hedge funds, leveraged buy-out transactions, real estate offerings, private placements, and oil and gas partnerships or working interests; |
· | Acceptance of offers of options or shares by personnel who serve on boards of directors; |
· | Transactions involving real estate or agricultural land held for investment purposes, jointly in partnership with another person (other than family members); |
· | Investing in any other business, whether or not related to securities ( e.g., fast-food franchises, restaurants, sports teams, etc.); and |
· | Owning stock or having, directly or indirectly, any financial interest in any other organization engaged in any advisory, securities, commodities, futures contracts or related business; provided, however, that approval is not required with regard |
4 IPO (i.e., initial public offering) means an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933, the issuer of which, immediately before registration, was not subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
5 A limited offering means an offering that is exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 pursuant to Section 4(2), Section 4(6) or Rules 504, 505 or 506 of Regulation D (e.g., private placements).
Page | 11 |
to stock ownership or other financial interest in any such business that is publicly owned, unless a control relationship exists.
2. Employees who are also registered representatives or associated persons of CP Investments, LLC (“CPI”), Canyon’s affiliated broker-dealer, are generally prohibited from purchasing shares during an initial public offering. Please see CPI’s Written Supervisory Procedures for more information.
G. | Policy against Short-Term Trading; 30-Day Holding Period |
Personal Securities Transactions should be undertaken for investment purposes, not for short-term trading or risk arbitrage profits. Accordingly, Employees and Related Persons are generally prohibited from trading in “deal” or “rumor” securities. “Deal” or “rumor” securities include securities of companies that are the subject of reports or rumors of actual or anticipated extraordinary corporate transactions or other corporate events, regardless of whether Canyon is involved. Employees are also generally prohibited from trading options or futures unless for bona fide hedging purposes against an offsetting position on a one-to-one basis (other than with respect to broad-based standard indexes), absent specific approval. Thus naked puts and calls are prohibited.
Unless a security is excepted from the Code or is an ETF, all Employees and Related Persons are required to maintain all securities positions for a minimum of 30 days. Under certain circumstances, generally involving hardships, exceptions to this 30-day holding period may be permitted on a prior approval basis. However, Canyon retains the unconditional right to refuse to grant approval for short-term trading transactions. While Canyon does not prohibit short sales by Employees or Related Persons, short sales are discouraged and subject to the 30-day minimum holding period.
H. | The Unconditional Right of Canyon to Impose Restrictions on Personal Securities Trading |
Canyon may in its sole discretion impose restrictions (in addition to those specifically set forth herein) on the execution of transactions by Employees and Related Persons. Employees should be aware and apprise Related Persons that their securities positions may become frozen if Canyon becomes involved in a transaction affecting the issuer of such securities. The imposition of any such restriction is highly confidential and should not be disclosed outside Canyon, or inside Canyon except to the extent necessary to effectuate the restriction. Employees should avoid discussion as to reasons for the imposition of any such restriction.
I. | Monitoring Compliance with Canyon’s Personal Securities Trading Policies |
On a periodic basis, a review of all Employee trades, not exempted from this Code, will be conducted to determine whether any securities purchased or sold by Employees for their own accounts or the accounts of any Related Peron are either on the Restricted List or being considered for purchase, purchased, or sold by Clients of Canyon.
Page | 12 |
Firm personnel should be aware and apprise Related Parties that Canyon will use periodic account statements, transactions confirmations and other information, whether or not received from Canyon, to monitor and review securities trading in Personal Securities Accounts for compliance not only with Canyon’s internal policies but also with respect to legal and regulatory requirements regarding such trading. Canyon personnel are expected to cooperate with such inquires and any monitoring or review procedures employed by Canyon.
2.2 Personal Securities Transactions Reporting Requirements
A. | Initial and Annual Holdings Reports |
All Employees are required to report brokerage accounts and securities/holdings by the Employee and Related Persons (subject to Code requirements) on an Initial Holdings Report within 10 days of employment, with information current as of a date no more than 45 days prior to employment, and annually thereafter. Annual reports must be submitted by February 14 of each year and the information contained in an annual report must be current as of December 31 of the prior year, unless some other date is set by the Compliance Department. An Employee’s or Related Person’s brokerage account statement(s) may be submitted in lieu of a separate initial or annual holdings report if all of the Employee’s or Related Person’s reportable holdings appear on the statement(s). In certain circumstances, an Employee’s or Related Person’s brokerage account statements may need to be consolidated. The holdings report must contain the following:
· | title and exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number; |
· | number of shares and principal amount of the security involved; |
· | type of security; |
· | name of the broker-dealer or bank that maintained the account; and | |
· | the date the report is submitted by the Employee. |
B. | Monthly Transactions Reports |
All Employees must arrange for the Compliance Department to receive monthly (or as generated, e.g., quarterly) duplicate statements for all investment accounts that contain securities of the Employee and Related Persons directly from the broker-dealer or other financial institution approved to handle the Employees investment account. These duplicate statements must report any transaction in a security over which the Employee had, or as a result of the transaction acquired, any direct or indirect beneficial ownership. A record of every transaction in a security is required with the following information to be maintained:
· | title and exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number; |
· | number of shares or principal amount of the security involved; |
· | interest rate and maturity date (if applicable); |
Page | 13 |
· | date of the transaction; |
· | nature of the transaction (purchase or sale); |
· | price at which the trade was effected; |
· | name of the broker-dealer or bank that executed the transaction; and | |
· | the date the report is submitted by the Employee. |
**Special Note Regarding 401(k) Plans: You are not required to report exchanges and transfers within your 401(k) plan if you are only able to invest in open-end mutual funds as long as such plan does not invest in any Reportable Funds. If your 401(k) plan offers investments in other types of securities or invests in Reportable Funds, you are required to report exchanges and transfers, but not automatic investment plans. 6
C. | Quarterly Certification |
Employees will certify that the information contained in the duplicate statement(s) or downloaded into to the DataWare system is correct and complete and to record quarterly transaction information that did not appear in duplicate statement(s) or DataWare, if necessary. It is required by federal law to be submitted not later than 30 days after the calendar quarter in which the transaction was effected. If the thirtieth day falls on a weekend or a holiday, the report is due the business day immediately preceding this deadline. Please forward the report to the Compliance Department.
In addition, if during the quarter an Employee or Related Person establishes a new account in which any securities are held for his or her beneficial interest, the Employee must file an initial holdings report, described above, and must provide the following information as part of his or her quarterly report:
· | name of the broker-dealer or bank with whom the Employee established the account |
· | the date the account was established; and | |
· | the date the report is submitted by the Employee. |
D. | Exceptions to Reporting |
Employees need not submit a quarterly transactions report to Canyon if all the information in the report would duplicate information contained in brokerage account statements received by Canyon not later than 30 days after the calendar quarter. The quarterly certification is, however, required.
6 Automatic investment plan means a program in which regular periodic purchases (or withdrawals) are made automatically in (or from) investment accounts in accordance with a predetermined schedule and allocation. An automatic investment plan includes a dividend reinvestment plan.
Page | 14 |
You are not required to detail or list the following items on your initial and annual holdings reports and quarterly transactions reports:
1. | Purchases or sales effected for any account over which you have no direct or indirect influence or control. However, the Employee is required to report the existence of all accounts, even if managed on a discretionary basis by an outside money manager (however, the outside money manager may be asked to confirm this); |
2. | Transactions effected pursuant to an automatic investment plan; and |
3. | Purchases or sales of any of the following securities: |
· | Direct obligations of the U.S. government; |
· | Banker’s acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and high quality short-term debt instruments (previously defined in footnote 3); |
· | shares issued by money market funds, whether affiliated or non-affiliated; and | |
· | shares issued by open-end investment companies, other than shares of an Reportable Fund, if any. |
E. | Acknowledgement and Certification |
All Employees must acknowledge receipt of this Code no less frequently than annually to comply with Canyon’s policies and procedures. New Employees must also acknowledge receipt on their date of hire.
Page | 15 |
2.3 Summary of Reporting Requirements
The following table summarizes some of the reporting requirements. If you have any questions regarding the reporting requirements for transactions in other types of securities you should contact the Compliance Department.
Security Type | Quarterly Reporting |
IPOs | Yes |
Limited Offerings | Yes |
Corporate Debt Transactions | Yes |
Equity Transactions | Yes |
Government Bond | Yes |
Municipal Bond | Yes |
Whole Mortgage Loans or Other Real Estate Related Investments** | Yes |
Private Funds Managed by Canyon | Yes |
Closed-end Mutual Funds | Yes |
Exchange Traded Funds | Yes |
Open-end Mutual Funds Advised or Subadvised by Canyon | Yes |
US Treasury / Agencies | No |
Money Market Funds (affiliated and non-affiliated) | No |
Open-end Mutual Funds Not Advised or Subadvised by Canyon | No |
Short Term / Cash Equivalents | No |
Variable Annuities | No |
SPP / DRIPS* — automatic purchases | No |
* Sales of stocks from SPP or DRIPs: Pre-clearance is required for the sale of stocks from SSP or DRIPs. Please notify the Trading Compliance Officer in writing of the sale and include these transactions in any reports.
** Reporting of investments in whole mortgage loans or other real estate related investments is required only for Employees of CCRA and does not include primary residences and vacation homes.
2.4 Confidentiality of Personal Securities Transaction Information
Canyon will endeavor to keep all reports of personal securities transactions, holdings and any other information filed pursuant to this Code confidential. Employees’ reports and information submitted in connection with this Code will be kept in a locked filed cabinet, and access will be limited to appropriate Canyon personnel including the Compliance Department, Trading Compliance Officer, and Senior Management (Senior Management includes the Managing Partners, the Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer, General Counsel, and the Chief Compliance Officer. These individuals are identified in Appendix A) as well as Canyon’s compliance consultants and outside counsel; provided, however, that such information also may be subject to review by legal counsel, government authorities, Clients or others if required by law or court order.
Page | 16 |
The personal securities trading records of certain Employees may also be subject to review by the Reportable Fund’s Board of Directors, CCO, or its agent.
2.5 Communication with the Boards of Directors of Reportable Funds
Canyon’s Code of Ethics must be approved by the Board of Directors of any Reportable Fund. Additionally, Canyon is required to provide notification of any material changes to the Company’s Code of Ethics to the Board of Directors of any Reportable Fund no later than six months after the adoption of such a change.
Violations of Canyon’s Code of Ethics may be reportable to the Board of Directors of any Reportable Fund. At a minimum, Rule 17j-1 under the IC Act requires Canyon to provide an annual written report to the Board of Directors of any Reportable Fund which describes any issues arising under the Code since the last such report was made, including but not limited to material violations of the Code and any sanctions imposed by Canyon, and certifies that Canyon has adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent Employees from violating the Code. Additional reporting may be required for each Reportable Fund.
3. Policy on Insider Information
The Insider Trading and Securities Fraud Enforcement Act of 1988 and Section 204A of Advisers Act requires Canyon to establish, maintain and enforce written policies and procedures designed to prevent the misuse of material, non-public information (hereinafter referred to as “Inside Information”) by Canyon and its Employees. Among these policies and procedures are ones that restrict access to files likely to contain Inside Information, that provide for continuing education programs concerning insider trading, that require restricting or monitoring trades in securities about which Canyon and/or Employees might possess Inside Information, and that require reviewing trading executed on behalf of Clients and/or by Employees.
Employees should note that the following discussion relates to the misuse of material, non-public information based on the federal securities laws of the United States. Employees conducting business outside of the United States (i.e., investing in Non-US companies) or employees of CCA EU should be aware that other Countries have similar prohibitions against insider trading. Please contact the Compliance Department or Legal Department for specific information regarding the applicable laws with respect to other jurisdictions.
Canyon considers information material if there is a substantial likelihood that a reasonable investor would consider it important in making investment decisions, or information that is reasonably certain to have a substantial effect on the price of a company’s securities. Examples of material information include information regarding dividend changes, earnings estimates, changes in previously released earnings estimates, significant merger or acquisition proposals or agreements,
Page | 17 |
material real estate transactions, major litigation, liquidation problems, and extraordinary management developments.
Information is considered non-public when it has not been disseminated broadly to investors and the general public in the marketplace, such as by means of a press release carried over a major news service, a major news publication, a research report or publication, a public filing made with a regulatory agency, materials sent to shareholders or potential investors or customers, such as a proxy statement or prospectus, or materials available from public disclosure services. For example, information found in a public report filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), or appearing in Dow Jones, Reuters Economic Services , The Wall Street Journal , or other publications of general circulation would be considered public. However, limited disclosure does not make the information public ( i.e. , disclosure by an insider to a select group of persons). If there is no tangible evidence of any widespread dissemination of material information, Employees should presume that the information is non-public until instructed otherwise by Senior Management.
Employees should be aware that certain Canyon information may be considered Inside Information. Examples of such Inside Information include the following information that is used, produced, or obtained by Canyon for business purposes: specific information about Canyon’s securities trading positions or trading intentions; Canyon’s specific investment, trading or financial strategies or decisions; pending customer securities orders; advice to investment banking clients (to the extent Canyon is engaged to provide such advice); and analysis of companies that are potential acquirers or targets of other companies. Canyon information must be kept in the strictest of confidence and Employees may not disclose specific Canyon information to persons outside Canyon in the absence of a legitimate business reason. (Please see Section 1.4 for more information on sharing Canyon information with third parties.) Nothing contained in this paragraph in any way modifies or amends any provision of the Confidential Information Agreement signed by Employees.
Canyon generally defines insider trading as the buying or selling of a security, in breach of a fiduciary duty or other relationship of trust and confidence, while in possession of material, non-public information. Insider trading is a violation of federal securities laws, punishable by a prison term and significant monetary fines for the individual and investment adviser.
· | Tipping of Inside Information is PROHIBITED. An Employee may not tip a trade, either personally or on behalf of others, while in possession of such information. |
· | Front running is PROHIBITED. Front running involves trading ahead of a Client order in the same security on the basis of Inside Information regarding impending market transactions. | |
· | Scalping is PROHIBITED. Scalping occurs when an Employee purchases shares of a security for his/her own account prior to recommending/buying that security for Clients and then immediately selling the shares at profit upon the rise in the market price following the recommendation/purchase. |
Employees must notify the Compliance Department or the Trading Compliance Officer immediately if they have any reason to believe that a violation of the use of Inside Information has occurred or is about to occur, whether or not such violation involves the Employee or other
Page | 18 |
Employees of Canyon. Failure to do so constitutes grounds for disciplinary sanction, including dismissal.
3.2 Identifying Inside Information
Certain activities may present Employees with greater opportunities to obtain Inside Information. For example, Canyon may have contacts with public companies as part of Canyon’s research efforts, such as in the case of contacts with corporate insiders. For example, a company’s Chief Financial Officer may prematurely disclose quarterly results to an analyst or a company representative may make selective disclosure of adverse news. This type of information conveyed in this type of setting should be treated as Inside Information. Employees who are privy to issuer information in this context should immediately contact the Compliance Department. Immediate reporting is intended to protect the Employee, Canyon’s Clients and Canyon.
Moreover, when Canyon executes a confidentiality agreement with a public company or participates on, or has access to information from, creditors’ committees of companies in bankruptcy, Canyon and its Employees may receive material, non-public information. Employees who receive non-public information pursuant to a confidentiality agreement or participate in or have access to non-public information from creditors’ committees should immediately contact the Compliance Department. Immediate reporting is intended to protect the Employee, Canyon’s Clients, and Canyon.
Similarly, investments in bank debt also create situations in which Employees may receive Inside Information. Canyon has developed specific procedures with respect to bank debt, which are set forth in separate internal documents.
Tender offers also present opportunities for obtaining Inside Information and are subject to greater regulatory scrutiny, particularly given the possibility to misuse Inside Information in the tender offer context. Private Investments in Public Equities (PIPE) also create an opportunity for obtaining Inside Information. In most cases, the mere knowledge that a company is engaging in a PIPE transaction is deemed to be material, non-public information and would restrict Canyon from trading the public equities of the PIPE issuer until such transaction has been publicly announced. Employees should exercise particular caution any time they believe they may have become aware of any information, no matter how seemingly trivial, relating to an actual or potential tender offer or PIPE transaction.
Employees should take extra precautions when utilizing expert networks and outside consultants. Due to the unique nature of these services, the use of expert networks and outside consults must be preapproved by senior management. For more information regarding Canyon’s policy on the use of expert networks, please reference Canyon’s Policy on Third-Party Consultants which is available on DataWare.
If an Employee believes he/she or a family member has access to Inside Information, the following steps should be taken:
· | Report the information and proposed trade immediately to the Compliance Department. |
Page | 19 |
· | Do not communicate the Inside Information to anyone other than the Compliance Department. |
· | Await Canyon’s resolution of the matter. |
3.3 Limiting the Use of Insider Information and Using Information Barriers
A. | The Restricted List |
Canyon uses a “Restricted List” to monitor Canyon and Employee trading with respect to certain investments that (1) Canyon has or may have Inside Information about and/or (2) Canyon is restricted from trading because of a contractual arrangement (such as participating in certain types of transactions or executing a confidentiality agreement with a company). Canyon’s research analysts and Managing Partners shall work with the Compliance Department to determine the extent to which securities may need to be designated as “Restricted List” securities.
Canyon designates a security as being on the Restricted List for a number of reasons. However, any employee who is in possession of Inside Information, regardless of whether or not the security is on the Restricted List, is prohibited from trading in the security for any reason. Canyon seeks to limit the circumstances in which an issuer is placed on Canyon’s Restricted List due to the potential adverse effects on Canyon’s clients. Thus, Canyon shall endeavor to control access to material, non-public information among a limited number of employees through the use of information barriers. For more information on the Restricted List please see the CCA Compliance Manual.
As noted above, PIPE transactions pose greater risk with respect to the receipt and potential misuse of material, non-public information. If an Employee is made aware of or becomes aware of a pending PIPE transaction, the employee must report such information to the Compliance Department. In most cases the name will be added to the restricted list and Canyon and its Employees will be restricted from trading the public securities of the PIPE issuer until the transaction has been publicly announced.
B. | Information Barriers |
The purpose of an information barrier (commonly referred to as a “Chinese Wall”) is to isolate sensitive information, including Inside Information, from persons responsible for sales and trading activities and from other persons, within or without Canyon, who do not have an appropriate need to know the information. If properly implemented, information barriers permit certain persons at Canyon to, for example, perform investment banking functions for an issuer, or to serve on creditors’ committees, while other persons at Canyon who are not privy to sensitive information continue to trade that issuer’s securities. In addition, such procedures permit Canyon to insulate sales and trading activities from the effects of the inadvertent receipt of sensitive information by one or more individuals. Unless the employee is effectively “walled off,” conveying sensitive information to members of other business areas or employees of affiliates can lead to restrictions on research, trading, or other business of Canyon or the affiliate.
Page | 20 |
Canyon may have occasion to implement information barriers in special circumstances. As such, Canyon has developed procedures that are sufficiently flexible to address whatever special circumstances may be involved. As a result, the mechanism for implementing those procedures will be established on a case-by-case basis. However, Canyon has developed and implemented specific procedures with respect to bank debt purchases, which are addressed in separate internal documents.
Where a transaction, engagement or occurrence is to be the subject of an information barrier, the Compliance Department will generate a confidential memorandum describing the specific procedures to be applied in the case at hand. The procedures will vary depending on the nature, scope and expected duration of the project or occurrence and the number of individuals involved.
In the case of investment banking projects, creditor committee membership or similar, the memorandum shall specify, among other things: (a) the nature, background and purpose of the engagement, (b) the persons to receive sensitive information, (c) the methods for accomplishing the engagement, (d) the methods for safeguarding the sensitive information (e.g., security of files and communications), and (e) the method for obtaining any consent to the information barrier procedures that might be required. All personnel permitted to receive sensitive information must countersign the memorandum, by which they agree to be bound by its terms and to hold the information in strictest confidence. Such personnel will be restricted from performing any research, sales or trading function relating to the subject matter of the engagement, for Canyon or otherwise, during the term of the engagement or discussing the same with persons not also subject to similar restrictions. Upon conclusion of the engagement, all sensitive information will be assessed by the Compliance Department to determine whether ongoing restrictions should be imposed.
In more limited situations ( e.g. , the inadvertent receipt of sensitive information by a single individual), the Compliance Department may devise a simplified procedure for isolating the sensitive information and preventing its dissemination and misuse. The Compliance Department will retain documents memorializing such procedures. All securities of issuers that are the subject of an information barrier must be placed on the Watch List and/or the Restricted List by the Compliance Department until the engagement is complete and/or any sensitive information in Canyon’s possession has been published, superseded or rendered stale.
Once information and/or individuals have been “walled off,” in order to prevent Canyon and/or its affiliates from being in possession of Inside Information, the Compliance Department should be consulted before bringing any Employee over the wall. When an Employee is brought over the wall, the Compliance Department will create a record indicating the reason why the Employee has been brought over the wall along with any restrictions that have been placed on that Employee. Under certain circumstances, one or more Employees may be brought over the wall to provide analysis relating to a specific trade or decision to be made by Canyon. In such cases, the Compliance Department will create such a record, and the Employee(s) will be instructed not to discuss the analysis performed with anyone other than Employees who are also brought over the wall. In addition, the Employee will be instructed not to make trades for his or her personal account or Related Accounts relating to the securities involved in the analysis.
Page | 21 |
3.4 Miscellaneous Control Procedures
A. | Certifications |
Employees will be required to certify, on an annual basis, that they have read and agree to abide by the Policy on Insider Trading. The certifications will be maintained as part of Canyon’s records under the supervision of the Compliance Department.
The Compliance Department will be responsible for organizing periodic training sessions to facilitate Employees’ full understanding of Canyon’s Policy on Insider Trading.
B. | Reporting Obligations |
In an effort to detect and prevent insider trading, the Compliance Department will promptly investigate all reports of any possible violations of Canyon’s Policy on Insider Trading.
C. | General Reports to Management |
At least annually, the Trading Compliance Officer will prepare a report for Senior Management setting forth some or all of the following:
· | a summary of existing procedures to detect and prevent insider trading; |
· | a summary of changes in procedures made in the last year; |
· | full details of any investigation since the last report (either internal or by a regulatory agency) of any suspected insider trading, the results of the investigation and a description of any changes in procedures prompted by any such investigation; and | |
· | an evaluation of the current procedures and a description of anticipated changes in procedures, if any. |
D. | Special Reports to Management |
Promptly upon learning of a potential violation of Canyon’s Policy on Insider Trading, the Compliance Department will prepare a report for Senior Management, which may include: (1) the name of particular securities involved, if any, (2) the date Canyon learned of the potential violation and began investigating; (3) the accounts and individuals involved; (4) actions taken as a result of the investigation, if any; and (5) recommendations for further action.
3.5 Use of Non-Public Information Regarding a Client
No Employee shall:
· | Disclose to any other person, except to the extent permitted by law or necessary to carry out his or her duties as an Employee and as part of those duties, any non-public |
Page | 22 |
information regarding any Client portfolio, including any specific security holdings or pending transactions of a Client, including specific information about actual or contemplated investment decisions.
· | Use any non-public information regarding any Client portfolio in any way that might be contrary to, or in competition with, the interest of such Client. |
· | Use any non-public information regarding any Client in any way for personal gain. |
For more information on Canyon’s Privacy Policy, please see the IA Compliance Manual.
4. | Gifts, Business Entertainment, Directorships, Regulatory Requirements, and Political Contributions and Activities |
Employees must use reasonable care and judgment to achieve and maintain independence and objectivity in their professional activities. Employees must not offer, solicit, or accept any gift, benefit, compensation, or consideration that could be reasonably expected to compromise their own or another’s independence and objectivity. Employees must not accept gifts, benefits, compensation, or consideration that competes with, or might reasonably be expected to create a conflict of interest with, Canyon or its Clients’ interests unless they obtain written consent from a Managing Partner. Employees are not permitted to directly or indirectly give anything of value, including gratuities, in excess of $100 per individual per year, where such payment is in relation to obtaining business on behalf of Canyon. In addition, Employees are not permitted to directly or indirectly receive gifts totaling more than $100 annually from any single securities industry participant or accept any gift or favor that could be construed as preferential treatment. Gifts of cash or cash equivalents (prepaid debit cards and the like) in any amount are strictly prohibited. Should a situation arise where gifts exceeding this $100 limit are made or received, the Employee must notify the Compliance Department in writing immediately. The written notification must include a detailed description of the events surrounding the activity, the amount given or received, the circumstances under which the activity took place and reasons for accepting or giving the gifts.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Employees are generally not permitted to give anything of value to any employees of public pensions or other government entities, without the prior written approval of the CCO.
As noted in a recent Notice to Members (NASD Notice to Members 06-69), personal gifts such as wedding gifts and congratulatory gifts for the birth of a child are not subject to the $100 limit as long as such gifts are not “in relation to the business of the employer of the recipient.” The same notice also clarified that de minimus, promotional, and commemorative items do not fall
Page | 23 |
within FINRA Rule 3060, which is the rule upon which our policy is based, provided the item’s value is substantially below the $100 limit.
Employees will be required to report any gift, benefit, compensation, or consideration given to or received by an Employee from a securities industry participant, vendor, or other person doing business with Canyon using the DataWare system. Employees will be required to no less frequently than annually certify that they have submitted all such gifts via DataWare (or other acceptable means). Employees will be required to provide negative certifications.
Employees should note that while this section primarily relates to gifts given to or received from securities industry participants (i.e., broker-dealers, prime brokers, etc.), Canyon’s employee handbook also includes prohibitions with respect to giving or receiving gifts generally.
Similar to Gifts, Employees must use reasonable care and judgment in deciding when and which events sponsored by securities industry participants (e.g., broker-dealers, investment banking firms, etc.) to attend, including golfing outings and ski trips. The SEC and FINRA do not prohibit attending such events. However, in an interpretive letter issued by FINRA, FINRA stated that attendance at such events would not be considered a gift “so long as it is neither so frequent nor so extensive as to raise any question of propriety.” FINRA also stated that if the sponsor did not attend the event, attendance at such an event would be considered a gift.
Employees will be required to report any “Material Business Entertainment” accepted by an Employee using the DataWare system (or other acceptable means). Material Business Entertainment will generally include any event that would cost the Employee $500 or more to attend. Employees will be required to no less frequently than annually certify that they have submitted all such Material Business Entertainment via DataWare (or other acceptable means). Employees will be required to provide negative certifications.
Employees should note that while this section primarily relates to business entertainment provided to or received from securities industry participants (i.e., broker-dealers, prime brokers, etc.); Canyon’s employee handbook also includes prohibitions with respect to business entertainment generally.
4.3 Gifts and Entertainment Given to Union Officials
Any gift or entertainment provided by Canyon to a labor union official in excess of $250 per fiscal year must be reported to the Department of Labor on Form LM-10 within 90 days following the end of Canyon’s fiscal year. Consequently, all gifts and entertainment provided to labor unions must be reported to the CCO via the Gifts and Business Entertainment On Demand Disclosures form in the DataWare System.
Canyon employees are reminded that gifts (given or received) in excess of $100 per fiscal year to/from any individual are generally prohibited.
Page | 24 |
4.4 Outside Business Activities
In addition to restrictions placed on the personal trading and private investments of Employees, each Employee must obtain prior written approval from a Managing Partner with respect to outside business activities. Prior to engaging in such activities, an Employee must make full disclosure to the Compliance Department. Such approval, if granted, may be given subject to restrictions or qualifications and is revocable at any time. Examples of activities requiring prior written approval include full- or part-time service as an officer, director, partner, manager, consultant or employee of another business organization (including acting as a director of a company whose securities are publicly traded); agreements to provide financial advice ( e.g. , through service on a finance or investment committee) to a private, educational or charitable organization; and any agreement to be employed or accept compensation in any form ( e.g., commission, salary, fee, bonus, contingent compensation, etc.) by a person or entity or their affiliates. Approval is generally not given for requests to serve as an officer, director, partner, consultant or employee of another business organization.
No Employee may work for any FINRA registered broker-dealer firm or affiliate, or any other money management firm or affiliate or registered investment adviser or affiliate or any other competitor of Canyon without the express written approval of a Managing Partner.
Neither management nor Employees may trade in any securities issued by any company of which any Employee is an officer, director, or other insider absent the prior approval of a Managing Partner.
4.5 Political Activity Using Firm Name or Resources
Absent explicit approval from a Managing Partner, Canyon prohibits Employees from undertaking any political activity using Canyon’s name, on Canyon’s premises, or with use of Canyon equipment or other property. Further, Employees must always take care to ensure that their political comments and activities are presented as strictly personal, and not reflective of the views of Canyon. To this end, political contributions should not be made in the name of Canyon, especially in situations where Canyon may appear to benefit, directly or indirectly, from the contribution.
Canyon has adopted a formal policy with respect to political contributions by or on behalf of employees, which prohibits political contributions to certain individuals. Canyon’s political contribution policy is available in the Compliance Manual and posted on DataWare.
Page | 25 |
The SEC considers it a violation of general antifraud provisions of federal securities laws whenever an investment adviser, such as Canyon, engages in fraudulent, deceptive or manipulative conduct. As a fiduciary with respect to Client assets, Canyon cannot engage in activities that would result in conflicts of interests (i.e., front-running or scalping).
The SEC can censure, place limitations on the activities, functions, or operations of, suspend for a period not exceeding twelve months, or revoke the registration of any investment adviser based on a:
· | Failure to reasonably to supervise, with a view to preventing violations of the provisions of the federal securities laws, an Employee or an Employee who commits such a violation. |
However, no manager shall be deemed to have failed reasonably to supervise any person, if:
1. | there have been established procedures, and a system for applying such procedures, which would reasonably be expected to prevent and detect, insofar as practicable, any such violation by such other person; and |
2. | such manager has reasonably discharged the duties and obligations incumbent upon him or her by reason of such procedures and system without reasonable cause to believe that such procedures and system were not complied with. |
The Chief Compliance Officer has several responsibilities to fulfill in enforcing the Code. Some of these responsibilities are summarized below.
Employees must notify the Chief Compliance Officer, the Compliance Representative or the Trading Compliance Officer immediately if they have any reason to believe that a violation of this Code occurred or is about to occur, whether or not such violation involves the Employee or another Employee. Failure to do so constitutes grounds for disciplinary sanction, including dismissal. To the extent feasible, any self-reporting by an Employee will be held in the strictest confidence.
Employees may report any violation or suspected violation of this Code anonymously through the DataWare system. Once logged onto the system, please select “Incident Report” under the “Home” tab. You can check a box to remain anonymous.
All such reports will be fully reviewed and investigated by the Compliance Department.
Page | 26 |
5.2 | Duties and Responsibilities of the chief compliance officer and compliance representative |
The Chief Compliance Officer or Compliance Representative:
1. | will provide each Employee with a copy of the Code and any amendments thereto; and |
2. | shall notify each person in writing who is required to report under the Code of his or her reporting requirements no later than 10 business days after accepting a position with Canyon. |
The Chief Compliance Officer or Compliance Representative:
1. | Will monitor personal securities transactions to ensure compliance with the Code. |
a. | DataWare will be reviewed daily for any violations of the pre-clearance process, holding period, and Black-Out period. |
b. | For those accounts that do not report daily transactions to DataWare, monthly statements will be used to monitor compliance with pre-clearance process, holding period, and Black-Out period. |
2. | Will, before determining that a person has violated the Code, give the person an opportunity to supply explanatory material. |
3. | Will, at least on a monthly basis, record all violations of the Code, and any action taken as a result of the violation. | |
4. | Will submit his or her own reports, as may be required pursuant to the Code, to the Chief Compliance Officer /Compliance Representative who shall fulfill the duties of the other so as to avoid any potential conflicts of interest. |
A Managing Partner, or appointed representative of Canyon, will review all personal trading activity reported to the DataWare system on a weekly basis and all activity not reported to the DataWare system on a monthly basis.
If you violate this Code, including filing a late, inaccurate or incomplete holdings or transaction report, you may be subject to remedial actions, which may include, but are not limited to, any one or more of the following: (1) a warning; (2) disgorgement of profits; (3) imposition of a fine, which may be substantial; (4) demotion, which may be substantial; (5) suspension of employment, with or without pay; (6) termination of employment; or (7) referral to civil or governmental authorities for possible civil or criminal prosecution. If you are normally eligible for a discretionary bonus, any violation of the Code may also reduce or eliminate the discretionary portion of your bonus.
Page | 27 |
If a trade is executed in violation of either the Black-Out Period or the 30-Day Holding Period, the Employee will be required to reverse the trade at the Employee’s expense and any gain on such trade will be donated to charity. For example, if an Employee buys stock in Company A on Monday and a Client buys stock in Company A on Tuesday, the Employee will be required to sell the shares purchased on Monday, with all losses accruing to the Employee and any gains remitted to charity. An Employee will not be permitted to trade until any outstanding violations have been fully resolved including making any required donations to charity.
Note: Both the violation and any imposed sanction will be reported to or brought before Senior Management and may also be reported to the Board of Directors of any Reportable Fund.
5.4 Reports to Senior Management
Special Reports to Management : Promptly upon learning of a potential violation of the Code, the Chief Compliance Officer, the Compliance Representative and/or Trading Compliance Officer shall prepare a written report fully detailing the potential violation, which may include: (i) the name of particular securities involved, if any; (ii) the date he learned of the potential violation and began investigating; (iii) the accounts and individuals involved; (iv) actions taken as a result of the investigation, if any; and (v) recommendations for further action.
If the Chief Compliance Officer determines that the violation(s) was material, the violation(s) will be reported to Senior Management and may also be required to be reported to the Board of Directors of any Reportable Fund.
Periodic Reports : The Compliance Department will prepare a quarterly, written report for Senior Management. The Quarterly Code Report will describe any issue(s) that arose during the previous quarter under the Code or procedures related thereto, including any material Code or procedural violations, and any resulting sanction(s). The Compliance Department will also prepare an annual, written report for Senior Management. The Annual Code Report will describe, in summary fashion, issue(s) that arose during the previous four quarters and how the Code should be amended to address any recurring violations. In addition, Canyon will provide all periodic reports required by the Boards of Directors of any Reportable Funds.
The Compliance Department or the Trading Compliance Officer may report to Senior Management more frequently as necessary or appropriate, and shall do so as requested by the Chief Compliance Officer and/or Senior Management.
5.5 Recordkeeping Requirements
Canyon shall maintain at its principal place of business records in the manner and to the extent set out in this Code. Such records shall be available to the Commission or any representative of the Commission at any time and from time to time for reasonable periodic, special or other examination. Such records shall include:
Page | 28 |
1. | A copy of each Code that is in effect, or at any time within the past five (5) years was in effect, with each such copy being maintained in an easily accessible place; |
2. | A record of any violation of the Code, and of any action taken as a result of the violation, with each such record being maintained in an easily accessible place for at least five (5) years after the end of the fiscal year in which such a violation occurs; |
3. | A copy of each report made by an Employee as required by this Code, including any information provided in lieu of such reports, with each such record being maintained for at least five (5) years after the end of the fiscal year in which such a report is made or such information is provided, the first two (2) years of which in an easily accessible place; |
4. | A record of all persons, currently or within the past five (5) years, who are or were required to make reports pursuant to the Code, or who are or were responsible for reviewing these reports, with each such record being maintained in an easily accessible place; |
5. | A copy of each Annual Report to the Board, such Report being maintained for at least five (5) years after the end of the fiscal year in which it is made, the first two (2) years of which in an easily accessible place; and |
6. | A record of any decision and the reasons supporting the decision, to approve the acquisition of securities, including an IPO or a Private Placement, shall be preserved for at least five (5) years after the end of the fiscal year in which the approval is granted |
5.6 Effective Date of the Code
The Code was adopted on June 30, 2005, and has been amended as of the date noted above, and supersedes any prior versions of the Code.
Page | 29 |
Chief Compliance Officer | Douglas Anderson |
Compliance Representatives | Lena Najarian |
Sonya Nelson | |
David Young | |
Elaine Tzou | |
John Thatcher | |
Trading Compliance Officer (CCA) | Desmond Lynch |
Chief Financial Officer | John Plaga |
General Counsel (CCA and River Canyon) | Jonathan M. Kaplan |
Managing Partners (CCA, CCRA and River Canyon) | Joshua S. Friedman |
Mitchell R. Julis | |
Managing Partners (ICE Canyon) | Joshua S. Friedman |
Mitchell R. Julis | |
Nathan B. Sandler |
Exhibit (p)10
LaSalle Investment Management (Securities) | |
Subject | Original Date of Issue |
CODE OF ETHICS POLICY | January 13, 2005 |
I. Introduction
The following policies and procedures (collectively, the "Procedures") have been adopted by LaSalle Investment Management Securities, LLC ("LaSalle US"), LaSalle Investment Management Securities B.V. (“LaSalle BV”) and LaSalle Investment Management Securities Hong Kong (“LaSalle HK”, and collectively with LaSalle US and LaSalle BV, “LaSalle”)). These Procedures are designed to foster compliance with the local regulations applicable to each of the LaSalle entities, to ensure that actions taken are in the best interests of LaSalle's clients and to eliminate transactions suspected of being in conflict with the best interests of LaSalle's clients, including with respect to securities trading by LaSalle "Access Persons".
The Securities Trading Committee (the "Committee") has the responsibility for interpreting these Procedures and for determining whether a violation of these Procedures has occurred. The Committee shall follow the procedures set forth in Section V of this Code; and, in the event it determines that a violation has occurred, the Committee shall take such action as it deems appropriate. Any questions regarding these Procedures should be referred to LaSalle's Chief Compliance Officer. A listing of Committee members is set forth in Exhibit A. A senior officer of LaSalle HK or LaSalle BV will be asked to participate in a Committee meeting in the event an employee of that affiliate violates these Procedures.
II. Definitions
For purposes of these Procedures, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:
A. | "Access Person" is a defined term in the US Investment Advisers Act of 1940, which is the reason for its adoption herein. Access Person means any director, officer, partner or employee of LaSalle who makes any recommendation, who participates in the determination of which recommendation shall be made, or whose functions or duties relate to the determination of which recommendation shall be made, or who, in connection with his or her duties, obtains any information concerning which securities are being recommended prior to the effective dissemination of such recommendations or of the information concerning such recommendations; and any of the following persons who obtain information concerning securities recommendations being made by such investment adviser prior to the effective dissemination of such recommendations or of the information concerning such recommendations: (i) any person in a control relationship to the investment adviser, (ii) any affiliated person of such controlling person, and (iii) any affiliated person of such affiliated person. |
For purposes of this policy, all LaSalle HK and LaSalle BV employees are deemed Access Persons. With respect to LaSalle US, employees in the following groups and their supervisors are deemed Access Persons: Portfolio Managers, Portfolio Management Analysts (PMAT), Trading, Trade Operations and Product Development. Employees associated with LaSalle
Page No. | Subject | Issued By | Effective Date | |
1 of 22 | Code of Ethics Policy | LIMS COO | October 22, 2013 |
LaSalle Investment Management (Securities) | |
Subject | Original Date of Issue |
CODE OF ETHICS POLICY | January 13, 2005 |
Investment Management KK who assist in the day to day management of LaSalle US’s Japanese clients are also Access Persons only for purposes of these Procedures.
B. | "Account" means any brokerage account in which the Access Person has a direct or indirect beneficial ownership interest ( e.g. , brokerage accounts in the name of the Access Person, his or her spouse and minor children, adults living in his or her household and in the name of trusts for which the Access Person is a trustee or in which the Access Person has a beneficial ownership interest), including any self-directed retirement account (e.g., IRAs, 401(k) plans) in which an Access Person holds a Security. Accounts in which Access Persons have no investment discretion are not required to be disclosed in any report required to be submitted hereunder. |
Accounts do not include (i) United States I.R.C. § 529 college savings plans, (ii) employer sponsored United States I.R.C. § 401(k) retirement accounts (with no brokerage account activated that would permit investments outside the plan menu of mutual funds) and (iii) with prior notice provided to the Chief Compliance Officer, any other tax-advantaged account authorized under the tax codes of foreign jurisdictions which provide for investments only in mutual funds. |
C. | "Advised Fund Shares" means shares in any investment company or collective investment scheme for which LaSalle acts as an adviser or sub-adviser pursuant to a written advisory agreement. |
D. | "Beneficial Ownership" means: |
1. | the receipt of benefits substantially equivalent to those of ownership through relationship, understanding, agreement, contract or other arrangements; or |
2. | the power to vest ownership in oneself at once or at some future time. |
Generally a person will be regarded as having a direct or indirect beneficial ownership interest in securities held in the name of himself, his spouse, minor children who live with him, and any other relative (parents, adult children, brothers, sisters, etc.) whose investments he directs or controls, whether the person lives with him or not. Exhibit B to these Procedures provides a more complete description of beneficial ownership as well as examples of beneficial ownership.
E. | "Restricted Security" means any Security issued by an issuer whose primary business is investments in real estate. |
F. | "Security" means any note, stock, treasury stock, bond, debenture, shares of open-end or closed-end exchange-traded funds, shares of a closed-end investment company, Advised Fund Shares, evidence of indebtedness, certificate of interest or participation in any profit-sharing agreement, collateral-trust certificate, pre-organization certificate or subscription, transferable |
Page No. | Subject | Issued By | Effective Date | |
2 of 22 | Code of Ethics Policy | LIMS COO | October 22, 2013 |
LaSalle Investment Management (Securities) | |
Subject | Original Date of Issue |
CODE OF ETHICS POLICY | January 13, 2005 |
share, investment contract, voting-trust certificate, certificate of deposit for a security, fractional undivided interest in oil, gas or other mineral rights, or in general, any interest or instrument commonly known as a "security," or any certificate of interest or participation in, temporary or interim certificate for, receipt for, guarantee of, or warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase, any of the foregoing.
F. | "Supervised Person" means any partner, officer, director (or other person occupying a similar status or performing similar functions), or employee of LaSalle, or other person who provides investment advice on behalf of LaSalle and is subject to the supervision and control of LaSalle. All LaSalle employees are deemed Supervised Persons for purposes of these Procedures. |
III. Trading Requirements, Prohibitions and Restrictions
The Committee has determined that the following:
A. | Transactions in Restricted Securities. |
1. | No Supervised Person, including those who have not been deemed Access Persons, may personally acquire a Beneficial Ownership in a Restricted Security. |
2. | No Supervised Person, including those who have not been deemed Access Persons, shall cause or attempt to cause or participate in the decision to cause client accounts to acquire or dispose of any Restricted Security (including any option, warrant or other right or interest relating to such Restricted Security) with respect to which such Supervised Person has obtained material, inside information. |
B. | Permitted Transactions. |
The following Securities are not deemed Restricted Securities even if they are issued by, or represent indirect investments in securities of, issuers whose primary business is investments in real estate: |
(i) | Securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government (or any other foreign government with the approval of the Chief Compliance Officer); |
(ii) | Money market instruments, such as banker's acceptances, certificates of deposit or repurchase agreements; |
(iii) | Exchange-traded funds, mutual funds and closed end funds; |
(iv) | Securities issued by Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporated (note that JLL Global Policy No. 8 prohibits employees from engaging in option or hedging transactions on Jones Lang LaSalle stock); |
(v) | Options on a currency; or |
Page No. | Subject | Issued By | Effective Date | |
3 of 22 | Code of Ethics Policy | LIMS COO | October 22, 2013 |
LaSalle Investment Management (Securities) | |
Subject | Original Date of Issue |
CODE OF ETHICS POLICY | January 13, 2005 |
(vi) | Securities acquired upon exercise of rights issued by an issuer pro rata to all holders of a class of its securities to the extent such rights are acquired from such issuer, and sales of such rights so acquired. |
C. | Transactions in Advised Fund Shares. |
No transactions may be made in any Advised Fund Shares, except through a designated representative of the fund manager that engaged LaSalle to act as the advisor or subadvisor. Supervised Persons (i) must pre-clear any purchase or sale of any Advised Fund Shares with the Chief Compliance Officer, of his designee, and (ii) may not purchase and sell, or sell and purchase, shares in any Advised Fund Shares within 60 calendar days; provided, however, that the Chief Compliance Officer may make exceptions to this prohibition on a case-by-case basis in situations where no abuse is involved, and the equities strongly support an exception.
The Chief Compliance Officer will notify the fund manager, or its designee, of any proposed purchases or sales by a Supervised Person. Supervised Persons may also be required to notify the fund manager, or its designee, of their status as an employee of LaSalle prior to entering into purchase transaction so as to obtain any available load waivers.
D. | Boards of Directors |
No Access Person shall serve as a director of another company which issues Restricted Securities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Access Person is a director of a company which issues Restricted Securities as of the date these Procedures are adopted or is the director of a company which becomes the issuer of Restricted Securities after such Access Person has already become a director of such company, such Access Person may continue to serve as such director as long as such Access Person resigns as such director as soon as reasonably possible; provided, however, such Access Person shall not participate in any discussions within LaSalle regarding that company as long as such Access Person continues to serve as a director of that company.
E. | Purchase of New Issues During the Initial Public Offering or in a Limited Offering. |
No Access Person may purchase, or cause a member of his or her "immediate family" to purchase, (i) a new issue of securities (other than securities issued by investment companies or collective investment schemes) during the initial public offering thereof or (ii) securities that are issued in a private placement under the laws of the jurisdiction 1 in which such security is purchased. This prohibition may be waived by the Chief Compliance Officer in response to a written request, provided that applicable regulatory requirements are met. For this purpose, "immediate family" includes parents, mother-in-law or father-in-law, husband or wife, brother or sister, brother-in-law or sister-in-law, son-in-law or daughter-in-law and children, including stepchildren and descendants.
1 Relevant private placement requirements in the United States are set forth in Sections 4(2) and 4(6) of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933 and Regulation D promulgated thereunder.
Page No. | Subject | Issued By | Effective Date | |
4 of 22 | Code of Ethics Policy | LIMS COO | October 22, 2013 |
LaSalle Investment Management (Securities) | |
Subject | Original Date of Issue |
CODE OF ETHICS POLICY | January 13, 2005 |
In addition, such term includes any other person who is supported to a material extent by the Access Person.
This Section E. shall not apply to limited offerings of funds sponsored or advised by LaSalle Investment Management, Inc. or its affiliates. To the extent that LaSalle is engaged by an affiliate to perform sub-advisory responsibilities to a fund or a public non-traded REIT, Section C shall apply and a LaSalle employee will be required to seek prior approval for a transaction in the Advised Fund Shares.
F. | Compliance with Laws |
All Supervised Persons shall comply with the securities laws applicable to the regions in which they operate..
IV. | Personal Securities Trading |
The Initial Holdings Report, Annual Holding Report and Quarterly Transactions Report (collectively, "Reports") all require disclosure of the Access Person's holdings in Securities. This means that holdings and transactions in any Security held in any Account, as well as Advised Fund Shares, require disclosure on a quarterly basis. The only Securities that are not required to be disclosed are holdings in mutual funds (generally funds that provide an NAV on a daily basis and offer redemptions on a daily basis in the ordinary course).
Restricted Securities may not be held by Supervised Person. Members of the Legal & Compliance Department review the Reports to ensure Restricted Securities are not held in employee Accounts. LaSalle employees are responsible for reviewing their personal investments and notifying the Legal & Compliance Department if they suspect a holding may be deemed a Restricted Security.
A. | Initial Holdings Reports |
Within 10 days of becoming an Access Person, each Access Person shall supply the Chief Compliance Officer, or if applicable the regional compliance officer, with an Initial Holdings Report identifying:
(i) | all Accounts; and |
(ii) | all Securities holdings. Specifically, the Initial Holdings Report must contain the title, number of shares and principal amount of each Security as of the date the person became an Access Person and the date the report was submitted. The required format for the Initial Holdings Report is set forth in Exhibit C. |
Each Access Person is required to update his or her list and to provide an updated list to the Chief Compliance Officer at the time the Access Person opens any new Account.
Page No. | Subject | Issued By | Effective Date | |
5 of 22 | Code of Ethics Policy | LIMS COO | October 22, 2013 |
LaSalle Investment Management (Securities) | |
Subject | Original Date of Issue |
CODE OF ETHICS POLICY | January 13, 2005 |
For LIMS Hong Kong employees, each Supervised Person is required to write to his or her brokerage to direct duplicate copies of his/her monthly/quarterly/annual statements to the regional Compliance Officer. This is to facilitate the periodic monitoring of the employees personal trades as specified under the SFC code.
B. | Annual Holdings Reports |
Within 30 days of each calendar year-end, each Access Person shall supply the Chief Compliance Officer, or if applicable the regional compliance officer, with an Annual Holdings Report identifying:
(i) | all Accounts showing information as of the calendar year-end; and |
(ii) | all Securities holdings. Specifically, the report shall contain the title, number of shares and principal amount of each Security in which the access person had a direct or indirect beneficial ownership interest and the date the report was submitted. The required format for the Annual Holdings Report is set forth in Exhibit C. |
C. | Quarterly Transaction Reports |
Each Access Person is required to furnish a Quarterly Transaction Report, in the form of Exhibit D attached hereto, to the Chief Compliance Officer, , or if applicable the regional compliance officer, no later than 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter. The transaction report shall identify:
(i) all Accounts opened during the quarter; and
(ii) all Securities purchased during the quarter. Specifically, the report shall contain whether the transaction was a purchase or sale and the name of the Security, the date of the transaction, quantity, price, the name of the broker-dealer through which the transaction was effected and the date the report was submitted.
V. | Policy Statement on Insider Trading |
LaSalle seeks to foster a reputation for integrity and professionalism. That reputation is a vital business asset. To further that goal, this Policy Statement implements procedures to deter the misuse of material, nonpublic information in securities transactions.
Accordingly, LaSalle forbids any Supervised Person (for purposes of Articles V and VI, this term shall include spouses, minor children and adult members of their households) from trading, whether personally, on behalf of LaSalle or on behalf of others while in possession of material, nonpublic information or communicating material, nonpublic information to others in violation of the law. This conduct is frequently referred to as "insider trading." This policy applies to every Supervised Person and extends to activities within and outside their duties at LaSalle .
Page No. | Subject | Issued By | Effective Date | |
6 of 22 | Code of Ethics Policy | LIMS COO | October 22, 2013 |
LaSalle Investment Management (Securities) | |
Subject | Original Date of Issue |
CODE OF ETHICS POLICY | January 13, 2005 |
Trading securities while in possession of material, nonpublic information or improperly communicating that information to others may expose you to stringent penalties, including criminal sanctions. Additionally, in the United States, the SEC can recover the profits gained or losses avoided through the violative trading, impose a penalty of up to three times the illicit windfall and issue an order permanently barring you from the securities industry. Finally, you may be sued by investors seeking to recover damages for insider trading violations.
The term "insider trading" is the term generally refers to the use of material, nonpublic information to trade in securities (whether or not one is an "insider") or to the communication of material, nonpublic information to others. While the laws concerning insider trading is not static, it is currently understood that insider trading laws generally prohibit:
· | Trading by an insider, while in possession of material, nonpublic information; |
· | Trading by a non-insider, while in possession of material, nonpublic information, where the information either was disclosed to the non-insider in violation of an insider's duty to keep it confidential or was misappropriated; or |
· | Communicating material, nonpublic information to others. |
The elements of insider trading and the penalties for such unlawful conduct under U.S. law are described in Exhibit F attached hereto. Although this description is helpful for all employees as a general description of “insider trading” activity, LaSalle HK and LaSalle BV employees should also be familiar with local regulatory requirements and laws. For example, the LaSalle HK Compliance Manual contains a specific section on insider dealing and market manipulation and cross references specific provisions in the Hong Kong Securities and Futures Ordinance relating to insider trading and market manipulation. Similarly, the LaSalle BV Administrative Organization/Internal Controls Manual cross references certain rules requiring notification of instances of market manipulation and insider trading to the AFM. LaSalle BV employees should also be familiar with Chapter 5.4 of the Dutch Act on Financial Supervision (Wet op het financieel toezicht ), which contains prohibitions on insider trading and market manipulation.
Any Supervised Person who has any question concerning LaSalle's policy and procedures regarding insider trading should consult with the Chief Compliance Officer. To protect yourself and LaSalle, you should contact the Chief Compliance Officer immediately if you believe that you may have received material, nonpublic information. Often, a single question can forestall disciplinary action or complex legal problems.
VI. | Procedures Designed to Detect and Prevent Insider trading |
The following procedures have been established to aid LaSalle and all Supervised Persons in avoiding insider trading, and to aid LaSalle in preventing, detecting, and imposing sanctions against insider trading. Every Supervised Person must follow these procedures or risk serious sanctions, including dismissal, substantial personal liability and criminal penalties. Any questions about these procedures should be directed to the Chief Compliance Officer.
Page No. | Subject | Issued By | Effective Date | |
7 of 22 | Code of Ethics Policy | LIMS COO | October 22, 2013 |
LaSalle Investment Management (Securities) | |
Subject | Original Date of Issue |
CODE OF ETHICS POLICY | January 13, 2005 |
1. | Before trading securities for yourself or others, a Supervised Person should ask himself or herself the following questions: |
a. | Am I executing this trade based on information that is material? Is this information that an investor would consider important in making his or her investment decisions? Is this information that would substantially affect the market price of the securities if generally disclosed? |
b. | Is the information nonpublic? To whom has this information been provided? Has the information been effectively communicated to the marketplace by being published in Reuters, The Wall Street Journal, The Financial Times or other publications of general circulation? |
2. | If, after consideration of the above, any Supervised Person believes that the information is material and nonpublic, or if a Supervised Person has questions as to whether the information is material and nonpublic, he or she should take the following steps: |
a. | Report the information and proposed recommendation/trade immediately to the Chief Compliance Officer or the regional compliance officer. |
b. | Do not purchase or sell, or recommend the purchase or sale, of the securities either on behalf of yourself, on behalf of LaSalle or on behalf of others. |
c. | Do not communicate the information inside or outside LaSalle, other than to the Chief Compliance Officer. |
d. | After the Chief Compliance Officer has reviewed the issue, the Supervised Person will be instructed either to continue the prohibitions against trading and communication because the Chief Compliance Officer has determined that the information is material and nonpublic, or he or she will be allowed to trade the Security and communicate the information. |
3. | Information in a Supervised Person's possession that is identified as material and nonpublic may not be communicated to anyone, including persons within LaSalle, except as otherwise provided herein. In addition, care should be taken so that such information is secure. For example, files containing material, nonpublic information should be sealed and access to computer files containing material, nonpublic information should be restricted, and conversations containing such information, if appropriate at all, should be conducted in private (for example, not by cellular telephone, to avoid potential interception). |
4. | If, after consideration of the items set forth in Section 1 of this Article VI, doubt remains as to whether information is material or nonpublic, or if there is any unresolved question as to the applicability or interpretation of the foregoing procedures, or as to the propriety of any |
Page No. | Subject | Issued By | Effective Date | |
8 of 22 | Code of Ethics Policy | LIMS COO | October 22, 2013 |
LaSalle Investment Management (Securities) | |
Subject | Original Date of Issue |
CODE OF ETHICS POLICY | January 13, 2005 |
action, it must be discussed with the Chief Compliance Officer before trading or communicating the information to anyone.
VII. | Administrative Procedures |
A. | Distribution of these Procedures |
The regional compliance officer shall maintain a list of those persons who are deemed Access Persons in the particular region and shall periodically remind the Access Persons that they are subject to the terms of these Procedures. Each Supervised Person, including Access Persons, shall be given a copy of these Procedures. Promptly thereafter, each such Supervised Person shall file a statement, in the form of Exhibit E attached hereto, with the Chief Compliance Officer indicating that he or she has read and understands these Procedures and agrees to be bound by them. In addition, each Supervised Person shall file a statement in the form of Exhibit E for any amendments to these Procedures. On an annual basis, the Chief Compliance Officer shall send a notice to all Access Persons reminding them of their obligations to comply with these Procedures.
B. | Reporting of Violations of These Procedures |
It shall be the responsibility of each Supervised Person to promptly report any violation of these procedures to the Chief Compliance Officer.
C. | Record keeping Responsibilities |
The Chief Compliance Officer shall be responsible for maintaining custody of the following records in an easily accessible place for a period of five years:
· | A copy of each Code of Ethics for the organization that is currently in effect, or at any time within the past five years was in effect; |
· | A copy of each report and attached documentation supplied to the Chief Compliance Officer pursuant to the requirements of Section IV of these Procedures; |
· | A record of all persons, currently or within the past five years, who are or were deemed Access Persons; |
· | A record of all persons, currently or within the past five years, who are or were responsible for reviewing the reports required under Section IV of these Procedures; |
· | A written record of each violation of these Procedures and a written record of any |
Page No. | Subject | Issued By | Effective Date | |
9 of 22 | Code of Ethics Policy | LIMS COO | October 22, 2013 |
LaSalle Investment Management (Securities) | |
Subject | Original Date of Issue |
CODE OF ETHICS POLICY | January 13, 2005 |
action taken as a result of each such violation;
· | A record of any decision and the reasons supporting the decision, to approve the acquisition by an Access Person of Securities under Section III. C of this Code; and |
· | All Supervised Person's statements referred to in Section VII.A. of these Procedures. |
D. | Monitoring of Securities Transactions of Access Persons |
The Reports and attached documentation supplied to the Chief Compliance Officer pursuant to Section IV of these Procedures shall be reviewed by the Chief Compliance Officer or regional compliance officer in order to monitor compliance with these Procedures. The Reports and attached documentation supplied by the Chief Compliance Officer shall be reviewed by the General Counsel. Any approvals required for transactions undertaken by the Chief Compliance Officer shall be obtained from the General Counsel.
Code of Ethics Revisions
10/22/13: updated the name of LaSalle US, replaced Kim Woodrow with Elisabeth Stheeman and revised the Securities Trading Committee section to provide for meetings of the Committee based on material violations.
1/24/13: clarified that the entire LIMS BV office are categorized as Access Persons.
11/21/12: created a single Code of Ethics for LIMS, LIMS HK and LIMS BV and added explanatory material to accommodate the different regulatory regimes governing insider trading.
4/3/09: added procedures and material related to possession of material, non-public information.
9/8/08: changed reference to mutual fund to investment company in the Advised Fund Share definition to include closed-end funds.
12/10/07: general changes were made to place the Code in a plain English format.
7/9/07: added David Doherty as CCO and as a member of the Securities Trade Committee.
7/2/07: removed the access person list from the Code for administrative reasons.
3/7/07: added exchange-traded funds to the definition of securities; made clear that those securities are permissible securities; extended period that quarterly reports are due from 10 days to 30 days.
2/12/07: removed Lynn Thurber from the Securities Committee, changed references from senior compliance officer to Chief Compliance Officer.
10/1/06: included within the definition of a Security open-end investment companies.
Page No. | Subject | Issued By | Effective Date | |
10 of 22 | Code of Ethics Policy | LIMS COO | October 22, 2013 |
LaSalle Investment Management (Securities) | |
Subject | Original Date of Issue |
CODE OF ETHICS POLICY | January 13, 2005 |
6/1/06: changed titles of Gordon Repp and Stan Kraska.
2/13/05: cleaned up references to LaSalle employees.
1/13/05: added definition of Supervised Person and Advised Mutual Fund Shares; made requirement that all supervised persons comply with applicable federal law.
Page No. | Subject | Issued By | Effective Date | |
11 of 22 | Code of Ethics Policy | LIMS COO | October 22, 2013 |
LaSalle Investment Management (Securities) | |
Subject | Original Date of Issue |
CODE OF ETHICS POLICY | January 13, 2005 |
EXHIBITS
Exhibit A – Securities Trading Committee
Exhibit B – Beneficial Ownership
Exhibit C – Holdings Report
Exhibit D – Quarterly Transaction Report / Access Persons Stock Transactions
Exhibit E – Code of Ethics Acknowledgment
Exhibit F – Insider Trading
Page No. | Subject | Issued By | Effective Date | |
12 of 22 | Code of Ethics Policy | LIMS COO | October 22, 2013 |
LaSalle Investment Management (Securities) | |
Subject | Original Date of Issue |
CODE OF ETHICS POLICY | January 13, 2005 |
EXHIBIT A
SECURITIES TRADING COMMITTEE OF LASALLE
INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT
SECURITIES, LLC
Meetings of the Committee may be called by the Chief Compliance Officer or any member of the Committee when such person believes that a possible material violation of these Procedures has occurred or that the Committee should meet for other purposes, such as to consider interpretations of or changes to these Procedures. A majority of the members of the Committee will constitute a quorum, provided, that the Chief Compliance Officer must be present in order to have a quorum. A majority of the members present at a meeting constitutes the vote required for any action taken by the Committee.
Members of the Committee are as follows:
LaSalle General Counsel (currently Gordon G. Repp)
LaSalle Chief Compliance Officer (currently David Doherty)
LaSalle Global Business Head (currently Stanley Kraska, Jr.)
LaSalle Investment Management, Inc. Global Chief Operating Officer (currently Elisabeth Stheeman)
Regional Senior Officer (if violation involves employee of the region)
Page No. | Subject | Issued By | Effective Date | |
13 of 22 | Code of Ethics Policy | LIMS COO | October 22, 2013 |
LaSalle Investment Management (Securities) | |
Subject | Original Date of Issue |
CODE OF ETHICS POLICY | January 13, 2005 |
EXHIBIT B
BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP
A. | General Description of Beneficial Ownership |
As used in the Procedures, "beneficial ownership" will be interpreted in the same manner as it would be in determining whether a person is subject to Section 16 of the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, except that the determination of such ownership shall apply to all securities, including equity securities. For the purpose of that Act, "beneficial ownership" means:
— | the receipt of benefits substantially equivalent to those of ownership through relationship, understanding, agreement, contract or other arrangements; or |
— | the power to vest such ownership in oneself at once, or at some future time. |
Using the above general definition as abroad guidelines, the ultimate determination of "beneficial ownership" will be made in light of the facts of the particular case. Key factors are the degree of the individual's ability to exercise control over the security and the ability of the individual to benefit from the proceeds of the security. Employees are encouraged to seek the advice of the Chief Compliance Officer if they have any questions concerning whether or not they have beneficial ownership of any security.
B. | General Rules |
1. | Securities Held by Family Members |
As a general rule, a person is regarded as the beneficial owner of securities held in his or her name, as well as the name of his or her spouse and their minor children. These relationships ordinarily confer to the holders benefits substantially equivalent to ownership. In addition, absent countervailing facts, it is expected that securities held by relatives who share the same home as the reporting person will be reported as beneficially owned by such person.
2. | Securities Held by a Corporation or Partnership |
Generally, ownership of securities in a company (i.e., corporation, partnership, etc.) does not constitute beneficial ownership with respect to the holdings of the company in the securities of another issuer. However, an owner of securities issued by a company will be deemed to have beneficial ownership in the securities holdings of the company where:
— | the company is merely a medium through which one or several persons in a small group invest or trade in securities; |
Page No. | Subject | Issued By | Effective Date | |
14 of 22 | Code of Ethics Policy | LIMS COO | October 22, 2013 |
LaSalle Investment Management (Securities) | |
Subject | Original Date of Issue |
CODE OF ETHICS POLICY | January 13, 2005 |
— | the owner owns 25% or more of the outstanding voting securities of, or a 25% or more equity interest in, the company; and |
— | the company has no other substantial business. |
In such cases, the person or persons who are in a position of control of the company are deemed to have a beneficial ownership interest in the securities of the company.
3. | Securities Held in Trust |
Beneficial ownership of securities in a private trust includes:
— | the ownership of securities as a trustee where either the trustee or members of his "immediate family" have a vested interest in the income or corpus of the trust; |
— | the ownership of a vested beneficial interest in a trust; and |
— | the ownership of securities as a settlor of a trust in which the settlor has the owner to revoke the trust without obtaining the consent of all beneficiaries. |
As used in this section, the "immediate family" of a trustee means:
— | parents, mother-in-law or father-in-law, husband or wife, brother or sister, brother-in-law or sister-in-law, son-in-law or daughter-in-law and children, including stepchildren and descendants. |
For the purpose of determining whether any of the foregoing relations exists, a legally adopted child of a person shall be considered a child of such person by blood.
Page No. | Subject | Issued By | Effective Date | |
15 of 22 | Code of Ethics Policy | LIMS COO | October 22, 2013 |
LaSalle Investment Management (Securities) | |
Subject | Original Date of Issue |
CODE OF ETHICS POLICY | January 13, 2005 |
EXHIBIT C
INITIAL AND ANNUAL PERSONAL SECURITIES HOLDINGS
THIS
REPORT MUST BE SUBMITTED WITHIN 10 DAYS OF BECOMING AN ACCESS
PERSON AND THEREAFTER ON AN ANNUAL BASIS BY JANUARY 30.
In accordance with the Code of Ethics, please provide a list of all Accounts in which Securities are held for your direct or indirect benefit. Restricted Securities may not be held by Access Persons.
(1) | Name of Access Person: | ||
(2) | If different than (1), name of the person in whose name the account is held: | ||
(3) | Relationship of (2) to (1): | ||
(4) | Broker, dealer or bank at which account is maintained: | ||
(5) | Account Number: | ||
(6) | Contact person at broker, dealer or bank and phone number: | ||
(7) | For each Account, attach the most recent account statement listing all Securities in that Account. If you beneficially own Securities that are not listed in an attached account statement, list them below: |
Title and Type of Security | Exchange Ticker/CUSIP | # Shares | Principal Amount |
1. | |
2. | |
3. | |
4. | |
5. |
(Attach separate sheet if necessary)
Page No. | Subject | Issued By | Effective Date | |
16 of 22 | Code of Ethics Policy | LIMS COO | October 22, 2013 |
LaSalle Investment Management (Securities) | |
Subject | Original Date of Issue |
CODE OF ETHICS POLICY | January 13, 2005 |
Check if applicable: | ¨ | The reporting of any transaction below shall not be construed as an admission that I have any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the subject security. |
¨ | I do not own any Securities. |
I certify that this form and the attached statements (if any) constitute all of the Securities which I beneficially own, including those held in accounts of my immediate family residing in my household.
Access Person Signature |
Dated: | |||
Print Name |
REVIEWED: | |||||||
(Date) | (Signature) | ||||||
FOLLOW-UP ACTION (if any) (attach additional sheet if required) | |||||||
Page No. | Subject | Issued By | Effective Date | |
17 of 22 | Code of Ethics Policy | LIMS COO | October 22, 2013 |
LaSalle Investment Management (Securities) | |
Subject | Original Date of Issue |
CODE OF ETHICS POLICY | January 13, 2005 |
EXHIBIT D
THIS REPORT MUST BE SUBMITTED WITHIN 30 DAYS OF QUARTER END
ACCESS PERSON TRANSACTION RECORD for | |
(Name) |
FOR CALENDAR QUARTER ENDED | |
(Date) |
I AM REPORTING BELOW ALL TRANSACTIONS REQUIRED TO BE REPORTED FOR THE QUARTER PURSUANT TO THE CODE OF ETHICS AND SECURITIES TRADING POLICY.
(Date) | (Access Person's Signature) |
I. TRANSACTION REPORTING
Check if applicable: (a) ¨ I had no transactions to report during this period because:
¨ | I had no transactions in Securities during the quarter; or |
¨ | I had no transactions that were required to reported during the quarter. |
(b) ¨ All transactions required to be reported are indicated below or have been provided to the Chief Compliance Officer through statements and, if applicable, are additionally indicated below.
(c) ¨ The reporting of any transaction below shall not be construed as an admission that I have any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the Security.
Transactions
Date |
Security
Title, Ticker/ CUSIP |
Interest
Rate |
Maturity
Date |
# Shares |
Principal
Amount |
Purchase/
Sale/ Other |
Price |
Broker/
Dealer/ Bank |
||||||||
(attach additional sheets if necessary)
Page No. | Subject | Issued By | Effective Date | |
18 of 22 | Code of Ethics Policy | LIMS COO | October 22, 2013 |
LaSalle Investment Management (Securities) | |
Subject | Original Date of Issue |
CODE OF ETHICS POLICY | January 13, 2005 |
II. ACCOUNT REPORTING
Securities Accounts Opened During Quarter
Instruction: The following section must be completed by all Access Persons.
¨ | I did not open any Account with any broker, dealer or bank during the quarter; or |
¨ | I opened an Account with a broker, dealer or bank during the quarter as indicated below. |
Date Account | Broker, Dealer or Bank | |
Was Established | Name | |
REVIEWED: | |||||||
(Date) | (Signature) | ||||||
FOLLOW-UP ACTION (if any) (attach additional sheet if required) | |||||||
Page No. | Subject | Issued By | Effective Date | |
19 of 22 | Code of Ethics Policy | LIMS COO | October 22, 2013 |
LaSalle Investment Management (Securities) | |
Subject | Original Date of Issue |
CODE OF ETHICS POLICY | January 13, 2005 |
EXHIBIT E
CODE OF ETHICS ACKNOWLEDGMENT
I have read the Code of Ethics of LaSalle Investment Management Securities, LLC and understand the requirements thereof and will comply with such requirements.
Dated: | Signature: |
Please print your name here |
Page No. | Subject | Issued By | Effective Date | |
20 of 22 | Code of Ethics Policy | LIMS COO | October 22, 2013 |
LaSalle Investment Management (Securities) | |
Subject | Original Date of Issue |
CODE OF ETHICS POLICY | January 13, 2005 |
EXHIBIT F
(1) | Who is an Insider? |
The concept of "insider" is broad. It includes officers, directors and employees of a company. In addition, a person can be a "temporary insider" if he or she enters into a special confidential relationship in the conduct of a company's affairs and as a result is given access to information solely for the company's purposes. A temporary insider can include, among others, a company's attorneys, accountants, consultants, bank lending officers and the employees of such organizations. In addition, the adviser may become a temporary insider of a company it advises or for which it performs other services. According to the United States Supreme Court, the company must expect the outsider to keep the disclosed nonpublic information confidential, and the relationship must at least imply such a duty before the outsider will be considered an insider.
(2) | What is material information? |
Trading on inside information is not a basis for liability unless the information is material. "Material information" generally is defined as information for which there is a substantial likelihood that a reasonable investor would consider it important in making his or her investment decisions, or information that is reasonably certain to have a substantial effect on the price of a company's securities. No simple "bright line" test exists to determine when information is material. Assessments of materiality involve a highly fact-specific inquiry. For this reason, you should direct any question about whether information is material to the Chief Compliance Officer.
Material information often relates to a company's results and operations including, for example, dividend changes, earnings results, changes in previously released earnings estimates, significant merger or acquisition proposals or agreements, major litigation, liquidation problems and extraordinary management developments.
Material information also may relate to the market for a company's securities. Information about a significant order to purchase or sell securities may, in some contexts, be deemed material.
Material information does not have to relate to a company's business. For example, in Carpenter v. U.S. , 108 U.S. 316 (1987), the United States Supreme Court considered as material certain information about the contents of a forthcoming newspaper column that was expected to affect the market price of a security. In that case, a Wall Street Journal reporter was found criminally liable for disclosing to others the dates that reports on various companies would appear in The Wall Street Journal and whether those reports would be favorable or unfavorable.
(3) | What is nonpublic information? |
Information is nonpublic until it has been effectively disseminated broadly to investors in the marketplace. One must be able to point to some fact to show that the information is generally public. For example, information is public after it has become available to the general public through a public filing with the SEC or some other governmental agency, the Dow Jones "tape,"
Page No. | Subject | Issued By | Effective Date | |
21 of 22 | Code of Ethics Policy | LIMS COO | October 22, 2013 |
LaSalle Investment Management (Securities) | |
Subject | Original Date of Issue |
CODE OF ETHICS POLICY | January 13, 2005 |
Reuters Economic Services, The Wall Street Journal or other publications of general circulation, and after sufficient time has passed so that the information has been disseminated widely.
(4) | What are the penalties for insider trading? |
Penalties for trading on or communicating material, nonpublic information are severe, both for individuals involved in such unlawful conduct and their employers. A person can be subject to some or all of the penalties below even if he or she does not personally benefit from the violation. Penalties include: (a) civil injunctions; (b) treble damages; (c) disgorgement of profits; (d) jail sentences; (e) fines for the person who committed the violation of up to three times the profit gained or loss avoided, whether or not the person actually benefited: and (f) fines for the employer or other controlling person of up to the greater of $1,000,000 or three times the amount of the profit gained or loss avoided.
The information above is geared towards conduct that is subject to the jurisdiction of the United States, but it has general applicability with respect to how LaSalle trades on behalf of clients across the globe, as well as personal conduct of LaSalle employees in the course of their personal trading.
In addition to the foregoing, any violation of LaSalle's Code of Ethics Policy can be expected to result in serious sanctions as set forth in Article VI of the Code of Ethics, including dismissal of the person or persons involved.
Page No. | Subject | Issued By | Effective Date | |
22 of 22 | Code of Ethics Policy | LIMS COO | October 22, 2013 |
Exhibit (p)11
Appendix O: Code of Ethics and Personal Investment Policy
CODE OF ETHICS AND PERSONAL INVESTMENT POLICY
For
Lazard Asset Management LLC
Lazard Asset Management Securities LLC
Lazard Asset Management (Canada) Inc.
Lazard Alternatives LLC
And
Certain Registered Investment Companies
Lazard Asset Management LLC, Lazard Asset Management Securities LLC, Lazard Asset Management (Canada) Inc., Lazard Alternatives LLC (collectively “LAM”), and those U.S.-registered investment companies advised or managed by LAM that have adopted this policy (“Funds”), have adopted this policy in order to accomplish two primary goals: first , to minimize conflicts and potential conflicts of interest between LAM employees and LAM’s clients (including the Funds and shareholders of the Funds), and between Fund directors or trustees (“Directors”) and their Funds, and second , to provide policies and procedures consistent with applicable law, including Rule 204-2 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “Advisers Act”) and Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (“1940 Act”), to prevent fraudulent or manipulative practices with respect to purchases or sales of securities held or to be acquired by client accounts. In addition, it is LAM’s policy that LAM employees should not be engaging in short-term investing, including so-called market timing of any mutual funds, whether or not managed by LAM. This Policy therefore prohibits certain short-term trading activity by LAM employees.
All employees of LAM, including employees who serve as Fund officers or directors, are “Covered Persons” under this policy and are required to comply with all applicable federal securities laws. Additionally, all Directors of the Funds are subject to this policy as indicated below.
A. Statement of Principles.
All Covered Persons owe a fiduciary duty to LAM’s clients when conducting their personal investment transactions. Covered Persons must place the interest of clients first and avoid activities, interests and relationships that might interfere with the duty to make decisions in the best interests of the clients. All Directors owe a fiduciary duty to each Fund of which they are a director and to that Fund’s shareholders when conducting their personal investment transactions. At all times and in all matters Directors shall place the interests of their Funds before their personal interests. The fundamental standard to be followed in personal securities transactions is that Covered Persons and Directors may not take inappropriate advantage of their positions.
Covered Persons are reminded that they also are subject to other policies of LAM, including policies on insider trading and the receipt of gifts and entertainment. Covered Persons must never trade in a security while in possession of material, non-public information about the issuer or the market for those securities, even if the Covered Person has satisfied all other requirements of this policy.
Appendix O- 1 | September 2012 |
LAM’s Chief Compliance Officer shall be responsible for the implementation of this Code of Ethics and Personal Investment Policy and all record-keeping functions mandated hereunder, including the review of all initial and annual holding reports as well as the quarterly transactions reports described below. The Chief Compliance Officer may delegate this function to others in the Legal / Compliance Department, and shall promptly report to LAM’s General Counsel or the Chief Executive Officer all material violations of, or material deviations from, this policy.
B. Definitions.
For purposes of this Policy, “Personal Securities Accounts” include :
1. | Any account in or through which securities can be purchased or sold, which includes, but is not limited to, a brokerage account, 401k account, or variable annuity or variable life insurance policy; |
2. | Accounts in the Covered Person’s or Director’s name or accounts in which the Covered Person or Director has a direct or indirect beneficial interest (a definition of Beneficial Ownership is included in Exhibit A); |
3. | Accounts in the name of the Covered Person’s or Director’s spouse; |
4. | Accounts in the name of children under the age of 18, whether or not living with the Covered Person or Director, and accounts in the name of relatives or other individuals living with the Covered Person or Director or for whose support the Covered Person or Director is wholly or partially responsible (together with the Covered Person’s or Director’s spouse and minor children, “Related Persons”); 1 |
5. | Accounts in which the Covered Person or Director or any Related Person directly or indirectly controls, participates in, or has the right to control or participate in, investment decisions. |
6. | 401k and similar retirement accounts that permit the participant to change their investments to trade more than once per quarter (such as, for example, an “Individually Directed Account”). |
For purposes of this Policy, Personal Securities Accounts do not include :
1. | Estate or trust accounts in which a Covered Person, Director, or Related Person has a beneficial interest, but no power to affect investment decisions. There must be no communication between the account(s) and the Covered Person, Director or Related Person with regard to investment decisions prior to execution ; |
2. | Fully discretionary accounts managed by LAM, another registered investment adviser, a registered representative of a registered broker-dealer or another approved person are permitted if, (i) for Covered Persons and Related Persons, the Covered Persons receives permission from the Legal / Compliance Department, and (ii) for all persons covered by this Code, there is no communication between the adviser to the account and such person with regard to investment decisions prior to execution. |
3. | Direct investment programs, which allow the purchase of securities directly from the issuer without the intermediation of a broker-dealer, provided that the timing and size of |
1 Unless otherwise indicated, all provisions of this Code apply to Related Persons.
Appendix O- 2 | September 2012 |
the purchases are established by a pre-arranged schedule (e.g., dividend reinvestment plans). Covered Persons must pre-clear the transaction at the time that participation in the direct investment program is being established. Covered Persons also must provide documentation of these arrangements and arrange to have their statements forwarded to the Legal / Compliance Department; |
4. | 401k and similar retirement accounts that permit the participant to change their investments no more frequently than once every 60 days. |
5. | Other accounts over which the Covered Person or Director has no direct or indirect influence or control; |
6. | Qualified state tuition programs (also known as “529 Programs”) where investment options and frequency of transactions are limited by state or federal laws. |
For purposes of this Policy, “Security” includes , in general, any interest or instrument commonly known as a security including the following:
1. | stocks |
2. | bonds |
3. | shares of closed-end funds, exchange-traded funds (commonly referred to as “ETFs”) and unit investment trusts |
4. | shares of the LAM mutual funds or any mutual fund for which LAM serves as a sub-adviser (see Exhibit D for the current list of Funds) |
5. | hedge funds |
6. | private equity funds |
7. | limited partnerships |
8. | private placements or unlisted securities |
9. | debentures, and other evidences of indebtedness, including senior debt and, subordinated debt |
10. | investment, commodity or futures contracts |
11. | all derivative instruments such as options, warrants and indexed instruments |
“Security” also includes securities that are “related” to a security being purchased or sold by a LAM client. A “related security” is one whose value is derived from the value of another security (e.g., a warrant, option, or an indexed instrument).
For purposes of this Policy, Security does not include :
1. | money market mutual funds |
2. | transactions and holdings in shares of mutual funds, unless LAM acts as the investment adviser or sub-adviser for the fund (although shares of ETFs are Securities for purposes of this Policy) |
3. | U.S. Treasury obligations |
4. | mortgage pass-throughs (e.g., Ginnie Maes) that are direct obligations of the U.S. government |
5. | bankers’ acceptances |
6. | bank certificates of deposit |
7. | commercial paper |
8. | high quality short-term debt instruments (meaning any instrument that has a maturity at issuance of less than 366 days and that is rated in one of the two highest rating categories by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization, such as S&P or Moody's), including repurchase agreements. |
Appendix O- 3 | September 2012 |
C. Opening and Maintaining Employee Accounts.
All Covered Persons and their Related Persons must generally maintain their Personal Securities Accounts at Lazard Capital Markets LLC ("LCM") or other approved broker-dealers (the “Approved Broker-Dealers”). Contact the Legal / Compliance Department for a list of the Approved Broker-Dealers. Additionally, if one of the Approved Broker-Dealers do not offer a particular investment product or service, or for Related Persons who, by reason of their employment, are required to conduct their securities transactions in a manner inconsistent with this policy, or in other exceptional circumstances, Covered Persons may submit a request for exemption to the Legal / Compliance Department. For any Personal Securities Account not maintained at an Approved Broker-Dealer, Covered Persons and their Related Persons must arrange to have duplicate copies of trade confirmations and statements provided to the Legal / Compliance Department at the following address: Lazard Asset Management LLC, Attn: Chief Compliance Officer, 30 Rockefeller Plaza, 59 th Floor, New York, NY 10112- 6300 . All other provisions of this policy will continue to apply to any Personal Securities Account not maintained at an Approved Broker-Dealer.
D. Restrictions.
The following restrictions apply to trading for Personal Securities Accounts of Covered Persons and Related Persons:
1. | Conflicts with Client Activity. No security may be purchased or sold in any Personal Securities Account seven (7) calendar days before or after a LAM client account trades in the same security. |
2. | 60 Day Holding Period. Securities transactions, including transactions in mutual funds where LAM acts as the investment adviser or sub-adviser, must be for investment purposes rather than for speculation. Consequently, Covered Persons or their Related Persons may not profit from the purchase and sale of the same or equivalent securities within sixty (60) calendar days (i.e., the security may be purchased or sold on the 61 st day), calculated on a First In, First Out (FIFO) basis. All profits from short-term trades are subject to disgorgement. However, with the prior written approval of the Chief Compliance Officer, or in his absence another senior member of the Legal / Compliance Department, and only in the case of rare and/or unusual circumstances or if the equities justify, a Covered Person or a Related Person may execute a short-term trade. |
Notwithstanding the above, the 60-day holding period will not apply (although the obligation to pre-clear trades will apply) to shares of ETFs, options on ETFs that seek to track the performance of broad-based indices (e.g., the QQQQ SPY, EFA, GAF, etc.). Nevertheless, short-term trading in shares of ETFs is discouraged. If a pattern of frequent trading is detected, the Legal / Compliance Department may reject any order to buy or sell these shares or contracts.
3. | Initial Public Offerings (IPOs). No transaction for a Personal Securities Account may be made in securities offered pursuant to an initial public offering. |
4. | Private Placements. Securities offered pursuant to a private placement (e.g., hedge funds, private equity funds or any other pooled investment vehicle the interests or shares of which are offered in a private placement) may not be purchased or sold by a Covered Person without the prior approval of LAM’s Chief Compliance Officer (See Exhibit B); however, purchases or sales of Lazard sponsored hedge funds do not require such approval. In connection with any decision to approve such a private placement, the Legal / Compliance Department will prepare a report of the decision that explains the reasoning for the decision and an analysis of any potential conflict of interest. Any Covered Person receiving approval to acquire securities in a |
Appendix O- 4 | September 2012 |
private placement must disclose that investment when the Covered Person participates in a LAM client’s subsequent consideration of an investment in such issuer and any decision by or made on behalf of the LAM client to invest in such issuer will be subject to an independent review by investment personnel of LAM with no personal interest in the issuer. |
5. | Hedge Funds. Hedge funds are sold on a private placement basis and as noted above, with the exception of Lazard sponsored hedge funds, are subject to prior approval by LAM’s Chief Compliance Officer (See Exhibit B). In considering whether or not to approve an investment in a hedge fund, the Chief Compliance Officer or his or her designee, will review a copy of the fund’s offering memorandum, subscription documents and other governing documents (“Offering Documents”) as deemed appropriate in order to ensure that the proposed investment is being made on the same terms generally available to all other investors in the hedge fund. The Chief Compliance Officer may grant exceptions to this general rule under certain circumstances, for example, such as when a family relationship exists between the Covered Person and the hedge fund manager. |
Upon receipt of a request by a Covered Person to invest in a hedge fund, the Legal / Compliance Department will contact the Fund of Funds Group (the “Team”) and identify the fund in which the Covered Person has requested permission to invest. The Team will advise the Legal / Compliance Department if the fund is on the Team’s approved list or if the Team is otherwise interested in investing clients assets in the fund. If the fund is not on the Team’s approved list and the Team is not interested in investing in the fund, the Chief Compliance Officer will generally approve the Covered Person’s investment, unless other considerations warrant denying the investment. If the fund is on the approved list or the Team may be interested in investing in the fund, then the Legal / Compliance Department will determine whether the fund is subject to capacity constraints. If the fund is subject to capacity constraints, then the Covered Person’s request will be denied and priority will be given to the Team to invest client assets in the fund. If the fund is not subject to capacity constraints, then the Covered Person will generally be permitted to invest along with the Team. If the fund is on the approved list or the Team may be interested in investing in the fund, then the Covered Person’s investment must be made generally on the same terms available to all investors as set forth in the fund’s Offering Documents.
6. | Speculative Trading. Absent approval from the appropriate compliance personnel, Covered Persons are prohibited from engaging in the trading of options or futures and from engaging in speculative trading, as opposed to investment activity. The 60-day holding period generally applies to transactions in these instruments. |
7. | Short Sales. Covered Persons are prohibited from engaging in short sales of any security. However, provided the investment is otherwise permitted under this Policy and has received all necessary approvals, an investment in a hedge fund that engages in short selling is permitted. Covered Persons are prohibited from buying or going long a put option when they do not hold the underlying stock since this can result in a short sale on expiration date of the contract. |
8. | Inside Information. No transaction may be made in violation of the Material Non-Public Information Policies and Procedures (“Inside Information”) as outlined in Section 32 of the LAM Compliance Manual; and |
9. | Options on Lazard Stock. Covered Persons are prohibited from entering into options contracts related to Lazard stock. |
Appendix O- 5 | September 2012 |
10. | Directorships. Covered Persons may not serve on the board of directors of any corporation or entity (other than a related Lazard entity) without the prior approval of LAM’s Chief Compliance Officer or General Counsel. |
11. | Control of Issuer. Covered Persons and Related Persons may not acquire any security, directly or indirectly, for purposes of obtaining control of the issuer. |
E. Prohibited Recommendations.
No Covered Person shall recommend or execute any securities transaction for any client account, or, in the case of a Director, for the Director’s Fund, without having disclosed, in writing, to the Chief Compliance Officer or, in his or her absence, another senior member of the Legal / Compliance Department, any direct or indirect interest in such securities or issuers (including any such interest held by a Related Person). Prior written approval of such recommendation or execution also must be received from the Chief Compliance Officer or, in his or her absence, another senior member of the Legal / Compliance Department. The interest in personal accounts could be in the form of:
1. | Any direct or indirect beneficial ownership of any securities of such issuer; |
2. | Any contemplated transaction by the person in such securities; |
3. | Any position with such issuer or its affiliates; or |
4. | Any present or proposed business relationship between such issuer or its affiliates and the person or any party in which such person has a significant interest. |
F. Transaction Approval Procedures.
All transactions by Covered Persons (including Related Persons) in Personal Securities Accounts must receive prior approval as described below. To pre-clear a transaction, Covered Persons must:
1. | Electronically complete and “sign” a “New Equity Order” or “New Bond Order” trade ticket located in the Firm’s Lotus-Notes e-mail application under the heading “Employee Trades.” |
2. | The ticket is then automatically transmitted to the Legal / Compliance Department where it will be processed. For accounts maintained at LCM , if approved, the Legal / Compliance Department will route the order directly to LCM’s trading desk for execution, provided the employee selected the “Direct Execution” option when completing the equity or bond order ticket. For any account not maintained at LCM , or if the account is maintained at LCM but the “Direct Execution” option was not selected, the employee will be notified if the order is approved or not approved and, if the order is approved, the employee is responsible to transmit the order to the broker-dealer where his or her account is maintained. |
NOTE: Orders approved for execution must be effected on the day the order was approved. Otherwise, the employee must resubmit the transactions again for approval. |
The Legal / Compliance Department endeavors to preclear transactions promptly; however, transactions may not always be approved on the day in which they are received. Certain factors such as time of day the order is submitted or length of time it takes a LAM portfolio manager to confirm there is no client activity, all play a role in the length of time it takes to preclear a transaction. |
Appendix O- 6 | September 2012 |
G. Acknowledgment and Reporting.
1. | Initial Certification. Within 10 days of becoming a Covered Person or Director, such Covered Person or Director must submit to the Legal / Compliance Department an acknowledgement that they have received a copy of this policy, and that they have read and understood its provisions. See Exhibit C for the form of Acknowledgement. |
2. | Initial Holdings Report. Within 10 days of becoming a Covered Person, all LAM personnel must submit to the Legal / Compliance Department a statement of all securities in which such Covered Person has any direct or indirect beneficial ownership. This statement must include (i) the title, number of shares and principal amount of each security, (ii) the name of any broker, dealer, insurance company, or bank with whom the Covered Person maintained an account in which any securities were held for the direct or indirect benefit of such Covered Person and (iii) the date of submission by the Covered Person. The information provided in this statement must be current as of a date no more than 45 days prior to the Covered Person’s date of employment at LAM. Such information should be provided on the form attached as Exhibit C. |
3. | Quarterly Report. Within 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter, provide information to the Legal / Compliance Department relating to securities transactions executed during the previous quarter for all securities accounts. Any such report may contain a statement that the report shall not be construed as an admission by the person making such report that he or she has any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the security to which the report relates. |
Note: Covered Persons satisfy this requirement by holding their personal securities accounts at LCM or one of the Approved Broker-Dealers.
4. | Annual Report. Each Covered Person shall submit an annual report to the Legal / Compliance Department showing as of a date no more than 45 days before the report is submitted (1) all holdings in securities in which the person had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership and (2) the name of any broker, dealer, insurance company, or bank with whom the person maintains an account in which any securities are held for the direct or indirect benefit of the Covered Person or Related Persons. |
Note: Covered Persons satisfy this requirement by certifying annually that all transactions during the year were executed in Internal Accounts or Outside Accounts for which the Legal / Compliance Department receives confirmations and periodic statements.
5. | Annual Certification. All Covered Persons and Directors are required to certify annually that they have (i) read and understand this policy and recognize that they are subject to its terms and conditions, (ii) complied with the requirements of this policy and (iii) disclosed or reported all personal securities accounts and transactions required to be disclosed or reported pursuant to this Code of Ethics and Personal Investment Policy. |
H. Fund Directors.
A Director who is not an “interested person” of the Fund within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act, and who would be required to make reports solely by reason of being a Director, is required to make the quarterly transactions reports required by Section H (3.) as to any security only if at the time of a transaction by the Director in that security, he/she knew, or in the ordinary course of fulfilling his/her official duties as a Fund Director, should have known that during the 15-day period immediately preceding or following the date of that transaction, that security was purchased or sold by that Director’s Fund or was being considered for purchase or sale by that Director’s Fund.
Appendix O- 7 | September 2012 |
If a Director introduces a hedge fund to the Team, as previously defined in Section E (5.), the Director is required to inform the Team whether the Director or an affiliated person of the Director has invested in the fund and the terms of such investment. If a Director decides to invest in a hedge fund that he or she knew or, in the ordinary course of fulfilling his responsibilities as a Director should have known that the hedge fund is held by or is being considered for purchase or sale by the Team, the Director is required, before making the investment, to disclose this to the Team and any different terms or rights that have been granted to the Director. If a Director learns, in the ordinary course of fulfilling his responsibilities as a Director, that the Team has invested in a fund in which the Director has an investment, the Director should advise the Chief Compliance Officer of such investment.
I. Exemptions.
1. | Purchases or sales of securities which receive the prior approval of the Chief Compliance Officer or, in his or her absence, another senior member of the Legal / Compliance Department, may be exempted from certain restrictions if such purchases or sales are determined to be unlikely to have any material negative economic impact or have an appearance of impropriety on any client account managed or advised by LAM. |
2. | De Minimis Exemption. The blackout period restriction (see Section D.1) shall not apply to any transaction in (1) equity securities, or series of related transactions, involving up to 500 shares of a security, but not to exceed an aggregate transaction amount of $25,000 of the security, provided the issuer has a market capitalization greater than US $5 billion, (2) options on an equity security up to 5 contracts (or the equivalent of 500 shares), but not to exceed a maximum exposure amount of $25,000 of the security, provide the issuer underlying the option has a market capitalization greater than US $5 billion, and (3) fixed income securities, or series of related transactions, involving up to $25,000 face value of that fixed income security, provided that the issuer has a market capitalization of greater than US $5 billion for its equity securities. |
The de minimis exemption does not apply to shares of ETFs or to option contracts on indices or other types of securities whose value is derived from a broad-based index. |
J. Sanctions.
The Legal / Compliance Department shall report all material violations of this Code of Ethics and Personal Investment Policy to LAM’s Chief Executive Officer or General Counsel who may impose such sanctions as deemed appropriate, including, among other things, a letter of censure, fine or suspension or termination of the employment of the violator.
K. Retention of Records.
All records relating to personal securities transactions hereunder and other records meeting the requirements of applicable law, including a copy of this policy and any other policies covering the subject matter hereof, shall be maintained in the manner and to the extent required by applicable law, including Rule 204-2 under the Advisers Act and Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act. The Legal / Compliance Department shall have the responsibility for maintaining records created under this policy.
Appendix O- 8 | September 2012 |
L. Board Review.
The Chief Compliance Officer shall provide to the Board of Directors of each Fund, on a quarterly basis, a written report regarding this policy, and at least annually, a written report and certification meeting the requirements of Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act.
M. Other Codes of Ethics.
To the extent that any officer of any Fund is not a Covered Person hereunder, or an investment subadviser of or principal underwriter for any Fund and their respective access persons (as defined in Rule 17j-1) are not Covered Persons hereunder, those persons must be covered by separate codes of ethics which are approved in accordance with applicable law.
Appendix O- 9 | September 2012 |
Exhibit A
EXPLANATION OF BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP
You are considered to have “Beneficial Ownership” of Securities if you have or share a direct or indirect “Pecuniary Interest” in the Securities.
You have a “Pecuniary Interest” in Securities if you have the opportunity, directly or indirectly, to profit or share in any profit derived from a transaction in the Securities.
The following are examples of an indirect Pecuniary Interest in Securities:
1. | Securities held by members of your immediate family sharing the same household; however, this presumption may be rebutted by convincing evidence that profits derived from transactions in these Securities will not provide you with any economic benefit. “Immediate family” means any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, and includes any adoptive relationship. |
2. | Your interest as a general partner in Securities held by a general or limited partnership. |
3. | Your interest as a manager-member in the Securities held by a limited liability company. |
You do not have an indirect Pecuniary Interest in Securities held by a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity in which you hold an equity interest, unless you are a controlling equity holder or you have or share investment control over the Securities held by the entity.
The following circumstances constitute Beneficial Ownership by you of Securities held by a trust:
1. | Your ownership of Securities as a trustee where either you or members of your immediate family have a vested interest in the principal or income of the trust. |
2. | Your ownership of a vested interest in a trust. |
3. | Your status as a settler of a trust, unless the consent of all of the beneficiaries is required in order for you to revoke the trust. |
The foregoing is a summary of the meaning of “beneficial ownership”. For purposes of the attached policy, “beneficial ownership” shall be interpreted in the same manner, as it would be in determining whether a person is subject to the provisions of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations thereunder.
Appendix O- 10 | September 2012 |
Exhibit B
LAM PRIVATE PLACEMENT APPROVAL FORM
Section I
This section must be completed and signed by the Employee seeking to engage in a private placement transaction. Please return the completed form to the Compliance Department for review. A decision will be communicated to you in writing . For purposes of the review, please attach copies of all available offering documents and business plans, as well as partnership and subscription agreements.
NAME OF EMPLOYEE | APPROXIMATE DATE OF INVESTMENT | |
BUYER OR SELLER OF SECURITY (IF DIFFERENT FROM EMPLOYEE) | BUY OR SELL | |
$ | ||
NAME OF SECURITY | SIZE OF TRANSACTION |
Employee relationship to issuer or its principal promoters: ________________________
How did you learn about this investment opportunity?
_________________________________________________
Employee by his/her signature below declares that the information given above is correct to the best of his/her knowledge and that the Employee, and if applicable, the Related Person (as defined in the Code of Ethics & Personal Investment Policy) on whose behalf approval is sought, has no inside information or other knowledge pertaining to this proposed transaction that constitutes a violation of any policy of Lazard Asset Management LLC or securities law, rule or regulation.
_________________________________
Employee Signature
Section II
This section to be completed by LAM compliance personnel.
Security contemplated for LAM clients? _____ Yes _____ No | ||
___ Approved ___ Denied | ||
Reasons: | ||
Chief Compliance Officer | Date | |
Appendix O- 11 | September 2012 |
Exhibit C
LAM ACKNOWLEDGEMENT & INITIAL HOLDINGS REPORT
Pursuant to Code of Ethics and Personal Investment Policy (the “Policy”)
This report must be completed and returned to the Legal / Compliance Department within 10 days of employment.
Name: | Date of Employment: | |||
( Please print) |
Account Information:
¨ | I, or any Related Person 2 , do not have a beneficial interest in any account(s) with any financial services firm. |
¨ | I, or any Related Person, maintain the following account(s). Please list any broker, dealer, insurance company, or bank, which holds securities for your direct or indirect benefit as of the date of your employment. This includes 401k accounts and insurance company variable insurance contracts.* |
Name of Financial Services Firm |
Type of Account (Brokerage, Variable
Annuity,
|
Name on Account |
Account Number |
Is this a Managed Account? |
*401k accounts and similar retirement accounts that permit the participant to change their investments no more frequently than once per quarter need not be reported.
Securities Holdings Information:
For each of the accounts listed above, attach to this report a copy of your most recent statements(s) listing all of your securities holdings. All statements must be current as of a date
2 Related Persons include your spouse, your children under the age of 18 whether or not living with you, relatives or other individuals who live with you, if you contribute to their support, and other persons who’s accounts you have discretionary authority over.
Appendix O- 12 | September 2012 |
no more than 45 prior to your date of employment at LAM. In addition, please list in the space provided below holdings in hedge funds, private equity funds, limited partnerships or any other type of security that may not be held in an account listed above.
Description of Security | Type of Security |
No. of Shares |
Principal Amount Invested |
|
|||
|
|
||
|
|||
|
¨ | I, or any Related Person, have no securities holdings to report. |
I certify that I have received a copy of the Policy, and that I have read and understood its provisions. I further certify that this report represents a complete and accurate description of my account(s) and securities holdings as of my initial date of employment. The information provided is current as of a date no more than 45 days prior to my employment at LAM.
Signature: | Date: |
Appendix O- 13 | September 2012 |
Exhibit D
LAM Sub-advised Funds
Fund Name / Description | Where domiciled |
BMO US Dollar Monthly Income Fund | Canada |
BMO Guardian Global Diversified Fund | Canada |
BMO Guardian Global Absolute Return | Canada |
DIM Private U.S. Equity Fund(non-taxable accounts) | Canada |
DIM Private U.S. Equity Fund (taxable accounts) | Canada |
DESJARDINS Global Small Cap Equity Fund | Canada |
MGI International Equity Fund | Canada |
SEI Canada Emerging Markets Equity Fund | Canada |
American Beacon Advisors | United States |
CGCM Emerging Markets Fund | United States |
Commonfund Asset Management Company, Inc. | United States |
HC Capital Trust | United States |
Hillview Global Alpha Fund LP | United States |
JNL/Lazard MidCap Equity | United States |
JNL/LAZARD Emerging Markets Portfolio - Em Markets Equity Sleeve | United States |
JNL/LAZARD Emerging Equity Markets Portfolio - EME Concentrated Sleeve | United States |
JNL/LAZARD Emerging Equity Markets Portfolio - DME Concentrated Sleeve | United States |
Members Fund International (EAFE) | United States |
Nuveen International Equity Select Fund | United States |
OCA Global High Quality Fixed Income Fund LLC | United States |
Russell Trust Company - Russell Equity I Fund | United States |
Russell - RTC Smithfield Foods Master Trust | United States |
Russell Investment Company - Russell U.S. Core | United States |
Russell Global Opportunistic Credit Fund | United States |
Russell - Japan Long/Short Fund | United States |
SEI Advisor Managed Tr - US Eq Select Sleeve | United States |
SEI Advisor Managed Tr - US Concentrated Equity Sleeve | United States |
SEI Advisor Managed Tr - US SMID Cap Equity Sleeve | United States |
SEI International Trust (SIT) - Emerging Markets | United States |
SEI Large Cap Value Fund (SIMT) | United States |
SEI Large Cap Disc EQ Fund (SIIT) - US Concentrated Equity Sleeve | United States |
SEI Large Cap Disc EQ Fund (SIIT) - US SMID cap Equity Sleeve | United States |
SEI Large Cap Disc EQ Fund( SIIT) - US Equity Select Sleeve | United States |
Strategic Advisers Core Fund | United States |
Ultra Series Fund-International Equity Fund | United States |
Vanguard International Value Fund | United States |
Vanguard Windsor II Fund | United States |
Wilshire Associates Inc | United States |
Strategic Advisers Core Multi-Manager Fund | United States |
Appendix O- 14 | September 2012 |
Exhibit (p)12
I. CODE OF ETHICS
TOPICS IN THIS CODE
A) | Standard of Conduct |
B) | Confidential Information |
C) | Material Non-Public Information |
D) | Fiduciary Duty and Conflicts of Interest |
E) | Scalping or Frontrunning |
F) | Unfair Treatment of Certain Clients Vis-a-Vis Others |
G) | Dealing with Clients as Agent and Principal: Section 206(3) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 |
H) | Personal Trading; Timely Reporting of Trades |
I) | Employee’s Responsibility to Know the Rules and Comply with Applicable Laws |
J) | Designation and Responsibilities of Chief Compliance Officer |
A. STANDARD OF CONDUCT
The purpose of this Code of Ethics is to set forth certain key guidelines that have been adopted by MAST Capital Management, LLC (the “Company”) as office policy for the guidance of all Company personnel and to specify the responsibilities of all Employees of the Company (as defined in B.2 below) to act in accordance with their fiduciary duty to the Company’s clients and to comply with applicable federal and state laws and regulations, including, but not limited to, securities laws, governing their conduct. In particular, Employees should be aware of the requirements of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “Advisers Act”). Careful adherence is essential to safeguard the interests of the Company and its clients. The Company expects that all Employees will conduct themselves in accordance with high ethical standards, which should be premised on the concepts of integrity, honesty and trust.
As noted, all Employees of the Company must conduct themselves in full compliance with all applicable federal and state laws and regulations concerning the securities industry. In particular, an Employee should be familiar with those laws and regulations governing “insider trading,” fiduciary duties and short selling. It is the responsibility of every Employee to know these laws and regulations and to comply with them. If an Employee needs copies of any laws and regulations concerning the securities business or has any questions about the legality of any transaction, the Employee should consult the Company’s Chief Compliance Officer (as defined below). Failure to comply with such laws and regulations or this Code of Ethics may result in sanctions and possibly, depending on the circumstances, immediate dismissal.
MAST Capital Management, LLC | 1 |
Although our fiduciary duties require more than simply avoiding illegal and inappropriate behavior, at a minimum all Employees should be aware that, as a matter of policy and the terms of their employment with the Company, the following types of activities are strictly prohibited:
(1) | Using any device, scheme or artifice to defraud, or engaging in any act, practice, or course of conduct that operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit upon, any client or prospective client or any party to any securities transaction in which the Company or any of its clients is a participant; |
(2) | Making any untrue statement of a material fact or omitting to state to any person a material fact necessary in order to make the statements the Company has made to such person, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading; |
(3) | Engaging in any act, practice, or course of business that is fraudulent, deceptive, or manipulative, particularly with respect to a client or prospective client; and |
(4) | Causing the Company, acting as principal for its own account or for any account in which the Company or any person associated with the Company (within the meaning of the Investment Advisers Act) has an interest, to sell any security to or purchase any security from a client in violation of any applicable law, rule or regulation of a governmental agency. |
B. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
1. What is confidential information ?
An investment adviser has a fiduciary duty to its clients not to divulge or misuse information obtained in connection with its services as an adviser. Therefore, all information, whether of a personal or business nature, that an Employee obtains about a client’s affairs in the course of employment with the Company should be treated as confidential and used only to provide services to or otherwise to the benefit of the client. Such information may sometimes include information about non-clients, and that information should likewise be held in confidence. Even the fact that the Company advises a particular client should ordinarily be treated as confidential.
2. Who is subject to the Company’s policies concerning confidential information ?
All Company personnel - officers and advisory, marketing, administrative and secretarial staff - are subject to these policies. (For the sake of convenience, this group is sometimes referred to in this Manual as “Employees”).
3. What are the duties and responsibilities of Employees with respect to confidential information ?
Since an investment adviser has a fiduciary duty to its clients not to divulge information obtained from or about a client in connection with its services as an adviser, Employees must not
MAST Capital Management, LLC | 2 |
repeat or disclose confidential information received from or about clients outside the Company to anyone , including relatives, friends or strangers. Any misuse of confidential information about a client is a disservice to the client that may cause both the client and the Company substantial injury. Failure to comply with this policy may have very serious consequences for Employees and for the Company, including the possibility that Employees might be criminally prosecuted for misusing the information, as described in Part C below.
4. What are some steps that Employees can take to assure that confidential information is not disclosed to persons outside the office ?
There are a number of steps Employees should take to help preserve client and other confidences, including the following:
(a) | Employees should be sensitive to the problem of inadvertent or accidental disclosure. Careless conversation, naming names or describing details of a current or proposed trade, investment or transaction in a lounge, hallway, elevator or restroom, or in a train, taxi, airplane, restaurant or other public place, can result in the disclosure of confidential information and should be strictly avoided. |
(b) | Maintenance of confidentiality requires careful safeguarding of papers and documents, both inside and outside the Company. Documents and papers should be kept in appropriately marked file folders and locked in file cabinets when appropriate. Computer files or disks should be password protected. Employees should review the detailed data security policies and procedures which appear later in the Manual. |
(c) | If an Employee uses a speakerphone, the Employee should be careful to refrain from using it in any way that might increase the likelihood of accidental disclosure. Use caution, for example, when participating in a speakerphone conversation dealing with confidential information if the office door is open, or if the speakerphone volume is set too high. The same applies if an Employee knows or suspects that a speakerphone or a second extension phone is being used at the other end of a telephone conversation. |
(d) | In especially sensitive situations, it may be necessary to establish barriers to the exchange of information within the Company and to take other steps to prevent the leak of confidential information. |
(e) | Employees should be aware that e-mail and information transmitted through the Internet may not be secure from hacking or interception and should be cautious in transmitting confidential information by e-mail or through the Internet. Employees should review the detailed data security policies and procedures as well as policies regarding the use of social media which appear later in the Manual. |
MAST Capital Management, LLC | 3 |
C. MATERIAL NONPUBLIC INFORMATION
All Employees are reminded that purchasing or selling securities on the basis of, or while in possession of, material nonpublic information for their own, for a client’s or for the Company’s account is a crime punishable by imprisonment as well as large fines. “Tipping” another person who engages in such activities is also a crime. The term “material” is described below.
The sanctions for trading securities while in possession of material nonpublic information regarding the issuer of such securities can be severe. In recent years, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) has aggressively sought and prosecuted persons who trade securities on the basis of “inside information.” Courts are now authorized to impose fines of up to three times the profit gained, or loss avoided, on such transactions. Criminal prosecution is also possible. Willful misuse of material nonpublic information in connection with the trading of securities will result in dismissal from employment by the Company.
Employees should be careful to avoid even the appearance of wrongdoing. Even an innocent purchase or sale of securities by an Employee who is unaware that other Employees possess material nonpublic information about an issuer may damage the Company’s reputation and may lead to protracted investigations and audits of both the Company and Employees.
The following sections of this Code of Ethics seek to answer some of the most commonly asked questions about insider trading. In the questions and answers that follow, the term “issuer” refers to an entity, such as a corporation, partnership or state agency that has issued securities, and the term “securities” includes privately held and publicly traded stocks, bonds, options and other investment instruments that the SEC considers to be securities.
1. Who is subject to the insider trading rules ?
All Employees and all persons - friends, relatives, business associates and others - who receive nonpublic material inside information from Employees concerning an issuer of securities (whether such issuer is a client or not) are subject to these rules. It does not matter whether the issuer is public or private. Furthermore, if any Employee gives nonpublic material inside information concerning an issuer of securities to a person outside the Company, and that person trades in securities of that issuer, the Employee and that person may both have civil and criminal liability.
2. What is material nonpublic information ?
Generally speaking, nonpublic information is information about an issuer’s business or operations (past, present or prospective) that becomes known to an Employee and which is not otherwise available to the public. Although neither the courts nor the SEC has defined “material” precisely, the word is similar in meaning to “important” or “significant.”
While the exact meaning of the word “material” is not entirely clear, it is clear that if a person knows information about an issuer which the person believes would influence an investor in any investment decision concerning that issuer’s securities and which has not been disclosed to the public, the person should not buy or sell that issuer’s securities. Under current court
MAST Capital Management, LLC | 4 |
decisions, it makes no difference whether the material inside information is good or bad. Needless to say, if the undisclosed information would influence an Employee’s own decision to buy or sell or to trade for a client or the Company, the information probably is material and an Employee should not trade or permit the Company to trade for a client or itself until it has been publicly disclosed.
3. How does “material nonpublic information” differ from “confidential information” ?
Here is an example that should clarify the difference between the two. Suppose the Company is engaged by the president of a publicly-traded corporation to provide advice with respect to her personal pension fund and while working on the matter an Employee learns the amount of alimony she pays to her former spouse. That discovery should be kept confidential, but it almost certainly has no bearing on the value of her corporation’s securities (i.e., it is not material) and, in fact, it probably is not “inside information” about the corporation itself. Accordingly, an Employee of the Company could buy or sell securities of that issuer so long as the Employee possessed no material nonpublic information about the corporation. But disclosure of the president’s alimony payments would be embarrassing to her and improper.
In other words, confidential information should never be disclosed, but it is not always material nonpublic information. Knowing it is not necessarily an impediment to participating in the securities markets concerning a particular issuer.
4. Are there certain kinds of information that are particularly likely to be “material nonpublic information” ?
Yes. While the following list is by no means complete, information about the following subjects is particularly sensitive:
(a) | Dividends, stock dividends and stock splits. |
(b) | Sales and earnings and forecasts of sales and earnings. |
(c) | Changes in previously disclosed financial information. |
(d) | Corporate acquisitions, tender offers, major joint ventures or merger proposals. |
(e) | Significant negotiations, new contracts or changes in significant business relationships. |
(f) | Changes in control or a significant change in management. |
(g) | Adoption of stock option plans or other significant compensation plans. |
(h) | Proposed public or private sales of additional or new securities. |
(i) | Significant changes in operations. |
(j) | Large sales or purchases of stock by principal stockholders. |
MAST Capital Management, LLC | 5 |
(k) | Purchases or sales of substantial corporate assets, or decisions or agreements to make any such purchase or sale. |
(l) | Significant increases or declines in backlogs of orders. |
(m) | Significant new products to be introduced. |
(n) | Write-offs. |
(o) | Changes in accounting methods. |
(p) | Unusual corporate developments such as major layoffs, personnel furloughs or unscheduled vacations for a significant number of workers. |
(q) | Labor slowdowns, work stoppages, strikes, or the pending negotiation of a significant labor contract. |
(r) | Significant reductions in the availability of goods from suppliers or shortages of these goods. |
(s) | Extraordinary borrowings. |
(t) | Major litigation. |
(u) | Governmental investigations concerning the Company or any of its officers or directors. |
(v) | Financial liquidity problems. |
(w) | Bankruptcy proceedings. |
(x) | Establishment of a program to repurchase outstanding securities. |
If an Employee believes he or she is in receipt of material nonpublic information or has any questions regarding whether such information may constitute material nonpublic information he or she should immediately alert the Company’s Chief Compliance Officer.
5. What is the law regarding the use of material nonpublic information ?
Federal law, and the policy of the Company, prohibit any Employee from trading securities on the basis of material nonpublic information, whether obtained in the course of working at the Company or otherwise, for his or her private gain, for the Company’s gain or for a client’s gain and prohibit any Employee from furnishing such information to others for their private gain. This is true whether or not the information is considered “confidential”. When in doubt, the information should be presumed to be material and not to have been disclosed to the public. No trades of securities should be executed for any Employee, any client or for the Company, if the person executing the trade or the Company has material nonpublic information about the issuer.
MAST Capital Management, LLC | 6 |
6. What is “tipping” ?
Under the federal securities laws, it is illegal to disclose (or “tip”) material nonpublic information regarding an issuer of securities to another person who subsequently uses that information for his or her profit. In order to minimize this liability, all Company personnel should comply with the policies regarding protection of confidential information described in Part A above, which will include the following measures:
(a) | To reduce the chances of inadvertent tipping of material nonpublic information, any nonpublic information that might be considered material should not be discussed with any person outside the Company. Such information should be regarded as particularly sensitive, confidential information, and the Company’s policies for safeguarding such information should be strictly observed. |
(b) | Caution must be used when receiving information from securities analysts and members of the press which could be material nonpublic information. |
Disclosure outside the Company of confidential information by an Employee, or participation or tipping others to participate in securities transactions when in possession of material nonpublic information, may be a violation of law and subject the employee to severe penalties, including criminal prosecution.
7. To whom must material nonpublic information be disclosed before it is no longer nonpublic information ?
To the public. Public disclosure of material events is usually made by means of an official press release or filing with the SEC. An Employee’s disclosure to a broker or other person will not be effective, and such Employee may face civil or criminal liability if such Employee (or the person to whom the Employee makes disclosure) trades on the basis of the information. Employees should be aware that in most cases they are not authorized to disclose material events about an issuer to the public and that right usually belongs to the issuer alone.
8. How does an Employee know whether particular material nonpublic information has been publicly disclosed ?
If an Employee sees information in a newspaper or public magazine, that information will clearly have been disclosed. Information in a filing with the SEC or a press release will also have been disclosed. However, the courts have said that one should wait for a reasonable period of time after the publication, filing or release date to assure that the information has been widely disseminated and that the public has had sufficient time to evaluate the news. If any Employee has any questions about whether information has been disclosed, such Employee should not trade in the affected securities. An Employee should contact the Company’s Chief Compliance Officer for advice in the matter.
MAST Capital Management, LLC | 7 |
9. What must an Employee do with respect to material nonpublic information that such Employee may learn about an issuer ?
In connection with their work at the Company, Employees may come into possession of material nonpublic information with respect to issuers such as information with respect to issuers or securities of issuers which are being analyzed for purchase or sale. This is particularly likely to happen in connection with the recommendation of the purchase or sale of an issuer’s securities. All personnel receiving material, nonpublic information have a duty not to disclose or use that information in connection with securities transactions. In other words, Employees may not purchase or sell any securities with respect to which they have inside information for their own, the Company’s or for a client’s account or cause clients to trade on such information until after such information becomes public. The foregoing prohibition applies whether or not the material inside information is the basis for the trade. Employees should be alert for information they receive about issuers which may be material nonpublic information. In addition, whenever Employees come into possession of what they believe may be material nonpublic information about an issuer, they must immediately notify the Chief Compliance Officer because the Company as a whole may have an obligation not to trade in the securities of the issuer. The Chief Compliance Officer shall maintain a list of all issuers about which the Company has inside information and shall circulate such list to the appropriate personnel at the Company so as to prevent any trading in securities of such issuers.
10. Who is available for additional advice or advice about a particular situation ?
The Company’s Chief Compliance Officer will oversee matters relating to inside information and prohibitions on insider trading.
D. FIDUCIARY DUTY AND CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
The Company and the Employees have a fiduciary duty to Company clients to act for the benefit of the clients and to take action on the clients’ behalf before taking action in the interest of any Employee or the Company. The cornerstones of the fiduciary duty are the obligations to act for the clients’ benefit and to treat the clients fairly. Clients may therefore expect their fiduciaries to act for the clients’ benefit and not for the fiduciary’s own benefit when a conflict of interest between the client and the fiduciary arises. No Employee should ever enjoy an actual or apparent advantage over the account of any client.
This Manual attempts to highlight and address many of the common conflicts of interest that may arise between the Company and its employees on the one hand and clients on the other, and also between different client accounts. It is not possible for every conflict to be addressed in this Manual, however, and Employees should be particularly sensitive to the existence of actual or potential conflicts of interest not addressed herein and should promptly raise any such conflicts of which they become aware with the Chief Compliance Officer.
The manner in which any Employee discharges his or her fiduciary duty and addresses a conflict of interest depends on the circumstances. Sometimes general disclosure of common conflicts of interest may suffice. In other circumstances, explicit consent of the client to the particular transaction giving rise to a conflict of interest may be required or an Employee may be prohibited from engaging in the transaction regardless of whether the client consents.
MAST Capital Management, LLC | 8 |
The client’s consent will not in all cases insulate the Employee against a claim of breach of the Employee’s fiduciary duty. Full disclosure of all material facts must be given if a consent is to be effective. As a result, consents concerning possible future breaches of laws will not usually work. However, waivers of known past violations may be effective. In addition, a client under the control and influence of the Employee or who has come to rely on the Employee’s investment decisions cannot effectively consent to a conflict of interest or breach of fiduciary duty. Consent must be competent, informed and freely given.
The duty to disclose and obtain a client’s consent to a conflict of interest must always be undertaken in a manner consistent with the Employee’s duty to deal fairly with the client. Therefore, even when taking action with a client’s consent, each Employee must always seek to assure that the action taken is fair to the client.
Conflicts of interest can arise in any number of situations. As noted, no comprehensive list of all possible conflicts of interest can be provided in this Code of Ethics. However, the following are common examples of conflicts of interest. For example, an Employee may seek to induce a bank to give the Employee a loan in exchange for maintaining excessive cash balances of a client with the bank or may execute trades for a client through a broker-dealer that provides research services for the Company but charges commissions higher than other broker-dealers. In the former case, such activity would be a violation of an Employee’s fiduciary duty and might subject the Employee and the Company to liability under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “Advisers Act”) and other applicable laws. In the latter case, if the Company determines in good faith that the higher commissions are reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by a broker or dealer viewed in terms of either a particular transaction or the Company’s overall responsibilities with respect to an account as to which the Company exercises investment discretion and appropriate disclosure is made to the client and in the Company’s Form ADV, the payment of higher commissions may be permitted under the safe harbor of Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Another common conflict of interest occurs when the Company pays some consideration to a person for recommending the Company as an adviser. In those circumstances, an Employee must make disclosure to any prospective client of any consideration paid for recommending the Company’s services to that prospective client and the Company must comply with Rule 206(4)-3 promulgated under the Advisers Act. This Rule governs situations involving cash payments for client solicitations and requires that specific disclosure documents containing information about the solicitor and the adviser be provided to a prospective client at the time of the solicitation. See Item XII of this Manual for additional information regarding the Company’s “Pay-to- Play” restrictions and reporting requirements.
Commissions. Employees may negotiate with broker-dealers regarding the commissions charged for their personal transactions but may not enter into any arrangement to pay commissions at a rate that is better than the rate available to clients through similar negotiations.
Gifts and Entertainment . No Employee may give or receive any gift, service or other item of more than nominal value ($250 or less) to or from any person or entity that does business with or on behalf of any client. However, Employees may attend business meals, sporting events and other similar events provided the cost is reasonable and the gift giver also is present at the
MAST Capital Management, LLC | 9 |
event. In addition, each Employee must submit a disclosure report within 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter which sets forth all gifts and entertainment given or received by such Employee to or from any person or entity that does business with, or seeks to do business with, the Company. A form of report is attached as Exhibit D . Notwithstanding the foregoing, no gift of any amount may be given to any client which is a government pension plan or other type of government client, no gift may be made to a political candidate except in compliance with the Company’s policy on political contributions set forth in this Manual, and gifts to brokers may not exceed $100 per annum.
Service as a Director or Member of Investment Committee . From time to time Employees may serve as directors of companies in which clients hold securities as a way of monitoring and/or influencing such investment. Any Employee who wishes to serve as an officer or director of any company, or of any organization where such duties might require involvement in investment decisions, or who wishes to serve on the investment committee of any organization, must obtain the prior written consent of the Chief Compliance Officer, which shall be granted in his discretion and only if he is satisfied that such service shall not create a conflict with such Employee’s fiduciary duty to clients. All fees, equity grants and other compensation received by an Employee in his or her capacity as a director of a company in which clients hold securities shall be paid over to such clients pro rata in accordance with such holdings.
If any Employee is faced with any conflict of interest as a result of taking a board position or otherwise, he or she should promptly consult the Company’s Chief Compliance Officer prior to taking any action.
E. SCALPING OR FRONTRUNNING
As a general rule, if any Employee knows of a pending “buy” recommendation and buys stock before the Company makes a recommendation to its non-discretionary clients or takes action on the recommendation for its clients for which it has investment discretion, or if any Company Employee is aware of a pending “sell” recommendation and sells stock under such circumstances, such Employee is engaged in a practice known as “scalping” or “frontrunning.”
An Employee or family member residing in that Employee’s household or person or entity over which the Employee has control (the “Related Person(s)”) may not engage in the practice of purchasing or selling stock before a buy or sell recommendation, as the case may be, is made to a non-discretionary client or the Company takes action for its clients for which it has investment discretion. Such activities put the Company and the Employee in a conflict of interest and give the Employee or the Related Person an advantage at the client’s expense. Any trades undertaken for an Employee’s own account, for the account of the Company, for the account of any non-Company client or for a Related Person must be done so as not to disadvantage a Company client in any way. This means that, subject to compliance with the Company’s personal trading policy (described under Item H below), including the prohibition on trading of company specific securities held by a client of the Company, all Employees and their Related Persons must generally wait to trade a security until all trading in that security for all accounts of the Company’s clients is completed. If all client trades are not completed before an Employee or Related Person trades, the antifraud provisions of the Advisers Act may be violated.
MAST Capital Management, LLC | 10 |
In order to preclude the possibility that material nonpublic information about the Company’s investment decisions and recommendations, and client securities holdings and transactions, could be misused, the Company has taken steps to restrict access to such information to Employees who need such information to perform their duties, including the use of password protection on computer files and limiting physical access to paper storage records. Employees who are not authorized to access such information may be subject to termination if they attempt to do so.
F. UNFAIR TREATMENT OF CERTAIN CLIENTS VIS-A-VIS OTHERS
An Employee who handles one or more clients may be faced with situations in which it is possible to give preference to certain clients over others. Employees must be careful not to give preference to one client over another even if the preferential treatment would benefit the Company or the Employee.
For example, an Employee should not (i) provide better advice to a large, prestigious client than is given to a smaller, less influential one, (ii) give sale advice to one client ahead of another, or (iii) direct securities of a limited supply and higher potential return to particular clients because they generate larger fees for the Company.
As in other instances, the fiduciary duty of an Employee to a client must govern the Employee’s actions in each situation and the extent of the fiduciary duty of an Employee to a client is determined by the specific relationship between the parties and the reasonable inferences to be drawn from the relationship. In the absence of express or implied agreements between the parties, usage and custom should be used to determine how an Employee should discharge his or her duty. Each situation should be examined closely to determine whether the client has consented to the Employee’s actions favoring another client, taking into account, among other things, differences in investment objectives and risk mandates among clients, and whether the resulting relationship with the client which was not favored is fair and consistent with the securities laws. If both parts of this test have been satisfied, most likely there has been no breach of fiduciary duty. If a question arises about action that may give rise to a conflict of interest involving preferential treatment of one client over another, an Employee should consult the Company’s Chief Compliance Officer prior to taking any action .
G. DEALING WITH CLIENTS AS AGENT AND PRINCIPAL: SECTION 206(3) OF THE ADVISERS ACT
Section 206(3) of the Advisers Act addresses two specific conflict of interest situations: sale and purchase of securities to and from a client either as a broker for another person or as a principal for the account of the adviser. Section 206(3) makes it unlawful for an investment adviser “acting as principal for his own account, knowingly to sell any security to or purchase any security from a client, or acting as broker for a person other than such client, knowingly to effect any sale or purchase of any security for the account of such client, without disclosing to such client in writing before the completion of such transaction the capacity in which he is acting and obtaining the consent of the client to such transaction.”
MAST Capital Management, LLC | 11 |
Thus, Section 206(3) requires that Employees involved in the situations where the Company is buying or selling securities from a client or where the Company acts as a broker-dealer for a non-client in a transaction with an advisory client disclose to the client the capacity in which the Company acts and obtain the client’s consent. Disclosure under Section 206(3) must be in writing. The Company must, under Section 206(3), disclose to the client its capacity, its profits (if it acts as principal) and its commissions (if it acts as agent for another). These types of transactions can be particularly troublesome under applicable laws and must not be entered into without prior consultation with the Company’s Chief Compliance Officer.
H. PERSONAL TRADING; TIMELY REPORTING OF TRADES
Personal Trading
Set forth below are the Company’s policies regarding personal trading. These policies apply to all Access Persons. Under the Advisers Act, Access Persons include any of the Company’s partners, officers, directors (or other persons occupying a similar status or performing similar functions) and Employees who have access to nonpublic information regarding clients’ purchases or sales of securities, is involved in making securities recommendations to clients or who has access to such recommendations that are nonpublic. Because the Company’s primary business is providing investment advice, the Advisers Act presumes that all officers, directors and partners are Access Persons. Because of the Company’s size and the range of duties that Employees may have, all Employees are considered "Access Persons," and "Access Person" procedures, standards and restrictions that might be imposed only on a limited subset of Employees in another, larger organization, apply to all Employees. Many of the procedures, standards and restrictions in this section govern activities in "Covered Accounts." Covered Accounts include each securities account registered in an Employee's name and each account or transaction in which an Employee has any direct or indirect "beneficial ownership interest." The term "beneficial ownership interest" has a very broad meaning, discussed more completely below, and can include accounts of corporations owned by the Employee and even accounts owned by certain family members. An Employee has a "beneficial ownership" interest in not only securities he or she owns directly, and not only securities owned by others specifically for his or her benefit, but also (i) securities held by the Employee's spouse, minor children and relatives who live full time in the Employee's home, and (ii) securities held by another person if by reason of any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement or other arrangement the Employee obtains benefits substantially equivalent to ownership. Examples of some of the most common of those arrangements are as follows:
1. | By an Employee for his/her own benefit, whether bearer, registered in his/her own name, or otherwise; |
2. | By others for the Employee's benefit (regardless of whether or how registered), such as securities held for the Employee by custodians, brokers, relatives, executors or administrators; |
3. | For an Employee's account by a pledge; |
MAST Capital Management, LLC | 12 |
4. | By a trust in which an Employee has an income or remainder interest unless the Employee's only interest is to receive principal if (a) some other remainderman dies before distribution or (b) if some other person can direct by will a distribution of trust property or income to the Employee; |
5. | By an Employee as trustee or co-trustee, where either the Employee or any member of his/her immediate family (i.e., spouse, children and their descendants, stepchildren, parents and their ancestors, and stepparents, in each case treating a legal adoption as blood relationship) has an income or remainder interest in the trust. |
6. | By a trust of which the Employee is the settlor, if the Employee has the power to revoke the trust without obtaining the consent of all the beneficiaries; |
7. | By any non-public partnership in which the Employee is a partner; |
8. | By a personal holding company controlled by the Employee alone or jointly with others; |
9. | In the name of the Employee's spouse unless legally separated; |
10. | In the name of minor children of the Employee or in the name of any relative of the Employee or of his/her spouse (including an adult child) who is presently sharing the Employee's home. This applies even if the securities were not received from the Employee and the dividends are not actually used for the maintenance of the Employee's home; |
11. | In the name of any person other than the Employee and those listed in (9) and (10) above, if by reason of any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement, or other arrangement the Employee obtains benefits substantially equivalent to those of ownership; |
12. | In the name of any person other than the Employee, even though the Employee does not obtain benefits substantially equivalent to those of ownership (as described in (11) above), if the Employee can vest or revest title in himself/herself. |
This broad definition of "beneficial ownership" is for purposes of this Code of Ethics only; it does not necessarily apply for purposes of other securities laws or for purposes of estate or income tax reporting or liability. To accommodate potential differences in concepts of ownership for other purposes, an Employee may include in his/her reports a statement declaring that the reporting or recording of any securities transaction shall not be construed as an admission that the reporting person has any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the security.
Preclearance . No Employee may buy, sell, or pledge a Company Specific Security for any Covered Account without obtaining written clearance from a portfolio manager and the Chief Compliance Officer before the transaction, specifying the securities involved, dated, and signed by the applicable portfolio manager and the Chief Compliance Officer. A “Company Specific Security” means any security issued directly by a company or economically related to a company i.e. stocks, bonds and/or derivatives where the underlying security is a single issuer. Company Specific Securities requiring pre-clearance shall also include all funds and accounts advised or
MAST Capital Management, LLC | 13 |
sub-advised by the Company. Securities for which preclearance is not required are Exchange Traded Funds (ETFs), open and closed ended mutual funds, commodities, and currencies, hedge funds (that have been preapproved as set forth below) and other entities not deriving performance from a single issuer and which hold securities of 10 or more different companies. Although the securities (other than investments in hedge funds) listed in the preceding sentence do not need preclearance, each Employee must still report all transactions and positions in such securities per the Employee reporting section unless such section also specifically excludes them from having to be reported . It is each Employee's responsibility to bring proposed transactions to the Chief Compliance Officer's attention and to obtain from a portfolio manager and the Chief Compliance Officer follow-up written documentation of any oral clearance. Transactions effected without preclearance are subject, in the Chief Compliance Officer's discretion (after consultation with other members of management, if appropriate), to being reversed or, if the Employee made profits on the transaction, to disgorgement of such profits. Additionally, the Chief Compliance Officer’s trades shall be approved by another member of management.
The Chief Compliance Officer need not specify the reasons for any decision to clear or deny clearance for any proposed transaction. As a general matter, due to the difficulty of showing that an Employee did not know of client trading activity or recommendations, the Chief Compliance Officer should not be expected to clear transactions in securities as to which the Company has client activity, although the Chief Compliance Officer may determine that a particular transaction in such a security does not, under the circumstances, create the appearance of impropriety and permit it. 1
Transaction orders should be placed promptly after approval is given and in any case must be placed within two trading days after the day approval is granted. The applicable portfolio manager or the Chief Compliance Officer may revoke a pre-approval at any time for any reason, and shall in such case promptly notify the Employee.
Policy on Short-Term Trading . Employees are discouraged from engaging in the purchase and sale, or sale and purchase, for a Covered Account of the same (or equivalent) Company Specific Security within any period of 30 calendar days. Absent approval from the Chief Compliance Officer for such a transaction, any profits realized by an Employee on trades within the 30-day period may be required to be disgorged.
New Issue Securities and Private Placements . No Employee may purchase any equity securities issued in an initial public offering ("New Issue Securities") or any securities offered in a “private placement” (including interests in hedge funds or other private funds) for any Covered Account without the prior written approval of the Chief Compliance Officer. In determining whether to approve any such transaction for an Employee, the Chief Compliance Officer will consider, among other factors, whether the investment opportunity should be reserved for client accounts and whether the investment opportunity is being offered to the Investment Employee by virtue of his or her position with the Company.
1 | For example, if an Employee seeks to sell a security he or she has owned for a significant time and the Company is considering buying the same or a related security for clients, the Compliance Officer may determine no appearance of impropriety exists. |
MAST Capital Management, LLC | 14 |
Securities owned by Company clients . Generally, no Employee may own the same Company Specific Security owned by a client of the Company.. If a Covered Person owns a Company Specific Security before a client acquires it, they may not engage in any additional trading in the security (i.e., buying or selling) until the client has fully exited the position, unless there is an exceptional circumstance and approval is sought and given by a portfolio manager and the Chief Compliance Officer. If the Company determines on behalf of a client that it will not acquire any additional Company Specific Securities of a particular issuer, Employees may purchase such securities for their Covered Accounts with the prior approval of a portfolio manager and the Chief Compliance Officer; provided, that Employees may not engage in any additional trading in the security (i.e., buying or selling) until the client has fully exited the position.
Employee Reporting
Report of Holdings . Each Employee within 10 days of commencement of employment must submit an initial holdings report disclosing to the Chief Compliance Officer the identities, amounts, and locations of all securities owned in all Covered Accounts — i.e. , accounts in which he or she has a "beneficial ownership interest." In addition, each Employee must disclose similar information within thirty (30) days after the end of each calendar year while employed by the Company. Such reports must be current as of a date note more than 45 days prior to the Employee joining the Company (for an initial report) or the date the report is submitted (for the annual report). A form of report is attached as Exhibit A .
Brokerage Accounts. Each Employee must instruct each broker, bank, or other financial institution in which the Employee has a Covered Account ( i.e. , a securities trading account in which the Employee has any direct or indirect beneficial ownership interest) to provide the Company with duplicates of all trade confirmations and all monthly or other periodic statements.
Quarterly Report s. Each Employee must report to the Chief Compliance Officer within 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter all securities transactions in all of the Employee's Covered Accounts during the preceding quarter. A form of report is attached as Exhibit B .
In filing holdings and transactional reports, Employees must note that:
a. | Each Employee must file a transactional report every quarter whether or not there were any reportable transactions. |
b. | Transactional reports must show all sales, purchases, or other acquisitions or dispositions , including gifts, the rounding out of fractional shares, exercises of conversion rights, exercises or sales of subscription rights and receipts of stock dividends or stock splits. |
c. | Employees need not report holdings or transactions (i) effected pursuant to an automatic investment plan (however, any transaction that overrides or changes the preset contribution schedule or allocations under such plan should be reported), (ii) with respect to securities held in accounts over which the Employee has no |
MAST Capital Management, LLC | 15 |
direct influence or control (such as a blind trust), (iii) in direct obligations of the U.S. Government , (iv) in money market instruments, bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper, repurchase agreements and other high quality short term debt instruments, (v) shares of money market funds, (vi) shares of open-ended mutual funds for which the Company does not serve as investment adviser (holdings of and transactions in exchange traded funds and closed-end funds must be reported) and (vii) transactions in units of a unit investment trust if the unit investment trust is invested exclusively in unaffiliated open-end mutual funds.
I. EMPLOYEE’S RESPONSIBILITY TO KNOW THE RULES AND COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE LAWS
Employees are responsible for their actions under the law and therefore required to be sufficiently familiar with the Advisers Act and other applicable federal and state securities laws and regulations to avoid violating them. It is the policy of the Company to comply with all applicable laws, including securities laws, in all respects. Each Employee must promptly report any violation of the Code of Ethics of which he or she becomes aware to the Chief Compliance Officer, regardless of whether the violation was committed by the Employee or another Employee. The Chief Compliance Officer shall consider whether it is appropriate to protect the confidentiality of the identity of an Employee reporting a violation by another Employee. It is the strict policy of the Company that no Employee shall be subject to any form of retaliation in connection with reporting a violation of the Code of Ethics, and any person found to have engaged in retaliation may be subject to dismissal or other sanction.
Employees must certify in writing on an annual basis, that they have read and understood this Manual, that they will conduct themselves professionally in complete accordance with the requirements and standards described here and that they are not aware of any violations of the Code of Ethics during the prior year. A copy of the Company’s current form of compliance certificate is attached to this Manual as Exhibit C .
J. DESIGNATION OF AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF COMPLIANCE OFFICER
Adam M. Kleinman shall serve as the Company’s Chief Compliance Officer. In his absence, William J. Bruce shall be the acting Chief Compliance Officer. It will be the responsibility of the Chief Compliance Officer of the Company to oversee the enforcement of the matters described in this Manual and to educate Employees to their responsibilities herein.
Without limiting the responsibilities of the Chief Compliance Officer specifically addressed in other sections of this Manual, the responsibilities of the Compliance Officer are as follows:
1. Overseeing the enforcement of the matters described in this Manual.
2. Educating Employees with respect to their responsibilities under this Manual, including reviewing the Manual with new Employees and having Employees recertify each year that they are familiar with the Manual and their obligations hereunder. (The Chief Compliance Officer will provide new Employees with a copy of this Manual as soon as possible after they
MAST Capital Management, LLC | 16 |
join the Company and, upon their request, a copy of the Advisers Act and other applicable laws and regulations.)
3. Conducting training for new and existing Employees on the provisions and requirements of this Manual from time to time as the Chief Compliance Officer determines to be appropriate.
4. Staying current with significant new legal developments in the area of investment advisory services and conveying such developments to the Company Employees as appropriate.
5. Reviewing all Employee trading reports in a timely manner to identify any violation of the Code of Ethics’ approval procedures and any improper trades or any patterns of trading (including achieving execution or results which differ materially from the execution or results obtained for clients) which suggest that an Employee may be engaging in abusive practices, and take such action as he deems necessary to obtain compliance with the policies set forth in this Manual and with applicable laws provided, however, that the trading report of the Chief Compliance Officer shall be reviewed by the Chief Financial Officer or Managing Member of the Company.
6. Reviewing this Manual no less frequently than annually and recommending changes as appropriate or necessary. The review shall include consideration of any compliance matters that arose during the prior year, whether the existing policies have proven effective and any changes in the business activities of the Company and any changes in the Advisers Act and related regulations that might necessitate revisions to the Manual. Pursuant to the annual review, the Chief Compliance Officer will document the conclusions of his review in writing.
MAST Capital Management, LLC | 17 |
Exhibit (p)13
OWL CREEK ASSET MANAGEMENT, L.P.
CODE OF ETHICS
MARCH 2014
As an investment adviser, Owl Creek Asset Management, L.P. (the " Firm ") stands in a position of trust and confidence with respect to our clients. Accordingly we have a fiduciary duty to place the interests of the Funds before the interests of the Firm, our partners and our employees (together with the partners, the " Employees "). In order to assist the Firm and our Employees in meeting our obligations as a fiduciary, the Firm has adopted this Code of Ethics (the " Code "). The Code incorporates the following general principles which all Employees are expected to uphold:
· | We must at all times place the interests of our Funds first. |
· | All personal securities transactions must be conducted in a manner consistent with the Code and avoid any actual or potential conflicts of interest or any abuse of an Employee's position of trust and responsibility. |
· | Employees must not take any inappropriate advantage of their positions at the Firm. |
· | Information concerning the identity of securities and financial circumstances of the Funds and their investors must be kept confidential. |
· | Independence in the investment decision-making process must be maintained at all times. |
The Firm believes that these general principles not only help us fulfill our fiduciary obligations, but also protect the Firm's reputation and instill in our Employees the Firm's commitment to honesty, integrity and professionalism. Employees should understand that these general principles apply to all conduct, whether or not the conduct also is covered by more specific standards or procedures set forth below. Failure to comply with the Code may result in disciplinary action, including termination of employment.
Terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Firm’s Compliance Manual or Compliance Manual Supplement for Sub-Advised Registered Funds, as applicable.
A. | Persons and Accounts Covered by the Code |
1. | Employees |
The Code applies to all of the Firm's Employees and any other person who provides advice on behalf of the Firm and is subject to the Firm's supervision and control.
2. | Access Persons |
Certain provisions of the Code apply only to the Firm's " access persons ". Our access persons include any Employee who:
· | Has access to nonpublic information regarding any Fund's or Registered Fund’s holdings, purchases or sales of securities or |
· | Is involved in making securities recommendations to the Funds, or has access to such recommendations that are nonpublic. |
All of the Firm's officers, partners, traders and analysts are presumed to be access persons .
3. | Accounts |
The requirements and restrictions contained in the Code apply to all " covered securities " in any " personal account ".
a. | Personal Accounts |
The term " personal account " means any securities account in which an Employee has any direct or indirect " beneficial ownership ," and includes any personal account of an Employee's immediate family member (including any relative by blood or marriage either living in the Employee's household or financially dependent on the Employee).
An Employee is deemed to have beneficial ownership if the Employee, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares a direct or indirect opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from the relevant personal account . For examples of indirect beneficial ownership , refer to Rule 16a-1(a)(2) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act" ).
b. | Covered Securities |
The term " covered securities " includes all securities defined as " reportable securities " under Rule 204A-1 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the "Advisers Act" ), and includes (for purposes of this Code):
· | Debt and equity securities; |
· | Options on securities, on indices, and on currencies; |
· | All forms of limited partnership and limited liability company interests, including interests in private investment funds (such as hedge funds), and interests in investment clubs; |
· | Closed-end mutual funds and closed-end unit trusts; |
· | Any exchange-traded fund (" ETF ") which is not an Approved ETF (as defined below), and |
· | Other Registered Investment Companies such as Business Development Companies and Unit Investment Trusts. |
The term " covered securities," however, does not include the following (“Excluded Securities”):
· | Direct obligations of the U.S. government ( e.g., treasury securities); |
2 |
· | Bankers' acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper, and high-quality short-term debt obligations, including repurchase agreements (collectively “Bank Deposits and Instruments”); |
· | Shares issued by money market funds; |
· | Shares of open-end mutual funds or open-end unit trusts that are not advised or sub-advised by the Firm (or the Firm's affiliates); |
· | Shares issued by unit investment trusts that are invested exclusively in one or more open-end mutual funds, none of which are funds advised or sub-advised by the Firm (or the Firm's affiliates); and |
· | The following ETFs (" Approved ETFs "): |
1. | SPDR S&P 500 Trust (SPY) |
2. | Powershares QQQ Trust Series 1 (QQQ) |
3. | iShares S&P 500 (IVV) |
4. | SPDR Dow Jones Industrial Average (DIA) |
5. | Midcap SPDR Trust Series 1 (MDY) |
6. | iShares Russell 2000 (IWM) |
7. | iShares Russell 1000 Growth (IWF) |
8. | iShares Russell 1000 Value (IWD) |
9. | Financial SPDR (XLF) |
10. | iShares MSCI EAFE (EFA) |
11. | iShares MSCI Emerging Markets (EEM) |
12. | iShares MSCI Japan (EWJ) |
13. | iShares Barclays 1-3 Year Treasury Bond (SHY) |
14. | iShares Barclays Aggregate Bond Fund (AGG) |
15. | iShares Barclays TIPS Bond (TIP) |
16. | SPDR Gold Shares (GLD) |
17. | Vanguard FTSE Emerging Markets ETF (VWO) |
18. | iShares Barclays 20 Year Treasury Bond Fund (TLT) |
19. | iShares Barclays 3-7 Year Treasury Bond Fund (IEI) |
20. | iShares Barclays 7-10 Year Treasury Bond Fund (IEF) |
21. | iShares Barclays 10-20 Year Treasury Bond Fund (TLH) |
22. | Silver Trust (SLV) |
Any questions regarding the application of these terms will be addressed by Stephen Back (the " Compliance Officer "). For the avoidance of doubt, Excluded Securities (other than Bank Deposits and Instruments) are still subject to the reporting requirements set forth in this Code of Ethics (See Section C below).
B. | Compliance with Applicable Federal Securities Laws |
In addition to the general principles of conduct stated in the Code and the specific trading restrictions and reporting requirements described below, the Code requires all Employees to comply with applicable federal securities laws. These laws include the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Securities Act" ), the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Advisers Act,
3 |
Title V of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999, any rules adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission under any of these statutes, the Bank Secrecy Act as it applies to private investment funds and investment advisers, and any rules adopted thereunder by the Securities and Exchange Commission or the Department of the Treasury.
With respect to managed accounts sub-advised or advised by the Firm on behalf of investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (" Registered Funds ") it is, in particular, unlawful for any Employee, in connection with the purchase or sale, directly or indirectly, by an Employee of a reportable security "held or to be acquired by a Registered Fund" 1 :
· | To employ any device, scheme or artifice to defraud the Registered Funds; |
· | To make any untrue statement of a material fact to the Registered Funds or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made to the Registered Funds, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading; |
· | To engage in any act, practice, or course of business that operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit on the Registered Funds; or |
· | To engage in any manipulative practice with respect to the Registered Funds. |
C. | Securities Holdings Reports by Access Persons |
1. | Initial and Annual Holdings Reports |
a. | Contents of Holdings Reports |
Every access person must submit both initial and annual holdings reports to Carole Lamb (the " Human Resources Manager ") or the Compliance Officer, or a designee, that disclose all covered securities held in any personal account . Each such report must contain, at a minimum:
(1) the title and type of covered security , and as applicable the exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number, number of shares, and principal amount of each covered security in any personal account ;
(2) the name and account information of any broker, dealer or bank with which the access person maintains any personal account ; and
(3) the date on which the access person submits the report.
The Human Resources Manager, in conjunction with the Compliance Officer, will review all submitted reports for compliance with applicable rules and regulations and will prepare a written summary of her review at least annually. The Compliance Officer, or a designee, will review all reports submitted by the Human Resources Manager. Access persons considering opening a new brokerage account should
1 | For these purposes, a reportable security "held or to be acquired by a Registered Fund" means any reportable security which, within the most recent 15 days, is or has been held by a Registered Fund or is being or has been considered by the Registered Fund or the Firm for purchase for a Registered Fund. If the Firm manages only a portion of a Registered Fund's assets (the "Allocated Portion"), a reportable security "held or to be acquired by a Registered Fund" means any reportable security which, within the most recent 15 days, is or has been held by or is being or has been considered for purchase by the Allocated Portion. |
4 |
report this to the Compliance Officer to discuss potential reporting obligations. In any event, all access persons must inform the Compliance Officer in the event a new personal account is opened by or on behalf of such access person. Such reports may be submitted in paper format or through the Compliance Science PTCC System.
b. | Timing of Holdings Reports |
Every access person must submit a holdings report, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B , within the following time frames:
(1) no later than 10 days after becoming an access person , and the information contained in the report must be current as of a date no more than 45 days prior to the date of becoming an access person ; and
(2) at least once each year thereafter within 30 days of the end of the Firm's fiscal year, and the information contained in the report must be current as of a date no more than 45 days prior to the date the report is submitted.
2. | Quarterly Transaction Reports 2 |
a. | Contents of Transaction Reports |
Every access person must submit a quarterly transaction report to the Human Resources Manager for each covered securities transaction in any personal account or for any new personal accounts established by or for the benefit of the access person . The Human Resources Manager will review all submitted reports for compliance with applicable rules and regulations. The report must contain, at a minimum, the following information for each transaction:
(1) the date of the transaction, the title, and as applicable the exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number, interest rate and maturity date, number of shares, and principal amount of each covered security involved;
(2) the nature of the transaction ( i.e., purchase, sale or any other type of acquisition or disposition);
(3) the price of the covered security at which the transaction was effected;
(4) the name of the broker, dealer or bank with or through which the transaction was effected;
(5) the date on which the access person submits the report;
(6) in the case of new personal accounts, the name of the broker, dealer or bank with whom the access person opened such account, the date such account was opened and the date such report is submitted by the access person in respect of such new account
2 | In addition to the reporting requirements set forth herein, all access persons must arrange for the broker-dealers of their personal accounts to forward duplicate copies of all account statements and/or confirmations, at least quarterly, to Owl Creek Asset Management, L.P., either in hard copy or electronically. |
5 |
The Human Resources Manager will review all submitted reports for compliance with applicable rules and regulations and will prepare a written summary of her review at least quarterly. The Compliance Officer, or a designee, will review all reports submitted by the Human Resources Manager. Such reports may be submitted in paper format or through the Compliance Science PTCC System.
b. | Timing of Quarterly Transaction Reports |
Each access person must submit a quarterly transaction report, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C , no later than 20 days after the end of each calendar quarter, which report must cover, at a minimum, all transactions that occurred during the preceding quarter.
3. | Exceptions to the Reporting Requirements |
No access person is required to submit:
a. | Any report with respect to covered securities held in a personal account over which the access person had no direct or indirect influence or control. |
b. | A quarterly transaction report with respect to transactions effected pursuant to an automatic investment plan ( i.e. , a program in which regular periodic purchases (or withdrawals) are made automatically in (or from) investment accounts in accordance with a predetermined schedule and allocation, including any dividend reinvestment plans). |
c. | A quarterly transaction report if the report would duplicate information contained in broker trade confirmations or account statements that the Firm holds in its records so long as the Firm receives such confirmations or statements no later than 30 days after the end of the applicable calendar quarter. |
D. | Pre-Approval for trading Covered Securities |
The Firm generally prohibits purchases or short-selling by all employees of individual securities or participation in IPOs. Every access person must obtain prior written approval (via email, hard copy or electronically via the Compliance Science PTCC System) from the Compliance Officer or General Counsel before trading for a personal account any covered security or before making any personal investments in any IPO or private placement (also referred to as a “limited offering”), including hedge funds (for the avoidance of doubt, Excluded Securities are not subject to this pre-approval requirement, other than Registered Funds). Approval for a trade is valid for 3 business days after issued by the Compliance Officer or the General Counsel. Any Employee seeking to trade the previously authorized security after this time has lapsed must receive a new written approval before making any such trades.
In the event that an employee has been authorized to invest in a limited offering and the Firm subsequently contemplates making an investment in such issuer on behalf of a Registered Fund or Fund, the employee shall disclose such investment and the Firm’s decision to make an investment in such issuer shall be independently reviewed by other professionals of the Firm who do not have a personal interest in such investment, including the Compliance Officer and/or General Counsel.
6 |
E. | Transactions in Uncovered Securities |
Although Employees are not restricted from investing in uncovered securities, including open-end mutual funds or Approved ETFs, it is expected that Employees will use their professional discretion and are discouraged from actively trading such securities. All Employees are prohibited from trading in the shares of mutual funds for their personal accounts and for the Funds managed by the Firm in a manner inconsistent with a mutual fund's prospectus.
F. | Service on Boards of Directors and Other Outside Activities |
An Employee's service on the board of directors of an outside company, as well as other outside activities generally, could lead to the potential for conflicts of interest and insider trading problems, and may otherwise interfere with an Employee's duties to the Firm. Accordingly, Employees are prohibited from serving on the boards of directors of any outside company, including not-for-profit organizations, unless the service (i) would be in the best interests of the Firm or the Funds and (ii) has been approved in writing by the Compliance Officer, General Counsel or COO. In addition, any person serving on the board of a public company which is about to list its securities on an exchange may be required to resign either immediately or at the end of the current term.
The Firm also discourages Employees from (i) engaging in outside business ventures (such as consulting engagements or public/charitable positions); (ii) accepting any executorships, trusteeship or power of attorney (except with respect to a family member); and (iii) serving on a creditors committee except as part of the Employee's duties at the Firm. Accordingly, an Employee must obtain pre-approval from the Compliance Officer, General Counsel or COO prior to engaging in any of these activities.
In order to ensure compliance with the Firm’s policies on the matter, the Firm has adopted a Conflicts Questionnaire, which is attached as Exhibit B to the Compliance Manual.
G. | Gifts and Entertainment |
In order to address conflicts of interest that may arise when an Employee accepts or gives a gift, favor, entertainment, special accommodation, or other items of value, the Firm places restrictions on gifts and entertainment. As a general matter, no Employee may accept or give a gift or provide or receive entertainment exceeding a de minimis value, which for purposes of the Code is set at $250 to or from any one person or entity over the course of a calendar quarter. An employee must receive prior written approval from the Compliance Officer, General Counsel or the Chief Operations Officer before accepting or receiving any gifts or any entertainment in excess of this amount. The following specific restrictions are placed on gifts and entertainment.
· | Gifts. No Employee may receive any gift, service, or other thing of more than de minimis value from any person or entity that does business with or on behalf of the Firm. No Employee may give or offer any gift of more than de minimis value to existing investors, prospective investors, or any entity that does business with or on behalf of the Firm without the prior written approval of the Compliance Officer or General Counsel. |
· | Cash. No Employee may give or accept cash gifts or cash equivalents to or from an investor, prospective investor, or any entity that does business with or on behalf of the Firm. |
7 |
· | Entertainment. No Employee may provide or accept extravagant or excessive entertainment to or from an investor, prospective investor, or any person or entity that does or seeks to do business with or on behalf of the Firm. Employees may provide or accept a business entertainment event, such as dinner or a sporting event, of reasonable value, if the person or entity providing the entertainment is present. Any event likely to exceed a de minimis value must be approved in advance by the Compliance Officer or General Counsel. |
· | Government Officials. No gift or entertainment event of any value involving government officials or their families may be given or sponsored by the Firm or any Employee without the prior written approval of the Compliance Officer or General Counsel. |
· | Reporting. Each Employee must report all gifts or entertainment and get prior approval from the Compliance Officer or General Counsel for those gifts and benefits in excess of de minimis value received in connection with the Employee's employment. The Compliance Officer or General Counsel may require that any such gift be returned to the provider or that an entertainment expense be repaid by the Employee. The Compliance Officer also will keep records of any gifts and entertainment so reported. |
· | Solicited Gifts. No Employee may use his or her position with the Firm to obtain anything of value from a client investor, prospective investor, supplier, person to whom the Employee refers business, or any other entity with which the Firm does business. |
· | Referrals. Employees may not make referrals to investors or clients (e.g., of accountants, attorneys, or the like) if the Employee expects to personally benefit in any way from the referral. |
H. | Political Contributions |
It is the policy of the Firm to comply fully with Rule 206(4)-5 under the Advisers Act, which is intended to deter advisers from seeking to influence the award of advisory contracts by certain “government entities” (including state pension funds and other government plans and programs) through making political contributions to governmental officials or engaging in other practices generally referred to as “pay-to-play.” In addition, each potential or current government investor may be subject to additional state or local pay-to-play rules and/or its own internal pay-to-play policies that may be stricter than the SEC’s pay-to-play rules. Accordingly, IR and Firm Management should consult with the General Counsel prior to entering into an advisory contract or subscription agreement with any investor that is a government entity in order to ensure compliance with applicable pay-to-play laws applicable to such government entity.
As such, all employees must seek pre-clearance from the Compliance Officer or General Counsel through the Compliance Science PTCC system for any political contributions to any federal, state or local government entity, official, candidate, election committee, political party, or political action committee. Similarly, any such contributions by the Firm must also be pre-approved by the Compliance Officer and/or General Counsel.
The IR department and the General Counsel will maintain a list of all “governmental entity” investors that may be subject to Rule 206(4)-5 or analogous state requirements. In addition, the Compliance Officer will maintain a list of all applicable political contributions made by the Firm or its Covered Associates.
8 |
All new employees must disclose any political contributions made within the prior two years of their employment. The Compliance Officer will review all such disclosures to ensure compliance with Rule 206(4)-5 and any applicable state laws and regulations.
1. | Rule 206(4)-5 and Covered Associates |
Under Rule 206(4)-5, “Covered Associates” are prohibited from making, soliciting or coordinating political contributions for the purpose of obtaining or retaining government entities as investors in any of our funds or for advisory services.
Among other things, Rule 206(4)-5 prohibits:
· | an adviser from providing investment advisory services for compensation to government entities for two years after the adviser or any of its Covered Associates (defined below) has made a political contribution to a state or local government official for such governmental entity; |
· | an adviser and its Covered Associates from soliciting a political contribution to a state or local government official or candidate or to a political party of a state or locality where the adviser provides (or seeks to provide) advisory services to a government entity; and |
· | an adviser and its Covered Associates from paying a third-party placement agent or other solicitor to solicit a government entity for advisory services, unless such placement agent or solicitor is a registered investment adviser or registered broker-dealer subject to “pay-to-play” restrictions comparable to those to which a registered investment adviser is subject. |
It is important to note that the failure by a Covered Associate to comply with these rules could result in significant adverse consequences to the adviser, including a two-year bar from providing advisory services for compensation to certain government entities.
As defined under Rule 206(4)-5(f)(2) of the Advisers Act, the term “ Covered Associate ” means:
· | Any general partner, managing member or other individual or entity with a similar status or function of the Company; |
· | The president; any vice president in charge of a principal business unit, division or function (such as sales, administration or finance) of the Company; any other officer of the Company who performs a policy-making function; or any other person who performs similar policy-making functions for the Company; |
· | Any person who solicits a government entity for the Company and any person who supervises, directly or indirectly, such person; |
· | Any political action committee controlled by the Company or by any person described above; and |
· | Any other person that the CCO designates to be treated as a Covered Associate. The Company may determine that a person should be treated as a Covered Associate because of the possibility that in the future the person may be promoted or the duties of the person may be changed. |
9 |
Currently, all IR personnel, all Managing Directors, the COO, Portfolio Managers, and Assistant Portfolio Managers have been designated as Covered Associates.
Covered Associates may not (i) contribute to the political campaigns of certain candidates for or incumbents of U.S. state or local offices that have direct or indirect authority over a government entity that is a Fund investor or where the Company is seeking to have such entity become a Fund investor or (ii) make contributions to U.S. state or local political parties, political action committees or other similar entities where the contributions are proposed or requested to be directed to a candidate or incumbent described in clause (i). Prohibited types of contributions include campaign contributions or loans, payments of campaign related debts and payments for transition or inaugural expenses (including purchasing of inaugural event tickets).
Additionally, Covered Associates may not engage in certain solicitations or coordination of political contributions or payments. As used in this policy “solicitation” or “coordination” means any communication made, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of obtaining or arranging a political contribution or payment. Generally, Covered Associates are not permitted to solicit any political contribution to an official or a government entity which is a Fund investor or where the Company is seeking to have such entity become a Fund investor. Also, a Covered Associate is prohibited from soliciting or coordinating payments to the state or local chapter of a political party where a government entity which is a current or potential Fund investor is located.
2. | Pre-Clearance Requirement |
To ensure compliance with SEC and other applicable “pay-to-play” requirements, each employee must obtain written pre-clearance from the Compliance Officer or General Counsel by completing and submitting a request on the Compliance Science system. No political contributions may be made, coordinated or solicited without the prior written consent of the Compliance Officer or General Counsel. An employee is responsible for providing all of the information necessary for the Compliance Officer or General Counsel to make the required evaluation of the proposed contribution or solicitation.
The General Counsel and Compliance Officer are ultimately responsible for determining whether a political contribution (or coordination or solicitation of a contribution) will be permitted. While the General Counsel and Compliance Officer may permit a political contribution (or coordination or solicitation of a contribution) that is not prohibited under the Advisers Act or any other applicable law or policy, the Compliance Officer and General Counsel will consider a variety of other factors prior to deciding whether to approve any political contribution (or coordination or solicitation of a contribution) including (i) potential effects of the contribution or activity on limiting future Company business activities and the solicitation of future investors, (ii) potential limiting effects on future promotions or business activities of the employee, (iii) whether the contributor is eligible to vote for the applicable candidate, (iv) permissible de minis contributions in the applicable jurisdiction, and (v) the appearance of a conflict of interest.
3. | No Indirect Contribution or Solicitation |
Employees should not seek to participate in a scheme to evade the requirements against making or soliciting political contributions. A person should not attempt to do something indirectly that would be prohibited if done directly. Examples of prohibited activities include but are not limited to:
· | An employee should not try to funnel a prohibited political contribution through a third party. For example, an employee should not make a payment to a third party in |
10 |
connection with any request or understanding that the third party would make a political contribution. |
· | An employee should not ask a family member, any other Company employee or any other person to make or to solicit a political contribution in a case where the employee is not permitted to make or to solicit the contribution. |
· | An employee should not make a contribution to a political party and seek to have the party direct the contribution to a candidate or incumbent if a political contribution to that candidate or incumbent would be prohibited if made directly by the employee. |
I. | Charitable Donations |
Donations by the Firm or Employees to charities with the intention of influencing such charities to become investors are strictly prohibited. Notify the Compliance Officer if you perceive an actual or apparent conflict of interest in connection with any charitable contribution, or if you believe that the contribution could give an appearance of impropriety.
J. | Reporting Violations |
Every Employee must immediately report any violation of the Code to the Compliance Officer. All reports will be treated confidentially and investigated promptly and appropriately. The Firm will not retaliate against any Employee who reports a violation of the Code in good faith and any retaliation constitutes a further violation of the Code. The Compliance Officer will keep records of any violation of the Code, and of any action taken as a result of the violation.
K. | Exceptions to the Code |
The Compliance Officer may, under very limited circumstances, grant an exception from the requirements of the Code on a case-by-case basis, provided that:
· | The Employee seeking the exception provides the Compliance Officer with a written statement (i) detailing the efforts made to comply with the requirement from which the Employee seeks an exception and (ii) containing a representation that compliance with the requirement would impose significant undue hardship on the Employee; |
· | The Compliance Officer believes that the exception would not harm or defraud a Fund, violate the general principles stated in the Code or compromise the Employee's or the Firm's fiduciary duty to any Fund; and |
· | The Employee provides any supporting documentation that the Compliance Officer may request from the Employee. |
No exceptions may be made to the fundamental requirements contained in the Code that have been adopted to meet applicable rules under the Advisers Act.
L. | Administration of the Code |
The Compliance Officer shall advise the chief compliance officer of each Registered Fund of any material changes to the Code so that such changes may be approved by the board of directors/trustees of each Registered Fund (" Registered Fund Board ").
11 |
No less frequently than annually, the Compliance Officer shall furnish to each Registered Fund Board, a written report that: (i) describes any issues arising under the Code since the last report to the Registered Fund Board, including, but not limited to, information about material violations of the Code or procedures and sanctions imposed in response to material violations; and (ii) certifies that the Firm has adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent Employees from violating the Code (each, a “Registered Fund Report”).
The Compliance Officer, or its designees, will receive and review all reports submitted pursuant to the Code. The Human Resources Manager, in consultation with the Compliance Officer, will review the reports to determine that access person trades are consistent with requirements and restrictions set forth in the Code and do not otherwise indicate any improper trading activities. In addition, the Firm has implemented the Compliance Science PTCC System in order to facilitate the administration of the Code.
The Human Resources Manager, in consultation with the Compliance Officer, also will ensure that all books and records relating to the Code are properly maintained. The books and records required to be maintained include the following:
· | A copy of each Code currently in effect and each Code that was in effect in the past five years; |
· | A record of any violation of the Code, and of any action taken as a result of the violation; |
· | A record of all written acknowledgements of receipt, review and understanding of the Code from each person who is currently, or within the past five years was, an Employee; |
· | A copy or record of each report made by an access person , including any brokerage confirmations and brokerage account statements obtained from access persons ; |
· | A record of the names of persons who are currently, or within the past five years were, access persons and all persons who were responsible for monitoring and reviewing the Code; |
· | A record of any decision, and the reasons supporting the decision, to approve the acquisition of an IPO, limited offering or any other reportable securities . |
· | A record of any exception from the Code granted by the Compliance Officer, all related documentation supplied by the Employee seeking the exception, and the reasons supporting the decision to grant the exception; and |
· | Copies of any Registered Fund Reports made to the Registered Funds’ Boards and/or the chief compliance officers of the Registered Funds |
These books and records must be maintained by the Firm in an easily accessible place for at least five years from the end of the fiscal year during which the record was created, the first two years in an appropriate office of the Firm.
12 |
M. | Sanctions |
Any violation of any provision of the Code may result in disciplinary action. The Chief Operations Officer or Jeffrey Altman, in consultation with the Compliance Officer, will determine an appropriate sanction. Disciplinary action may include, among other sanctions, a letter of reprimand, disgorgement, suspension, demotion or termination of employment.
N. | Acknowledgment of Receipt and Compliance |
The Firm will provide each Employee with a copy of the Code at least annually and any amendments hereto (such copies may be provided by e-mail or through the Compliance Science PTCC system) promptly following such amendment. Any questions regarding any provision of the Code or its application should be directed to the Compliance Officer or General Counsel. Each Employee must provide the Firm with a written acknowledgement (in the form provided by the Firm) at least annually evidencing the fact that such Employee has received and reviewed, and understands, the Code (such acknowledgments may be effected through the Compliance Science PTCC system).
13 |
EXHIBIT A
OWL CREEK ASSET MANAGEMENT, L.P.
CODE OF ETHICS ACKNOWLEDGEMENT 3
Date________________
By signing hereunder, I, _________________, the undersigned, acknowledge that I have received the Code of Ethics of Owl Creek Asset Management, L.P. (the " Code") and represent that I have reviewed and understand the policies and procedures set forth therein.
Further, I represent that I have and will furnish to the Compliance Officer (i) a holdings report, substantially in the form attached to the Code as Exhibit B as of the last day of the month immediately preceding the date on which I started employment with Owl Creek Asset Management, L.P., (ii) quarterly reports, substantially in the form attached to the Code as Exhibit C for every quarter ended thereafter and (iii) duplicate copies of broker-dealer confirmations and account statements for the periods covered in clauses (i) and (ii) of this sentence.
By: | |||
Name: | |||
Title: |
3 Note that this form may be completed electronically through the Compliance Science PTCC System under “Code of Ethics Acknowledgment”)
A- 1 |
EXHIBIT B
HOLDINGS REPORT 4
Name of Access Person: ___________________________
Type of Report (check one) : ___ Initial Holdings Report (submitted within 10 days after becoming an access person)
___ Annual Holdings Report, as of year-end _______ (submitted annually)
I. |
Securities Accounts
|
Account Title |
Broker/Institution Name and Address |
Account Number |
II. | Covered Securities |
Title of Security |
Type of Security |
Ticker or CUSIP | Number of Shares | Principal Amount |
1. | ||||
2. | ||||
3. | ||||
4. | ||||
5. | ||||
6. | ||||
7. | ||||
8. | ||||
9. | ||||
10. |
I hereby certify that the information contained in this report is accurate and that listed above are all personal accounts and covered securities with respect to which I have beneficial ownership.
By: | |||
Name: | |||
Date: |
4 Note that this form may be completed electronically through the Compliance Science PTCC System under “Account, Holdings & Transactions.”
B- 1 |
EXHIBIT C
QUARTERLY TRANSACTION REPORT 5
Name of Access Person: ___________________________
I. | Transactions |
Trade Date
|
Transaction
Price and Number of Share |
Name
of
Security |
Ticker
or
CUSIP |
Interest
Rate
and Maturity Date |
Principal
Amount |
Broker/ Institution |
I hereby certify that the information contained in this report is accurate and that listed above are all transactions for the quarter ended ___________ of covered securities with respect to which I have beneficial ownership.
By: | |||
Name: | |||
Date: |
5 Note that this form may be completed electronically through the Compliance Science PTCC System under “Account, Holdings & Transactions.”
C- 1 |
QUARTERLY COMPLIANCE QUESTIONNAIRE 6
For the quarter ended __________________
*Answers should only include information that was not previously disclosed.*
Yes | No | |||
1) Did you or an immediate family member living in your household invest in an IPO? | ||||
2) Did you or an immediate family member living in your household invest in a hedge fund or other private placement? | ||||
3) Did you or an immediate family member living in your household give or receive a gift or entertainment or do personal business with any person or company that does business with Owl Creek other than those permitted under Owl Creek’s Compliance Manual? | ||||
4) Were you or any immediate family member (including your parents, children or siblings) employed by or on the board of directors of a public company? | ||||
5) Have you, your spouse or any immediate family member (including your parents, children or siblings) conducted business or worked for an entity that conducted business with Owl Creek? | ||||
6) Did you receive any material non-public information about a public company or any commodity other than in connection with a signed confidentiality agreement, or otherwise approved by the Owl Creek compliance department? | ||||
7) Did you or an immediate family member living in your household open any new brokerage accounts? | ||||
8) Have you made any political contributions to any federal, state or local political officials, campaigns or political action committees that have not been pre-cleared by the Owl Creek compliance department? | ||||
9) Have you engaged in any electronic communications regarding Owl Creek business using e-mail, instant messaging, text messaging, blackberry messenger, or other systems, other than the Owl Creek Company E-mail — the one with the “owlcreeklp.com” address or Bloomberg Mail — or the Owl Creek Company Instant Messaging Services — AOL Instant Messenger or Bloomberg Instant Messenger? | ||||
10) Have you (1) received compensation (2) taken an active role in making management decisions (3) served as an officer, director or general partner; or (4) provided any advice about investments for any entity (including any commercial business or not-for-profit organization) other than Owl Creek? |
If you answered “YES” to any of the above questions, please clarify below:
6 Note that this form may be completed electronically through the Compliance Science PTCC System under “Gifts and Entertainment,” “Outside Affiliations,” “Political Contributions,” “Quarterly Compliance Questions,” and “Accounts, Holdings & Transactions.”
C- 2 |